From e75d99818dd3940be997520e64db8c9e3b207e39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Baumann Date: Tue, 21 May 2024 07:05:26 +0200 Subject: Merging upstream version 15.7. Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann --- doc/src/sgml/acronyms.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml | 14 +- doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml | 16 +- doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml | 75 +- doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml | 14 +- doc/src/sgml/func.sgml | 119 +- doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml | 18 +- doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgamcheck.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html | 7 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgchecksums.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivexlog.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetxlog.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html | 9 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgverifybackup.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/appendix-obsolete.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-callbacks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-init.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/archive-modules.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-files.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-format.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-toplevel.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-wal-ranges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/basebackup-to-shell.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/basic-archive.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html | 18 +- doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html | 13 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-parameter-acl.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html | 4 +- .../html/catalog-pg-publication-namespace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext-data.html | 7 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/checksums.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/color-when.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/color-which.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/color.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/custom-rmgr.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html | 71 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html | 21 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-julian-dates.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/datetime-posix-timezone-specs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-alter.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-generated-columns.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-oracle-compat.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare-statement.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html | 4 +- .../html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/features.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html | 107 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-statistics.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-uuid.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/git.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/glossary.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-enc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/hash-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/hash-index.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/hash-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/history.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/index.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html | 4 +- ...foschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html | 4 +- .../infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html | 4 +- ...nfoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-column-column-usage.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html | 4 +- .../infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html | 4 +- ...infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-routine-column-usage.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-routine-routine-usage.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-routine-sequence-usage.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-routine-table-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html | 4 +- .../html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-binaries.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pipeline-mode.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/limits.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html | 4 +- .../html/logical-replication-architecture.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-col-lists.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html | 4 +- .../html/logical-replication-restrictions.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-row-filter.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html | 4 +- .../html/logical-replication-subscription.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-streaming.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html | 4 +- .../html/logicaldecoding-two-phase-commits.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html | 6 +- .../html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html | 4 +- .../html/mvcc-serialization-failure-handling.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/oldsnapshot.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html | 16 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html | 26 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgsurgery.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgwalinspect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pgxlogdump.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/predefined-roles.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html | 6 +- .../sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html | 4 +- .../html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-1.html | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-2.html | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-3.html | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-4.html | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-5.html | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-6.html | 21 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-7.html | 416 +++++++ doc/src/sgml/html/release-15.html | 60 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/release.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/source.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html | 4 +- .../html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-parse-open.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-extended.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-extended.html | 4 +- .../html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-extended.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html | 14 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-merge.html | 84 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-hot.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tableam.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html | 4 +- .../html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html | 4 +- .../html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html | 4 +- .../sgml/html/view-pg-backend-memory-contexts.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-ident-file-mappings.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html | 4 +- .../html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shmem-allocations.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext-exprs.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/views.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html | 6 +- .../sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-optimization.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/json.sgml | 17 +- doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 | 15 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_amcheck.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_checksums.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 | 13 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verifybackup.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_parse_open.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_extended.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_extended.3 | 6 +- .../sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_extended.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 | 12 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 +- .../sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 | 14 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 | 6 +- .../sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/MERGE.7 | 122 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/pgcrypto.sgml | 68 +- doc/src/sgml/pgstatstatements.sgml | 24 +- doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml | 8 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/create_collation.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml | 10 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/ecpg-ref.sgml | 6 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/merge.sgml | 86 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_basebackup.sgml | 3 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_rewind.sgml | 5 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/ref/security_label.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/release-15.sgml | 1234 +++++++++++++++++++- doc/src/sgml/system-views.sgml | 4 +- doc/src/sgml/textsearch.sgml | 2 +- doc/src/sgml/uuid-ossp.sgml | 2 +- 1475 files changed, 5449 insertions(+), 3806 deletions(-) create mode 100644 doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-7.html (limited to 'doc') diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/acronyms.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/acronyms.sgml index 2df6559..159e600 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/acronyms.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/acronyms.sgml @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Server Name Indication, - RFC 6066 + RFC 6066 diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml index 5650907..88328eb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/catalogs.sgml @@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ SCRAM-SHA-256$<iteration count>:&l where salt, StoredKey and ServerKey are in Base64 encoded format. This format is - the same as that specified by RFC 5803. + the same as that specified by RFC 5803. @@ -1980,9 +1980,12 @@ SCRAM-SHA-256$<iteration count>:&l (references pg_tablespace.oid) - The tablespace in which this relation is stored. If zero, - the database's default tablespace is implied. (Not meaningful - if the relation has no on-disk file.) + The tablespace in which this relation is stored. + If zero, the database's default tablespace is implied. + Not meaningful if the relation has no on-disk file, + except for partitioned tables, where this is the tablespace + in which partitions will be created when one is not + specified in the creation command. @@ -7682,8 +7685,7 @@ SCRAM-SHA-256$<iteration count>:&l is a publicly readable view on pg_statistic_ext_data (after joining with pg_statistic_ext) that only exposes - information about those tables and columns that are readable by the - current user. + information about tables the current user owns. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml index 445fd17..c152bd9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/charset.sgml @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ CREATE COLLATION german (provider = libc, locale = 'de_DE'); See Unicode Technical Standard #35 - and BCP 47 for + and BCP 47 for details. The list of possible collation types (co subtag) can be found in the CLDR @@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@ RESET client_encoding; - RFC 3629 + RFC 3629 diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml index 68e73b9..02fa1ec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/client-auth.sgml @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ hostnogssenc database userDistinguished Name (DN) of the certificate. This option is probably best used in conjunction with a username map. The comparison is done with the DN in - RFC 2253 + RFC 2253 format. To see the DN of a client certificate in this format, do @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ omicron bryanh guest1 Ident authentication, which relies on an Identification Protocol - (RFC 1413) + (RFC 1413) service on the client's machine. (On local Unix-socket connections, this is treated as peer authentication.) @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ omicron bryanh guest1 The method scram-sha-256 performs SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication, as described in - RFC 7677. It + RFC 7677. It is a challenge-response scheme that prevents password sniffing on untrusted connections and supports storing passwords on the server in a cryptographically hashed form that is thought to be secure. @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ omicron bryanh guest1 GSSAPI is an industry-standard protocol for secure authentication defined in - RFC 2743. + RFC 2743. PostgreSQL supports GSSAPI for authentication, communications encryption, or both. @@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ omicron bryanh guest1 The Identification Protocol is described in - RFC 1413. + RFC 1413. Virtually every Unix-like operating system ships with an ident server that listens on TCP port 113 by default. The basic functionality of an ident server @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ omicron bryanh guest1 Set to 1 to make the connection between PostgreSQL and the LDAP server use TLS encryption. This uses the StartTLS - operation per RFC 4513. + operation per RFC 4513. See also the ldapscheme option for an alternative. @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ omicron bryanh guest1 ldapurl - An RFC 4516 + An RFC 4516 LDAP URL. This is an alternative way to write some of the other LDAP options in a more compact and standard form. The format is @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ ldap[s]://host[:port]/OpenLDAP as the LDAP client library, the ldapserver setting may be omitted. In that case, a list of host names and ports is looked up via - RFC 2782 DNS SRV records. + RFC 2782 DNS SRV records. The name _ldap._tcp.DOMAIN is looked up, where DOMAIN is extracted from ldapbasedn. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml index 5eb0cca..8dac308 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml @@ -2452,7 +2452,7 @@ TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2004-10-19 10:23:54+02' the date and time. PostgreSQL accepts that format on input, but on output it uses a space rather than T, as shown above. This is for readability and for consistency with - RFC 3339 as + RFC 3339 as well as some other database systems. @@ -2850,10 +2850,31 @@ P years-months- - Field values can have fractional parts: for example, '1.5 + Internally, interval values are stored as three integral + fields: months, days, and microseconds. These fields are kept + separate because the number of days in a month varies, while a day + can have 23 or 25 hours if a daylight savings time transition is + involved. An interval input string that uses other units is + normalized into this format, and then reconstructed in a standardized + way for output, for example: + + +SELECT '2 years 15 months 100 weeks 99 hours 123456789 milliseconds'::interval; + interval +--------------------------------------- + 3 years 3 mons 700 days 133:17:36.789 + + + Here weeks, which are understood as 7 days, have been + kept separate, while the smaller and larger time units were + combined and normalized. + + + + Input field values can have fractional parts, for example '1.5 weeks' or '01:02:03.45'. However, - because interval internally stores only three integer units (months, - days, microseconds), fractional units must be spilled to smaller + because interval internally stores only integral fields, + fractional values must be converted into smaller units. Fractional parts of units greater than months are rounded to be an integer number of months, e.g. '1.5 years' becomes '1 year 6 mons'. Fractional parts of @@ -2903,33 +2924,6 @@ P years-months-
- - Internally interval values are stored as months, days, - and microseconds. This is done because the number of days in a month - varies, and a day can have 23 or 25 hours if a daylight savings - time adjustment is involved. The months and days fields are integers - while the microseconds field can store fractional seconds. Because intervals are - usually created from constant strings or timestamp subtraction, - this storage method works well in most cases, but can cause unexpected - results: - - -SELECT EXTRACT(hours from '80 minutes'::interval); - date_part ------------ - 1 - -SELECT EXTRACT(days from '80 hours'::interval); - date_part ------------ - 0 - - - Functions justify_days and - justify_hours are available for adjusting days - and hours that overflow their normal ranges. - - @@ -2941,6 +2935,23 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(days from '80 hours'::interval); formatting + + As previously explained, PostgreSQL + stores interval values as months, days, and + microseconds. For output, the months field is converted to years and + months by dividing by 12. The days field is shown as-is. The + microseconds field is converted to hours, minutes, seconds, and + fractional seconds. Thus months, minutes, and seconds will never be + shown as exceeding the ranges 0–11, 0–59, and 0–59 + respectively, while the displayed years, days, and hours fields can + be quite large. (The justify_days + and justify_hours + functions can be used if it is desirable to transpose large days or + hours values into the next higher field.) + + The output format of the interval type can be set to one of the four styles sql_standard, postgres, @@ -4337,7 +4348,7 @@ SELECT to_tsvector( 'postgraduate' ), to_tsquery( 'postgres:*' ); The data type uuid stores Universally Unique Identifiers - (UUID) as defined by RFC 4122, + (UUID) as defined by RFC 4122, ISO/IEC 9834-8:2005, and related standards. (Some systems refer to this data type as a globally unique identifier, or GUID,GUID instead.) This diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml index e406868..65b2802 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml @@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ int PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc(timestamp *ts, char *output, int str_len, char *fmt %z - is replaced by the time zone offset from UTC; a leading plus sign stands for east of UTC, a minus sign for west of UTC, hours and minutes follow with two digits each and no - delimiter between them (common form for RFC 822 date headers). + delimiter between them (common form for RFC 822 date headers). @@ -5753,6 +5753,14 @@ EXEC SQL UPDATE Tbl SET col = MYNUMBER; embedded SQL query because in this case the embedded SQL precompiler is not able to see this declaration. + + + If multiple input files are named on the ecpg + preprocessor's command line, the effects of EXEC SQL + DEFINE and EXEC SQL UNDEF do not carry + across files: each file starts with only the symbols defined + by switches on the command line. + @@ -8845,7 +8853,7 @@ int dectodbl(decimal *np, double *dblp); dectoint - Convert a variable to type decimal to an integer. + Convert a variable of type decimal to an integer. int dectoint(decimal *np, int *ip); @@ -8871,7 +8879,7 @@ int dectoint(decimal *np, int *ip); dectolong - Convert a variable to type decimal to a long integer. + Convert a variable of type decimal to a long integer. int dectolong(decimal *np, long *lngp); diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml index 4dec679..48e5809 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml @@ -4724,7 +4724,7 @@ SELECT format('Testing %3$s, %2$s, %s', 'one', 'two', 'three'); The base64 format is that - of RFC + of RFC 2045 Section 6.8. As per the RFC, encoded lines are broken at 76 characters. However instead of the MIME CRLF end-of-line marker, only a newline is used for end-of-line. @@ -8226,11 +8226,11 @@ SELECT regexp_match('abc01234xyz', '(?:(.*?)(\d+)(.*)){1,1}'); use some non-digit character or template after YYYY, otherwise the year is always interpreted as 4 digits. For example (with the year 20000): - to_date('200001131', 'YYYYMMDD') will be + to_date('200001130', 'YYYYMMDD') will be interpreted as a 4-digit year; instead use a non-digit separator after the year, like - to_date('20000-1131', 'YYYY-MMDD') or - to_date('20000Nov31', 'YYYYMonDD'). + to_date('20000-1130', 'YYYY-MMDD') or + to_date('20000Nov30', 'YYYYMonDD'). @@ -9018,7 +9018,8 @@ SELECT regexp_match('abc01234xyz', '(?:(.*?)(\d+)(.*)){1,1}'); Subtract timestamps (converting 24-hour intervals into days, - similarly to justify_hours()) + similarly to justify_hours()) timestamp '2001-09-29 03:00' - timestamp '2001-07-27 12:00' @@ -9387,35 +9388,35 @@ SELECT regexp_match('abc01234xyz', '(?:(.*?)(\d+)(.*)){1,1}'); - + justify_days justify_days ( interval ) interval - Adjust interval so 30-day time periods are represented as months + Adjust interval, converting 30-day time periods to months - justify_days(interval '35 days') - 1 mon 5 days + justify_days(interval '1 year 65 days') + 1 year 2 mons 5 days - + justify_hours justify_hours ( interval ) interval - Adjust interval so 24-hour time periods are represented as days + Adjust interval, converting 24-hour time periods to days - justify_hours(interval '27 hours') - 1 day 03:00:00 + justify_hours(interval '50 hours 10 minutes') + 2 days 02:10:00 @@ -9838,13 +9839,19 @@ EXTRACT(field FROM source) The extract function retrieves subfields such as year or hour from date/time values. source must be a value expression of - type timestamp, time, or interval. - (Expressions of type date are - cast to timestamp and can therefore be used as - well.) field is an identifier or + type timestamp, date, time, + or interval. (Timestamps and times can be with or + without time zone.) + field is an identifier or string that selects what field to extract from the source value. + Not all fields are valid for every input data type; for example, fields + smaller than a day cannot be extracted from a date, while + fields of a day or more cannot be extracted from a time. The extract function returns values of type numeric. + + + The following are valid field names: @@ -9853,7 +9860,8 @@ EXTRACT(field FROM source) century - The century + The century; for interval values, the year field + divided by 100 @@ -9861,17 +9869,13 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM TIMESTAMP '2000-12-16 12:21:13'); Result: 20 SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 21 +SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM DATE '0001-01-01 AD'); +Result: 1 +SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM DATE '0001-12-31 BC'); +Result: -1 +SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM INTERVAL '2001 years'); +Result: 20 - - - The first century starts at 0001-01-01 00:00:00 AD, although - they did not know it at the time. This definition applies to all - Gregorian calendar countries. There is no century number 0, - you go from -1 century to 1 century. - - If you disagree with this, please write your complaint to: - Pope, Cathedral Saint-Peter of Roma, Vatican. - @@ -9879,14 +9883,13 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); day - For timestamp values, the day (of the month) field - (1–31) ; for interval values, the number of days + The day of the month (1–31); for interval + values, the number of days SELECT EXTRACT(DAY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 16 - SELECT EXTRACT(DAY FROM INTERVAL '40 days 1 minute'); Result: 40 @@ -9960,10 +9963,8 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(DOY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); SELECT EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40.12-08'); Result: 982384720.120000 - SELECT EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40.12'); Result: 982355920.120000 - SELECT EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM INTERVAL '5 days 3 hours'); Result: 442800.000000 @@ -9991,7 +9992,8 @@ SELECT to_timestamp(982384720.12); hour - The hour field (0–23) + The hour field (0–23 in timestamps, unrestricted in + intervals) @@ -10026,7 +10028,7 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(ISODOW FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-18 20:38:40'); The ISO 8601 week-numbering year that the date - falls in (not applicable to intervals) + falls in @@ -10043,9 +10045,6 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(ISOYEAR FROM DATE '2006-01-02'); different from the Gregorian year. See the week field for more information. - - This field is not available in PostgreSQL releases prior to 8.3. - @@ -10054,7 +10053,7 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(ISOYEAR FROM DATE '2006-01-02'); The Julian Date corresponding to the - date or timestamp (not applicable to intervals). Timestamps + date or timestamp. Timestamps that are not local midnight result in a fractional value. See for more information. @@ -10087,12 +10086,15 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(MICROSECONDS FROM TIME '17:12:28.5'); millennium - The millennium + The millennium; for interval values, the year field + divided by 1000 SELECT EXTRACT(MILLENNIUM FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 3 +SELECT EXTRACT(MILLENNIUM FROM INTERVAL '2001 years'); +Result: 2 @@ -10135,18 +10137,16 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(MINUTE FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); month - For timestamp values, the number of the month - within the year (1–12) ; for interval values, - the number of months, modulo 12 (0–11) + The number of the month within the year (1–12); + for interval values, the number of months modulo 12 + (0–11) SELECT EXTRACT(MONTH FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 2 - SELECT EXTRACT(MONTH FROM INTERVAL '2 years 3 months'); Result: 3 - SELECT EXTRACT(MONTH FROM INTERVAL '2 years 13 months'); Result: 1 @@ -10177,7 +10177,6 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(QUARTER FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); SELECT EXTRACT(SECOND FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 40.000000 - SELECT EXTRACT(SECOND FROM TIME '17:12:28.5'); Result: 28.500000 @@ -10259,6 +10258,20 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); + + When processing an interval value, + the extract function produces field values that + match the interpretation used by the interval output function. This + can produce surprising results if one starts with a non-normalized + interval representation, for example: + +SELECT INTERVAL '80 minutes'; +Result: 01:20:00 +SELECT EXTRACT(MINUTES FROM INTERVAL '80 minutes'); +Result: 20 + + + When the input value is +/-Infinity, extract returns @@ -10296,7 +10309,6 @@ date_part('field', source) SELECT date_part('day', TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 16 - SELECT date_part('hour', INTERVAL '4 hours 3 minutes'); Result: 4 @@ -10374,16 +10386,12 @@ date_trunc(field, source [ SELECT date_trunc('hour', TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 2001-02-16 20:00:00 - SELECT date_trunc('year', TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 2001-01-01 00:00:00 - SELECT date_trunc('day', TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40+00'); Result: 2001-02-16 00:00:00-05 - SELECT date_trunc('day', TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40+00', 'Australia/Sydney'); Result: 2001-02-16 08:00:00-05 - SELECT date_trunc('hour', INTERVAL '3 days 02:47:33'); Result: 3 days 02:00:00 @@ -10422,7 +10430,6 @@ date_bin(stride, source, < SELECT date_bin('15 minutes', TIMESTAMP '2020-02-11 15:44:17', TIMESTAMP '2001-01-01'); Result: 2020-02-11 15:30:00 - SELECT date_bin('15 minutes', TIMESTAMP '2020-02-11 15:44:17', TIMESTAMP '2001-01-01 00:02:30'); Result: 2020-02-11 15:32:30 @@ -10546,10 +10553,8 @@ SELECT date_bin('15 minutes', TIMESTAMP '2020-02-11 15:44:17', TIMESTAMP '2001-0 SELECT TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40' AT TIME ZONE 'America/Denver'; Result: 2001-02-16 19:38:40-08 - SELECT TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40-05' AT TIME ZONE 'America/Denver'; Result: 2001-02-16 18:38:40 - SELECT TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40' AT TIME ZONE 'Asia/Tokyo' AT TIME ZONE 'America/Chicago'; Result: 2001-02-16 05:38:40 @@ -10624,16 +10629,12 @@ LOCALTIMESTAMP(precision) SELECT CURRENT_TIME; Result: 14:39:53.662522-05 - SELECT CURRENT_DATE; Result: 2019-12-23 - SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP; Result: 2019-12-23 14:39:53.662522-05 - SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP(2); Result: 2019-12-23 14:39:53.66-05 - SELECT LOCALTIMESTAMP; Result: 2019-12-23 14:39:53.662522 @@ -25551,7 +25552,7 @@ SELECT collation for ('foo' COLLATE "de_DE"); of its children.) You can use the pg_file_settings, pg_hba_file_rules and - pg_ident_file_mappings views + pg_ident_file_mappings views to check the configuration files for possible errors, before reloading. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml index 9ac6b03..1311f24 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml @@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ - box_ops + box_ops << (box, box) - <-> (box, point) + <-> (box, point) &< (box, box) && (box, box) @@ -81,13 +81,11 @@ <<| (box, box) |>> (box, box) |&> (box, box) - ~ (box, box) - @ (box, box) - circle_ops + circle_ops << (circle, circle) - <-> (circle, point) + <-> (circle, point) &< (circle, circle) &> (circle, circle) @@ -100,8 +98,6 @@ <<| (circle, circle) &<| (circle, circle) |&> (circle, circle) - @ (circle, circle) - ~ (circle, circle) inet_ops @@ -156,9 +152,9 @@ <@ (point, circle) - poly_ops + poly_ops << (polygon, polygon) - <-> (polygon, point) + <-> (polygon, point) &< (polygon, polygon) &> (polygon, polygon) @@ -171,8 +167,6 @@ &<| (polygon, polygon) |&> (polygon, polygon) |>> (polygon, polygon) - @ (polygon, polygon) - ~ (polygon, polygon) range_ops diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml index 7aa6fef..5fbdb46 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ synchronous_standby_names = 'ANY 2 (s1, s2, s3)' synchronous_commit is set to on, remote_apply or remote_write will wait for responses from. Such transaction commits may never be completed - if any one of synchronous standbys should crash. + if any one of the synchronous standbys should crash. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html index a732381..ba40789 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix L. Acronyms
Appendix L. Acronyms
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

Appendix L. Acronyms

+Appendix L. Acronyms

Appendix L. Acronyms
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

Appendix L. Acronyms

This is a list of acronyms commonly used in the PostgreSQL documentation and in discussions about PostgreSQL. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Pluggable Authentication Modules

PGSQL

- PostgreSQL + PostgreSQL

PGXS

PostgreSQL Extension System

PID

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

SNI

Server Name Indication, - RFC 6066 + RFC 6066

SPI

Server Programming Interface

SP-GiST

@@ -216,4 +216,4 @@ Extensible Markup Language

-

Prev Up Next
Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits Home Appendix M. Glossary
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits Home Appendix M. Glossary
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html index 592bbaa..1679e21 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part III. Server Administration
Part III. Server Administration
Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

Part III. Server Administration

+Part III. Server Administration

Part III. Server Administration
Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

Part III. Server Administration

This part covers topics that are of interest to a PostgreSQL database administrator. This includes installation of the software, set up and configuration of the @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ the PostgreSQL database system. Readers are encouraged to look at Part I and Part II for additional information.

Table of Contents

16. Installation from Binaries
17. Installation from Source Code
17.1. Short Version
17.2. Requirements
17.3. Getting the Source
17.4. Installation Procedure
17.5. Post-Installation Setup
17.6. Supported Platforms
17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the - Microsoft Windows SDK
19. Server Setup and Operation
19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
19.3. Starting the Database Server
19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
19.5. Shutting Down the Server
19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
19.8. Encryption Options
19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
20. Server Configuration
20.1. Setting Parameters
20.2. File Locations
20.3. Connections and Authentication
20.4. Resource Consumption
20.5. Write Ahead Log
20.6. Replication
20.7. Query Planning
20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
20.9. Run-time Statistics
20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
20.11. Client Connection Defaults
20.12. Lock Management
20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
20.14. Error Handling
20.15. Preset Options
20.16. Customized Options
20.17. Developer Options
20.18. Short Options
21. Client Authentication
21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
21.2. User Name Maps
21.3. Authentication Methods
21.4. Trust Authentication
21.5. Password Authentication
21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
21.7. SSPI Authentication
21.8. Ident Authentication
21.9. Peer Authentication
21.10. LDAP Authentication
21.11. RADIUS Authentication
21.12. Certificate Authentication
21.13. PAM Authentication
21.14. BSD Authentication
21.15. Authentication Problems
22. Database Roles
22.1. Database Roles
22.2. Role Attributes
22.3. Role Membership
22.4. Dropping Roles
22.5. Predefined Roles
22.6. Function Security
23. Managing Databases
23.1. Overview
23.2. Creating a Database
23.3. Template Databases
23.4. Database Configuration
23.5. Destroying a Database
23.6. Tablespaces
24. Localization
24.1. Locale Support
24.2. Collation Support
24.3. Character Set Support
25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
25.1. Routine Vacuuming
25.2. Routine Reindexing
25.3. Log File Maintenance
26. Backup and Restore
26.1. SQL Dump
26.2. File System Level Backup
26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
27.3. Failover
27.4. Hot Standby
28. Monitoring Database Activity
28.1. Standard Unix Tools
28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
28.3. Viewing Locks
28.4. Progress Reporting
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
29. Monitoring Disk Usage
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.2. Disk Full Failure
30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
30.1. Reliability
30.2. Data Checksums
30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
30.4. Asynchronous Commit
30.5. WAL Configuration
30.6. WAL Internals
31. Logical Replication
31.1. Publication
31.2. Subscription
31.3. Row Filters
31.4. Column Lists
31.5. Conflicts
31.6. Restrictions
31.7. Architecture
31.8. Monitoring
31.9. Security
31.10. Configuration Settings
31.11. Quick Setup
32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
32.2. When to JIT?
32.3. Configuration
32.4. Extensibility
33. Regression Tests
33.1. Running the Tests
33.2. Test Evaluation
33.3. Variant Comparison Files
33.4. TAP Tests
33.5. Test Coverage Examination
Prev Up Next
15.4. Parallel Safety Home Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries
\ No newline at end of file + Microsoft Windows SDK
19. Server Setup and Operation
19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
19.3. Starting the Database Server
19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
19.5. Shutting Down the Server
19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
19.8. Encryption Options
19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
20. Server Configuration
20.1. Setting Parameters
20.2. File Locations
20.3. Connections and Authentication
20.4. Resource Consumption
20.5. Write Ahead Log
20.6. Replication
20.7. Query Planning
20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
20.9. Run-time Statistics
20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
20.11. Client Connection Defaults
20.12. Lock Management
20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
20.14. Error Handling
20.15. Preset Options
20.16. Customized Options
20.17. Developer Options
20.18. Short Options
21. Client Authentication
21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
21.2. User Name Maps
21.3. Authentication Methods
21.4. Trust Authentication
21.5. Password Authentication
21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
21.7. SSPI Authentication
21.8. Ident Authentication
21.9. Peer Authentication
21.10. LDAP Authentication
21.11. RADIUS Authentication
21.12. Certificate Authentication
21.13. PAM Authentication
21.14. BSD Authentication
21.15. Authentication Problems
22. Database Roles
22.1. Database Roles
22.2. Role Attributes
22.3. Role Membership
22.4. Dropping Roles
22.5. Predefined Roles
22.6. Function Security
23. Managing Databases
23.1. Overview
23.2. Creating a Database
23.3. Template Databases
23.4. Database Configuration
23.5. Destroying a Database
23.6. Tablespaces
24. Localization
24.1. Locale Support
24.2. Collation Support
24.3. Character Set Support
25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
25.1. Routine Vacuuming
25.2. Routine Reindexing
25.3. Log File Maintenance
26. Backup and Restore
26.1. SQL Dump
26.2. File System Level Backup
26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
27.3. Failover
27.4. Hot Standby
28. Monitoring Database Activity
28.1. Standard Unix Tools
28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
28.3. Viewing Locks
28.4. Progress Reporting
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
29. Monitoring Disk Usage
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.2. Disk Full Failure
30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
30.1. Reliability
30.2. Data Checksums
30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
30.4. Asynchronous Commit
30.5. WAL Configuration
30.6. WAL Internals
31. Logical Replication
31.1. Publication
31.2. Subscription
31.3. Row Filters
31.4. Column Lists
31.5. Conflicts
31.6. Restrictions
31.7. Architecture
31.8. Monitoring
31.9. Security
31.10. Configuration Settings
31.11. Quick Setup
32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
32.2. When to JIT?
32.3. Configuration
32.4. Extensibility
33. Regression Tests
33.1. Running the Tests
33.2. Test Evaluation
33.3. Variant Comparison Files
33.4. TAP Tests
33.5. Test Coverage Examination
Prev Up Next
15.4. Parallel Safety Home Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html index 974ee3d..0e175d7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.1. adminpack
F.1. adminpack
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.1. adminpack

+F.1. adminpack

F.1. adminpack
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.1. adminpack

adminpack provides a number of support functions which pgAdmin and other administration and management tools can use to provide additional functionality, such as remote management @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ directory. The log_filename parameter must have its default setting (postgresql-%Y-%m-%d_%H%M%S.log) to use this function. -

Prev Up Next
Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules Home F.2. amcheck
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules Home F.2. amcheck
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html index a896fdc..52701bc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.2. amcheck
F.2. amcheck
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.2. amcheck

F.2.1. Functions
F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed Verification
F.2.3. Using amcheck Effectively
F.2.4. Repairing Corruption

+F.2. amcheck

F.2. amcheck
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.2. amcheck

F.2.1. Functions
F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed Verification
F.2.3. Using amcheck Effectively
F.2.4. Repairing Corruption

The amcheck module provides functions that allow you to verify the logical consistency of the structure of relations.

@@ -374,4 +374,4 @@ SET client_min_messages = DEBUG1; an invariant violation should be sought. pageinspect may play a useful role in diagnosing corruption that amcheck detects. A REINDEX may not be effective in repairing corruption. -

Prev Up Next
F.1. adminpack Home F.3. auth_delay
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
F.1. adminpack Home F.3. auth_delay
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html index f0821fa..493b665 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -clusterdb
clusterdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

clusterdb

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [ --verbose | -v ] +clusterdb

clusterdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

clusterdb

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [ --verbose | -v ] [ --table | -t table @@ -119,4 +119,4 @@ xyzzy: 

 $ clusterdb --table=foo xyzzy
-

See Also

CLUSTER
Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Client Applications Home createdb
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

CLUSTER
Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Client Applications Home createdb
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html index f54a08f..85d283f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -createdb
createdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createdb

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

createdb [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname +createdb

createdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createdb

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

createdb [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname [description]]

Description

createdb creates a new PostgreSQL database. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@

-O owner
--owner=owner

Specifies the database user who will own the new database. (This name is processed as a double-quoted identifier.) -

-S template
--strategy=strategy

+

-S strategy
--strategy=strategy

Specifies the database creation strategy. See CREATE DATABASE STRATEGY for more details.

-T template
--template=template

@@ -146,4 +146,4 @@ 

 $ createdb -p 5000 -h eden -T template0 -e demo
 CREATE DATABASE demo TEMPLATE template0;
-
Prev Up Next
clusterdb Home createuser
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
clusterdb Home createuser
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html index 7663ceb..a926c77 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -createuser
createuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createuser

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

createuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

+createuser

createuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createuser

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

createuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

createuser creates a new PostgreSQL user (or more precisely, a role). Only superusers and users with CREATEROLE privilege can create @@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ In the above example, the new password isn't actually echoed when typed, but we show what was typed for clarity. As you see, the password is encrypted before it is sent to the client. -

Prev Up Next
createdb Home dropdb
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
createdb Home dropdb
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html index 122227e..c26da35 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dropdb
dropdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropdb

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

dropdb [connection-option...] [option...] dbname

Description

+dropdb

dropdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropdb

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

dropdb [connection-option...] [option...] dbname

Description

dropdb destroys an existing PostgreSQL database. The user who executes this command must be a database @@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ Database "demo" will be permanently deleted. Are you sure? (y/n) y DROP DATABASE demo; -

Prev Up Next
createuser Home dropuser
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
createuser Home dropuser
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html index 795d411..2e55407 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dropuser
dropuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropuser

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

dropuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

+dropuser

dropuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropuser

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

dropuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

dropuser removes an existing PostgreSQL user. Only superusers and users with the CREATEROLE privilege can @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Role "joe" will be permanently removed. Are you sure? (y/n) y DROP ROLE joe; -

Prev Up Next
dropdb Home ecpg
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
dropdb Home ecpg
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html index 2b48acf..597ea74 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ecpg
ecpg
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

ecpg

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

Description

+ecpg

ecpg
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

ecpg

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

Description

ecpg is the embedded SQL preprocessor for C programs. It converts C programs with embedded SQL statements to normal C code by replacing the SQL invocations with special @@ -32,8 +32,10 @@ Set a compatibility mode. mode can be INFORMIX, INFORMIX_SE, or ORACLE. -

-D symbol

- Define a C preprocessor symbol. +

-D symbol[=value]

+ Define a preprocessor symbol, equivalently to the EXEC SQL + DEFINE directive. If no value is + specified, the symbol is defined with the value 1.

-h

Process header files. When this option is specified, the output file extension becomes .h not .c, @@ -103,4 +105,4 @@ ecpg prog1.pgc cc -I/usr/local/pgsql/include -c prog1.c cc -o prog1 prog1.o -L/usr/local/pgsql/lib -lecpg -

Prev Up Next
dropuser Home pg_amcheck
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
dropuser Home pg_amcheck
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html index b02c604..21f2c40 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -initdb
initdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

initdb

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] directory

Description

+initdb

initdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

initdb

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] directory

Description

initdb creates a new PostgreSQL database cluster. A database cluster is a collection of databases that are managed by a single @@ -248,4 +248,4 @@

Notes

initdb can also be invoked via pg_ctl initdb. -

Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Server Applications Home pg_archivecleanup
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
PostgreSQL Server Applications Home pg_archivecleanup
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html index aa490cd..e104ea1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_ctl
pg_ctl
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_ctl

pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_ctl init[db] [-D datadir] [-s] [-o initdb-options]

pg_ctl start [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s] [-o options] [-p path] [-c]

pg_ctl stop [-D datadir] [-m +pg_ctl

pg_ctl
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_ctl

pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_ctl init[db] [-D datadir] [-s] [-o initdb-options]

pg_ctl start [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s] [-o options] [-p path] [-c]

pg_ctl stop [-D datadir] [-m s[mart] | f[ast] | i[mmediate] ] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s]

pg_ctl restart [-D datadir] [-m s[mart] | f[ast] | i[mmediate] @@ -285,4 +285,4 @@ pg_ctl: server is running (PID: 13718) /usr/local/pgsql/bin/postgres "-D" "/usr/local/pgsql/data" "-p" "5433" "-B" "128"

The second line is the command that would be invoked in restart mode. -

See Also

initdb, postgres
Prev Up Next
pg_controldata Home pg_resetwal
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

initdb, postgres
Prev Up Next
pg_controldata Home pg_resetwal
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html index 1d374d6..0928c6e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_dumpall
pg_dumpall
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

+pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

pg_dumpall is a utility for writing out (“dumping”) all PostgreSQL databases of a cluster into one script file. The script file contains @@ -361,4 +361,4 @@

See Also

Check pg_dump for details on possible error conditions. -

Prev Up Next
pg_dump Home pg_isready
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_dump Home pg_isready
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html index 31a2f67..1a2a65b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_isready
pg_isready
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_isready

pg_isready — check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_isready [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

+pg_isready

pg_isready
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_isready

pg_isready — check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_isready [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

pg_isready is a utility for checking the connection status of a PostgreSQL database server. The exit status specifies the result of the connection check. @@ -76,4 +76,4 @@ $ echo $? 2

-

Prev Up Next
pg_dumpall Home pg_receivewal
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_dumpall Home pg_receivewal
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgamcheck.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgamcheck.html index 1fdcc18..f5994e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgamcheck.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgamcheck.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_amcheck
pg_amcheck
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_amcheck

pg_amcheck — checks for corruption in one or more +pg_amcheck

pg_amcheck
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_amcheck

pg_amcheck — checks for corruption in one or more PostgreSQL databases

Synopsis

pg_amcheck [option...] [dbname]

Description

pg_amcheck supports running amcheck's corruption checking functions against one or @@ -292,4 +292,4 @@

Notes

pg_amcheck is designed to work with PostgreSQL 14.0 and later. -

See Also

amcheck
Prev Up Next
ecpg Home pg_basebackup
\ No newline at end of file +

See Also

amcheck
Prev Up Next
ecpg Home pg_basebackup
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html index c987d24..29cb212 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_basebackup
pg_basebackup
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup — take a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

Synopsis

pg_basebackup [option...]

Description

+pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup — take a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

Synopsis

pg_basebackup [option...]

Description

pg_basebackup is used to take a base backup of a running PostgreSQL database cluster. The backup is taken without affecting other clients of the database, and can be used @@ -483,7 +483,8 @@ The backup will include all files in the data directory and tablespaces, including the configuration files and any additional files placed in the directory by third parties, except certain temporary files managed by - PostgreSQL. But only regular files and directories are copied, except that + PostgreSQL and operating system files. But only regular files and + directories are copied, except that symbolic links used for tablespaces are preserved. Symbolic links pointing to certain directories known to PostgreSQL are copied as empty directories. Other symbolic links and special device files are skipped. @@ -547,4 +548,4 @@ directory backup: 

 $ pg_basebackup -D backup -Ft --compress=gzip:9
-
Prev Up Next
pg_amcheck Home pgbench
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
pg_amcheck Home pgbench
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgchecksums.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgchecksums.html index bc90b0e..e6be629 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgchecksums.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgchecksums.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_checksums
pg_checksums
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_checksums

pg_checksums — enable, disable or check data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_checksums [option...] [[ -D | --pgdata ]datadir]

Description

+pg_checksums

pg_checksums
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_checksums

pg_checksums — enable, disable or check data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_checksums [option...] [[ -D | --pgdata ]datadir]

Description

pg_checksums checks, enables or disables data checksums in a PostgreSQL cluster. The server must be shut down cleanly before running @@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ enabling or disabling checksums, the cluster's data checksum configuration remains unchanged, and pg_checksums can be re-run to perform the same operation. -

Prev Up Next
pg_archivecleanup Home pg_controldata
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_archivecleanup Home pg_controldata
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html index 124c73d..8a458c8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_config
pg_config
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_config

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

Description

+pg_config

pg_config
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_config

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

Description

The pg_config utility prints configuration parameters of the currently installed version of PostgreSQL. It is intended, for example, to be used by software packages that want to interface @@ -107,4 +107,4 @@ eval ./configure `pg_config --configure` shell quotation marks so arguments with spaces are represented correctly. Therefore, using eval is required for proper results. -

Prev Up Next
pgbench Home pg_dump
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pgbench Home pg_dump
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html index cccb75e..524376c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_controldata
pg_controldata
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_controldata

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_controldata [option] [[ -D | --pgdata ]datadir]

Description

+pg_controldata

pg_controldata
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_controldata

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_controldata [option] [[ -D | --pgdata ]datadir]

Description

pg_controldata prints information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version. It also shows information about write-ahead logging and checkpoint @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ Specifies whether to use color in diagnostic messages. Possible values are always, auto and never. -

Prev Up Next
pg_checksums Home pg_ctl
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_checksums Home pg_ctl
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html index 0add9b8..35c3607 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_dump
pg_dump
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dump

pg_dump — +pg_dump

pg_dump
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dump

pg_dump — extract a PostgreSQL database into a script file or other archive file

Synopsis

pg_dump [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname]

Description

pg_dump is a utility for backing up a @@ -821,4 +821,4 @@ CREATE DATABASE foo WITH TEMPLATE template0; 

 $ pg_dump -t "\"MixedCaseName\"" mydb > mytab.sql
-
Prev Up Next
pg_config Home pg_dumpall
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
pg_config Home pg_dumpall
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html index e82e98b..571241e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_receivewal
pg_receivewal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal — stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_receivewal [option...]

Description

+pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal — stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_receivewal [option...]

Description

pg_receivewal is used to stream the write-ahead log from a running PostgreSQL cluster. The write-ahead log is streamed using the streaming replication protocol, and is written @@ -246,4 +246,4 @@ /usr/local/pgsql/archive: 

 $ pg_receivewal -h mydbserver -D /usr/local/pgsql/archive
-
Prev Up Next
pg_isready Home pg_recvlogical
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
pg_isready Home pg_recvlogical
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivexlog.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivexlog.html index 18edb30..6e0b1e1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivexlog.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivexlog.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal

+O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal

O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal

PostgreSQL 9.6 and below provided a command named pg_receivexlog to fetch write-ahead-log (WAL) files. This command was renamed to pg_receivewal, see pg_receivewal for documentation of pg_receivewal and see - the release notes for PostgreSQL 10 for details + the release notes for PostgreSQL 10 for details on this change. -

Prev Up Next
O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal Home Bibliography
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal Home Bibliography
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html index 3e547c2..b690d48 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_recvlogical
pg_recvlogical
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical — control PostgreSQL logical decoding streams

Synopsis

pg_recvlogical [option...]

Description

+pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical — control PostgreSQL logical decoding streams

Synopsis

pg_recvlogical [option...]

Description

pg_recvlogical controls logical decoding replication slots and streams data from such replication slots.

@@ -174,4 +174,4 @@ cluster.

Examples

See Section 49.1 for an example. -

Prev Up Next
pg_receivewal Home pg_restore
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_receivewal Home pg_restore
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html index 12f6173..c9dd504 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_resetwal
pg_resetwal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_resetwal [ -f | --force ] [ -n | --dry-run ] [option...] [ -D | --pgdata ]datadir

Description

+pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_resetwal [ -f | --force ] [ -n | --dry-run ] [option...] [ -D | --pgdata ]datadir

Description

pg_resetwal clears the write-ahead log (WAL) and optionally resets some other control information stored in the pg_control file. This function is sometimes needed @@ -166,4 +166,4 @@

pg_resetwal works only with servers of the same major version. -

Prev Up Next
pg_ctl Home pg_rewind
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
pg_ctl Home pg_rewind
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetxlog.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetxlog.html index 12a52d9..98aa9ed 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetxlog.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetxlog.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal

+O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal

O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal

PostgreSQL 9.6 and below provided a command named pg_resetxlog to reset the write-ahead-log (WAL) files. This command was renamed to pg_resetwal, see pg_resetwal for documentation of pg_resetwal and see - the release notes for PostgreSQL 10 for details + the release notes for PostgreSQL 10 for details on this change. -

Prev Up Next
O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump Home O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
\ No newline at end of file +

Prev Up Next
O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump Home O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html index 29f8ab4..069a09c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_restore
pg_restore
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_restore

pg_restore — +pg_restore

pg_restore
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_restore

pg_restore — restore a PostgreSQL database from an archive file created by pg_dump

Synopsis

pg_restore [connection-option...] [option...] [filename]

Description

@@ -501,4 +501,4 @@ CREATE DATABASE foo WITH TEMPLATE template0; items 10 and 6, in that order: 

 $ pg_restore -L db.list db.dump
-
Prev Up Next
pg_recvlogical Home pg_verifybackup
\ No newline at end of file +
Prev Up Next
pg_recvlogical Home pg_verifybackup
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html index 3ef9414..8e59127 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_rewind
pg_rewind
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_rewind

pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it

Synopsis

pg_rewind [option...] { -D | --target-pgdata } directory { --source-pgdata=directory | --source-server=connstr }

Description

+pg_rewind

pg_rewind
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_rewind

pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it

Synopsis

pg_rewind [option...] { -D | --target-pgdata } directory { --source-pgdata=directory | --source-server=connstr }

Description

pg_rewind is a tool for synchronizing a PostgreSQL cluster with another copy of the same cluster, after the clusters' timelines have diverged. A typical scenario is to bring an old primary server back online @@ -199,8 +199,9 @@ GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_read_binary_file(text, bigint, bigint, b backup_label, tablespace_map, pg_internal.init, - postmaster.opts, and - postmaster.pid, as well as any file or directory + postmaster.opts, + postmaster.pid and + .DS_Store as well as any file or directory beginning with pgsql_tmp, are omitted.

  • Create a backup_label file to begin WAL replay at @@ -213,4 +214,4 @@ GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_read_binary_file(text, bigint, bigint, b When starting the target, PostgreSQL replays all the required WAL, resulting in a data directory in a consistent state. -

    • Prev Up Next
    pg_resetwal Home pg_test_fsync
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    pg_resetwal Home pg_test_fsync
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgverifybackup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgverifybackup.html index b2ced0f..0c76b3e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgverifybackup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgverifybackup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_verifybackup
    pg_verifybackup
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_verifybackup

    pg_verifybackup — verify the integrity of a base backup of a +pg_verifybackup

    pg_verifybackup
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_verifybackup

    pg_verifybackup — verify the integrity of a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

    Synopsis

    pg_verifybackup [option...]

    Description

    pg_verifybackup is used to check the integrity of a database cluster backup taken using @@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ $ pg_basebackup -h mydbserver -D /usr/local/pgsql/data $ edit /usr/local/pgsql/data/note.to.self $ pg_verifybackup --ignore=note.to.self --skip-checksums /usr/local/pgsql/data -

    Prev Up Next
    pg_restore Home psql
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    pg_restore Home psql
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html index 8b834d9..0940848 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -postgres
    postgres
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    postgres

    postgres — PostgreSQL database server

    Synopsis

    postgres [option...]

    Description

    +postgres

    postgres
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    postgres

    postgres — PostgreSQL database server

    Synopsis

    postgres [option...]

    Description

    postgres is the PostgreSQL database server. In order for a client application to access a database it connects (over a @@ -429,4 +429,4 @@

    See Also

    initdb, pg_ctl -

    Prev Up Next
    pg_waldump Home postmaster
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    pg_waldump Home postmaster
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html index ceb75e8..16907d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -postmaster
    postmaster
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    postmaster

    postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

    Synopsis

    postmaster [option...]

    Description

    +postmaster

    postmaster
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    postmaster

    postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

    Synopsis

    postmaster [option...]

    Description

    postmaster is a deprecated alias of postgres.

    See Also

    postgres -

    Prev Up Next
    postgres Home Part VII. Internals
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    postgres Home Part VII. Internals
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html index c3f9696..9d790b6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -psql
    psql
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    psql

    psql — +psql

    psql
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    psql

    psql — PostgreSQL interactive terminal

    Synopsis

    psql [option...] [dbname [username]]

    Description

    @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ EOF

    -x
    --expanded

    Turn on the expanded table formatting mode. This is equivalent to \x or \pset expanded. -

    -X,
    --no-psqlrc

    +

    -X
    --no-psqlrc

    Do not read the start-up file (neither the system-wide psqlrc file nor the user's ~/.psqlrc file). @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ $ psql postgresql://dbmaster:5433/mydb?sslmode=r the string =>. For example: 

     $ psql testdb
-psql (15.6)
+psql (15.7)
 Type "help" for help.
 
 testdb=>
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ lo_import 152801
           
           writes column values separated by commas, applying the quoting
           rules described in
-          RFC 4180.
+          RFC 4180.
           This output is compatible with the CSV format of the server's
           COPY command.
           A header line with column names is generated unless
@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@ PSQL_EDITOR_LINENUMBER_ARG='--line '
      by appending a dash and the PostgreSQL
      major or minor release identifier to the file name,
      for example ~/.psqlrc-15 or
-     ~/.psqlrc-15.6.
+     ~/.psqlrc-15.7.
      The most specific version-matching file will be read in preference
      to a non-version-specific file.
      These version suffixes are added after determining the file path
@@ -2956,4 +2956,4 @@ testdb(> \crosstabview "A" "B" "AxB" ord
    Prev Up Next
    pg_verifybackup Home reindexdb
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    pg_verifybackup Home reindexdb
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html index f339b67..f7cbf95 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -reindexdb
    reindexdb
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    reindexdb

    reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database

    Synopsis

    reindexdb [connection-option...] [option...] +reindexdb

    reindexdb
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    reindexdb

    reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database

    Synopsis

    reindexdb [connection-option...] [option...] [ -S | --schema schema @@ -161,4 +161,4 @@ bar in a database named abcd: 

     $ reindexdb --table=foo --index=bar abcd
-

    See Also

    REINDEX
    Prev Up Next
    psql Home vacuumdb
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    REINDEX
    Prev Up Next
    psql Home vacuumdb
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html index 3dd8984..be628d5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -vacuumdb
    vacuumdb
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    vacuumdb

    vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database

    Synopsis

    vacuumdb [connection-option...] [option...] +vacuumdb

    vacuumdb
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    vacuumdb

    vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database

    Synopsis

    vacuumdb [connection-option...] [option...] [ -t | --table table @@ -241,4 +241,4 @@ bar of the table for the optimizer: 

     $ vacuumdb --analyze --verbose --table='foo(bar)' xyzzy
-

    See Also

    VACUUM
    Prev Up Next
    reindexdb Home PostgreSQL Server Applications
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    VACUUM
    Prev Up Next
    reindexdb Home PostgreSQL Server Applications
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/appendix-obsolete.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/appendix-obsolete.html index db375f2..3e8ab9c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/appendix-obsolete.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/appendix-obsolete.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features

    Table of Contents

    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
    O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal

    +Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features

    Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features

    Table of Contents

    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
    O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal

    Functionality is sometimes removed from PostgreSQL, feature, setting and file names sometimes change, or documentation moves to different places. This section directs users coming from old versions of the documentation or from external links to the appropriate new location for the information they need. -

    Prev Up Next
    N.2. Configuring the Colors Home O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    N.2. Configuring the Colors Home O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html index fed3a4c..4d51d01 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Part VIII. Appendixes
    Part VIII. Appendixes
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Part VIII. Appendixes

    Table of Contents

    A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    B. Date/Time Support
    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    B.6. History of Units
    B.7. Julian Dates
    C. SQL Key Words
    D. SQL Conformance
    D.1. Supported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    E. Release Notes
    E.1. Release 15.6
    E.2. Release 15.5
    E.3. Release 15.4
    E.4. Release 15.3
    E.5. Release 15.2
    E.6. Release 15.1
    E.7. Release 15
    E.8. Prior Releases
    F. Additional Supplied Modules
    F.1. adminpack
    F.2. amcheck
    F.3. auth_delay
    F.4. auto_explain
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    F.6. basic_archive
    F.7. bloom
    F.8. btree_gin
    F.9. btree_gist
    F.10. citext
    F.11. cube
    F.12. dblink
    F.13. dict_int
    F.14. dict_xsyn
    F.15. earthdistance
    F.16. file_fdw
    F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    F.18. hstore
    F.19. intagg
    F.20. intarray
    F.21. isn
    F.22. lo
    F.23. ltree
    F.24. old_snapshot
    F.25. pageinspect
    F.26. passwordcheck
    F.27. pg_buffercache
    F.28. pgcrypto
    F.29. pg_freespacemap
    F.30. pg_prewarm
    F.31. pgrowlocks
    F.32. pg_stat_statements
    F.33. pgstattuple
    F.34. pg_surgery
    F.35. pg_trgm
    F.36. pg_visibility
    F.37. pg_walinspect
    F.38. postgres_fdw
    F.39. seg
    F.40. sepgsql
    F.41. spi
    F.42. sslinfo
    F.43. tablefunc
    F.44. tcn
    F.45. test_decoding
    F.46. tsm_system_rows
    F.47. tsm_system_time
    F.48. unaccent
    F.49. uuid-ossp
    F.50. xml2
    G. Additional Supplied Programs
    G.1. Client Applications
    G.2. Server Applications
    H. External Projects
    H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.2. Administration Tools
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.4. Extensions
    I. The Source Code Repository
    I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    J. Documentation
    J.1. DocBook
    J.2. Tool Sets
    J.3. Building the Documentation
    J.4. Documentation Authoring
    J.5. Style Guide
    K. PostgreSQL Limits
    L. Acronyms
    M. Glossary
    N. Color Support
    N.1. When Color is Used
    N.2. Configuring the Colors
    O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
    O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
    Prev Up Next
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object Home Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    \ No newline at end of file +Part VIII. Appendixes
    Part VIII. Appendixes
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Part VIII. Appendixes

    Table of Contents

    A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    B. Date/Time Support
    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    B.6. History of Units
    B.7. Julian Dates
    C. SQL Key Words
    D. SQL Conformance
    D.1. Supported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    E. Release Notes
    E.1. Release 15.7
    E.2. Release 15.6
    E.3. Release 15.5
    E.4. Release 15.4
    E.5. Release 15.3
    E.6. Release 15.2
    E.7. Release 15.1
    E.8. Release 15
    E.9. Prior Releases
    F. Additional Supplied Modules
    F.1. adminpack
    F.2. amcheck
    F.3. auth_delay
    F.4. auto_explain
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    F.6. basic_archive
    F.7. bloom
    F.8. btree_gin
    F.9. btree_gist
    F.10. citext
    F.11. cube
    F.12. dblink
    F.13. dict_int
    F.14. dict_xsyn
    F.15. earthdistance
    F.16. file_fdw
    F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    F.18. hstore
    F.19. intagg
    F.20. intarray
    F.21. isn
    F.22. lo
    F.23. ltree
    F.24. old_snapshot
    F.25. pageinspect
    F.26. passwordcheck
    F.27. pg_buffercache
    F.28. pgcrypto
    F.29. pg_freespacemap
    F.30. pg_prewarm
    F.31. pgrowlocks
    F.32. pg_stat_statements
    F.33. pgstattuple
    F.34. pg_surgery
    F.35. pg_trgm
    F.36. pg_visibility
    F.37. pg_walinspect
    F.38. postgres_fdw
    F.39. seg
    F.40. sepgsql
    F.41. spi
    F.42. sslinfo
    F.43. tablefunc
    F.44. tcn
    F.45. test_decoding
    F.46. tsm_system_rows
    F.47. tsm_system_time
    F.48. unaccent
    F.49. uuid-ossp
    F.50. xml2
    G. Additional Supplied Programs
    G.1. Client Applications
    G.2. Server Applications
    H. External Projects
    H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.2. Administration Tools
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.4. Extensions
    I. The Source Code Repository
    I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    J. Documentation
    J.1. DocBook
    J.2. Tool Sets
    J.3. Building the Documentation
    J.4. Documentation Authoring
    J.5. Style Guide
    K. PostgreSQL Limits
    L. Acronyms
    M. Glossary
    N. Color Support
    N.1. When Color is Used
    N.2. Configuring the Colors
    O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
    O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal
    Prev Up Next
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object Home Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html index dc66d8f..e10557b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level

    13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency with Serializable Transactions
    13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency with Explicit Blocking Locks

    +13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level

    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level

    13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency with Serializable Transactions
    13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency with Explicit Blocking Locks

    It is very difficult to enforce business rules regarding data integrity using Read Committed transactions because the view of the data is shifting with each statement, and even a single statement may not @@ -111,4 +111,4 @@ UPDATE, DELETE, or MERGE), so it is possible to obtain locks explicitly before the snapshot is frozen. -

    Prev Up Next
    13.3. Explicit Locking Home 13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.3. Explicit Locking Home 13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-callbacks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-callbacks.html index 4b3517b..afb8624 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-callbacks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-callbacks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    Prev UpChapter 51. Archive ModulesHome Next

    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks

    51.2.1. Check Callback
    51.2.2. Archive Callback
    51.2.3. Shutdown Callback

    +51.2. Archive Module Callbacks

    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    Prev UpChapter 51. Archive ModulesHome Next

    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks

    51.2.1. Check Callback
    51.2.2. Archive Callback
    51.2.3. Shutdown Callback

    The archive callbacks define the actual archiving behavior of the module. The server will call them as required to process each individual WAL file.

    51.2.1. Check Callback

    @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ typedef bool (*ArchiveFileCB) (const char *file, const char *path); 

     typedef void (*ArchiveShutdownCB) (void);

    -

    Prev Up Next
    51.1. Initialization Functions Home Part VI. Reference
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    51.1. Initialization Functions Home Part VI. Reference
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-init.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-init.html index 9623dcc..e5a732e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-init.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-module-init.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -51.1. Initialization Functions
    51.1. Initialization Functions
    Prev UpChapter 51. Archive ModulesHome Next

    51.1. Initialization Functions

    +51.1. Initialization Functions

    51.1. Initialization Functions
    Prev UpChapter 51. Archive ModulesHome Next

    51.1. Initialization Functions

    An archive library is loaded by dynamically loading a shared library with the archive_library's name as the library base name. The normal library search path is used to locate the library. To provide the @@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ typedef void (*ArchiveModuleInit) (struct ArchiveModuleCallbacks *cb); Only the archive_file_cb callback is required. The others are optional. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 51. Archive Modules Home 51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 51. Archive Modules Home 51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-modules.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-modules.html index 6f72471..1133e91 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-modules.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-modules.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 51. Archive Modules
    Chapter 51. Archive Modules
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 51. Archive Modules

    Table of Contents

    51.1. Initialization Functions
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    51.2.1. Check Callback
    51.2.2. Archive Callback
    51.2.3. Shutdown Callback

    +Chapter 51. Archive Modules

    Chapter 51. Archive Modules
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 51. Archive Modules

    Table of Contents

    51.1. Initialization Functions
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    51.2.1. Check Callback
    51.2.2. Archive Callback
    51.2.3. Shutdown Callback

    PostgreSQL provides infrastructure to create custom modules for continuous archiving (see Section 26.3). While archiving via a shell command (i.e., archive_command) is much @@ -21,4 +21,4 @@

    The contrib/basic_archive module contains a working example, which demonstrates some useful techniques. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking Home 51.1. Initialization Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking Home 51.1. Initialization Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html index 091b1f5..c5fd36b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.15. Arrays
    8.15. Arrays
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.15. Arrays

    8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
    8.15.2. Array Value Input
    8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
    8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
    8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
    8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

    +8.15. Arrays

    8.15. Arrays
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.15. Arrays

    8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
    8.15.2. Array Value Input
    8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
    8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
    8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
    8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

    PostgreSQL allows columns of a table to be defined as variable-length multidimensional arrays. Arrays of any built-in or user-defined base type, enum type, composite type, range type, @@ -644,4 +644,4 @@ SELECT f1[1][-2][3] AS e1, f1[1][-1][5] AS e2 with than the array-literal syntax when writing array values in SQL commands. In ARRAY, individual element values are written the same way they would be written when not members of an array. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.14. JSON Types Home 8.16. Composite Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.14. JSON Types Home 8.16. Composite Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html index 1f5c038..5de892e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.14. BSD Authentication
    21.14. BSD Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.14. BSD Authentication

    +21.14. BSD Authentication

    21.14. BSD Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.14. BSD Authentication

    This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses BSD Authentication to verify the password. BSD Authentication is used only @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ operating system user running the server) must first be added to the auth group. The auth group exists by default on OpenBSD systems. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.13. PAM Authentication Home 21.15. Authentication Problems
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.13. PAM Authentication Home 21.15. Authentication Problems
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html index 781da73..43353e7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.12. Certificate Authentication
    21.12. Certificate Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.12. Certificate Authentication

    +21.12. Certificate Authentication

    21.12. Certificate Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.12. Certificate Authentication

    This authentication method uses SSL client certificates to perform authentication. It is therefore only available for SSL connections; see Section 19.9.2 for SSL configuration instructions. @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ cert authentication because cert authentication is effectively trust authentication with clientcert=verify-full. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.11. RADIUS Authentication Home 21.13. PAM Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.11. RADIUS Authentication Home 21.13. PAM Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html index 2d7addb..efd62a8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.3. auth_delay
    F.3. auth_delay
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.3. auth_delay

    F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.3.2. Author

    +F.3. auth_delay

    F.3. auth_delay
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.3. auth_delay

    F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.3.2. Author

    auth_delay causes the server to pause briefly before reporting authentication failure, to make brute-force attacks on database passwords more difficult. Note that it does nothing to prevent @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ shared_preload_libraries = 'auth_delay' auth_delay.milliseconds = '500'

    F.3.2. Author

    KaiGai Kohei -

    Prev Up Next
    F.2. amcheck Home F.4. auto_explain
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.2. amcheck Home F.4. auto_explain
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html index fcf6b20..58fdb2d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.8. Ident Authentication
    21.8. Ident Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.8. Ident Authentication

    +21.8. Ident Authentication

    21.8. Ident Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.8. Ident Authentication

    The ident authentication method works by obtaining the client's operating system user name from an ident server and using it as the allowed database user name (with an optional user name mapping). @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@

    The “Identification Protocol” is described in - RFC 1413. + RFC 1413. Virtually every Unix-like operating system ships with an ident server that listens on TCP port 113 by default. The basic functionality of an ident server @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ used when using the ident server with PostgreSQL, since PostgreSQL does not have any way to decrypt the returned string to determine the actual user name. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.7. SSPI Authentication Home 21.9. Peer Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.7. SSPI Authentication Home 21.9. Peer Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html index 5f87020..31ff76f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.10. LDAP Authentication
    21.10. LDAP Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.10. LDAP Authentication

    +21.10. LDAP Authentication

    21.10. LDAP Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.10. LDAP Authentication

    This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses LDAP as the password verification method. LDAP is used only to validate @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@

    ldaptls

    Set to 1 to make the connection between PostgreSQL and the LDAP server use TLS encryption. This uses the StartTLS - operation per RFC 4513. + operation per RFC 4513. See also the ldapscheme option for an alternative.

    @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ user name. This allows for more flexible search filters than ldapsearchattribute.

    ldapurl

    - An RFC 4516 + An RFC 4516 LDAP URL. This is an alternative way to write some of the other LDAP options in a more compact and standard form. The format is 

    @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ ldap[s]://host[:OpenLDAP as the LDAP client library, the
      ldapserver setting may be omitted.  In that case, a
      list of host names and ports is looked up via
-     RFC 2782 DNS SRV records.
+     RFC 2782 DNS SRV records.
      The name _ldap._tcp.DOMAIN is looked up, where
      DOMAIN is extracted from ldapbasedn.
    
    
@@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ host ... ldap ldapbasedn="dc=example,dc=net"
      Since LDAP often uses commas and spaces to separate the different
      parts of a DN, it is often necessary to use double-quoted parameter
      values when configuring LDAP options, as shown in the examples.
-
    Prev Up Next
    21.9. Peer Authentication Home 21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.9. Peer Authentication Home 21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html index 0f6f712..39cf1c3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.3. Authentication Methods
    21.3. Authentication Methods
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.3. Authentication Methods

    +21.3. Authentication Methods

    21.3. Authentication Methods
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.3. Authentication Methods

    PostgreSQL provides various methods for authenticating users: @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@

  • Ident authentication, which relies on an “Identification Protocol” - (RFC 1413) + (RFC 1413) service on the client's machine. (On local Unix-socket connections, this is treated as peer authentication.)

  • @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@

    The following sections describe each of these authentication methods in more detail. -

    • Prev Up Next
    21.2. User Name Maps Home 21.4. Trust Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.2. User Name Maps Home 21.4. Trust Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html index 4e5c411..7951c5d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.13. PAM Authentication
    21.13. PAM Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.13. PAM Authentication

    +21.13. PAM Authentication

    21.13. PAM Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.13. PAM Authentication

    This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) as the authentication mechanism. The @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ will fail because the PostgreSQL server is started by a non-root user. However, this is not an issue when PAM is configured to use LDAP or other authentication methods. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.12. Certificate Authentication Home 21.14. BSD Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.12. Certificate Authentication Home 21.14. BSD Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html index afa7927..67ed974 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.5. Password Authentication
    21.5. Password Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.5. Password Authentication

    +21.5. Password Authentication

    21.5. Password Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.5. Password Authentication

    There are several password-based authentication methods. These methods operate similarly but differ in how the users' passwords are stored on the server and how the password provided by a client is sent across the @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

    scram-sha-256

    The method scram-sha-256 performs SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication, as described in - RFC 7677. It + RFC 7677. It is a challenge-response scheme that prevents password sniffing on untrusted connections and supports storing passwords on the server in a cryptographically hashed form that is thought to be secure. @@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ in postgresql.conf, make all users set new passwords, and change the authentication method specifications in pg_hba.conf to scram-sha-256. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.4. Trust Authentication Home 21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.4. Trust Authentication Home 21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html index 01c76d5..5df0bfb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.9. Peer Authentication
    21.9. Peer Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.9. Peer Authentication

    +21.9. Peer Authentication

    21.9. Peer Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.9. Peer Authentication

    The peer authentication method works by obtaining the client's operating system user name from the kernel and using it as the allowed database user name (with optional user name mapping). This @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ most flavors of BSD including macOS, and Solaris. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.8. Ident Authentication Home 21.10. LDAP Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.8. Ident Authentication Home 21.10. LDAP Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html index c1adeb4..7e79b5d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File

    +21.1. The pg_hba.conf File

    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File

    Client authentication is controlled by a configuration file, which traditionally is named pg_hba.conf and is stored in the database @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ hostnogssenc database Distinguished Name (DN) of the certificate. This option is probably best used in conjunction with a username map. The comparison is done with the DN in - RFC 2253 + RFC 2253 format. To see the DN of a client certificate in this format, do 

    @@ -489,4 +489,4 @@ local   all             @admins,+support                        md5
 
 # The database column can also use lists and file names:
 local   db1,db2,@demodbs  all                                   md5
-

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 21. Client Authentication Home 21.2. User Name Maps
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 21. Client Authentication Home 21.2. User Name Maps
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html index 733297e..6ef9a22 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.11. RADIUS Authentication

    +21.11. RADIUS Authentication

    21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.11. RADIUS Authentication

    This authentication method operates similarly to password except that it uses RADIUS as the password verification method. RADIUS is used only to validate @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ 

     host ... radius radiusservers="server1,server2" radiussecrets="""secret one"",""secret two"""

    -

    Prev Up Next
    21.10. LDAP Authentication Home 21.12. Certificate Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.10. LDAP Authentication Home 21.12. Certificate Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html index c1a3abf..673af9b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.4. Trust Authentication
    21.4. Trust Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.4. Trust Authentication

    +21.4. Trust Authentication

    21.4. Trust Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.4. Trust Authentication

    When trust authentication is specified, PostgreSQL assumes that anyone who can connect to the server is authorized to access the database with @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ to the server by the pg_hba.conf lines that specify trust. It is seldom reasonable to use trust for any TCP/IP connections other than those from localhost (127.0.0.1). -

    Prev Up Next
    21.3. Authentication Methods Home 21.5. Password Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.3. Authentication Methods Home 21.5. Password Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html index d7c2575..6f28d67 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.2. User Name Maps
    21.2. User Name Maps
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.2. User Name Maps

    +21.2. User Name Maps

    21.2. User Name Maps
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.2. User Name Maps

    When using an external authentication system such as Ident or GSSAPI, the name of the operating system user that initiated the connection might not be the same as the database user (role) that is to be used. @@ -99,4 +99,4 @@ omicron ann ann omicron robert bob # bryanh can also connect as guest1 omicron bryanh guest1 -


    Prev Up Next
    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File Home 21.3. Authentication Methods
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File Home 21.3. Authentication Methods
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html index 8132672..ec07f9d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.4. auto_explain
    F.4. auto_explain
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.4. auto_explain

    F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.4.2. Example
    F.4.3. Author

    +F.4. auto_explain

    F.4. auto_explain
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.4. auto_explain

    F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.4.2. Example
    F.4.3. Author

    The auto_explain module provides a means for logging execution plans of slow statements automatically, without having to run EXPLAIN @@ -186,4 +186,4 @@ LOG: duration: 3.651 ms plan: Filter: indisunique

    F.4.3. Author

    Takahiro Itagaki -

    Prev Up Next
    F.3. auth_delay Home F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.3. auth_delay Home F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html index 4bdd695..0b7003c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -26.1. SQL Dump
    26.1. SQL Dump
    Prev UpChapter 26. Backup and RestoreHome Next

    26.1. SQL Dump

    26.1.1. Restoring the Dump
    26.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
    26.1.3. Handling Large Databases

    +26.1. SQL Dump

    26.1. SQL Dump
    Prev UpChapter 26. Backup and RestoreHome Next

    26.1. SQL Dump

    26.1.1. Restoring the Dump
    26.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
    26.1.3. Handling Large Databases

    The idea behind this dump method is to generate a file with SQL commands that, when fed back to the server, will recreate the database in the same state as it was at the time of the dump. @@ -244,4 +244,4 @@ pg_dump -j num -F d -f pg_restore -j to restore a dump in parallel. This will work for any archive of either the "custom" or the "directory" archive mode, whether or not it has been created with pg_dump -j. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 26. Backup and Restore Home 26.2. File System Level Backup
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 26. Backup and Restore Home 26.2. File System Level Backup
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html index 6e460b1..30ca65b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -26.2. File System Level Backup
    26.2. File System Level Backup
    Prev UpChapter 26. Backup and RestoreHome Next

    26.2. File System Level Backup

    +26.2. File System Level Backup

    26.2. File System Level Backup
    Prev UpChapter 26. Backup and RestoreHome Next

    26.2. File System Level Backup

    An alternative backup strategy is to directly copy the files that PostgreSQL uses to store the data in the database; Section 19.2 explains where these files @@ -88,4 +88,4 @@ tar -cf backup.tar /usr/local/pgsql/data than an SQL dump. (pg_dump does not need to dump the contents of indexes for example, just the commands to recreate them.) However, taking a file system backup might be faster. -

    Prev Up Next
    26.1. SQL Dump Home 26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    26.1. SQL Dump Home 26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-files.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-files.html index 5ab0d3d..4198944 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-files.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-files.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    Prev UpChapter 76. Backup Manifest FormatHome Next

    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object

    +76.2. Backup Manifest File Object

    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    Prev UpChapter 76. Backup Manifest FormatHome Next

    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object

    The object which describes a single file contains either a Path key or an Encoded-Path key. Normally, the Path key will be present. The @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@

    Checksum

    The checksum computed for this file, stored as a series of hexadecimal characters, two for each byte of the checksum. -

    Prev Up Next
    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object Home 76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object Home 76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-format.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-format.html index 7d5fd40..0c4d0c2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-format.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-format.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format
    Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format

    Table of Contents

    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object

    +Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format

    Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format

    Table of Contents

    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object

    The backup manifest generated by pg_basebackup is primarily intended to permit the backup to be verified using pg_verifybackup. However, it is @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ supported server encoding. There is no similar exception for backup manifests.) The JSON document is always an object; the keys that are present in this object are described in the next section. -

    Prev Up Next
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security Home 76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security Home 76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-toplevel.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-toplevel.html index 71300d5..ccffe7d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-toplevel.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-toplevel.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    Prev UpChapter 76. Backup Manifest FormatHome Next

    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object

    +76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object

    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    Prev UpChapter 76. Backup Manifest FormatHome Next

    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object

    The backup manifest JSON document contains the following keys.

    PostgreSQL-Backup-Manifest-Version

    The associated value is always the integer 1. @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ is significantly more expensive than a CRC32C checksum, the manifest should normally be small enough that the extra computation won't matter very much. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format Home 76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format Home 76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-wal-ranges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-wal-ranges.html index d5248b2..29624aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-wal-ranges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-manifest-wal-ranges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    Prev UpChapter 76. Backup Manifest FormatHome Next

    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object

    +76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object

    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    Prev UpChapter 76. Backup Manifest FormatHome Next

    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object

    The object which describes a WAL range always has three keys:

    Timeline

    The timeline for this range of WAL records, as an integer. @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ upstream promotion, it is possible for multiple ranges to be present, each with a different timeline. There will never be multiple WAL ranges present for the same timeline. -

    Prev Up Next
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object Home Part VIII. Appendixes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object Home Part VIII. Appendixes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html index 8ee82fe..d804b2e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 26. Backup and Restore
    Chapter 26. Backup and Restore
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 26. Backup and Restore

    Table of Contents

    26.1. SQL Dump
    26.1.1. Restoring the Dump
    26.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
    26.1.3. Handling Large Databases
    26.2. File System Level Backup
    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    26.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
    26.3.2. Making a Base Backup
    26.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
    26.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
    26.3.5. Timelines
    26.3.6. Tips and Examples
    26.3.7. Caveats

    +Chapter 26. Backup and Restore

    Chapter 26. Backup and Restore
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 26. Backup and Restore

    Table of Contents

    26.1. SQL Dump
    26.1.1. Restoring the Dump
    26.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
    26.1.3. Handling Large Databases
    26.2. File System Level Backup
    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    26.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
    26.3.2. Making a Base Backup
    26.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
    26.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
    26.3.5. Timelines
    26.3.6. Tips and Examples
    26.3.7. Caveats

    As with everything that contains valuable data, PostgreSQL databases should be backed up regularly. While the procedure is essentially simple, it is important to have a clear understanding of @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@

    • SQL dump

    • File system level backup

    • Continuous archiving

    Each has its own strengths and weaknesses; each is discussed in turn in the following sections. -

    Prev Up Next
    25.3. Log File Maintenance Home 26.1. SQL Dump
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    25.3. Log File Maintenance Home 26.1. SQL Dump
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/basebackup-to-shell.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/basebackup-to-shell.html index 19b4283..36e5371 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/basebackup-to-shell.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/basebackup-to-shell.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.5. basebackup_to_shell

    F.5.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.5.2. Author

    +F.5. basebackup_to_shell

    F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.5. basebackup_to_shell

    F.5.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.5.2. Author

    basebackup_to_shell adds a custom basebackup target called shell. This makes it possible to run pg_basebackup --target=shell or, depending on how this @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ the shell backup target.

    F.5.2. Author

    Robert Haas -

    Prev Up Next
    F.4. auto_explain Home F.6. basic_archive
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.4. auto_explain Home F.6. basic_archive
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/basic-archive.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/basic-archive.html index 6baee14..fe292fc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/basic-archive.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/basic-archive.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.6. basic_archive
    F.6. basic_archive
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.6. basic_archive

    F.6.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.6.2. Notes
    F.6.3. Author

    +F.6. basic_archive

    F.6. basic_archive
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.6. basic_archive

    F.6.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.6.2. Notes
    F.6.3. Author

    basic_archive is an example of an archive module. This module copies completed WAL segment files to the specified directory. This may not be especially useful, but it can serve as a starting point for @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ basic_archive.archive_directory = '/path/to/archive/directory' doing so.

    F.6.3. Author

    Nathan Bossart -

    Prev Up Next
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell Home F.7. bloom
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell Home F.7. bloom
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html index 75af21c..e1970a0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
    Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

    +Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

    Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

    PostgreSQL can be extended to run user-supplied code in separate processes. Such processes are started, stopped and monitored by postgres, which permits them to have a lifetime closely linked to the server's status. @@ -228,4 +228,4 @@ typedef struct BackgroundWorker

    The maximum number of registered background workers is limited by max_worker_processes. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_start_transaction Home Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_start_transaction Home Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html index ea909fa..f304677 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Bibliography
    Bibliography
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Bibliography

    +Bibliography

    Bibliography
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Bibliography

    Selected references and readings for SQL and PostgreSQL.

    @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ system”. M. Stonebraker, M. Hearst, and S. Potamianos. SIGMOD Record 18(3). Sept. 1989.

    [ston89b] “The case for partial indexes”. M. Stonebraker. SIGMOD Record 18(4). Dec. 1989. 4–11.

    [ston90a] “The implementation of POSTGRES”. M. Stonebraker, L. A. Rowe, and M. Hirohama. Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering 2(1). IEEE. March 1990.

    [ston90b] “On - Rules, Procedures, Caching and Views in Database Systems”. M. Stonebraker, A. Jhingran, J. Goh, and S. Potamianos. ACM-SIGMOD Conference on Management of Data, June 1990.

    Prev Up Next
    O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal Home Index
    \ No newline at end of file + Rules, Procedures, Caching and Views in Database Systems”. M. Stonebraker, A. Jhingran, J. Goh, and S. Potamianos. ACM-SIGMOD Conference on Management of Data, June 1990.

    Prev Up Next
    O.5. pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal Home Index
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html index 722bd78..f656a47 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -74.4. BKI Commands
    74.4. BKI Commands
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.4. BKI Commands

    +74.4. BKI Commands
    74.4. BKI Commands
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.4. BKI Commands

    create tablename tableoid @@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ is postponed.

    build indices

    Fill in the indices that have previously been declared. -

    Prev Up Next
    74.3. BKI File Format Home 74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    74.3. BKI File Format Home 74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html index 941ec24..d0af249 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -74.6. BKI Example
    74.6. BKI Example
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.6. BKI Example

    +74.6. BKI Example

    74.6. BKI Example
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.6. BKI Example

    The following sequence of commands will create the table test_table with OID 420, having three columns oid, cola and colb @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ insert ( 421 1 'value 1' ) insert ( 422 2 _null_ ) close test_table

    -

    Prev Up Next
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File Home Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File Home Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html index 8bf3865..a9d0743 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -74.3. BKI File Format
    74.3. BKI File Format
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.3. BKI File Format

    +74.3. BKI File Format

    74.3. BKI File Format
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.3. BKI File Format

    This section describes how the PostgreSQL backend interprets BKI files. This description will be easier to understand if the postgres.bki @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ single-quoted strings. Everything is case sensitive.

    Lines starting with # are ignored. -

    Prev Up Next
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data Home 74.4. BKI Commands
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data Home 74.4. BKI Commands
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html index 841f335..ebf40f9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

    +74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

    The open command cannot be used until the tables it uses exist and have entries for the table that is to be opened. (These minimum tables are pg_class, @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@

    There are doubtless other, undocumented ordering dependencies. -

    Prev Up Next
    74.4. BKI Commands Home 74.6. BKI Example
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    74.4. BKI Commands Home 74.6. BKI Example
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html index b0993ef..5246532 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents

    Table of Contents

    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    74.2.1. Data File Format
    74.2.2. OID Assignment
    74.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
    74.2.4. Automatic Creation of Array Types
    74.2.5. Recipes for Editing Data Files
    74.3. BKI File Format
    74.4. BKI Commands
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    74.6. BKI Example

    +Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents

    Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents

    Table of Contents

    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    74.2.1. Data File Format
    74.2.2. OID Assignment
    74.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
    74.2.4. Automatic Creation of Array Types
    74.2.5. Recipes for Editing Data Files
    74.3. BKI File Format
    74.4. BKI Commands
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    74.6. BKI Example

    PostgreSQL uses many different system catalogs to keep track of the existence and properties of database objects, such as tables and functions. Physically there is no difference between a system @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ and/or initial data files. The rest of this chapter gives some information about that, and for completeness describes the BKI file format. -

    Prev Up Next
    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT) Home 74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT) Home 74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html index 71a879f..ac235f9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.7. bloom
    F.7. bloom
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.7. bloom

    F.7.1. Parameters
    F.7.2. Examples
    F.7.3. Operator Class Interface
    F.7.4. Limitations
    F.7.5. Authors

    +F.7. bloom

    F.7. bloom
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.7. bloom

    F.7.1. Parameters
    F.7.2. Examples
    F.7.3. Operator Class Interface
    F.7.4. Limitations
    F.7.5. Authors

    bloom provides an index access method based on Bloom filters.

    @@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ DEFAULT FOR TYPE text USING bloom AS

    Oleg Bartunov , Postgres Professional, Moscow, Russia -

    Prev Up Next
    F.6. basic_archive Home F.8. btree_gin
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.6. basic_archive Home F.8. btree_gin
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html index 35d7413..b689aeb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Index
    Index
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome 

    Index

    Symbols +Index

    Index
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome 

    Index

    Symbols | A | @@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ | Y | - Z

    A

    abbrev, Network Address Functions and Operators
    ABORT, ABORT
    abs, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ACL, Privileges
    aclcontains, System Information Functions and Operators
    acldefault, System Information Functions and Operators
    aclexplode, System Information Functions and Operators
    aclitem, Privileges
    aclitemeq, System Information Functions and Operators
    acos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    acosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    acosh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    administration tools
    externally maintained, Administration Tools
    adminpack, adminpack
    advisory lock, Advisory Locks
    age, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    aggregate function, Aggregate Functions, Aggregate Expressions, Aggregate Functions, User-Defined Aggregates
    built-in, Aggregate Functions
    invocation, Aggregate Expressions
    moving aggregate, Moving-Aggregate Mode
    ordered set, Ordered-Set Aggregates
    partial aggregation, Partial Aggregation
    polymorphic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    support functions for, Support Functions for Aggregates
    user-defined, User-Defined Aggregates
    variadic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    AIX, AIX
    installation on, AIX
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    akeys, hstore Operators and Functions
    alias, Table and Column Aliases, Column Labels
    for table name in query, Joins Between Tables
    in the FROM clause, Table and Column Aliases
    in the select list, Column Labels
    ALL, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP, DISTINCT, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    GROUP BY ALL, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    SELECT ALL, DISTINCT
    allow_in_place_tablespaces configuration parameter, Developer Options
    allow_system_table_mods configuration parameter, Developer Options
    ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER AGGREGATE
    ALTER COLLATION, ALTER COLLATION
    ALTER CONVERSION, ALTER CONVERSION
    ALTER DATABASE, ALTER DATABASE
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES, ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    ALTER DOMAIN, ALTER DOMAIN
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER, ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    ALTER EXTENSION, ALTER EXTENSION
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE, ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
    ALTER GROUP, ALTER GROUP
    ALTER INDEX, ALTER INDEX
    ALTER LANGUAGE, ALTER LANGUAGE
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT, ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW, ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    ALTER OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS, ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY, ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    ALTER POLICY, ALTER POLICY
    ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER PROCEDURE
    ALTER PUBLICATION, ALTER PUBLICATION
    ALTER ROLE, Role Attributes, ALTER ROLE
    ALTER ROUTINE, ALTER ROUTINE
    ALTER RULE, ALTER RULE
    ALTER SCHEMA, ALTER SCHEMA
    ALTER SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
    ALTER SERVER, ALTER SERVER
    ALTER STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    ALTER SYSTEM, ALTER SYSTEM
    ALTER TABLE, ALTER TABLE
    ALTER TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER, ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    ALTER TRIGGER, ALTER TRIGGER
    ALTER TYPE, ALTER TYPE
    ALTER USER, ALTER USER
    ALTER USER MAPPING, ALTER USER MAPPING
    ALTER VIEW, ALTER VIEW
    amcheck, amcheck
    ANALYZE, Updating Planner Statistics, ANALYZE
    AND (operator), Logical Operators
    anonymous code blocks, DO
    any, Pseudo-Types
    ANY, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    anyarray, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatible, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblearray, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblemultirange, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblenonarray, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblerange, Pseudo-Types
    anyelement, Pseudo-Types
    anyenum, Pseudo-Types
    anymultirange, Pseudo-Types
    anynonarray, Pseudo-Types
    anyrange, Pseudo-Types
    applicable role, applicable_roles
    application_name configuration parameter, What to Log
    arbitrary precision numbers, Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    Archive Modules, Archive Modules
    archive_cleanup_command configuration parameter, Archive Recovery
    archive_command configuration parameter, Archiving
    archive_library configuration parameter, Archiving
    archive_mode configuration parameter, Archiving
    archive_timeout configuration parameter, Archiving
    area, Geometric Functions and Operators
    armor, armor(), dearmor()
    array, Arrays
    accessing, Accessing Arrays
    constant, Array Value Input
    constructor, Array Constructors
    declaration, Declaration of Array Types
    I/O, Array Input and Output Syntax
    modifying, Modifying Arrays
    of user-defined type, User-Defined Types
    searching, Searching in Arrays
    ARRAY, Array Constructors, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    array_agg, Aggregate Functions, Functions
    array_append, Array Functions and Operators
    array_cat, Array Functions and Operators
    array_dims, Array Functions and Operators
    array_fill, Array Functions and Operators
    array_length, Array Functions and Operators
    array_lower, Array Functions and Operators
    array_ndims, Array Functions and Operators
    array_nulls configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    array_position, Array Functions and Operators
    array_positions, Array Functions and Operators
    array_prepend, Array Functions and Operators
    array_remove, Array Functions and Operators
    array_replace, Array Functions and Operators
    array_to_json, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    array_to_string, Array Functions and Operators
    array_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    array_upper, Array Functions and Operators
    ascii, String Functions and Operators
    asin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    asind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    asinh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ASSERT
    in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
    assertions
    in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
    asynchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
    AT TIME ZONE, AT TIME ZONE
    atan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atan2, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atan2d, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atanh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    authentication_timeout configuration parameter, Authentication
    auth_delay, auth_delay
    auth_delay.milliseconds configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto-increment (see serial)
    autocommit
    bulk-loading data, Disable Autocommit
    psql, Variables
    autosummarize storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    autovacuum
    configuration parameters, Automatic Vacuuming
    general information, The Autovacuum Daemon
    autovacuum configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_analyze_threshold
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_enabled storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_freeze_max_age
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_freeze_min_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_freeze_table_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_max_workers configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_naptime configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_threshold
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    auto_explain, auto_explain
    auto_explain.log_analyze configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_buffers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_format configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_level configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_min_duration configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_nested_statements configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_settings configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_timing configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_triggers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_verbose configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_wal configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.sample_rate configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    avals, hstore Operators and Functions
    average, Aggregate Functions
    avg, Aggregate Functions

    B

    B-Tree (see index)
    backend_flush_after configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    Background workers, Background Worker Processes
    backslash escapes, String Constants with C-Style Escapes
    backslash_quote configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    backtrace_functions configuration parameter, Developer Options
    backup, Backup Control Functions, Backup and Restore
    Backup Manifest, Backup Manifest Format
    base type, The PostgreSQL Type System
    base64 format, Binary String Functions and Operators
    basebackup_to_shell, basebackup_to_shell
    basebackup_to_shell.command configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    basebackup_to_shell.required_role configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    BASE_BACKUP, Streaming Replication Protocol
    basic_archive, basic_archive
    basic_archive.archive_directory configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    batch mode, Pipeline Mode
    in libpq, Pipeline Mode
    BEGIN, BEGIN
    BETWEEN, Comparison Functions and Operators
    BETWEEN SYMMETRIC, Comparison Functions and Operators
    BGWORKER_BACKEND_​DATABASE_CONNECTION, Background Worker Processes
    BGWORKER_SHMEM_ACCESS, Background Worker Processes
    bgwriter_delay configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bgwriter_flush_after configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bgwriter_lru_maxpages configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bgwriter_lru_multiplier configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bigint, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
    bigserial, Serial Types
    binary data, Binary Data Types, Binary String Functions and Operators
    functions, Binary String Functions and Operators
    binary string
    concatenation, Binary String Functions and Operators
    converting to character string, Binary String Functions and Operators
    length, Binary String Functions and Operators
    bison, Requirements
    bit string, Bit-String Constants, Bit String Types
    constant, Bit-String Constants
    data type, Bit String Types
    length, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bit strings, Bit String Functions and Operators
    functions, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bitmap scan, Combining Multiple Indexes, Planner Method Configuration
    bit_and, Aggregate Functions
    bit_count, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bit_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bit_or, Aggregate Functions
    bit_xor, Aggregate Functions
    BLOB (see large object)
    block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    bloom, bloom
    bonjour configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    bonjour_name configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    Boolean, Boolean Type
    data type, Boolean Type
    operators (see operators, logical)
    bool_and, Aggregate Functions
    bool_or, Aggregate Functions
    booting
    starting the server during, Starting the Database Server
    bound_box, Geometric Functions and Operators
    box, Geometric Functions and Operators
    box (data type), Boxes
    BRIN (see index)
    brin_desummarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
    brin_metapage_info, BRIN Functions
    brin_page_items, BRIN Functions
    brin_page_type, BRIN Functions
    brin_revmap_data, BRIN Functions
    brin_summarize_new_values, Index Maintenance Functions
    brin_summarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
    broadcast, Network Address Functions and Operators
    BSD Authentication, BSD Authentication
    btree_gin, btree_gin
    btree_gist, btree_gist
    btrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    bt_index_check, Functions
    bt_index_parent_check, Functions
    bt_metap, B-Tree Functions
    bt_page_items, B-Tree Functions
    bt_page_stats, B-Tree Functions
    buffering storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    bytea, Binary Data Types
    bytea_output configuration parameter, Statement Behavior

    C

    C, libpq — C Library, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    C++, Using C++ for Extensibility
    CALL, CALL
    canceling, Canceling Queries in Progress
    SQL command, Canceling Queries in Progress
    cardinality, Array Functions and Operators
    CASCADE, Dependency Tracking
    with DROP, Dependency Tracking
    foreign key action, Foreign Keys
    Cascading Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    CASE, Conditional Expressions, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    case sensitivity
    of SQL commands, Identifiers and Key Words
    cast, CREATE CAST
    I/O conversion, CREATE CAST
    cbrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ceil, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ceiling, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    center, Geometric Functions and Operators
    Certificate, Certificate Authentication
    chained transactions, Transaction Management, Parameters, Parameters
    in PL/pgSQL, Transaction Management
    char, Character Types
    character, Character Types
    character set, Locale and Formatting, Preset Options, Character Set Support
    character string, String Constants, Character Types
    concatenation, String Functions and Operators
    constant, String Constants
    converting to binary string, Binary String Functions and Operators
    data types, Character Types
    length, String Functions and Operators
    prefix test, String Functions and Operators
    character varying, Character Types
    character_length, String Functions and Operators
    char_length, String Functions and Operators
    check constraint, Check Constraints
    CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
    checkpoint, WAL Configuration
    CHECKPOINT, CHECKPOINT
    checkpoint_completion_target configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checkpoint_flush_after configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checkpoint_timeout configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checkpoint_warning configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checksums, Data Checksums
    check_function_bodies configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    chr, String Functions and Operators
    cid, Object Identifier Types
    cidr, cidr
    circle, Circles, Geometric Functions and Operators
    citext, citext
    client authentication, Client Authentication
    timeout during, Authentication
    client_connection_check_interval configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    client_encoding configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    client_min_messages configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    clock_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    CLOSE, CLOSE
    cluster
    of databases (see database cluster)
    CLUSTER, CLUSTER
    clusterdb, clusterdb
    clustering, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    cluster_name configuration parameter, Process Title
    cmax, System Columns
    cmin, System Columns
    COALESCE, COALESCE
    COLLATE, Collation Expressions
    collation, Collation Support
    in PL/pgSQL, Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
    in SQL functions, SQL Functions with Collations
    COLLATION FOR, System Information Functions and Operators
    color, Color Support
    column, Concepts, Table Basics
    adding, Adding a Column
    removing, Removing a Column
    renaming, Renaming a Column
    system column, System Columns
    column data type
    changing, Changing a Column's Data Type
    column reference, Column References
    col_description, System Information Functions and Operators
    comment, Comments
    about database objects, System Information Functions and Operators
    in SQL, Comments
    COMMENT, COMMENT
    COMMIT, COMMIT
    COMMIT PREPARED, COMMIT PREPARED
    commit_delay configuration parameter, Settings
    commit_siblings configuration parameter, Settings
    common table expression (see WITH)
    comparison, Comparison Functions and Operators, Subquery Expressions
    composite type, Row and Array Comparisons
    operators, Comparison Functions and Operators
    row constructor, Row and Array Comparisons
    subquery result row, Subquery Expressions
    compiling, Building libpq Programs
    libpq applications, Building libpq Programs
    composite type, Composite Types, The PostgreSQL Type System
    comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
    constant, Constructing Composite Values
    constructor, Row Constructors
    computed field, Using Composite Types in Queries
    compute_query_id configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    concat, String Functions and Operators
    concat_ws, String Functions and Operators
    concurrency, Concurrency Control
    conditional expression, Conditional Expressions
    configuration
    of recovery
    general settings, Recovery
    of a standby server, Archive Recovery
    of the server, Server Configuration
    of the server
    functions, Configuration Settings Functions
    configure, Installation Procedure
    configure environment variables, configure Environment Variables
    configure options, configure Options
    config_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    conjunction, Logical Operators
    connectby, Functions Provided, connectby
    connection service file, The Connection Service File
    conninfo, Connection Strings
    constant, Constants
    constraint, Constraints
    adding, Adding a Constraint
    check, Check Constraints
    exclusion, Exclusion Constraints
    foreign key, Foreign Keys
    name, Check Constraints
    NOT NULL, Not-Null Constraints
    primary key, Primary Keys
    removing, Removing a Constraint
    unique, Unique Constraints
    constraint exclusion, Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion, Other Planner Options
    constraint_exclusion configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    container type, The PostgreSQL Type System
    CONTINUE
    in PL/pgSQL, CONTINUE
    continuous archiving, Backup and Restore
    in standby, Continuous Archiving in Standby
    control file, Extension Files
    convert, Binary String Functions and Operators
    convert_from, Binary String Functions and Operators
    convert_to, Binary String Functions and Operators
    COPY, Populating a Table With Rows, Functions Associated with the COPY Command, COPY
    with libpq, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    corr, Aggregate Functions
    correlation, Aggregate Functions
    in the query planner, Extended Statistics
    cos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cosh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cot, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cotd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    count, Aggregate Functions
    covariance
    population, Aggregate Functions
    sample, Aggregate Functions
    covar_pop, Aggregate Functions
    covar_samp, Aggregate Functions
    covering index, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    cpu_index_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    cpu_operator_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    cpu_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD, CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    CREATE AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
    CREATE CAST, CREATE CAST
    CREATE COLLATION, CREATE COLLATION
    CREATE CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
    CREATE DATABASE, Creating a Database, CREATE DATABASE
    CREATE DOMAIN, CREATE DOMAIN
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    CREATE EXTENSION, CREATE EXTENSION
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE FUNCTION
    CREATE GROUP, CREATE GROUP
    CREATE INDEX, CREATE INDEX
    CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE OPERATOR
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY, CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    CREATE POLICY, CREATE POLICY
    CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE PROCEDURE
    CREATE PUBLICATION, CREATE PUBLICATION
    CREATE ROLE, Database Roles, CREATE ROLE
    CREATE RULE, CREATE RULE
    CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
    CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE SEQUENCE
    CREATE SERVER, CREATE SERVER
    CREATE STATISTICS, CREATE STATISTICS
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    CREATE TABLE, Creating a New Table, CREATE TABLE
    CREATE TABLE AS, CREATE TABLE AS
    CREATE TABLESPACE, Tablespaces, CREATE TABLESPACE
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER, CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    CREATE TRANSFORM, CREATE TRANSFORM
    CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE TRIGGER
    CREATE TYPE, CREATE TYPE
    CREATE USER, CREATE USER
    CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE USER MAPPING
    CREATE VIEW, CREATE VIEW
    createdb, Creating a Database, Creating a Database, createdb
    createuser, Database Roles, createuser
    CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
    cross compilation, Build Process Details
    cross join, Joined Tables
    crosstab, crosstab(text), crosstabN(text), crosstab(text, text)
    crypt, crypt()
    cstring, Pseudo-Types
    CSV (Comma-Separated Values) format
    in psql, Meta-Commands
    ctid, System Columns
    CTID, View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    CUBE, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    cube (extension), cube
    cume_dist, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    current_catalog, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_database, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    current_logfiles
    and the log_destination configuration parameter, Where to Log
    and the pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_query, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_role, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_schema, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_schemas, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_setting, Configuration Settings Functions
    current_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    current_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    current_user, System Information Functions and Operators
    currval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    cursor, Cursors, CLOSE, DECLARE, EXPLAIN, FETCH, MOVE
    CLOSE, CLOSE
    DECLARE, DECLARE
    FETCH, FETCH
    in PL/pgSQL, Cursors
    MOVE, MOVE
    showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
    cursor_tuple_fraction configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    custom scan provider, Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    handler for, Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    Cygwin, Cygwin
    installation on, Cygwin

    D

    data area (see database cluster)
    data partitioning, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    data type, Data Types, Numeric Types, Enumerated Types, Domain Types, Type Conversion, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, Polymorphic Types, Base Types in C-Language Functions, User-Defined Types
    base, The PostgreSQL Type System
    category, Overview
    composite, The PostgreSQL Type System
    constant, Constants of Other Types
    container, The PostgreSQL Type System
    conversion, Type Conversion
    domain, Domain Types
    enumerated (enum), Enumerated Types
    internal organization, Base Types in C-Language Functions
    numeric, Numeric Types
    polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
    type cast, Type Casts
    user-defined, User-Defined Types
    database, Creating a Database, Managing Databases
    creating, Creating a Database
    privilege to create, Role Attributes
    database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
    monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
    database cluster, Concepts, Creating a Database Cluster
    data_checksums configuration parameter, Preset Options
    data_directory configuration parameter, File Locations
    data_directory_mode configuration parameter, Preset Options
    data_sync_retry configuration parameter, Error Handling
    date, Date/Time Types, Dates
    constants, Special Values
    current, Current Date/Time
    output format, Date/Time Output
    (see also formatting)
    DateStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    date_bin, date_bin
    date_part, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
    date_trunc, Date/Time Functions and Operators, date_trunc
    dblink, dblink, dblink
    dblink_build_sql_delete, dblink_build_sql_delete
    dblink_build_sql_insert, dblink_build_sql_insert
    dblink_build_sql_update, dblink_build_sql_update
    dblink_cancel_query, dblink_cancel_query
    dblink_close, dblink_close
    dblink_connect, dblink_connect
    dblink_connect_u, dblink_connect_u
    dblink_disconnect, dblink_disconnect
    dblink_error_message, dblink_error_message
    dblink_exec, dblink_exec
    dblink_fetch, dblink_fetch
    dblink_get_connections, dblink_get_connections
    dblink_get_notify, dblink_get_notify
    dblink_get_pkey, dblink_get_pkey
    dblink_get_result, dblink_get_result
    dblink_is_busy, dblink_is_busy
    dblink_open, dblink_open
    dblink_send_query, dblink_send_query
    db_user_namespace configuration parameter, Authentication
    deadlock, Deadlocks
    timeout during, Lock Management
    deadlock_timeout configuration parameter, Lock Management
    DEALLOCATE, DEALLOCATE
    dearmor, armor(), dearmor()
    debug_assertions configuration parameter, Preset Options
    debug_deadlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    debug_discard_caches configuration parameter, Developer Options
    debug_pretty_print configuration parameter, What to Log
    debug_print_parse configuration parameter, What to Log
    debug_print_plan configuration parameter, What to Log
    debug_print_rewritten configuration parameter, What to Log
    decimal (see numeric)
    DECLARE, DECLARE
    decode, Binary String Functions and Operators
    decode_bytea
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    decrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
    decrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
    deduplicate_items storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    default value, Default Values
    changing, Changing a Column's Default Value
    default-roles, Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    default_statistics_target configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    default_tablespace configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_table_access_method configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_text_search_config configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    default_toast_compression configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    deferrable transaction, Statement Behavior
    setting, SET TRANSACTION
    setting default, Statement Behavior
    defined, hstore Operators and Functions
    degrees, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    delay, Delaying Execution
    DELETE, Deletions, Deleting Data, Returning Data from Modified Rows, DELETE
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    delete, hstore Operators and Functions
    deleting, Deleting Data
    dense_rank, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    diagonal, Geometric Functions and Operators
    diameter, Geometric Functions and Operators
    dict_int, dict_int
    dict_xsyn, dict_xsyn
    difference, Soundex
    digest, digest()
    dirty read, Transaction Isolation
    DISCARD, DISCARD
    disjunction, Logical Operators
    disk drive, WAL Internals
    disk space, Recovering Disk Space
    disk usage, Determining Disk Usage
    DISTINCT, Querying a Table, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP, DISTINCT
    GROUP BY DISTINCT, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    SELECT DISTINCT, DISTINCT
    div, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    dmetaphone, Double Metaphone
    dmetaphone_alt, Double Metaphone
    DO, DO
    document, What Is a Document?
    text search, What Is a Document?
    dollar quoting, Dollar-Quoted String Constants
    domain, Domain Types
    double precision, Floating-Point Types
    DROP ACCESS METHOD, DROP ACCESS METHOD
    DROP AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
    DROP CAST, DROP CAST
    DROP COLLATION, DROP COLLATION
    DROP CONVERSION, DROP CONVERSION
    DROP DATABASE, Destroying a Database, DROP DATABASE
    DROP DOMAIN, DROP DOMAIN
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER, DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    DROP EXTENSION, DROP EXTENSION
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE, DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    DROP FUNCTION, DROP FUNCTION
    DROP GROUP, DROP GROUP
    DROP INDEX, DROP INDEX
    DROP LANGUAGE, DROP LANGUAGE
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    DROP OPERATOR, DROP OPERATOR
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS, DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY, DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    DROP OWNED, DROP OWNED
    DROP POLICY, DROP POLICY
    DROP PROCEDURE, DROP PROCEDURE
    DROP PUBLICATION, DROP PUBLICATION
    DROP ROLE, Database Roles, DROP ROLE
    DROP ROUTINE, DROP ROUTINE
    DROP RULE, DROP RULE
    DROP SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
    DROP SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
    DROP SERVER, DROP SERVER
    DROP STATISTICS, DROP STATISTICS
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION, DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    DROP TABLE, Creating a New Table, DROP TABLE
    DROP TABLESPACE, DROP TABLESPACE
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER, DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    DROP TRANSFORM, DROP TRANSFORM
    DROP TRIGGER, DROP TRIGGER
    DROP TYPE, DROP TYPE
    DROP USER, DROP USER
    DROP USER MAPPING, DROP USER MAPPING
    DROP VIEW, DROP VIEW
    dropdb, Destroying a Database, dropdb
    dropuser, Database Roles, dropuser
    DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
    DTD, Creating XML Values
    DTrace, Developer Options, Dynamic Tracing
    duplicate, Querying a Table
    duplicates, DISTINCT
    dynamic loading, Other Defaults, Dynamic Loading
    dynamic_library_path, Dynamic Loading
    dynamic_library_path configuration parameter, Other Defaults
    dynamic_shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory

    E

    each, hstore Operators and Functions
    earth, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    earthdistance, earthdistance
    earth_box, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    earth_distance, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    ECPG, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    ecpg, ecpg
    effective_cache_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    effective_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    elog, Reporting Errors Within the Server
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    in PL/Python, Utility Functions
    in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
    embedded SQL, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    in C, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    enabled role, enabled_roles
    enable_async_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_bitmapscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_gathermerge configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_hashagg configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_hashjoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_incremental_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_indexonlyscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_indexscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_material configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_memoize configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_mergejoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_nestloop configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_parallel_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_parallel_hash configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_partitionwise_aggregate configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_partitionwise_join configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_partition_pruning configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_seqscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_tidscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    encode, Binary String Functions and Operators
    encode_array_constructor
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encode_array_literal
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encode_bytea
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encode_typed_literal
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
    encryption, Encryption Options, pgcrypto
    for specific columns, pgcrypto
    encrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
    END, END
    enumerated types, Enumerated Types
    enum_first, Enum Support Functions
    enum_last, Enum Support Functions
    enum_range, Enum Support Functions
    environment variable, Environment Variables
    ephemeral named relation
    registering with SPI, SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_trigger_data
    unregistering from SPI, SPI_unregister_relation
    ereport, Reporting Errors Within the Server
    error codes, PostgreSQL Error Codes
    libpq, Main Functions
    list of, PostgreSQL Error Codes
    error message, Connection Status Functions
    escape format, Binary String Functions and Operators
    escape string syntax, String Constants with C-Style Escapes
    escape_string_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    escaping strings, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    in libpq, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
    event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
    event trigger, Event Triggers, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    in C, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    in PL/Tcl, Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    event_source configuration parameter, Where to Log
    event_trigger, Pseudo-Types
    every, Aggregate Functions
    EXCEPT, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    exceptions
    in PL/pgSQL, Trapping Errors
    in PL/Tcl, Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    exclusion constraint, Exclusion Constraints
    EXECUTE, EXECUTE
    exist, hstore Operators and Functions
    EXISTS, Subquery Expressions
    EXIT
    in PL/pgSQL, EXIT
    exit_on_error configuration parameter, Error Handling
    exp, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    EXPLAIN, Using EXPLAIN, EXPLAIN
    expression, Value Expressions
    order of evaluation, Expression Evaluation Rules
    syntax, Value Expressions
    extending SQL, Extending SQL
    extension, Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    externally maintained, Extensions
    external_pid_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    extract, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
    extra_float_digits configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting

    F

    factorial, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    failover, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    false, Boolean Type
    family, Network Address Functions and Operators
    fast path, The Fast-Path Interface
    fastupdate storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    fdw_handler, Pseudo-Types
    FETCH, FETCH
    field
    computed, Using Composite Types in Queries
    field selection, Field Selection
    file system mount points, Use of Secondary File Systems
    file_fdw, file_fdw
    fillfactor storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters, Storage Parameters
    FILTER, Aggregate Expressions
    first_value, Window Functions
    flex, Requirements
    float4 (see real)
    float8 (see double precision)
    floating point, Floating-Point Types
    floating-point
    display, Locale and Formatting
    floor, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    force_parallel_mode configuration parameter, Developer Options
    foreign data, Foreign Data
    foreign data wrapper, Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    handler for, Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    foreign key, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
    self-referential, Foreign Keys
    foreign table, Foreign Data
    format, String Functions and Operators, format
    use in PL/pgSQL, Executing Dynamic Commands
    formatting, Data Type Formatting Functions
    format_type, System Information Functions and Operators
    Free Space Map, Free Space Map
    FreeBSD
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    from_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    FSM (see Free Space Map)
    fsm_page_contents, General Functions
    fsync configuration parameter, Settings
    full text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search
    data types, Text Search Types
    functions and operators, Text Search Types
    full_page_writes configuration parameter, Settings
    function, Table Functions, Functions and Operators, Statistics Information Functions, Functions, Polymorphic Types, User-Defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, Internal Functions, C-Language Functions
    default values for arguments, SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
    in the FROM clause, Table Functions
    internal, Internal Functions
    invocation, Function Calls
    mixed notation, Using Mixed Notation
    named argument, Arguments for SQL Functions
    named notation, Using Named Notation
    output parameter, SQL Functions with Output Parameters
    polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
    positional notation, Using Positional Notation
    RETURNS TABLE, SQL Functions Returning TABLE
    statistics, Statistics Information Functions
    type resolution in an invocation, Functions
    user-defined, User-Defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, C-Language Functions
    in C, C-Language Functions
    in SQL, Query Language (SQL) Functions
    variadic, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
    with SETOF, SQL Functions Returning Sets
    functional dependency, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    fuzzystrmatch, fuzzystrmatch

    G

    gcd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    gc_to_sec, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    generated column, Generated Columns, Parameters, Parameters
    in - triggers, Overview of Trigger Behavior
    generate_series, Set Returning Functions
    generate_subscripts, Set Returning Functions
    genetic query optimization, Genetic Query Optimizer
    gen_random_bytes, Random-Data Functions
    gen_random_uuid, UUID Functions, Random-Data Functions
    gen_salt, gen_salt()
    GEQO (see genetic query optimization)
    geqo configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_effort configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_generations configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_pool_size configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_seed configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_selection_bias configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_threshold configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    get_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    get_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
    get_current_ts_config, Text Search Functions and Operators
    get_raw_page, General Functions
    GIN (see index)
    gin_clean_pending_list, Index Maintenance Functions
    gin_fuzzy_search_limit configuration parameter, Other Defaults
    gin_leafpage_items, GIN Functions
    gin_metapage_info, GIN Functions
    gin_page_opaque_info, GIN Functions
    gin_pending_list_limit
    configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    GiST (see index)
    gist_page_items, GiST Functions
    gist_page_items_bytea, GiST Functions
    gist_page_opaque_info, GiST Functions
    global data, Global Data in PL/Tcl
    in PL/Python, Sharing Data
    in PL/Tcl, Global Data in PL/Tcl
    GRANT, Privileges, GRANT
    GREATEST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    Gregorian calendar, History of Units
    GROUP BY, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    grouping, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    GROUPING, Aggregate Functions
    GROUPING SETS, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    gssapi, Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    GSSAPI, GSSAPI Authentication
    with - libpq, Parameter Key Words
    GUID, UUID Type

    H

    hash (see index)
    hash_bitmap_info, Hash Functions
    hash_mem_multiplier configuration parameter, Memory
    hash_metapage_info, Hash Functions
    hash_page_items, Hash Functions
    hash_page_stats, Hash Functions
    hash_page_type, Hash Functions
    has_any_column_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_column_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_database_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_function_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_language_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_parameter_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_schema_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_sequence_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_server_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_tablespace_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_table_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_type_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    HAVING, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    hba_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    heap_page_items, Heap Functions
    heap_page_item_attrs, Heap Functions
    heap_tuple_infomask_flags, Heap Functions
    height, Geometric Functions and Operators
    hex format, Binary String Functions and Operators
    hierarchical database, Concepts
    high availability, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    history, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    of PostgreSQL, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    hmac, hmac()
    host, Network Address Functions and Operators
    host - name, Parameter Key Words
    hostmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
    hot standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    hot_standby configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    hot_standby_feedback configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    HP-UX
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    hstore, hstore, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_array, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_json, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_jsonb, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_jsonb_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_json_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_matrix, hstore Operators and Functions
    huge_pages configuration parameter, Memory
    huge_page_size configuration parameter, Memory
    hypothetical-set aggregate
    built-in, Aggregate Functions

    I

    icount, intarray Functions and Operators
    ICU, PostgreSQL Features, Locale Providers, Managing Collations, Parameters, Parameters
    ident, Ident Authentication
    identifier, Identifiers and Key Words
    length, Identifiers and Key Words
    syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
    IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, Streaming Replication Protocol
    ident_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    idle_in_transaction_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    idle_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    idx, intarray Functions and Operators
    IFNULL, COALESCE
    ignore_checksum_failure configuration parameter, Developer Options
    ignore_invalid_pages configuration parameter, Developer Options
    ignore_system_indexes configuration parameter, Developer Options
    IMMUTABLE, Function Volatility Categories
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA, IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    INCLUDE
    in index definitions, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    include
    in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
    include_dir
    in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
    include_if_exists
    in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
    index, Indexes, Multicolumn Indexes, Indexes and ORDER BY, Combining Multiple Indexes, Unique Indexes, Indexes on Expressions, Partial Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Examining Index Usage, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, Locking and Indexes, Interfacing Extensions to Indexes, Building Indexes Concurrently, Rebuilding Indexes Concurrently, Operators and Functions
    and ORDER BY, Indexes and ORDER BY
    B-Tree, B-Tree, B-Tree Indexes
    BRIN, BRIN, BRIN Indexes
    building concurrently, Building Indexes Concurrently
    combining multiple indexes, Combining Multiple Indexes
    covering, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    examining usage, Examining Index Usage
    on expressions, Indexes on Expressions
    for user-defined data type, Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    GIN, GIN, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, GIN Indexes
    text search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    GiST, GiST, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, GiST Indexes
    text search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    hash, Hash
    Hash, Hash Indexes
    index-only scans, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    locks, Locking and Indexes
    multicolumn, Multicolumn Indexes
    partial, Partial Indexes
    rebuilding concurrently, Rebuilding Indexes Concurrently
    SP-GiST, SP-GiST, SP-GiST Indexes
    unique, Unique Indexes
    Index Access Method, Index Access Method Interface Definition
    index scan, Planner Method Configuration
    index-only scan, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    indexam
    Index Access Method, Index Access Method Interface Definition
    index_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
    inet (data type), inet
    inet_client_addr, System Information Functions and Operators
    inet_client_port, System Information Functions and Operators
    inet_merge, Network Address Functions and Operators
    inet_same_family, Network Address Functions and Operators
    inet_server_addr, System Information Functions and Operators
    inet_server_port, System Information Functions and Operators
    infinity
    floating point, Floating-Point Types
    numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    information schema, The Information Schema
    inheritance, Inheritance, Inheritance
    initcap, String Functions and Operators
    initdb, Creating a Database Cluster, initdb
    Initialization Fork, The Initialization Fork
    input function, User-Defined Types
    INSERT, Populating a Table With Rows, Inserting Data, Returning Data from Modified Rows, INSERT
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    inserting, Inserting Data
    installation, Installation from Source Code
    binaries, Installation from Binaries
    on Windows, Installation from Source Code on Windows
    instr function, Appendix
    int2 (see smallint)
    int4 (see integer)
    int8 (see bigint)
    intagg, intagg
    intarray, intarray
    integer, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
    integer_datetimes configuration parameter, Preset Options
    interfaces
    externally maintained, Client Interfaces
    internal, Pseudo-Types
    INTERSECT, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    interval, Date/Time Types, Interval Input
    output format, Interval Output
    (see also formatting)
    IntervalStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    intset, intarray Functions and Operators
    int_array_aggregate, Functions
    int_array_enum, Functions
    inverse distribution, Aggregate Functions
    in_hot_standby configuration parameter, Preset Options
    in_range support functions, B-Tree Support Functions
    IS DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
    IS DOCUMENT, IS DOCUMENT
    IS FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
    IS NOT DOCUMENT, IS NOT DOCUMENT
    IS NOT FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators, Platform and Client Compatibility
    IS TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
    isclosed, Geometric Functions and Operators
    isempty, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    isfinite, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    isn, isn
    ISNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
    isn_weak, Functions and Operators
    isopen, Geometric Functions and Operators
    is_array_ref
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    is_valid, Functions and Operators

    J

    JIT, Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    jit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    jit_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    jit_debugging_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_dump_bitcode configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_expressions configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_inline_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    jit_optimize_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    jit_profiling_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_provider configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    jit_tuple_deforming configuration parameter, Developer Options
    join, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    controlling the order, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    cross, Joined Tables
    left, Joined Tables
    natural, Joined Tables
    outer, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables
    right, Joined Tables
    self, Joins Between Tables
    join_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    JSON, JSON Types, JSON Functions and Operators
    functions and operators, JSON Functions and Operators
    JSONB, JSON Types
    jsonb
    containment, jsonb Containment and Existence
    existence, jsonb Containment and Existence
    indexes on, jsonb Indexing
    jsonb_agg, Aggregate Functions
    jsonb_array_elements, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_array_elements_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_array_length, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_build_array, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_build_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_each, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_each_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_extract_path, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_extract_path_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_insert, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
    jsonb_object_keys, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_exists, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_exists_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_match, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_match_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_array, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_array_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_first, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_first_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_populate_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_populate_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_pretty, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_set, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_set_lax, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_strip_nulls, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_to_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_to_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    jsonb_typeof, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonpath, jsonpath Type
    json_agg, Aggregate Functions
    json_array_elements, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_array_elements_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_array_length, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_build_array, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_build_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_each, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_each_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_extract_path, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_extract_path_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
    json_object_keys, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_populate_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_populate_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_strip_nulls, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_to_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_to_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    json_typeof, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    Julian date, Julian Dates
    Just-In-Time compilation (see JIT)
    justify_days, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    justify_hours, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    justify_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators

    K

    key word, Identifiers and Key Words, SQL Key Words
    list of, SQL Key Words
    syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
    krb_caseins_users configuration parameter, Authentication
    krb_server_keyfile configuration parameter, Authentication

    L

    label (see alias)
    lag, Window Functions
    language_handler, Pseudo-Types
    large object, Large Objects
    lastval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    last_value, Window Functions
    LATERAL, LATERAL Subqueries
    in the FROM clause, LATERAL Subqueries
    latitude, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    lca, Operators and Functions
    lcm, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    lc_collate configuration parameter, Preset Options
    lc_ctype configuration parameter, Preset Options
    lc_messages configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    lc_monetary configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    lc_numeric configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    lc_time configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    LDAP, PostgreSQL Features, LDAP Authentication
    LDAP connection parameter lookup, LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    ldconfig, Shared Libraries
    lead, Window Functions
    LEAST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    left, String Functions and Operators
    left join, Joined Tables
    length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators, Geometric Functions and Operators, Text Search Functions and Operators
    of a binary string (see binary strings, length)
    of a character string (see character string, length)
    length(tsvector), Manipulating Documents
    levenshtein, Levenshtein
    levenshtein_less_equal, Levenshtein
    lex, Requirements
    libedit, Requirements
    in psql, Command-Line Editing
    libperl, Requirements
    libpq, libpq — C Library, Pipeline Mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    pipeline mode, Pipeline Mode
    single-row mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    libpq-fe.h, libpq — C Library, Connection Status Functions
    libpq-int.h, Connection Status Functions
    libpython, Requirements
    library initialization function, Dynamic Loading
    LIKE, LIKE
    and locales, Behavior
    LIKE_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery, SQL/JSON Regular Expressions
    in SQL/JSON, SQL/JSON Regular Expressions
    LIMIT, LIMIT and OFFSET
    line, Lines, Geometric Functions and Operators
    line segment, Line Segments
    linear regression, Aggregate Functions
    Linux
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    LISTEN, LISTEN
    listen_addresses configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    llvm-config, PostgreSQL Features
    ll_to_earth, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    ln, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    lo, lo
    LOAD, LOAD
    load balancing, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    locale, Creating a Database Cluster, Locale Support
    localtime, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    localtimestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    local_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    lock, Explicit Locking, Advisory Locks, Viewing Locks
    advisory, Advisory Locks
    monitoring, Viewing Locks
    LOCK, Table-Level Locks, LOCK
    lock_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    log, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    log shipping, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    log10, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    Logging
    current_logfiles file and the pg_current_logfile - function, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions and Operators
    logging_collector configuration parameter, Where to Log
    Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding
    logical_decoding_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    login privilege, Role Attributes
    log_autovacuum_min_duration
    configuration parameter, What to Log
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    log_btree_build_stats configuration parameter, Developer Options
    log_checkpoints configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_connections configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_destination configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_directory configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_disconnections configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_duration configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_error_verbosity configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_executor_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_filename configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_file_mode configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_hostname configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_line_prefix configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_lock_waits configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_min_duration_sample configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_min_duration_statement configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_min_error_statement configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_min_messages configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_parameter_max_length configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_parameter_max_length_on_error configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_parser_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_planner_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_recovery_conflict_waits configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_replication_commands configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_rotation_age configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_rotation_size configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_startup_progress_interval configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_statement configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_statement_sample_rate configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_statement_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_temp_files configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_timezone configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_transaction_sample_rate configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_truncate_on_rotation configuration parameter, Where to Log
    longitude, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    looks_like_number
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    loop, Simple Loops
    in PL/pgSQL, Simple Loops
    lower, String Functions and Operators, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    and locales, Behavior
    lower_inc, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    lower_inf, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    lo_close, Closing a Large Object Descriptor
    lo_compat_privileges configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    lo_creat, Creating a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_create, Creating a Large Object
    lo_export, Exporting a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_from_bytea, Server-Side Functions
    lo_get, Server-Side Functions
    lo_import, Importing a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_import_with_oid, Importing a Large Object
    lo_lseek, Seeking in a Large Object
    lo_lseek64, Seeking in a Large Object
    lo_open, Opening an Existing Large Object
    lo_put, Server-Side Functions
    lo_read, Reading Data from a Large Object
    lo_tell, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    lo_tell64, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    lo_truncate, Truncating a Large Object
    lo_truncate64, Truncating a Large Object
    lo_unlink, Removing a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_write, Writing Data to a Large Object
    lpad, String Functions and Operators
    lseg, Line Segments, Geometric Functions and Operators
    LSN, WAL Internals
    ltree, ltree
    ltree2text, Operators and Functions
    ltrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators

    M

    MAC address (see macaddr)
    MAC address (EUI-64 format) (see macaddr)
    macaddr (data type), macaddr
    macaddr8 (data type), macaddr8
    macaddr8_set7bit, Network Address Functions and Operators
    macOS, macOS
    installation on, macOS
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    magic block, Dynamic Loading
    maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    maintenance_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    maintenance_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    make, Requirements
    makeaclitem, System Information Functions and Operators
    make_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_timestamptz, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_valid, Functions and Operators
    MANPATH, Environment Variables
    masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
    materialized view, Materialized Views
    implementation through rules, Materialized Views
    materialized views, pg_matviews
    max, Aggregate Functions
    max_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    max_files_per_process configuration parameter, Kernel Resource Usage
    max_function_args configuration parameter, Preset Options
    max_identifier_length configuration parameter, Preset Options
    max_index_keys configuration parameter, Preset Options
    max_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_logical_replication_workers configuration parameter, Subscribers
    max_parallel_maintenance_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    max_parallel_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    max_parallel_workers_per_gather configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    max_pred_locks_per_page configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_pred_locks_per_relation configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_pred_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_prepared_transactions configuration parameter, Memory
    max_replication_slots configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    max_slot_wal_keep_size configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    max_stack_depth configuration parameter, Memory
    max_standby_archive_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    max_standby_streaming_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    max_sync_workers_per_subscription configuration parameter, Subscribers
    max_wal_senders configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    max_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    max_worker_processes configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    md5, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    MD5, Password Authentication
    median, Aggregate Expressions
    (see also percentile)
    memory context
    in SPI, Memory Management
    memory overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
    MERGE, MERGE
    metaphone, Metaphone
    min, Aggregate Functions
    MinGW, MinGW/Native Windows
    installation on, MinGW/Native Windows
    min_dynamic_shared_memory configuration parameter, Memory
    min_parallel_index_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    min_parallel_table_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    min_scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    min_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    mod, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    mode
    statistical, Aggregate Functions
    monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
    database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
    MOVE, MOVE
    moving-aggregate mode, Moving-Aggregate Mode
    multirange (function), Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    multirange type, Range Types
    Multiversion Concurrency Control, Introduction
    MultiXactId, Multixacts and Wraparound
    MVCC, Introduction

    N

    name, Identifiers and Key Words
    qualified, Creating a Schema
    syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
    unqualified, The Schema Search Path
    NaN (see not a number)
    natural join, Joined Tables
    negation, Logical Operators
    NetBSD
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    netmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
    network, Network Address Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
    data types, Network Address Types
    nextval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    NFS, NFS
    nlevel, Operators and Functions
    non-durable, Non-Durable Settings
    nonblocking connection, Database Connection Control Functions, Asynchronous Command Processing
    nonrepeatable read, Transaction Isolation
    normalize, String Functions and Operators
    normalized, String Functions and Operators
    normal_rand, normal_rand
    NOT (operator), Logical Operators
    not a number
    floating point, Floating-Point Types
    numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    NOT IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    not-null constraint, Not-Null Constraints
    notation, Calling Functions
    functions, Calling Functions
    notice processing, Notice Processing
    in libpq, Notice Processing
    notice processor, Notice Processing
    notice receiver, Notice Processing
    NOTIFY, Asynchronous Notification, NOTIFY
    in libpq, Asynchronous Notification
    NOTNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
    now, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    npoints, Geometric Functions and Operators
    nth_value, Window Functions
    ntile, Window Functions
    null value
    with check constraints, Check Constraints
    comparing, Comparison Functions and Operators
    default value, Default Values
    in DISTINCT, DISTINCT
    in libpq, Retrieving Query Result Information
    in PL/Perl, PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    in PL/Python, Null, None
    with unique constraints, Unique Constraints
    NULLIF, NULLIF
    number
    constant, Numeric Constants
    numeric, Numeric Constants
    numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    numnode, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
    num_nonnulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
    num_nulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
    NVL, COALESCE

    O

    object identifier, Object Identifier Types
    data type, Object Identifier Types
    object-oriented database, Concepts
    obj_description, System Information Functions and Operators
    OCCURRENCES_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    octet_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    OFFSET, LIMIT and OFFSET
    oid, Object Identifier Types
    OID
    in libpq, Retrieving Other Result Information
    oid2name, oid2name
    old_snapshot, old_snapshot
    old_snapshot_threshold configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    ON CONFLICT, INSERT
    ONLY, The FROM Clause
    OOM, Linux Memory Overcommit
    OpenBSD
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    OpenSSL, PostgreSQL Features
    (see also SSL)
    operator, Operators, Operator Precedence, Functions and Operators, Logical Operators, Operators, User-Defined Operators
    invocation, Operator Invocations
    logical, Logical Operators
    precedence, Operator Precedence
    syntax, Operators
    type resolution in an invocation, Operators
    user-defined, User-Defined Operators
    operator class, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Index Methods and Operator Classes
    operator family, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Operator Classes and Operator Families
    optimization information, Function Optimization Information, Operator Optimization Information
    for functions, Function Optimization Information
    for operators, Operator Optimization Information
    OR (operator), Logical Operators
    Oracle, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    porting from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    ORDER BY, Querying a Table, Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    and locales, Behavior
    ordered-set aggregate, Aggregate Expressions
    built-in, Aggregate Functions
    ordering operator, System Dependencies on Operator Classes
    ordinality, Set Returning Functions
    outer join, Joined Tables
    output function, User-Defined Types
    OVER clause, Window Function Calls
    overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
    OVERLAPS, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    overlay, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    overloading, Function Overloading
    functions, Function Overloading
    operators, User-Defined Operators
    owner, Privileges

    P

    pageinspect, pageinspect
    pages_per_range storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    page_checksum, General Functions
    page_header, General Functions
    palloc, Writing Code
    PAM, PostgreSQL Features, PAM Authentication
    parallel query, Parallel Query
    parallel_leader_participation configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    parallel_setup_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    parallel_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    parallel_workers storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    parameter
    syntax, Positional Parameters
    parenthesis, Value Expressions
    parse_ident, String Functions and Operators
    partition pruning, Partition Pruning
    partitioned table, Table Partitioning
    partitioning, Table Partitioning
    password, Role Attributes
    authentication, Password Authentication
    of the superuser, Creating a Database Cluster
    password file, The Password File
    passwordcheck, passwordcheck
    password_encryption configuration parameter, Authentication
    path, Geometric Functions and Operators
    for schemas, Statement Behavior
    PATH, Environment Variables
    path (data type), Paths
    pattern matching, Pattern Matching
    patterns
    in psql and pg_dump, Patterns
    pclose, Geometric Functions and Operators
    peer, Peer Authentication
    percentile
    continuous, Aggregate Functions
    discrete, Aggregate Functions
    percent_rank, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    performance, Performance Tips
    perl, Requirements
    Perl, PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    permission (see privilege)
    pfree, Writing Code
    PGAPPNAME, Environment Variables
    pgbench, pgbench
    PGcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PGCHANNELBINDING, Environment Variables
    PGCLIENTENCODING, Environment Variables
    PGconn, Database Connection Control Functions
    PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT, Environment Variables
    pgcrypto, pgcrypto
    PGDATA, Creating a Database Cluster
    PGDATABASE, Environment Variables
    PGDATESTYLE, Environment Variables
    PGEventProc, Event Callback Procedure
    PGGEQO, Environment Variables
    PGGSSENCMODE, Environment Variables
    PGGSSLIB, Environment Variables
    PGHOST, Environment Variables
    PGHOSTADDR, Environment Variables
    PGKRBSRVNAME, Environment Variables
    PGLOCALEDIR, Environment Variables
    PGOPTIONS, Environment Variables
    PGPASSFILE, Environment Variables
    PGPASSWORD, Environment Variables
    PGPORT, Environment Variables
    pgp_armor_headers, pgp_armor_headers
    pgp_key_id, pgp_key_id()
    pgp_pub_decrypt, pgp_pub_decrypt()
    pgp_pub_decrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_decrypt()
    pgp_pub_encrypt, pgp_pub_encrypt()
    pgp_pub_encrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_encrypt()
    pgp_sym_decrypt, pgp_sym_decrypt()
    pgp_sym_decrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_decrypt()
    pgp_sym_encrypt, pgp_sym_encrypt()
    pgp_sym_encrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_encrypt()
    PGREQUIREPEER, Environment Variables
    PGREQUIRESSL, Environment Variables
    PGresult, Main Functions
    pgrowlocks, pgrowlocks, Overview
    PGSERVICE, Environment Variables
    PGSERVICEFILE, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCERT, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCOMPRESSION, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCRL, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCRLDIR, Environment Variables
    PGSSLKEY, Environment Variables
    PGSSLMAXPROTOCOLVERSION, Environment Variables
    PGSSLMINPROTOCOLVERSION, Environment Variables
    PGSSLMODE, Environment Variables
    PGSSLROOTCERT, Environment Variables
    PGSSLSNI, Environment Variables
    pgstatginindex, Functions
    pgstathashindex, Functions
    pgstatindex, Functions
    pgstattuple, pgstattuple, Functions
    pgstattuple_approx, Functions
    PGSYSCONFDIR, Environment Variables
    PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS, Environment Variables
    PGTZ, Environment Variables
    PGUSER, Environment Variables
    pgxs, Extension Building Infrastructure
    pg_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_unlock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_unlock_all, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_unlock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_aggregate, pg_aggregate
    pg_am, pg_am
    pg_amcheck, pg_amcheck
    pg_amop, pg_amop
    pg_amproc, pg_amproc
    pg_archivecleanup, pg_archivecleanup
    pg_attrdef, pg_attrdef
    pg_attribute, pg_attribute
    pg_authid, pg_authid
    pg_auth_members, pg_auth_members
    pg_available_extensions, pg_available_extensions
    pg_available_extension_versions, pg_available_extension_versions
    pg_backend_memory_contexts, pg_backend_memory_contexts
    pg_backend_pid, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_backup_start, Backup Control Functions
    pg_backup_stop, Backup Control Functions
    pg_basebackup, pg_basebackup
    pg_blocking_pids, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_buffercache, pg_buffercache
    pg_buffercache_pages, pg_buffercache
    pg_cancel_backend, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_cast, pg_cast
    pg_char_to_encoding, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_checksums, pg_checksums
    pg_class, pg_class
    pg_client_encoding, String Functions and Operators
    pg_collation, pg_collation
    pg_collation_actual_version, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_collation_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    PG_COLOR, When Color is Used
    PG_COLORS, Configuring the Colors
    pg_column_compression, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_column_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_config, pg_config, pg_config
    with - ecpg, Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    with libpq, Building libpq Programs
    with user-defined C functions, Writing Code
    pg_conf_load_time, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_constraint, pg_constraint
    pg_controldata, pg_controldata
    pg_control_checkpoint, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_control_init, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_control_recovery, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_control_system, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_conversion, pg_conversion
    pg_conversion_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_copy_logical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_copy_physical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_create_logical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_create_physical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_create_restore_point, Backup Control Functions
    pg_ctl, Creating a Database Cluster, Starting the Database Server, pg_ctl
    pg_current_logfile, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_wal_flush_lsn, Backup Control Functions
    pg_current_wal_insert_lsn, Backup Control Functions
    pg_current_wal_lsn, Backup Control Functions
    pg_current_xact_id, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_xact_id_if_assigned, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_cursors, pg_cursors
    pg_database, Template Databases, pg_database
    pg_database_collation_actual_version, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_database_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_db_role_setting, pg_db_role_setting
    pg_ddl_command, Pseudo-Types
    pg_default_acl, pg_default_acl
    pg_depend, pg_depend
    pg_describe_object, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_description, pg_description
    pg_drop_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_dump, pg_dump
    pg_dumpall, pg_dumpall
    use during upgrade, Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
    pg_encoding_to_char, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_enum, pg_enum
    pg_event_trigger, pg_event_trigger
    pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands, Capturing Changes at Command End
    pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects, Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
    pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_oid, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
    pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_reason, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
    pg_export_snapshot, Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    pg_extension, pg_extension
    pg_extension_config_dump, Extension Configuration Tables
    pg_filenode_relation, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_file_rename, adminpack
    pg_file_settings, pg_file_settings
    pg_file_sync, adminpack
    pg_file_unlink, adminpack
    pg_file_write, adminpack
    pg_foreign_data_wrapper, pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    pg_foreign_server, pg_foreign_server
    pg_foreign_table, pg_foreign_table
    pg_freespace, Functions
    pg_freespacemap, pg_freespacemap
    pg_function_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_constraintdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_expr, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_functiondef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_function_arguments, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_function_identity_arguments, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_function_result, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_indexdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_keywords, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_object_address, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_ruledef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_serial_sequence, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_statisticsobjdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_triggerdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_userbyid, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_viewdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_get_wal_resource_managers, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_group, pg_group
    pg_has_role, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_hba.conf, The pg_hba.conf File
    pg_hba_file_rules, pg_hba_file_rules
    pg_ident.conf, User Name Maps
    pg_identify_object, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_identify_object_as_address, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ident_file_mappings, pg_ident_file_mappings
    pg_import_system_collations, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_index, pg_index
    pg_indexam_has_property, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_indexes, pg_indexes
    pg_indexes_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_index_column_has_property, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_index_has_property, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_inherits, pg_inherits
    pg_init_privs, pg_init_privs
    pg_isready, pg_isready
    pg_is_in_recovery, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_is_other_temp_schema, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_is_wal_replay_paused, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_jit_available, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_language, pg_language
    pg_largeobject, pg_largeobject
    pg_largeobject_metadata, pg_largeobject_metadata
    pg_last_committed_xact, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_last_wal_receive_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_last_wal_replay_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_listening_channels, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_locks, pg_locks
    pg_logdir_ls, adminpack
    pg_logical_emit_message, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_get_binary_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_get_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_peek_binary_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_peek_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_log_backend_memory_contexts, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_lsn, pg_lsn Type
    pg_ls_archive_statusdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_dir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_logdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_logicalmapdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_logicalsnapdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_replslotdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_tmpdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_waldir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_matviews, pg_matviews
    pg_mcv_list_items, Inspecting MCV Lists
    pg_my_temp_schema, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_namespace, pg_namespace
    pg_notification_queue_usage, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_notify, pg_notify
    pg_opclass, pg_opclass
    pg_opclass_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_operator, pg_operator
    pg_operator_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_opfamily, pg_opfamily
    pg_opfamily_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_options_to_table, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_parameter_acl, pg_parameter_acl
    pg_partitioned_table, pg_partitioned_table
    pg_partition_ancestors, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_partition_root, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_partition_tree, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_policies, pg_policies
    pg_policy, pg_policy
    pg_postmaster_start_time, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_prepared_statements, pg_prepared_statements
    pg_prepared_xacts, pg_prepared_xacts
    pg_prewarm, pg_prewarm
    pg_prewarm.autoprewarm configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_prewarm.autoprewarm_interval configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_proc, pg_proc
    pg_promote, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_publication, pg_publication
    pg_publication_namespace, pg_publication_namespace
    pg_publication_rel, pg_publication_rel
    pg_publication_tables, pg_publication_tables
    pg_range, pg_range
    pg_read_binary_file, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_read_file, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_receivewal, pg_receivewal
    pg_receivexlog, pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal (see pg_receivewal)
    pg_recvlogical, pg_recvlogical
    pg_relation_filenode, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_relation_filepath, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_reload_conf, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_relpages, Functions
    pg_replication_origin, pg_replication_origin
    pg_replication_origin_advance, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_create, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_drop, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_oid, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_progress, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_is_setup, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_progress, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_reset, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_setup, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_status, pg_replication_origin_status
    pg_replication_origin_xact_reset, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_xact_setup, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_slots, pg_replication_slots
    pg_replication_slot_advance, Replication Management Functions
    pg_resetwal, pg_resetwal
    pg_resetxlog, pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal (see pg_resetwal)
    pg_restore, pg_restore
    pg_rewind, pg_rewind
    pg_rewrite, pg_rewrite
    pg_roles, pg_roles
    pg_rotate_logfile, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_rules, pg_rules
    pg_safe_snapshot_blocking_pids, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_seclabel, pg_seclabel
    pg_seclabels, pg_seclabels
    pg_sequence, pg_sequence
    pg_sequences, pg_sequences
    pg_service.conf, The Connection Service File
    pg_settings, pg_settings
    pg_settings_get_flags, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_shadow, pg_shadow
    pg_shdepend, pg_shdepend
    pg_shdescription, pg_shdescription
    pg_shmem_allocations, pg_shmem_allocations
    pg_shseclabel, pg_shseclabel
    pg_size_bytes, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_size_pretty, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_sleep, Delaying Execution
    pg_sleep_for, Delaying Execution
    pg_sleep_until, Delaying Execution
    pg_snapshot_xip, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_snapshot_xmax, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_snapshot_xmin, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_statio_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics, pg_statio_all_indexes
    pg_statio_all_sequences, Viewing Statistics, pg_statio_all_sequences
    pg_statio_all_tables, Viewing Statistics, pg_statio_all_tables
    pg_statio_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_sys_sequences, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_user_sequences, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statistic, Single-Column Statistics, pg_statistic
    pg_statistics_obj_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_statistic_ext, Extended Statistics, pg_statistic_ext
    pg_statistic_ext_data, Extended Statistics, pg_statistic_ext
    pg_stats, Single-Column Statistics, pg_stats
    pg_stats_ext, pg_stats_ext
    pg_stats_ext_exprs, pg_stats_ext_exprs
    pg_stat_activity, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_activity
    pg_stat_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_all_indexes
    pg_stat_all_tables, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_all_tables
    pg_stat_archiver, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_archiver
    pg_stat_bgwriter, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_bgwriter
    pg_stat_clear_snapshot, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_database, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_database
    pg_stat_database_conflicts, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_database_conflicts
    pg_stat_file, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_stat_get_activity, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_activity, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_activity_start, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_client_addr, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_client_port, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_dbid, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_idset, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_pid, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_start, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_userid, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_wait_event, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_wait_event_type, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_xact_start, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_snapshot_timestamp, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_xact_blocks_fetched, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_xact_blocks_hit, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_gssapi, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_gssapi
    pg_stat_progress_analyze, Viewing Statistics, ANALYZE Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_basebackup, Viewing Statistics, Base Backup Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_cluster, Viewing Statistics, CLUSTER Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_copy, Viewing Statistics, COPY Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_create_index, Viewing Statistics, CREATE INDEX Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_vacuum, Viewing Statistics, VACUUM Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_recovery_prefetch, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_recovery_prefetch
    pg_stat_replication, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_replication
    pg_stat_replication_slots, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_replication_slots
    pg_stat_reset, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_replication_slot, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_shared, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_single_function_counters, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_slru, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_subscription_stats, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_slru, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_slru
    pg_stat_ssl, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_ssl
    pg_stat_statements, pg_stat_statements
    function, Functions
    pg_stat_statements.max configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.save configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.track configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.track_planning configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.track_utility configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements_info, The pg_stat_statements_info View
    pg_stat_statements_reset, Functions
    pg_stat_subscription, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_subscription
    pg_stat_subscription_stats, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_subscription_stats
    pg_stat_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_user_functions, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_user_functions
    pg_stat_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_wal, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_wal
    pg_stat_wal_receiver, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_wal_receiver
    pg_stat_xact_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_xact_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_xact_user_functions, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_xact_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_subscription, pg_subscription
    pg_subscription_rel, pg_subscription_rel
    pg_surgery, pg_surgery
    pg_switch_wal, Backup Control Functions
    pg_tables, pg_tables
    pg_tablespace, pg_tablespace
    pg_tablespace_databases, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_tablespace_location, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_tablespace_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_table_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_table_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_temp, Statement Behavior
    securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
    pg_terminate_backend, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_test_fsync, pg_test_fsync
    pg_test_timing, pg_test_timing
    pg_timezone_abbrevs, pg_timezone_abbrevs
    pg_timezone_names, pg_timezone_names
    pg_total_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_transform, pg_transform
    pg_trgm, pg_trgm
    pg_trgm.similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    pg_trgm.strict_word_similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    pg_trgm.word_similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    pg_trigger, pg_trigger
    pg_trigger_depth, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_try_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_try_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_try_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_try_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_ts_config, pg_ts_config
    pg_ts_config_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ts_config_map, pg_ts_config_map
    pg_ts_dict, pg_ts_dict
    pg_ts_dict_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ts_parser, pg_ts_parser
    pg_ts_parser_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ts_template, pg_ts_template
    pg_ts_template_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_type, pg_type
    pg_typeof, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_type_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_upgrade, pg_upgrade
    pg_user, pg_user
    pg_user_mapping, pg_user_mapping
    pg_user_mappings, pg_user_mappings
    pg_verifybackup, pg_verifybackup
    pg_views, pg_views
    pg_visibility, pg_visibility
    pg_visible_in_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_waldump, pg_waldump
    pg_walfile_name, Backup Control Functions
    pg_walfile_name_offset, Backup Control Functions
    pg_walinspect, pg_walinspect
    pg_wal_lsn_diff, Backup Control Functions
    pg_wal_replay_pause, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_wal_replay_resume, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_xact_commit_timestamp, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_xact_status, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_xlogdump, pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump (see pg_waldump)
    phantom read, Transaction Isolation
    phraseto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
    pi, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    PIC, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    PID
    determining PID of server process
    in libpq, Connection Status Functions
    pipelining, Pipeline Mode, Pipelining
    in libpq, Pipeline Mode
    protocol specification, Pipelining
    PITR, Backup and Restore
    PITR standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    pkg-config, PostgreSQL Features
    with + Z

    A

    abbrev, Network Address Functions and Operators
    ABORT, ABORT
    abs, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ACL, Privileges
    aclcontains, System Information Functions and Operators
    acldefault, System Information Functions and Operators
    aclexplode, System Information Functions and Operators
    aclitem, Privileges
    aclitemeq, System Information Functions and Operators
    acos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    acosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    acosh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    administration tools
    externally maintained, Administration Tools
    adminpack, adminpack
    advisory lock, Advisory Locks
    age, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    aggregate function, Aggregate Functions, Aggregate Expressions, Aggregate Functions, User-Defined Aggregates
    built-in, Aggregate Functions
    invocation, Aggregate Expressions
    moving aggregate, Moving-Aggregate Mode
    ordered set, Ordered-Set Aggregates
    partial aggregation, Partial Aggregation
    polymorphic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    support functions for, Support Functions for Aggregates
    user-defined, User-Defined Aggregates
    variadic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    AIX, AIX
    installation on, AIX
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    akeys, hstore Operators and Functions
    alias, Table and Column Aliases, Column Labels
    for table name in query, Joins Between Tables
    in the FROM clause, Table and Column Aliases
    in the select list, Column Labels
    ALL, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP, DISTINCT, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    GROUP BY ALL, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    SELECT ALL, DISTINCT
    allow_in_place_tablespaces configuration parameter, Developer Options
    allow_system_table_mods configuration parameter, Developer Options
    ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER AGGREGATE
    ALTER COLLATION, ALTER COLLATION
    ALTER CONVERSION, ALTER CONVERSION
    ALTER DATABASE, ALTER DATABASE
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES, ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    ALTER DOMAIN, ALTER DOMAIN
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER, ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    ALTER EXTENSION, ALTER EXTENSION
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE, ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
    ALTER GROUP, ALTER GROUP
    ALTER INDEX, ALTER INDEX
    ALTER LANGUAGE, ALTER LANGUAGE
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT, ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW, ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    ALTER OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS, ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY, ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    ALTER POLICY, ALTER POLICY
    ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER PROCEDURE
    ALTER PUBLICATION, ALTER PUBLICATION
    ALTER ROLE, Role Attributes, ALTER ROLE
    ALTER ROUTINE, ALTER ROUTINE
    ALTER RULE, ALTER RULE
    ALTER SCHEMA, ALTER SCHEMA
    ALTER SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
    ALTER SERVER, ALTER SERVER
    ALTER STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    ALTER SYSTEM, ALTER SYSTEM
    ALTER TABLE, ALTER TABLE
    ALTER TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER, ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    ALTER TRIGGER, ALTER TRIGGER
    ALTER TYPE, ALTER TYPE
    ALTER USER, ALTER USER
    ALTER USER MAPPING, ALTER USER MAPPING
    ALTER VIEW, ALTER VIEW
    amcheck, amcheck
    ANALYZE, Updating Planner Statistics, ANALYZE
    AND (operator), Logical Operators
    anonymous code blocks, DO
    any, Pseudo-Types
    ANY, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    anyarray, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatible, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblearray, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblemultirange, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblenonarray, Pseudo-Types
    anycompatiblerange, Pseudo-Types
    anyelement, Pseudo-Types
    anyenum, Pseudo-Types
    anymultirange, Pseudo-Types
    anynonarray, Pseudo-Types
    anyrange, Pseudo-Types
    applicable role, applicable_roles
    application_name configuration parameter, What to Log
    arbitrary precision numbers, Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    Archive Modules, Archive Modules
    archive_cleanup_command configuration parameter, Archive Recovery
    archive_command configuration parameter, Archiving
    archive_library configuration parameter, Archiving
    archive_mode configuration parameter, Archiving
    archive_timeout configuration parameter, Archiving
    area, Geometric Functions and Operators
    armor, armor(), dearmor()
    array, Arrays
    accessing, Accessing Arrays
    constant, Array Value Input
    constructor, Array Constructors
    declaration, Declaration of Array Types
    I/O, Array Input and Output Syntax
    modifying, Modifying Arrays
    of user-defined type, User-Defined Types
    searching, Searching in Arrays
    ARRAY, Array Constructors, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    array_agg, Aggregate Functions, Functions
    array_append, Array Functions and Operators
    array_cat, Array Functions and Operators
    array_dims, Array Functions and Operators
    array_fill, Array Functions and Operators
    array_length, Array Functions and Operators
    array_lower, Array Functions and Operators
    array_ndims, Array Functions and Operators
    array_nulls configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    array_position, Array Functions and Operators
    array_positions, Array Functions and Operators
    array_prepend, Array Functions and Operators
    array_remove, Array Functions and Operators
    array_replace, Array Functions and Operators
    array_to_json, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    array_to_string, Array Functions and Operators
    array_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    array_upper, Array Functions and Operators
    ascii, String Functions and Operators
    asin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    asind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    asinh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ASSERT
    in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
    assertions
    in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
    asynchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
    AT TIME ZONE, AT TIME ZONE
    atan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atan2, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atan2d, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    atanh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    authentication_timeout configuration parameter, Authentication
    auth_delay, auth_delay
    auth_delay.milliseconds configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto-increment (see serial)
    autocommit
    bulk-loading data, Disable Autocommit
    psql, Variables
    autosummarize storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    autovacuum
    configuration parameters, Automatic Vacuuming
    general information, The Autovacuum Daemon
    autovacuum configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_analyze_threshold
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_enabled storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_freeze_max_age
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_freeze_min_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_freeze_table_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_max_workers configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_naptime configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_insert_scale_factor
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_insert_threshold
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_vacuum_threshold
    configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    autovacuum_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    auto_explain, auto_explain
    auto_explain.log_analyze configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_buffers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_format configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_level configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_min_duration configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_nested_statements configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_settings configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_timing configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_triggers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_verbose configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.log_wal configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    auto_explain.sample_rate configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    avals, hstore Operators and Functions
    average, Aggregate Functions
    avg, Aggregate Functions

    B

    B-Tree (see index)
    backend_flush_after configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    Background workers, Background Worker Processes
    backslash escapes, String Constants with C-Style Escapes
    backslash_quote configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    backtrace_functions configuration parameter, Developer Options
    backup, Backup Control Functions, Backup and Restore
    Backup Manifest, Backup Manifest Format
    base type, The PostgreSQL Type System
    base64 format, Binary String Functions and Operators
    basebackup_to_shell, basebackup_to_shell
    basebackup_to_shell.command configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    basebackup_to_shell.required_role configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    BASE_BACKUP, Streaming Replication Protocol
    basic_archive, basic_archive
    basic_archive.archive_directory configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    batch mode, Pipeline Mode
    in libpq, Pipeline Mode
    BEGIN, BEGIN
    BETWEEN, Comparison Functions and Operators
    BETWEEN SYMMETRIC, Comparison Functions and Operators
    BGWORKER_BACKEND_​DATABASE_CONNECTION, Background Worker Processes
    BGWORKER_SHMEM_ACCESS, Background Worker Processes
    bgwriter_delay configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bgwriter_flush_after configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bgwriter_lru_maxpages configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bgwriter_lru_multiplier configuration parameter, Background Writer
    bigint, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
    bigserial, Serial Types
    binary data, Binary Data Types, Binary String Functions and Operators
    functions, Binary String Functions and Operators
    binary string
    concatenation, Binary String Functions and Operators
    converting to character string, Binary String Functions and Operators
    length, Binary String Functions and Operators
    bison, Requirements
    bit string, Bit-String Constants, Bit String Types
    constant, Bit-String Constants
    data type, Bit String Types
    length, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bit strings, Bit String Functions and Operators
    functions, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bitmap scan, Combining Multiple Indexes, Planner Method Configuration
    bit_and, Aggregate Functions
    bit_count, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bit_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    bit_or, Aggregate Functions
    bit_xor, Aggregate Functions
    BLOB (see large object)
    block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    bloom, bloom
    bonjour configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    bonjour_name configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    Boolean, Boolean Type
    data type, Boolean Type
    operators (see operators, logical)
    bool_and, Aggregate Functions
    bool_or, Aggregate Functions
    booting
    starting the server during, Starting the Database Server
    bound_box, Geometric Functions and Operators
    box, Geometric Functions and Operators
    box (data type), Boxes
    BRIN (see index)
    brin_desummarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
    brin_metapage_info, BRIN Functions
    brin_page_items, BRIN Functions
    brin_page_type, BRIN Functions
    brin_revmap_data, BRIN Functions
    brin_summarize_new_values, Index Maintenance Functions
    brin_summarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
    broadcast, Network Address Functions and Operators
    BSD Authentication, BSD Authentication
    btree_gin, btree_gin
    btree_gist, btree_gist
    btrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    bt_index_check, Functions
    bt_index_parent_check, Functions
    bt_metap, B-Tree Functions
    bt_page_items, B-Tree Functions
    bt_page_stats, B-Tree Functions
    buffering storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    bytea, Binary Data Types
    bytea_output configuration parameter, Statement Behavior

    C

    C, libpq — C Library, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    C++, Using C++ for Extensibility
    CALL, CALL
    canceling, Canceling Queries in Progress
    SQL command, Canceling Queries in Progress
    cardinality, Array Functions and Operators
    CASCADE, Dependency Tracking
    with DROP, Dependency Tracking
    foreign key action, Foreign Keys
    Cascading Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    CASE, Conditional Expressions, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    case sensitivity
    of SQL commands, Identifiers and Key Words
    cast, CREATE CAST
    I/O conversion, CREATE CAST
    cbrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ceil, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ceiling, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    center, Geometric Functions and Operators
    Certificate, Certificate Authentication
    chained transactions, Transaction Management, Parameters, Parameters
    in PL/pgSQL, Transaction Management
    char, Character Types
    character, Character Types
    character set, Locale and Formatting, Preset Options, Character Set Support
    character string, String Constants, Character Types
    concatenation, String Functions and Operators
    constant, String Constants
    converting to binary string, Binary String Functions and Operators
    data types, Character Types
    length, String Functions and Operators
    prefix test, String Functions and Operators
    character varying, Character Types
    character_length, String Functions and Operators
    char_length, String Functions and Operators
    check constraint, Check Constraints
    CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
    checkpoint, WAL Configuration
    CHECKPOINT, CHECKPOINT
    checkpoint_completion_target configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checkpoint_flush_after configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checkpoint_timeout configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checkpoint_warning configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    checksums, Data Checksums
    check_function_bodies configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    chr, String Functions and Operators
    cid, Object Identifier Types
    cidr, cidr
    circle, Circles, Geometric Functions and Operators
    citext, citext
    client authentication, Client Authentication
    timeout during, Authentication
    client_connection_check_interval configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    client_encoding configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    client_min_messages configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    clock_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    CLOSE, CLOSE
    cluster
    of databases (see database cluster)
    CLUSTER, CLUSTER
    clusterdb, clusterdb
    clustering, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    cluster_name configuration parameter, Process Title
    cmax, System Columns
    cmin, System Columns
    COALESCE, COALESCE
    COLLATE, Collation Expressions
    collation, Collation Support
    in PL/pgSQL, Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
    in SQL functions, SQL Functions with Collations
    COLLATION FOR, System Information Functions and Operators
    color, Color Support
    column, Concepts, Table Basics
    adding, Adding a Column
    removing, Removing a Column
    renaming, Renaming a Column
    system column, System Columns
    column data type
    changing, Changing a Column's Data Type
    column reference, Column References
    col_description, System Information Functions and Operators
    comment, Comments
    about database objects, System Information Functions and Operators
    in SQL, Comments
    COMMENT, COMMENT
    COMMIT, COMMIT
    COMMIT PREPARED, COMMIT PREPARED
    commit_delay configuration parameter, Settings
    commit_siblings configuration parameter, Settings
    common table expression (see WITH)
    comparison, Comparison Functions and Operators, Subquery Expressions
    composite type, Row and Array Comparisons
    operators, Comparison Functions and Operators
    row constructor, Row and Array Comparisons
    subquery result row, Subquery Expressions
    compiling, Building libpq Programs
    libpq applications, Building libpq Programs
    composite type, Composite Types, The PostgreSQL Type System
    comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
    constant, Constructing Composite Values
    constructor, Row Constructors
    computed field, Using Composite Types in Queries
    compute_query_id configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    concat, String Functions and Operators
    concat_ws, String Functions and Operators
    concurrency, Concurrency Control
    conditional expression, Conditional Expressions
    configuration
    of recovery
    general settings, Recovery
    of a standby server, Archive Recovery
    of the server, Server Configuration
    of the server
    functions, Configuration Settings Functions
    configure, Installation Procedure
    configure environment variables, configure Environment Variables
    configure options, configure Options
    config_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    conjunction, Logical Operators
    connectby, Functions Provided, connectby
    connection service file, The Connection Service File
    conninfo, Connection Strings
    constant, Constants
    constraint, Constraints
    adding, Adding a Constraint
    check, Check Constraints
    exclusion, Exclusion Constraints
    foreign key, Foreign Keys
    name, Check Constraints
    NOT NULL, Not-Null Constraints
    primary key, Primary Keys
    removing, Removing a Constraint
    unique, Unique Constraints
    constraint exclusion, Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion, Other Planner Options
    constraint_exclusion configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    container type, The PostgreSQL Type System
    CONTINUE
    in PL/pgSQL, CONTINUE
    continuous archiving, Backup and Restore
    in standby, Continuous Archiving in Standby
    control file, Extension Files
    convert, Binary String Functions and Operators
    convert_from, Binary String Functions and Operators
    convert_to, Binary String Functions and Operators
    COPY, Populating a Table With Rows, Functions Associated with the COPY Command, COPY
    with libpq, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    corr, Aggregate Functions
    correlation, Aggregate Functions
    in the query planner, Extended Statistics
    cos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cosh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cot, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    cotd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    count, Aggregate Functions
    covariance
    population, Aggregate Functions
    sample, Aggregate Functions
    covar_pop, Aggregate Functions
    covar_samp, Aggregate Functions
    covering index, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    cpu_index_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    cpu_operator_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    cpu_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD, CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    CREATE AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
    CREATE CAST, CREATE CAST
    CREATE COLLATION, CREATE COLLATION
    CREATE CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
    CREATE DATABASE, Creating a Database, CREATE DATABASE
    CREATE DOMAIN, CREATE DOMAIN
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    CREATE EXTENSION, CREATE EXTENSION
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE FUNCTION
    CREATE GROUP, CREATE GROUP
    CREATE INDEX, CREATE INDEX
    CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE OPERATOR
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY, CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    CREATE POLICY, CREATE POLICY
    CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE PROCEDURE
    CREATE PUBLICATION, CREATE PUBLICATION
    CREATE ROLE, Database Roles, CREATE ROLE
    CREATE RULE, CREATE RULE
    CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
    CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE SEQUENCE
    CREATE SERVER, CREATE SERVER
    CREATE STATISTICS, CREATE STATISTICS
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    CREATE TABLE, Creating a New Table, CREATE TABLE
    CREATE TABLE AS, CREATE TABLE AS
    CREATE TABLESPACE, Tablespaces, CREATE TABLESPACE
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER, CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    CREATE TRANSFORM, CREATE TRANSFORM
    CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE TRIGGER
    CREATE TYPE, CREATE TYPE
    CREATE USER, CREATE USER
    CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE USER MAPPING
    CREATE VIEW, CREATE VIEW
    createdb, Creating a Database, Creating a Database, createdb
    createuser, Database Roles, createuser
    CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
    cross compilation, Build Process Details
    cross join, Joined Tables
    crosstab, crosstab(text), crosstabN(text), crosstab(text, text)
    crypt, crypt()
    cstring, Pseudo-Types
    CSV (Comma-Separated Values) format
    in psql, Meta-Commands
    ctid, System Columns
    CTID, View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    CUBE, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    cube (extension), cube
    cume_dist, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    current_catalog, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_database, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    current_logfiles
    and the log_destination configuration parameter, Where to Log
    and the pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_query, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_role, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_schema, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_schemas, System Information Functions and Operators
    current_setting, Configuration Settings Functions
    current_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    current_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    current_user, System Information Functions and Operators
    currval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    cursor, Cursors, CLOSE, DECLARE, EXPLAIN, FETCH, MOVE
    CLOSE, CLOSE
    DECLARE, DECLARE
    FETCH, FETCH
    in PL/pgSQL, Cursors
    MOVE, MOVE
    showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
    cursor_tuple_fraction configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    custom scan provider, Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    handler for, Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    Cygwin, Cygwin
    installation on, Cygwin

    D

    data area (see database cluster)
    data partitioning, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    data type, Data Types, Numeric Types, Enumerated Types, Domain Types, Type Conversion, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, Polymorphic Types, Base Types in C-Language Functions, User-Defined Types
    base, The PostgreSQL Type System
    category, Overview
    composite, The PostgreSQL Type System
    constant, Constants of Other Types
    container, The PostgreSQL Type System
    conversion, Type Conversion
    domain, Domain Types
    enumerated (enum), Enumerated Types
    internal organization, Base Types in C-Language Functions
    numeric, Numeric Types
    polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
    type cast, Type Casts
    user-defined, User-Defined Types
    database, Creating a Database, Managing Databases
    creating, Creating a Database
    privilege to create, Role Attributes
    database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
    monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
    database cluster, Concepts, Creating a Database Cluster
    data_checksums configuration parameter, Preset Options
    data_directory configuration parameter, File Locations
    data_directory_mode configuration parameter, Preset Options
    data_sync_retry configuration parameter, Error Handling
    date, Date/Time Types, Dates
    constants, Special Values
    current, Current Date/Time
    output format, Date/Time Output
    (see also formatting)
    DateStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    date_bin, date_bin
    date_part, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
    date_trunc, Date/Time Functions and Operators, date_trunc
    dblink, dblink, dblink
    dblink_build_sql_delete, dblink_build_sql_delete
    dblink_build_sql_insert, dblink_build_sql_insert
    dblink_build_sql_update, dblink_build_sql_update
    dblink_cancel_query, dblink_cancel_query
    dblink_close, dblink_close
    dblink_connect, dblink_connect
    dblink_connect_u, dblink_connect_u
    dblink_disconnect, dblink_disconnect
    dblink_error_message, dblink_error_message
    dblink_exec, dblink_exec
    dblink_fetch, dblink_fetch
    dblink_get_connections, dblink_get_connections
    dblink_get_notify, dblink_get_notify
    dblink_get_pkey, dblink_get_pkey
    dblink_get_result, dblink_get_result
    dblink_is_busy, dblink_is_busy
    dblink_open, dblink_open
    dblink_send_query, dblink_send_query
    db_user_namespace configuration parameter, Authentication
    deadlock, Deadlocks
    timeout during, Lock Management
    deadlock_timeout configuration parameter, Lock Management
    DEALLOCATE, DEALLOCATE
    dearmor, armor(), dearmor()
    debug_assertions configuration parameter, Preset Options
    debug_deadlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    debug_discard_caches configuration parameter, Developer Options
    debug_pretty_print configuration parameter, What to Log
    debug_print_parse configuration parameter, What to Log
    debug_print_plan configuration parameter, What to Log
    debug_print_rewritten configuration parameter, What to Log
    decimal (see numeric)
    DECLARE, DECLARE
    decode, Binary String Functions and Operators
    decode_bytea
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    decrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
    decrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
    deduplicate_items storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    default value, Default Values
    changing, Changing a Column's Default Value
    default-roles, Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    default_statistics_target configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    default_tablespace configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_table_access_method configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_text_search_config configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    default_toast_compression configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    default_transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    deferrable transaction, Statement Behavior
    setting, SET TRANSACTION
    setting default, Statement Behavior
    defined, hstore Operators and Functions
    degrees, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    delay, Delaying Execution
    DELETE, Deletions, Deleting Data, Returning Data from Modified Rows, DELETE
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    delete, hstore Operators and Functions
    deleting, Deleting Data
    dense_rank, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    diagonal, Geometric Functions and Operators
    diameter, Geometric Functions and Operators
    dict_int, dict_int
    dict_xsyn, dict_xsyn
    difference, Soundex
    digest, digest()
    dirty read, Transaction Isolation
    DISCARD, DISCARD
    disjunction, Logical Operators
    disk drive, WAL Internals
    disk space, Recovering Disk Space
    disk usage, Determining Disk Usage
    DISTINCT, Querying a Table, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP, DISTINCT
    GROUP BY DISTINCT, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    SELECT DISTINCT, DISTINCT
    div, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    dmetaphone, Double Metaphone
    dmetaphone_alt, Double Metaphone
    DO, DO
    document, What Is a Document?
    text search, What Is a Document?
    dollar quoting, Dollar-Quoted String Constants
    domain, Domain Types
    double precision, Floating-Point Types
    DROP ACCESS METHOD, DROP ACCESS METHOD
    DROP AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
    DROP CAST, DROP CAST
    DROP COLLATION, DROP COLLATION
    DROP CONVERSION, DROP CONVERSION
    DROP DATABASE, Destroying a Database, DROP DATABASE
    DROP DOMAIN, DROP DOMAIN
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER, DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    DROP EXTENSION, DROP EXTENSION
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE, DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    DROP FUNCTION, DROP FUNCTION
    DROP GROUP, DROP GROUP
    DROP INDEX, DROP INDEX
    DROP LANGUAGE, DROP LANGUAGE
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    DROP OPERATOR, DROP OPERATOR
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS, DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY, DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    DROP OWNED, DROP OWNED
    DROP POLICY, DROP POLICY
    DROP PROCEDURE, DROP PROCEDURE
    DROP PUBLICATION, DROP PUBLICATION
    DROP ROLE, Database Roles, DROP ROLE
    DROP ROUTINE, DROP ROUTINE
    DROP RULE, DROP RULE
    DROP SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
    DROP SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
    DROP SERVER, DROP SERVER
    DROP STATISTICS, DROP STATISTICS
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION, DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    DROP TABLE, Creating a New Table, DROP TABLE
    DROP TABLESPACE, DROP TABLESPACE
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER, DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    DROP TRANSFORM, DROP TRANSFORM
    DROP TRIGGER, DROP TRIGGER
    DROP TYPE, DROP TYPE
    DROP USER, DROP USER
    DROP USER MAPPING, DROP USER MAPPING
    DROP VIEW, DROP VIEW
    dropdb, Destroying a Database, dropdb
    dropuser, Database Roles, dropuser
    DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
    DTD, Creating XML Values
    DTrace, Developer Options, Dynamic Tracing
    duplicate, Querying a Table
    duplicates, DISTINCT
    dynamic loading, Other Defaults, Dynamic Loading
    dynamic_library_path, Dynamic Loading
    dynamic_library_path configuration parameter, Other Defaults
    dynamic_shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory

    E

    each, hstore Operators and Functions
    earth, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    earthdistance, earthdistance
    earth_box, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    earth_distance, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    ECPG, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    ecpg, ecpg
    effective_cache_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    effective_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    elog, Reporting Errors Within the Server
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    in PL/Python, Utility Functions
    in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
    embedded SQL, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    in C, ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    enabled role, enabled_roles
    enable_async_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_bitmapscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_gathermerge configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_hashagg configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_hashjoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_incremental_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_indexonlyscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_indexscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_material configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_memoize configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_mergejoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_nestloop configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_parallel_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_parallel_hash configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_partitionwise_aggregate configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_partitionwise_join configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_partition_pruning configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_seqscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    enable_tidscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
    encode, Binary String Functions and Operators
    encode_array_constructor
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encode_array_literal
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encode_bytea
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encode_typed_literal
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    encrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
    encryption, Encryption Options, pgcrypto
    for specific columns, pgcrypto
    encrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
    END, END
    enumerated types, Enumerated Types
    enum_first, Enum Support Functions
    enum_last, Enum Support Functions
    enum_range, Enum Support Functions
    environment variable, Environment Variables
    ephemeral named relation
    registering with SPI, SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_trigger_data
    unregistering from SPI, SPI_unregister_relation
    ereport, Reporting Errors Within the Server
    error codes, PostgreSQL Error Codes
    libpq, Main Functions
    list of, PostgreSQL Error Codes
    error message, Connection Status Functions
    escape format, Binary String Functions and Operators
    escape string syntax, String Constants with C-Style Escapes
    escape_string_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    escaping strings, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    in libpq, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
    event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
    event trigger, Event Triggers, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    in C, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    in PL/Tcl, Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    event_source configuration parameter, Where to Log
    event_trigger, Pseudo-Types
    every, Aggregate Functions
    EXCEPT, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    exceptions
    in PL/pgSQL, Trapping Errors
    in PL/Tcl, Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    exclusion constraint, Exclusion Constraints
    EXECUTE, EXECUTE
    exist, hstore Operators and Functions
    EXISTS, Subquery Expressions
    EXIT
    in PL/pgSQL, EXIT
    exit_on_error configuration parameter, Error Handling
    exp, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    EXPLAIN, Using EXPLAIN, EXPLAIN
    expression, Value Expressions
    order of evaluation, Expression Evaluation Rules
    syntax, Value Expressions
    extending SQL, Extending SQL
    extension, Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    externally maintained, Extensions
    external_pid_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    extract, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
    extra_float_digits configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting

    F

    factorial, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    failover, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    false, Boolean Type
    family, Network Address Functions and Operators
    fast path, The Fast-Path Interface
    fastupdate storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    fdw_handler, Pseudo-Types
    FETCH, FETCH
    field
    computed, Using Composite Types in Queries
    field selection, Field Selection
    file system mount points, Use of Secondary File Systems
    file_fdw, file_fdw
    fillfactor storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters, Storage Parameters
    FILTER, Aggregate Expressions
    first_value, Window Functions
    flex, Requirements
    float4 (see real)
    float8 (see double precision)
    floating point, Floating-Point Types
    floating-point
    display, Locale and Formatting
    floor, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    force_parallel_mode configuration parameter, Developer Options
    foreign data, Foreign Data
    foreign data wrapper, Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    handler for, Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    foreign key, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
    self-referential, Foreign Keys
    foreign table, Foreign Data
    format, String Functions and Operators, format
    use in PL/pgSQL, Executing Dynamic Commands
    formatting, Data Type Formatting Functions
    format_type, System Information Functions and Operators
    Free Space Map, Free Space Map
    FreeBSD
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    from_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    FSM (see Free Space Map)
    fsm_page_contents, General Functions
    fsync configuration parameter, Settings
    full text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search
    data types, Text Search Types
    functions and operators, Text Search Types
    full_page_writes configuration parameter, Settings
    function, Table Functions, Functions and Operators, Statistics Information Functions, Functions, Polymorphic Types, User-Defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, Internal Functions, C-Language Functions
    default values for arguments, SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
    in the FROM clause, Table Functions
    internal, Internal Functions
    invocation, Function Calls
    mixed notation, Using Mixed Notation
    named argument, Arguments for SQL Functions
    named notation, Using Named Notation
    output parameter, SQL Functions with Output Parameters
    polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
    positional notation, Using Positional Notation
    RETURNS TABLE, SQL Functions Returning TABLE
    statistics, Statistics Information Functions
    type resolution in an invocation, Functions
    user-defined, User-Defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, C-Language Functions
    in C, C-Language Functions
    in SQL, Query Language (SQL) Functions
    variadic, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
    with SETOF, SQL Functions Returning Sets
    functional dependency, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    fuzzystrmatch, fuzzystrmatch

    G

    gcd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    gc_to_sec, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    generated column, Generated Columns, Parameters, Parameters
    in + triggers, Overview of Trigger Behavior
    generate_series, Set Returning Functions
    generate_subscripts, Set Returning Functions
    genetic query optimization, Genetic Query Optimizer
    gen_random_bytes, Random-Data Functions
    gen_random_uuid, UUID Functions, Random-Data Functions
    gen_salt, gen_salt()
    GEQO (see genetic query optimization)
    geqo configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_effort configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_generations configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_pool_size configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_seed configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_selection_bias configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    geqo_threshold configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
    get_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    get_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
    get_current_ts_config, Text Search Functions and Operators
    get_raw_page, General Functions
    GIN (see index)
    gin_clean_pending_list, Index Maintenance Functions
    gin_fuzzy_search_limit configuration parameter, Other Defaults
    gin_leafpage_items, GIN Functions
    gin_metapage_info, GIN Functions
    gin_page_opaque_info, GIN Functions
    gin_pending_list_limit
    configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    GiST (see index)
    gist_page_items, GiST Functions
    gist_page_items_bytea, GiST Functions
    gist_page_opaque_info, GiST Functions
    global data, Global Data in PL/Tcl
    in PL/Python, Sharing Data
    in PL/Tcl, Global Data in PL/Tcl
    GRANT, Privileges, GRANT
    GREATEST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    Gregorian calendar, History of Units
    GROUP BY, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    grouping, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    GROUPING, Aggregate Functions
    GROUPING SETS, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    gssapi, Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    GSSAPI, GSSAPI Authentication
    with + libpq, Parameter Key Words
    GUID, UUID Type

    H

    hash (see index)
    hash_bitmap_info, Hash Functions
    hash_mem_multiplier configuration parameter, Memory
    hash_metapage_info, Hash Functions
    hash_page_items, Hash Functions
    hash_page_stats, Hash Functions
    hash_page_type, Hash Functions
    has_any_column_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_column_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_database_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_function_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_language_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_parameter_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_schema_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_sequence_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_server_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_tablespace_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_table_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    has_type_privilege, System Information Functions and Operators
    HAVING, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    hba_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    heap_page_items, Heap Functions
    heap_page_item_attrs, Heap Functions
    heap_tuple_infomask_flags, Heap Functions
    height, Geometric Functions and Operators
    hex format, Binary String Functions and Operators
    hierarchical database, Concepts
    high availability, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    history, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    of PostgreSQL, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    hmac, hmac()
    host, Network Address Functions and Operators
    host + name, Parameter Key Words
    hostmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
    hot standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    hot_standby configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    hot_standby_feedback configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    HP-UX
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    hstore, hstore, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_array, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_json, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_jsonb, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_jsonb_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_json_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
    hstore_to_matrix, hstore Operators and Functions
    huge_pages configuration parameter, Memory
    huge_page_size configuration parameter, Memory
    hypothetical-set aggregate
    built-in, Aggregate Functions

    I

    icount, intarray Functions and Operators
    ICU, PostgreSQL Features, Locale Providers, Managing Collations, Parameters, Parameters
    ident, Ident Authentication
    identifier, Identifiers and Key Words
    length, Identifiers and Key Words
    syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
    IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, Streaming Replication Protocol
    ident_file configuration parameter, File Locations
    idle_in_transaction_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    idle_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    idx, intarray Functions and Operators
    IFNULL, COALESCE
    ignore_checksum_failure configuration parameter, Developer Options
    ignore_invalid_pages configuration parameter, Developer Options
    ignore_system_indexes configuration parameter, Developer Options
    IMMUTABLE, Function Volatility Categories
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA, IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    INCLUDE
    in index definitions, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    include
    in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
    include_dir
    in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
    include_if_exists
    in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
    index, Indexes, Multicolumn Indexes, Indexes and ORDER BY, Combining Multiple Indexes, Unique Indexes, Indexes on Expressions, Partial Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Examining Index Usage, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, Locking and Indexes, Interfacing Extensions to Indexes, Building Indexes Concurrently, Rebuilding Indexes Concurrently, Operators and Functions
    and ORDER BY, Indexes and ORDER BY
    B-Tree, B-Tree, B-Tree Indexes
    BRIN, BRIN, BRIN Indexes
    building concurrently, Building Indexes Concurrently
    combining multiple indexes, Combining Multiple Indexes
    covering, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    examining usage, Examining Index Usage
    on expressions, Indexes on Expressions
    for user-defined data type, Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    GIN, GIN, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, GIN Indexes
    text search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    GiST, GiST, Preferred Index Types for Text Search, GiST Indexes
    text search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    hash, Hash
    Hash, Hash Indexes
    index-only scans, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    locks, Locking and Indexes
    multicolumn, Multicolumn Indexes
    partial, Partial Indexes
    rebuilding concurrently, Rebuilding Indexes Concurrently
    SP-GiST, SP-GiST, SP-GiST Indexes
    unique, Unique Indexes
    Index Access Method, Index Access Method Interface Definition
    index scan, Planner Method Configuration
    index-only scan, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    indexam
    Index Access Method, Index Access Method Interface Definition
    index_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
    inet (data type), inet
    inet_client_addr, System Information Functions and Operators
    inet_client_port, System Information Functions and Operators
    inet_merge, Network Address Functions and Operators
    inet_same_family, Network Address Functions and Operators
    inet_server_addr, System Information Functions and Operators
    inet_server_port, System Information Functions and Operators
    infinity
    floating point, Floating-Point Types
    numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    information schema, The Information Schema
    inheritance, Inheritance, Inheritance
    initcap, String Functions and Operators
    initdb, Creating a Database Cluster, initdb
    Initialization Fork, The Initialization Fork
    input function, User-Defined Types
    INSERT, Populating a Table With Rows, Inserting Data, Returning Data from Modified Rows, INSERT
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    inserting, Inserting Data
    installation, Installation from Source Code
    binaries, Installation from Binaries
    on Windows, Installation from Source Code on Windows
    instr function, Appendix
    int2 (see smallint)
    int4 (see integer)
    int8 (see bigint)
    intagg, intagg
    intarray, intarray
    integer, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
    integer_datetimes configuration parameter, Preset Options
    interfaces
    externally maintained, Client Interfaces
    internal, Pseudo-Types
    INTERSECT, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    interval, Date/Time Types, Interval Input
    output format, Interval Output
    (see also formatting)
    IntervalStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    intset, intarray Functions and Operators
    int_array_aggregate, Functions
    int_array_enum, Functions
    inverse distribution, Aggregate Functions
    in_hot_standby configuration parameter, Preset Options
    in_range support functions, B-Tree Support Functions
    IS DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
    IS DOCUMENT, IS DOCUMENT
    IS FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
    IS NOT DOCUMENT, IS NOT DOCUMENT
    IS NOT FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NOT UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators, Platform and Client Compatibility
    IS TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
    IS UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
    isclosed, Geometric Functions and Operators
    isempty, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    isfinite, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    isn, isn
    ISNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
    isn_weak, Functions and Operators
    isopen, Geometric Functions and Operators
    is_array_ref
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    is_valid, Functions and Operators

    J

    JIT, Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    jit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    jit_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    jit_debugging_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_dump_bitcode configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_expressions configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_inline_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    jit_optimize_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    jit_profiling_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
    jit_provider configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    jit_tuple_deforming configuration parameter, Developer Options
    join, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    controlling the order, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    cross, Joined Tables
    left, Joined Tables
    natural, Joined Tables
    outer, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables
    right, Joined Tables
    self, Joins Between Tables
    join_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    JSON, JSON Types, JSON Functions and Operators
    functions and operators, JSON Functions and Operators
    JSONB, JSON Types
    jsonb
    containment, jsonb Containment and Existence
    existence, jsonb Containment and Existence
    indexes on, jsonb Indexing
    jsonb_agg, Aggregate Functions
    jsonb_array_elements, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_array_elements_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_array_length, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_build_array, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_build_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_each, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_each_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_extract_path, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_extract_path_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_insert, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
    jsonb_object_keys, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_exists, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_exists_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_match, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_match_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_array, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_array_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_first, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_first_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_path_query_tz, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_populate_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_populate_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_pretty, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_set, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_set_lax, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_strip_nulls, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_to_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_to_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonb_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    jsonb_typeof, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    jsonpath, jsonpath Type
    json_agg, Aggregate Functions
    json_array_elements, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_array_elements_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_array_length, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_build_array, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_build_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_each, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_each_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_extract_path, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_extract_path_text, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_object, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
    json_object_keys, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_populate_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_populate_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_strip_nulls, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_to_record, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_to_recordset, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    json_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    json_typeof, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    Julian date, Julian Dates
    Just-In-Time compilation (see JIT)
    justify_days, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    justify_hours, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    justify_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators

    K

    key word, Identifiers and Key Words, SQL Key Words
    list of, SQL Key Words
    syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
    krb_caseins_users configuration parameter, Authentication
    krb_server_keyfile configuration parameter, Authentication

    L

    label (see alias)
    lag, Window Functions
    language_handler, Pseudo-Types
    large object, Large Objects
    lastval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    last_value, Window Functions
    LATERAL, LATERAL Subqueries
    in the FROM clause, LATERAL Subqueries
    latitude, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    lca, Operators and Functions
    lcm, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    lc_collate configuration parameter, Preset Options
    lc_ctype configuration parameter, Preset Options
    lc_messages configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    lc_monetary configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    lc_numeric configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    lc_time configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    LDAP, PostgreSQL Features, LDAP Authentication
    LDAP connection parameter lookup, LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    ldconfig, Shared Libraries
    lead, Window Functions
    LEAST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    left, String Functions and Operators
    left join, Joined Tables
    length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators, Geometric Functions and Operators, Text Search Functions and Operators
    of a binary string (see binary strings, length)
    of a character string (see character string, length)
    length(tsvector), Manipulating Documents
    levenshtein, Levenshtein
    levenshtein_less_equal, Levenshtein
    lex, Requirements
    libedit, Requirements
    in psql, Command-Line Editing
    libperl, Requirements
    libpq, libpq — C Library, Pipeline Mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    pipeline mode, Pipeline Mode
    single-row mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    libpq-fe.h, libpq — C Library, Connection Status Functions
    libpq-int.h, Connection Status Functions
    libpython, Requirements
    library initialization function, Dynamic Loading
    LIKE, LIKE
    and locales, Behavior
    LIKE_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery, SQL/JSON Regular Expressions
    in SQL/JSON, SQL/JSON Regular Expressions
    LIMIT, LIMIT and OFFSET
    line, Lines, Geometric Functions and Operators
    line segment, Line Segments
    linear regression, Aggregate Functions
    Linux
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    LISTEN, LISTEN
    listen_addresses configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    llvm-config, PostgreSQL Features
    ll_to_earth, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    ln, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    lo, lo
    LOAD, LOAD
    load balancing, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    locale, Creating a Database Cluster, Locale Support
    localtime, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    localtimestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    local_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    lock, Explicit Locking, Advisory Locks, Viewing Locks
    advisory, Advisory Locks
    monitoring, Viewing Locks
    LOCK, Table-Level Locks, LOCK
    lock_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    log, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    log shipping, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    log10, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    Logging
    current_logfiles file and the pg_current_logfile + function, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions and Operators
    logging_collector configuration parameter, Where to Log
    Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding
    logical_decoding_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    login privilege, Role Attributes
    log_autovacuum_min_duration
    configuration parameter, What to Log
    storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    log_btree_build_stats configuration parameter, Developer Options
    log_checkpoints configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_connections configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_destination configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_directory configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_disconnections configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_duration configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_error_verbosity configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_executor_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_filename configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_file_mode configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_hostname configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_line_prefix configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_lock_waits configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_min_duration_sample configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_min_duration_statement configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_min_error_statement configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_min_messages configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_parameter_max_length configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_parameter_max_length_on_error configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_parser_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_planner_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_recovery_conflict_waits configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_replication_commands configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_rotation_age configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_rotation_size configuration parameter, Where to Log
    log_startup_progress_interval configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_statement configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_statement_sample_rate configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_statement_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
    log_temp_files configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_timezone configuration parameter, What to Log
    log_transaction_sample_rate configuration parameter, When to Log
    log_truncate_on_rotation configuration parameter, Where to Log
    longitude, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    looks_like_number
    in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    loop, Simple Loops
    in PL/pgSQL, Simple Loops
    lower, String Functions and Operators, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    and locales, Behavior
    lower_inc, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    lower_inf, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    lo_close, Closing a Large Object Descriptor
    lo_compat_privileges configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    lo_creat, Creating a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_create, Creating a Large Object
    lo_export, Exporting a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_from_bytea, Server-Side Functions
    lo_get, Server-Side Functions
    lo_import, Importing a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_import_with_oid, Importing a Large Object
    lo_lseek, Seeking in a Large Object
    lo_lseek64, Seeking in a Large Object
    lo_open, Opening an Existing Large Object
    lo_put, Server-Side Functions
    lo_read, Reading Data from a Large Object
    lo_tell, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    lo_tell64, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    lo_truncate, Truncating a Large Object
    lo_truncate64, Truncating a Large Object
    lo_unlink, Removing a Large Object, Server-Side Functions
    lo_write, Writing Data to a Large Object
    lpad, String Functions and Operators
    lseg, Line Segments, Geometric Functions and Operators
    LSN, WAL Internals
    ltree, ltree
    ltree2text, Operators and Functions
    ltrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators

    M

    MAC address (see macaddr)
    MAC address (EUI-64 format) (see macaddr)
    macaddr (data type), macaddr
    macaddr8 (data type), macaddr8
    macaddr8_set7bit, Network Address Functions and Operators
    macOS, macOS
    installation on, macOS
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    magic block, Dynamic Loading
    maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    maintenance_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    maintenance_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    make, Requirements
    makeaclitem, System Information Functions and Operators
    make_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_timestamptz, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    make_valid, Functions and Operators
    MANPATH, Environment Variables
    masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
    materialized view, Materialized Views
    implementation through rules, Materialized Views
    materialized views, pg_matviews
    max, Aggregate Functions
    max_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    max_files_per_process configuration parameter, Kernel Resource Usage
    max_function_args configuration parameter, Preset Options
    max_identifier_length configuration parameter, Preset Options
    max_index_keys configuration parameter, Preset Options
    max_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_logical_replication_workers configuration parameter, Subscribers
    max_parallel_maintenance_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    max_parallel_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    max_parallel_workers_per_gather configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    max_pred_locks_per_page configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_pred_locks_per_relation configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_pred_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
    max_prepared_transactions configuration parameter, Memory
    max_replication_slots configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    max_slot_wal_keep_size configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    max_stack_depth configuration parameter, Memory
    max_standby_archive_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    max_standby_streaming_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    max_sync_workers_per_subscription configuration parameter, Subscribers
    max_wal_senders configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    max_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    max_worker_processes configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    md5, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    MD5, Password Authentication
    median, Aggregate Expressions
    (see also percentile)
    memory context
    in SPI, Memory Management
    memory overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
    MERGE, MERGE
    metaphone, Metaphone
    min, Aggregate Functions
    MinGW, MinGW/Native Windows
    installation on, MinGW/Native Windows
    min_dynamic_shared_memory configuration parameter, Memory
    min_parallel_index_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    min_parallel_table_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    min_scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    min_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
    mod, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    mode
    statistical, Aggregate Functions
    monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
    database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
    MOVE, MOVE
    moving-aggregate mode, Moving-Aggregate Mode
    multirange (function), Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    multirange type, Range Types
    Multiversion Concurrency Control, Introduction
    MultiXactId, Multixacts and Wraparound
    MVCC, Introduction

    N

    name, Identifiers and Key Words
    qualified, Creating a Schema
    syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
    unqualified, The Schema Search Path
    NaN (see not a number)
    natural join, Joined Tables
    negation, Logical Operators
    NetBSD
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    netmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
    network, Network Address Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
    data types, Network Address Types
    nextval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    NFS, NFS
    nlevel, Operators and Functions
    non-durable, Non-Durable Settings
    nonblocking connection, Database Connection Control Functions, Asynchronous Command Processing
    nonrepeatable read, Transaction Isolation
    normalize, String Functions and Operators
    normalized, String Functions and Operators
    normal_rand, normal_rand
    NOT (operator), Logical Operators
    not a number
    floating point, Floating-Point Types
    numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    NOT IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    not-null constraint, Not-Null Constraints
    notation, Calling Functions
    functions, Calling Functions
    notice processing, Notice Processing
    in libpq, Notice Processing
    notice processor, Notice Processing
    notice receiver, Notice Processing
    NOTIFY, Asynchronous Notification, NOTIFY
    in libpq, Asynchronous Notification
    NOTNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
    now, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    npoints, Geometric Functions and Operators
    nth_value, Window Functions
    ntile, Window Functions
    null value
    with check constraints, Check Constraints
    comparing, Comparison Functions and Operators
    default value, Default Values
    in DISTINCT, DISTINCT
    in libpq, Retrieving Query Result Information
    in PL/Perl, PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    in PL/Python, Null, None
    with unique constraints, Unique Constraints
    NULLIF, NULLIF
    number
    constant, Numeric Constants
    numeric, Numeric Constants
    numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    numnode, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
    num_nonnulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
    num_nulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
    NVL, COALESCE

    O

    object identifier, Object Identifier Types
    data type, Object Identifier Types
    object-oriented database, Concepts
    obj_description, System Information Functions and Operators
    OCCURRENCES_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    octet_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    OFFSET, LIMIT and OFFSET
    oid, Object Identifier Types
    OID
    in libpq, Retrieving Other Result Information
    oid2name, oid2name
    old_snapshot, old_snapshot
    old_snapshot_threshold configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    ON CONFLICT, INSERT
    ONLY, The FROM Clause
    OOM, Linux Memory Overcommit
    OpenBSD
    IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    OpenSSL, PostgreSQL Features
    (see also SSL)
    operator, Operators, Operator Precedence, Functions and Operators, Logical Operators, Operators, User-Defined Operators
    invocation, Operator Invocations
    logical, Logical Operators
    precedence, Operator Precedence
    syntax, Operators
    type resolution in an invocation, Operators
    user-defined, User-Defined Operators
    operator class, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Index Methods and Operator Classes
    operator family, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Operator Classes and Operator Families
    optimization information, Function Optimization Information, Operator Optimization Information
    for functions, Function Optimization Information
    for operators, Operator Optimization Information
    OR (operator), Logical Operators
    Oracle, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    porting from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    ORDER BY, Querying a Table, Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    and locales, Behavior
    ordered-set aggregate, Aggregate Expressions
    built-in, Aggregate Functions
    ordering operator, System Dependencies on Operator Classes
    ordinality, Set Returning Functions
    outer join, Joined Tables
    output function, User-Defined Types
    OVER clause, Window Function Calls
    overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
    OVERLAPS, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    overlay, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    overloading, Function Overloading
    functions, Function Overloading
    operators, User-Defined Operators
    owner, Privileges

    P

    pageinspect, pageinspect
    pages_per_range storage parameter, Index Storage Parameters
    page_checksum, General Functions
    page_header, General Functions
    palloc, Writing Code
    PAM, PostgreSQL Features, PAM Authentication
    parallel query, Parallel Query
    parallel_leader_participation configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
    parallel_setup_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    parallel_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    parallel_workers storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    parameter
    syntax, Positional Parameters
    parenthesis, Value Expressions
    parse_ident, String Functions and Operators
    partition pruning, Partition Pruning
    partitioned table, Table Partitioning
    partitioning, Table Partitioning
    password, Role Attributes
    authentication, Password Authentication
    of the superuser, Creating a Database Cluster
    password file, The Password File
    passwordcheck, passwordcheck
    password_encryption configuration parameter, Authentication
    path, Geometric Functions and Operators
    for schemas, Statement Behavior
    PATH, Environment Variables
    path (data type), Paths
    pattern matching, Pattern Matching
    patterns
    in psql and pg_dump, Patterns
    pclose, Geometric Functions and Operators
    peer, Peer Authentication
    percentile
    continuous, Aggregate Functions
    discrete, Aggregate Functions
    percent_rank, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    performance, Performance Tips
    perl, Requirements
    Perl, PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    permission (see privilege)
    pfree, Writing Code
    PGAPPNAME, Environment Variables
    pgbench, pgbench
    PGcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PGCHANNELBINDING, Environment Variables
    PGCLIENTENCODING, Environment Variables
    PGconn, Database Connection Control Functions
    PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT, Environment Variables
    pgcrypto, pgcrypto
    PGDATA, Creating a Database Cluster
    PGDATABASE, Environment Variables
    PGDATESTYLE, Environment Variables
    PGEventProc, Event Callback Procedure
    PGGEQO, Environment Variables
    PGGSSENCMODE, Environment Variables
    PGGSSLIB, Environment Variables
    PGHOST, Environment Variables
    PGHOSTADDR, Environment Variables
    PGKRBSRVNAME, Environment Variables
    PGLOCALEDIR, Environment Variables
    PGOPTIONS, Environment Variables
    PGPASSFILE, Environment Variables
    PGPASSWORD, Environment Variables
    PGPORT, Environment Variables
    pgp_armor_headers, pgp_armor_headers
    pgp_key_id, pgp_key_id()
    pgp_pub_decrypt, pgp_pub_decrypt()
    pgp_pub_decrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_decrypt()
    pgp_pub_encrypt, pgp_pub_encrypt()
    pgp_pub_encrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_encrypt()
    pgp_sym_decrypt, pgp_sym_decrypt()
    pgp_sym_decrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_decrypt()
    pgp_sym_encrypt, pgp_sym_encrypt()
    pgp_sym_encrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_encrypt()
    PGREQUIREPEER, Environment Variables
    PGREQUIRESSL, Environment Variables
    PGresult, Main Functions
    pgrowlocks, pgrowlocks, Overview
    PGSERVICE, Environment Variables
    PGSERVICEFILE, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCERT, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCOMPRESSION, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCRL, Environment Variables
    PGSSLCRLDIR, Environment Variables
    PGSSLKEY, Environment Variables
    PGSSLMAXPROTOCOLVERSION, Environment Variables
    PGSSLMINPROTOCOLVERSION, Environment Variables
    PGSSLMODE, Environment Variables
    PGSSLROOTCERT, Environment Variables
    PGSSLSNI, Environment Variables
    pgstatginindex, Functions
    pgstathashindex, Functions
    pgstatindex, Functions
    pgstattuple, pgstattuple, Functions
    pgstattuple_approx, Functions
    PGSYSCONFDIR, Environment Variables
    PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS, Environment Variables
    PGTZ, Environment Variables
    PGUSER, Environment Variables
    pgxs, Extension Building Infrastructure
    pg_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_unlock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_unlock_all, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_unlock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_aggregate, pg_aggregate
    pg_am, pg_am
    pg_amcheck, pg_amcheck
    pg_amop, pg_amop
    pg_amproc, pg_amproc
    pg_archivecleanup, pg_archivecleanup
    pg_attrdef, pg_attrdef
    pg_attribute, pg_attribute
    pg_authid, pg_authid
    pg_auth_members, pg_auth_members
    pg_available_extensions, pg_available_extensions
    pg_available_extension_versions, pg_available_extension_versions
    pg_backend_memory_contexts, pg_backend_memory_contexts
    pg_backend_pid, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_backup_start, Backup Control Functions
    pg_backup_stop, Backup Control Functions
    pg_basebackup, pg_basebackup
    pg_blocking_pids, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_buffercache, pg_buffercache
    pg_buffercache_pages, pg_buffercache
    pg_cancel_backend, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_cast, pg_cast
    pg_char_to_encoding, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_checksums, pg_checksums
    pg_class, pg_class
    pg_client_encoding, String Functions and Operators
    pg_collation, pg_collation
    pg_collation_actual_version, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_collation_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    PG_COLOR, When Color is Used
    PG_COLORS, Configuring the Colors
    pg_column_compression, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_column_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_config, pg_config, pg_config
    with + ecpg, Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    with libpq, Building libpq Programs
    with user-defined C functions, Writing Code
    pg_conf_load_time, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_constraint, pg_constraint
    pg_controldata, pg_controldata
    pg_control_checkpoint, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_control_init, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_control_recovery, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_control_system, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_conversion, pg_conversion
    pg_conversion_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_copy_logical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_copy_physical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_create_logical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_create_physical_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_create_restore_point, Backup Control Functions
    pg_ctl, Creating a Database Cluster, Starting the Database Server, pg_ctl
    pg_current_logfile, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_wal_flush_lsn, Backup Control Functions
    pg_current_wal_insert_lsn, Backup Control Functions
    pg_current_wal_lsn, Backup Control Functions
    pg_current_xact_id, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_current_xact_id_if_assigned, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_cursors, pg_cursors
    pg_database, Template Databases, pg_database
    pg_database_collation_actual_version, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_database_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_db_role_setting, pg_db_role_setting
    pg_ddl_command, Pseudo-Types
    pg_default_acl, pg_default_acl
    pg_depend, pg_depend
    pg_describe_object, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_description, pg_description
    pg_drop_replication_slot, Replication Management Functions
    pg_dump, pg_dump
    pg_dumpall, pg_dumpall
    use during upgrade, Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
    pg_encoding_to_char, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_enum, pg_enum
    pg_event_trigger, pg_event_trigger
    pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands, Capturing Changes at Command End
    pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects, Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
    pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_oid, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
    pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_reason, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
    pg_export_snapshot, Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    pg_extension, pg_extension
    pg_extension_config_dump, Extension Configuration Tables
    pg_filenode_relation, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_file_rename, adminpack
    pg_file_settings, pg_file_settings
    pg_file_sync, adminpack
    pg_file_unlink, adminpack
    pg_file_write, adminpack
    pg_foreign_data_wrapper, pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    pg_foreign_server, pg_foreign_server
    pg_foreign_table, pg_foreign_table
    pg_freespace, Functions
    pg_freespacemap, pg_freespacemap
    pg_function_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_catalog_foreign_keys, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_constraintdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_expr, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_functiondef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_function_arguments, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_function_identity_arguments, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_function_result, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_indexdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_keywords, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_object_address, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_ruledef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_serial_sequence, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_statisticsobjdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_triggerdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_userbyid, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_viewdef, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_get_wal_resource_managers, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_group, pg_group
    pg_has_role, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_hba.conf, The pg_hba.conf File
    pg_hba_file_rules, pg_hba_file_rules
    pg_ident.conf, User Name Maps
    pg_identify_object, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_identify_object_as_address, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ident_file_mappings, pg_ident_file_mappings
    pg_import_system_collations, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_index, pg_index
    pg_indexam_has_property, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_indexes, pg_indexes
    pg_indexes_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_index_column_has_property, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_index_has_property, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_inherits, pg_inherits
    pg_init_privs, pg_init_privs
    pg_isready, pg_isready
    pg_is_in_recovery, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_is_other_temp_schema, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_is_wal_replay_paused, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_jit_available, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_language, pg_language
    pg_largeobject, pg_largeobject
    pg_largeobject_metadata, pg_largeobject_metadata
    pg_last_committed_xact, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_last_wal_receive_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_last_wal_replay_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_listening_channels, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_locks, pg_locks
    pg_logdir_ls, adminpack
    pg_logical_emit_message, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_get_binary_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_get_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_peek_binary_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_logical_slot_peek_changes, Replication Management Functions
    pg_log_backend_memory_contexts, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_lsn, pg_lsn Type
    pg_ls_archive_statusdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_dir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_logdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_logicalmapdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_logicalsnapdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_replslotdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_tmpdir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_ls_waldir, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_matviews, pg_matviews
    pg_mcv_list_items, Inspecting MCV Lists
    pg_my_temp_schema, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_namespace, pg_namespace
    pg_notification_queue_usage, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_notify, pg_notify
    pg_opclass, pg_opclass
    pg_opclass_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_operator, pg_operator
    pg_operator_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_opfamily, pg_opfamily
    pg_opfamily_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_options_to_table, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_parameter_acl, pg_parameter_acl
    pg_partitioned_table, pg_partitioned_table
    pg_partition_ancestors, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_partition_root, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_partition_tree, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_policies, pg_policies
    pg_policy, pg_policy
    pg_postmaster_start_time, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_prepared_statements, pg_prepared_statements
    pg_prepared_xacts, pg_prepared_xacts
    pg_prewarm, pg_prewarm
    pg_prewarm.autoprewarm configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_prewarm.autoprewarm_interval configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_proc, pg_proc
    pg_promote, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_publication, pg_publication
    pg_publication_namespace, pg_publication_namespace
    pg_publication_rel, pg_publication_rel
    pg_publication_tables, pg_publication_tables
    pg_range, pg_range
    pg_read_binary_file, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_read_file, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_receivewal, pg_receivewal
    pg_receivexlog, pg_receivexlog renamed to pg_receivewal (see pg_receivewal)
    pg_recvlogical, pg_recvlogical
    pg_relation_filenode, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_relation_filepath, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_reload_conf, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_relpages, Functions
    pg_replication_origin, pg_replication_origin
    pg_replication_origin_advance, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_create, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_drop, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_oid, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_progress, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_is_setup, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_progress, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_reset, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_session_setup, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_status, pg_replication_origin_status
    pg_replication_origin_xact_reset, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_origin_xact_setup, Replication Management Functions
    pg_replication_slots, pg_replication_slots
    pg_replication_slot_advance, Replication Management Functions
    pg_resetwal, pg_resetwal
    pg_resetxlog, pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal (see pg_resetwal)
    pg_restore, pg_restore
    pg_rewind, pg_rewind
    pg_rewrite, pg_rewrite
    pg_roles, pg_roles
    pg_rotate_logfile, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_rules, pg_rules
    pg_safe_snapshot_blocking_pids, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_seclabel, pg_seclabel
    pg_seclabels, pg_seclabels
    pg_sequence, pg_sequence
    pg_sequences, pg_sequences
    pg_service.conf, The Connection Service File
    pg_settings, pg_settings
    pg_settings_get_flags, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_shadow, pg_shadow
    pg_shdepend, pg_shdepend
    pg_shdescription, pg_shdescription
    pg_shmem_allocations, pg_shmem_allocations
    pg_shseclabel, pg_shseclabel
    pg_size_bytes, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_size_pretty, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_sleep, Delaying Execution
    pg_sleep_for, Delaying Execution
    pg_sleep_until, Delaying Execution
    pg_snapshot_xip, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_snapshot_xmax, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_snapshot_xmin, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_statio_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics, pg_statio_all_indexes
    pg_statio_all_sequences, Viewing Statistics, pg_statio_all_sequences
    pg_statio_all_tables, Viewing Statistics, pg_statio_all_tables
    pg_statio_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_sys_sequences, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_user_sequences, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statio_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_statistic, Single-Column Statistics, pg_statistic
    pg_statistics_obj_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_statistic_ext, Extended Statistics, pg_statistic_ext
    pg_statistic_ext_data, Extended Statistics, pg_statistic_ext
    pg_stats, Single-Column Statistics, pg_stats
    pg_stats_ext, pg_stats_ext
    pg_stats_ext_exprs, pg_stats_ext_exprs
    pg_stat_activity, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_activity
    pg_stat_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_all_indexes
    pg_stat_all_tables, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_all_tables
    pg_stat_archiver, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_archiver
    pg_stat_bgwriter, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_bgwriter
    pg_stat_clear_snapshot, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_database, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_database
    pg_stat_database_conflicts, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_database_conflicts
    pg_stat_file, Generic File Access Functions
    pg_stat_get_activity, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_activity, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_activity_start, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_client_addr, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_client_port, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_dbid, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_idset, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_pid, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_start, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_userid, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_wait_event, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_wait_event_type, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_backend_xact_start, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_snapshot_timestamp, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_xact_blocks_fetched, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_get_xact_blocks_hit, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_gssapi, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_gssapi
    pg_stat_progress_analyze, Viewing Statistics, ANALYZE Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_basebackup, Viewing Statistics, Base Backup Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_cluster, Viewing Statistics, CLUSTER Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_copy, Viewing Statistics, COPY Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_create_index, Viewing Statistics, CREATE INDEX Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_progress_vacuum, Viewing Statistics, VACUUM Progress Reporting
    pg_stat_recovery_prefetch, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_recovery_prefetch
    pg_stat_replication, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_replication
    pg_stat_replication_slots, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_replication_slots
    pg_stat_reset, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_replication_slot, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_shared, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_single_function_counters, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_slru, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_reset_subscription_stats, Statistics Functions
    pg_stat_slru, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_slru
    pg_stat_ssl, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_ssl
    pg_stat_statements, pg_stat_statements
    function, Functions
    pg_stat_statements.max configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.save configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.track configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.track_planning configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements.track_utility configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    pg_stat_statements_info, The pg_stat_statements_info View
    pg_stat_statements_reset, Functions
    pg_stat_subscription, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_subscription
    pg_stat_subscription_stats, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_subscription_stats
    pg_stat_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_user_functions, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_user_functions
    pg_stat_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_wal, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_wal
    pg_stat_wal_receiver, Viewing Statistics, pg_stat_wal_receiver
    pg_stat_xact_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_xact_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_xact_user_functions, Viewing Statistics
    pg_stat_xact_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
    pg_subscription, pg_subscription
    pg_subscription_rel, pg_subscription_rel
    pg_surgery, pg_surgery
    pg_switch_wal, Backup Control Functions
    pg_tables, pg_tables
    pg_tablespace, pg_tablespace
    pg_tablespace_databases, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_tablespace_location, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_tablespace_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_table_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_table_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_temp, Statement Behavior
    securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
    pg_terminate_backend, Server Signaling Functions
    pg_test_fsync, pg_test_fsync
    pg_test_timing, pg_test_timing
    pg_timezone_abbrevs, pg_timezone_abbrevs
    pg_timezone_names, pg_timezone_names
    pg_total_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
    pg_transform, pg_transform
    pg_trgm, pg_trgm
    pg_trgm.similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    pg_trgm.strict_word_similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    pg_trgm.word_similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    pg_trigger, pg_trigger
    pg_trigger_depth, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_try_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_try_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_try_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_try_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
    pg_ts_config, pg_ts_config
    pg_ts_config_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ts_config_map, pg_ts_config_map
    pg_ts_dict, pg_ts_dict
    pg_ts_dict_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ts_parser, pg_ts_parser
    pg_ts_parser_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_ts_template, pg_ts_template
    pg_ts_template_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_type, pg_type
    pg_typeof, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_type_is_visible, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_upgrade, pg_upgrade
    pg_user, pg_user
    pg_user_mapping, pg_user_mapping
    pg_user_mappings, pg_user_mappings
    pg_verifybackup, pg_verifybackup
    pg_views, pg_views
    pg_visibility, pg_visibility
    pg_visible_in_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_waldump, pg_waldump
    pg_walfile_name, Backup Control Functions
    pg_walfile_name_offset, Backup Control Functions
    pg_walinspect, pg_walinspect
    pg_wal_lsn_diff, Backup Control Functions
    pg_wal_replay_pause, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_wal_replay_resume, Recovery Control Functions
    pg_xact_commit_timestamp, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_xact_commit_timestamp_origin, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_xact_status, System Information Functions and Operators
    pg_xlogdump, pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump (see pg_waldump)
    phantom read, Transaction Isolation
    phraseto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
    pi, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    PIC, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    PID
    determining PID of server process
    in libpq, Connection Status Functions
    pipelining, Pipeline Mode, Pipelining
    in libpq, Pipeline Mode
    protocol specification, Pipelining
    PITR, Backup and Restore
    PITR standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    pkg-config, PostgreSQL Features
    with ecpg, Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    with - libpq, Building libpq Programs
    PL/Perl, PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    PL/PerlU, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    PL/pgSQL, PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    PL/Python, PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    PL/SQL (Oracle), Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    porting to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    PL/Tcl, PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    plainto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
    plan_cache_mode configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    plperl.on_init configuration parameter, Configuration
    plperl.on_plperlu_init configuration parameter, Configuration
    plperl.on_plperl_init configuration parameter, Configuration
    plperl.use_strict configuration parameter, Configuration
    plpgsql.check_asserts configuration parameter, Checking Assertions
    plpgsql.variable_conflict configuration parameter, Variable Substitution
    pltcl.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
    pltclu.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
    point, Points, Geometric Functions and Operators
    point-in-time recovery, Backup and Restore
    policy, Row Security Policies
    polygon, Polygons, Geometric Functions and Operators
    polymorphic function, Polymorphic Types
    polymorphic type, Polymorphic Types
    popcount (see bit_count)
    popen, Geometric Functions and Operators
    populate_record, hstore Operators and Functions
    port, Parameter Key Words
    port configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    position, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    POSITION_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    POSTGRES, The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
    postgres, Architectural Fundamentals, Starting the Database Server, Creating a Database, postgres
    postgres user, The PostgreSQL User Account
    Postgres95, Postgres95
    postgresql.auto.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    postgresql.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    postgres_fdw, postgres_fdw
    postgres_fdw.application_name configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    postmaster, postmaster
    post_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
    power, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    PQbackendPID, Connection Status Functions
    PQbinaryTuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
    with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    PQcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQclear, Main Functions
    PQclientEncoding, Control Functions
    PQcmdStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQcmdTuples, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQconndefaults, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectdb, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectdbParams, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectionNeedsPassword, Connection Status Functions
    PQconnectionUsedPassword, Connection Status Functions
    PQconnectPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectStart, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectStartParams, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconninfo, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconninfoFree, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQconninfoParse, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconsumeInput, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQcopyResult, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQdb, Connection Status Functions
    PQdescribePortal, Main Functions
    PQdescribePrepared, Main Functions
    PQencryptPassword, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQencryptPasswordConn, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQendcopy, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQenterPipelineMode, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQerrorMessage, Connection Status Functions
    PQescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeByteaConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeIdentifier, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeLiteral, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeString, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeStringConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQexec, Main Functions
    PQexecParams, Main Functions
    PQexecPrepared, Main Functions
    PQexitPipelineMode, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQfformat, Retrieving Query Result Information
    with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    PQfinish, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQfireResultCreateEvents, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQflush, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQfmod, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQfn, The Fast-Path Interface
    PQfname, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQfnumber, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQfreeCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQfreemem, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQfsize, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQftable, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQftablecol, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQftype, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQgetCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQgetCopyData, Functions for Receiving COPY Data
    PQgetisnull, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQgetlength, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQgetline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQgetlineAsync, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQgetResult, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQgetssl, Connection Status Functions
    PQgetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQgetvalue, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQhost, Connection Status Functions
    PQhostaddr, Connection Status Functions
    PQinitOpenSSL, SSL Library Initialization
    PQinitSSL, SSL Library Initialization
    PQinstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQisBusy, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQisnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQisthreadsafe, Behavior in Threaded Programs
    PQlibVersion, Miscellaneous Functions
    (see also PQserverVersion)
    PQmakeEmptyPGresult, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQnfields, Retrieving Query Result Information
    with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    PQnotifies, Asynchronous Notification
    PQnparams, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQntuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQoidStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQoidValue, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQoptions, Connection Status Functions
    PQparameterStatus, Connection Status Functions
    PQparamtype, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQpass, Connection Status Functions
    PQping, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQpingParams, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQpipelineStatus, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQpipelineSync, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQport, Connection Status Functions
    PQprepare, Main Functions
    PQprint, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQprotocolVersion, Connection Status Functions
    PQputCopyData, Functions for Sending COPY Data
    PQputCopyEnd, Functions for Sending COPY Data
    PQputline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQputnbytes, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQregisterEventProc, Event Support Functions
    PQrequestCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQreset, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQresetPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQresetStart, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQresStatus, Main Functions
    PQresultAlloc, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQresultErrorField, Main Functions
    PQresultErrorMessage, Main Functions
    PQresultInstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQresultMemorySize, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQresultSetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQresultStatus, Main Functions
    PQresultVerboseErrorMessage, Main Functions
    PQsendDescribePortal, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendDescribePrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendFlushRequest, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQsendPrepare, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendQuery, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendQueryParams, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendQueryPrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQserverVersion, Connection Status Functions
    PQsetClientEncoding, Control Functions
    PQsetdb, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQsetdbLogin, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQsetErrorContextVisibility, Control Functions
    PQsetErrorVerbosity, Control Functions
    PQsetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQsetnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsetNoticeProcessor, Notice Processing
    PQsetNoticeReceiver, Notice Processing
    PQsetResultAttrs, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQsetSingleRowMode, Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    PQsetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQsetTraceFlags, Control Functions
    PQsetvalue, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQsocket, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslAttribute, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslAttributeNames, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslInUse, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslStruct, Connection Status Functions
    PQstatus, Connection Status Functions
    PQtrace, Control Functions
    PQtransactionStatus, Connection Status Functions
    PQtty, Connection Status Functions
    PQunescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQuntrace, Control Functions
    PQuser, Connection Status Functions
    predicate locking, Serializable Isolation Level
    PREPARE, PREPARE
    PREPARE TRANSACTION, PREPARE TRANSACTION
    prepared statements, DEALLOCATE, EXECUTE, EXPLAIN, PREPARE
    creating, PREPARE
    executing, EXECUTE
    removing, DEALLOCATE
    showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
    preparing a query
    in PL/pgSQL, Plan Caching
    in PL/Python, Database Access Functions
    in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
    pre_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
    primary key, Primary Keys
    primary_conninfo configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    primary_slot_name configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    privilege, Privileges, Schemas and Privileges, Rules and Privileges, Rules and Privileges
    querying, System Information Functions and Operators
    with rules, Rules and Privileges
    for schemas, Schemas and Privileges
    with views, Rules and Privileges
    procedural language, Procedural Languages, Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    externally maintained, Procedural Languages
    handler for, Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    procedure, User-Defined Procedures
    user-defined, User-Defined Procedures
    procedures
    output parameter, SQL Procedures with Output Parameters
    promote_trigger_file configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    protocol, Frontend/Backend Protocol
    frontend-backend, Frontend/Backend Protocol
    ps, Standard Unix Tools
    to monitor activity, Standard Unix Tools
    psql, Accessing a Database, psql
    Python, PL/Python — Python Procedural Language

    R

    radians, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    radius, Geometric Functions and Operators
    RADIUS, RADIUS Authentication
    RAISE
    in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
    random, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    random_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    range table, The Query Tree
    range type, Range Types
    exclude, Constraints on Ranges
    indexes on, Indexing
    range_agg, Aggregate Functions
    range_intersect_agg, Aggregate Functions
    range_merge, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    rank, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
    read-only transaction, Statement Behavior
    setting, SET TRANSACTION
    setting default, Statement Behavior
    readline, Requirements
    Readline
    in psql, Command-Line Editing
    READ_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
    real, Floating-Point Types
    REASSIGN OWNED, REASSIGN OWNED
    record, Pseudo-Types
    recovery.conf, recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    recovery.signal, Archive Recovery
    recovery_end_command configuration parameter, Archive Recovery
    recovery_init_sync_method configuration parameter, Error Handling
    recovery_min_apply_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    recovery_prefetch configuration parameter, Recovery
    recovery_target configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_action configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_inclusive configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_lsn configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_name configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_time configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_timeline configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_xid configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    rectangle, Boxes
    RECURSIVE, CREATE VIEW
    in common table expressions, Recursive Queries
    in views, CREATE VIEW
    recursive_worktable_factor configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    referential integrity, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW, REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    regclass, Object Identifier Types
    regcollation, Object Identifier Types
    regconfig, Object Identifier Types
    regdictionary, Object Identifier Types
    regexp_count, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_instr, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_like, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_match, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_matches, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_replace, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_split_to_array, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_split_to_table, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_substr, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regnamespace, Object Identifier Types
    regoper, Object Identifier Types
    regoperator, Object Identifier Types
    regproc, Object Identifier Types
    regprocedure, Object Identifier Types
    regression intercept, Aggregate Functions
    regression slope, Aggregate Functions
    regression test, Installation Procedure
    regression tests, Regression Tests
    regrole, Object Identifier Types
    regr_avgx, Aggregate Functions
    regr_avgy, Aggregate Functions
    regr_count, Aggregate Functions
    regr_intercept, Aggregate Functions
    regr_r2, Aggregate Functions
    regr_slope, Aggregate Functions
    regr_sxx, Aggregate Functions
    regr_sxy, Aggregate Functions
    regr_syy, Aggregate Functions
    regtype, Object Identifier Types
    regular expression, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
    (see also pattern matching)
    regular expressions
    and locales, Behavior
    reindex, Routine Reindexing
    REINDEX, REINDEX
    reindexdb, reindexdb
    relation, Concepts
    relational database, Concepts
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    remove_temp_files_after_crash configuration parameter, Developer Options
    repeat, String Functions and Operators
    repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    replace, String Functions and Operators
    replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    Replication Origins, Replication Progress Tracking
    Replication Progress Tracking, Replication Progress Tracking
    replication slot
    logical replication, Replication Slots
    streaming replication, Replication Slots
    reporting errors
    in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
    RESET, RESET
    restartpoint, WAL Configuration
    restart_after_crash configuration parameter, Error Handling
    restore_command configuration parameter, Archive Recovery
    RESTRICT, Dependency Tracking
    with DROP, Dependency Tracking
    foreign key action, Foreign Keys
    retryable error, Serialization Failure Handling
    RETURN NEXT
    in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
    RETURN QUERY
    in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    RETURNING INTO, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    reverse, String Functions and Operators
    REVOKE, Privileges, REVOKE
    right, String Functions and Operators
    right join, Joined Tables
    role, Database Roles, Role Membership, Predefined Roles
    applicable, applicable_roles
    enabled, enabled_roles
    membership in, Role Membership
    privilege to bypass, Role Attributes
    privilege to create, Role Attributes
    privilege to inherit, Role Attributes
    privilege to initiate replication, Role Attributes
    privilege to limit connection, Role Attributes
    ROLLBACK, ROLLBACK
    rollback
    psql, Variables
    ROLLBACK PREPARED, ROLLBACK PREPARED
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    ROLLUP, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    round, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    routine, User-Defined Procedures
    routine maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    row, Concepts, Table Basics
    ROW, Row Constructors
    row estimation, Row Estimation Examples
    multivariate, Multivariate Statistics Examples
    planner, Row Estimation Examples
    row type, Composite Types
    constructor, Row Constructors
    row-level security, Row Security Policies
    row-wise comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
    row_number, Window Functions
    row_security configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    row_security_active, System Information Functions and Operators
    row_to_json, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    rpad, String Functions and Operators
    rtrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    rule, The Rule System, Views and the Rule System, How SELECT Rules Work, Materialized Views, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules Versus Triggers
    and materialized views, Materialized Views
    and views, Views and the Rule System
    for DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    for INSERT, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    for SELECT, How SELECT Rules Work
    compared with triggers, Rules Versus Triggers
    for UPDATE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE

    S

    SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
    savepoints, RELEASE SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
    defining, SAVEPOINT
    releasing, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    rolling back, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    scalar (see expression)
    scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    schema, Schemas, Creating a Schema, The Public Schema, Overview
    creating, Creating a Schema
    current, The Schema Search Path, System Information Functions and Operators
    public, The Public Schema
    removing, Creating a Schema
    SCRAM, Password Authentication
    search path, The Schema Search Path
    current, System Information Functions and Operators
    object visibility, System Information Functions and Operators
    search_path configuration parameter, The Schema Search Path, Statement Behavior
    use in securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
    SECURITY LABEL, SECURITY LABEL
    sec_to_gc, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    seg, seg
    segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    SELECT, Querying a Table, Queries, SELECT Output Columns, SELECT
    determination of result type, SELECT Output Columns
    select list, Select Lists
    SELECT INTO, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result, SELECT INTO
    in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    semaphores, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    sepgsql, sepgsql
    sepgsql.debug_audit configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    sepgsql.permissive configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    sequence, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    and serial type, Serial Types
    sequential scan, Planner Method Configuration
    seq_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    serial, Serial Types
    serial2, Serial Types
    serial4, Serial Types
    serial8, Serial Types
    serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
    Serializable Snapshot Isolation, Introduction
    serialization anomaly, Transaction Isolation, Serializable Isolation Level
    serialization failure, Serialization Failure Handling
    server log, Error Reporting and Logging, Log File Maintenance
    log file maintenance, Log File Maintenance
    Server Name Indication, Parameter Key Words
    server spoofing, Preventing Server Spoofing
    server_encoding configuration parameter, Preset Options
    server_version configuration parameter, Preset Options
    server_version_num configuration parameter, Preset Options
    session_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    session_replication_role configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    session_user, System Information Functions and Operators
    SET, Configuration Settings Functions, SET
    SET CONSTRAINTS, SET CONSTRAINTS
    set difference, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    set intersection, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    set operation, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    set returning functions, Set Returning Functions
    functions, Set Returning Functions
    SET ROLE, SET ROLE
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION, SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    SET TRANSACTION, SET TRANSACTION
    set union, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    SET XML OPTION, Statement Behavior
    setseed, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    setval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    setweight, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
    setweight for specific lexeme(s), Text Search Functions and Operators
    set_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    set_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
    set_config, Configuration Settings Functions
    set_limit, Functions and Operators
    set_masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
    sha224, Binary String Functions and Operators
    sha256, Binary String Functions and Operators
    sha384, Binary String Functions and Operators
    sha512, Binary String Functions and Operators
    shared library, Shared Libraries, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    shared memory, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
    shared_memory_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    shared_memory_size_in_huge_pages configuration parameter, Preset Options
    shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory
    shared_preload_libraries, Shared Memory and LWLocks
    shared_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    shobj_description, System Information Functions and Operators
    SHOW, Configuration Settings Functions, SHOW, Streaming Replication Protocol
    show_limit, Functions and Operators
    show_trgm, Functions and Operators
    shutdown, Shutting Down the Server
    SIGHUP, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File, The pg_hba.conf File, User Name Maps
    SIGINT, Shutting Down the Server
    sign, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    signal
    backend processes, Server Signaling Functions
    significant digits, Locale and Formatting
    SIGQUIT, Shutting Down the Server
    SIGTERM, Shutting Down the Server
    SIMILAR TO, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
    similarity, Functions and Operators
    sin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    sind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    single-user mode, Options for Single-User Mode
    sinh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    skeys, hstore Operators and Functions
    sleep, Delaying Execution
    slice, hstore Operators and Functions
    sliced bread (see TOAST)
    slope, Geometric Functions and Operators
    SLRU, pg_stat_slru
    smallint, Integer Types
    smallserial, Serial Types
    Solaris, Solaris
    installation on, Solaris
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    SOME, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    sort, intarray Functions and Operators
    sorting, Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    sort_asc, intarray Functions and Operators
    sort_desc, intarray Functions and Operators
    soundex, Soundex
    SP-GiST (see index)
    SPI, Server Programming Interface, spi
    examples, spi
    spi_commit
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_commit, SPI_commit
    SPI_commit_and_chain, SPI_commit
    SPI_connect, SPI_connect
    SPI_connect_ext, SPI_connect
    SPI_copytuple, SPI_copytuple
    spi_cursor_close
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_cursor_close, SPI_cursor_close
    SPI_cursor_fetch, SPI_cursor_fetch
    SPI_cursor_find, SPI_cursor_find
    SPI_cursor_move, SPI_cursor_move
    SPI_cursor_open, SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args, SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist, SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    SPI_cursor_parse_open, SPI_cursor_parse_open
    SPI_exec, SPI_exec
    SPI_execp, SPI_execp
    SPI_execute, SPI_execute
    SPI_execute_extended, SPI_execute_extended
    SPI_execute_plan, SPI_execute_plan
    SPI_execute_plan_extended, SPI_execute_plan_extended
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist, SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    SPI_execute_with_args, SPI_execute_with_args
    spi_exec_prepared
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    spi_exec_query
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    spi_fetchrow
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_finish, SPI_finish
    SPI_fname, SPI_fname
    SPI_fnumber, SPI_fnumber
    spi_freeplan
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_freeplan, SPI_freeplan
    SPI_freetuple, SPI_freetuple
    SPI_freetuptable, SPI_freetuptable
    SPI_getargcount, SPI_getargcount
    SPI_getargtypeid, SPI_getargtypeid
    SPI_getbinval, SPI_getbinval
    SPI_getnspname, SPI_getnspname
    SPI_getrelname, SPI_getrelname
    SPI_gettype, SPI_gettype
    SPI_gettypeid, SPI_gettypeid
    SPI_getvalue, SPI_getvalue
    SPI_is_cursor_plan, SPI_is_cursor_plan
    SPI_keepplan, SPI_keepplan
    SPI_modifytuple, SPI_modifytuple
    SPI_palloc, SPI_palloc
    SPI_pfree, SPI_pfree
    spi_prepare
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_prepare, SPI_prepare
    SPI_prepare_cursor, SPI_prepare_cursor
    SPI_prepare_extended, SPI_prepare_extended
    SPI_prepare_params, SPI_prepare_params
    spi_query
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    spi_query_prepared
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_relation
    SPI_register_trigger_data, SPI_register_trigger_data
    SPI_repalloc, SPI_repalloc
    SPI_result_code_string, SPI_result_code_string
    SPI_returntuple, SPI_returntuple
    spi_rollback
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_rollback, SPI_rollback
    SPI_rollback_and_chain, SPI_rollback
    SPI_saveplan, SPI_saveplan
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch, SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move, SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    SPI_start_transaction, SPI_start_transaction
    SPI_unregister_relation, SPI_unregister_relation
    split_part, String Functions and Operators
    SQL/CLI, SQL Conformance
    SQL/Foundation, SQL Conformance
    SQL/Framework, SQL Conformance
    SQL/JRT, SQL Conformance
    SQL/JSON path language, The SQL/JSON Path Language
    SQL/MDA, SQL Conformance
    SQL/MED, SQL Conformance
    SQL/OLB, SQL Conformance
    SQL/PSM, SQL Conformance
    SQL/Schemata, SQL Conformance
    SQL/XML, SQL Conformance
    limits and conformance, XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    sqrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ssh, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    SSI, Introduction
    SSL, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL, SSL Support
    in libpq, Connection Status Functions
    with libpq, Parameter Key Words
    TLS, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL, SSL Support
    ssl configuration parameter, SSL
    sslinfo, sslinfo
    ssl_ca_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_cert_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_cipher, Functions Provided
    ssl_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_client_cert_present, Functions Provided
    ssl_client_dn, Functions Provided
    ssl_client_dn_field, Functions Provided
    ssl_client_serial, Functions Provided
    ssl_crl_dir configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_crl_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_dh_params_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_ecdh_curve configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_extension_info, Functions Provided
    ssl_issuer_dn, Functions Provided
    ssl_issuer_field, Functions Provided
    ssl_is_used, Functions Provided
    ssl_key_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_library configuration parameter, Preset Options
    ssl_max_protocol_version configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_min_protocol_version configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_passphrase_command configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_prefer_server_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_version, Functions Provided
    SSPI, SSPI Authentication
    STABLE, Function Volatility Categories
    standard deviation, Aggregate Functions
    population, Aggregate Functions
    sample, Aggregate Functions
    standard_conforming_strings configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    standby server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    standby.signal, Archive Recovery, Standby Server Operation, Setting Up a Standby Server
    for hot standby, Administrator's Overview
    pg_basebackup --write-recovery-conf, Options
    standby_mode (see standby.signal)
    START TRANSACTION, START TRANSACTION
    starts_with, String Functions and Operators
    START_REPLICATION, Streaming Replication Protocol
    statement_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    statement_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    statistics, Aggregate Functions, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics, The Cumulative Statistics System
    of the planner, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics
    stats_fetch_consistency configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    stddev, Aggregate Functions
    stddev_pop, Aggregate Functions
    stddev_samp, Aggregate Functions
    STONITH, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    storage parameters, Storage Parameters
    Streaming Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    strict_word_similarity, Functions and Operators
    string (see character string)
    strings
    backslash quotes, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    escape warning, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    standard conforming, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    string_agg, Aggregate Functions
    string_to_array, String Functions and Operators
    string_to_table, String Functions and Operators
    strip, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
    strpos, String Functions and Operators
    subarray, intarray Functions and Operators
    subltree, Operators and Functions
    subpath, Operators and Functions
    subquery, Aggregate Functions, Scalar Subqueries, Subqueries, Subquery Expressions
    subscript, Subscripts
    substr, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    substring, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
    SUBSTRING_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    subtransactions
    in PL/Tcl, Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    sum, Aggregate Functions
    superuser, Accessing a Database, Role Attributes
    superuser_reserved_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    support functions
    in_range, B-Tree Support Functions
    suppress_redundant_updates_trigger, Trigger Functions
    svals, hstore Operators and Functions
    synchronize_seqscans configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    synchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
    Synchronous Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    synchronous_commit configuration parameter, Settings
    synchronous_standby_names configuration parameter, Primary Server
    syntax, SQL Syntax
    SQL, SQL Syntax
    syslog_facility configuration parameter, Where to Log
    syslog_ident configuration parameter, Where to Log
    syslog_sequence_numbers configuration parameter, Where to Log
    syslog_split_messages configuration parameter, Where to Log
    system catalog, The System Catalog Schema
    schema, The System Catalog Schema
    systemd, PostgreSQL Features, Starting the Database Server
    RemoveIPC, systemd RemoveIPC

    T

    table, Concepts, Table Basics, Modifying Tables
    creating, Table Basics
    inheritance, Inheritance
    modifying, Modifying Tables
    partitioning, Table Partitioning
    removing, Table Basics
    renaming, Renaming a Table
    Table Access Method, Table Access Method Interface Definition
    TABLE command, SELECT
    table expression, Table Expressions
    table function, Table Functions, xmltable
    XMLTABLE, xmltable
    table sampling method, Writing a Table Sampling Method
    tableam
    Table Access Method, Table Access Method Interface Definition
    tablefunc, tablefunc
    tableoid, System Columns
    TABLESAMPLE method, Writing a Table Sampling Method
    tablespace, Tablespaces
    default, Statement Behavior
    temporary, Statement Behavior
    table_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
    tan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    tand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    tanh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    target list, The Query Tree
    Tcl, PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    tcn, tcn
    tcp_keepalives_count configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    tcp_keepalives_idle configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    tcp_keepalives_interval configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    tcp_user_timeout configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    template0, Creating a Database, Template Databases
    template1, Creating a Database, Template Databases
    temp_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
    temp_file_limit configuration parameter, Disk
    temp_tablespaces configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    test, Regression Tests
    test_decoding, test_decoding
    text, Character Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
    text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    data types, Text Search Types
    functions and operators, Text Search Types
    indexes, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    text2ltree, Operators and Functions
    threads, Behavior in Threaded Programs
    with libpq, Behavior in Threaded Programs
    tid, Object Identifier Types
    time, Date/Time Types, Times
    constants, Special Values
    current, Current Date/Time
    output format, Date/Time Output
    (see also formatting)
    time span, Date/Time Types
    time with time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
    time without time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
    time zone, Time Zones, Locale and Formatting, POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    conversion, AT TIME ZONE
    input abbreviations, Date/Time Configuration Files
    POSIX-style specification, POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    time zone data, Build Process Details
    time zone names, Locale and Formatting
    timelines, Backup and Restore
    TIMELINE_HISTORY, Streaming Replication Protocol
    timeofday, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    timeout
    client authentication, Authentication
    deadlock, Lock Management
    timestamp, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
    timestamp with time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
    timestamp without time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
    timestamptz, Date/Time Types
    TimeZone configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    timezone_abbreviations configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    TOAST, TOAST
    and user-defined types, TOAST Considerations
    per-column storage settings, Description
    per-type storage settings, Description
    versus large objects, Introduction
    toast_tuple_target storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    token, Lexical Structure
    to_ascii, String Functions and Operators
    to_char, Data Type Formatting Functions
    and locales, Behavior
    to_date, Data Type Formatting Functions
    to_hex, String Functions and Operators
    to_json, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    to_jsonb, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    to_number, Data Type Formatting Functions
    to_regclass, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regcollation, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regnamespace, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regoper, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regoperator, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regproc, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regprocedure, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regrole, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regtype, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_timestamp, Data Type Formatting Functions, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
    to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Documents
    trace_locks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_lock_oidmin configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_lock_table configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_lwlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_notify configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_recovery_messages configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_sort configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_userlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    track_activities configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_activity_query_size configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_commit_timestamp configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    track_counts configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_functions configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_io_timing configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_wal_io_timing configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    transaction, Transactions
    transaction ID, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    wraparound, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    transaction isolation, Transaction Isolation
    transaction isolation level, Transaction Isolation, Statement Behavior
    read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
    repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
    setting, SET TRANSACTION
    setting default, Statement Behavior
    transaction log (see WAL)
    transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    transaction_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    transform_null_equals configuration parameter, Platform and Client Compatibility
    transition tables, CREATE TRIGGER
    (see also ephemeral named relation)
    implementation in PLs, SPI_register_trigger_data
    referencing from C trigger, Writing Trigger Functions in C
    translate, String Functions and Operators
    TRANSLATE_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    transparent - huge pages, Memory
    trigger, Pseudo-Types, Triggers, Writing Trigger Functions in C, Rules Versus Triggers, Trigger Functions, Trigger Functions
    arguments for trigger functions, Overview of Trigger Behavior
    constraint trigger, Description
    for updating a derived tsvector column, Triggers for Automatic Updates
    in C, Writing Trigger Functions in C
    in PL/pgSQL, Trigger Functions
    in PL/Python, Trigger Functions
    in PL/Tcl, Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    compared with rules, Rules Versus Triggers
    triggered_change_notification, tcn
    trigger_file (see promote_trigger_file)
    trim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    trim_array, Array Functions and Operators
    trim_scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    true, Boolean Type
    trunc, Mathematical Functions and Operators, Network Address Functions and Operators
    TRUNCATE, TRUNCATE
    trusted, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    PL/Perl, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    tsm_handler, Pseudo-Types
    tsm_system_rows, tsm_system_rows
    tsm_system_time, tsm_system_time
    tsquery (data type), tsquery
    tsquery_phrase, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
    tsvector (data type), tsvector
    tsvector concatenation, Manipulating Documents
    tsvector_to_array, Text Search Functions and Operators
    tsvector_update_trigger, Trigger Functions
    tsvector_update_trigger_column, Trigger Functions
    ts_debug, Text Search Functions and Operators, Configuration Testing
    ts_delete, Text Search Functions and Operators
    ts_filter, Text Search Functions and Operators
    ts_headline, Text Search Functions and Operators, Highlighting Results
    ts_lexize, Text Search Functions and Operators, Dictionary Testing
    ts_parse, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
    ts_rank, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
    ts_rank_cd, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
    ts_rewrite, Text Search Functions and Operators, Query Rewriting
    ts_stat, Text Search Functions and Operators, Gathering Document Statistics
    ts_token_type, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
    tuple_data_split, Heap Functions
    txid_current, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_current_if_assigned, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_current_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_snapshot_xip, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_snapshot_xmax, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_snapshot_xmin, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_status, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_visible_in_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    type (see data type)
    type cast, Numeric Constants, Type Casts

    U

    UESCAPE, Identifiers and Key Words, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
    unaccent, unaccent, Functions
    Unicode escape, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
    in identifiers, Identifiers and Key Words
    in string constants, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
    Unicode normalization, String Functions and Operators
    UNION, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT), UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    uniq, intarray Functions and Operators
    unique constraint, Unique Constraints
    unistr, String Functions and Operators
    Unix domain socket, Parameter Key Words
    unix_socket_directories configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    unix_socket_group configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    unix_socket_permissions configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    unknown, Pseudo-Types
    UNLISTEN, UNLISTEN
    unnest, Array Functions and Operators
    for multirange, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    for tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    unqualified name, The Schema Search Path
    updatable views, Updatable Views
    UPDATE, Updates, Updating Data, Returning Data from Modified Rows, UPDATE
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    update_process_title configuration parameter, Process Title
    updating, Updating Data
    upgrading, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    upper, String Functions and Operators, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    and locales, Behavior
    upper_inc, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    upper_inf, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    UPSERT, INSERT
    URI, Connection Strings
    user, System Information Functions and Operators, Database Roles
    current, System Information Functions and Operators
    user mapping, Foreign Data
    User name maps, User Name Maps
    user_catalog_table storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    UUID, UUID Type, UUID Type, PostgreSQL Features
    generating, UUID Type
    uuid-ossp, uuid-ossp
    uuid_generate_v1, uuid-ossp Functions
    uuid_generate_v1mc, uuid-ossp Functions
    uuid_generate_v3, uuid-ossp Functions

    V

    vacuum, Routine Vacuuming
    VACUUM, VACUUM
    vacuumdb, vacuumdb
    vacuumlo, vacuumlo
    vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_page_dirty configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_page_hit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_page_miss configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_defer_cleanup_age configuration parameter, Primary Server
    vacuum_failsafe_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_index_cleanup storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    vacuum_multixact_failsafe_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_truncate storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    value expression, Value Expressions
    VALUES, VALUES Lists, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs, VALUES
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    varchar, Character Types
    variadic function, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
    variance, Aggregate Functions
    population, Aggregate Functions
    sample, Aggregate Functions
    var_pop, Aggregate Functions
    var_samp, Aggregate Functions
    version, Accessing a Database, System Information Functions and Operators, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    compatibility, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    view, Views, Views and the Rule System, Materialized Views, Cooperation with Views
    implementation through rules, Views and the Rule System
    materialized, Materialized Views
    updating, Cooperation with Views
    Visibility Map, Visibility Map
    VM (see Visibility Map)
    void, Pseudo-Types
    VOLATILE, Function Volatility Categories
    volatility, Function Volatility Categories
    functions, Function Volatility Categories
    VPATH, Installation Procedure, Extension Building Infrastructure

    W

    WAL, Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    wal_block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    wal_buffers configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_compression configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_consistency_checking configuration parameter, Developer Options
    wal_debug configuration parameter, Developer Options
    wal_decode_buffer_size configuration parameter, Recovery
    wal_init_zero configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_keep_size configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    wal_level configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_log_hints configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_receiver_create_temp_slot configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_receiver_status_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_receiver_timeout configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_recycle configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_retrieve_retry_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    wal_sender_timeout configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    wal_skip_threshold configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_sync_method configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_writer_delay configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_writer_flush_after configuration parameter, Settings
    warm standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    websearch_to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators
    WHERE, The WHERE Clause
    where to log, Where to Log
    WHILE
    in PL/pgSQL, WHILE
    width, Geometric Functions and Operators
    width_bucket, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    window function, Window Functions, Window Function Calls, Window Function Processing, Window Functions
    built-in, Window Functions
    invocation, Window Function Calls
    order of execution, Window Function Processing
    WITH, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
    in SELECT, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
    WITH CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
    WITHIN GROUP, Aggregate Expressions
    witness server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    word_similarity, Functions and Operators
    work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    wraparound
    of multixact IDs, Multixacts and Wraparound
    of transaction IDs, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures

    X

    xid, Object Identifier Types
    xid8, Object Identifier Types
    xmax, System Columns
    xmin, System Columns
    XML, XML Type
    XML export, Mapping Tables to XML
    XML Functions, XML Functions
    XML option, Creating XML Values, Statement Behavior
    xml2, xml2
    xmlagg, xmlagg, Aggregate Functions
    xmlbinary configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    xmlcomment, xmlcomment
    xmlconcat, xmlconcat
    xmlelement, xmlelement
    XMLEXISTS, XMLEXISTS
    xmlforest, xmlforest
    xmloption configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    xmlparse, Creating XML Values
    xmlpi, xmlpi
    xmlroot, xmlroot
    xmlserialize, Creating XML Values
    xmltable, xmltable
    xml_is_well_formed, xml_is_well_formed
    xml_is_well_formed_content, xml_is_well_formed
    xml_is_well_formed_document, xml_is_well_formed
    XPath, xpath
    xpath_exists, xpath_exists
    xpath_table, xpath_table
    XQuery regular expressions, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    xslt_process, xslt_process

    Z

    zero_damaged_pages configuration parameter, Developer Options
    zlib, Requirements, Anti-Features
    Prev Up 
    Bibliography Home 
    \ No newline at end of file + libpq, Building libpq Programs
    PL/Perl, PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    PL/PerlU, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    PL/pgSQL, PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    PL/Python, PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    PL/SQL (Oracle), Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    porting to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    PL/Tcl, PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    plainto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
    plan_cache_mode configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    plperl.on_init configuration parameter, Configuration
    plperl.on_plperlu_init configuration parameter, Configuration
    plperl.on_plperl_init configuration parameter, Configuration
    plperl.use_strict configuration parameter, Configuration
    plpgsql.check_asserts configuration parameter, Checking Assertions
    plpgsql.variable_conflict configuration parameter, Variable Substitution
    pltcl.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
    pltclu.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
    point, Points, Geometric Functions and Operators
    point-in-time recovery, Backup and Restore
    policy, Row Security Policies
    polygon, Polygons, Geometric Functions and Operators
    polymorphic function, Polymorphic Types
    polymorphic type, Polymorphic Types
    popcount (see bit_count)
    popen, Geometric Functions and Operators
    populate_record, hstore Operators and Functions
    port, Parameter Key Words
    port configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    position, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    POSITION_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    POSTGRES, The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
    postgres, Architectural Fundamentals, Starting the Database Server, Creating a Database, postgres
    postgres user, The PostgreSQL User Account
    Postgres95, Postgres95
    postgresql.auto.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    postgresql.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    postgres_fdw, postgres_fdw
    postgres_fdw.application_name configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
    postmaster, postmaster
    post_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
    power, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    PQbackendPID, Connection Status Functions
    PQbinaryTuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
    with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    PQcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQclear, Main Functions
    PQclientEncoding, Control Functions
    PQcmdStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQcmdTuples, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQconndefaults, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectdb, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectdbParams, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectionNeedsPassword, Connection Status Functions
    PQconnectionUsedPassword, Connection Status Functions
    PQconnectPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectStart, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconnectStartParams, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconninfo, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconninfoFree, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQconninfoParse, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQconsumeInput, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQcopyResult, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQdb, Connection Status Functions
    PQdescribePortal, Main Functions
    PQdescribePrepared, Main Functions
    PQencryptPassword, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQencryptPasswordConn, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQendcopy, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQenterPipelineMode, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQerrorMessage, Connection Status Functions
    PQescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeByteaConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeIdentifier, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeLiteral, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeString, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQescapeStringConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQexec, Main Functions
    PQexecParams, Main Functions
    PQexecPrepared, Main Functions
    PQexitPipelineMode, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQfformat, Retrieving Query Result Information
    with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    PQfinish, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQfireResultCreateEvents, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQflush, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQfmod, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQfn, The Fast-Path Interface
    PQfname, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQfnumber, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQfreeCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQfreemem, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQfsize, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQftable, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQftablecol, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQftype, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQgetCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQgetCopyData, Functions for Receiving COPY Data
    PQgetisnull, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQgetlength, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQgetline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQgetlineAsync, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQgetResult, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQgetssl, Connection Status Functions
    PQgetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQgetvalue, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQhost, Connection Status Functions
    PQhostaddr, Connection Status Functions
    PQinitOpenSSL, SSL Library Initialization
    PQinitSSL, SSL Library Initialization
    PQinstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQisBusy, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQisnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQisthreadsafe, Behavior in Threaded Programs
    PQlibVersion, Miscellaneous Functions
    (see also PQserverVersion)
    PQmakeEmptyPGresult, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQnfields, Retrieving Query Result Information
    with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    PQnotifies, Asynchronous Notification
    PQnparams, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQntuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQoidStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQoidValue, Retrieving Other Result Information
    PQoptions, Connection Status Functions
    PQparameterStatus, Connection Status Functions
    PQparamtype, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQpass, Connection Status Functions
    PQping, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQpingParams, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQpipelineStatus, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQpipelineSync, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQport, Connection Status Functions
    PQprepare, Main Functions
    PQprint, Retrieving Query Result Information
    PQprotocolVersion, Connection Status Functions
    PQputCopyData, Functions for Sending COPY Data
    PQputCopyEnd, Functions for Sending COPY Data
    PQputline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQputnbytes, Obsolete Functions for COPY
    PQregisterEventProc, Event Support Functions
    PQrequestCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
    PQreset, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQresetPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQresetStart, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQresStatus, Main Functions
    PQresultAlloc, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQresultErrorField, Main Functions
    PQresultErrorMessage, Main Functions
    PQresultInstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQresultMemorySize, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQresultSetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQresultStatus, Main Functions
    PQresultVerboseErrorMessage, Main Functions
    PQsendDescribePortal, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendDescribePrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendFlushRequest, Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    PQsendPrepare, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendQuery, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendQueryParams, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsendQueryPrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQserverVersion, Connection Status Functions
    PQsetClientEncoding, Control Functions
    PQsetdb, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQsetdbLogin, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQsetErrorContextVisibility, Control Functions
    PQsetErrorVerbosity, Control Functions
    PQsetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
    PQsetnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
    PQsetNoticeProcessor, Notice Processing
    PQsetNoticeReceiver, Notice Processing
    PQsetResultAttrs, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQsetSingleRowMode, Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    PQsetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL, Database Connection Control Functions
    PQsetTraceFlags, Control Functions
    PQsetvalue, Miscellaneous Functions
    PQsocket, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslAttribute, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslAttributeNames, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslInUse, Connection Status Functions
    PQsslStruct, Connection Status Functions
    PQstatus, Connection Status Functions
    PQtrace, Control Functions
    PQtransactionStatus, Connection Status Functions
    PQtty, Connection Status Functions
    PQunescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    PQuntrace, Control Functions
    PQuser, Connection Status Functions
    predicate locking, Serializable Isolation Level
    PREPARE, PREPARE
    PREPARE TRANSACTION, PREPARE TRANSACTION
    prepared statements, DEALLOCATE, EXECUTE, EXPLAIN, PREPARE
    creating, PREPARE
    executing, EXECUTE
    removing, DEALLOCATE
    showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
    preparing a query
    in PL/pgSQL, Plan Caching
    in PL/Python, Database Access Functions
    in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
    pre_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
    primary key, Primary Keys
    primary_conninfo configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    primary_slot_name configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    privilege, Privileges, Schemas and Privileges, Rules and Privileges, Rules and Privileges
    querying, System Information Functions and Operators
    with rules, Rules and Privileges
    for schemas, Schemas and Privileges
    with views, Rules and Privileges
    procedural language, Procedural Languages, Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    externally maintained, Procedural Languages
    handler for, Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    procedure, User-Defined Procedures
    user-defined, User-Defined Procedures
    procedures
    output parameter, SQL Procedures with Output Parameters
    promote_trigger_file configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    protocol, Frontend/Backend Protocol
    frontend-backend, Frontend/Backend Protocol
    ps, Standard Unix Tools
    to monitor activity, Standard Unix Tools
    psql, Accessing a Database, psql
    Python, PL/Python — Python Procedural Language

    R

    radians, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    radius, Geometric Functions and Operators
    RADIUS, RADIUS Authentication
    RAISE
    in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
    random, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    random_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    range table, The Query Tree
    range type, Range Types
    exclude, Constraints on Ranges
    indexes on, Indexing
    range_agg, Aggregate Functions
    range_intersect_agg, Aggregate Functions
    range_merge, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    rank, Window Functions
    hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
    read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
    read-only transaction, Statement Behavior
    setting, SET TRANSACTION
    setting default, Statement Behavior
    readline, Requirements
    Readline
    in psql, Command-Line Editing
    READ_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
    real, Floating-Point Types
    REASSIGN OWNED, REASSIGN OWNED
    record, Pseudo-Types
    recovery.conf, recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    recovery.signal, Archive Recovery
    recovery_end_command configuration parameter, Archive Recovery
    recovery_init_sync_method configuration parameter, Error Handling
    recovery_min_apply_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    recovery_prefetch configuration parameter, Recovery
    recovery_target configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_action configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_inclusive configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_lsn configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_name configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_time configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_timeline configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    recovery_target_xid configuration parameter, Recovery Target
    rectangle, Boxes
    RECURSIVE, CREATE VIEW
    in common table expressions, Recursive Queries
    in views, CREATE VIEW
    recursive_worktable_factor configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
    referential integrity, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW, REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    regclass, Object Identifier Types
    regcollation, Object Identifier Types
    regconfig, Object Identifier Types
    regdictionary, Object Identifier Types
    regexp_count, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_instr, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_like, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_match, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_matches, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_replace, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_split_to_array, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_split_to_table, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regexp_substr, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
    regnamespace, Object Identifier Types
    regoper, Object Identifier Types
    regoperator, Object Identifier Types
    regproc, Object Identifier Types
    regprocedure, Object Identifier Types
    regression intercept, Aggregate Functions
    regression slope, Aggregate Functions
    regression test, Installation Procedure
    regression tests, Regression Tests
    regrole, Object Identifier Types
    regr_avgx, Aggregate Functions
    regr_avgy, Aggregate Functions
    regr_count, Aggregate Functions
    regr_intercept, Aggregate Functions
    regr_r2, Aggregate Functions
    regr_slope, Aggregate Functions
    regr_sxx, Aggregate Functions
    regr_sxy, Aggregate Functions
    regr_syy, Aggregate Functions
    regtype, Object Identifier Types
    regular expression, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
    (see also pattern matching)
    regular expressions
    and locales, Behavior
    reindex, Routine Reindexing
    REINDEX, REINDEX
    reindexdb, reindexdb
    relation, Concepts
    relational database, Concepts
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    remove_temp_files_after_crash configuration parameter, Developer Options
    repeat, String Functions and Operators
    repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    replace, String Functions and Operators
    replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    Replication Origins, Replication Progress Tracking
    Replication Progress Tracking, Replication Progress Tracking
    replication slot
    logical replication, Replication Slots
    streaming replication, Replication Slots
    reporting errors
    in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
    RESET, RESET
    restartpoint, WAL Configuration
    restart_after_crash configuration parameter, Error Handling
    restore_command configuration parameter, Archive Recovery
    RESTRICT, Dependency Tracking
    with DROP, Dependency Tracking
    foreign key action, Foreign Keys
    retryable error, Serialization Failure Handling
    RETURN NEXT
    in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
    RETURN QUERY
    in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    RETURNING INTO, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    reverse, String Functions and Operators
    REVOKE, Privileges, REVOKE
    right, String Functions and Operators
    right join, Joined Tables
    role, Database Roles, Role Membership, Predefined Roles
    applicable, applicable_roles
    enabled, enabled_roles
    membership in, Role Membership
    privilege to bypass, Role Attributes
    privilege to create, Role Attributes
    privilege to inherit, Role Attributes
    privilege to initiate replication, Role Attributes
    privilege to limit connection, Role Attributes
    ROLLBACK, ROLLBACK
    rollback
    psql, Variables
    ROLLBACK PREPARED, ROLLBACK PREPARED
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    ROLLUP, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    round, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    routine, User-Defined Procedures
    routine maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    row, Concepts, Table Basics
    ROW, Row Constructors
    row estimation, Row Estimation Examples
    multivariate, Multivariate Statistics Examples
    planner, Row Estimation Examples
    row type, Composite Types
    constructor, Row Constructors
    row-level security, Row Security Policies
    row-wise comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
    row_number, Window Functions
    row_security configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    row_security_active, System Information Functions and Operators
    row_to_json, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    rpad, String Functions and Operators
    rtrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    rule, The Rule System, Views and the Rule System, How SELECT Rules Work, Materialized Views, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules Versus Triggers
    and materialized views, Materialized Views
    and views, Views and the Rule System
    for DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    for INSERT, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    for SELECT, How SELECT Rules Work
    compared with triggers, Rules Versus Triggers
    for UPDATE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE

    S

    SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
    savepoints, RELEASE SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
    defining, SAVEPOINT
    releasing, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    rolling back, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    scalar (see expression)
    scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    schema, Schemas, Creating a Schema, The Public Schema, Overview
    creating, Creating a Schema
    current, The Schema Search Path, System Information Functions and Operators
    public, The Public Schema
    removing, Creating a Schema
    SCRAM, Password Authentication
    search path, The Schema Search Path
    current, System Information Functions and Operators
    object visibility, System Information Functions and Operators
    search_path configuration parameter, The Schema Search Path, Statement Behavior
    use in securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
    SECURITY LABEL, SECURITY LABEL
    sec_to_gc, Cube-Based Earth Distances
    seg, seg
    segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    SELECT, Querying a Table, Queries, SELECT Output Columns, SELECT
    determination of result type, SELECT Output Columns
    select list, Select Lists
    SELECT INTO, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result, SELECT INTO
    in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    semaphores, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    sepgsql, sepgsql
    sepgsql.debug_audit configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    sepgsql.permissive configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
    sequence, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    and serial type, Serial Types
    sequential scan, Planner Method Configuration
    seq_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
    serial, Serial Types
    serial2, Serial Types
    serial4, Serial Types
    serial8, Serial Types
    serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
    Serializable Snapshot Isolation, Introduction
    serialization anomaly, Transaction Isolation, Serializable Isolation Level
    serialization failure, Serialization Failure Handling
    server log, Error Reporting and Logging, Log File Maintenance
    log file maintenance, Log File Maintenance
    Server Name Indication, Parameter Key Words
    server spoofing, Preventing Server Spoofing
    server_encoding configuration parameter, Preset Options
    server_version configuration parameter, Preset Options
    server_version_num configuration parameter, Preset Options
    session_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    session_replication_role configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    session_user, System Information Functions and Operators
    SET, Configuration Settings Functions, SET
    SET CONSTRAINTS, SET CONSTRAINTS
    set difference, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    set intersection, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    set operation, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    set returning functions, Set Returning Functions
    functions, Set Returning Functions
    SET ROLE, SET ROLE
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION, SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    SET TRANSACTION, SET TRANSACTION
    set union, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    SET XML OPTION, Statement Behavior
    setseed, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    setval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
    setweight, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
    setweight for specific lexeme(s), Text Search Functions and Operators
    set_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators
    set_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
    set_config, Configuration Settings Functions
    set_limit, Functions and Operators
    set_masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
    sha224, Binary String Functions and Operators
    sha256, Binary String Functions and Operators
    sha384, Binary String Functions and Operators
    sha512, Binary String Functions and Operators
    shared library, Shared Libraries, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    shared memory, Shared Memory and Semaphores
    shared_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
    shared_memory_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    shared_memory_size_in_huge_pages configuration parameter, Preset Options
    shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory
    shared_preload_libraries, Shared Memory and LWLocks
    shared_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
    shobj_description, System Information Functions and Operators
    SHOW, Configuration Settings Functions, SHOW, Streaming Replication Protocol
    show_limit, Functions and Operators
    show_trgm, Functions and Operators
    shutdown, Shutting Down the Server
    SIGHUP, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File, The pg_hba.conf File, User Name Maps
    SIGINT, Shutting Down the Server
    sign, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    signal
    backend processes, Server Signaling Functions
    significant digits, Locale and Formatting
    SIGQUIT, Shutting Down the Server
    SIGTERM, Shutting Down the Server
    SIMILAR TO, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
    similarity, Functions and Operators
    sin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    sind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    single-user mode, Options for Single-User Mode
    sinh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    skeys, hstore Operators and Functions
    sleep, Delaying Execution
    slice, hstore Operators and Functions
    sliced bread (see TOAST)
    slope, Geometric Functions and Operators
    SLRU, pg_stat_slru
    smallint, Integer Types
    smallserial, Serial Types
    Solaris, Solaris
    installation on, Solaris
    shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    start script, Starting the Database Server
    SOME, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
    sort, intarray Functions and Operators
    sorting, Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    sort_asc, intarray Functions and Operators
    sort_desc, intarray Functions and Operators
    soundex, Soundex
    SP-GiST (see index)
    SPI, Server Programming Interface, spi
    examples, spi
    spi_commit
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_commit, SPI_commit
    SPI_commit_and_chain, SPI_commit
    SPI_connect, SPI_connect
    SPI_connect_ext, SPI_connect
    SPI_copytuple, SPI_copytuple
    spi_cursor_close
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_cursor_close, SPI_cursor_close
    SPI_cursor_fetch, SPI_cursor_fetch
    SPI_cursor_find, SPI_cursor_find
    SPI_cursor_move, SPI_cursor_move
    SPI_cursor_open, SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args, SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist, SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    SPI_cursor_parse_open, SPI_cursor_parse_open
    SPI_exec, SPI_exec
    SPI_execp, SPI_execp
    SPI_execute, SPI_execute
    SPI_execute_extended, SPI_execute_extended
    SPI_execute_plan, SPI_execute_plan
    SPI_execute_plan_extended, SPI_execute_plan_extended
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist, SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    SPI_execute_with_args, SPI_execute_with_args
    spi_exec_prepared
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    spi_exec_query
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    spi_fetchrow
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_finish, SPI_finish
    SPI_fname, SPI_fname
    SPI_fnumber, SPI_fnumber
    spi_freeplan
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_freeplan, SPI_freeplan
    SPI_freetuple, SPI_freetuple
    SPI_freetuptable, SPI_freetuptable
    SPI_getargcount, SPI_getargcount
    SPI_getargtypeid, SPI_getargtypeid
    SPI_getbinval, SPI_getbinval
    SPI_getnspname, SPI_getnspname
    SPI_getrelname, SPI_getrelname
    SPI_gettype, SPI_gettype
    SPI_gettypeid, SPI_gettypeid
    SPI_getvalue, SPI_getvalue
    SPI_is_cursor_plan, SPI_is_cursor_plan
    SPI_keepplan, SPI_keepplan
    SPI_modifytuple, SPI_modifytuple
    SPI_palloc, SPI_palloc
    SPI_pfree, SPI_pfree
    spi_prepare
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_prepare, SPI_prepare
    SPI_prepare_cursor, SPI_prepare_cursor
    SPI_prepare_extended, SPI_prepare_extended
    SPI_prepare_params, SPI_prepare_params
    spi_query
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    spi_query_prepared
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_relation
    SPI_register_trigger_data, SPI_register_trigger_data
    SPI_repalloc, SPI_repalloc
    SPI_result_code_string, SPI_result_code_string
    SPI_returntuple, SPI_returntuple
    spi_rollback
    in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
    SPI_rollback, SPI_rollback
    SPI_rollback_and_chain, SPI_rollback
    SPI_saveplan, SPI_saveplan
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch, SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move, SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    SPI_start_transaction, SPI_start_transaction
    SPI_unregister_relation, SPI_unregister_relation
    split_part, String Functions and Operators
    SQL/CLI, SQL Conformance
    SQL/Foundation, SQL Conformance
    SQL/Framework, SQL Conformance
    SQL/JRT, SQL Conformance
    SQL/JSON path language, The SQL/JSON Path Language
    SQL/MDA, SQL Conformance
    SQL/MED, SQL Conformance
    SQL/OLB, SQL Conformance
    SQL/PSM, SQL Conformance
    SQL/Schemata, SQL Conformance
    SQL/XML, SQL Conformance
    limits and conformance, XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    sqrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    ssh, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    SSI, Introduction
    SSL, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL, SSL Support
    in libpq, Connection Status Functions
    with libpq, Parameter Key Words
    TLS, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL, SSL Support
    ssl configuration parameter, SSL
    sslinfo, sslinfo
    ssl_ca_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_cert_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_cipher, Functions Provided
    ssl_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_client_cert_present, Functions Provided
    ssl_client_dn, Functions Provided
    ssl_client_dn_field, Functions Provided
    ssl_client_serial, Functions Provided
    ssl_crl_dir configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_crl_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_dh_params_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_ecdh_curve configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_extension_info, Functions Provided
    ssl_issuer_dn, Functions Provided
    ssl_issuer_field, Functions Provided
    ssl_is_used, Functions Provided
    ssl_key_file configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_library configuration parameter, Preset Options
    ssl_max_protocol_version configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_min_protocol_version configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_passphrase_command configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_prefer_server_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
    ssl_version, Functions Provided
    SSPI, SSPI Authentication
    STABLE, Function Volatility Categories
    standard deviation, Aggregate Functions
    population, Aggregate Functions
    sample, Aggregate Functions
    standard_conforming_strings configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    standby server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    standby.signal, Archive Recovery, Standby Server Operation, Setting Up a Standby Server
    for hot standby, Administrator's Overview
    pg_basebackup --write-recovery-conf, Options
    standby_mode (see standby.signal)
    START TRANSACTION, START TRANSACTION
    starts_with, String Functions and Operators
    START_REPLICATION, Streaming Replication Protocol
    statement_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    statement_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    statistics, Aggregate Functions, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics, The Cumulative Statistics System
    of the planner, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics
    stats_fetch_consistency configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    stddev, Aggregate Functions
    stddev_pop, Aggregate Functions
    stddev_samp, Aggregate Functions
    STONITH, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    storage parameters, Storage Parameters
    Streaming Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    strict_word_similarity, Functions and Operators
    string (see character string)
    strings
    backslash quotes, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    escape warning, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    standard conforming, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    string_agg, Aggregate Functions
    string_to_array, String Functions and Operators
    string_to_table, String Functions and Operators
    strip, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
    strpos, String Functions and Operators
    subarray, intarray Functions and Operators
    subltree, Operators and Functions
    subpath, Operators and Functions
    subquery, Aggregate Functions, Scalar Subqueries, Subqueries, Subquery Expressions
    subscript, Subscripts
    substr, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    substring, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Bit String Functions and Operators, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
    SUBSTRING_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    subtransactions
    in PL/Tcl, Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    sum, Aggregate Functions
    superuser, Accessing a Database, Role Attributes
    superuser_reserved_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    support functions
    in_range, B-Tree Support Functions
    suppress_redundant_updates_trigger, Trigger Functions
    svals, hstore Operators and Functions
    synchronize_seqscans configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    synchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
    Synchronous Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    synchronous_commit configuration parameter, Settings
    synchronous_standby_names configuration parameter, Primary Server
    syntax, SQL Syntax
    SQL, SQL Syntax
    syslog_facility configuration parameter, Where to Log
    syslog_ident configuration parameter, Where to Log
    syslog_sequence_numbers configuration parameter, Where to Log
    syslog_split_messages configuration parameter, Where to Log
    system catalog, The System Catalog Schema
    schema, The System Catalog Schema
    systemd, PostgreSQL Features, Starting the Database Server
    RemoveIPC, systemd RemoveIPC

    T

    table, Concepts, Table Basics, Modifying Tables
    creating, Table Basics
    inheritance, Inheritance
    modifying, Modifying Tables
    partitioning, Table Partitioning
    removing, Table Basics
    renaming, Renaming a Table
    Table Access Method, Table Access Method Interface Definition
    TABLE command, SELECT
    table expression, Table Expressions
    table function, Table Functions, xmltable
    XMLTABLE, xmltable
    table sampling method, Writing a Table Sampling Method
    tableam
    Table Access Method, Table Access Method Interface Definition
    tablefunc, tablefunc
    tableoid, System Columns
    TABLESAMPLE method, Writing a Table Sampling Method
    tablespace, Tablespaces
    default, Statement Behavior
    temporary, Statement Behavior
    table_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
    tan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    tand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    tanh, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    target list, The Query Tree
    Tcl, PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    tcn, tcn
    tcp_keepalives_count configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    tcp_keepalives_idle configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    tcp_keepalives_interval configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    tcp_user_timeout configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    template0, Creating a Database, Template Databases
    template1, Creating a Database, Template Databases
    temp_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
    temp_file_limit configuration parameter, Disk
    temp_tablespaces configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    test, Regression Tests
    test_decoding, test_decoding
    text, Character Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
    text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    data types, Text Search Types
    functions and operators, Text Search Types
    indexes, Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    text2ltree, Operators and Functions
    threads, Behavior in Threaded Programs
    with libpq, Behavior in Threaded Programs
    tid, Object Identifier Types
    time, Date/Time Types, Times
    constants, Special Values
    current, Current Date/Time
    output format, Date/Time Output
    (see also formatting)
    time span, Date/Time Types
    time with time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
    time without time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
    time zone, Time Zones, Locale and Formatting, POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    conversion, AT TIME ZONE
    input abbreviations, Date/Time Configuration Files
    POSIX-style specification, POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    time zone data, Build Process Details
    time zone names, Locale and Formatting
    timelines, Backup and Restore
    TIMELINE_HISTORY, Streaming Replication Protocol
    timeofday, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    timeout
    client authentication, Authentication
    deadlock, Lock Management
    timestamp, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
    timestamp with time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
    timestamp without time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
    timestamptz, Date/Time Types
    TimeZone configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    timezone_abbreviations configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
    TOAST, TOAST
    and user-defined types, TOAST Considerations
    per-column storage settings, Description
    per-type storage settings, Description
    versus large objects, Introduction
    toast_tuple_target storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    token, Lexical Structure
    to_ascii, String Functions and Operators
    to_char, Data Type Formatting Functions
    and locales, Behavior
    to_date, Data Type Formatting Functions
    to_hex, String Functions and Operators
    to_json, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    to_jsonb, Processing and Creating JSON Data
    to_number, Data Type Formatting Functions
    to_regclass, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regcollation, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regnamespace, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regoper, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regoperator, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regproc, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regprocedure, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regrole, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_regtype, System Information Functions and Operators
    to_timestamp, Data Type Formatting Functions, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
    to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Documents
    trace_locks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_lock_oidmin configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_lock_table configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_lwlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_notify configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_recovery_messages configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_sort configuration parameter, Developer Options
    trace_userlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
    track_activities configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_activity_query_size configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_commit_timestamp configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    track_counts configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_functions configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_io_timing configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    track_wal_io_timing configuration parameter, Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    transaction, Transactions
    transaction ID, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    wraparound, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    transaction isolation, Transaction Isolation
    transaction isolation level, Transaction Isolation, Statement Behavior
    read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
    repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
    setting, SET TRANSACTION
    setting default, Statement Behavior
    transaction log (see WAL)
    transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    transaction_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
    transform_null_equals configuration parameter, Platform and Client Compatibility
    transition tables, CREATE TRIGGER
    (see also ephemeral named relation)
    implementation in PLs, SPI_register_trigger_data
    referencing from C trigger, Writing Trigger Functions in C
    translate, String Functions and Operators
    TRANSLATE_REGEX, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    transparent + huge pages, Memory
    trigger, Pseudo-Types, Triggers, Writing Trigger Functions in C, Rules Versus Triggers, Trigger Functions, Trigger Functions
    arguments for trigger functions, Overview of Trigger Behavior
    constraint trigger, Description
    for updating a derived tsvector column, Triggers for Automatic Updates
    in C, Writing Trigger Functions in C
    in PL/pgSQL, Trigger Functions
    in PL/Python, Trigger Functions
    in PL/Tcl, Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    compared with rules, Rules Versus Triggers
    triggered_change_notification, tcn
    trigger_file (see promote_trigger_file)
    trim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
    trim_array, Array Functions and Operators
    trim_scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    true, Boolean Type
    trunc, Mathematical Functions and Operators, Network Address Functions and Operators
    TRUNCATE, TRUNCATE
    trusted, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    PL/Perl, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    tsm_handler, Pseudo-Types
    tsm_system_rows, tsm_system_rows
    tsm_system_time, tsm_system_time
    tsquery (data type), tsquery
    tsquery_phrase, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
    tsvector (data type), tsvector
    tsvector concatenation, Manipulating Documents
    tsvector_to_array, Text Search Functions and Operators
    tsvector_update_trigger, Trigger Functions
    tsvector_update_trigger_column, Trigger Functions
    ts_debug, Text Search Functions and Operators, Configuration Testing
    ts_delete, Text Search Functions and Operators
    ts_filter, Text Search Functions and Operators
    ts_headline, Text Search Functions and Operators, Highlighting Results
    ts_lexize, Text Search Functions and Operators, Dictionary Testing
    ts_parse, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
    ts_rank, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
    ts_rank_cd, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
    ts_rewrite, Text Search Functions and Operators, Query Rewriting
    ts_stat, Text Search Functions and Operators, Gathering Document Statistics
    ts_token_type, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
    tuple_data_split, Heap Functions
    txid_current, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_current_if_assigned, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_current_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_snapshot_xip, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_snapshot_xmax, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_snapshot_xmin, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_status, System Information Functions and Operators
    txid_visible_in_snapshot, System Information Functions and Operators
    type (see data type)
    type cast, Numeric Constants, Type Casts

    U

    UESCAPE, Identifiers and Key Words, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
    unaccent, unaccent, Functions
    Unicode escape, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
    in identifiers, Identifiers and Key Words
    in string constants, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
    Unicode normalization, String Functions and Operators
    UNION, Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT), UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    uniq, intarray Functions and Operators
    unique constraint, Unique Constraints
    unistr, String Functions and Operators
    Unix domain socket, Parameter Key Words
    unix_socket_directories configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    unix_socket_group configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    unix_socket_permissions configuration parameter, Connection Settings
    unknown, Pseudo-Types
    UNLISTEN, UNLISTEN
    unnest, Array Functions and Operators
    for multirange, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    for tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
    unqualified name, The Schema Search Path
    updatable views, Updatable Views
    UPDATE, Updates, Updating Data, Returning Data from Modified Rows, UPDATE
    RETURNING, Returning Data from Modified Rows
    update_process_title configuration parameter, Process Title
    updating, Updating Data
    upgrading, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    upper, String Functions and Operators, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    and locales, Behavior
    upper_inc, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    upper_inf, Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    UPSERT, INSERT
    URI, Connection Strings
    user, System Information Functions and Operators, Database Roles
    current, System Information Functions and Operators
    user mapping, Foreign Data
    User name maps, User Name Maps
    user_catalog_table storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    UUID, UUID Type, UUID Type, PostgreSQL Features
    generating, UUID Type
    uuid-ossp, uuid-ossp
    uuid_generate_v1, uuid-ossp Functions
    uuid_generate_v1mc, uuid-ossp Functions
    uuid_generate_v3, uuid-ossp Functions

    V

    vacuum, Routine Vacuuming
    VACUUM, VACUUM
    vacuumdb, vacuumdb
    vacuumlo, vacuumlo
    vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_page_dirty configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_page_hit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_cost_page_miss configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    vacuum_defer_cleanup_age configuration parameter, Primary Server
    vacuum_failsafe_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_index_cleanup storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    vacuum_multixact_failsafe_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    vacuum_truncate storage parameter, Storage Parameters
    value expression, Value Expressions
    VALUES, VALUES Lists, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs, VALUES
    determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    varchar, Character Types
    variadic function, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
    variance, Aggregate Functions
    population, Aggregate Functions
    sample, Aggregate Functions
    var_pop, Aggregate Functions
    var_samp, Aggregate Functions
    version, Accessing a Database, System Information Functions and Operators, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    compatibility, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    view, Views, Views and the Rule System, Materialized Views, Cooperation with Views
    implementation through rules, Views and the Rule System
    materialized, Materialized Views
    updating, Cooperation with Views
    Visibility Map, Visibility Map
    VM (see Visibility Map)
    void, Pseudo-Types
    VOLATILE, Function Volatility Categories
    volatility, Function Volatility Categories
    functions, Function Volatility Categories
    VPATH, Installation Procedure, Extension Building Infrastructure

    W

    WAL, Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    wal_block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    wal_buffers configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_compression configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_consistency_checking configuration parameter, Developer Options
    wal_debug configuration parameter, Developer Options
    wal_decode_buffer_size configuration parameter, Recovery
    wal_init_zero configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_keep_size configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    wal_level configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_log_hints configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_receiver_create_temp_slot configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_receiver_status_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_receiver_timeout configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_recycle configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_retrieve_retry_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
    wal_segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
    wal_sender_timeout configuration parameter, Sending Servers
    wal_skip_threshold configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_sync_method configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_writer_delay configuration parameter, Settings
    wal_writer_flush_after configuration parameter, Settings
    warm standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    websearch_to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators
    WHERE, The WHERE Clause
    where to log, Where to Log
    WHILE
    in PL/pgSQL, WHILE
    width, Geometric Functions and Operators
    width_bucket, Mathematical Functions and Operators
    window function, Window Functions, Window Function Calls, Window Function Processing, Window Functions
    built-in, Window Functions
    invocation, Window Function Calls
    order of execution, Window Function Processing
    WITH, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
    in SELECT, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
    WITH CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
    WITHIN GROUP, Aggregate Expressions
    witness server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    word_similarity, Functions and Operators
    work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
    wraparound
    of multixact IDs, Multixacts and Wraparound
    of transaction IDs, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures

    X

    xid, Object Identifier Types
    xid8, Object Identifier Types
    xmax, System Columns
    xmin, System Columns
    XML, XML Type
    XML export, Mapping Tables to XML
    XML Functions, XML Functions
    XML option, Creating XML Values, Statement Behavior
    xml2, xml2
    xmlagg, xmlagg, Aggregate Functions
    xmlbinary configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    xmlcomment, xmlcomment
    xmlconcat, xmlconcat
    xmlelement, xmlelement
    XMLEXISTS, XMLEXISTS
    xmlforest, xmlforest
    xmloption configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
    xmlparse, Creating XML Values
    xmlpi, xmlpi
    xmlroot, xmlroot
    xmlserialize, Creating XML Values
    xmltable, xmltable
    xml_is_well_formed, xml_is_well_formed
    xml_is_well_formed_content, xml_is_well_formed
    xml_is_well_formed_document, xml_is_well_formed
    XPath, xpath
    xpath_exists, xpath_exists
    xpath_table, xpath_table
    XQuery regular expressions, Differences from SQL Standard and XQuery
    xslt_process, xslt_process

    Z

    zero_damaged_pages configuration parameter, Developer Options
    zlib, Requirements, Anti-Features
    Prev Up 
    Bibliography Home 
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html index 13252c1..0a70b26 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 71. BRIN IndexesHome Next

    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    71.2.1. Operator Class Parameters

    +71.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 71. BRIN IndexesHome Next

    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    71.2.1. Operator Class Parameters

    The core PostgreSQL distribution includes the BRIN operator classes shown in Table 71.1. @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ minmax indexes to summarize a block range. Each value may represent either a point, or a boundary of an interval. Values must be between 8 and 256, and the default value is 32. -

    Prev Up Next
    71.1. Introduction Home 71.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    71.1. Introduction Home 71.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html index 9ac0995..c54813f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -71.3. Extensibility
    71.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 71. BRIN IndexesHome Next

    71.3. Extensibility

    +71.3. Extensibility

    71.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 71. BRIN IndexesHome Next

    71.3. Extensibility

    The BRIN interface has a high level of abstraction, requiring the access method implementer only to implement the semantics of the data type being accessed. The BRIN layer @@ -165,4 +165,4 @@ typedef struct BrinOpcInfo right-hand-side argument of the supported operator. See float4_minmax_ops as an example of minmax, and box_inclusion_ops as an example of inclusion. -

    Prev Up Next
    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home Chapter 72. Hash Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home Chapter 72. Hash Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html index 2b4a11f..8224322 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -71.1. Introduction
    71.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 71. BRIN IndexesHome Next

    71.1. Introduction

    71.1.1. Index Maintenance

    +71.1. Introduction

    71.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 71. BRIN IndexesHome Next

    71.1. Introduction

    71.1.1. Index Maintenance

    BRIN stands for Block Range Index. BRIN is designed for handling very large tables in which certain columns have some natural correlation with their @@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ LOG: request for BRIN range summarization for index "brin_wi_idx" page 128 was which is useful when the index tuple is no longer a very good representation because the existing values have changed. See Section 9.27.8 for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes Home 71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes Home 71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html index d5cd72b..e38c2d6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes
    Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    70.7. Examples Home 71.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes
    Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    70.7. Examples Home 71.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html index ae71a0b..444511e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes

    +67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes

    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes

    As shown in Table 38.3, a btree operator class must provide five comparison operators, <, @@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ data types. The extensions to three or more data types within a family are not strictly required by the btree index mechanism itself, but the planner relies on them for optimization purposes. -

    Prev Up Next
    67.1. Introduction Home 67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    67.1. Introduction Home 67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html index 990b8ba..41365cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.8. btree_gin
    F.8. btree_gin
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.8. btree_gin

    F.8.1. Example Usage
    F.8.2. Authors

    +F.8. btree_gin

    F.8. btree_gin
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.8. btree_gin

    F.8.1. Example Usage
    F.8.2. Authors

    btree_gin provides sample GIN operator classes that implement B-tree equivalent behavior for the data types int2, int4, int8, float4, @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ SELECT * FROM test WHERE a < 10; Oleg Bartunov (). See http://www.sai.msu.su/~megera/oddmuse/index.cgi/Gin for additional information. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.7. bloom Home F.9. btree_gist
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.7. bloom Home F.9. btree_gist
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html index c7cf399..b9594cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.9. btree_gist
    F.9. btree_gist
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.9. btree_gist

    F.9.1. Example Usage
    F.9.2. Authors

    +F.9. btree_gist

    F.9. btree_gist
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.9. btree_gist

    F.9.1. Example Usage
    F.9.2. Authors

    btree_gist provides GiST index operator classes that implement B-tree equivalent behavior for the data types int2, int4, int8, float4, @@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ INSERT 0 1 Paul Jungwirth (). See http://www.sai.msu.su/~megera/postgres/gist/ for additional information. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.8. btree_gin Home F.10. citext
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.8. btree_gin Home F.10. citext
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html index 96eecba..94fcebc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -67.4. Implementation
    67.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.4. Implementation

    67.4.1. B-Tree Structure
    67.4.2. Bottom-up Index Deletion
    67.4.3. Deduplication

    +67.4. Implementation

    67.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.4. Implementation

    67.4.1. B-Tree Structure
    67.4.2. Bottom-up Index Deletion
    67.4.3. Deduplication

    This section covers B-Tree index implementation details that may be of use to advanced users. See src/backend/access/nbtree/README in the source @@ -251,4 +251,4 @@

    • INCLUDE indexes can never use deduplication.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions Home Chapter 68. GiST Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions Home Chapter 68. GiST Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html index 4423300..d0f58e5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -67.1. Introduction
    67.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.1. Introduction

    +67.1. Introduction

    67.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.1. Introduction

    PostgreSQL includes an implementation of the standard btree (multi-way balanced tree) index data structure. Any data type that can be sorted into a well-defined linear @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ some features that go beyond what would be needed just to support btree indexes, and parts of the system that are quite distant from the btree AM make use of them. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes Home 67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes Home 67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html index a9e7cee..97683d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions

    +67.3. B-Tree Support Functions

    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 67. B-Tree IndexesHome Next

    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions

    As shown in Table 38.9, btree defines one required and four optional support functions. The five user-defined methods are: @@ -288,4 +288,4 @@ options(relopts loc access method. Nevertheless, this support function was added to B-tree for uniformity, and will probably find uses during further evolution of B-tree in PostgreSQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes Home 67.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes Home 67.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html index ed4ecbd..36984ab 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes
    Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers Home 67.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes
    Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers Home 67.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html index 77f198c..42b7562 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines

    5.1. Identifying Bugs
    5.2. What to Report
    5.3. Where to Report Bugs

    +5. Bug Reporting Guidelines

    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines

    5.1. Identifying Bugs
    5.2. What to Report
    5.3. Where to Report Bugs

    When you find a bug in PostgreSQL we want to hear about it. Your bug reports play an important part in making PostgreSQL more reliable because even the utmost @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ subversion the package might have. If you are talking about a Git snapshot, mention that, including the commit hash.

    - If your version is older than 15.6 we will almost certainly + If your version is older than 15.7 we will almost certainly tell you to upgrade. There are many bug fixes and improvements in each new release, so it is quite possible that a bug you have encountered in an older release of PostgreSQL @@ -245,4 +245,4 @@ will be some delay before the email is delivered. If you wish to subscribe to the lists, please visit https://lists.postgresql.org/ for instructions. -

    Prev Up Next
    4. Further Information Home Part I. Tutorial
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    4. Further Information Home Part I. Tutorial
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html index ae4b7cd..27b9f44 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.2. pg_aggregate
    53.2. pg_aggregate
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.2. pg_aggregate

    +53.2. pg_aggregate

    53.2. pg_aggregate
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.2. pg_aggregate

    The catalog pg_aggregate stores information about aggregate functions. An aggregate function is a function that operates on a set of values (typically one column from each row @@ -167,4 +167,4 @@ command. See Section 38.12 for more information about writing aggregate functions and the meaning of the transition functions, etc. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.1. Overview Home 53.3. pg_am
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.1. Overview Home 53.3. pg_am
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html index 01b7476..8d4fd00 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.3. pg_am
    53.3. pg_am
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.3. pg_am

    +53.3. pg_am

    53.3. pg_am
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.3. pg_am

    The catalog pg_am stores information about relation access methods. There is one row for each access method supported by the system. @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ However, pg_index_column_has_property() and related functions have been added to allow SQL queries to inspect index access method properties; see Table 9.71. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.2. pg_aggregate Home 53.4. pg_amop
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.2. pg_aggregate Home 53.4. pg_amop
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html index 0882002..0ff128d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.4. pg_amop
    53.4. pg_amop
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.4. pg_amop

    +53.4. pg_amop

    53.4. pg_amop
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.4. pg_amop

    The catalog pg_amop stores information about operators associated with access method operator families. There is one row for each operator that is a member of an operator family. A family @@ -101,4 +101,4 @@ amoplefttype and amoprighttype must match the oprleft and oprright fields of the referenced pg_operator entry. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.3. pg_am Home 53.5. pg_amproc
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.3. pg_am Home 53.5. pg_amproc
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html index 7bb2479..e632991 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.5. pg_amproc
    53.5. pg_amproc
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.5. pg_amproc

    +53.5. pg_amproc

    53.5. pg_amproc
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.5. pg_amproc

    The catalog pg_amproc stores information about support functions associated with access method operator families. There is one row for each support function belonging to an operator family. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ an index, which are those with amproclefttype and amprocrighttype both equal to the index operator class's opcintype. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.4. pg_amop Home 53.6. pg_attrdef
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.4. pg_amop Home 53.6. pg_attrdef
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html index 1cea5a6..39e98a2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.6. pg_attrdef
    53.6. pg_attrdef
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.6. pg_attrdef

    +53.6. pg_attrdef

    53.6. pg_attrdef
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.6. pg_attrdef

    The catalog pg_attrdef stores column default values. The main information about columns is stored in pg_attribute. @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ The column default value, in nodeToString() representation. Use pg_get_expr(adbin, adrelid) to convert it to an SQL expression. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.5. pg_amproc Home 53.7. pg_attribute
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.5. pg_amproc Home 53.7. pg_attribute
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html index fcff141..d9dd627 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.7. pg_attribute
    53.7. pg_attribute
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.7. pg_attribute

    +53.7. pg_attribute

    53.7. pg_attribute
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.7. pg_attribute

    The catalog pg_attribute stores information about table columns. There will be exactly one pg_attribute row for every column in every @@ -208,4 +208,4 @@ later dropped, and so there is no pg_type row anymore. attlen and the other fields can be used to interpret the contents of a row of the table. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.6. pg_attrdef Home 53.8. pg_authid
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.6. pg_attrdef Home 53.8. pg_authid
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html index 9a3b7b4..aaf7510 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.9. pg_auth_members
    53.9. pg_auth_members
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.9. pg_auth_members

    +53.9. pg_auth_members

    53.9. pg_auth_members
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.9. pg_auth_members

    The catalog pg_auth_members shows the membership relations between roles. Any non-circular set of relationships is allowed.

    @@ -37,4 +37,4 @@

    True if member can grant membership in roleid to others -


    Prev Up Next
    53.8. pg_authid Home 53.10. pg_cast
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.8. pg_authid Home 53.10. pg_cast
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html index 290ef27..889c4be 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.8. pg_authid
    53.8. pg_authid
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.8. pg_authid

    +53.8. pg_authid

    53.8. pg_authid
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.8. pg_authid

    The catalog pg_authid contains information about database authorization identifiers (roles). A role subsumes the concepts of “users” and “groups”. A user is essentially just a @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ SCRAM-SHA-256$<iteration count>:

    where salt, StoredKey and ServerKey are in Base64 encoded format. This format is - the same as that specified by RFC 5803. + the same as that specified by RFC 5803.

    A password that does not follow either of those formats is assumed to be unencrypted. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.7. pg_attribute Home 53.9. pg_auth_members
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.7. pg_attribute Home 53.9. pg_auth_members
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html index 116d34c..91a95bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.10. pg_cast
    53.10. pg_cast
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.10. pg_cast

    +53.10. pg_cast

    53.10. pg_cast
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.10. pg_cast

    The catalog pg_cast stores data type conversion paths, both built-in and user-defined.

    @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ coercion in a single step. When no such entry is available, coercion to a type that uses a type modifier involves two steps, one to convert between data types and a second to apply the modifier. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.9. pg_auth_members Home 53.11. pg_class
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.9. pg_auth_members Home 53.11. pg_class
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html index 620aef8..4878739 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.11. pg_class
    53.11. pg_class
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.11. pg_class

    +53.11. pg_class

    53.11. pg_class
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.11. pg_class

    The catalog pg_class describes tables and other objects that have columns or are otherwise similar to a table. This includes indexes (but see also pg_index), @@ -71,9 +71,12 @@ (references pg_tablespace.oid)

    - The tablespace in which this relation is stored. If zero, - the database's default tablespace is implied. (Not meaningful - if the relation has no on-disk file.) + The tablespace in which this relation is stored. + If zero, the database's default tablespace is implied. + Not meaningful if the relation has no on-disk file, + except for partitioned tables, where this is the tablespace + in which partitions will be created when one is not + specified in the creation command.

    relpages int4

    @@ -261,4 +264,4 @@ DROP INDEX. Instead, VACUUM clears relhasindex if it finds the table has no indexes. This arrangement avoids race conditions and improves concurrency. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.10. pg_cast Home 53.12. pg_collation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.10. pg_cast Home 53.12. pg_collation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html index e8223d6..c8df7eb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.12. pg_collation
    53.12. pg_collation
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.12. pg_collation

    +53.12. pg_collation

    53.12. pg_collation
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.12. pg_collation

    The catalog pg_collation describes the available collations, which are essentially mappings from an SQL name to operating system locale categories. @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ collations whose encoding does not match the database encoding, since they could match the encodings of databases later cloned from template0. This would currently have to be done manually. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.11. pg_class Home 53.13. pg_constraint
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.11. pg_class Home 53.13. pg_constraint
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html index f7ec105..efe02d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.13. pg_constraint
    53.13. pg_constraint
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.13. pg_constraint

    +53.13. pg_constraint

    53.13. pg_constraint
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.13. pg_constraint

    The catalog pg_constraint stores check, primary key, unique, foreign key, and exclusion constraints on tables. (Column constraints are not treated specially. Every column constraint is @@ -203,4 +203,4 @@ pg_class.relchecks needs to agree with the number of check-constraint entries found in this table for each relation. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.12. pg_collation Home 53.14. pg_conversion
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.12. pg_collation Home 53.14. pg_conversion
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html index 525043c..f095538 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.14. pg_conversion
    53.14. pg_conversion
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.14. pg_conversion

    +53.14. pg_conversion

    53.14. pg_conversion
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.14. pg_conversion

    The catalog pg_conversion describes encoding conversion functions. See CREATE CONVERSION for more information. @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@

    True if this is the default conversion -


    Prev Up Next
    53.13. pg_constraint Home 53.15. pg_database
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.13. pg_constraint Home 53.15. pg_database
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html index 3e34e04..6d50758 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.15. pg_database
    53.15. pg_database
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.15. pg_database

    +53.15. pg_database

    53.15. pg_database
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.15. pg_database

    The catalog pg_database stores information about the available databases. Databases are created with the CREATE DATABASE command. Consult Chapter 23 for details about the meaning @@ -121,4 +121,4 @@

    Access privileges; see Section 5.7 for details -


    Prev Up Next
    53.14. pg_conversion Home 53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.14. pg_conversion Home 53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html index 441b48f..f6cfd2d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.16. pg_db_role_setting

    +53.16. pg_db_role_setting

    53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.16. pg_db_role_setting

    The catalog pg_db_role_setting records the default values that have been set for run-time configuration variables, for each role and database combination. @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    Defaults for run-time configuration variables -


    Prev Up Next
    53.15. pg_database Home 53.17. pg_default_acl
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.15. pg_database Home 53.17. pg_default_acl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html index 28f972a..5ac2d99 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.17. pg_default_acl
    53.17. pg_default_acl
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.17. pg_default_acl

    +53.17. pg_default_acl

    53.17. pg_default_acl
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.17. pg_default_acl

    The catalog pg_default_acl stores initial privileges to be assigned to newly created objects.

    Table 53.17. pg_default_acl Columns

    @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ not whatever might be in pg_default_acl at the moment. pg_default_acl is only consulted during object creation. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting Home 53.18. pg_depend
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting Home 53.18. pg_depend
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html index e0cdc38..efca8c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.18. pg_depend
    53.18. pg_depend
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.18. pg_depend

    +53.18. pg_depend

    53.18. pg_depend
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.18. pg_depend

    The catalog pg_depend records the dependency relationships between database objects. This information allows DROP commands to find which other objects must be dropped @@ -172,4 +172,4 @@ a NORMAL dependency on the numeric data type, but no such entry actually appears in pg_depend. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.17. pg_default_acl Home 53.19. pg_description
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.17. pg_default_acl Home 53.19. pg_description
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html index 585a597..5e2ac3b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.19. pg_description
    53.19. pg_description
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.19. pg_description

    +53.19. pg_description

    53.19. pg_description
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.19. pg_description

    The catalog pg_description stores optional descriptions (comments) for each database object. Descriptions can be manipulated with the COMMENT command and viewed with @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@

    Arbitrary text that serves as the description of this object -


    Prev Up Next
    53.18. pg_depend Home 53.20. pg_enum
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.18. pg_depend Home 53.20. pg_enum
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html index 812c987..e8d3ccb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.20. pg_enum
    53.20. pg_enum
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.20. pg_enum

    +53.20. pg_enum

    53.20. pg_enum
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.20. pg_enum

    The pg_enum catalog contains entries showing the values and labels for each enum type. The internal representation of a given enum value is actually the OID @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ negative or fractional values of enumsortorder. The only requirement on these values is that they be correctly ordered and unique within each enum type. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.19. pg_description Home 53.21. pg_event_trigger
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.19. pg_description Home 53.21. pg_event_trigger
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html index 495f0b4..d4a132d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.21. pg_event_trigger
    53.21. pg_event_trigger
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.21. pg_event_trigger

    +53.21. pg_event_trigger

    53.21. pg_event_trigger
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.21. pg_event_trigger

    The catalog pg_event_trigger stores event triggers. See Chapter 40 for more information.

    Table 53.21. pg_event_trigger Columns

    @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@

    Command tags for which this trigger will fire. If NULL, the firing of this trigger is not restricted on the basis of the command tag. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.20. pg_enum Home 53.22. pg_extension
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.20. pg_enum Home 53.22. pg_extension
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html index 4013e76..c8b505a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.22. pg_extension
    53.22. pg_extension
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.22. pg_extension

    +53.22. pg_extension

    53.22. pg_extension
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.22. pg_extension

    The catalog pg_extension stores information about the installed extensions. See Section 38.17 for details about extensions. @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ objects. If extrelocatable is true, then this schema must in fact contain all schema-qualifiable objects belonging to the extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.21. pg_event_trigger Home 53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.21. pg_event_trigger Home 53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html index 565a6d8..3ac3d03 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper

    +53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper

    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper

    The catalog pg_foreign_data_wrapper stores foreign-data wrapper definitions. A foreign-data wrapper is the mechanism by which external data, residing on foreign servers, is @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@

    Foreign-data wrapper specific options, as “keyword=value” strings -


    Prev Up Next
    53.22. pg_extension Home 53.24. pg_foreign_server
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.22. pg_extension Home 53.24. pg_foreign_server
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html index f094cca..021c720 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.24. pg_foreign_server
    53.24. pg_foreign_server
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.24. pg_foreign_server

    +53.24. pg_foreign_server

    53.24. pg_foreign_server
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.24. pg_foreign_server

    The catalog pg_foreign_server stores foreign server definitions. A foreign server describes a source of external data, such as a remote server. Foreign @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@

    Foreign server specific options, as “keyword=value” strings -


    Prev Up Next
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper Home 53.25. pg_foreign_table
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper Home 53.25. pg_foreign_table
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html index 7bd5b93..9cb8f5a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.25. pg_foreign_table
    53.25. pg_foreign_table
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.25. pg_foreign_table

    +53.25. pg_foreign_table

    53.25. pg_foreign_table
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.25. pg_foreign_table

    The catalog pg_foreign_table contains auxiliary information about foreign tables. A foreign table is primarily represented by a @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@

    Foreign table options, as “keyword=value” strings -


    Prev Up Next
    53.24. pg_foreign_server Home 53.26. pg_index
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.24. pg_foreign_server Home 53.26. pg_index
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html index 083c36e..d209100 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.26. pg_index
    53.26. pg_index
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.26. pg_index

    +53.26. pg_index

    53.26. pg_index
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.26. pg_index

    The catalog pg_index contains part of the information about indexes. The rest is mostly in pg_class. @@ -160,4 +160,4 @@ Expression tree (in nodeToString() representation) for partial index predicate. Null if not a partial index. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.25. pg_foreign_table Home 53.27. pg_inherits
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.25. pg_foreign_table Home 53.27. pg_inherits
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html index 545beb9..5fd12b7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.27. pg_inherits
    53.27. pg_inherits
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.27. pg_inherits

    +53.27. pg_inherits

    53.27. pg_inherits
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.27. pg_inherits

    The catalog pg_inherits records information about table and index inheritance hierarchies. There is one entry for each direct parent-child table or index relationship in the database. (Indirect @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@

    true for a partition that is in the process of being detached; false otherwise. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.26. pg_index Home 53.28. pg_init_privs
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.26. pg_index Home 53.28. pg_init_privs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html index af3c4ac..39ebd5a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.28. pg_init_privs
    53.28. pg_init_privs
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.28. pg_init_privs

    +53.28. pg_init_privs

    53.28. pg_init_privs
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.28. pg_init_privs

    The catalog pg_init_privs records information about the initial privileges of objects in the system. There is one entry for each object in the database which has a non-default (non-NULL) @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@

    The initial access privileges; see Section 5.7 for details -


    Prev Up Next
    53.27. pg_inherits Home 53.29. pg_language
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.27. pg_inherits Home 53.29. pg_language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html index b527065..6980056 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.29. pg_language
    53.29. pg_language
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.29. pg_language

    +53.29. pg_language

    53.29. pg_language
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.29. pg_language

    The catalog pg_language registers languages in which you can write functions or stored procedures. See CREATE LANGUAGE @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@

    Access privileges; see Section 5.7 for details -


    Prev Up Next
    53.28. pg_init_privs Home 53.30. pg_largeobject
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.28. pg_init_privs Home 53.30. pg_largeobject
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html index 61a1dbf..11f96e0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata

    +53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata

    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata

    The catalog pg_largeobject_metadata holds metadata associated with large objects. The actual large object data is stored in @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@

    Access privileges; see Section 5.7 for details -


    Prev Up Next
    53.30. pg_largeobject Home 53.32. pg_namespace
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.30. pg_largeobject Home 53.32. pg_namespace
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html index ae4ffe8..6605b61 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.30. pg_largeobject
    53.30. pg_largeobject
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.30. pg_largeobject

    +53.30. pg_largeobject

    53.30. pg_largeobject
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.30. pg_largeobject

    The catalog pg_largeobject holds the data making up “large objects”. A large object is identified by an OID assigned when it is created. Each large object is broken into @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ allows sparse storage: pages might be missing, and might be shorter than LOBLKSIZE bytes even if they are not the last page of the object. Missing regions within a large object read as zeroes. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.29. pg_language Home 53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.29. pg_language Home 53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html index 5fd2aff..66d0561 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.32. pg_namespace
    53.32. pg_namespace
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.32. pg_namespace

    +53.32. pg_namespace

    53.32. pg_namespace
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.32. pg_namespace

    The catalog pg_namespace stores namespaces. A namespace is the structure underlying SQL schemas: each namespace can have a separate collection of relations, types, etc. without name @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    Access privileges; see Section 5.7 for details -


    Prev Up Next
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata Home 53.33. pg_opclass
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata Home 53.33. pg_opclass
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html index 6909f84..391bd43 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.33. pg_opclass
    53.33. pg_opclass
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.33. pg_opclass

    +53.33. pg_opclass

    53.33. pg_opclass
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.33. pg_opclass

    The catalog pg_opclass defines index access method operator classes. Each operator class defines semantics for index columns of a particular data type and a particular @@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ Also, there must be no more than one pg_opclass row having opcdefault true for any given combination of opcmethod and opcintype. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.32. pg_namespace Home 53.34. pg_operator
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.32. pg_namespace Home 53.34. pg_operator
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html index face19d..4fdabf9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.34. pg_operator
    53.34. pg_operator
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.34. pg_operator

    +53.34. pg_operator

    53.34. pg_operator
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.34. pg_operator

    The catalog pg_operator stores information about operators. See CREATE OPERATOR and Section 38.14 for more information. @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@

    Join selectivity estimation function for this operator (zero if none) -


    Prev Up Next
    53.33. pg_opclass Home 53.35. pg_opfamily
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.33. pg_opclass Home 53.35. pg_opfamily
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html index a29f068..040d482 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.35. pg_opfamily
    53.35. pg_opfamily
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.35. pg_opfamily

    +53.35. pg_opfamily

    53.35. pg_opfamily
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.35. pg_opfamily

    The catalog pg_opfamily defines operator families. Each operator family is a collection of operators and associated support routines that implement the semantics specified for a particular @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ pg_amproc, and pg_opclass. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.34. pg_operator Home 53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.34. pg_operator Home 53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-parameter-acl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-parameter-acl.html index 79fdf07..0cb36d6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-parameter-acl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-parameter-acl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.36. pg_parameter_acl

    +53.36. pg_parameter_acl

    53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.36. pg_parameter_acl

    The catalog pg_parameter_acl records configuration parameters for which privileges have been granted to one or more roles. No entry is made for parameters that have default privileges. @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@

    Access privileges; see Section 5.7 for details -


    Prev Up Next
    53.35. pg_opfamily Home 53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.35. pg_opfamily Home 53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html index 0ef28a2..530eab6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.37. pg_partitioned_table

    +53.37. pg_partitioned_table

    53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.37. pg_partitioned_table

    The catalog pg_partitioned_table stores information about how tables are partitioned.

    Table 53.37. pg_partitioned_table Columns

    @@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ references. This is a list with one element for each zero entry in partattrs. Null if all partition key columns are simple references. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl Home 53.38. pg_policy
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl Home 53.38. pg_policy
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html index bab4e6f..c581074 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.38. pg_policy
    53.38. pg_policy
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.38. pg_policy

    +53.38. pg_policy

    53.38. pg_policy
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.38. pg_policy

    The catalog pg_policy stores row-level security policies for tables. A policy includes the kind of command that it applies to (possibly all commands), the roles that it @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ Policies stored in pg_policy are applied only when pg_class.relrowsecurity is set for their table. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table Home 53.39. pg_proc
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table Home 53.39. pg_proc
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html index 8783850..148e401 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.39. pg_proc
    53.39. pg_proc
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.39. pg_proc

    +53.39. pg_proc

    53.39. pg_proc
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.39. pg_proc

    The catalog pg_proc stores information about functions, procedures, aggregate functions, and window functions (collectively also known as routines). See CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE PROCEDURE, and @@ -253,4 +253,4 @@ text. probin is null except for dynamically-loaded C functions, for which it gives the name of the shared library file containing the function. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.38. pg_policy Home 53.40. pg_publication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.38. pg_policy Home 53.40. pg_publication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-namespace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-namespace.html index 8d19494..cdd5a4c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-namespace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-namespace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.41. pg_publication_namespace

    +53.41. pg_publication_namespace

    53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.41. pg_publication_namespace

    The catalog pg_publication_namespace contains the mapping between schemas and publications in the database. This is a many-to-many mapping. @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@

    Reference to schema -


    Prev Up Next
    53.40. pg_publication Home 53.42. pg_publication_rel
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.40. pg_publication Home 53.42. pg_publication_rel
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html index c81398b..2825411 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.42. pg_publication_rel
    53.42. pg_publication_rel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.42. pg_publication_rel

    +53.42. pg_publication_rel

    53.42. pg_publication_rel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.42. pg_publication_rel

    The catalog pg_publication_rel contains the mapping between relations and publications in the database. This is a many-to-many mapping. See also Section 54.17 @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ part of the publication. For example, a value of 1 3 would mean that the first and the third table columns are published. A null value indicates that all columns are published. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace Home 53.43. pg_range
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace Home 53.43. pg_range
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html index 75a04f3..9a172f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.40. pg_publication
    53.40. pg_publication
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.40. pg_publication

    +53.40. pg_publication

    53.40. pg_publication
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.40. pg_publication

    The catalog pg_publication contains all publications created in the database. For more on publications see Section 31.1. @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ If true, operations on a leaf partition are replicated using the identity and schema of its topmost partitioned ancestor mentioned in the publication instead of its own. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.39. pg_proc Home 53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.39. pg_proc Home 53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html index df9bfe5..211fee7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.43. pg_range
    53.43. pg_range
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.43. pg_range

    +53.43. pg_range

    53.43. pg_range
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.43. pg_range

    The catalog pg_range stores information about range types. This is in addition to the types' entries in pg_type. @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ type. rngcanonical is used when the element type is discrete. rngsubdiff is optional but should be supplied to improve performance of GiST indexes on the range type. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.42. pg_publication_rel Home 53.44. pg_replication_origin
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.42. pg_publication_rel Home 53.44. pg_replication_origin
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html index 299e305..0e73b8a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.44. pg_replication_origin
    53.44. pg_replication_origin
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.44. pg_replication_origin

    +53.44. pg_replication_origin

    53.44. pg_replication_origin
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.44. pg_replication_origin

    The pg_replication_origin catalog contains all replication origins created. For more on replication origins see Chapter 50. @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@

    The external, user defined, name of a replication origin. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.43. pg_range Home 53.45. pg_rewrite
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.43. pg_range Home 53.45. pg_rewrite
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html index 7c9f11d..a924511 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.45. pg_rewrite
    53.45. pg_rewrite
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.45. pg_rewrite

    +53.45. pg_rewrite

    53.45. pg_rewrite
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.45. pg_rewrite

    The catalog pg_rewrite stores rewrite rules for tables and views.

    Table 53.45. pg_rewrite Columns

    Column Type @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@


    Note

    pg_class.relhasrules must be true if a table has any rules in this catalog. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.44. pg_replication_origin Home 53.46. pg_seclabel
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.44. pg_replication_origin Home 53.46. pg_seclabel
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html index a6dd2a3..6e9427a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.46. pg_seclabel
    53.46. pg_seclabel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.46. pg_seclabel

    +53.46. pg_seclabel

    53.46. pg_seclabel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.46. pg_seclabel

    The catalog pg_seclabel stores security labels on database objects. Security labels can be manipulated with the SECURITY LABEL command. For an easier @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@

    The security label applied to this object. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.45. pg_rewrite Home 53.47. pg_sequence
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.45. pg_rewrite Home 53.47. pg_sequence
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html index 8b4a76a..1ae419a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.47. pg_sequence
    53.47. pg_sequence
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.47. pg_sequence

    +53.47. pg_sequence

    53.47. pg_sequence
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.47. pg_sequence

    The catalog pg_sequence contains information about sequences. Some of the information about sequences, such as the name and the schema, is in @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@

    Whether the sequence cycles -


    Prev Up Next
    53.46. pg_seclabel Home 53.48. pg_shdepend
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.46. pg_seclabel Home 53.48. pg_shdepend
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html index a3aaef0..dfcc5f9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.48. pg_shdepend
    53.48. pg_shdepend
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.48. pg_shdepend

    +53.48. pg_shdepend

    53.48. pg_shdepend
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.48. pg_shdepend

    The catalog pg_shdepend records the dependency relationships between database objects and shared objects, such as roles. This information allows @@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ considered “pinned”. No entries are made in pg_shdepend that would have a pinned object as either referenced or dependent object. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.47. pg_sequence Home 53.49. pg_shdescription
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.47. pg_sequence Home 53.49. pg_shdescription
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html index 54d9e48..6b5e861 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.49. pg_shdescription
    53.49. pg_shdescription
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.49. pg_shdescription

    +53.49. pg_shdescription

    53.49. pg_shdescription
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.49. pg_shdescription

    The catalog pg_shdescription stores optional descriptions (comments) for shared database objects. Descriptions can be manipulated with the COMMENT command and viewed with @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@

    Arbitrary text that serves as the description of this object -


    Prev Up Next
    53.48. pg_shdepend Home 53.50. pg_shseclabel
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.48. pg_shdepend Home 53.50. pg_shseclabel
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html index 52d91ee..2975e55 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.50. pg_shseclabel
    53.50. pg_shseclabel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.50. pg_shseclabel

    +53.50. pg_shseclabel

    53.50. pg_shseclabel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.50. pg_shseclabel

    The catalog pg_shseclabel stores security labels on shared database objects. Security labels can be manipulated with the SECURITY LABEL command. For an easier @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@

    The security label applied to this object. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.49. pg_shdescription Home 53.51. pg_statistic
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.49. pg_shdescription Home 53.51. pg_statistic
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext-data.html index 5860d87..f2986ec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext-data.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data

    +53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data

    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data

    The catalog pg_statistic_ext_data holds data for extended planner statistics defined in pg_statistic_ext. @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ is a publicly readable view on pg_statistic_ext_data (after joining with pg_statistic_ext) that only exposes - information about those tables and columns that are readable by the - current user. + information about tables the current user owns.

    Table 53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data Columns

    Column Type

    @@ -68,4 +67,4 @@

    Per-expression statistics, serialized as an array of pg_statistic type -


    Prev Up Next
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext Home 53.54. pg_subscription
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext Home 53.54. pg_subscription
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html index 5123439..2f68a04 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.52. pg_statistic_ext

    +53.52. pg_statistic_ext

    53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.52. pg_statistic_ext

    The catalog pg_statistic_ext holds definitions of extended planner statistics. Each row in this catalog corresponds to a statistics object @@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ and populate an entry in the pg_statistic_ext_data catalog. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.51. pg_statistic Home 53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.51. pg_statistic Home 53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html index cb4bca1..9465583 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.51. pg_statistic
    53.51. pg_statistic
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.51. pg_statistic

    +53.51. pg_statistic

    53.51. pg_statistic
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.51. pg_statistic

    The catalog pg_statistic stores statistical data about the contents of the database. Entries are created by ANALYZE @@ -131,4 +131,4 @@ values are actually of the specific column's data type, or a related type such as an array's element type, so there is no way to define these columns' type more specifically than anyarray. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.50. pg_shseclabel Home 53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.50. pg_shseclabel Home 53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html index b84860d..58e361c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.55. pg_subscription_rel

    +53.55. pg_subscription_rel

    53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.55. pg_subscription_rel

    The catalog pg_subscription_rel contains the state for each replicated relation in each subscription. This is a many-to-many mapping. @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ Remote LSN of the state change used for synchronization coordination when in s or r states, otherwise null -


    Prev Up Next
    53.54. pg_subscription Home 53.56. pg_tablespace
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.54. pg_subscription Home 53.56. pg_tablespace
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html index 057f1ab..462459b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.54. pg_subscription
    53.54. pg_subscription
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.54. pg_subscription

    +53.54. pg_subscription

    53.54. pg_subscription
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.54. pg_subscription

    The catalog pg_subscription contains all existing logical replication subscriptions. For more information about logical replication see Chapter 31. @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Array of subscribed publication names. These reference publications defined in the upstream database. For more on publications see Section 31.1. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data Home 53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data Home 53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html index 5bdec93..bab3e3c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.56. pg_tablespace
    53.56. pg_tablespace
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.56. pg_tablespace

    +53.56. pg_tablespace

    53.56. pg_tablespace
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.56. pg_tablespace

    The catalog pg_tablespace stores information about the available tablespaces. Tables can be placed in particular tablespaces to aid administration of disk layout. @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@

    Tablespace-level options, as “keyword=value” strings -


    Prev Up Next
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel Home 53.57. pg_transform
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel Home 53.57. pg_transform
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html index d7169e9..cf909e1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.57. pg_transform
    53.57. pg_transform
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.57. pg_transform

    +53.57. pg_transform

    53.57. pg_transform
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.57. pg_transform

    The catalog pg_transform stores information about transforms, which are a mechanism to adapt data types to procedural languages. See CREATE TRANSFORM for more information. @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ The OID of the function to use when converting output from the procedural language (e.g., return values) to the data type. Zero is stored if the default behavior should be used. -


    Prev Up Next
    53.56. pg_tablespace Home 53.58. pg_trigger
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.56. pg_tablespace Home 53.58. pg_trigger
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html index ce4212d..e746521 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.58. pg_trigger
    53.58. pg_trigger
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.58. pg_trigger

    +53.58. pg_trigger

    53.58. pg_trigger
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.58. pg_trigger

    The catalog pg_trigger stores triggers on tables and views. See CREATE TRIGGER @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@

    Note

    pg_class.relhastriggers must be true if a relation has any triggers in this catalog. -

    Prev Up Next
    53.57. pg_transform Home 53.59. pg_ts_config
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.57. pg_transform Home 53.59. pg_ts_config
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html index 9e7d34f..f1587c6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.60. pg_ts_config_map

    +53.60. pg_ts_config_map

    53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.60. pg_ts_config_map

    The pg_ts_config_map catalog contains entries showing which text search dictionaries should be consulted, and in what order, for each output token type of each text search configuration's @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@

    The OID of the text search dictionary to consult -


    Prev Up Next
    53.59. pg_ts_config Home 53.61. pg_ts_dict
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.59. pg_ts_config Home 53.61. pg_ts_dict
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html index 17d31f6..e66b27c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.59. pg_ts_config
    53.59. pg_ts_config
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.59. pg_ts_config

    +53.59. pg_ts_config

    53.59. pg_ts_config
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.59. pg_ts_config

    The pg_ts_config catalog contains entries representing text search configurations. A configuration specifies a particular text search parser and a list of dictionaries to use @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@

    The OID of the text search parser for this configuration -


    Prev Up Next
    53.58. pg_trigger Home 53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.58. pg_trigger Home 53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html index 703fdc7..fc5d0fb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.61. pg_ts_dict
    53.61. pg_ts_dict
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.61. pg_ts_dict

    +53.61. pg_ts_dict

    53.61. pg_ts_dict
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.61. pg_ts_dict

    The pg_ts_dict catalog contains entries defining text search dictionaries. A dictionary depends on a text search template, which specifies all the implementation functions @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@

    Initialization option string for the template -


    Prev Up Next
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map Home 53.62. pg_ts_parser
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map Home 53.62. pg_ts_parser
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html index 1342510..47e8fb3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.62. pg_ts_parser
    53.62. pg_ts_parser
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.62. pg_ts_parser

    +53.62. pg_ts_parser

    53.62. pg_ts_parser
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.62. pg_ts_parser

    The pg_ts_parser catalog contains entries defining text search parsers. A parser is responsible for splitting input text into lexemes and assigning a token type to each lexeme. @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@

    OID of the parser's lextype function -


    Prev Up Next
    53.61. pg_ts_dict Home 53.63. pg_ts_template
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.61. pg_ts_dict Home 53.63. pg_ts_template
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html index 4b794b9..8eca6f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.63. pg_ts_template
    53.63. pg_ts_template
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.63. pg_ts_template

    +53.63. pg_ts_template

    53.63. pg_ts_template
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.63. pg_ts_template

    The pg_ts_template catalog contains entries defining text search templates. A template is the implementation skeleton for a class of text search dictionaries. @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@

    OID of the template's lexize function -


    Prev Up Next
    53.62. pg_ts_parser Home 53.64. pg_type
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.62. pg_ts_parser Home 53.64. pg_type
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html index 6361d4a..a0b5be9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.64. pg_type
    53.64. pg_type
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.64. pg_type

    +53.64. pg_type

    53.64. pg_type
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.64. pg_type

    The catalog pg_type stores information about data types. Base types and enum types (scalar types) are created with CREATE TYPE, and @@ -307,4 +307,4 @@ of typcategory. Any future additions to this list will also be upper-case ASCII letters. All other ASCII characters are reserved for user-defined categories. -

    Table 53.65. typcategory Codes

    CodeCategory
    AArray types
    BBoolean types
    CComposite types
    DDate/time types
    EEnum types
    GGeometric types
    INetwork address types
    NNumeric types
    PPseudo-types
    RRange types
    SString types
    TTimespan types
    UUser-defined types
    VBit-string types
    Xunknown type
    ZInternal-use types

    Prev Up Next
    53.63. pg_ts_template Home 53.65. pg_user_mapping
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 53.65. typcategory Codes

    CodeCategory
    AArray types
    BBoolean types
    CComposite types
    DDate/time types
    EEnum types
    GGeometric types
    INetwork address types
    NNumeric types
    PPseudo-types
    RRange types
    SString types
    TTimespan types
    UUser-defined types
    VBit-string types
    Xunknown type
    ZInternal-use types

    Prev Up Next
    53.63. pg_ts_template Home 53.65. pg_user_mapping
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html index ec8887f..000f754 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.65. pg_user_mapping
    53.65. pg_user_mapping
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.65. pg_user_mapping

    +53.65. pg_user_mapping

    53.65. pg_user_mapping
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.65. pg_user_mapping

    The catalog pg_user_mapping stores the mappings from local user to remote. Access to this catalog is restricted from normal users, use the view @@ -32,4 +32,4 @@

    User mapping specific options, as “keyword=value” strings -


    Prev Up Next
    53.64. pg_type Home Chapter 54. System Views
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    53.64. pg_type Home Chapter 54. System Views
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html index 41ac125..2ffbe76 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -53.1. Overview
    53.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.1. Overview

    +53.1. Overview

    53.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 53. System CatalogsHome Next

    53.1. Overview

    Table 53.1 lists the system catalogs. More detailed documentation of each catalog follows below.

    @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ database creation and are thereafter database-specific. A few catalogs are physically shared across all databases in a cluster; these are noted in the descriptions of the individual catalogs. -

    Table 53.1. System Catalogs

    Catalog NamePurpose
    pg_aggregateaggregate functions
    pg_amrelation access methods
    pg_amopaccess method operators
    pg_amprocaccess method support functions
    pg_attrdefcolumn default values
    pg_attributetable columns (“attributes”)
    pg_authidauthorization identifiers (roles)
    pg_auth_membersauthorization identifier membership relationships
    pg_castcasts (data type conversions)
    pg_classtables, indexes, sequences, views (“relations”)
    pg_collationcollations (locale information)
    pg_constraintcheck constraints, unique constraints, primary key constraints, foreign key constraints
    pg_conversionencoding conversion information
    pg_databasedatabases within this database cluster
    pg_db_role_settingper-role and per-database settings
    pg_default_acldefault privileges for object types
    pg_dependdependencies between database objects
    pg_descriptiondescriptions or comments on database objects
    pg_enumenum label and value definitions
    pg_event_triggerevent triggers
    pg_extensioninstalled extensions
    pg_foreign_data_wrapperforeign-data wrapper definitions
    pg_foreign_serverforeign server definitions
    pg_foreign_tableadditional foreign table information
    pg_indexadditional index information
    pg_inheritstable inheritance hierarchy
    pg_init_privsobject initial privileges
    pg_languagelanguages for writing functions
    pg_largeobjectdata pages for large objects
    pg_largeobject_metadatametadata for large objects
    pg_namespaceschemas
    pg_opclassaccess method operator classes
    pg_operatoroperators
    pg_opfamilyaccess method operator families
    pg_parameter_aclconfiguration parameters for which privileges have been granted
    pg_partitioned_tableinformation about partition key of tables
    pg_policyrow-security policies
    pg_procfunctions and procedures
    pg_publicationpublications for logical replication
    pg_publication_namespaceschema to publication mapping
    pg_publication_relrelation to publication mapping
    pg_rangeinformation about range types
    pg_replication_originregistered replication origins
    pg_rewritequery rewrite rules
    pg_seclabelsecurity labels on database objects
    pg_sequenceinformation about sequences
    pg_shdependdependencies on shared objects
    pg_shdescriptioncomments on shared objects
    pg_shseclabelsecurity labels on shared database objects
    pg_statisticplanner statistics
    pg_statistic_extextended planner statistics (definition)
    pg_statistic_ext_dataextended planner statistics (built statistics)
    pg_subscriptionlogical replication subscriptions
    pg_subscription_relrelation state for subscriptions
    pg_tablespacetablespaces within this database cluster
    pg_transformtransforms (data type to procedural language conversions)
    pg_triggertriggers
    pg_ts_configtext search configurations
    pg_ts_config_maptext search configurations' token mappings
    pg_ts_dicttext search dictionaries
    pg_ts_parsertext search parsers
    pg_ts_templatetext search templates
    pg_typedata types
    pg_user_mappingmappings of users to foreign servers

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 53. System Catalogs Home 53.2. pg_aggregate
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 53.1. System Catalogs

    Catalog NamePurpose
    pg_aggregateaggregate functions
    pg_amrelation access methods
    pg_amopaccess method operators
    pg_amprocaccess method support functions
    pg_attrdefcolumn default values
    pg_attributetable columns (“attributes”)
    pg_authidauthorization identifiers (roles)
    pg_auth_membersauthorization identifier membership relationships
    pg_castcasts (data type conversions)
    pg_classtables, indexes, sequences, views (“relations”)
    pg_collationcollations (locale information)
    pg_constraintcheck constraints, unique constraints, primary key constraints, foreign key constraints
    pg_conversionencoding conversion information
    pg_databasedatabases within this database cluster
    pg_db_role_settingper-role and per-database settings
    pg_default_acldefault privileges for object types
    pg_dependdependencies between database objects
    pg_descriptiondescriptions or comments on database objects
    pg_enumenum label and value definitions
    pg_event_triggerevent triggers
    pg_extensioninstalled extensions
    pg_foreign_data_wrapperforeign-data wrapper definitions
    pg_foreign_serverforeign server definitions
    pg_foreign_tableadditional foreign table information
    pg_indexadditional index information
    pg_inheritstable inheritance hierarchy
    pg_init_privsobject initial privileges
    pg_languagelanguages for writing functions
    pg_largeobjectdata pages for large objects
    pg_largeobject_metadatametadata for large objects
    pg_namespaceschemas
    pg_opclassaccess method operator classes
    pg_operatoroperators
    pg_opfamilyaccess method operator families
    pg_parameter_aclconfiguration parameters for which privileges have been granted
    pg_partitioned_tableinformation about partition key of tables
    pg_policyrow-security policies
    pg_procfunctions and procedures
    pg_publicationpublications for logical replication
    pg_publication_namespaceschema to publication mapping
    pg_publication_relrelation to publication mapping
    pg_rangeinformation about range types
    pg_replication_originregistered replication origins
    pg_rewritequery rewrite rules
    pg_seclabelsecurity labels on database objects
    pg_sequenceinformation about sequences
    pg_shdependdependencies on shared objects
    pg_shdescriptioncomments on shared objects
    pg_shseclabelsecurity labels on shared database objects
    pg_statisticplanner statistics
    pg_statistic_extextended planner statistics (definition)
    pg_statistic_ext_dataextended planner statistics (built statistics)
    pg_subscriptionlogical replication subscriptions
    pg_subscription_relrelation state for subscriptions
    pg_tablespacetablespaces within this database cluster
    pg_transformtransforms (data type to procedural language conversions)
    pg_triggertriggers
    pg_ts_configtext search configurations
    pg_ts_config_maptext search configurations' token mappings
    pg_ts_dicttext search dictionaries
    pg_ts_parsertext search parsers
    pg_ts_templatetext search templates
    pg_typedata types
    pg_user_mappingmappings of users to foreign servers

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 53. System Catalogs Home 53.2. pg_aggregate
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html index 61c0135..5c06bc4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 53. System Catalogs
    Chapter 53. System Catalogs
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 53. System Catalogs

    Table of Contents

    53.1. Overview
    53.2. pg_aggregate
    53.3. pg_am
    53.4. pg_amop
    53.5. pg_amproc
    53.6. pg_attrdef
    53.7. pg_attribute
    53.8. pg_authid
    53.9. pg_auth_members
    53.10. pg_cast
    53.11. pg_class
    53.12. pg_collation
    53.13. pg_constraint
    53.14. pg_conversion
    53.15. pg_database
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    53.17. pg_default_acl
    53.18. pg_depend
    53.19. pg_description
    53.20. pg_enum
    53.21. pg_event_trigger
    53.22. pg_extension
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    53.24. pg_foreign_server
    53.25. pg_foreign_table
    53.26. pg_index
    53.27. pg_inherits
    53.28. pg_init_privs
    53.29. pg_language
    53.30. pg_largeobject
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    53.32. pg_namespace
    53.33. pg_opclass
    53.34. pg_operator
    53.35. pg_opfamily
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    53.38. pg_policy
    53.39. pg_proc
    53.40. pg_publication
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    53.42. pg_publication_rel
    53.43. pg_range
    53.44. pg_replication_origin
    53.45. pg_rewrite
    53.46. pg_seclabel
    53.47. pg_sequence
    53.48. pg_shdepend
    53.49. pg_shdescription
    53.50. pg_shseclabel
    53.51. pg_statistic
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    53.54. pg_subscription
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    53.56. pg_tablespace
    53.57. pg_transform
    53.58. pg_trigger
    53.59. pg_ts_config
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    53.61. pg_ts_dict
    53.62. pg_ts_parser
    53.63. pg_ts_template
    53.64. pg_type
    53.65. pg_user_mapping

    +Chapter 53. System Catalogs

    Chapter 53. System Catalogs
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 53. System Catalogs

    Table of Contents

    53.1. Overview
    53.2. pg_aggregate
    53.3. pg_am
    53.4. pg_amop
    53.5. pg_amproc
    53.6. pg_attrdef
    53.7. pg_attribute
    53.8. pg_authid
    53.9. pg_auth_members
    53.10. pg_cast
    53.11. pg_class
    53.12. pg_collation
    53.13. pg_constraint
    53.14. pg_conversion
    53.15. pg_database
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    53.17. pg_default_acl
    53.18. pg_depend
    53.19. pg_description
    53.20. pg_enum
    53.21. pg_event_trigger
    53.22. pg_extension
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    53.24. pg_foreign_server
    53.25. pg_foreign_table
    53.26. pg_index
    53.27. pg_inherits
    53.28. pg_init_privs
    53.29. pg_language
    53.30. pg_largeobject
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    53.32. pg_namespace
    53.33. pg_opclass
    53.34. pg_operator
    53.35. pg_opfamily
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    53.38. pg_policy
    53.39. pg_proc
    53.40. pg_publication
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    53.42. pg_publication_rel
    53.43. pg_range
    53.44. pg_replication_origin
    53.45. pg_rewrite
    53.46. pg_seclabel
    53.47. pg_sequence
    53.48. pg_shdepend
    53.49. pg_shdescription
    53.50. pg_shseclabel
    53.51. pg_statistic
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    53.54. pg_subscription
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    53.56. pg_tablespace
    53.57. pg_transform
    53.58. pg_trigger
    53.59. pg_ts_config
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    53.61. pg_ts_dict
    53.62. pg_ts_parser
    53.63. pg_ts_template
    53.64. pg_type
    53.65. pg_user_mapping

    The system catalogs are the place where a relational database management system stores schema metadata, such as information about tables and columns, and internal bookkeeping information. @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ particularly esoteric operations, but many of those have been made available as SQL commands over time, and so the need for direct manipulation of the system catalogs is ever decreasing. -

    Prev Up Next
    52.6. Executor Home 53.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    52.6. Executor Home 53.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html index b236814..fe72057 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 24. Localization
    Chapter 24. Localization
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    23.6. Tablespaces Home 24.1. Locale Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    23.6. Tablespaces Home 24.1. Locale Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/checksums.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/checksums.html index 3b93b09..1ae7d9f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/checksums.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/checksums.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -30.2. Data Checksums
    30.2. Data Checksums
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.2. Data Checksums

    30.2.1. Off-line Enabling of Checksums

    +30.2. Data Checksums

    30.2. Data Checksums
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.2. Data Checksums

    30.2.1. Off-line Enabling of Checksums

    By default, data pages are not protected by checksums, but this can optionally be enabled for a cluster. When enabled, each data page includes a checksum that is updated when the page is written and verified each time @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ The pg_checksums application can be used to enable or disable data checksums, as well as verify checksums, on an offline cluster. -

    Prev Up Next
    30.1. Reliability Home 30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    30.1. Reliability Home 30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html index 40ec3aa..4932acd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.10. citext
    F.10. citext
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.10. citext

    F.10.1. Rationale
    F.10.2. How to Use It
    F.10.3. String Comparison Behavior
    F.10.4. Limitations
    F.10.5. Author

    +F.10. citext

    F.10. citext
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.10. citext

    F.10.1. Rationale
    F.10.2. How to Use It
    F.10.3. String Comparison Behavior
    F.10.4. Limitations
    F.10.5. Author

    The citext module provides a case-insensitive character string type, citext. Essentially, it internally calls lower when comparing values. Otherwise, it behaves almost @@ -163,4 +163,4 @@ SELECT * FROM users WHERE nick = 'Larry'; David E. Wheeler

    Inspired by the original citext module by Donald Fraser. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.9. btree_gist Home F.11. cube
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.9. btree_gist Home F.11. cube
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html index f17bfed..a08ec91 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.15. Authentication Problems
    21.15. Authentication Problems
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.15. Authentication Problems

    +21.15. Authentication Problems

    21.15. Authentication Problems
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.15. Authentication Problems

    Authentication failures and related problems generally manifest themselves through error messages like the following:

    @@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ FATAL: database "testdb" does not exist The server log might contain more information about an authentication failure than is reported to the client. If you are confused about the reason for a failure, check the server log. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.14. BSD Authentication Home Chapter 22. Database Roles
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.14. BSD Authentication Home Chapter 22. Database Roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html index 685d3d2..7be9280 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 21. Client Authentication
    Chapter 21. Client Authentication
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 21. Client Authentication

    Table of Contents

    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    21.2. User Name Maps
    21.3. Authentication Methods
    21.4. Trust Authentication
    21.5. Password Authentication
    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    21.7. SSPI Authentication
    21.8. Ident Authentication
    21.9. Peer Authentication
    21.10. LDAP Authentication
    21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    21.12. Certificate Authentication
    21.13. PAM Authentication
    21.14. BSD Authentication
    21.15. Authentication Problems

    +Chapter 21. Client Authentication

    Chapter 21. Client Authentication
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 21. Client Authentication

    Table of Contents

    21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    21.2. User Name Maps
    21.3. Authentication Methods
    21.4. Trust Authentication
    21.5. Password Authentication
    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    21.7. SSPI Authentication
    21.8. Ident Authentication
    21.9. Peer Authentication
    21.10. LDAP Authentication
    21.11. RADIUS Authentication
    21.12. Certificate Authentication
    21.13. PAM Authentication
    21.14. BSD Authentication
    21.15. Authentication Problems

    When a client application connects to the database server, it specifies which PostgreSQL database user name it wants to connect as, much the same way one logs into a Unix computer @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ operating system account, and in such cases there need be no connection between database user names and OS user names. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.18. Short Options Home 21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.18. Short Options Home 21.1. The pg_hba.conf File
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html index 1ce7191..8b032dd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part IV. Client Interfaces
    Part IV. Client Interfaces
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Part IV. Client Interfaces

    +Part IV. Client Interfaces

    Part IV. Client Interfaces
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Part IV. Client Interfaces

    This part describes the client programming interfaces distributed with PostgreSQL. Each of these chapters can be read independently. Note that there are many other programming @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ familiar with using SQL commands to manipulate and query the database (see Part II) and of course with the programming language that the interface uses. -

    Table of Contents

    34. libpq — C Library
    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    34.2. Connection Status Functions
    34.3. Command Execution Functions
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    34.5. Pipeline Mode
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    34.11. Control Functions
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    34.13. Notice Processing
    34.14. Event System
    34.15. Environment Variables
    34.16. The Password File
    34.17. The Connection Service File
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    34.19. SSL Support
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    34.21. Building libpq Programs
    34.22. Example Programs
    35. Large Objects
    35.1. Introduction
    35.2. Implementation Features
    35.3. Client Interfaces
    35.4. Server-Side Functions
    35.5. Example Program
    36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    36.1. The Concept
    36.2. Managing Database Connections
    36.3. Running SQL Commands
    36.4. Using Host Variables
    36.5. Dynamic SQL
    36.6. pgtypes Library
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    36.8. Error Handling
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    36.11. Library Functions
    36.12. Large Objects
    36.13. C++ Applications
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    36.17. Internals
    37. The Information Schema
    37.1. The Schema
    37.2. Data Types
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    37.5. applicable_roles
    37.6. attributes
    37.7. character_sets
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    37.9. check_constraints
    37.10. collations
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    37.12. column_column_usage
    37.13. column_domain_usage
    37.14. column_options
    37.15. column_privileges
    37.16. column_udt_usage
    37.17. columns
    37.18. constraint_column_usage
    37.19. constraint_table_usage
    37.20. data_type_privileges
    37.21. domain_constraints
    37.22. domain_udt_usage
    37.23. domains
    37.24. element_types
    37.25. enabled_roles
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    37.28. foreign_server_options
    37.29. foreign_servers
    37.30. foreign_table_options
    37.31. foreign_tables
    37.32. key_column_usage
    37.33. parameters
    37.34. referential_constraints
    37.35. role_column_grants
    37.36. role_routine_grants
    37.37. role_table_grants
    37.38. role_udt_grants
    37.39. role_usage_grants
    37.40. routine_column_usage
    37.41. routine_privileges
    37.42. routine_routine_usage
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    37.44. routine_table_usage
    37.45. routines
    37.46. schemata
    37.47. sequences
    37.48. sql_features
    37.49. sql_implementation_info
    37.50. sql_parts
    37.51. sql_sizing
    37.52. table_constraints
    37.53. table_privileges
    37.54. tables
    37.55. transforms
    37.56. triggered_update_columns
    37.57. triggers
    37.58. udt_privileges
    37.59. usage_privileges
    37.60. user_defined_types
    37.61. user_mapping_options
    37.62. user_mappings
    37.63. view_column_usage
    37.64. view_routine_usage
    37.65. view_table_usage
    37.66. views
    Prev Up Next
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination Home Chapter 34. libpq — C Library
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table of Contents

    34. libpq — C Library
    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    34.2. Connection Status Functions
    34.3. Command Execution Functions
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    34.5. Pipeline Mode
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    34.11. Control Functions
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    34.13. Notice Processing
    34.14. Event System
    34.15. Environment Variables
    34.16. The Password File
    34.17. The Connection Service File
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    34.19. SSL Support
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    34.21. Building libpq Programs
    34.22. Example Programs
    35. Large Objects
    35.1. Introduction
    35.2. Implementation Features
    35.3. Client Interfaces
    35.4. Server-Side Functions
    35.5. Example Program
    36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    36.1. The Concept
    36.2. Managing Database Connections
    36.3. Running SQL Commands
    36.4. Using Host Variables
    36.5. Dynamic SQL
    36.6. pgtypes Library
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    36.8. Error Handling
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    36.11. Library Functions
    36.12. Large Objects
    36.13. C++ Applications
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    36.17. Internals
    37. The Information Schema
    37.1. The Schema
    37.2. Data Types
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    37.5. applicable_roles
    37.6. attributes
    37.7. character_sets
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    37.9. check_constraints
    37.10. collations
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    37.12. column_column_usage
    37.13. column_domain_usage
    37.14. column_options
    37.15. column_privileges
    37.16. column_udt_usage
    37.17. columns
    37.18. constraint_column_usage
    37.19. constraint_table_usage
    37.20. data_type_privileges
    37.21. domain_constraints
    37.22. domain_udt_usage
    37.23. domains
    37.24. element_types
    37.25. enabled_roles
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    37.28. foreign_server_options
    37.29. foreign_servers
    37.30. foreign_table_options
    37.31. foreign_tables
    37.32. key_column_usage
    37.33. parameters
    37.34. referential_constraints
    37.35. role_column_grants
    37.36. role_routine_grants
    37.37. role_table_grants
    37.38. role_udt_grants
    37.39. role_usage_grants
    37.40. routine_column_usage
    37.41. routine_privileges
    37.42. routine_routine_usage
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    37.44. routine_table_usage
    37.45. routines
    37.46. schemata
    37.47. sequences
    37.48. sql_features
    37.49. sql_implementation_info
    37.50. sql_parts
    37.51. sql_sizing
    37.52. table_constraints
    37.53. table_privileges
    37.54. tables
    37.55. transforms
    37.56. triggered_update_columns
    37.57. triggers
    37.58. udt_privileges
    37.59. usage_privileges
    37.60. user_defined_types
    37.61. user_mapping_options
    37.62. user_mappings
    37.63. view_column_usage
    37.64. view_routine_usage
    37.65. view_table_usage
    37.66. views
    Prev Up Next
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination Home Chapter 34. libpq — C Library
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html index 2eeb947..4999778 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -24.2. Collation Support
    24.2. Collation Support
    Prev UpChapter 24. LocalizationHome Next

    24.2. Collation Support

    24.2.1. Concepts
    24.2.2. Managing Collations

    +24.2. Collation Support

    24.2. Collation Support
    Prev UpChapter 24. LocalizationHome Next

    24.2. Collation Support

    24.2.1. Concepts
    24.2.2. Managing Collations

    The collation feature allows specifying the sort order and character classification behavior of data per-column, or even per-operation. This alleviates the restriction that the @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ CREATE COLLATION german (provider = libc, locale = 'de_DE'); See Unicode Technical Standard #35 - and BCP 47 for + and BCP 47 for details. The list of possible collation types (co subtag) can be found in the CLDR @@ -414,4 +414,4 @@ CREATE COLLATION ignore_accents (provider = icu, locale = 'und-u-ks-level1-kc-tr normalize and is normalized to preprocess or check the strings, instead of using nondeterministic collations. There are different trade-offs for each approach. -

    Prev Up Next
    24.1. Locale Support Home 24.3. Character Set Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    24.1. Locale Support Home 24.3. Character Set Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/color-when.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/color-when.html index 8197e68..ca9fd87 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/color-when.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/color-when.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -N.1. When Color is Used
    N.1. When Color is Used
    Prev UpAppendix N. Color SupportHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Appendix N. Color Support Home N.2. Configuring the Colors
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix N. Color Support Home N.2. Configuring the Colors
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/color-which.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/color-which.html index f3d6829..375235c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/color-which.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/color-which.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -N.2. Configuring the Colors
    N.2. Configuring the Colors
    Prev UpAppendix N. Color SupportHome Next

    N.2. Configuring the Colors

    +N.2. Configuring the Colors

    N.2. Configuring the Colors
    Prev UpAppendix N. Color SupportHome Next

    N.2. Configuring the Colors

    The actual colors to be used are configured using the environment variable PG_COLORS (note plural). The value is a colon-separated list of @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ This color specification format is also used by other software packages such as GCC, GNU coreutils, and GNU grep. -

    Prev Up Next
    N.1. When Color is Used Home Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    N.1. When Color is Used Home Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/color.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/color.html index 0b5c321..af1e68b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/color.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/color.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix N. Color Support
    Appendix N. Color Support
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix N. Color Support

    Table of Contents

    N.1. When Color is Used
    N.2. Configuring the Colors

    +Appendix N. Color Support

    Appendix N. Color Support
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix N. Color Support

    Table of Contents

    N.1. When Color is Used
    N.2. Configuring the Colors

    Most programs in the PostgreSQL package can produce colorized console output. This appendix describes how that is configured. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix M. Glossary Home N.1. When Color is Used
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix M. Glossary Home N.1. When Color is Used
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html index 06f6339..a991297 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.1. Setting Parameters
    20.1. Setting Parameters
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.1. Setting Parameters

    20.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
    20.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    20.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
    20.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
    20.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents

    20.1.1. Parameter Names and Values

    +20.1. Setting Parameters

    20.1. Setting Parameters
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.1. Setting Parameters

    20.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
    20.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    20.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
    20.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
    20.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents

    20.1.1. Parameter Names and Values

    All parameter names are case-insensitive. Every parameter takes a value of one of five types: boolean, string, integer, floating point, or enumerated (enum). The type determines the syntax for setting the @@ -333,4 +333,4 @@ include_dir 'conf.d' their configurations all stored in one place, such as in a version control repository. (Storing database configuration files under version control is another good practice to consider.) -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 20. Server Configuration Home 20.2. File Locations
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 20. Server Configuration Home 20.2. File Locations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html index c1d4192..c11f6e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -52.2. How Connections Are Established
    52.2. How Connections Are Established
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.2. How Connections Are Established

    +52.2. How Connections Are Established

    52.2. How Connections Are Established
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.2. How Connections Are Established

    PostgreSQL implements a “process per user” client/server model. In this model, every @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ process parses the query, creates an execution plan, executes the plan, and returns the retrieved rows to the client by transmitting them over the established connection. -

    Prev Up Next
    52.1. The Path of a Query Home 52.3. The Parser Stage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    52.1. The Path of a Query Home 52.3. The Parser Stage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html index a25d960..f3cee99 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    Prev UpChapter 26. Backup and RestoreHome Next

    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)

    26.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
    26.3.2. Making a Base Backup
    26.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
    26.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
    26.3.5. Timelines
    26.3.6. Tips and Examples
    26.3.7. Caveats

    +26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)

    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
    Prev UpChapter 26. Backup and RestoreHome Next

    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)

    26.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
    26.3.2. Making a Base Backup
    26.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
    26.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
    26.3.5. Timelines
    26.3.6. Tips and Examples
    26.3.7. Caveats

    At all times, PostgreSQL maintains a write ahead log (WAL) in the pg_wal/ subdirectory of the cluster's data directory. The log records @@ -754,4 +754,4 @@ archive_command = 'local_backup_script.sh "%p" "%f"' on. In the meantime, administrators might wish to reduce the number of page snapshots included in WAL by increasing the checkpoint interval parameters as much as feasible. -

    Prev Up Next
    26.2. File System Level Backup Home Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    26.2. File System Level Backup Home Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html index 16f026c..7769bcd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_build_sql_delete
    dblink_build_sql_delete
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_build_sql_insert Home dblink_build_sql_update
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html index 6e137ff..b641a86 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_build_sql_insert
    dblink_build_sql_insert
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_get_pkey Home dblink_build_sql_delete
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html index 29a8f68..0ab0b76 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_build_sql_update
    dblink_build_sql_update
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_build_sql_delete Home F.13. dict_int
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html index a83a5d9..f4979b8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_cancel_query
    dblink_cancel_query
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_get_result Home dblink_get_pkey
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html index 1a44973..2feb895 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_close
    dblink_close
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_fetch Home dblink_get_connections
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_fetch Home dblink_get_connections
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html index 83168b4..b42c0f4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_connect_u
    dblink_connect_u
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_connect Home dblink_disconnect
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html index 0510872..2db191a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_connect
    dblink_connect
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    F.12. dblink Home dblink_connect_u
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    F.12. dblink Home dblink_connect_u
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html index 45e680f..3b709ce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_disconnect
    dblink_disconnect
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_connect_u Home dblink
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_connect_u Home dblink
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html index 496906b..6e103e6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_error_message
    dblink_error_message
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_get_connections Home dblink_send_query
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html index aaea2f6..4b082e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_exec
    dblink_exec
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink Home dblink_open
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html index a2f9e35..7785023 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_fetch
    dblink_fetch
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_open Home dblink_close
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_open Home dblink_close
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html index bf95197..418c921 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink
    dblink
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_disconnect Home dblink_exec
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html index 08019eb..dc117bf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -dblink_get_connections
    dblink_get_connections
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_close Home dblink_error_message
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html index 69406a2..b051635 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_get_notify
    dblink_get_notify
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_is_busy Home dblink_get_result
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_is_busy Home dblink_get_result
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html index 986bca9..349caa2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_get_pkey
    dblink_get_pkey
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_cancel_query Home dblink_build_sql_insert
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html index aa5710e..34ccc45 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_get_result
    dblink_get_result
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_get_notify Home dblink_cancel_query
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_get_notify Home dblink_cancel_query
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html index 9926f6e..31cb91e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_is_busy
    dblink_is_busy
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_send_query Home dblink_get_notify
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html index c18d744..c2e22ed 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_open
    dblink_open
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_exec Home dblink_fetch
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_exec Home dblink_fetch
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html index 1813448..6b2bdef 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dblink_send_query
    dblink_send_query
    Prev UpF.12. dblinkHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    dblink_error_message Home dblink_is_busy
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html index e0f0372..b0ec438 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -G.1. Client Applications
    G.1. Client Applications
    Prev UpAppendix G. Additional Supplied ProgramsHome Next

    G.1. Client Applications

    oid2name — resolve OIDs and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory
    vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database

    +G.1. Client Applications

    G.1. Client Applications
    Prev UpAppendix G. Additional Supplied ProgramsHome Next

    G.1. Client Applications

    oid2name — resolve OIDs and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory
    vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database

    This section covers PostgreSQL client applications in contrib. They can be run from anywhere, independent of where the database server resides. See also PostgreSQL Client Applications for information about client applications that are part of the core PostgreSQL distribution. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs Home oid2name
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs Home oid2name
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html index 42e6f1d..5de681b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -G.2. Server Applications
    G.2. Server Applications
    Prev UpAppendix G. Additional Supplied ProgramsHome Next

    G.2. Server Applications

    +G.2. Server Applications

    G.2. Server Applications
    Prev UpAppendix G. Additional Supplied ProgramsHome Next

    G.2. Server Applications

    Some applications run on the PostgreSQL server itself. Currently, no such applications are included in the contrib directory. See also PostgreSQL Server Applications for information about server applications that are part of the core PostgreSQL distribution. -

    Prev Up Next
    vacuumlo Home Appendix H. External Projects
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    vacuumlo Home Appendix H. External Projects
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html index 685da92..2b0c04a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs
    Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs

    Table of Contents

    G.1. Client Applications
    oid2name — resolve OIDs and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory
    vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database
    G.2. Server Applications

    +Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs

    Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs

    Table of Contents

    G.1. Client Applications
    oid2name — resolve OIDs and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory
    vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database
    G.2. Server Applications

    This appendix and the previous one contain information regarding the modules that can be found in the contrib directory of the PostgreSQL distribution. See Appendix F for @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ the bin directory of the PostgreSQL installation and can be used like any other program. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.50. xml2 Home G.1. Client Applications
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.50. xml2 Home G.1. Client Applications
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html index c9febd9..f751e65 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.41. spi
    F.41. spi
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    F.40. sepgsql Home F.42. sslinfo
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.40. sepgsql Home F.42. sslinfo
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html index 1f0f43b..7483062 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules
    Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules

    Table of Contents

    F.1. adminpack
    F.2. amcheck
    F.2.1. Functions
    F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed Verification
    F.2.3. Using amcheck Effectively
    F.2.4. Repairing Corruption
    F.3. auth_delay
    F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.3.2. Author
    F.4. auto_explain
    F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.4.2. Example
    F.4.3. Author
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    F.5.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.5.2. Author
    F.6. basic_archive
    F.6.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.6.2. Notes
    F.6.3. Author
    F.7. bloom
    F.7.1. Parameters
    F.7.2. Examples
    F.7.3. Operator Class Interface
    F.7.4. Limitations
    F.7.5. Authors
    F.8. btree_gin
    F.8.1. Example Usage
    F.8.2. Authors
    F.9. btree_gist
    F.9.1. Example Usage
    F.9.2. Authors
    F.10. citext
    F.10.1. Rationale
    F.10.2. How to Use It
    F.10.3. String Comparison Behavior
    F.10.4. Limitations
    F.10.5. Author
    F.11. cube
    F.11.1. Syntax
    F.11.2. Precision
    F.11.3. Usage
    F.11.4. Defaults
    F.11.5. Notes
    F.11.6. Credits
    F.12. dblink
    dblink_connect — opens a persistent connection to a remote database
    dblink_connect_u — opens a persistent connection to a remote database, insecurely
    dblink_disconnect — closes a persistent connection to a remote database
    dblink — executes a query in a remote database
    dblink_exec — executes a command in a remote database
    dblink_open — opens a cursor in a remote database
    dblink_fetch — returns rows from an open cursor in a remote database
    dblink_close — closes a cursor in a remote database
    dblink_get_connections — returns the names of all open named dblink connections
    dblink_error_message — gets last error message on the named connection
    dblink_send_query — sends an async query to a remote database
    dblink_is_busy — checks if connection is busy with an async query
    dblink_get_notify — retrieve async notifications on a connection
    dblink_get_result — gets an async query result
    dblink_cancel_query — cancels any active query on the named connection
    dblink_get_pkey — returns the positions and field names of a relation's +Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules
    Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules

    Table of Contents

    F.1. adminpack
    F.2. amcheck
    F.2.1. Functions
    F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed Verification
    F.2.3. Using amcheck Effectively
    F.2.4. Repairing Corruption
    F.3. auth_delay
    F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.3.2. Author
    F.4. auto_explain
    F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.4.2. Example
    F.4.3. Author
    F.5. basebackup_to_shell
    F.5.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.5.2. Author
    F.6. basic_archive
    F.6.1. Configuration Parameters
    F.6.2. Notes
    F.6.3. Author
    F.7. bloom
    F.7.1. Parameters
    F.7.2. Examples
    F.7.3. Operator Class Interface
    F.7.4. Limitations
    F.7.5. Authors
    F.8. btree_gin
    F.8.1. Example Usage
    F.8.2. Authors
    F.9. btree_gist
    F.9.1. Example Usage
    F.9.2. Authors
    F.10. citext
    F.10.1. Rationale
    F.10.2. How to Use It
    F.10.3. String Comparison Behavior
    F.10.4. Limitations
    F.10.5. Author
    F.11. cube
    F.11.1. Syntax
    F.11.2. Precision
    F.11.3. Usage
    F.11.4. Defaults
    F.11.5. Notes
    F.11.6. Credits
    F.12. dblink
    dblink_connect — opens a persistent connection to a remote database
    dblink_connect_u — opens a persistent connection to a remote database, insecurely
    dblink_disconnect — closes a persistent connection to a remote database
    dblink — executes a query in a remote database
    dblink_exec — executes a command in a remote database
    dblink_open — opens a cursor in a remote database
    dblink_fetch — returns rows from an open cursor in a remote database
    dblink_close — closes a cursor in a remote database
    dblink_get_connections — returns the names of all open named dblink connections
    dblink_error_message — gets last error message on the named connection
    dblink_send_query — sends an async query to a remote database
    dblink_is_busy — checks if connection is busy with an async query
    dblink_get_notify — retrieve async notifications on a connection
    dblink_get_result — gets an async query result
    dblink_cancel_query — cancels any active query on the named connection
    dblink_get_pkey — returns the positions and field names of a relation's primary key fields
    dblink_build_sql_insert — builds an INSERT statement using a local tuple, replacing the @@ -84,4 +84,4 @@ CREATE EXTENSION module_name; by way of shared_preload_libraries. See the documentation of each module for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    E.8. Prior Releases Home F.1. adminpack
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.9. Prior Releases Home F.1. adminpack
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html index 182603c..c7bbee8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster

    19.2.1. Use of Secondary File Systems
    19.2.2. File Systems

    +19.2. Creating a Database Cluster

    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster

    19.2.1. Use of Secondary File Systems
    19.2.2. File Systems

    Before you can do anything, you must initialize a database storage area on disk. We call this a database cluster. (The SQL standard uses the term catalog cluster.) A @@ -200,4 +200,4 @@ postgres$ initdb -D /usr/local/pgsql/data it. That approach might relieve the DBA from having to deal with some of the idiosyncrasies of NFS, but of course the complexity of managing remote storage then happens at other levels. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account Home 19.3. Starting the Database Server
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account Home 19.3. Starting the Database Server
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html index a73f02e..7c53fc6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.11. cube
    F.11. cube
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.11. cube

    F.11.1. Syntax
    F.11.2. Precision
    F.11.3. Usage
    F.11.4. Defaults
    F.11.5. Notes
    F.11.6. Credits

    +F.11. cube

    F.11. cube
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.11. cube

    F.11.1. Syntax
    F.11.2. Precision
    F.11.3. Usage
    F.11.4. Defaults
    F.11.5. Notes
    F.11.6. Credits

    This module implements a data type cube for representing multidimensional cubes.

    @@ -388,4 +388,4 @@ t July 2006. These include cube(float8[], float8[]) and cleaning up the code to use the V1 call protocol instead of the deprecated V0 protocol. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.10. citext Home F.12. dblink
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.10. citext Home F.12. dblink
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-rmgr.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-rmgr.html index 462d875..4492e4a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-rmgr.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-rmgr.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers

    +Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers

    Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers

    This chapter explains the interface between the core PostgreSQL system and custom WAL resource managers, which enable extensions to integrate directly with the WAL. @@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ extern void RegisterCustomRmgr(RmgrId rmid, RmgrData *rmgr); custom WAL records may exist in the system. Otherwise PostgreSQL will not be able to apply or decode the custom WAL records, which may prevent the server from starting. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records Home Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records Home Chapter 67. B-Tree Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html index a18841f..6e813e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    Prev UpChapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan ProviderHome Next

    61.3. Executing Custom Scans

    61.3.1. Custom Scan Execution Callbacks

    +61.3. Executing Custom Scans

    61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    Prev UpChapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan ProviderHome Next

    61.3. Executing Custom Scans

    61.3.1. Custom Scan Execution Callbacks

    When a CustomScan is executed, its execution state is represented by a CustomScanState, which is declared as follows: @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ void (*ExplainCustomScan) (CustomScanState *node, ScanState, such as the target list and scan relation, will be shown even without this callback, but the callback allows the display of additional, private state. -

    Prev Up Next
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans Home Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans Home Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html index a1f9924..036f3dd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    Prev UpChapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan ProviderHome Next

    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths

    61.1.1. Custom Scan Path Callbacks

    +61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths

    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    Prev UpChapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan ProviderHome Next

    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths

    61.1.1. Custom Scan Path Callbacks

    A custom scan provider will typically add paths for a base relation by setting the following hook, which is called after the core code has generated all the access paths it can for the relation (except for @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ List *(*ReparameterizeCustomPathByChild) (PlannerInfo *root, reparameterize_path_by_child, adjust_appendrel_attrs or adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel as required. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider Home 61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider Home 61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html index b16656f..43b3067 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    Prev UpChapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan ProviderHome Next

    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans

    61.2.1. Custom Scan Plan Callbacks

    +61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans

    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    Prev UpChapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan ProviderHome Next

    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans

    61.2.1. Custom Scan Plan Callbacks

    A custom scan is represented in a finished plan tree using the following structure: 

    @@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ Node *(*CreateCustomScanState) (CustomScan *cscan);
     stage; after ExecInitCustomScan performs basic initialization,
     the BeginCustomScan callback will be invoked to give the
     custom scan provider a chance to do whatever else is needed.
-
    Prev Up Next
    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths Home 61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths Home 61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html index 4a57578..b72c861 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider

    Table of Contents

    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    61.1.1. Custom Scan Path Callbacks
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    61.2.1. Custom Scan Plan Callbacks
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    61.3.1. Custom Scan Execution Callbacks

    +Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider

    Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider

    Table of Contents

    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    61.1.1. Custom Scan Path Callbacks
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    61.2.1. Custom Scan Plan Callbacks
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    61.3.1. Custom Scan Execution Callbacks

    PostgreSQL supports a set of experimental facilities which are intended to allow extension modules to add new scan types to the system. Unlike a foreign data wrapper, which is only @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Finally, it must be possible to execute the plan and generate the same results that would have been generated for any other access path targeting the same relation. -

    Prev Up Next
    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions Home 61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions Home 61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html index 48a7f8b..8557ab3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -22.1. Database Roles
    22.1. Database Roles
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.1. Database Roles

    +22.1. Database Roles

    22.1. Database Roles
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.1. Database Roles

    Database roles are conceptually completely separate from operating system users. In practice it might be convenient to maintain a correspondence, but this is not required. Database roles @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ SELECT rolname FROM pg_roles; identity determines the set of privileges available to a connected client, it is important to carefully configure privileges when setting up a multiuser environment. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 22. Database Roles Home 22.2. Role Attributes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 22. Database Roles Home 22.2. Role Attributes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html index 4020ebe..2baf53a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.4. Binary Data Types
    8.4. Binary Data Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.4. Binary Data Types

    8.4.1. bytea Hex Format
    8.4.2. bytea Escape Format

    +8.4. Binary Data Types

    8.4. Binary Data Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.4. Binary Data Types

    8.4.1. bytea Hex Format
    8.4.2. bytea Escape Format

    The bytea data type allows storage of binary strings; see Table 8.6.

    Table 8.6. Binary Data Types

    NameStorage SizeDescription
    bytea1 or 4 bytes plus the actual binary stringvariable-length binary string

    @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ SELECT 'abc \153\154\155 \052\251\124'::bytea; unescaping bytea strings. For example, you might also have to escape line feeds and carriage returns if your interface automatically translates these. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.3. Character Types Home 8.5. Date/Time Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.3. Character Types Home 8.5. Date/Time Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html index 03992d5..dbc21d2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.10. Bit String Types
    8.10. Bit String Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.10. Bit String Types

    +8.10. Bit String Types

    8.10. Bit String Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.10. Bit String Types

    Bit strings are strings of 1's and 0's. They can be used to store or visualize bit masks. There are two SQL bit types: bit(n) and bit @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ SELECT * FROM test; 5 or 8 bytes overhead depending on the length of the string (but long values may be compressed or moved out-of-line, as explained in Section 8.3 for character strings). -

    Prev Up Next
    8.9. Network Address Types Home 8.11. Text Search Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.9. Network Address Types Home 8.11. Text Search Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html index 2e58a8b..b10d5c7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.6. Boolean Type
    8.6. Boolean Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.6. Boolean Type

    +8.6. Boolean Type

    8.6. Boolean Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.6. Boolean Type

    PostgreSQL provides the standard SQL type boolean; see Table 8.19. @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE a; example NULL::boolean. Conversely, the cast can be omitted from a string-literal Boolean value in contexts where the parser can deduce that the literal must be of type boolean. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.5. Date/Time Types Home 8.7. Enumerated Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.5. Date/Time Types Home 8.7. Enumerated Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html index b1b9a10..349f3b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.3. Character Types
    8.3. Character Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.3. Character Types

    Table 8.4. Character Types

    NameDescription
    character varying(n), varchar(n)variable-length with limit
    character(n), char(n)fixed-length, blank padded
    textvariable unlimited length

    +8.3. Character Types

    8.3. Character Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.3. Character Types

    Table 8.4. Character Types

    NameDescription
    character varying(n), varchar(n)variable-length with limit
    character(n), char(n)fixed-length, blank padded
    textvariable unlimited length

    Table 8.4 shows the general-purpose character types available in PostgreSQL. @@ -139,4 +139,4 @@ SELECT b, char_length(b) FROM test2; only uses one byte of storage, and therefore can store only a single ASCII character. It is used in the system catalogs as a simplistic enumeration type. -

    Table 8.5. Special Character Types

    NameStorage SizeDescription
    "char"1 bytesingle-byte internal type
    name64 bytesinternal type for object names

    Prev Up Next
    8.2. Monetary Types Home 8.4. Binary Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 8.5. Special Character Types

    NameStorage SizeDescription
    "char"1 bytesingle-byte internal type
    name64 bytesinternal type for object names

    Prev Up Next
    8.2. Monetary Types Home 8.4. Binary Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html index 8a4534d..a70596d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.5. Date/Time Types
    8.5. Date/Time Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.5. Date/Time Types

    8.5.1. Date/Time Input
    8.5.2. Date/Time Output
    8.5.3. Time Zones
    8.5.4. Interval Input
    8.5.5. Interval Output

    +8.5. Date/Time Types

    8.5. Date/Time Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.5. Date/Time Types

    8.5.1. Date/Time Input
    8.5.2. Date/Time Output
    8.5.3. Time Zones
    8.5.4. Interval Input
    8.5.5. Interval Output

    PostgreSQL supports the full set of SQL date and time types, shown in Table 8.9. The operations available on these data types are described in @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2004-10-19 10:23:54+02' the date and time. PostgreSQL accepts that format on input, but on output it uses a space rather than T, as shown above. This is for readability and for consistency with - RFC 3339 as + RFC 3339 as well as some other database systems.

    In the SQL and POSTGRES styles, day appears before @@ -479,10 +479,29 @@ P [ years-

    - Field values can have fractional parts: for example, '1.5 + Internally, interval values are stored as three integral + fields: months, days, and microseconds. These fields are kept + separate because the number of days in a month varies, while a day + can have 23 or 25 hours if a daylight savings time transition is + involved. An interval input string that uses other units is + normalized into this format, and then reconstructed in a standardized + way for output, for example: + +

    +SELECT '2 years 15 months 100 weeks 99 hours 123456789 milliseconds'::interval;
+               interval
+---------------------------------------
+ 3 years 3 mons 700 days 133:17:36.789
+

    + + Here weeks, which are understood as “7 days”, have been + kept separate, while the smaller and larger time units were + combined and normalized. +

    + Input field values can have fractional parts, for example '1.5 weeks' or '01:02:03.45'. However, - because interval internally stores only three integer units (months, - days, microseconds), fractional units must be spilled to smaller + because interval internally stores only integral fields, + fractional values must be converted into smaller units. Fractional parts of units greater than months are rounded to be an integer number of months, e.g. '1.5 years' becomes '1 year 6 mons'. Fractional parts of @@ -494,32 +513,20 @@ P [ years-

    Table 8.17 shows some examples of valid interval input. -

    Table 8.17. Interval Input

    ExampleDescription
    1-2SQL standard format: 1 year 2 months
    3 4:05:06SQL standard format: 3 days 4 hours 5 minutes 6 seconds
    1 year 2 months 3 days 4 hours 5 minutes 6 secondsTraditional Postgres format: 1 year 2 months 3 days 4 hours 5 minutes 6 seconds
    P1Y2M3DT4H5M6SISO 8601 “format with designators”: same meaning as above
    P0001-02-03T04:05:06ISO 8601 “alternative format”: same meaning as above

    - Internally interval values are stored as months, days, - and microseconds. This is done because the number of days in a month - varies, and a day can have 23 or 25 hours if a daylight savings - time adjustment is involved. The months and days fields are integers - while the microseconds field can store fractional seconds. Because intervals are - usually created from constant strings or timestamp subtraction, - this storage method works well in most cases, but can cause unexpected - results: - -

    -SELECT EXTRACT(hours from '80 minutes'::interval);
- date_part
------------
-         1
-
-SELECT EXTRACT(days from '80 hours'::interval);
- date_part
------------
-         0
-

    - - Functions justify_days and - justify_hours are available for adjusting days - and hours that overflow their normal ranges. -

    8.5.5. Interval Output

    +

    Table 8.17. Interval Input

    ExampleDescription
    1-2SQL standard format: 1 year 2 months
    3 4:05:06SQL standard format: 3 days 4 hours 5 minutes 6 seconds
    1 year 2 months 3 days 4 hours 5 minutes 6 secondsTraditional Postgres format: 1 year 2 months 3 days 4 hours 5 minutes 6 seconds
    P1Y2M3DT4H5M6SISO 8601 “format with designators”: same meaning as above
    P0001-02-03T04:05:06ISO 8601 “alternative format”: same meaning as above

    8.5.5. Interval Output

    + As previously explained, PostgreSQL + stores interval values as months, days, and + microseconds. For output, the months field is converted to years and + months by dividing by 12. The days field is shown as-is. The + microseconds field is converted to hours, minutes, seconds, and + fractional seconds. Thus months, minutes, and seconds will never be + shown as exceeding the ranges 0–11, 0–59, and 0–59 + respectively, while the displayed years, days, and hours fields can + be quite large. (The justify_days + and justify_hours + functions can be used if it is desirable to transpose large days or + hours values into the next higher field.) +

    The output format of the interval type can be set to one of the four styles sql_standard, postgres, postgres_verbose, or iso_8601, @@ -547,4 +554,4 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(days from '80 hours'::interval); The output of the iso_8601 style matches the “format with designators” described in section 4.4.3.2 of the ISO 8601 standard. -

    Table 8.18. Interval Output Style Examples

    Style SpecificationYear-Month IntervalDay-Time IntervalMixed Interval
    sql_standard1-23 4:05:06-1-2 +3 -4:05:06
    postgres1 year 2 mons3 days 04:05:06-1 year -2 mons +3 days -04:05:06
    postgres_verbose@ 1 year 2 mons@ 3 days 4 hours 5 mins 6 secs@ 1 year 2 mons -3 days 4 hours 5 mins 6 secs ago
    iso_8601P1Y2MP3DT4H5M6SP-1Y-2M3D​T-4H-5M-6S

    Prev Up Next
    8.4. Binary Data Types Home 8.6. Boolean Type
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 8.18. Interval Output Style Examples

    Style SpecificationYear-Month IntervalDay-Time IntervalMixed Interval
    sql_standard1-23 4:05:06-1-2 +3 -4:05:06
    postgres1 year 2 mons3 days 04:05:06-1 year -2 mons +3 days -04:05:06
    postgres_verbose@ 1 year 2 mons@ 3 days 4 hours 5 mins 6 secs@ 1 year 2 mons -3 days 4 hours 5 mins 6 secs ago
    iso_8601P1Y2MP3DT4H5M6SP-1Y-2M3D​T-4H-5M-6S

    Prev Up Next
    8.4. Binary Data Types Home 8.6. Boolean Type
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html index c54620c..4e1a908 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.7. Enumerated Types
    8.7. Enumerated Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.7. Enumerated Types

    8.7.1. Declaration of Enumerated Types
    8.7.2. Ordering
    8.7.3. Type Safety
    8.7.4. Implementation Details

    +8.7. Enumerated Types

    8.7. Enumerated Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.7. Enumerated Types

    8.7.1. Declaration of Enumerated Types
    8.7.2. Ordering
    8.7.3. Type Safety
    8.7.4. Implementation Details

    Enumerated (enum) types are data types that comprise a static, ordered set of values. They are equivalent to the enum @@ -112,4 +112,4 @@ SELECT person.name, holidays.num_weeks FROM person, holidays kept in the system catalog pg_enum. Querying this catalog directly can be useful. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.6. Boolean Type Home 8.8. Geometric Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.6. Boolean Type Home 8.8. Geometric Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html index 2f876e2..69522a3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.8. Geometric Types
    8.8. Geometric Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.8. Geometric Types

    8.8.1. Points
    8.8.2. Lines
    8.8.3. Line Segments
    8.8.4. Boxes
    8.8.5. Paths
    8.8.6. Polygons
    8.8.7. Circles

    +8.8. Geometric Types

    8.8. Geometric Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.8. Geometric Types

    8.8.1. Points
    8.8.2. Lines
    8.8.3. Line Segments
    8.8.4. Boxes
    8.8.5. Paths
    8.8.6. Polygons
    8.8.7. Circles

    Geometric data types represent two-dimensional spatial objects. Table 8.20 shows the geometric types available in PostgreSQL. @@ -149,4 +149,4 @@ circle.

    Circles are output using the first syntax. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.7. Enumerated Types Home 8.9. Network Address Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.7. Enumerated Types Home 8.9. Network Address Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html index 54cab9a..d7ceac3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -8.14. JSON Types
    8.14. JSON Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.14. JSON Types

    8.14.1. JSON Input and Output Syntax
    8.14.2. Designing JSON Documents
    8.14.3. jsonb Containment and Existence
    8.14.4. jsonb Indexing
    8.14.5. jsonb Subscripting
    8.14.6. Transforms
    8.14.7. jsonpath Type

    +8.14. JSON Types

    8.14. JSON Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.14. JSON Types

    8.14.1. JSON Input and Output Syntax
    8.14.2. Designing JSON Documents
    8.14.3. jsonb Containment and Existence
    8.14.4. jsonb Indexing
    8.14.5. jsonb Subscripting
    8.14.6. Transforms
    8.14.7. jsonpath Type

    JSON data types are for storing JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) - data, as specified in RFC + data, as specified in RFC 7159. Such data can also be stored as text, but the JSON data types have the advantage of enforcing that each stored value is valid according to the JSON rules. There are also @@ -595,21 +595,20 @@ UPDATE table_name SET jsonb_field[1]['a'] = '1'; In particular, the way to write a double quote within an embedded string literal is \", and to write a backslash itself, you must write \\. Other special backslash sequences - include those recognized in JSON strings: + include those recognized in JavaScript strings: \b, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v - for various ASCII control characters, and - \uNNNN for a Unicode - character identified by its 4-hex-digit code point. The backslash - syntax also includes two cases not allowed by JSON: + for various ASCII control characters, \xNN for a character code - written with only two hex digits, and - \u{N...} for a character - code written with 1 to 6 hex digits. + written with only two hex digits, + \uNNNN for a Unicode + character identified by its 4-hex-digit code point, and + \u{N...} for a Unicode + character code point written with 1 to 6 hex digits.

    A path expression consists of a sequence of path elements, which can be any of the following: @@ -727,4 +726,4 @@ UPDATE table_name SET jsonb_field[1]['a'] = '1'; For this purpose, the term “value” includes array elements, though JSON terminology sometimes considers array elements distinct from values within objects. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.13. XML Type Home 8.15. Arrays
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.13. XML Type Home 8.15. Arrays
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html index 7b78270..f4d53fa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.2. Monetary Types
    8.2. Monetary Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.2. Monetary Types

    +8.2. Monetary Types

    8.2. Monetary Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.2. Monetary Types

    The money type stores a currency amount with a fixed fractional precision; see Table 8.3. The fractional precision is determined by the database's lc_monetary setting. @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ SELECT '52093.89'::money::numeric::float8; When a money value is divided by another money value, the result is double precision (i.e., a pure number, not money); the currency units cancel each other out in the division. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.1. Numeric Types Home 8.3. Character Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.1. Numeric Types Home 8.3. Character Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html index 5392173..40142a0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.9. Network Address Types
    8.9. Network Address Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.9. Network Address Types

    8.9.1. inet
    8.9.2. cidr
    8.9.3. inet vs. cidr
    8.9.4. macaddr
    8.9.5. macaddr8

    +8.9. Network Address Types

    8.9. Network Address Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.9. Network Address Types

    8.9.1. inet
    8.9.2. cidr
    8.9.3. inet vs. cidr
    8.9.4. macaddr
    8.9.5. macaddr8

    PostgreSQL offers data types to store IPv4, IPv6, and MAC addresses, as shown in Table 8.21. It is better to use these types instead of plain text types to store @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ SELECT macaddr8_set7bit('08:00:2b:01:02:03');

    -

    Prev Up Next
    8.8. Geometric Types Home 8.10. Bit String Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.8. Geometric Types Home 8.10. Bit String Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html index b9bf037..38dbe1f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.1. Numeric Types
    8.1. Numeric Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.1. Numeric Types

    8.1.1. Integer Types
    8.1.2. Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    8.1.3. Floating-Point Types
    8.1.4. Serial Types

    +8.1. Numeric Types

    8.1. Numeric Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.1. Numeric Types

    8.1.1. Integer Types
    8.1.2. Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    8.1.3. Floating-Point Types
    8.1.4. Serial Types

    Numeric types consist of two-, four-, and eight-byte integers, four- and eight-byte floating-point numbers, and selectable-precision decimals. Table 8.2 lists the @@ -367,4 +367,4 @@ ALTER SEQUENCE tablename_

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 8. Data Types Home 8.2. Monetary Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 8. Data Types Home 8.2. Monetary Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html index 679085f..882490c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.19. Object Identifier Types
    8.19. Object Identifier Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.19. Object Identifier Types

    +8.19. Object Identifier Types

    8.19. Object Identifier Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.19. Object Identifier Types

    Object identifiers (OIDs) are used internally by PostgreSQL as primary keys for various system tables. @@ -163,4 +163,4 @@ WHERE ... physical location of the row within its table.

    (The system columns are further explained in Section 5.5.) -

    Prev Up Next
    8.18. Domain Types Home 8.20. pg_lsn Type
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.18. Domain Types Home 8.20. pg_lsn Type
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html index ab31591..83cbbd8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.20. pg_lsn Type
    8.20. pg_lsn Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.20. pg_lsn Type

    +8.20. pg_lsn Type

    8.20. pg_lsn Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.20. pg_lsn Type

    The pg_lsn data type can be used to store LSN (Log Sequence Number) data which is a pointer to a location in the WAL. This type is a representation of XLogRecPtr and an internal system type of @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ the calculated LSN should be in the range of pg_lsn type, i.e., between 0/0 and FFFFFFFF/FFFFFFFF. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.19. Object Identifier Types Home 8.21. Pseudo-Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.19. Object Identifier Types Home 8.21. Pseudo-Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html index 43be0c8..0d2aee9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.21. Pseudo-Types
    8.21. Pseudo-Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.21. Pseudo-Types

    +8.21. Pseudo-Types

    8.21. Pseudo-Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.21. Pseudo-Types

    The PostgreSQL type system contains a number of special-purpose entries that are collectively called pseudo-types. A pseudo-type cannot be used as a @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ follow this coding rule: do not create any function that is declared to return internal unless it has at least one internal argument. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.20. pg_lsn Type Home Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.20. pg_lsn Type Home Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html index 521ca4a..1b2cfd0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.11. Text Search Types
    8.11. Text Search Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.11. Text Search Types

    8.11.1. tsvector
    8.11.2. tsquery

    +8.11. Text Search Types

    8.11. Text Search Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.11. Text Search Types

    8.11.1. tsvector
    8.11.2. tsquery

    PostgreSQL provides two data types that are designed to support full text search, which is the activity of searching through a collection of natural-language documents @@ -193,4 +193,4 @@ SELECT to_tsvector( 'postgraduate' ), to_tsquery( 'postgres:*' ); 'postgradu':1 | 'postgr':*

    which will match the stemmed form of postgraduate. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.10. Bit String Types Home 8.12. UUID Type
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.10. Bit String Types Home 8.12. UUID Type
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html index 34c23be..f155f4e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -8.12. UUID Type
    8.12. UUID Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.12. UUID Type

    +8.12. UUID Type

    8.12. UUID Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.12. UUID Type

    The data type uuid stores Universally Unique Identifiers - (UUID) as defined by RFC 4122, + (UUID) as defined by RFC 4122, ISO/IEC 9834-8:2005, and related standards. (Some systems refer to this data type as a globally unique identifier, or GUID, instead.) This @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ a0ee-bc99-9c0b-4ef8-bb6d-6bb9-bd38-0a11

    See Section 9.14 for how to generate a UUID in PostgreSQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.11. Text Search Types Home 8.13. XML Type
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.11. Text Search Types Home 8.13. XML Type
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html index 8d33bc2..b42b7a3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.13. XML Type
    8.13. XML Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.13. XML Type

    8.13.1. Creating XML Values
    8.13.2. Encoding Handling
    8.13.3. Accessing XML Values

    +8.13. XML Type

    8.13. XML Type
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.13. XML Type

    8.13.1. Creating XML Values
    8.13.2. Encoding Handling
    8.13.3. Accessing XML Values

    The xml data type can be used to store XML data. Its advantage over storing XML data in a text field is that it checks the input values for well-formedness, and there are support @@ -148,4 +148,4 @@ SET xmloption TO { DOCUMENT | CONTENT }; up full-document searches of XML data. The necessary preprocessing support is, however, not yet available in the PostgreSQL distribution. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.12. UUID Type Home 8.14. JSON Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.12. UUID Type Home 8.14. JSON Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html index 0cd966d..c0961c2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 8. Data Types
    Chapter 8. Data Types
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 8. Data Types

    Table of Contents

    8.1. Numeric Types
    8.1.1. Integer Types
    8.1.2. Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    8.1.3. Floating-Point Types
    8.1.4. Serial Types
    8.2. Monetary Types
    8.3. Character Types
    8.4. Binary Data Types
    8.4.1. bytea Hex Format
    8.4.2. bytea Escape Format
    8.5. Date/Time Types
    8.5.1. Date/Time Input
    8.5.2. Date/Time Output
    8.5.3. Time Zones
    8.5.4. Interval Input
    8.5.5. Interval Output
    8.6. Boolean Type
    8.7. Enumerated Types
    8.7.1. Declaration of Enumerated Types
    8.7.2. Ordering
    8.7.3. Type Safety
    8.7.4. Implementation Details
    8.8. Geometric Types
    8.8.1. Points
    8.8.2. Lines
    8.8.3. Line Segments
    8.8.4. Boxes
    8.8.5. Paths
    8.8.6. Polygons
    8.8.7. Circles
    8.9. Network Address Types
    8.9.1. inet
    8.9.2. cidr
    8.9.3. inet vs. cidr
    8.9.4. macaddr
    8.9.5. macaddr8
    8.10. Bit String Types
    8.11. Text Search Types
    8.11.1. tsvector
    8.11.2. tsquery
    8.12. UUID Type
    8.13. XML Type
    8.13.1. Creating XML Values
    8.13.2. Encoding Handling
    8.13.3. Accessing XML Values
    8.14. JSON Types
    8.14.1. JSON Input and Output Syntax
    8.14.2. Designing JSON Documents
    8.14.3. jsonb Containment and Existence
    8.14.4. jsonb Indexing
    8.14.5. jsonb Subscripting
    8.14.6. Transforms
    8.14.7. jsonpath Type
    8.15. Arrays
    8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
    8.15.2. Array Value Input
    8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
    8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
    8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
    8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
    8.16. Composite Types
    8.16.1. Declaration of Composite Types
    8.16.2. Constructing Composite Values
    8.16.3. Accessing Composite Types
    8.16.4. Modifying Composite Types
    8.16.5. Using Composite Types in Queries
    8.16.6. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
    8.17. Range Types
    8.17.1. Built-in Range and Multirange Types
    8.17.2. Examples
    8.17.3. Inclusive and Exclusive Bounds
    8.17.4. Infinite (Unbounded) Ranges
    8.17.5. Range Input/Output
    8.17.6. Constructing Ranges and Multiranges
    8.17.7. Discrete Range Types
    8.17.8. Defining New Range Types
    8.17.9. Indexing
    8.17.10. Constraints on Ranges
    8.18. Domain Types
    8.19. Object Identifier Types
    8.20. pg_lsn Type
    8.21. Pseudo-Types

    +Chapter 8. Data Types

    Chapter 8. Data Types
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 8. Data Types

    Table of Contents

    8.1. Numeric Types
    8.1.1. Integer Types
    8.1.2. Arbitrary Precision Numbers
    8.1.3. Floating-Point Types
    8.1.4. Serial Types
    8.2. Monetary Types
    8.3. Character Types
    8.4. Binary Data Types
    8.4.1. bytea Hex Format
    8.4.2. bytea Escape Format
    8.5. Date/Time Types
    8.5.1. Date/Time Input
    8.5.2. Date/Time Output
    8.5.3. Time Zones
    8.5.4. Interval Input
    8.5.5. Interval Output
    8.6. Boolean Type
    8.7. Enumerated Types
    8.7.1. Declaration of Enumerated Types
    8.7.2. Ordering
    8.7.3. Type Safety
    8.7.4. Implementation Details
    8.8. Geometric Types
    8.8.1. Points
    8.8.2. Lines
    8.8.3. Line Segments
    8.8.4. Boxes
    8.8.5. Paths
    8.8.6. Polygons
    8.8.7. Circles
    8.9. Network Address Types
    8.9.1. inet
    8.9.2. cidr
    8.9.3. inet vs. cidr
    8.9.4. macaddr
    8.9.5. macaddr8
    8.10. Bit String Types
    8.11. Text Search Types
    8.11.1. tsvector
    8.11.2. tsquery
    8.12. UUID Type
    8.13. XML Type
    8.13.1. Creating XML Values
    8.13.2. Encoding Handling
    8.13.3. Accessing XML Values
    8.14. JSON Types
    8.14.1. JSON Input and Output Syntax
    8.14.2. Designing JSON Documents
    8.14.3. jsonb Containment and Existence
    8.14.4. jsonb Indexing
    8.14.5. jsonb Subscripting
    8.14.6. Transforms
    8.14.7. jsonpath Type
    8.15. Arrays
    8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
    8.15.2. Array Value Input
    8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
    8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
    8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
    8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax
    8.16. Composite Types
    8.16.1. Declaration of Composite Types
    8.16.2. Constructing Composite Values
    8.16.3. Accessing Composite Types
    8.16.4. Modifying Composite Types
    8.16.5. Using Composite Types in Queries
    8.16.6. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax
    8.17. Range Types
    8.17.1. Built-in Range and Multirange Types
    8.17.2. Examples
    8.17.3. Inclusive and Exclusive Bounds
    8.17.4. Infinite (Unbounded) Ranges
    8.17.5. Range Input/Output
    8.17.6. Constructing Ranges and Multiranges
    8.17.7. Discrete Range Types
    8.17.8. Defining New Range Types
    8.17.9. Indexing
    8.17.10. Constraints on Ranges
    8.18. Domain Types
    8.19. Object Identifier Types
    8.20. pg_lsn Type
    8.21. Pseudo-Types

    PostgreSQL has a rich set of native data types available to users. Users can add new types to PostgreSQL using the CREATE TYPE command. @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ Some of the input and output functions are not invertible, i.e., the result of an output function might lose accuracy when compared to the original input. -

    Prev Up Next
    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions) Home 8.1. Numeric Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions) Home 8.1. Numeric Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html index c2cfe11..faf0109 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix B. Date/Time Support
    Appendix B. Date/Time Support
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix B. Date/Time Support

    Table of Contents

    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    B.6. History of Units
    B.7. Julian Dates

    +Appendix B. Date/Time Support

    Appendix B. Date/Time Support
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix B. Date/Time Support

    Table of Contents

    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    B.6. History of Units
    B.7. Julian Dates

    PostgreSQL uses an internal heuristic parser for all date/time input support. Dates and times are input as strings, and are broken up into distinct fields with a preliminary @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ This appendix includes information on the content of these lookup tables and describes the steps used by the parser to decode dates and times. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes Home B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes Home B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html index 2b670c9..fb3d46e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files

    +B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files

    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files

    Since timezone abbreviations are not well standardized, PostgreSQL provides a means to customize the set of abbreviations accepted by the server. The @@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ If you modify files in .../share/timezonesets/, it is up to you to make backups — a normal database dump will not include this directory. -

    Prev Up Next
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words Home B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words Home B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html index 1cc9c93..978a43c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation

    +B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation

    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation

    Date/time input strings are decoded using the following procedure.

    1. Break the input string into tokens and categorize each token as @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ Gregorian years AD 1–99 can be entered by using 4 digits with leading zeros (e.g., 0099 is AD 99).

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix B. Date/Time Support Home B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix B. Date/Time Support Home B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html index fb438fa..110b171 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps

    +B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps

    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps

    Ordinarily, if a date/time string is syntactically valid but contains out-of-range field values, an error will be thrown. For example, input specifying the 31st of February will be rejected. @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ abbreviation that corresponds to a fixed UTC offset. The rule just given applies only when it is necessary to infer a UTC offset for a time zone in which the offset varies. -

    Prev Up Next
    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation Home B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation Home B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-julian-dates.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-julian-dates.html index b9710f3..8351da4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-julian-dates.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-julian-dates.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.7. Julian Dates
    B.7. Julian Dates
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.7. Julian Dates

    +B.7. Julian Dates

    B.7. Julian Dates
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.7. Julian Dates

    The Julian Date system is a method for numbering days. It is unrelated to the Julian calendar, though it is confusingly @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ 2459389 (1 row)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    B.6. History of Units Home Appendix C. SQL Key Words
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    B.6. History of Units Home Appendix C. SQL Key Words
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html index 11bc78a..8781c25 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.3. Date/Time Key Words

    +B.3. Date/Time Key Words

    B.3. Date/Time Key Words
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.3. Date/Time Key Words

    Table B.1 shows the tokens that are recognized as names of months.

    Table B.1. Month Names

    MonthAbbreviations
    JanuaryJan
    FebruaryFeb
    MarchMar
    AprilApr
    May 
    JuneJun
    JulyJul
    AugustAug
    SeptemberSep, Sept
    OctoberOct
    NovemberNov
    DecemberDec

    @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@

    Table B.2. Day of the Week Names

    DayAbbreviations
    SundaySun
    MondayMon
    TuesdayTue, Tues
    WednesdayWed, Weds
    ThursdayThu, Thur, Thurs
    FridayFri
    SaturdaySat

    Table B.3 shows the tokens that serve various modifier purposes. -

    Table B.3. Date/Time Field Modifiers

    IdentifierDescription
    AMTime is before 12:00
    ATIgnored
    JULIAN, JD, JNext field is Julian Date
    ONIgnored
    PMTime is on or after 12:00
    TNext field is time

    Prev Up Next
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps Home B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table B.3. Date/Time Field Modifiers

    IdentifierDescription
    AMTime is before 12:00
    ATIgnored
    JULIAN, JD, JNext field is Julian Date
    ONIgnored
    PMTime is on or after 12:00
    TNext field is time

    Prev Up Next
    B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps Home B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-posix-timezone-specs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-posix-timezone-specs.html index 77792c1..46b3440 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-posix-timezone-specs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-posix-timezone-specs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications

    +B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications

    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications

    PostgreSQL can accept time zone specifications that are written according to the POSIX standard's rules for the TZ environment @@ -132,4 +132,4 @@ zone abbreviation(s). For example, SET TIMEZONE TO FOOBAR0 will work, leaving the system effectively using a rather peculiar abbreviation for UTC. -

    Prev Up Next
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files Home B.6. History of Units
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files Home B.6. History of Units
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html index d42e3ed..79c9863 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -B.6. History of Units
    B.6. History of Units
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.6. History of Units

    +B.6. History of Units

    B.6. History of Units
    Prev UpAppendix B. Date/Time SupportHome Next

    B.6. History of Units

    The SQL standard states that “Within the definition of a ‘datetime literal’, the ‘datetime values’ are constrained by the natural rules for dates and @@ -84,4 +84,4 @@ $ cal 9 1752 The People's Republic of China uses the Gregorian calendar for civil purposes. The Chinese calendar is used for determining festivals. -

    Prev Up Next
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications Home B.7. Julian Dates
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    B.5. POSIX Time Zone Specifications Home B.7. Julian Dates
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html index 28e3a3a..ce41074 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.12. dblink
    F.12. dblink
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    5.5. System Columns Home 5.7. Privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html index 272487d..8391b69 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.1. Table Basics
    5.1. Table Basics
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.1. Table Basics

    +5.1. Table Basics

    5.1. Table Basics
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.1. Table Basics

    A table in a relational database is much like a table on paper: It consists of rows and columns. The number and order of the columns is fixed, and each column has a name. The number of rows is @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ DROP TABLE products; security, or convenience. If you are eager to fill your tables with data now you can skip ahead to Chapter 6 and read the rest of this chapter later. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 5. Data Definition Home 5.2. Default Values
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 5. Data Definition Home 5.2. Default Values
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html index 80315b2..3a6e23a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.4. Constraints
    5.4. Constraints
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.4. Constraints

    5.4.1. Check Constraints
    5.4.2. Not-Null Constraints
    5.4.3. Unique Constraints
    5.4.4. Primary Keys
    5.4.5. Foreign Keys
    5.4.6. Exclusion Constraints

    +5.4. Constraints

    5.4. Constraints
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.4. Constraints

    5.4.1. Check Constraints
    5.4.2. Not-Null Constraints
    5.4.3. Unique Constraints
    5.4.4. Primary Keys
    5.4.5. Foreign Keys
    5.4.6. Exclusion Constraints

    Data types are a way to limit the kind of data that can be stored in a table. For many applications, however, the constraint they provide is too coarse. For example, a column containing a product @@ -604,4 +604,4 @@ CREATE TABLE circles (

    Adding an exclusion constraint will automatically create an index of the type specified in the constraint declaration. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.3. Generated Columns Home 5.5. System Columns
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.3. Generated Columns Home 5.5. System Columns
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html index 1ee15e6..f2bc2cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.2. Default Values
    5.2. Default Values
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.2. Default Values

    +5.2. Default Values

    5.2. Default Values
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.2. Default Values

    A column can be assigned a default value. When a new row is created and no values are specified for some of the columns, those columns will be filled with their respective default values. A @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ CREATE TABLE products ( );

    The SERIAL shorthand is discussed further in Section 8.1.4. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.1. Table Basics Home 5.3. Generated Columns
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.1. Table Basics Home 5.3. Generated Columns
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html index f529e15..8fa3063 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.14. Dependency Tracking
    5.14. Dependency Tracking
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.14. Dependency Tracking

    +5.14. Dependency Tracking

    5.14. Dependency Tracking
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.14. Dependency Tracking

    When you create complex database structures involving many tables with foreign key constraints, views, triggers, functions, etc. you implicitly create a net of dependencies between the objects. @@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ END; then the function's dependency on the my_colors table will be known and enforced by DROP. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.13. Other Database Objects Home Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.13. Other Database Objects Home Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html index 764476c..b3f9226 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.12. Foreign Data
    5.12. Foreign Data
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.12. Foreign Data

    +5.12. Foreign Data

    5.12. Foreign Data
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.12. Foreign Data

    PostgreSQL implements portions of the SQL/MED specification, allowing you to access data that resides outside PostgreSQL using regular SQL queries. Such data is referred to as @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, and IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.11. Table Partitioning Home 5.13. Other Database Objects
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.11. Table Partitioning Home 5.13. Other Database Objects
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-generated-columns.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-generated-columns.html index f621792..117860a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-generated-columns.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-generated-columns.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.3. Generated Columns
    5.3. Generated Columns
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.3. Generated Columns

    +5.3. Generated Columns

    5.3. Generated Columns
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.3. Generated Columns

    A generated column is a special column that is always computed from other columns. Thus, it is for columns what a view is for tables. There are two kinds of generated columns: stored and virtual. A stored generated column @@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ CREATE TABLE people ( generated columns. But conversely, it is not allowed to access generated columns in BEFORE triggers.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    5.2. Default Values Home 5.4. Constraints
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.2. Default Values Home 5.4. Constraints
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html index beeeb0f..99fa367 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.10. Inheritance
    5.10. Inheritance
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.10. Inheritance

    5.10.1. Caveats

    +5.10. Inheritance

    5.10. Inheritance
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.10. Inheritance

    5.10.1. Caveats

    PostgreSQL implements table inheritance, which can be a useful tool for database designers. (SQL:1999 and later define a type inheritance feature, which differs in many @@ -286,4 +286,4 @@ VALUES ('Albany', NULL, NULL, 'NY'); implemented for declarative partitioning. Considerable care is needed in deciding whether partitioning with legacy inheritance is useful for your application. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.9. Schemas Home 5.11. Table Partitioning
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.9. Schemas Home 5.11. Table Partitioning
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html index b1566be..d927971 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.13. Other Database Objects
    5.13. Other Database Objects
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.13. Other Database Objects

    +5.13. Other Database Objects

    5.13. Other Database Objects
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.13. Other Database Objects

    Tables are the central objects in a relational database structure, because they hold your data. But they are not the only objects that exist in a database. Many other kinds of objects can be @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@

    Detailed information on these topics appears in Part V. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.12. Foreign Data Home 5.14. Dependency Tracking
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.12. Foreign Data Home 5.14. Dependency Tracking
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html index 7b3d0fd..3fdda8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.11. Table Partitioning
    5.11. Table Partitioning
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.11. Table Partitioning

    5.11.1. Overview
    5.11.2. Declarative Partitioning
    5.11.3. Partitioning Using Inheritance
    5.11.4. Partition Pruning
    5.11.5. Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion
    5.11.6. Best Practices for Declarative Partitioning

    +5.11. Table Partitioning

    5.11. Table Partitioning
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.11. Table Partitioning

    5.11.1. Overview
    5.11.2. Declarative Partitioning
    5.11.3. Partitioning Using Inheritance
    5.11.4. Partition Pruning
    5.11.5. Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion
    5.11.6. Best Practices for Declarative Partitioning

    PostgreSQL supports basic table partitioning. This section describes why and how to implement partitioning as part of your database design. @@ -991,4 +991,4 @@ EXPLAIN SELECT count(*) FROM measurement WHERE logdate >= DATE '2008-01-01'; painfully slow. Simulations of the intended workload are often beneficial for optimizing the partitioning strategy. Never just assume that more partitions are better than fewer partitions, nor vice-versa. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.10. Inheritance Home 5.12. Foreign Data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.10. Inheritance Home 5.12. Foreign Data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html index 05bd49f..5dd919c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.7. Privileges
    5.7. Privileges
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.7. Privileges

    +5.7. Privileges

    5.7. Privileges
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.7. Privileges

    When an object is created, it is assigned an owner. The owner is normally the role that executed the creation statement. For most kinds of objects, the initial state is that only the owner @@ -311,4 +311,4 @@ GRANT SELECT (col1), UPDATE (col1) ON mytable TO miriam_rw; Notice that the owner's implicit grant options are not marked in the access privileges display. A * will appear only when grant options have been explicitly granted to someone. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.6. Modifying Tables Home 5.8. Row Security Policies
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.6. Modifying Tables Home 5.8. Row Security Policies
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html index f119529..77d5283 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.8. Row Security Policies
    5.8. Row Security Policies
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.8. Row Security Policies

    +5.8. Row Security Policies

    5.8. Row Security Policies
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.8. Row Security Policies

    In addition to the SQL-standard privilege system available through GRANT, tables can have row security policies that restrict, @@ -379,4 +379,4 @@ SELECT * FROM information WHERE group_id = 2 FOR UPDATE;

    For additional details see CREATE POLICY and ALTER TABLE. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.7. Privileges Home 5.9. Schemas
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.7. Privileges Home 5.9. Schemas
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html index 2a29b0d..9e4148a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.9. Schemas
    5.9. Schemas
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.9. Schemas

    5.9.1. Creating a Schema
    5.9.2. The Public Schema
    5.9.3. The Schema Search Path
    5.9.4. Schemas and Privileges
    5.9.5. The System Catalog Schema
    5.9.6. Usage Patterns
    5.9.7. Portability

    +5.9. Schemas

    5.9. Schemas
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.9. Schemas

    5.9.1. Creating a Schema
    5.9.2. The Public Schema
    5.9.3. The Schema Search Path
    5.9.4. Schemas and Privileges
    5.9.5. The System Catalog Schema
    5.9.6. Usage Patterns
    5.9.7. Portability

    A PostgreSQL database cluster contains one or more named databases. Roles and a few other object types are shared across the entire cluster. A client connection to the server @@ -326,4 +326,4 @@ REVOKE CREATE ON SCHEMA public FROM PUBLIC; limited) cross-database access. If you need to work with those systems, then maximum portability would be achieved by not using schemas at all. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.8. Row Security Policies Home 5.10. Inheritance
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.8. Row Security Policies Home 5.10. Inheritance
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html index 67bf8bb..c0a8298 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -5.5. System Columns
    5.5. System Columns
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.5. System Columns

    +5.5. System Columns

    5.5. System Columns
    Prev UpChapter 5. Data DefinitionHome Next

    5.5. System Columns

    Every table has several system columns that are implicitly defined by the system. Therefore, these names cannot be used as names of user-defined columns. (Note that these @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ SQL commands, not the number of rows processed. Also, only commands that actually modify the database contents will consume a command identifier. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.4. Constraints Home 5.6. Modifying Tables
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.4. Constraints Home 5.6. Modifying Tables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html index 894714a..c64361d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 5. Data Definition
    Chapter 5. Data Definition
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 5. Data Definition

    Table of Contents

    5.1. Table Basics
    5.2. Default Values
    5.3. Generated Columns
    5.4. Constraints
    5.4.1. Check Constraints
    5.4.2. Not-Null Constraints
    5.4.3. Unique Constraints
    5.4.4. Primary Keys
    5.4.5. Foreign Keys
    5.4.6. Exclusion Constraints
    5.5. System Columns
    5.6. Modifying Tables
    5.6.1. Adding a Column
    5.6.2. Removing a Column
    5.6.3. Adding a Constraint
    5.6.4. Removing a Constraint
    5.6.5. Changing a Column's Default Value
    5.6.6. Changing a Column's Data Type
    5.6.7. Renaming a Column
    5.6.8. Renaming a Table
    5.7. Privileges
    5.8. Row Security Policies
    5.9. Schemas
    5.9.1. Creating a Schema
    5.9.2. The Public Schema
    5.9.3. The Schema Search Path
    5.9.4. Schemas and Privileges
    5.9.5. The System Catalog Schema
    5.9.6. Usage Patterns
    5.9.7. Portability
    5.10. Inheritance
    5.10.1. Caveats
    5.11. Table Partitioning
    5.11.1. Overview
    5.11.2. Declarative Partitioning
    5.11.3. Partitioning Using Inheritance
    5.11.4. Partition Pruning
    5.11.5. Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion
    5.11.6. Best Practices for Declarative Partitioning
    5.12. Foreign Data
    5.13. Other Database Objects
    5.14. Dependency Tracking

    +Chapter 5. Data Definition

    Chapter 5. Data Definition
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    4.3. Calling Functions Home 5.1. Table Basics
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    4.3. Calling Functions Home 5.1. Table Basics
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html index 2ac8ef0..89ab653 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles

    +O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles

    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles

    PostgreSQL 13 and below used the term “Default Roles”. However, as these roles are not able to actually be changed and are installed as part of the system at initialization time, the more appropriate term to use is “Predefined Roles”. See Section 22.5 for current documentation regarding - Predefined Roles, and the release notes for + Predefined Roles, and the release notes for PostgreSQL 14 for details on this change. -

    Prev Up Next
    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf Home O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf Home O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html index 2fccb86..ed0d36d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.13. dict_int
    F.13. dict_int
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.13. dict_int

    F.13.1. Configuration
    F.13.2. Usage

    +F.13. dict_int

    F.13. dict_int
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.13. dict_int

    F.13.1. Configuration
    F.13.2. Usage

    dict_int is an example of an add-on dictionary template for full-text search. The motivation for this example dictionary is to control the indexing of integers (signed and unsigned), allowing such @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION english ALTER MAPPING FOR int, uint WITH intdict;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    dblink_build_sql_update Home F.14. dict_xsyn
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    dblink_build_sql_update Home F.14. dict_xsyn
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html index 96d8cad..dfc9243 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.14. dict_xsyn
    F.14. dict_xsyn
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.14. dict_xsyn

    F.14.1. Configuration
    F.14.2. Usage

    +F.14. dict_xsyn

    F.14. dict_xsyn
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.14. dict_xsyn

    F.14.1. Configuration
    F.14.2. Usage

    dict_xsyn (Extended Synonym Dictionary) is an example of an add-on dictionary template for full-text search. This dictionary type replaces words with groups of their synonyms, and so makes it possible to @@ -94,4 +94,4 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION english ALTER MAPPING FOR word, asciiword WITH xsyn, english_stem;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    F.13. dict_int Home F.15. earthdistance
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.13. dict_int Home F.15. earthdistance
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html index d4eb03d..e7ca696 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions

    Shared Disk Failover

    +27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions

    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions

    Shared Disk Failover

    Shared disk failover avoids synchronization overhead by having only one copy of the database. It uses a single disk array that is shared by multiple servers. If the main database server fails, the standby server @@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ taken PostgreSQL and created commercial closed-source solutions with unique failover, replication, and load balancing capabilities. These are not discussed here. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication Home 27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication Home 27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html index 514f81f..642a3f7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -29.2. Disk Full Failure
    29.2. Disk Full Failure
    Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next

    29.2. Disk Full Failure

    +29.2. Disk Full Failure

    29.2. Disk Full Failure
    Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next

    29.2. Disk Full Failure

    The most important disk monitoring task of a database administrator is to make sure the disk doesn't become full. A filled data disk will not result in data corruption, but it might prevent useful activity @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ will naturally be subject to whatever quota is placed on the user the server runs as. Exceeding the quota will have the same bad effects as running out of disk space entirely. -

    Prev Up Next
    29.1. Determining Disk Usage Home Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    29.1. Determining Disk Usage Home Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html index 9f58475..11f7832 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next

    29.1. Determining Disk Usage

    +29.1. Determining Disk Usage

    29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next

    29.1. Determining Disk Usage

    Each table has a primary heap disk file where most of the data is stored. If the table has any columns with potentially-wide values, there also might be a TOAST file associated with the table, @@ -80,4 +80,4 @@ ORDER BY relpages DESC; bigtable | 3290 customer | 3144

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage Home 29.2. Disk Full Failure
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage Home 29.2. Disk Full Failure
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html index a790fb7..070a182 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage

    Table of Contents

    29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    29.2. Disk Full Failure

    +Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage

    Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage

    Table of Contents

    29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    29.2. Disk Full Failure

    This chapter discusses how to monitor the disk usage of a PostgreSQL database system. -

    Prev Up Next
    28.5. Dynamic Tracing Home 29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    28.5. Dynamic Tracing Home 29.1. Determining Disk Usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html index 48a6038..48f58df 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -6.3. Deleting Data
    6.3. Deleting Data
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.3. Deleting Data

    +6.3. Deleting Data

    6.3. Deleting Data
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.3. Deleting Data

    So far we have explained how to add data to tables and how to change data. What remains is to discuss how to remove data that is no longer needed. Just as adding data is only possible in whole @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ DELETE FROM products WHERE price = 10; DELETE FROM products;

    then all rows in the table will be deleted! Caveat programmer. -

    Prev Up Next
    6.2. Updating Data Home 6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    6.2. Updating Data Home 6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html index e578794..e5f22de 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -6.1. Inserting Data
    6.1. Inserting Data
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.1. Inserting Data

    +6.1. Inserting Data

    6.1. Inserting Data
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.1. Inserting Data

    When a table is created, it contains no data. The first thing to do before a database can be of much use is to insert data. Data is inserted one row at a time. You can also insert more than one row @@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ INSERT INTO products (product_no, name, price) command, but is more efficient. Refer to Section 14.4 for more information on improving bulk loading performance. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 6. Data Manipulation Home 6.2. Updating Data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 6. Data Manipulation Home 6.2. Updating Data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html index 3ff5d5a..24409ca 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows

    +6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows

    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows

    Sometimes it is useful to obtain data from modified rows while they are being manipulated. The INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands all have an @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ DELETE FROM products the data available to RETURNING is the row as modified by the triggers. Thus, inspecting columns computed by triggers is another common use-case for RETURNING. -

    Prev Up Next
    6.3. Deleting Data Home Chapter 7. Queries
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    6.3. Deleting Data Home Chapter 7. Queries
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html index c08a771..62643cb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -6.2. Updating Data
    6.2. Updating Data
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.2. Updating Data

    +6.2. Updating Data

    6.2. Updating Data
    Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next

    6.2. Updating Data

    The modification of data that is already in the database is referred to as updating. You can update individual rows, all the rows in a table, or a subset of all rows. Each column can be @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ UPDATE products SET price = price * 1.10; 

     UPDATE mytable SET a = 5, b = 3, c = 1 WHERE a > 0;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    6.1. Inserting Data Home 6.3. Deleting Data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    6.1. Inserting Data Home 6.3. Deleting Data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html index 0341892..ca7aa80 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
    Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 6. Data Manipulation

    Table of Contents

    6.1. Inserting Data
    6.2. Updating Data
    6.3. Deleting Data
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows

    +Chapter 6. Data Manipulation

    Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 6. Data Manipulation

    Table of Contents

    6.1. Inserting Data
    6.2. Updating Data
    6.3. Deleting Data
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows

    The previous chapter discussed how to create tables and other structures to hold your data. Now it is time to fill the tables with data. This chapter covers how to insert, update, and delete table data. The chapter after this will finally explain how to extract your long-lost data from the database. -

    Prev Up Next
    5.14. Dependency Tracking Home 6.1. Inserting Data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    5.14. Dependency Tracking Home 6.1. Inserting Data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html index dcf94c6..65601d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -J.4. Documentation Authoring
    J.4. Documentation Authoring
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.4. Documentation Authoring

    J.4.1. Emacs

    +J.4. Documentation Authoring

    J.4. Documentation Authoring
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.4. Documentation Authoring

    J.4.1. Emacs

    The documentation sources are most conveniently modified with an editor that has a mode for editing XML, and even more so if it has some awareness of XML schema languages so that it can know about @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@

    src/tools/editors/emacs.samples contains recommended settings for this mode. -

    Prev Up Next
    J.3. Building the Documentation Home J.5. Style Guide
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    J.3. Building the Documentation Home J.5. Style Guide
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html index ffb8bee..1f1c5cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -J.3. Building the Documentation
    J.3. Building the Documentation
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.3. Building the Documentation

    J.3.1. HTML
    J.3.2. Manpages
    J.3.3. PDF
    J.3.4. Plain Text Files
    J.3.5. Syntax Check

    +J.3. Building the Documentation

    J.3. Building the Documentation
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.3. Building the Documentation

    J.3.1. HTML
    J.3.2. Manpages
    J.3.3. PDF
    J.3.4. Plain Text Files
    J.3.5. Syntax Check

    Once you have everything set up, change to the directory doc/src/sgml and run one of the commands described in the following subsections to build the @@ -88,4 +88,4 @@ ADDITIONAL_FLAGS='-Xmx1500m' 

     doc/src/sgml$ make check

    -

    Prev Up Next
    J.2. Tool Sets Home J.4. Documentation Authoring
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    J.2. Tool Sets Home J.4. Documentation Authoring
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html index 7d92851..151a975 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -J.1. DocBook
    J.1. DocBook
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.1. DocBook

    +J.1. DocBook

    J.1. DocBook
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.1. DocBook

    The documentation sources are written in DocBook, which is a markup language defined in XML. In what @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ FreeBSD Documentation Project also uses DocBook and has some good information, including a number of style guidelines that might be worth considering. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix J. Documentation Home J.2. Tool Sets
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix J. Documentation Home J.2. Tool Sets
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html index 5257714..7b592b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -J.5. Style Guide
    J.5. Style Guide
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.5. Style Guide

    J.5.1. Reference Pages

    J.5.1. Reference Pages

    +J.5. Style Guide

    J.5. Style Guide
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.5. Style Guide

    J.5.1. Reference Pages

    J.5.1. Reference Pages

    Reference pages should follow a standard layout. This allows users to find the desired information more quickly, and it also encourages writers to document all relevant aspects of a command. @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ database system it is compatible. The See Also section of SQL commands should list SQL commands before cross-references to programs. -

    Prev Up Next
    J.4. Documentation Authoring Home Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    J.4. Documentation Authoring Home Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html index 6facf81..28b727b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -J.2. Tool Sets
    J.2. Tool Sets
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.2. Tool Sets

    J.2.1. Installation on Fedora, RHEL, and Derivatives
    J.2.2. Installation on FreeBSD
    J.2.3. Debian Packages
    J.2.4. macOS
    J.2.5. Detection by configure

    +J.2. Tool Sets

    J.2. Tool Sets
    Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next

    J.2. Tool Sets

    J.2.1. Installation on Fedora, RHEL, and Derivatives
    J.2.2. Installation on FreeBSD
    J.2.3. Debian Packages
    J.2.4. macOS
    J.2.5. Detection by configure

    The following tools are used to process the documentation. Some might be optional, as noted. @@ -112,4 +112,4 @@ checking for dbtoepub... dbtoepub 

     ./configure ... XMLLINT=/opt/local/bin/xmllint ...

    -

    Prev Up Next
    J.1. DocBook Home J.3. Building the Documentation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    J.1. DocBook Home J.3. Building the Documentation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html index 727d474..e691d01 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix J. Documentation
    Appendix J. Documentation
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    I.1. Getting the Source via Git Home J.1. DocBook
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html index fa56076..e61674d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.18. Domain Types
    8.18. Domain Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.18. Domain Types

    +8.18. Domain Types

    8.18. Domain Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.18. Domain Types

    A domain is a user-defined data type that is based on another underlying type. Optionally, it can have constraints that restrict its valid values to a subset of @@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ INSERT INTO mytable VALUES(-1); -- fails domain's constraints will be checked.

    For additional information see CREATE DOMAIN. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.17. Range Types Home 8.19. Object Identifier Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.17. Range Types Home 8.19. Object Identifier Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html index 9f1b1c7..4196a9c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -28.5. Dynamic Tracing
    28.5. Dynamic Tracing
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.5. Dynamic Tracing

    28.5.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
    28.5.2. Built-in Probes
    28.5.3. Using Probes
    28.5.4. Defining New Probes

    +28.5. Dynamic Tracing

    28.5. Dynamic Tracing
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.5. Dynamic Tracing

    28.5.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
    28.5.2. Built-in Probes
    28.5.3. Using Probes
    28.5.4. Defining New Probes

    PostgreSQL provides facilities to support dynamic tracing of the database server. This allows an external utility to be called at specific points in the code and thereby trace @@ -298,4 +298,4 @@ if (TRACE_POSTGRESQL_TRANSACTION_START_ENABLED()) Each trace macro has a corresponding ENABLED macro.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    28.4. Progress Reporting Home Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    28.4. Progress Reporting Home Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html index 55206f0..92b4afb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.15. earthdistance
    F.15. earthdistance
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.15. earthdistance

    F.15.1. Cube-Based Earth Distances
    F.15.2. Point-Based Earth Distances

    +F.15. earthdistance

    F.15. earthdistance
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.15. earthdistance

    F.15.1. Cube-Based Earth Distances
    F.15.2. Point-Based Earth Distances

    The earthdistance module provides two different approaches to calculating great circle distances on the surface of the Earth. The one described first depends on the cube module. @@ -155,4 +155,4 @@ you need to be careful about the edge conditions near the poles and near +/- 180 degrees of longitude. The cube-based representation avoids these discontinuities. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.14. dict_xsyn Home F.16. file_fdw
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.14. dict_xsyn Home F.16. file_fdw
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html index 82ace84..a18f8aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.3. Running SQL Commands
    36.3. Running SQL Commands
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.3. Running SQL Commands

    36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
    36.3.2. Using Cursors
    36.3.3. Managing Transactions
    36.3.4. Prepared Statements

    +36.3. Running SQL Commands

    36.3. Running SQL Commands
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.3. Running SQL Commands

    36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
    36.3.2. Using Cursors
    36.3.3. Managing Transactions
    36.3.4. Prepared Statements

    Any SQL command can be run from within an embedded SQL application. Below are some examples of how to do that.

    36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements

    @@ -160,4 +160,4 @@ EXEC SQL DEALLOCATE PREPARE name; see PREPARE. Also see Section 36.5 for more details about using placeholders and input parameters. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.2. Managing Database Connections Home 36.4. Using Host Variables
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.2. Managing Database Connections Home 36.4. Using Host Variables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html index 04e5164..588ddd1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.1. The Concept
    36.1. The Concept
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.1. The Concept

    +36.1. The Concept

    36.1. The Concept
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.1. The Concept

    An embedded SQL program consists of code written in an ordinary programming language, in this case C, mixed with SQL commands in specially marked sections. To build the program, the source code (*.pgc) @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ EXEC SQL ...; Of course, the C part of the program follows C quoting rules.

    The following sections explain all the embedded SQL statements. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C Home 36.2. Managing Database Connections
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C Home 36.2. Managing Database Connections
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html index 3728bd8..f5f3eb0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.2. Managing Database Connections
    36.2. Managing Database Connections
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.2. Managing Database Connections

    36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
    36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
    36.2.3. Closing a Connection

    +36.2. Managing Database Connections

    36.2. Managing Database Connections
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.2. Managing Database Connections

    36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
    36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
    36.2.3. Closing a Connection

    This section describes how to open, close, and switch database connections.

    36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server

    @@ -244,4 +244,4 @@ EXEC SQL DISCONNECT [connec

    It is good style that an application always explicitly disconnect from every connection it opened. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.1. The Concept Home 36.3. Running SQL Commands
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.1. The Concept Home 36.3. Running SQL Commands
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html index 242bd59..7a46019 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.13. C++ Applications
    36.13. C++ Applications
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.13. C++ Applications

    36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
    36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module

    +36.13. C++ Applications

    36.13. C++ Applications
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.13. C++ Applications

    36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
    36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module

    ECPG has some limited support for C++ applications. This section describes some caveats.

    @@ -225,4 +225,4 @@ c++ -c test_cpp.cpp -o test_cpp.o 

     c++ test_cpp.o test_mod.o -lecpg -o test_cpp

    -

    Prev Up Next
    36.12. Large Objects Home 36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.12. Large Objects Home 36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html index f0a452b..23b05e8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas

    36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
    36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas

    +36.7. Using Descriptor Areas

    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas

    36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
    36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas

    An SQL descriptor area is a more sophisticated method for processing the result of a SELECT, FETCH or a DESCRIBE statement. An SQL descriptor area groups @@ -707,4 +707,4 @@ tup_fetched = 3253694 (type: 9) tup_inserted = 0 (type: 9) tup_updated = 0 (type: 9) tup_deleted = 0 (type: 9) -


    Prev Up Next
    36.6. pgtypes Library Home 36.8. Error Handling
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    36.6. pgtypes Library Home 36.8. Error Handling
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html index 7d0aa69..ee8fecc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.17. Internals
    36.17. Internals
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.17. Internals

    +36.17. Internals

    36.17. Internals
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.17. Internals

    This section explains how ECPG works internally. This information can occasionally be useful to help users understand how to use ECPG. @@ -121,4 +121,4 @@ ECPGdo(__LINE__, NULL, "SELECT res FROM mytable WHERE index = ? ",

    (The indentation here is added for readability and not something the preprocessor does.) -

    Prev Up Next
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode Home Chapter 37. The Information Schema
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode Home Chapter 37. The Information Schema
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html index 9ce0c74..4ca263f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.5. Dynamic SQL
    36.5. Dynamic SQL
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.5. Dynamic SQL

    36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
    36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
    36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set

    +36.5. Dynamic SQL

    36.5. Dynamic SQL
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.5. Dynamic SQL

    36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
    36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
    36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set

    In many cases, the particular SQL statements that an application has to execute are known at the time the application is written. In some cases, however, the SQL statements are composed at run time @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ EXEC SQL CLOSE cursor1; EXEC SQL COMMIT; EXEC SQL DISCONNECT ALL;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    36.4. Using Host Variables Home 36.6. pgtypes Library
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.4. Using Host Variables Home 36.6. pgtypes Library
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html index 02caf51..0589152 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.8. Error Handling
    36.8. Error Handling
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.8. Error Handling

    36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
    36.8.2. sqlca
    36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE

    +36.8. Error Handling

    36.8. Error Handling
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.8. Error Handling

    36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
    36.8.2. sqlca
    36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE

    This section describes how you can handle exceptional conditions and warnings in an embedded SQL program. There are two nonexclusive facilities for this. @@ -438,4 +438,4 @@ while (1)

    -605 (ECPG_WARNING_PORTAL_EXISTS)

    An existing cursor name was specified. (SQLSTATE 42P03)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas Home 36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas Home 36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html index a6cc793..7f6ca79 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode

    36.15.1. Additional Types
    36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
    36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
    36.15.4. Additional Functions
    36.15.5. Additional Constants

    +36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode

    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode

    36.15.1. Additional Types
    36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
    36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
    36.15.4. Additional Functions
    36.15.5. Additional Constants

    ecpg can be run in a so-called Informix compatibility mode. If this mode is active, it tries to behave as if it were the Informix precompiler for Informix E/SQL. Generally spoken this will allow you to use @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ int dectodbl(decimal *np, double *dblp); On success, 0 is returned and a negative value if the conversion failed.

    dectoint

    - Convert a variable to type decimal to an integer. + Convert a variable of type decimal to an integer. 

     int dectoint(decimal *np, int *ip);

    @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ int dectoint(decimal *np, int *ip); 32767, while the limits in the ECPG implementation depend on the architecture (INT_MIN .. INT_MAX).

    dectolong

    - Convert a variable to type decimal to a long integer. + Convert a variable of type decimal to a long integer. 

     int dectolong(decimal *np, long *lngp);

    @@ -889,4 +889,4 @@ risnull(CINTTYPE, (char *) &i); characters it cannot parse. Internally it is defined as -1264 (the Informix definition).

    -

    Prev Up Next
    WHENEVER Home 36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    WHENEVER Home 36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html index 66a9a05..79a243d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.11. Library Functions
    36.11. Library Functions
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.11. Library Functions

    +36.11. Library Functions

    36.11. Library Functions
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.11. Library Functions

    The libecpg library primarily contains “hidden” functions that are used to implement the functionality expressed by the embedded SQL commands. But there @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ returns true if you are connected to a database and false if not. connection_name can be NULL if a single connection is being used. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs Home 36.12. Large Objects
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs Home 36.12. Large Objects
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html index 4cf471b..bc0c8dc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.12. Large Objects
    36.12. Large Objects
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.12. Large Objects

    +36.12. Large Objects

    36.12. Large Objects
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.12. Large Objects

    Large objects are not directly supported by ECPG, but ECPG application can manipulate large objects through the libpq large object functions, obtaining the necessary PGconn @@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ main(void) EXEC SQL DISCONNECT ALL; return 0; } -


    Prev Up Next
    36.11. Library Functions Home 36.13. C++ Applications
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    36.11. Library Functions Home 36.13. C++ Applications
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-oracle-compat.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-oracle-compat.html index b4bc14a..a3bcbba 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-oracle-compat.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-oracle-compat.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode

    +36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode

    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode

    ecpg can be run in a so-called Oracle compatibility mode. If this mode is active, it tries to behave as if it were Oracle Pro*C. @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ Set the null indicator to -1 when character arrays receive empty character string types

    -

    Prev Up Next
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode Home 36.17. Internals
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode Home 36.17. Internals
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html index abeded5..1d51c3d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.6. pgtypes Library
    36.6. pgtypes Library
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.6. pgtypes Library

    36.6.1. Character Strings
    36.6.2. The numeric Type
    36.6.3. The date Type
    36.6.4. The timestamp Type
    36.6.5. The interval Type
    36.6.6. The decimal Type
    36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
    36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib

    +36.6. pgtypes Library

    36.6. pgtypes Library
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.6. pgtypes Library

    36.6.1. Character Strings
    36.6.2. The numeric Type
    36.6.3. The date Type
    36.6.4. The timestamp Type
    36.6.5. The interval Type
    36.6.6. The decimal Type
    36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
    36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib

    The pgtypes library maps PostgreSQL database types to C equivalents that can be used in C programs. It also offers functions to do basic calculations with those types within C, i.e., without @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ int PGTYPEStimestamp_fmt_asc(timestamp *ts, char *output, int str_len, char *fmt %z - is replaced by the time zone offset from UTC; a leading plus sign stands for east of UTC, a minus sign for west of UTC, hours and minutes follow with two digits each and no - delimiter between them (common form for RFC 822 date headers). + delimiter between them (common form for RFC 822 date headers).

  • %+ - is replaced by national representation of the date and time. @@ -762,4 +762,4 @@ void PGTYPESdecimal_free(decimal *var); errno != 0 after each call to PGTYPEStimestamp_from_asc.

    • -

    Prev Up Next
    36.5. Dynamic SQL Home 36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.5. Dynamic SQL Home 36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html index d46411d..dd43db6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.9. Preprocessor Directives

    36.9.1. Including Files
    36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
    36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, elif, else, and endif Directives

    +36.9. Preprocessor Directives

    36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.9. Preprocessor Directives

    36.9.1. Including Files
    36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
    36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, elif, else, and endif Directives

    Several preprocessor directives are available that modify how the ecpg preprocessor parses and processes a file. @@ -77,6 +77,12 @@ EXEC SQL UPDATE Tbl SET col = MYNUMBER; #define for a constant that you are going to use in an embedded SQL query because in this case the embedded SQL precompiler is not able to see this declaration. +

    + If multiple input files are named on the ecpg + preprocessor's command line, the effects of EXEC SQL + DEFINE and EXEC SQL UNDEF do not carry + across files: each file starts with only the symbols defined + by -D switches on the command line.

    36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, elif, else, and endif Directives

    You can use the following directives to compile code sections conditionally: @@ -126,4 +132,4 @@ EXEC SQL else; EXEC SQL SET TIMEZONE TO 'GMT'; EXEC SQL endif;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    36.8. Error Handling Home 36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.8. Error Handling Home 36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html index 81c376d..ae7e405 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs

    +36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs

    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs

    Now that you have an idea how to form embedded SQL C programs, you probably want to know how to compile them. Before compiling you run the file through the embedded SQL @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ ECPG = ecpg The ecpg library is thread-safe by default. However, you might need to use some threading command-line options to compile your client code. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives Home 36.11. Library Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives Home 36.11. Library Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html index f6d1b23..1306468 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR

    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area

    Synopsis

    +ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
    Synopsis
     ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR name
 
    Description
    
      ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR allocates a new named SQL
@@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ EXEC SQL ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR mydesc;

    Compatibility

    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR is specified in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands Home CONNECT
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands Home CONNECT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html index 3bf2626..ad7861e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands

    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
    CONNECT — establish a database connection
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    DECLARE STATEMENT — declare SQL statement identifier
    DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
    DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
    GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
    OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
    SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
    SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
    TYPE — define a new data type
    VAR — define a variable
    WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised

    +36.14. Embedded SQL Commands

    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands

    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
    CONNECT — establish a database connection
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    DECLARE STATEMENT — declare SQL statement identifier
    DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
    DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
    GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
    OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
    SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
    SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
    TYPE — define a new data type
    VAR — define a variable
    WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised

    This section describes all SQL commands that are specific to embedded SQL. Also refer to the SQL commands listed in SQL Commands, which can also be used in embedded SQL, unless stated otherwise. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.13. C++ Applications Home ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.13. C++ Applications Home ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html index 99efc30..12cec00 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CONNECT
    CONNECT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    CONNECT

    CONNECT — establish a database connection

    Synopsis

    +CONNECT
    CONNECT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    CONNECT
    CONNECT — establish a database connection
    Synopsis
     CONNECT TO connection_target [ AS connection_name ] [ USER connection_user ]
 CONNECT TO DEFAULT
 CONNECT connection_user
@@ -106,4 +106,4 @@ EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION;
      CONNECT is specified in the SQL standard, but
      the format of the connection parameters is
      implementation-specific.
-    
    Prev Up Next
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR Home DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR Home DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html index 8a2db13..2ea4b2e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR

    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area

    Synopsis

    +DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
    Synopsis
     DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR name
 
    Description
    
      DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR deallocates a named SQL
@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ EXEC SQL DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR mydesc;

    Compatibility

    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR is specified in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    CONNECT Home DECLARE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    CONNECT Home DECLARE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare-statement.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare-statement.html index f3a29f3..b4e475f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare-statement.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare-statement.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DECLARE STATEMENT
    DECLARE STATEMENT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    DECLARE STATEMENT

    DECLARE STATEMENT — declare SQL statement identifier

    Synopsis

    +DECLARE STATEMENT
    DECLARE STATEMENT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    DECLARE STATEMENT
    DECLARE STATEMENT — declare SQL statement identifier
    Synopsis
     EXEC SQL [ AT connection_name ] DECLARE statement_name STATEMENT
 
    Description
    
      DECLARE STATEMENT declares an SQL statement identifier.
@@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ EXEC SQL CLOSE cursor_name;

    Compatibility

    DECLARE STATEMENT is an extension of the SQL standard, but can be used in famous DBMSs. -

    See Also

    CONNECT, DECLARE, OPEN
    Prev Up Next
    DECLARE Home DESCRIBE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    CONNECT, DECLARE, OPEN
    Prev Up Next
    DECLARE Home DESCRIBE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html index b2e2080..5e05c8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DECLARE
    DECLARE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    DECLARE

    DECLARE — define a cursor

    Synopsis

    +DECLARE
    DECLARE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    DECLARE
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    Synopsis
     DECLARE cursor_name [ BINARY ] [ ASENSITIVE | INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ] CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR prepared_name
 DECLARE cursor_name [ BINARY ] [ ASENSITIVE | INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ] CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR query
 
    Description
    
@@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ EXEC SQL DECLARE cur1 CURSOR FOR stmt1;

    Compatibility

    DECLARE is specified in the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    OPEN, CLOSE, DECLARE
    Prev Up Next
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR Home DECLARE STATEMENT
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    OPEN, CLOSE, DECLARE
    Prev Up Next
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR Home DECLARE STATEMENT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html index f784d9d..340fed9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DESCRIBE
    DESCRIBE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    DESCRIBE

    DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set

    Synopsis

    +DESCRIBE
    DESCRIBE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    DESCRIBE
    DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
    Synopsis
     DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] prepared_name USING [ SQL ] DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name
 DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] prepared_name INTO [ SQL ] DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name
 DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] prepared_name INTO sqlda_name
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ EXEC SQL GET DESCRIPTOR mydesc VALUE 1 :charvar = NAME;
 EXEC SQL DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR mydesc;
 
    Compatibility
    
      DESCRIBE is specified in the SQL standard.
-    
    Prev Up Next
    DECLARE STATEMENT Home DISCONNECT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DECLARE STATEMENT Home DISCONNECT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html index b51aa77..aab33e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DISCONNECT
    DISCONNECT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    DISCONNECT

    DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection

    Synopsis

    +DISCONNECT
    DISCONNECT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    DISCONNECT
    DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
    Synopsis
     DISCONNECT connection_name
 DISCONNECT [ CURRENT ]
 DISCONNECT ALL
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ main(void)
 }
 
    Compatibility
    
      DISCONNECT is specified in the SQL standard.
-    
    Prev Up Next
    DESCRIBE Home EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DESCRIBE Home EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html index 3aa521a..5c7b181 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE

    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement

    Synopsis

    +EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
    Synopsis
     EXECUTE IMMEDIATE string
 
    Description
    
      EXECUTE IMMEDIATE immediately prepares and
@@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ EXEC SQL EXECUTE IMMEDIATE :command;

    Compatibility

    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE is specified in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    DISCONNECT Home GET DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DISCONNECT Home GET DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html index ec402e9..f54a62e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -GET DESCRIPTOR
    GET DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    GET DESCRIPTOR

    GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area

    Synopsis

    +GET DESCRIPTOR
    GET DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    GET DESCRIPTOR
    GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
    Synopsis
     GET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name :cvariable = descriptor_header_item [, ... ]
 GET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name VALUE column_number :cvariable = descriptor_item [, ... ]
 
    Description
    
@@ -101,4 +101,4 @@ d_data                  = testdb

    Compatibility

    GET DESCRIPTOR is specified in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Home OPEN
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE Home OPEN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html index 5cf0669..a893649 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -OPEN
    OPEN
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    OPEN

    OPEN — open a dynamic cursor

    Synopsis

    +OPEN
    OPEN
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    OPEN
    OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
    Synopsis
     OPEN cursor_name
 OPEN cursor_name USING value [, ... ]
 OPEN cursor_name USING SQL DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ EXEC SQL OPEN c1 USING SQL DESCRIPTOR mydesc;
 EXEC SQL OPEN :curname1;
 
    Compatibility
    
      OPEN is specified in the SQL standard.
-    
    See Also
    DECLARE, CLOSE
    Prev Up Next
    GET DESCRIPTOR Home PREPARE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    DECLARE, CLOSE
    Prev Up Next
    GET DESCRIPTOR Home PREPARE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html index 9f4dba9..ce31d24 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -PREPARE
    PREPARE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    PREPARE

    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution

    Synopsis

    +PREPARE
    PREPARE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    PREPARE
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    Synopsis
     PREPARE prepared_name FROM string
 
    Description
    
      PREPARE prepares a statement dynamically
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ EXEC SQL PREPARE foo FROM :stmt;
 EXEC SQL EXECUTE foo USING SQL DESCRIPTOR indesc INTO SQL DESCRIPTOR outdesc;

    Compatibility

    PREPARE is specified in the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    EXECUTE
    Prev Up Next
    OPEN Home SET AUTOCOMMIT
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    EXECUTE
    Prev Up Next
    OPEN Home SET AUTOCOMMIT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html index 1eb449c..2798171 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET AUTOCOMMIT
    SET AUTOCOMMIT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    SET AUTOCOMMIT

    SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session

    Synopsis

    +SET AUTOCOMMIT
    SET AUTOCOMMIT
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    SET AUTOCOMMIT
    SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
    Synopsis
     SET AUTOCOMMIT { = | TO } { ON | OFF }
 
    Description
    
      SET AUTOCOMMIT sets the autocommit behavior of
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ SET AUTOCOMMIT { = | TO } { ON | OFF }
      where each individual statement is committed implicitly.
     
    Compatibility
    
      SET AUTOCOMMIT is an extension of PostgreSQL ECPG.
-    
    Prev Up Next
    PREPARE Home SET CONNECTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    PREPARE Home SET CONNECTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html index d0e4746..d58c7a5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET CONNECTION
    SET CONNECTION
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    SET CONNECTION

    SET CONNECTION — select a database connection

    Synopsis

    +SET CONNECTION
    SET CONNECTION
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    SET CONNECTION
    SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
    Synopsis
     SET CONNECTION [ TO | = ] connection_name
 
    Description
    
      SET CONNECTION sets the “current”
@@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ EXEC SQL SET CONNECTION TO con2;
 EXEC SQL SET CONNECTION = con1;

    Compatibility

    SET CONNECTION is specified in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    SET AUTOCOMMIT Home SET DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SET AUTOCOMMIT Home SET DESCRIPTOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html index 44b06b9..37b493c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET DESCRIPTOR
    SET DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    SET DESCRIPTOR

    SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area

    Synopsis

    +SET DESCRIPTOR
    SET DESCRIPTOR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    SET DESCRIPTOR
    SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
    Synopsis
     SET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name descriptor_header_item = value [, ... ]
 SET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name VALUE number descriptor_item = value [, ...]
 
    Description
    
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ EXEC SQL SET DESCRIPTOR indesc VALUE 2 INDICATOR = :val1, DATA = 'some string';
 EXEC SQL SET DESCRIPTOR indesc VALUE 2 INDICATOR = :val2null, DATA = :val2;

    Compatibility

    SET DESCRIPTOR is specified in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    SET CONNECTION Home TYPE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SET CONNECTION Home TYPE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html index b10af95..7da593c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -TYPE
    TYPE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    TYPE

    TYPE — define a new data type

    Synopsis

    +TYPE
    TYPE
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    TYPE
    TYPE — define a new data type
    Synopsis
     TYPE type_name IS ctype
 
    Description
    
      The TYPE command defines a new C type.  It is
@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ t_ind.i_ind = 0

    Compatibility

    The TYPE command is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    SET DESCRIPTOR Home VAR
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SET DESCRIPTOR Home VAR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html index c43580e..5656465 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -VAR
    VAR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    VAR

    VAR — define a variable

    Synopsis

    +VAR
    VAR
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    VAR
    VAR — define a variable
    Synopsis
     VAR varname IS ctype
 
    Description
    
      The VAR command assigns a new C data type
@@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ exec sql end declare section;
 EXEC SQL VAR a IS int;

    Compatibility

    The VAR command is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    TYPE Home WHENEVER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    TYPE Home WHENEVER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html index bccda8a..9bd4e9a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -WHENEVER
    WHENEVER
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next

    WHENEVER

    WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised

    Synopsis

    +WHENEVER
    WHENEVER
    Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
    WHENEVER
    WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
    Synopsis
     WHENEVER { NOT FOUND | SQLERROR | SQLWARNING } action
 
    Description
    
      Define a behavior which is called on the special cases (Rows not
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ main(void)
     
    Compatibility
    
      WHENEVER is specified in the SQL standard, but
      most of the actions are PostgreSQL extensions.
-    
    Prev Up Next
    VAR Home 36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    VAR Home 36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html index a0e86d3..4ac2e14 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -36.4. Using Host Variables
    36.4. Using Host Variables
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.4. Using Host Variables

    36.4.1. Overview
    36.4.2. Declare Sections
    36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
    36.4.4. Type Mapping
    36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
    36.4.6. Indicators

    +36.4. Using Host Variables

    36.4. Using Host Variables
    Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in CHome Next

    36.4. Using Host Variables

    36.4.1. Overview
    36.4.2. Declare Sections
    36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
    36.4.4. Type Mapping
    36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
    36.4.6. Indicators

    In Section 36.3 you saw how you can execute SQL statements from an embedded SQL program. Some of those statements only used fixed values and did not provide a way to insert @@ -878,4 +878,4 @@ EXEC SQL SELECT b INTO :val :val_ind FROM test1; input and output) for character string types as empty string and for integer types as the lowest possible value for type (for example, INT_MIN for int). -

    Prev Up Next
    36.3. Running SQL Commands Home 36.5. Dynamic SQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.3. Running SQL Commands Home 36.5. Dynamic SQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html index aa8e833..9cf5778 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C

    Table of Contents

    36.1. The Concept
    36.2. Managing Database Connections
    36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
    36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
    36.2.3. Closing a Connection
    36.3. Running SQL Commands
    36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
    36.3.2. Using Cursors
    36.3.3. Managing Transactions
    36.3.4. Prepared Statements
    36.4. Using Host Variables
    36.4.1. Overview
    36.4.2. Declare Sections
    36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
    36.4.4. Type Mapping
    36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
    36.4.6. Indicators
    36.5. Dynamic SQL
    36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
    36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
    36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set
    36.6. pgtypes Library
    36.6.1. Character Strings
    36.6.2. The numeric Type
    36.6.3. The date Type
    36.6.4. The timestamp Type
    36.6.5. The interval Type
    36.6.6. The decimal Type
    36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
    36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
    36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas
    36.8. Error Handling
    36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
    36.8.2. sqlca
    36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    36.9.1. Including Files
    36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
    36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, elif, else, and endif Directives
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    36.11. Library Functions
    36.12. Large Objects
    36.13. C++ Applications
    36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
    36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
    CONNECT — establish a database connection
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    DECLARE STATEMENT — declare SQL statement identifier
    DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
    DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
    GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
    OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
    SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
    SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
    TYPE — define a new data type
    VAR — define a variable
    WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    36.15.1. Additional Types
    36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
    36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
    36.15.4. Additional Functions
    36.15.5. Additional Constants
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    36.17. Internals

    +Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C

    Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C

    Table of Contents

    36.1. The Concept
    36.2. Managing Database Connections
    36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
    36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
    36.2.3. Closing a Connection
    36.3. Running SQL Commands
    36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
    36.3.2. Using Cursors
    36.3.3. Managing Transactions
    36.3.4. Prepared Statements
    36.4. Using Host Variables
    36.4.1. Overview
    36.4.2. Declare Sections
    36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
    36.4.4. Type Mapping
    36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
    36.4.6. Indicators
    36.5. Dynamic SQL
    36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
    36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
    36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set
    36.6. pgtypes Library
    36.6.1. Character Strings
    36.6.2. The numeric Type
    36.6.3. The date Type
    36.6.4. The timestamp Type
    36.6.5. The interval Type
    36.6.6. The decimal Type
    36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
    36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib
    36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
    36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
    36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas
    36.8. Error Handling
    36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
    36.8.2. sqlca
    36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE
    36.9. Preprocessor Directives
    36.9.1. Including Files
    36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
    36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, elif, else, and endif Directives
    36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
    36.11. Library Functions
    36.12. Large Objects
    36.13. C++ Applications
    36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
    36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module
    36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
    ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
    CONNECT — establish a database connection
    DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    DECLARE STATEMENT — declare SQL statement identifier
    DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
    DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
    EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
    GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
    OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
    SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
    SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
    TYPE — define a new data type
    VAR — define a variable
    WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
    36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
    36.15.1. Additional Types
    36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
    36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
    36.15.4. Additional Functions
    36.15.5. Additional Constants
    36.16. Oracle Compatibility Mode
    36.17. Internals

    This chapter describes the embedded SQL package for PostgreSQL. It was written by Linus Tolke () and Michael Meskes @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ This documentation is quite incomplete. But since this interface is standardized, additional information can be found in many resources about SQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    35.5. Example Program Home 36.1. The Concept
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    35.5. Example Program Home 36.1. The Concept
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html index d6d9b2f..3c3f774 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.8. Encryption Options
    19.8. Encryption Options
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.8. Encryption Options

    +19.8. Encryption Options

    19.8. Encryption Options
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.8. Encryption Options

    PostgreSQL offers encryption at several levels, and provides flexibility in protecting data from disclosure due to database server theft, unscrupulous administrators, and @@ -81,4 +81,4 @@ never appears on the database server. Data is encrypted on the client before being sent to the server, and database results have to be decrypted on the client before being used. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing Home 19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing Home 19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html index 0b15510..082d558 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

    +Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

    Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

    All messages emitted by the PostgreSQL server are assigned five-character error codes that follow the SQL standard's conventions for “SQLSTATE” codes. Applications @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ what to do from the error class.

    Table A.1 lists all the error codes defined in - PostgreSQL 15.6. (Some are not actually + PostgreSQL 15.7. (Some are not actually used at present, but are defined by the SQL standard.) The error classes are also shown. For each error class there is a “standard” error code having the last three characters @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ As of PostgreSQL 9.3, complete coverage for this feature exists only for errors in SQLSTATE class 23 (integrity constraint violation), but this is likely to be expanded in future. -

    Table A.1. PostgreSQL Error Codes

    Error CodeCondition Name
    Class 00 — Successful Completion
    00000successful_completion
    Class 01 — Warning
    01000warning
    0100Cdynamic_result_sets_returned
    01008implicit_zero_bit_padding
    01003null_value_eliminated_in_set_function
    01007privilege_not_granted
    01006privilege_not_revoked
    01004string_data_right_truncation
    01P01deprecated_feature
    Class 02 — No Data (this is also a warning class per the SQL standard)
    02000no_data
    02001no_additional_dynamic_result_sets_returned
    Class 03 — SQL Statement Not Yet Complete
    03000sql_statement_not_yet_complete
    Class 08 — Connection Exception
    08000connection_exception
    08003connection_does_not_exist
    08006connection_failure
    08001sqlclient_unable_to_establish_sqlconnection
    08004sqlserver_rejected_establishment_of_sqlconnection
    08007transaction_resolution_unknown
    08P01protocol_violation
    Class 09 — Triggered Action Exception
    09000triggered_action_exception
    Class 0A — Feature Not Supported
    0A000feature_not_supported
    Class 0B — Invalid Transaction Initiation
    0B000invalid_transaction_initiation
    Class 0F — Locator Exception
    0F000locator_exception
    0F001invalid_locator_specification
    Class 0L — Invalid Grantor
    0L000invalid_grantor
    0LP01invalid_grant_operation
    Class 0P — Invalid Role Specification
    0P000invalid_role_specification
    Class 0Z — Diagnostics Exception
    0Z000diagnostics_exception
    0Z002stacked_diagnostics_accessed_without_active_handler
    Class 20 — Case Not Found
    20000case_not_found
    Class 21 — Cardinality Violation
    21000cardinality_violation
    Class 22 — Data Exception
    22000data_exception
    2202Earray_subscript_error
    22021character_not_in_repertoire
    22008datetime_field_overflow
    22012division_by_zero
    22005error_in_assignment
    2200Bescape_character_conflict
    22022indicator_overflow
    22015interval_field_overflow
    2201Einvalid_argument_for_logarithm
    22014invalid_argument_for_ntile_function
    22016invalid_argument_for_nth_value_function
    2201Finvalid_argument_for_power_function
    2201Ginvalid_argument_for_width_bucket_function
    22018invalid_character_value_for_cast
    22007invalid_datetime_format
    22019invalid_escape_character
    2200Dinvalid_escape_octet
    22025invalid_escape_sequence
    22P06nonstandard_use_of_escape_character
    22010invalid_indicator_parameter_value
    22023invalid_parameter_value
    22013invalid_preceding_or_following_size
    2201Binvalid_regular_expression
    2201Winvalid_row_count_in_limit_clause
    2201Xinvalid_row_count_in_result_offset_clause
    2202Hinvalid_tablesample_argument
    2202Ginvalid_tablesample_repeat
    22009invalid_time_zone_displacement_value
    2200Cinvalid_use_of_escape_character
    2200Gmost_specific_type_mismatch
    22004null_value_not_allowed
    22002null_value_no_indicator_parameter
    22003numeric_value_out_of_range
    2200Hsequence_generator_limit_exceeded
    22026string_data_length_mismatch
    22001string_data_right_truncation
    22011substring_error
    22027trim_error
    22024unterminated_c_string
    2200Fzero_length_character_string
    22P01floating_point_exception
    22P02invalid_text_representation
    22P03invalid_binary_representation
    22P04bad_copy_file_format
    22P05untranslatable_character
    2200Lnot_an_xml_document
    2200Minvalid_xml_document
    2200Ninvalid_xml_content
    2200Sinvalid_xml_comment
    2200Tinvalid_xml_processing_instruction
    22030duplicate_json_object_key_value
    22031invalid_argument_for_sql_json_datetime_function
    22032invalid_json_text
    22033invalid_sql_json_subscript
    22034more_than_one_sql_json_item
    22035no_sql_json_item
    22036non_numeric_sql_json_item
    22037non_unique_keys_in_a_json_object
    22038singleton_sql_json_item_required
    22039sql_json_array_not_found
    2203Asql_json_member_not_found
    2203Bsql_json_number_not_found
    2203Csql_json_object_not_found
    2203Dtoo_many_json_array_elements
    2203Etoo_many_json_object_members
    2203Fsql_json_scalar_required
    2203Gsql_json_item_cannot_be_cast_to_target_type
    Class 23 — Integrity Constraint Violation
    23000integrity_constraint_violation
    23001restrict_violation
    23502not_null_violation
    23503foreign_key_violation
    23505unique_violation
    23514check_violation
    23P01exclusion_violation
    Class 24 — Invalid Cursor State
    24000invalid_cursor_state
    Class 25 — Invalid Transaction State
    25000invalid_transaction_state
    25001active_sql_transaction
    25002branch_transaction_already_active
    25008held_cursor_requires_same_isolation_level
    25003inappropriate_access_mode_for_branch_transaction
    25004inappropriate_isolation_level_for_branch_transaction
    25005no_active_sql_transaction_for_branch_transaction
    25006read_only_sql_transaction
    25007schema_and_data_statement_mixing_not_supported
    25P01no_active_sql_transaction
    25P02in_failed_sql_transaction
    25P03idle_in_transaction_session_timeout
    Class 26 — Invalid SQL Statement Name
    26000invalid_sql_statement_name
    Class 27 — Triggered Data Change Violation
    27000triggered_data_change_violation
    Class 28 — Invalid Authorization Specification
    28000invalid_authorization_specification
    28P01invalid_password
    Class 2B — Dependent Privilege Descriptors Still Exist
    2B000dependent_privilege_descriptors_still_exist
    2BP01dependent_objects_still_exist
    Class 2D — Invalid Transaction Termination
    2D000invalid_transaction_termination
    Class 2F — SQL Routine Exception
    2F000sql_routine_exception
    2F005function_executed_no_return_statement
    2F002modifying_sql_data_not_permitted
    2F003prohibited_sql_statement_attempted
    2F004reading_sql_data_not_permitted
    Class 34 — Invalid Cursor Name
    34000invalid_cursor_name
    Class 38 — External Routine Exception
    38000external_routine_exception
    38001containing_sql_not_permitted
    38002modifying_sql_data_not_permitted
    38003prohibited_sql_statement_attempted
    38004reading_sql_data_not_permitted
    Class 39 — External Routine Invocation Exception
    39000external_routine_invocation_exception
    39001invalid_sqlstate_returned
    39004null_value_not_allowed
    39P01trigger_protocol_violated
    39P02srf_protocol_violated
    39P03event_trigger_protocol_violated
    Class 3B — Savepoint Exception
    3B000savepoint_exception
    3B001invalid_savepoint_specification
    Class 3D — Invalid Catalog Name
    3D000invalid_catalog_name
    Class 3F — Invalid Schema Name
    3F000invalid_schema_name
    Class 40 — Transaction Rollback
    40000transaction_rollback
    40002transaction_integrity_constraint_violation
    40001serialization_failure
    40003statement_completion_unknown
    40P01deadlock_detected
    Class 42 — Syntax Error or Access Rule Violation
    42000syntax_error_or_access_rule_violation
    42601syntax_error
    42501insufficient_privilege
    42846cannot_coerce
    42803grouping_error
    42P20windowing_error
    42P19invalid_recursion
    42830invalid_foreign_key
    42602invalid_name
    42622name_too_long
    42939reserved_name
    42804datatype_mismatch
    42P18indeterminate_datatype
    42P21collation_mismatch
    42P22indeterminate_collation
    42809wrong_object_type
    428C9generated_always
    42703undefined_column
    42883undefined_function
    42P01undefined_table
    42P02undefined_parameter
    42704undefined_object
    42701duplicate_column
    42P03duplicate_cursor
    42P04duplicate_database
    42723duplicate_function
    42P05duplicate_prepared_statement
    42P06duplicate_schema
    42P07duplicate_table
    42712duplicate_alias
    42710duplicate_object
    42702ambiguous_column
    42725ambiguous_function
    42P08ambiguous_parameter
    42P09ambiguous_alias
    42P10invalid_column_reference
    42611invalid_column_definition
    42P11invalid_cursor_definition
    42P12invalid_database_definition
    42P13invalid_function_definition
    42P14invalid_prepared_statement_definition
    42P15invalid_schema_definition
    42P16invalid_table_definition
    42P17invalid_object_definition
    Class 44 — WITH CHECK OPTION Violation
    44000with_check_option_violation
    Class 53 — Insufficient Resources
    53000insufficient_resources
    53100disk_full
    53200out_of_memory
    53300too_many_connections
    53400configuration_limit_exceeded
    Class 54 — Program Limit Exceeded
    54000program_limit_exceeded
    54001statement_too_complex
    54011too_many_columns
    54023too_many_arguments
    Class 55 — Object Not In Prerequisite State
    55000object_not_in_prerequisite_state
    55006object_in_use
    55P02cant_change_runtime_param
    55P03lock_not_available
    55P04unsafe_new_enum_value_usage
    Class 57 — Operator Intervention
    57000operator_intervention
    57014query_canceled
    57P01admin_shutdown
    57P02crash_shutdown
    57P03cannot_connect_now
    57P04database_dropped
    57P05idle_session_timeout
    Class 58 — System Error (errors external to PostgreSQL itself)
    58000system_error
    58030io_error
    58P01undefined_file
    58P02duplicate_file
    Class 72 — Snapshot Failure
    72000snapshot_too_old
    Class F0 — Configuration File Error
    F0000config_file_error
    F0001lock_file_exists
    Class HV — Foreign Data Wrapper Error (SQL/MED)
    HV000fdw_error
    HV005fdw_column_name_not_found
    HV002fdw_dynamic_parameter_value_needed
    HV010fdw_function_sequence_error
    HV021fdw_inconsistent_descriptor_information
    HV024fdw_invalid_attribute_value
    HV007fdw_invalid_column_name
    HV008fdw_invalid_column_number
    HV004fdw_invalid_data_type
    HV006fdw_invalid_data_type_descriptors
    HV091fdw_invalid_descriptor_field_identifier
    HV00Bfdw_invalid_handle
    HV00Cfdw_invalid_option_index
    HV00Dfdw_invalid_option_name
    HV090fdw_invalid_string_length_or_buffer_length
    HV00Afdw_invalid_string_format
    HV009fdw_invalid_use_of_null_pointer
    HV014fdw_too_many_handles
    HV001fdw_out_of_memory
    HV00Pfdw_no_schemas
    HV00Jfdw_option_name_not_found
    HV00Kfdw_reply_handle
    HV00Qfdw_schema_not_found
    HV00Rfdw_table_not_found
    HV00Lfdw_unable_to_create_execution
    HV00Mfdw_unable_to_create_reply
    HV00Nfdw_unable_to_establish_connection
    Class P0 — PL/pgSQL Error
    P0000plpgsql_error
    P0001raise_exception
    P0002no_data_found
    P0003too_many_rows
    P0004assert_failure
    Class XX — Internal Error
    XX000internal_error
    XX001data_corrupted
    XX002index_corrupted

    Prev Up Next
    Part VIII. Appendixes Home Appendix B. Date/Time Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table A.1. PostgreSQL Error Codes

    Error CodeCondition Name
    Class 00 — Successful Completion
    00000successful_completion
    Class 01 — Warning
    01000warning
    0100Cdynamic_result_sets_returned
    01008implicit_zero_bit_padding
    01003null_value_eliminated_in_set_function
    01007privilege_not_granted
    01006privilege_not_revoked
    01004string_data_right_truncation
    01P01deprecated_feature
    Class 02 — No Data (this is also a warning class per the SQL standard)
    02000no_data
    02001no_additional_dynamic_result_sets_returned
    Class 03 — SQL Statement Not Yet Complete
    03000sql_statement_not_yet_complete
    Class 08 — Connection Exception
    08000connection_exception
    08003connection_does_not_exist
    08006connection_failure
    08001sqlclient_unable_to_establish_sqlconnection
    08004sqlserver_rejected_establishment_of_sqlconnection
    08007transaction_resolution_unknown
    08P01protocol_violation
    Class 09 — Triggered Action Exception
    09000triggered_action_exception
    Class 0A — Feature Not Supported
    0A000feature_not_supported
    Class 0B — Invalid Transaction Initiation
    0B000invalid_transaction_initiation
    Class 0F — Locator Exception
    0F000locator_exception
    0F001invalid_locator_specification
    Class 0L — Invalid Grantor
    0L000invalid_grantor
    0LP01invalid_grant_operation
    Class 0P — Invalid Role Specification
    0P000invalid_role_specification
    Class 0Z — Diagnostics Exception
    0Z000diagnostics_exception
    0Z002stacked_diagnostics_accessed_without_active_handler
    Class 20 — Case Not Found
    20000case_not_found
    Class 21 — Cardinality Violation
    21000cardinality_violation
    Class 22 — Data Exception
    22000data_exception
    2202Earray_subscript_error
    22021character_not_in_repertoire
    22008datetime_field_overflow
    22012division_by_zero
    22005error_in_assignment
    2200Bescape_character_conflict
    22022indicator_overflow
    22015interval_field_overflow
    2201Einvalid_argument_for_logarithm
    22014invalid_argument_for_ntile_function
    22016invalid_argument_for_nth_value_function
    2201Finvalid_argument_for_power_function
    2201Ginvalid_argument_for_width_bucket_function
    22018invalid_character_value_for_cast
    22007invalid_datetime_format
    22019invalid_escape_character
    2200Dinvalid_escape_octet
    22025invalid_escape_sequence
    22P06nonstandard_use_of_escape_character
    22010invalid_indicator_parameter_value
    22023invalid_parameter_value
    22013invalid_preceding_or_following_size
    2201Binvalid_regular_expression
    2201Winvalid_row_count_in_limit_clause
    2201Xinvalid_row_count_in_result_offset_clause
    2202Hinvalid_tablesample_argument
    2202Ginvalid_tablesample_repeat
    22009invalid_time_zone_displacement_value
    2200Cinvalid_use_of_escape_character
    2200Gmost_specific_type_mismatch
    22004null_value_not_allowed
    22002null_value_no_indicator_parameter
    22003numeric_value_out_of_range
    2200Hsequence_generator_limit_exceeded
    22026string_data_length_mismatch
    22001string_data_right_truncation
    22011substring_error
    22027trim_error
    22024unterminated_c_string
    2200Fzero_length_character_string
    22P01floating_point_exception
    22P02invalid_text_representation
    22P03invalid_binary_representation
    22P04bad_copy_file_format
    22P05untranslatable_character
    2200Lnot_an_xml_document
    2200Minvalid_xml_document
    2200Ninvalid_xml_content
    2200Sinvalid_xml_comment
    2200Tinvalid_xml_processing_instruction
    22030duplicate_json_object_key_value
    22031invalid_argument_for_sql_json_datetime_function
    22032invalid_json_text
    22033invalid_sql_json_subscript
    22034more_than_one_sql_json_item
    22035no_sql_json_item
    22036non_numeric_sql_json_item
    22037non_unique_keys_in_a_json_object
    22038singleton_sql_json_item_required
    22039sql_json_array_not_found
    2203Asql_json_member_not_found
    2203Bsql_json_number_not_found
    2203Csql_json_object_not_found
    2203Dtoo_many_json_array_elements
    2203Etoo_many_json_object_members
    2203Fsql_json_scalar_required
    2203Gsql_json_item_cannot_be_cast_to_target_type
    Class 23 — Integrity Constraint Violation
    23000integrity_constraint_violation
    23001restrict_violation
    23502not_null_violation
    23503foreign_key_violation
    23505unique_violation
    23514check_violation
    23P01exclusion_violation
    Class 24 — Invalid Cursor State
    24000invalid_cursor_state
    Class 25 — Invalid Transaction State
    25000invalid_transaction_state
    25001active_sql_transaction
    25002branch_transaction_already_active
    25008held_cursor_requires_same_isolation_level
    25003inappropriate_access_mode_for_branch_transaction
    25004inappropriate_isolation_level_for_branch_transaction
    25005no_active_sql_transaction_for_branch_transaction
    25006read_only_sql_transaction
    25007schema_and_data_statement_mixing_not_supported
    25P01no_active_sql_transaction
    25P02in_failed_sql_transaction
    25P03idle_in_transaction_session_timeout
    Class 26 — Invalid SQL Statement Name
    26000invalid_sql_statement_name
    Class 27 — Triggered Data Change Violation
    27000triggered_data_change_violation
    Class 28 — Invalid Authorization Specification
    28000invalid_authorization_specification
    28P01invalid_password
    Class 2B — Dependent Privilege Descriptors Still Exist
    2B000dependent_privilege_descriptors_still_exist
    2BP01dependent_objects_still_exist
    Class 2D — Invalid Transaction Termination
    2D000invalid_transaction_termination
    Class 2F — SQL Routine Exception
    2F000sql_routine_exception
    2F005function_executed_no_return_statement
    2F002modifying_sql_data_not_permitted
    2F003prohibited_sql_statement_attempted
    2F004reading_sql_data_not_permitted
    Class 34 — Invalid Cursor Name
    34000invalid_cursor_name
    Class 38 — External Routine Exception
    38000external_routine_exception
    38001containing_sql_not_permitted
    38002modifying_sql_data_not_permitted
    38003prohibited_sql_statement_attempted
    38004reading_sql_data_not_permitted
    Class 39 — External Routine Invocation Exception
    39000external_routine_invocation_exception
    39001invalid_sqlstate_returned
    39004null_value_not_allowed
    39P01trigger_protocol_violated
    39P02srf_protocol_violated
    39P03event_trigger_protocol_violated
    Class 3B — Savepoint Exception
    3B000savepoint_exception
    3B001invalid_savepoint_specification
    Class 3D — Invalid Catalog Name
    3D000invalid_catalog_name
    Class 3F — Invalid Schema Name
    3F000invalid_schema_name
    Class 40 — Transaction Rollback
    40000transaction_rollback
    40002transaction_integrity_constraint_violation
    40001serialization_failure
    40003statement_completion_unknown
    40P01deadlock_detected
    Class 42 — Syntax Error or Access Rule Violation
    42000syntax_error_or_access_rule_violation
    42601syntax_error
    42501insufficient_privilege
    42846cannot_coerce
    42803grouping_error
    42P20windowing_error
    42P19invalid_recursion
    42830invalid_foreign_key
    42602invalid_name
    42622name_too_long
    42939reserved_name
    42804datatype_mismatch
    42P18indeterminate_datatype
    42P21collation_mismatch
    42P22indeterminate_collation
    42809wrong_object_type
    428C9generated_always
    42703undefined_column
    42883undefined_function
    42P01undefined_table
    42P02undefined_parameter
    42704undefined_object
    42701duplicate_column
    42P03duplicate_cursor
    42P04duplicate_database
    42723duplicate_function
    42P05duplicate_prepared_statement
    42P06duplicate_schema
    42P07duplicate_table
    42712duplicate_alias
    42710duplicate_object
    42702ambiguous_column
    42725ambiguous_function
    42P08ambiguous_parameter
    42P09ambiguous_alias
    42P10invalid_column_reference
    42611invalid_column_definition
    42P11invalid_cursor_definition
    42P12invalid_database_definition
    42P13invalid_function_definition
    42P14invalid_prepared_statement_definition
    42P15invalid_schema_definition
    42P16invalid_table_definition
    42P17invalid_object_definition
    Class 44 — WITH CHECK OPTION Violation
    44000with_check_option_violation
    Class 53 — Insufficient Resources
    53000insufficient_resources
    53100disk_full
    53200out_of_memory
    53300too_many_connections
    53400configuration_limit_exceeded
    Class 54 — Program Limit Exceeded
    54000program_limit_exceeded
    54001statement_too_complex
    54011too_many_columns
    54023too_many_arguments
    Class 55 — Object Not In Prerequisite State
    55000object_not_in_prerequisite_state
    55006object_in_use
    55P02cant_change_runtime_param
    55P03lock_not_available
    55P04unsafe_new_enum_value_usage
    Class 57 — Operator Intervention
    57000operator_intervention
    57014query_canceled
    57P01admin_shutdown
    57P02crash_shutdown
    57P03cannot_connect_now
    57P04database_dropped
    57P05idle_session_timeout
    Class 58 — System Error (errors external to PostgreSQL itself)
    58000system_error
    58030io_error
    58P01undefined_file
    58P02duplicate_file
    Class 72 — Snapshot Failure
    72000snapshot_too_old
    Class F0 — Configuration File Error
    F0000config_file_error
    F0001lock_file_exists
    Class HV — Foreign Data Wrapper Error (SQL/MED)
    HV000fdw_error
    HV005fdw_column_name_not_found
    HV002fdw_dynamic_parameter_value_needed
    HV010fdw_function_sequence_error
    HV021fdw_inconsistent_descriptor_information
    HV024fdw_invalid_attribute_value
    HV007fdw_invalid_column_name
    HV008fdw_invalid_column_number
    HV004fdw_invalid_data_type
    HV006fdw_invalid_data_type_descriptors
    HV091fdw_invalid_descriptor_field_identifier
    HV00Bfdw_invalid_handle
    HV00Cfdw_invalid_option_index
    HV00Dfdw_invalid_option_name
    HV090fdw_invalid_string_length_or_buffer_length
    HV00Afdw_invalid_string_format
    HV009fdw_invalid_use_of_null_pointer
    HV014fdw_too_many_handles
    HV001fdw_out_of_memory
    HV00Pfdw_no_schemas
    HV00Jfdw_option_name_not_found
    HV00Kfdw_reply_handle
    HV00Qfdw_schema_not_found
    HV00Rfdw_table_not_found
    HV00Lfdw_unable_to_create_execution
    HV00Mfdw_unable_to_create_reply
    HV00Nfdw_unable_to_establish_connection
    Class P0 — PL/pgSQL Error
    P0000plpgsql_error
    P0001raise_exception
    P0002no_data_found
    P0003too_many_rows
    P0004assert_failure
    Class XX — Internal Error
    XX000internal_error
    XX001data_corrupted
    XX002index_corrupted

    Prev Up Next
    Part VIII. Appendixes Home Appendix B. Date/Time Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html index b0e42dc..612044c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server

    +56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server

    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server

    Error, warning, and log messages generated within the server code should be created using ereport, or its older cousin elog. The use of this function is complex enough to @@ -247,4 +247,4 @@ ereport(level, errmsg_internal("format string", ...)); routines will not affect it. That would not be true if you were to write strerror(errno) explicitly in errmsg's parameter list; accordingly, do not do so. -

    Prev Up Next
    56.1. Formatting Home 56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    56.1. Formatting Home 56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html index 03bf135..e5cd23a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.3. Error Message Style Guide

    +56.3. Error Message Style Guide

    56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.3. Error Message Style Guide

    This style guide is offered in the hope of maintaining a consistent, user-friendly style throughout all the messages generated by PostgreSQL. @@ -247,4 +247,4 @@ BETTER: unrecognized node type: 42 Keep in mind that error message texts need to be translated into other languages. Follow the guidelines in Section 57.2.2 to avoid making life difficult for translators. -

    Prev Up Next
    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server Home 56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server Home 56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html index a1d2194..6d73266 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows

    +19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows

    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows

    To register a Windows event log library with the operating system, issue this command: @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ To enable event logging in the database server, modify log_destination to include eventlog in postgresql.conf. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels Home Chapter 20. Server Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels Home Chapter 20. Server Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html index 157311e..27d8c80 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior

    +40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior

    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior

    An event trigger fires whenever the event with which it is associated occurs in the database in which it is defined. Currently, the only supported events are @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ trigger can be fired only for particular commands which the user wishes to intercept. A common use of such triggers is to restrict the range of DDL operations which users may perform. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 40. Event Triggers Home 40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 40. Event Triggers Home 40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html index a0be26e..6bfbc7e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example

    +40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example

    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example

    Here is a very simple example of an event trigger function written in C. (Examples of triggers written in procedural languages can be found in the documentation of the procedural languages.) @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ COMMIT;

    (Recall that DDL commands on event triggers themselves are not affected by event triggers.) -

    Prev Up Next
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C Home 40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C Home 40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html index e047c2b..7bfe3fc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C

    +40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C

    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C

    This section describes the low-level details of the interface to an event trigger function. This information is only needed when writing event trigger functions in C. If you are using a higher-level language @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ typedef struct EventTriggerData An event trigger function must return a NULL pointer (not an SQL null value, that is, do not set isNull true). -

    Prev Up Next
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix Home 40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix Home 40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html index 909298d..25b9520 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix

    +40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix

    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix

    Table 40.1 lists all commands for which event triggers are supported. -

    Table 40.1. Event Trigger Support by Command Tag

    Command Tagddl_​command_​startddl_​command_​endsql_​droptable_​rewriteNotes
    ALTER AGGREGATEXX-- 
    ALTER COLLATIONXX-- 
    ALTER CONVERSIONXX-- 
    ALTER DOMAINXX-- 
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGESXX-- 
    ALTER EXTENSIONXX-- 
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXX-- 
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLEXXX- 
    ALTER FUNCTIONXX-- 
    ALTER LANGUAGEXX-- 
    ALTER LARGE OBJECTXX-- 
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-X 
    ALTER OPERATORXX-- 
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASSXX-- 
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILYXX-- 
    ALTER POLICYXX-- 
    ALTER PROCEDUREXX-- 
    ALTER PUBLICATIONXX-- 
    ALTER ROUTINEXX-- 
    ALTER SCHEMAXX-- 
    ALTER SEQUENCEXX-- 
    ALTER SERVERXX-- 
    ALTER STATISTICSXX-- 
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTIONXX-- 
    ALTER TABLEXXXX 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXX-- 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXX-- 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSERXX-- 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXX-- 
    ALTER TRIGGERXX-- 
    ALTER TYPEXX-X 
    ALTER USER MAPPINGXX-- 
    ALTER VIEWXX-- 
    COMMENTXX--Only for local objects
    CREATE ACCESS METHODXX-- 
    CREATE AGGREGATEXX-- 
    CREATE CASTXX-- 
    CREATE COLLATIONXX-- 
    CREATE CONVERSIONXX-- 
    CREATE DOMAINXX-- 
    CREATE EXTENSIONXX-- 
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXX-- 
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLEXX-- 
    CREATE FUNCTIONXX-- 
    CREATE INDEXXX-- 
    CREATE LANGUAGEXX-- 
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
    CREATE OPERATORXX-- 
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASSXX-- 
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILYXX-- 
    CREATE POLICYXX-- 
    CREATE PROCEDUREXX-- 
    CREATE PUBLICATIONXX-- 
    CREATE RULEXX-- 
    CREATE SCHEMAXX-- 
    CREATE SEQUENCEXX-- 
    CREATE SERVERXX-- 
    CREATE STATISTICSXX-- 
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTIONXX-- 
    CREATE TABLEXX-- 
    CREATE TABLE ASXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSERXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXX-- 
    CREATE TRIGGERXX-- 
    CREATE TYPEXX-- 
    CREATE USER MAPPINGXX-- 
    CREATE VIEWXX-- 
    DROP ACCESS METHODXXX- 
    DROP AGGREGATEXXX- 
    DROP CASTXXX- 
    DROP COLLATIONXXX- 
    DROP CONVERSIONXXX- 
    DROP DOMAINXXX- 
    DROP EXTENSIONXXX- 
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXXX- 
    DROP FOREIGN TABLEXXX- 
    DROP FUNCTIONXXX- 
    DROP INDEXXXX- 
    DROP LANGUAGEXXX- 
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEWXXX- 
    DROP OPERATORXXX- 
    DROP OPERATOR CLASSXXX- 
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILYXXX- 
    DROP OWNEDXXX- 
    DROP POLICYXXX- 
    DROP PROCEDUREXXX- 
    DROP PUBLICATIONXXX- 
    DROP ROUTINEXXX- 
    DROP RULEXXX- 
    DROP SCHEMAXXX- 
    DROP SEQUENCEXXX- 
    DROP SERVERXXX- 
    DROP STATISTICSXXX- 
    DROP SUBSCRIPTIONXXX- 
    DROP TABLEXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSERXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXXX- 
    DROP TRIGGERXXX- 
    DROP TYPEXXX- 
    DROP USER MAPPINGXXX- 
    DROP VIEWXXX- 
    GRANTXX--Only for local objects
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMAXX-- 
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
    REVOKEXX--Only for local objects
    SECURITY LABELXX--Only for local objects
    SELECT INTOXX-- 

    Prev Up Next
    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior Home 40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 40.1. Event Trigger Support by Command Tag

    Command Tagddl_​command_​startddl_​command_​endsql_​droptable_​rewriteNotes
    ALTER AGGREGATEXX-- 
    ALTER COLLATIONXX-- 
    ALTER CONVERSIONXX-- 
    ALTER DOMAINXX-- 
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGESXX-- 
    ALTER EXTENSIONXX-- 
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXX-- 
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLEXXX- 
    ALTER FUNCTIONXX-- 
    ALTER LANGUAGEXX-- 
    ALTER LARGE OBJECTXX-- 
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-X 
    ALTER OPERATORXX-- 
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASSXX-- 
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILYXX-- 
    ALTER POLICYXX-- 
    ALTER PROCEDUREXX-- 
    ALTER PUBLICATIONXX-- 
    ALTER ROUTINEXX-- 
    ALTER SCHEMAXX-- 
    ALTER SEQUENCEXX-- 
    ALTER SERVERXX-- 
    ALTER STATISTICSXX-- 
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTIONXX-- 
    ALTER TABLEXXXX 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXX-- 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXX-- 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSERXX-- 
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXX-- 
    ALTER TRIGGERXX-- 
    ALTER TYPEXX-X 
    ALTER USER MAPPINGXX-- 
    ALTER VIEWXX-- 
    COMMENTXX--Only for local objects
    CREATE ACCESS METHODXX-- 
    CREATE AGGREGATEXX-- 
    CREATE CASTXX-- 
    CREATE COLLATIONXX-- 
    CREATE CONVERSIONXX-- 
    CREATE DOMAINXX-- 
    CREATE EXTENSIONXX-- 
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXX-- 
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLEXX-- 
    CREATE FUNCTIONXX-- 
    CREATE INDEXXX-- 
    CREATE LANGUAGEXX-- 
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
    CREATE OPERATORXX-- 
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASSXX-- 
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILYXX-- 
    CREATE POLICYXX-- 
    CREATE PROCEDUREXX-- 
    CREATE PUBLICATIONXX-- 
    CREATE RULEXX-- 
    CREATE SCHEMAXX-- 
    CREATE SEQUENCEXX-- 
    CREATE SERVERXX-- 
    CREATE STATISTICSXX-- 
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTIONXX-- 
    CREATE TABLEXX-- 
    CREATE TABLE ASXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSERXX-- 
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXX-- 
    CREATE TRIGGERXX-- 
    CREATE TYPEXX-- 
    CREATE USER MAPPINGXX-- 
    CREATE VIEWXX-- 
    DROP ACCESS METHODXXX- 
    DROP AGGREGATEXXX- 
    DROP CASTXXX- 
    DROP COLLATIONXXX- 
    DROP CONVERSIONXXX- 
    DROP DOMAINXXX- 
    DROP EXTENSIONXXX- 
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXXX- 
    DROP FOREIGN TABLEXXX- 
    DROP FUNCTIONXXX- 
    DROP INDEXXXX- 
    DROP LANGUAGEXXX- 
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEWXXX- 
    DROP OPERATORXXX- 
    DROP OPERATOR CLASSXXX- 
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILYXXX- 
    DROP OWNEDXXX- 
    DROP POLICYXXX- 
    DROP PROCEDUREXXX- 
    DROP PUBLICATIONXXX- 
    DROP ROUTINEXXX- 
    DROP RULEXXX- 
    DROP SCHEMAXXX- 
    DROP SEQUENCEXXX- 
    DROP SERVERXXX- 
    DROP STATISTICSXXX- 
    DROP SUBSCRIPTIONXXX- 
    DROP TABLEXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSERXXX- 
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXXX- 
    DROP TRIGGERXXX- 
    DROP TYPEXXX- 
    DROP USER MAPPINGXXX- 
    DROP VIEWXXX- 
    GRANTXX--Only for local objects
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMAXX-- 
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
    REVOKEXX--Only for local objects
    SECURITY LABELXX--Only for local objects
    SELECT INTOXX-- 

    Prev Up Next
    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior Home 40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html index 7786a58..e25cbaa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

    +40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next

    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

    Thanks to the table_rewrite event, it is possible to implement a table rewriting policy only allowing the rewrite in maintenance windows.

    @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ CREATE EVENT TRIGGER no_rewrite_allowed ON table_rewrite EXECUTE FUNCTION no_rewrite();

    -

    Prev Up Next
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example Home Chapter 41. The Rule System
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example Home Chapter 41. The Rule System
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html index 2d20893..57ac32e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 40. Event Triggers
    Chapter 40. Event Triggers
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 40. Event Triggers

    Table of Contents

    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

    +Chapter 40. Event Triggers

    Chapter 40. Event Triggers
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 40. Event Triggers

    Table of Contents

    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

    To supplement the trigger mechanism discussed in Chapter 39, PostgreSQL also provides event triggers. Unlike regular triggers, which are attached to a single table and capture only DML events, @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ Like regular triggers, event triggers can be written in any procedural language that includes event trigger support, or in C, but not in plain SQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example Home 40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example Home 40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html index 32ec2f2..84e28b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -52.6. Executor
    52.6. Executor
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.6. Executor

    +52.6. Executor

    52.6. Executor
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.6. Executor

    The executor takes the plan created by the planner/optimizer and recursively processes it to extract the required set of rows. This is essentially a demand-pull pipeline mechanism. @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ trivial plan tree consisting of a single Result node, which computes just one result row, feeding that up to ModifyTable to perform the insertion. -

    Prev Up Next
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer Home Chapter 53. System Catalogs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer Home Chapter 53. System Catalogs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html index cd98a58..6582558 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses

    +14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses

    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses

    It is possible to control the query planner to some extent by using the explicit JOIN syntax. To see why this matters, we first need some background. @@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ SELECT * FROM x, y, a, b, c WHERE something AND somethingelse; to control join order with explicit joins). But you might set them differently if you are trying to fine-tune the trade-off between planning time and run time. -

    Prev Up Next
    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner Home 14.4. Populating a Database
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner Home 14.4. Populating a Database
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html index 728395b..4ee53e2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.3. Explicit Locking
    13.3. Explicit Locking
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.3. Explicit Locking

    13.3.1. Table-Level Locks
    13.3.2. Row-Level Locks
    13.3.3. Page-Level Locks
    13.3.4. Deadlocks
    13.3.5. Advisory Locks

    +13.3. Explicit Locking

    13.3. Explicit Locking
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.3. Explicit Locking

    13.3.1. Table-Level Locks
    13.3.2. Row-Level Locks
    13.3.3. Page-Level Locks
    13.3.4. Deadlocks
    13.3.5. Advisory Locks

    PostgreSQL provides various lock modes to control concurrent access to data in tables. These modes can be used for application-controlled locking in situations where @@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ SELECT pg_advisory_lock(q.id) FROM

    The functions provided to manipulate advisory locks are described in Section 9.27.10. -

    Prev Up Next
    13.2. Transaction Isolation Home 13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.2. Transaction Isolation Home 13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html index 6a33771..9feea38 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension

    38.17.1. Extension Files
    38.17.2. Extension Relocatability
    38.17.3. Extension Configuration Tables
    38.17.4. Extension Updates
    38.17.5. Installing Extensions Using Update Scripts
    38.17.6. Security Considerations for Extensions
    38.17.7. Extension Example

    +38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension

    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension

    38.17.1. Extension Files
    38.17.2. Extension Relocatability
    38.17.3. Extension Configuration Tables
    38.17.4. Extension Updates
    38.17.5. Installing Extensions Using Update Scripts
    38.17.6. Security Considerations for Extensions
    38.17.7. Extension Example

    A useful extension to PostgreSQL typically includes multiple SQL objects; for example, a new data type will require new functions, new operators, and probably new index operator classes. @@ -623,4 +623,4 @@ include $(PGXS) Once the files are installed, use the CREATE EXTENSION command to load the objects into any particular database. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes Home 38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes Home 38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html index 6097327..17d97d7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.1. How Extensibility Works
    38.1. How Extensibility Works
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.1. How Extensibility Works

    +38.1. How Extensibility Works

    38.1. How Extensibility Works
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.1. How Extensibility Works

    PostgreSQL is extensible because its operation is catalog-driven. If you are familiar with standard relational database systems, you know that they store information @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ fly” makes PostgreSQL uniquely suited for rapid prototyping of new applications and storage structures. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 38. Extending SQL Home 38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 38. Extending SQL Home 38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html index ef591c2..2b1d44c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure

    +38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure

    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure

    If you are thinking about distributing your PostgreSQL extension modules, setting up a portable build system for them can be fairly difficult. Therefore @@ -227,4 +227,4 @@ make VPATH=/path/to/extension/source/tree install output_iso/results/ directory (for tests in ISOLATION), then copy them to expected/ if they match what you expect from the test. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension Home Chapter 39. Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension Home Chapter 39. Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html index ba0bac5..e5e7b9d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System

    38.2.1. Base Types
    38.2.2. Container Types
    38.2.3. Domains
    38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
    38.2.5. Polymorphic Types

    +38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System

    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System

    38.2.1. Base Types
    38.2.2. Container Types
    38.2.3. Domains
    38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
    38.2.5. Polymorphic Types

    PostgreSQL data types can be divided into base types, container types, domains, and pseudo-types.

    38.2.1. Base Types

    @@ -219,4 +219,4 @@ RETURNS anycompatible AS ... the same as if you had written the appropriate number of anynonarray or anycompatiblenonarray parameters. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.1. How Extensibility Works Home 38.3. User-Defined Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.1. How Extensibility Works Home 38.3. User-Defined Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html index 352f787..774ceaa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 38. Extending SQL
    Chapter 38. Extending SQL
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 38. Extending SQL

    Table of Contents

    38.1. How Extensibility Works
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    38.2.1. Base Types
    38.2.2. Container Types
    38.2.3. Domains
    38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
    38.2.5. Polymorphic Types
    38.3. User-Defined Functions
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    38.5.1. Arguments for SQL Functions
    38.5.2. SQL Functions on Base Types
    38.5.3. SQL Functions on Composite Types
    38.5.4. SQL Functions with Output Parameters
    38.5.5. SQL Procedures with Output Parameters
    38.5.6. SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
    38.5.7. SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
    38.5.8. SQL Functions as Table Sources
    38.5.9. SQL Functions Returning Sets
    38.5.10. SQL Functions Returning TABLE
    38.5.11. Polymorphic SQL Functions
    38.5.12. SQL Functions with Collations
    38.6. Function Overloading
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    38.9. Internal Functions
    38.10. C-Language Functions
    38.10.1. Dynamic Loading
    38.10.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
    38.10.3. Version 1 Calling Conventions
    38.10.4. Writing Code
    38.10.5. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    38.10.6. Composite-Type Arguments
    38.10.7. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
    38.10.8. Returning Sets
    38.10.9. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
    38.10.10. Shared Memory and LWLocks
    38.10.11. Using C++ for Extensibility
    38.11. Function Optimization Information
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    38.12.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
    38.12.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    38.12.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
    38.12.4. Partial Aggregation
    38.12.5. Support Functions for Aggregates
    38.13. User-Defined Types
    38.13.1. TOAST Considerations
    38.14. User-Defined Operators
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    38.15.1. COMMUTATOR
    38.15.2. NEGATOR
    38.15.3. RESTRICT
    38.15.4. JOIN
    38.15.5. HASHES
    38.15.6. MERGES
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    38.16.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
    38.16.2. Index Method Strategies
    38.16.3. Index Method Support Routines
    38.16.4. An Example
    38.16.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    38.16.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
    38.16.7. Ordering Operators
    38.16.8. Special Features of Operator Classes
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    38.17.1. Extension Files
    38.17.2. Extension Relocatability
    38.17.3. Extension Configuration Tables
    38.17.4. Extension Updates
    38.17.5. Installing Extensions Using Update Scripts
    38.17.6. Security Considerations for Extensions
    38.17.7. Extension Example
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure

    +Chapter 38. Extending SQL

    Chapter 38. Extending SQL
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 38. Extending SQL

    Table of Contents

    38.1. How Extensibility Works
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    38.2.1. Base Types
    38.2.2. Container Types
    38.2.3. Domains
    38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
    38.2.5. Polymorphic Types
    38.3. User-Defined Functions
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    38.5.1. Arguments for SQL Functions
    38.5.2. SQL Functions on Base Types
    38.5.3. SQL Functions on Composite Types
    38.5.4. SQL Functions with Output Parameters
    38.5.5. SQL Procedures with Output Parameters
    38.5.6. SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
    38.5.7. SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
    38.5.8. SQL Functions as Table Sources
    38.5.9. SQL Functions Returning Sets
    38.5.10. SQL Functions Returning TABLE
    38.5.11. Polymorphic SQL Functions
    38.5.12. SQL Functions with Collations
    38.6. Function Overloading
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    38.9. Internal Functions
    38.10. C-Language Functions
    38.10.1. Dynamic Loading
    38.10.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
    38.10.3. Version 1 Calling Conventions
    38.10.4. Writing Code
    38.10.5. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-Loaded Functions
    38.10.6. Composite-Type Arguments
    38.10.7. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
    38.10.8. Returning Sets
    38.10.9. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
    38.10.10. Shared Memory and LWLocks
    38.10.11. Using C++ for Extensibility
    38.11. Function Optimization Information
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    38.12.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
    38.12.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    38.12.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
    38.12.4. Partial Aggregation
    38.12.5. Support Functions for Aggregates
    38.13. User-Defined Types
    38.13.1. TOAST Considerations
    38.14. User-Defined Operators
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    38.15.1. COMMUTATOR
    38.15.2. NEGATOR
    38.15.3. RESTRICT
    38.15.4. JOIN
    38.15.5. HASHES
    38.15.6. MERGES
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    38.16.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
    38.16.2. Index Method Strategies
    38.16.3. Index Method Support Routines
    38.16.4. An Example
    38.16.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    38.16.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
    38.16.7. Ordering Operators
    38.16.8. Special Features of Operator Classes
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    38.17.1. Extension Files
    38.17.2. Extension Relocatability
    38.17.3. Extension Configuration Tables
    38.17.4. Extension Updates
    38.17.5. Installing Extensions Using Update Scripts
    38.17.6. Security Considerations for Extensions
    38.17.7. Extension Example
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure

    In the sections that follow, we will discuss how you can extend the PostgreSQL SQL query language by adding: @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@

  • packages of related objects (starting in Section 38.17)

    • -

    Prev Up Next
    Part V. Server Programming Home 38.1. How Extensibility Works
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Part V. Server Programming Home 38.1. How Extensibility Works
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html index 72bfaab..974f6c4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -H.2. Administration Tools
    H.2. Administration Tools
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.2. Administration Tools

    +H.2. Administration Tools

    H.2. Administration Tools
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.2. Administration Tools

    There are several administration tools available for PostgreSQL. The most popular is pgAdmin, and there are several commercially available ones as well. -

    Prev Up Next
    H.1. Client Interfaces Home H.3. Procedural Languages
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    H.1. Client Interfaces Home H.3. Procedural Languages
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html index ef86722..9e5b2bf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -H.4. Extensions
    H.4. Extensions
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.4. Extensions

    +H.4. Extensions

    H.4. Extensions
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.4. Extensions

    PostgreSQL is designed to be easily extensible. For this reason, extensions loaded into the database can function just like features that are built in. The @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ externally. For example, Slony-I is a popular primary/standby replication solution that is developed independently from the core project. -

    Prev Up Next
    H.3. Procedural Languages Home Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    H.3. Procedural Languages Home Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html index 04cf5e7..06dbf3b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.1. Client Interfaces
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.1. Client Interfaces

    +H.1. Client Interfaces

    H.1. Client Interfaces
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.1. Client Interfaces

    There are only two client interfaces included in the base PostgreSQL distribution:

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix H. External Projects Home H.2. Administration Tools
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix H. External Projects Home H.2. Administration Tools
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html index 3baf39a..23b5b29 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.3. Procedural Languages

    +H.3. Procedural Languages

    H.3. Procedural Languages
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next

    H.3. Procedural Languages

    PostgreSQL includes several procedural languages with the base distribution: PL/pgSQL, PL/Tcl, PL/Perl, and PL/Python. @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ and documentation.

    https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/PL_Matrix -

    Prev Up Next
    H.2. Administration Tools Home H.4. Extensions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    H.2. Administration Tools Home H.4. Extensions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html index 5bd461e..e0c13f8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Appendix H. External Projects
    Appendix H. External Projects
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix H. External Projects

    Table of Contents

    H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.2. Administration Tools
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.4. Extensions

    +Appendix H. External Projects

    Appendix H. External Projects
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix H. External Projects

    Table of Contents

    H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.2. Administration Tools
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.4. Extensions

    PostgreSQL is a complex software project, and managing the project is difficult. We have found that many enhancements to PostgreSQL can be more efficiently developed separately from the core project. -

    Prev Up Next
    G.2. Server Applications Home H.1. Client Interfaces
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    G.2. Server Applications Home H.1. Client Interfaces
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html index 940f2f0..7687746 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines

    59.2.1. FDW Routines for Scanning Foreign Tables
    59.2.2. FDW Routines for Scanning Foreign Joins
    59.2.3. FDW Routines for Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    59.2.4. FDW Routines for Updating Foreign Tables
    59.2.5. FDW Routines for TRUNCATE
    59.2.6. FDW Routines for Row Locking
    59.2.7. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    59.2.8. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    59.2.9. FDW Routines for IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    59.2.10. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    59.2.11. FDW Routines for Asynchronous Execution
    59.2.12. FDW Routines for Reparameterization of Paths

    +59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines

    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines

    59.2.1. FDW Routines for Scanning Foreign Tables
    59.2.2. FDW Routines for Scanning Foreign Joins
    59.2.3. FDW Routines for Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    59.2.4. FDW Routines for Updating Foreign Tables
    59.2.5. FDW Routines for TRUNCATE
    59.2.6. FDW Routines for Row Locking
    59.2.7. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    59.2.8. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    59.2.9. FDW Routines for IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    59.2.10. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    59.2.11. FDW Routines for Asynchronous Execution
    59.2.12. FDW Routines for Reparameterization of Paths

    The FDW handler function returns a palloc'd FdwRoutine struct containing pointers to the callback functions described below. The scan-related functions are required, the rest are optional. @@ -1254,4 +1254,4 @@ ReparameterizeForeignPathByChild(PlannerInfo *root, List *fdw_private, callback may use reparameterize_path_by_child, adjust_appendrel_attrs or adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel as required. -

    Prev Up Next
    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions Home 59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions Home 59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html index 25e6ce3..244d167 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions

    +59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions

    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions

    The FDW author needs to implement a handler function, and optionally a validator function. Both functions must be written in a compiled language such as C, using the version-1 interface. @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    • AttributeRelationId

    • ForeignDataWrapperRelationId

    • ForeignServerRelationId

    • ForeignTableRelationId

    • UserMappingRelationId

    If no validator function is supplied, options are not checked at object creation time or object alteration time. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper Home 59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper Home 59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html index 8efa389..d9f41d8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions

    +59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions

    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions

    Several helper functions are exported from the core server so that authors of foreign data wrappers can get easy access to attributes of FDW-related objects, such as FDW options. @@ -111,4 +111,4 @@ GetForeignServerByName(const char *name, bool missing_ok); This function returns a ForeignServer object for the foreign server with the given name. If the server is not found, return NULL if missing_ok is true, otherwise raise an error. -

    Prev Up Next
    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines Home 59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines Home 59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html index 019c475..66caebe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning

    +59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning

    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning

    The FDW callback functions GetForeignRelSize, GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan, PlanForeignModify, GetForeignJoinPaths, @@ -188,4 +188,4 @@ exclusion constraints on remote tables are not locally known. This in turn implies that ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE is not supported, since the specification is mandatory there. -

    Prev Up Next
    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions Home 59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions Home 59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html index 9cf237f..3e05c87 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers

    +59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers

    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    Prev UpChapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data WrapperHome Next

    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers

    If an FDW's underlying storage mechanism has a concept of locking individual rows to prevent concurrent updates of those rows, it is usually worthwhile for the FDW to perform row-level locking with as @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ in src/include/nodes/plannodes.h, and the comments for ExecRowMark in src/include/nodes/execnodes.h for additional information. -

    Prev Up Next
    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning Home Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning Home Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html index 4a1c33b..921ea43 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper

    Table of Contents

    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    59.2.1. FDW Routines for Scanning Foreign Tables
    59.2.2. FDW Routines for Scanning Foreign Joins
    59.2.3. FDW Routines for Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    59.2.4. FDW Routines for Updating Foreign Tables
    59.2.5. FDW Routines for TRUNCATE
    59.2.6. FDW Routines for Row Locking
    59.2.7. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    59.2.8. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    59.2.9. FDW Routines for IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    59.2.10. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    59.2.11. FDW Routines for Asynchronous Execution
    59.2.12. FDW Routines for Reparameterization of Paths
    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers

    +Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper

    Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler Home 59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler Home 59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html index c66611a..7db204e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -D.1. Supported Features
    D.1. Supported Features
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next

    D.1. Supported Features

    +D.1. Supported Features

    D.1. Supported Features
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next

    D.1. Supported Features

    IdentifierCore?DescriptionComment
    B012 Embedded C 
    B021 Direct SQL 
    B128 Routine language SQL 
    E011CoreNumeric data types 
    E011-01CoreINTEGER and SMALLINT data types 
    E011-02CoreREAL, DOUBLE PRECISION, and FLOAT data types 
    E011-03CoreDECIMAL and NUMERIC data types 
    E011-04CoreArithmetic operators 
    E011-05CoreNumeric comparison 
    E011-06CoreImplicit casting among the numeric data types 
    E021CoreCharacter data types 
    E021-01CoreCHARACTER data type 
    E021-02CoreCHARACTER VARYING data type 
    E021-03CoreCharacter literals 
    E021-04CoreCHARACTER_LENGTH functiontrims trailing spaces from CHARACTER values before counting
    E021-05CoreOCTET_LENGTH function 
    E021-06CoreSUBSTRING function 
    E021-07CoreCharacter concatenation 
    E021-08CoreUPPER and LOWER functions 
    E021-09CoreTRIM function 
    E021-10CoreImplicit casting among the character string types 
    E021-11CorePOSITION function 
    E021-12CoreCharacter comparison 
    E031CoreIdentifiers 
    E031-01CoreDelimited identifiers 
    E031-02CoreLower case identifiers 
    E031-03CoreTrailing underscore 
    E051CoreBasic query specification 
    E051-01CoreSELECT DISTINCT 
    E051-02CoreGROUP BY clause 
    E051-04CoreGROUP BY can contain columns not in <select list> 
    E051-05CoreSelect list items can be renamed 
    E051-06CoreHAVING clause 
    E051-07CoreQualified * in select list 
    E051-08CoreCorrelation names in the FROM clause 
    E051-09CoreRename columns in the FROM clause 
    E061CoreBasic predicates and search conditions 
    E061-01CoreComparison predicate 
    E061-02CoreBETWEEN predicate 
    E061-03CoreIN predicate with list of values 
    E061-04CoreLIKE predicate 
    E061-05CoreLIKE predicate ESCAPE clause 
    E061-06CoreNULL predicate 
    E061-07CoreQuantified comparison predicate 
    E061-08CoreEXISTS predicate 
    E061-09CoreSubqueries in comparison predicate 
    E061-11CoreSubqueries in IN predicate 
    E061-12CoreSubqueries in quantified comparison predicate 
    E061-13CoreCorrelated subqueries 
    E061-14CoreSearch condition 
    E071CoreBasic query expressions 
    E071-01CoreUNION DISTINCT table operator 
    E071-02CoreUNION ALL table operator 
    E071-03CoreEXCEPT DISTINCT table operator 
    E071-05CoreColumns combined via table operators need not have exactly the same data type 
    E071-06CoreTable operators in subqueries 
    E081CoreBasic Privileges 
    E081-01CoreSELECT privilege 
    E081-02CoreDELETE privilege 
    E081-03CoreINSERT privilege at the table level 
    E081-04CoreUPDATE privilege at the table level 
    E081-05CoreUPDATE privilege at the column level 
    E081-06CoreREFERENCES privilege at the table level 
    E081-07CoreREFERENCES privilege at the column level 
    E081-08CoreWITH GRANT OPTION 
    E081-09CoreUSAGE privilege 
    E081-10CoreEXECUTE privilege 
    E091CoreSet functions 
    E091-01CoreAVG 
    E091-02CoreCOUNT 
    E091-03CoreMAX 
    E091-04CoreMIN 
    E091-05CoreSUM 
    E091-06CoreALL quantifier 
    E091-07CoreDISTINCT quantifier 
    E101CoreBasic data manipulation 
    E101-01CoreINSERT statement 
    E101-03CoreSearched UPDATE statement 
    E101-04CoreSearched DELETE statement 
    E111CoreSingle row SELECT statement 
    E121CoreBasic cursor support 
    E121-01CoreDECLARE CURSOR 
    E121-02CoreORDER BY columns need not be in select list 
    E121-03CoreValue expressions in ORDER BY clause 
    E121-04CoreOPEN statement 
    E121-06CorePositioned UPDATE statement 
    E121-07CorePositioned DELETE statement 
    E121-08CoreCLOSE statement 
    E121-10CoreFETCH statement implicit NEXT 
    E121-17CoreWITH HOLD cursors 
    E131CoreNull value support (nulls in lieu of values) 
    E141CoreBasic integrity constraints 
    E141-01CoreNOT NULL constraints 
    E141-02CoreUNIQUE constraints of NOT NULL columns 
    E141-03CorePRIMARY KEY constraints 
    E141-04CoreBasic FOREIGN KEY constraint with the NO ACTION default for both referential delete action and referential update action 
    E141-06CoreCHECK constraints 
    E141-07CoreColumn defaults 
    E141-08CoreNOT NULL inferred on PRIMARY KEY 
    E141-10CoreNames in a foreign key can be specified in any order 
    E151CoreTransaction support 
    E151-01CoreCOMMIT statement 
    E151-02CoreROLLBACK statement 
    E152CoreBasic SET TRANSACTION statement 
    E152-01CoreSET TRANSACTION statement: ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE clause 
    E152-02CoreSET TRANSACTION statement: READ ONLY and READ WRITE clauses 
    E153CoreUpdatable queries with subqueries 
    E161CoreSQL comments using leading double minus 
    E171CoreSQLSTATE support 
    E182CoreHost language binding 
    F021CoreBasic information schema 
    F021-01CoreCOLUMNS view 
    F021-02CoreTABLES view 
    F021-03CoreVIEWS view 
    F021-04CoreTABLE_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F021-05CoreREFERENTIAL_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F021-06CoreCHECK_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F031CoreBasic schema manipulation 
    F031-01CoreCREATE TABLE statement to create persistent base tables 
    F031-02CoreCREATE VIEW statement 
    F031-03CoreGRANT statement 
    F031-04CoreALTER TABLE statement: ADD COLUMN clause 
    F031-13CoreDROP TABLE statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F031-16CoreDROP VIEW statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F031-19CoreREVOKE statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F032 CASCADE drop behavior 
    F033 ALTER TABLE statement: DROP COLUMN clause 
    F034 Extended REVOKE statement 
    F034-01 REVOKE statement performed by other than the owner of a schema object 
    F034-02 REVOKE statement: GRANT OPTION FOR clause 
    F034-03 REVOKE statement to revoke a privilege that the grantee has WITH GRANT OPTION 
    F041CoreBasic joined table 
    F041-01CoreInner join (but not necessarily the INNER keyword) 
    F041-02CoreINNER keyword 
    F041-03CoreLEFT OUTER JOIN 
    F041-04CoreRIGHT OUTER JOIN 
    F041-05CoreOuter joins can be nested 
    F041-07CoreThe inner table in a left or right outer join can also be used in an inner join 
    F041-08CoreAll comparison operators are supported (rather than just =) 
    F051CoreBasic date and time 
    F051-01CoreDATE data type (including support of DATE literal) 
    F051-02CoreTIME data type (including support of TIME literal) with fractional seconds precision of at least 0 
    F051-03CoreTIMESTAMP data type (including support of TIMESTAMP literal) with fractional seconds precision of at least 0 and 6 
    F051-04CoreComparison predicate on DATE, TIME, and TIMESTAMP data types 
    F051-05CoreExplicit CAST between datetime types and character string types 
    F051-06CoreCURRENT_DATE 
    F051-07CoreLOCALTIME 
    F051-08CoreLOCALTIMESTAMP 
    F052 Intervals and datetime arithmetic 
    F053 OVERLAPS predicate 
    F081CoreUNION and EXCEPT in views 
    F111 Isolation levels other than SERIALIZABLE 
    F111-01 READ UNCOMMITTED isolation level 
    F111-02 READ COMMITTED isolation level 
    F111-03 REPEATABLE READ isolation level 
    F131CoreGrouped operations 
    F131-01CoreWHERE, GROUP BY, and HAVING clauses supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-02CoreMultiple tables supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-03CoreSet functions supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-04CoreSubqueries with GROUP BY and HAVING clauses and grouped views 
    F131-05CoreSingle row SELECT with GROUP BY and HAVING clauses and grouped views 
    F171 Multiple schemas per user 
    F181CoreMultiple module support 
    F191 Referential delete actions 
    F200 TRUNCATE TABLE statement 
    F201CoreCAST function 
    F202 TRUNCATE TABLE: identity column restart option 
    F221CoreExplicit defaults 
    F222 INSERT statement: DEFAULT VALUES clause 
    F231 Privilege tables 
    F231-01 TABLE_PRIVILEGES view 
    F231-02 COLUMN_PRIVILEGES view 
    F231-03 USAGE_PRIVILEGES view 
    F251 Domain support 
    F261CoreCASE expression 
    F261-01CoreSimple CASE 
    F261-02CoreSearched CASE 
    F261-03CoreNULLIF 
    F261-04CoreCOALESCE 
    F262 Extended CASE expression 
    F271 Compound character literals 
    F281 LIKE enhancements 
    F292 UNIQUE null treatmentSQL:202x draft
    F302 INTERSECT table operator 
    F302-01 INTERSECT DISTINCT table operator 
    F302-02 INTERSECT ALL table operator 
    F304 EXCEPT ALL table operator 
    F311CoreSchema definition statement 
    F311-01CoreCREATE SCHEMA 
    F311-02CoreCREATE TABLE for persistent base tables 
    F311-03CoreCREATE VIEW 
    F311-04CoreCREATE VIEW: WITH CHECK OPTION 
    F311-05CoreGRANT statement 
    F312 MERGE statement 
    F313 Enhanced MERGE statement 
    F314 MERGE statement with DELETE branch 
    F321 User authorization 
    F341 Usage tables 
    F361 Subprogram support 
    F381 Extended schema manipulation 
    F381-01 ALTER TABLE statement: ALTER COLUMN clause 
    F381-02 ALTER TABLE statement: ADD CONSTRAINT clause 
    F381-03 ALTER TABLE statement: DROP CONSTRAINT clause 
    F382 Alter column data type 
    F383 Set column not null clause 
    F384 Drop identity property clause 
    F385 Drop column generation expression clause 
    F386 Set identity column generation clause 
    F391 Long identifiers 
    F392 Unicode escapes in identifiers 
    F393 Unicode escapes in literals 
    F394 Optional normal form specification 
    F401 Extended joined table 
    F401-01 NATURAL JOIN 
    F401-02 FULL OUTER JOIN 
    F401-04 CROSS JOIN 
    F402 Named column joins for LOBs, arrays, and multisets 
    F404 Range variable for common column names 
    F411 Time zone specificationdifferences regarding literal interpretation
    F421 National character 
    F431 Read-only scrollable cursors 
    F431-01 FETCH with explicit NEXT 
    F431-02 FETCH FIRST 
    F431-03 FETCH LAST 
    F431-04 FETCH PRIOR 
    F431-05 FETCH ABSOLUTE 
    F431-06 FETCH RELATIVE 
    F441 Extended set function support 
    F442 Mixed column references in set functions 
    F471CoreScalar subquery values 
    F481CoreExpanded NULL predicate 
    F491 Constraint management 
    F501CoreFeatures and conformance views 
    F501-01CoreSQL_FEATURES view 
    F501-02CoreSQL_SIZING view 
    F502 Enhanced documentation tables 
    F531 Temporary tables 
    F555 Enhanced seconds precision 
    F561 Full value expressions 
    F571 Truth value tests 
    F591 Derived tables 
    F611 Indicator data types 
    F641 Row and table constructors 
    F651 Catalog name qualifiers 
    F661 Simple tables 
    F672 Retrospective check constraints 
    F690 Collation supportbut no character set support
    F692 Extended collation support 
    F701 Referential update actions 
    F711 ALTER domain 
    F731 INSERT column privileges 
    F751 View CHECK enhancements 
    F761 Session management 
    F762 CURRENT_CATALOG 
    F763 CURRENT_SCHEMA 
    F771 Connection management 
    F781 Self-referencing operations 
    F791 Insensitive cursors 
    F801 Full set function 
    F850 Top-level <order by clause> in <query expression> 
    F851 <order by clause> in subqueries 
    F852 Top-level <order by clause> in views 
    F855 Nested <order by clause> in <query expression> 
    F856 Nested <fetch first clause> in <query expression> 
    F857 Top-level <fetch first clause> in <query expression> 
    F858 <fetch first clause> in subqueries 
    F859 Top-level <fetch first clause> in views 
    F860 <fetch first row count> in <fetch first clause> 
    F861 Top-level <result offset clause> in <query expression> 
    F862 <result offset clause> in subqueries 
    F863 Nested <result offset clause> in <query expression> 
    F864 Top-level <result offset clause> in views 
    F865 <offset row count> in <result offset clause> 
    F867 FETCH FIRST clause: WITH TIES option 
    S071 SQL paths in function and type name resolution 
    S091-01 Arrays of built-in data types 
    S091-03 Array expressions 
    S092 Arrays of user-defined types 
    S095 Array constructors by query 
    S096 Optional array bounds 
    S098 ARRAY_AGG 
    S111 ONLY in query expressions 
    S201 SQL-invoked routines on arrays 
    S201-01 Array parameters 
    S201-02 Array as result type of functions 
    S211 User-defined cast functions 
    S301 Enhanced UNNEST 
    S404 TRIM_ARRAY 
    T031 BOOLEAN data type 
    T071 BIGINT data type 
    T121 WITH (excluding RECURSIVE) in query expression 
    T122 WITH (excluding RECURSIVE) in subquery 
    T131 Recursive query 
    T132 Recursive query in subquery 
    T133 Enhanced cycle mark valuesSQL:202x draft
    T141 SIMILAR predicate 
    T151 DISTINCT predicate 
    T152 DISTINCT predicate with negation 
    T171 LIKE clause in table definition 
    T172 AS subquery clause in table definition 
    T173 Extended LIKE clause in table definition 
    T174 Identity columns 
    T177 Sequence generator support: simple restart option 
    T178 Identity columns: simple restart option 
    T191 Referential action RESTRICT 
    T201 Comparable data types for referential constraints 
    T211-01 Triggers activated on UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE of one base table 
    T211-02 BEFORE triggers 
    T211-03 AFTER triggers 
    T211-04 FOR EACH ROW triggers 
    T211-05 Ability to specify a search condition that must be true before the trigger is invoked 
    T211-07 TRIGGER privilege 
    T212 Enhanced trigger capability 
    T213 INSTEAD OF triggers 
    T241 START TRANSACTION statement 
    T261 Chained transactions 
    T271 Savepoints 
    T281 SELECT privilege with column granularity 
    T285 Enhanced derived column names 
    T312 OVERLAY function 
    T321-01CoreUser-defined functions with no overloading 
    T321-02CoreUser-defined stored procedures with no overloading 
    T321-03CoreFunction invocation 
    T321-04CoreCALL statement 
    T321-05CoreRETURN statement 
    T321-06CoreROUTINES view 
    T321-07CorePARAMETERS view 
    T323 Explicit security for external routines 
    T325 Qualified SQL parameter references 
    T331 Basic roles 
    T332 Extended roles 
    T341 Overloading of SQL-invoked functions and procedures 
    T351 Bracketed SQL comments (/*...*/ comments) 
    T431 Extended grouping capabilities 
    T432 Nested and concatenated GROUPING SETS 
    T433 Multiargument GROUPING function 
    T434 GROUP BY DISTINCT 
    T441 ABS and MOD functions 
    T461 Symmetric BETWEEN predicate 
    T491 LATERAL derived table 
    T501 Enhanced EXISTS predicate 
    T521 Named arguments in CALL statement 
    T523 Default values for INOUT parameters of SQL-invoked procedures 
    T524 Named arguments in routine invocations other than a CALL statement 
    T525 Default values for parameters of SQL-invoked functions 
    T551 Optional key words for default syntax 
    T581 Regular expression substring function 
    T591 UNIQUE constraints of possibly null columns 
    T611 Elementary OLAP operations 
    T612 Advanced OLAP operations 
    T613 Sampling 
    T614 NTILE function 
    T615 LEAD and LAG functions 
    T617 FIRST_VALUE and LAST_VALUE function 
    T620 WINDOW clause: GROUPS option 
    T621 Enhanced numeric functions 
    T622 Trigonometric functions 
    T623 General logarithm functions 
    T624 Common logarithm functions 
    T631CoreIN predicate with one list element 
    T651 SQL-schema statements in SQL routines 
    T653 SQL-schema statements in external routines 
    T655 Cyclically dependent routines 
    T831 SQL/JSON path language: strict mode 
    T832 SQL/JSON path language: item method 
    T833 SQL/JSON path language: multiple subscripts 
    T834 SQL/JSON path language: wildcard member accessor 
    T835 SQL/JSON path language: filter expressions 
    T836 SQL/JSON path language: starts with predicate 
    T837 SQL/JSON path language: regex_like predicate 
    X010 XML type 
    X011 Arrays of XML type 
    X014 Attributes of XML type 
    X016 Persistent XML values 
    X020 XMLConcat 
    X031 XMLElement 
    X032 XMLForest 
    X034 XMLAgg 
    X035 XMLAgg: ORDER BY option 
    X036 XMLComment 
    X037 XMLPI 
    X040 Basic table mapping 
    X041 Basic table mapping: nulls absent 
    X042 Basic table mapping: null as nil 
    X043 Basic table mapping: table as forest 
    X044 Basic table mapping: table as element 
    X045 Basic table mapping: with target namespace 
    X046 Basic table mapping: data mapping 
    X047 Basic table mapping: metadata mapping 
    X048 Basic table mapping: base64 encoding of binary strings 
    X049 Basic table mapping: hex encoding of binary strings 
    X050 Advanced table mapping 
    X051 Advanced table mapping: nulls absent 
    X052 Advanced table mapping: null as nil 
    X053 Advanced table mapping: table as forest 
    X054 Advanced table mapping: table as element 
    X055 Advanced table mapping: with target namespace 
    X056 Advanced table mapping: data mapping 
    X057 Advanced table mapping: metadata mapping 
    X058 Advanced table mapping: base64 encoding of binary strings 
    X059 Advanced table mapping: hex encoding of binary strings 
    X060 XMLParse: character string input and CONTENT option 
    X061 XMLParse: character string input and DOCUMENT option 
    X070 XMLSerialize: character string serialization and CONTENT option 
    X071 XMLSerialize: character string serialization and DOCUMENT option 
    X072 XMLSerialize: character string serialization 
    X090 XML document predicate 
    X120 XML parameters in SQL routines 
    X121 XML parameters in external routines 
    X221 XML passing mechanism BY VALUE 
    X301 XMLTable: derived column list option 
    X302 XMLTable: ordinality column option 
    X303 XMLTable: column default option 
    X304 XMLTable: passing a context itemmust be XML DOCUMENT
    X400 Name and identifier mapping 
    X410 Alter column data type: XML type 

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance Home D.2. Unsupported Features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance Home D.2. Unsupported Features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html index fa08f62..9500638 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix D. SQL Conformance

    Table of Contents

    D.1. Supported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    D.3.1. Queries Are Restricted to XPath 1.0
    D.3.2. Incidental Limits of the Implementation

    +Appendix D. SQL Conformance

    Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix D. SQL Conformance

    Table of Contents

    D.1. Supported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    D.3.1. Queries Are Restricted to XPath 1.0
    D.3.2. Incidental Limits of the Implementation

    This section attempts to outline to what extent PostgreSQL conforms to the current SQL standard. The following information is not a full statement of @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ Feature codes containing a hyphen are subfeatures. Therefore, if a particular subfeature is not supported, the main feature is listed as unsupported even if some other subfeatures are supported. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix C. SQL Key Words Home D.1. Supported Features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix C. SQL Key Words Home D.1. Supported Features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html index 61fdd76..72a023c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.16. file_fdw
    F.16. file_fdw
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.16. file_fdw

    +F.16. file_fdw

    F.16. file_fdw
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.16. file_fdw

    The file_fdw module provides the foreign-data wrapper file_fdw, which can be used to access data files in the server's file system, or to execute programs on the server @@ -142,4 +142,4 @@ OPTIONS ( filename 'log/pglog.csv', format 'csv' );

    That's it — now you can query your log directly. In production, of course, you would need to define some way to deal with log rotation. -


    Prev Up Next
    F.15. earthdistance Home F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    F.15. earthdistance Home F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html index c1e0715..5169eb1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.27. System Administration Functions
    9.27. System Administration Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.27. System Administration Functions

    9.27.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    9.27.2. Server Signaling Functions
    9.27.3. Backup Control Functions
    9.27.4. Recovery Control Functions
    9.27.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    9.27.6. Replication Management Functions
    9.27.7. Database Object Management Functions
    9.27.8. Index Maintenance Functions
    9.27.9. Generic File Access Functions
    9.27.10. Advisory Lock Functions

    +9.27. System Administration Functions

    9.27. System Administration Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.27. System Administration Functions

    9.27.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    9.27.2. Server Signaling Functions
    9.27.3. Backup Control Functions
    9.27.4. Recovery Control Functions
    9.27.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    9.27.6. Replication Management Functions
    9.27.7. Database Object Management Functions
    9.27.8. Index Maintenance Functions
    9.27.9. Generic File Access Functions
    9.27.10. Advisory Lock Functions

    The functions described in this section are used to control and monitor a PostgreSQL installation.

    9.27.1. Configuration Settings Functions

    @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ of its children.) You can use the pg_file_settings, pg_hba_file_rules and - pg_ident_file_mappings views + pg_ident_file_mappings views to check the configuration files for possible errors, before reloading.

    @@ -1645,4 +1645,4 @@ SELECT convert_from(pg_read_binary_file('file_in_utf8.txt'), 'UTF8'); This will either obtain the lock immediately and return true, or return false without waiting if the lock cannot be acquired immediately. -


    Prev Up Next
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators Home 9.28. Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators Home 9.28. Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html index 1723136..93637d9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.21. Aggregate Functions
    9.21. Aggregate Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.21. Aggregate Functions

    +9.21. Aggregate Functions

    9.21. Aggregate Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.21. Aggregate Functions

    Aggregate functions compute a single result from a set of input values. The built-in general-purpose aggregate functions are listed in Table 9.58 @@ -726,4 +726,4 @@ SELECT count(*) FROM sometable; neither make nor model was grouped by in the last row (which therefore is an aggregate over all the input rows). -

    Prev Up Next
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators Home 9.22. Window Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators Home 9.22. Window Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html index ec1cc4f..a5c50cb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.19. Array Functions and Operators

    +9.19. Array Functions and Operators

    9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.19. Array Functions and Operators

    Table 9.52 shows the specialized operators available for array types. In addition to those, the usual comparison operators shown in Table 9.1 are available for @@ -382,4 +382,4 @@


    See also Section 9.21 about the aggregate function array_agg for use with arrays. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.18. Conditional Expressions Home 9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.18. Conditional Expressions Home 9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html index ba0b67f..f4e997a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators

    +9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators

    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators

    This section describes functions and operators for examining and manipulating binary strings, that is values of type bytea. Many of these are equivalent, in purpose and syntax, to the @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

    base64

    The base64 format is that - of RFC + of RFC 2045 Section 6.8. As per the RFC, encoded lines are broken at 76 characters. However instead of the MIME CRLF end-of-line marker, only a newline is used for end-of-line. @@ -507,4 +507,4 @@ See also the aggregate function string_agg in Section 9.21 and the large object functions in Section 35.4. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.4. String Functions and Operators Home 9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.4. String Functions and Operators Home 9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html index 265b296..8a32325 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators

    +9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators

    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators

    This section describes functions and operators for examining and manipulating bit strings, that is values of the types bit and bit varying. (While only @@ -232,4 +232,4 @@ cast(-44 as bit(12)) “bit” means casting to bit(1), and so will deliver only the least significant bit of the integer. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators Home 9.7. Pattern Matching
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators Home 9.7. Pattern Matching
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html index 6c9e82b..34beddd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators

    +9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators

    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators

    The usual comparison operators are available, as shown in Table 9.1.

    Table 9.1. Comparison Operators

    OperatorDescription
    datatype < datatype @@ -397,4 +397,4 @@

    num_nulls(1, NULL, 2) → 1 -


    Prev Up Next
    9.1. Logical Operators Home 9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    9.1. Logical Operators Home 9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html index 1e08113..0655af1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons

    9.24.1. IN
    9.24.2. NOT IN
    9.24.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    9.24.4. ALL (array)
    9.24.5. Row Constructor Comparison
    9.24.6. Composite Type Comparison

    +9.24. Row and Array Comparisons

    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons

    9.24.1. IN
    9.24.2. NOT IN
    9.24.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    9.24.4. ALL (array)
    9.24.5. Row Constructor Comparison
    9.24.6. Composite Type Comparison

    This section describes several specialized constructs for making multiple comparisons between groups of values. These forms are syntactically related to the subquery forms of the previous section, @@ -212,4 +212,4 @@ AND for materialized views and might be useful for other specialized purposes such as replication and B-Tree deduplication (see Section 67.4.3). They are not intended to be generally useful for writing queries, though. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.23. Subquery Expressions Home 9.25. Set Returning Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.23. Subquery Expressions Home 9.25. Set Returning Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html index 8db014d..1737259 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.18. Conditional Expressions
    9.18. Conditional Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.18. Conditional Expressions

    9.18.1. CASE
    9.18.2. COALESCE
    9.18.3. NULLIF
    9.18.4. GREATEST and LEAST

    +9.18. Conditional Expressions

    9.18. Conditional Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.18. Conditional Expressions

    9.18.1. CASE
    9.18.2. COALESCE
    9.18.3. NULLIF
    9.18.4. GREATEST and LEAST

    This section describes the SQL-compliant conditional expressions available in PostgreSQL.

    Tip

    @@ -184,4 +184,4 @@ SELECT NULLIF(value, '(none)') ... the SQL standard, but are a common extension. Some other databases make them return NULL if any argument is NULL, rather than only when all are NULL. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions Home 9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions Home 9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html index 9523015..aaa1c4e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators

    9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
    9.9.2. date_trunc
    9.9.3. date_bin
    9.9.4. AT TIME ZONE
    9.9.5. Current Date/Time
    9.9.6. Delaying Execution

    +9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators

    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators

    9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
    9.9.2. date_trunc
    9.9.3. date_bin
    9.9.4. AT TIME ZONE
    9.9.5. Current Date/Time
    9.9.6. Delaying Execution

    Table 9.33 shows the available functions for date/time value processing, with details appearing in the following subsections. Table 9.32 illustrates the behaviors of @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

    Subtract timestamps (converting 24-hour intervals into days, - similarly to justify_hours()) + similarly to justify_hours())

    timestamp '2001-09-29 03:00' - timestamp '2001-07-27 12:00' @@ -433,27 +433,27 @@ isfinite(interval '4 hours') → true

    - + justify_days ( interval ) → interval

    - Adjust interval so 30-day time periods are represented as months + Adjust interval, converting 30-day time periods to months

    - justify_days(interval '35 days') - → 1 mon 5 days + justify_days(interval '1 year 65 days') + → 1 year 2 mons 5 days

    - + justify_hours ( interval ) → interval

    - Adjust interval so 24-hour time periods are represented as days + Adjust interval, converting 24-hour time periods to days

    - justify_hours(interval '27 hours') - → 1 day 03:00:00 + justify_hours(interval '50 hours 10 minutes') + → 2 days 02:10:00

    justify_interval ( interval ) @@ -758,38 +758,40 @@ EXTRACT(field FROM extract function retrieves subfields such as year or hour from date/time values. source must be a value expression of - type timestamp, time, or interval. - (Expressions of type date are - cast to timestamp and can therefore be used as - well.) field is an identifier or + type timestamp, date, time, + or interval. (Timestamps and times can be with or + without time zone.) + field is an identifier or string that selects what field to extract from the source value. + Not all fields are valid for every input data type; for example, fields + smaller than a day cannot be extracted from a date, while + fields of a day or more cannot be extracted from a time. The extract function returns values of type numeric. +

    The following are valid field names:

    century

    - The century + The century; for interval values, the year field + divided by 100 

     SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM TIMESTAMP '2000-12-16 12:21:13');
 Result: 20
 SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 21
-

    - The first century starts at 0001-01-01 00:00:00 AD, although - they did not know it at the time. This definition applies to all - Gregorian calendar countries. There is no century number 0, - you go from -1 century to 1 century. - - If you disagree with this, please write your complaint to: - Pope, Cathedral Saint-Peter of Roma, Vatican. -

    day

    - For timestamp values, the day (of the month) field - (1–31) ; for interval values, the number of days +SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM DATE '0001-01-01 AD'); +Result: 1 +SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM DATE '0001-12-31 BC'); +Result: -1 +SELECT EXTRACT(CENTURY FROM INTERVAL '2001 years'); +Result: 20 +

    day

    + The day of the month (1–31); for interval + values, the number of days 

     SELECT EXTRACT(DAY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 16
-
 SELECT EXTRACT(DAY FROM INTERVAL '40 days 1 minute');
 Result: 40
    decade

    @@ -824,10 +826,8 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(DOY FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); 

     SELECT EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40.12-08');
 Result: 982384720.120000
-
 SELECT EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40.12');
 Result: 982355920.120000
-
 SELECT EXTRACT(EPOCH FROM INTERVAL '5 days 3 hours');
 Result: 442800.000000

    @@ -843,7 +843,8 @@ SELECT to_timestamp(982384720.12); assume that the original value had been given in UTC, which might not be the case.

    hour

    - The hour field (0–23) + The hour field (0–23 in timestamps, unrestricted in + intervals) 

     SELECT EXTRACT(HOUR FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 20
@@ -858,7 +859,7 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(ISODOW FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-18 20:38:40');
         matches the ISO 8601 day of the week numbering.
    isoyear

    The ISO 8601 week-numbering year that the date - falls in (not applicable to intervals) + falls in 

     SELECT EXTRACT(ISOYEAR FROM DATE '2006-01-01');
 Result: 2005
@@ -870,11 +871,9 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(ISOYEAR FROM DATE '2006-01-02');
         January or late December the ISO year may be
         different from the Gregorian year.  See the week
         field for more information.
-       
    
-        This field is not available in PostgreSQL releases prior to 8.3.
    julian

    The Julian Date corresponding to the - date or timestamp (not applicable to intervals). Timestamps + date or timestamp. Timestamps that are not local midnight result in a fractional value. See Section B.7 for more information. 

    @@ -889,10 +888,13 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(JULIAN FROM TIMESTAMP '2006-01-01 12:00');
 SELECT EXTRACT(MICROSECONDS FROM TIME '17:12:28.5');
 Result: 28500000
    millennium

    - The millennium + The millennium; for interval values, the year field + divided by 1000 

     SELECT EXTRACT(MILLENNIUM FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 3
+SELECT EXTRACT(MILLENNIUM FROM INTERVAL '2001 years');
+Result: 2

    Years in the 1900s are in the second millennium. The third millennium started January 1, 2001. @@ -908,16 +910,14 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(MILLISECONDS FROM TIME '17:12:28.5'); SELECT EXTRACT(MINUTE FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 38

    month

    - For timestamp values, the number of the month - within the year (1–12) ; for interval values, - the number of months, modulo 12 (0–11) + The number of the month within the year (1–12); + for interval values, the number of months modulo 12 + (0–11) 

     SELECT EXTRACT(MONTH FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 2
-
 SELECT EXTRACT(MONTH FROM INTERVAL '2 years 3 months');
 Result: 3
-
 SELECT EXTRACT(MONTH FROM INTERVAL '2 years 13 months');
 Result: 1
    quarter

    @@ -930,7 +930,6 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(QUARTER FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); 

     SELECT EXTRACT(SECOND FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40');
 Result: 40.000000
-
 SELECT EXTRACT(SECOND FROM TIME '17:12:28.5');
 Result: 28.500000
    timezone

    @@ -967,6 +966,18 @@ SELECT EXTRACT(WEEK FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR FROM TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 2001

    +

    + When processing an interval value, + the extract function produces field values that + match the interpretation used by the interval output function. This + can produce surprising results if one starts with a non-normalized + interval representation, for example: +

    +SELECT INTERVAL '80 minutes';
+Result: 01:20:00
+SELECT EXTRACT(MINUTES FROM INTERVAL '80 minutes');
+Result: 20
+

    Note

    When the input value is +/-Infinity, extract returns +/-Infinity for monotonically-increasing fields (epoch, @@ -996,7 +1007,6 @@ date_part('field', SELECT date_part('day', TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 16 - SELECT date_part('hour', INTERVAL '4 hours 3 minutes'); Result: 4

    9.9.2. date_trunc

    @@ -1039,16 +1049,12 @@ date_trunc(field, SELECT date_trunc('hour', TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 2001-02-16 20:00:00 - SELECT date_trunc('year', TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40'); Result: 2001-01-01 00:00:00 - SELECT date_trunc('day', TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40+00'); Result: 2001-02-16 00:00:00-05 - SELECT date_trunc('day', TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40+00', 'Australia/Sydney'); Result: 2001-02-16 08:00:00-05 - SELECT date_trunc('hour', INTERVAL '3 days 02:47:33'); Result: 3 days 02:00:00

    @@ -1073,7 +1079,6 @@ date_bin(stride, SELECT date_bin('15 minutes', TIMESTAMP '2020-02-11 15:44:17', TIMESTAMP '2001-01-01'); Result: 2020-02-11 15:30:00 - SELECT date_bin('15 minutes', TIMESTAMP '2020-02-11 15:44:17', TIMESTAMP '2001-01-01 00:02:30'); Result: 2020-02-11 15:32:30

    @@ -1149,10 +1154,8 @@ SELECT date_bin('15 minutes', TIMESTAMP '2020-02-11 15:44:17', TIMESTAMP '2001-0 

     SELECT TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40' AT TIME ZONE 'America/Denver';
 Result: 2001-02-16 19:38:40-08
-
 SELECT TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE '2001-02-16 20:38:40-05' AT TIME ZONE 'America/Denver';
 Result: 2001-02-16 18:38:40
-
 SELECT TIMESTAMP '2001-02-16 20:38:40' AT TIME ZONE 'Asia/Tokyo' AT TIME ZONE 'America/Chicago';
 Result: 2001-02-16 05:38:40

    @@ -1203,16 +1206,12 @@ LOCALTIMESTAMP(precision) 

     SELECT CURRENT_TIME;
 Result: 14:39:53.662522-05
-
 SELECT CURRENT_DATE;
 Result: 2019-12-23
-
 SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP;
 Result: 2019-12-23 14:39:53.662522-05
-
 SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP(2);
 Result: 2019-12-23 14:39:53.66-05
-
 SELECT LOCALTIMESTAMP;
 Result: 2019-12-23 14:39:53.662522

    @@ -1313,4 +1312,4 @@ SELECT pg_sleep_until('tomorrow 03:00'); when calling pg_sleep or its variants. Otherwise other sessions might have to wait for your sleeping process, slowing down the entire system. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions Home 9.10. Enum Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions Home 9.10. Enum Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html index 7f4e134..cb930fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.10. Enum Support Functions
    9.10. Enum Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.10. Enum Support Functions

    +9.10. Enum Support Functions

    9.10. Enum Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.10. Enum Support Functions

    For enum types (described in Section 8.7), there are several functions that allow cleaner programming without hard-coding particular values of an enum type. @@ -81,4 +81,4 @@ CREATE TYPE rainbow AS ENUM ('red', 'orange', 'yellow', 'green', 'blue', 'purple the type can be passed, with the same result. It is more common to apply these functions to a table column or function argument than to a hardwired type name as used in the examples. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators Home 9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators Home 9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html index d5e41a6..5719030 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.29. Event Trigger Functions

    9.29.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
    9.29.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
    9.29.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event

    +9.29. Event Trigger Functions

    9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.29. Event Trigger Functions

    9.29.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
    9.29.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
    9.29.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event

    PostgreSQL provides these helper functions to retrieve information from event triggers.

    @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ CREATE EVENT TRIGGER test_table_rewrite_oid ON table_rewrite EXECUTE FUNCTION test_event_trigger_table_rewrite_oid();

    -

    Prev Up Next
    9.28. Trigger Functions Home 9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.28. Trigger Functions Home 9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html index a509eee..37c2442 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions

    +9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions

    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions

    The PostgreSQL formatting functions provide a powerful set of tools for converting various data types (date/time, integer, floating point, numeric) to formatted strings @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ use some non-digit character or template after YYYY, otherwise the year is always interpreted as 4 digits. For example (with the year 20000): - to_date('200001131', 'YYYYMMDD') will be + to_date('200001130', 'YYYYMMDD') will be interpreted as a 4-digit year; instead use a non-digit separator after the year, like - to_date('20000-1131', 'YYYY-MMDD') or - to_date('20000Nov31', 'YYYYMonDD'). + to_date('20000-1130', 'YYYY-MMDD') or + to_date('20000Nov30', 'YYYYMonDD').

  • In to_timestamp and to_date, the CC (century) field is accepted but ignored @@ -407,4 +407,4 @@

    Table 9.30. Template Pattern Modifiers for Numeric Formatting

    ModifierDescriptionExample
    FM prefixfill mode (suppress trailing zeroes and padding blanks)FM99.99
    TH suffixupper case ordinal number suffix999TH
    th suffixlower case ordinal number suffix999th

    Table 9.31 shows some examples of the use of the to_char function. -

    Table 9.31. to_char Examples

    ExpressionResult
    to_char(current_timestamp, 'Day, DD  HH12:MI:SS')'Tuesday  , 06  05:39:18'
    to_char(current_timestamp, 'FMDay, FMDD  HH12:MI:SS')'Tuesday, 6  05:39:18'
    to_char(-0.1, '99.99')'  -.10'
    to_char(-0.1, 'FM9.99')'-.1'
    to_char(-0.1, 'FM90.99')'-0.1'
    to_char(0.1, '0.9')' 0.1'
    to_char(12, '9990999.9')'    0012.0'
    to_char(12, 'FM9990999.9')'0012.'
    to_char(485, '999')' 485'
    to_char(-485, '999')'-485'
    to_char(485, '9 9 9')' 4 8 5'
    to_char(1485, '9,999')' 1,485'
    to_char(1485, '9G999')' 1 485'
    to_char(148.5, '999.999')' 148.500'
    to_char(148.5, 'FM999.999')'148.5'
    to_char(148.5, 'FM999.990')'148.500'
    to_char(148.5, '999D999')' 148,500'
    to_char(3148.5, '9G999D999')' 3 148,500'
    to_char(-485, '999S')'485-'
    to_char(-485, '999MI')'485-'
    to_char(485, '999MI')'485 '
    to_char(485, 'FM999MI')'485'
    to_char(485, 'PL999')'+485'
    to_char(485, 'SG999')'+485'
    to_char(-485, 'SG999')'-485'
    to_char(-485, '9SG99')'4-85'
    to_char(-485, '999PR')'<485>'
    to_char(485, 'L999')'DM 485'
    to_char(485, 'RN')'        CDLXXXV'
    to_char(485, 'FMRN')'CDLXXXV'
    to_char(5.2, 'FMRN')'V'
    to_char(482, '999th')' 482nd'
    to_char(485, '"Good number:"999')'Good number: 485'
    to_char(485.8, '"Pre:"999" Post:" .999')'Pre: 485 Post: .800'
    to_char(12, '99V999')' 12000'
    to_char(12.4, '99V999')' 12400'
    to_char(12.45, '99V9')' 125'
    to_char(0.0004859, '9.99EEEE')' 4.86e-04'

    • Prev Up Next
    9.7. Pattern Matching Home 9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 9.31. to_char Examples

    ExpressionResult
    to_char(current_timestamp, 'Day, DD  HH12:MI:SS')'Tuesday  , 06  05:39:18'
    to_char(current_timestamp, 'FMDay, FMDD  HH12:MI:SS')'Tuesday, 6  05:39:18'
    to_char(-0.1, '99.99')'  -.10'
    to_char(-0.1, 'FM9.99')'-.1'
    to_char(-0.1, 'FM90.99')'-0.1'
    to_char(0.1, '0.9')' 0.1'
    to_char(12, '9990999.9')'    0012.0'
    to_char(12, 'FM9990999.9')'0012.'
    to_char(485, '999')' 485'
    to_char(-485, '999')'-485'
    to_char(485, '9 9 9')' 4 8 5'
    to_char(1485, '9,999')' 1,485'
    to_char(1485, '9G999')' 1 485'
    to_char(148.5, '999.999')' 148.500'
    to_char(148.5, 'FM999.999')'148.5'
    to_char(148.5, 'FM999.990')'148.500'
    to_char(148.5, '999D999')' 148,500'
    to_char(3148.5, '9G999D999')' 3 148,500'
    to_char(-485, '999S')'485-'
    to_char(-485, '999MI')'485-'
    to_char(485, '999MI')'485 '
    to_char(485, 'FM999MI')'485'
    to_char(485, 'PL999')'+485'
    to_char(485, 'SG999')'+485'
    to_char(-485, 'SG999')'-485'
    to_char(-485, '9SG99')'4-85'
    to_char(-485, '999PR')'<485>'
    to_char(485, 'L999')'DM 485'
    to_char(485, 'RN')'        CDLXXXV'
    to_char(485, 'FMRN')'CDLXXXV'
    to_char(5.2, 'FMRN')'V'
    to_char(482, '999th')' 482nd'
    to_char(485, '"Good number:"999')'Good number: 485'
    to_char(485.8, '"Pre:"999" Post:" .999')'Pre: 485 Post: .800'
    to_char(12, '99V999')' 12000'
    to_char(12.4, '99V999')' 12400'
    to_char(12.45, '99V9')' 125'
    to_char(0.0004859, '9.99EEEE')' 4.86e-04'

    Prev Up Next
    9.7. Pattern Matching Home 9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html index 756d40b..66e4b35 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators

    +9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators

    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators

    The geometric types point, box, lseg, line, path, polygon, and circle have a large set of @@ -883,4 +883,4 @@ UPDATE t SET p[1] = ... changes the Y coordinate. In the same way, a value of type box or lseg can be treated as an array of two point values. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.10. Enum Support Functions Home 9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.10. Enum Support Functions Home 9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html index 6f16acd..5a2052c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators

    +9.26. System Information Functions and Operators

    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators

    Table 9.66 shows several functions that extract session and system information.

    @@ -1771,4 +1771,4 @@ SELECT collation for ('foo' COLLATE "de_DE");

    Returns information about recovery state, as shown in Table 9.86. -


    Table 9.83. pg_control_checkpoint Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    checkpoint_lsnpg_lsn
    redo_lsnpg_lsn
    redo_wal_filetext
    timeline_idinteger
    prev_timeline_idinteger
    full_page_writesboolean
    next_xidtext
    next_oidoid
    next_multixact_idxid
    next_multi_offsetxid
    oldest_xidxid
    oldest_xid_dbidoid
    oldest_active_xidxid
    oldest_multi_xidxid
    oldest_multi_dbidoid
    oldest_commit_ts_xidxid
    newest_commit_ts_xidxid
    checkpoint_timetimestamp with time zone

    Table 9.84. pg_control_system Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    pg_control_versioninteger
    catalog_version_nointeger
    system_identifierbigint
    pg_control_last_modifiedtimestamp with time zone

    Table 9.85. pg_control_init Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    max_data_alignmentinteger
    database_block_sizeinteger
    blocks_per_segmentinteger
    wal_block_sizeinteger
    bytes_per_wal_segmentinteger
    max_identifier_lengthinteger
    max_index_columnsinteger
    max_toast_chunk_sizeinteger
    large_object_chunk_sizeinteger
    float8_pass_by_valueboolean
    data_page_checksum_versioninteger

    Table 9.86. pg_control_recovery Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    min_recovery_end_lsnpg_lsn
    min_recovery_end_timelineinteger
    backup_start_lsnpg_lsn
    backup_end_lsnpg_lsn
    end_of_backup_record_requiredboolean

    Prev Up Next
    9.25. Set Returning Functions Home 9.27. System Administration Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Table 9.83. pg_control_checkpoint Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    checkpoint_lsnpg_lsn
    redo_lsnpg_lsn
    redo_wal_filetext
    timeline_idinteger
    prev_timeline_idinteger
    full_page_writesboolean
    next_xidtext
    next_oidoid
    next_multixact_idxid
    next_multi_offsetxid
    oldest_xidxid
    oldest_xid_dbidoid
    oldest_active_xidxid
    oldest_multi_xidxid
    oldest_multi_dbidoid
    oldest_commit_ts_xidxid
    newest_commit_ts_xidxid
    checkpoint_timetimestamp with time zone

    Table 9.84. pg_control_system Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    pg_control_versioninteger
    catalog_version_nointeger
    system_identifierbigint
    pg_control_last_modifiedtimestamp with time zone

    Table 9.85. pg_control_init Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    max_data_alignmentinteger
    database_block_sizeinteger
    blocks_per_segmentinteger
    wal_block_sizeinteger
    bytes_per_wal_segmentinteger
    max_identifier_lengthinteger
    max_index_columnsinteger
    max_toast_chunk_sizeinteger
    large_object_chunk_sizeinteger
    float8_pass_by_valueboolean
    data_page_checksum_versioninteger

    Table 9.86. pg_control_recovery Output Columns

    Column NameData Type
    min_recovery_end_lsnpg_lsn
    min_recovery_end_timelineinteger
    backup_start_lsnpg_lsn
    backup_end_lsnpg_lsn
    end_of_backup_record_requiredboolean

    Prev Up Next
    9.25. Set Returning Functions Home 9.27. System Administration Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html index fc43dd4..45104e5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators

    9.16.1. Processing and Creating JSON Data
    9.16.2. The SQL/JSON Path Language

    +9.16. JSON Functions and Operators

    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators

    9.16.1. Processing and Creating JSON Data
    9.16.2. The SQL/JSON Path Language

    This section describes:

    • @@ -1778,4 +1778,4 @@ $[*] ? (@ like_regex "^[aeiou]" flag "i") 

       $.* ? (@ like_regex "^\\d+$")

      -

    Prev Up Next
    9.15. XML Functions Home 9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.15. XML Functions Home 9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html index a835ec8..d304355 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.1. Logical Operators
    9.1. Logical Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.1. Logical Operators

    +9.1. Logical Operators

    9.1. Logical Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.1. Logical Operators

    The usual logical operators are available: @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ without affecting the result. (However, it is not guaranteed that the left operand is evaluated before the right operand. See Section 4.2.14 for more information about the order of evaluation of subexpressions.) -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 9. Functions and Operators Home 9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 9. Functions and Operators Home 9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html index 47d57e3..565e92c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.7. Pattern Matching
    9.7. Pattern Matching
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.7. Pattern Matching

    9.7.1. LIKE
    9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
    9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions

    +9.7. Pattern Matching

    9.7. Pattern Matching
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.7. Pattern Matching

    9.7.1. LIKE
    9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
    9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions

    There are three separate approaches to pattern matching provided by PostgreSQL: the traditional SQL LIKE operator, the @@ -1412,4 +1412,4 @@ SELECT regexp_match('abc01234xyz', '(?:(.*?)(\d+)(.*)){1,1}'); backslash.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators Home 9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators Home 9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html index 6fb0086..5a4c475 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators

    +9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators

    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators

    Mathematical operators are provided for many PostgreSQL types. For types without standard mathematical conventions @@ -998,4 +998,4 @@

    atanh(0.5) → 0.5493061443340548 -


    Prev Up Next
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators Home 9.4. String Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators Home 9.4. String Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html index 3f466ee..4cd7cd5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators

    +9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators

    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators

    The IP network address types, cidr and inet, support the usual comparison operators shown in Table 9.1 @@ -394,4 +394,4 @@

    macaddr8_set7bit(macaddr8 '00:34:56:ab:cd:ef') → 02:34:56:ff:fe:ab:cd:ef -


    Prev Up Next
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators Home 9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators Home 9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html index c931d3c..c203e5d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators

    +9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators

    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators

    See Section 8.17 for an overview of range types.

    Table 9.54 shows the specialized operators @@ -704,4 +704,4 @@ The lower_inc, upper_inc, lower_inf, and upper_inf functions all return false for an empty range or multirange. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators Home 9.21. Aggregate Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators Home 9.21. Aggregate Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html index a641ed1..2e2f8b8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions

    +9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions

    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions

    This section describes functions for operating on sequence objects, also called sequence generators or just sequences. Sequence objects are special single-row tables created with CREATE SEQUENCE. @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ SELECT setval('myseq', 42, false); regclass data type's input converter will do the work for you. See Section 8.19 for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators Home 9.18. Conditional Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators Home 9.18. Conditional Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html index e9994fd..446416c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.25. Set Returning Functions
    9.25. Set Returning Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.25. Set Returning Functions

    +9.25. Set Returning Functions

    9.25. Set Returning Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.25. Set Returning Functions

    This section describes functions that possibly return more than one row. The most widely used functions in this class are series generating functions, as detailed in Table 9.64 and @@ -215,4 +215,4 @@ SELECT * FROM pg_ls_dir('.') WITH ORDINALITY AS t(ls,n); pg_subtrans | 19 (19 rows)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons Home 9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons Home 9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-statistics.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-statistics.html index 8ca7a84..26629a3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-statistics.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-statistics.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.30. Statistics Information Functions

    9.30.1. Inspecting MCV Lists

    +9.30. Statistics Information Functions

    9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.30. Statistics Information Functions

    9.30.1. Inspecting MCV Lists

    PostgreSQL provides a function to inspect complex statistics defined using the CREATE STATISTICS command.

    9.30.1. Inspecting MCV Lists

    @@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ SELECT m.* FROM pg_statistic_ext join pg_statistic_ext_data on (oid = stxoid),
     Values of the pg_mcv_list type can be obtained only from the
     pg_statistic_ext_data.stxdmcv
     column.
-
    Prev Up Next
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions Home Chapter 10. Type Conversion
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions Home Chapter 10. Type Conversion
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html index 07f40c9..c45ceca 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.4. String Functions and Operators
    9.4. String Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.4. String Functions and Operators

    9.4.1. format

    +9.4. String Functions and Operators

    9.4. String Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.4. String Functions and Operators

    9.4.1. format

    This section describes functions and operators for examining and manipulating string values. Strings in this context include values of the types character, character varying, @@ -1205,4 +1205,4 @@ SELECT format('Testing %3$s, %2$s, %s', 'one', 'two', 'three'); The %I and %L format specifiers are particularly useful for safely constructing dynamic SQL statements. See Example 43.1. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators Home 9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators Home 9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html index 25373c3..fc96226 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.23. Subquery Expressions
    9.23. Subquery Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.23. Subquery Expressions

    9.23.1. EXISTS
    9.23.2. IN
    9.23.3. NOT IN
    9.23.4. ANY/SOME
    9.23.5. ALL
    9.23.6. Single-Row Comparison

    +9.23. Subquery Expressions

    9.23. Subquery Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.23. Subquery Expressions

    9.23.1. EXISTS
    9.23.2. IN
    9.23.3. NOT IN
    9.23.4. ANY/SOME
    9.23.5. ALL
    9.23.6. Single-Row Comparison

    This section describes the SQL-compliant subquery expressions available in PostgreSQL. All of the expression forms documented in this section return @@ -210,4 +210,4 @@ WHERE EXISTS (SELECT 1 FROM tab2 WHERE col2 = tab1.col2);

    See Section 9.24.5 for details about the meaning of a row constructor comparison. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.22. Window Functions Home 9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.22. Window Functions Home 9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html index b40b9a8..7c27d25 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators

    +9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators

    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators

    Table 9.42, Table 9.43 and Table 9.44 @@ -760,4 +760,4 @@

    ts_stat('SELECT vector FROM apod') → (foo,10,15) ... -


    Prev Up Next
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators Home 9.14. UUID Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators Home 9.14. UUID Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html index 82f9950..77abbf5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.28. Trigger Functions
    9.28. Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.28. Trigger Functions

    +9.28. Trigger Functions

    9.28. Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.28. Trigger Functions

    While many uses of triggers involve user-written trigger functions, PostgreSQL provides a few built-in trigger functions that can be used directly in user-defined triggers. These @@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE FUNCTION suppress_redundant_updates_trigger(); choose a trigger name that comes after the name of any other trigger you might have on the table. (Hence the “z” prefix in the example.) -

    Prev Up Next
    9.27. System Administration Functions Home 9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.27. System Administration Functions Home 9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-uuid.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-uuid.html index c6dc609..d5fb9e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-uuid.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-uuid.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.14. UUID Functions
    9.14. UUID Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.14. UUID Functions

    +9.14. UUID Functions

    9.14. UUID Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.14. UUID Functions

    PostgreSQL includes one function to generate a UUID: 

     gen_random_uuid () → uuid
@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@
    PostgreSQL also provides the usual comparison
    operators shown in Table 9.1 for
    UUIDs.
-
    Prev Up Next
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators Home 9.15. XML Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators Home 9.15. XML Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html index 74ac321..3a46b8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.22. Window Functions
    9.22. Window Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.22. Window Functions

    +9.22. Window Functions

    9.22. Window Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.22. Window Functions

    Window functions provide the ability to perform calculations across sets of rows that are related to the current query row. See Section 3.5 for an introduction to this @@ -179,4 +179,4 @@ default FROM FIRST behavior is supported. (You can achieve the result of FROM LAST by reversing the ORDER BY ordering.) -

    Prev Up Next
    9.21. Aggregate Functions Home 9.23. Subquery Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.21. Aggregate Functions Home 9.23. Subquery Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html index 6780308..aa2d1b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -9.15. XML Functions
    9.15. XML Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.15. XML Functions

    9.15.1. Producing XML Content
    9.15.2. XML Predicates
    9.15.3. Processing XML
    9.15.4. Mapping Tables to XML

    +9.15. XML Functions

    9.15. XML Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next

    9.15. XML Functions

    9.15.1. Producing XML Content
    9.15.2. XML Predicates
    9.15.3. Processing XML
    9.15.4. Mapping Tables to XML

    The functions and function-like expressions described in this section operate on values of type xml. See Section 8.13 for information about the xml type. The function-like expressions xmlparse @@ -909,4 +909,4 @@ table2-mapping will be put into content form with each such disallowed node replaced by its string value, as defined for the XPath 1.0 string function. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.14. UUID Functions Home 9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.14. UUID Functions Home 9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html index 1f13502..8be5ec2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
    Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 9. Functions and Operators

    Table of Contents

    9.1. Logical Operators
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    9.4. String Functions and Operators
    9.4.1. format
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    9.7. Pattern Matching
    9.7.1. LIKE
    9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
    9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
    9.9.2. date_trunc
    9.9.3. date_bin
    9.9.4. AT TIME ZONE
    9.9.5. Current Date/Time
    9.9.6. Delaying Execution
    9.10. Enum Support Functions
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    9.14. UUID Functions
    9.15. XML Functions
    9.15.1. Producing XML Content
    9.15.2. XML Predicates
    9.15.3. Processing XML
    9.15.4. Mapping Tables to XML
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    9.16.1. Processing and Creating JSON Data
    9.16.2. The SQL/JSON Path Language
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.18. Conditional Expressions
    9.18.1. CASE
    9.18.2. COALESCE
    9.18.3. NULLIF
    9.18.4. GREATEST and LEAST
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    9.21. Aggregate Functions
    9.22. Window Functions
    9.23. Subquery Expressions
    9.23.1. EXISTS
    9.23.2. IN
    9.23.3. NOT IN
    9.23.4. ANY/SOME
    9.23.5. ALL
    9.23.6. Single-Row Comparison
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    9.24.1. IN
    9.24.2. NOT IN
    9.24.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    9.24.4. ALL (array)
    9.24.5. Row Constructor Comparison
    9.24.6. Composite Type Comparison
    9.25. Set Returning Functions
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    9.27. System Administration Functions
    9.27.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    9.27.2. Server Signaling Functions
    9.27.3. Backup Control Functions
    9.27.4. Recovery Control Functions
    9.27.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    9.27.6. Replication Management Functions
    9.27.7. Database Object Management Functions
    9.27.8. Index Maintenance Functions
    9.27.9. Generic File Access Functions
    9.27.10. Advisory Lock Functions
    9.28. Trigger Functions
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    9.29.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
    9.29.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
    9.29.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    9.30.1. Inspecting MCV Lists

    +Chapter 9. Functions and Operators

    Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 9. Functions and Operators

    Table of Contents

    9.1. Logical Operators
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    9.4. String Functions and Operators
    9.4.1. format
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    9.7. Pattern Matching
    9.7.1. LIKE
    9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
    9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
    9.9.2. date_trunc
    9.9.3. date_bin
    9.9.4. AT TIME ZONE
    9.9.5. Current Date/Time
    9.9.6. Delaying Execution
    9.10. Enum Support Functions
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    9.14. UUID Functions
    9.15. XML Functions
    9.15.1. Producing XML Content
    9.15.2. XML Predicates
    9.15.3. Processing XML
    9.15.4. Mapping Tables to XML
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    9.16.1. Processing and Creating JSON Data
    9.16.2. The SQL/JSON Path Language
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.18. Conditional Expressions
    9.18.1. CASE
    9.18.2. COALESCE
    9.18.3. NULLIF
    9.18.4. GREATEST and LEAST
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    9.21. Aggregate Functions
    9.22. Window Functions
    9.23. Subquery Expressions
    9.23.1. EXISTS
    9.23.2. IN
    9.23.3. NOT IN
    9.23.4. ANY/SOME
    9.23.5. ALL
    9.23.6. Single-Row Comparison
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    9.24.1. IN
    9.24.2. NOT IN
    9.24.3. ANY/SOME (array)
    9.24.4. ALL (array)
    9.24.5. Row Constructor Comparison
    9.24.6. Composite Type Comparison
    9.25. Set Returning Functions
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    9.27. System Administration Functions
    9.27.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    9.27.2. Server Signaling Functions
    9.27.3. Backup Control Functions
    9.27.4. Recovery Control Functions
    9.27.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    9.27.6. Replication Management Functions
    9.27.7. Database Object Management Functions
    9.27.8. Index Maintenance Functions
    9.27.9. Generic File Access Functions
    9.27.10. Advisory Lock Functions
    9.28. Trigger Functions
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    9.29.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
    9.29.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
    9.29.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    9.30.1. Inspecting MCV Lists

    PostgreSQL provides a large number of functions and operators for the built-in data types. This chapter describes most of them, although additional special-purpose functions @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ repeat('Pg', 4) → PgPgPgPg is present in other SQL database management systems, and in many cases this functionality is compatible and consistent between the various implementations. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.21. Pseudo-Types Home 9.1. Logical Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.21. Pseudo-Types Home 9.1. Logical Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html index 18e23de..f7418d3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.17. fuzzystrmatch

    F.17.1. Soundex
    F.17.2. Levenshtein
    F.17.3. Metaphone
    F.17.4. Double Metaphone

    +F.17. fuzzystrmatch

    F.17. fuzzystrmatch
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.17. fuzzystrmatch

    F.17.1. Soundex
    F.17.2. Levenshtein
    F.17.3. Metaphone
    F.17.4. Double Metaphone

    The fuzzystrmatch module provides several functions to determine similarities and distance between strings.

    Caution

    @@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ test=# SELECT dmetaphone('gumbo'); ------------ KMP (1 row) -

    Prev Up Next
    F.16. file_fdw Home F.18. hstore
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    F.16. file_fdw Home F.18. hstore
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html index dbc702e..e0408e8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records
    Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records

    +Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records

    Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records

    Although all built-in WAL-logged modules have their own types of WAL records, there is also a generic WAL record type, which describes changes to pages in a generic way. This is useful for extensions that provide @@ -99,4 +99,4 @@ comparison. This is not very compact for the case of moving data within a page, and might be improved in the future.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions Home Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions Home Chapter 66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html index 7fa0437..b998487 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -62.4. Further Reading
    62.4. Further Reading
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.4. Further Reading

    +62.4. Further Reading

    62.4. Further Reading
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.4. Further Reading

    The following resources contain additional information about genetic algorithms: @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@

  • [fong]

    • -

    Prev Up Next
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL Home Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL Home Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html index 3a7b39b..abaed8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem

    +62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem

    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem

    Among all relational operators the most difficult one to process and optimize is the join. The number of possible query plans grows exponentially with the @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ genetic algorithm to solve the join ordering problem in a manner that is efficient for queries involving large numbers of joins. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer Home 62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer Home 62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html index bad186c..1dcf51c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.2. Genetic Algorithms

    +62.2. Genetic Algorithms

    62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.2. Genetic Algorithms

    The genetic algorithm (GA) is a heuristic optimization method which operates through randomized search. The set of possible solutions for the optimization problem is considered as a @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ strongly that a GA is not a pure random search for a solution to a problem. A GA uses stochastic processes, but the result is distinctly non-random (better than random). -

    Prev Up Next
    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem Home 62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem Home 62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html index 1f39468..a4754a4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL

    62.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
    62.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for +62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    Prev UpChapter 62. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next

    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL

    62.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
    62.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for PostgreSQL GEQO

    The GEQO module approaches the query optimization problem as though it were the well-known traveling salesman @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ of the rest of the tour, but this is certainly not true for query optimization. Thus it is questionable whether edge recombination crossover is the most effective mutation procedure. -

    Prev Up Next
    62.2. Genetic Algorithms Home 62.4. Further Reading
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    62.2. Genetic Algorithms Home 62.4. Further Reading
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html index 89aef06..d2665f0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer

    Table of Contents

    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    62.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
    62.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for +Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    Chapter 62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans Home 62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans Home 62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html index dfaaf8e..14cb7ea 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    +70.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    The core PostgreSQL distribution includes the GIN operator classes shown in Table 70.1. @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ is the default. jsonb_path_ops supports fewer operators but offers better performance for those operators. See Section 8.14.4 for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    70.1. Introduction Home 70.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    70.1. Introduction Home 70.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html index 5c11957..c604127 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.7. Examples
    70.7. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.7. Examples

    +70.7. Examples

    70.7. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.7. Examples

    The core PostgreSQL distribution includes the GIN operator classes previously shown in Table 70.1. @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ GIN operator classes:

    btree_gin

    B-tree equivalent functionality for several data types

    hstore

    Module for storing (key, value) pairs

    intarray

    Enhanced support for int[]

    pg_trgm

    Text similarity using trigram matching

    -

    Prev Up Next
    70.6. Limitations Home Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    70.6. Limitations Home Chapter 71. BRIN Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html index deaa381..cc30160 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.3. Extensibility
    70.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.3. Extensibility

    +70.3. Extensibility

    70.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.3. Extensibility

    The GIN interface has a high level of abstraction, requiring the access method implementer only to implement the semantics of the data type being accessed. The GIN layer itself @@ -234,4 +234,4 @@ recommended that the SQL declarations of these three support functions use the opclass's indexed data type for the query argument, even though the actual type might be something else depending on the operator. -

    Prev Up Next
    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home 70.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home 70.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html index d25e2f7..6a984be 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.4. Implementation
    70.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.4. Implementation

    70.4.1. GIN Fast Update Technique
    70.4.2. Partial Match Algorithm

    +70.4. Implementation

    70.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.4. Implementation

    70.4.1. GIN Fast Update Technique
    70.4.2. Partial Match Algorithm

    Internally, a GIN index contains a B-tree index constructed over keys, where each key is an element of one or more indexed items (a member of an array, for example) and where each tuple in a leaf @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ index key, less than zero for a non-match that is still within the range to be searched, or greater than zero if the index key is past the range that could match. -

    Prev Up Next
    70.3. Extensibility Home 70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    70.3. Extensibility Home 70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html index 2159803..b68cbc8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.1. Introduction
    70.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.1. Introduction

    +70.1. Introduction

    70.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.1. Introduction

    GIN stands for Generalized Inverted Index. GIN is designed for handling cases where the items to be indexed are composite values, and the queries to be handled by @@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ maintained by Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov. There is more information about GIN on their website. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 70. GIN Indexes Home 70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 70. GIN Indexes Home 70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html index 296e2fa..a009222 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.6. Limitations
    70.6. Limitations
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.6. Limitations

    +70.6. Limitations

    70.6. Limitations
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.6. Limitations

    GIN assumes that indexable operators are strict. This means that extractValue will not be called at all on a null item value (instead, a placeholder index entry is created automatically), @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ value either (instead, the query is presumed to be unsatisfiable). Note however that null key values contained within a non-null composite item or query value are supported. -

    Prev Up Next
    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks Home 70.7. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks Home 70.7. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html index b5edd64..8d57cec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks

    Create vs. insert

    +70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks

    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    Prev UpChapter 70. GIN IndexesHome Next

    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks

    Create vs. insert

    Insertion into a GIN index can be slow due to the likelihood of many keys being inserted for each item. So, for bulk insertions into a table it is advisable to drop the GIN @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@

    From experience, values in the thousands (e.g., 5000 — 20000) work well. -

    Prev Up Next
    70.4. Implementation Home 70.6. Limitations
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    70.4. Implementation Home 70.6. Limitations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html index 03e10f6..d7d0b77 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 70. GIN Indexes
    Chapter 70. GIN Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    69.5. Examples Home 70.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 70. GIN Indexes
    Chapter 70. GIN Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    69.5. Examples Home 70.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html index 7f31d62..0ba1c96 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    +68.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    The core PostgreSQL distribution includes the GiST operator classes shown in Table 68.1. (Some of the optional modules described in Appendix F provide additional GiST operator classes.) -

    Table 68.1. Built-in GiST Operator Classes

    NameIndexable OperatorsOrdering Operators
    box_ops<< (box, box)<-> (box, point)
    &< (box, box)
    && (box, box)
    &> (box, box)
    >> (box, box)
    ~= (box, box)
    @> (box, box)
    <@ (box, box)
    &<| (box, box)
    <<| (box, box)
    |>> (box, box)
    |&> (box, box)
    ~ (box, box)
    @ (box, box)
    circle_ops<< (circle, circle)<-> (circle, point)
    &< (circle, circle)
    &> (circle, circle)
    >> (circle, circle)
    <@ (circle, circle)
    @> (circle, circle)
    ~= (circle, circle)
    && (circle, circle)
    |>> (circle, circle)
    <<| (circle, circle)
    &<| (circle, circle)
    |&> (circle, circle)
    @ (circle, circle)
    ~ (circle, circle)
    inet_ops<< (inet, inet) 
    <<= (inet, inet)
    >> (inet, inet)
    >>= (inet, inet)
    = (inet, inet)
    <> (inet, inet)
    < (inet, inet)
    <= (inet, inet)
    > (inet, inet)
    >= (inet, inet)
    && (inet, inet)
    multirange_ops= (anymultirange, anymultirange) 
    && (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    && (anymultirange, anyrange)
    @> (anymultirange, anyelement)
    @> (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    @> (anymultirange, anyrange)
    <@ (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    <@ (anymultirange, anyrange)
    << (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    << (anymultirange, anyrange)
    >> (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    >> (anymultirange, anyrange)
    &< (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    &< (anymultirange, anyrange)
    &> (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    &> (anymultirange, anyrange)
    -|- (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    -|- (anymultirange, anyrange)
    point_ops|>> (point, point)<-> (point, point)
    << (point, point)
    >> (point, point)
    <<| (point, point)
    ~= (point, point)
    <@ (point, box)
    <@ (point, polygon)
    <@ (point, circle)
    poly_ops<< (polygon, polygon)<-> (polygon, point)
    &< (polygon, polygon)
    &> (polygon, polygon)
    >> (polygon, polygon)
    <@ (polygon, polygon)
    @> (polygon, polygon)
    ~= (polygon, polygon)
    && (polygon, polygon)
    <<| (polygon, polygon)
    &<| (polygon, polygon)
    |&> (polygon, polygon)
    |>> (polygon, polygon)
    @ (polygon, polygon)
    ~ (polygon, polygon)
    range_ops= (anyrange, anyrange) 
    && (anyrange, anyrange)
    && (anyrange, anymultirange)
    @> (anyrange, anyelement)
    @> (anyrange, anyrange)
    @> (anyrange, anymultirange)
    <@ (anyrange, anyrange)
    <@ (anyrange, anymultirange)
    << (anyrange, anyrange)
    << (anyrange, anymultirange)
    >> (anyrange, anyrange)
    >> (anyrange, anymultirange)
    &< (anyrange, anyrange)
    &< (anyrange, anymultirange)
    &> (anyrange, anyrange)
    &> (anyrange, anymultirange)
    -|- (anyrange, anyrange)
    -|- (anyrange, anymultirange)
    tsquery_ops<@ (tsquery, tsquery) 
    @> (tsquery, tsquery)
    tsvector_ops@@ (tsvector, tsquery) 

    +

    Table 68.1. Built-in GiST Operator Classes

    NameIndexable OperatorsOrdering Operators
    box_ops<< (box, box)<-> (box, point)
    &< (box, box)
    && (box, box)
    &> (box, box)
    >> (box, box)
    ~= (box, box)
    @> (box, box)
    <@ (box, box)
    &<| (box, box)
    <<| (box, box)
    |>> (box, box)
    |&> (box, box)
    circle_ops<< (circle, circle)<-> (circle, point)
    &< (circle, circle)
    &> (circle, circle)
    >> (circle, circle)
    <@ (circle, circle)
    @> (circle, circle)
    ~= (circle, circle)
    && (circle, circle)
    |>> (circle, circle)
    <<| (circle, circle)
    &<| (circle, circle)
    |&> (circle, circle)
    inet_ops<< (inet, inet) 
    <<= (inet, inet)
    >> (inet, inet)
    >>= (inet, inet)
    = (inet, inet)
    <> (inet, inet)
    < (inet, inet)
    <= (inet, inet)
    > (inet, inet)
    >= (inet, inet)
    && (inet, inet)
    multirange_ops= (anymultirange, anymultirange) 
    && (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    && (anymultirange, anyrange)
    @> (anymultirange, anyelement)
    @> (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    @> (anymultirange, anyrange)
    <@ (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    <@ (anymultirange, anyrange)
    << (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    << (anymultirange, anyrange)
    >> (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    >> (anymultirange, anyrange)
    &< (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    &< (anymultirange, anyrange)
    &> (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    &> (anymultirange, anyrange)
    -|- (anymultirange, anymultirange)
    -|- (anymultirange, anyrange)
    point_ops|>> (point, point)<-> (point, point)
    << (point, point)
    >> (point, point)
    <<| (point, point)
    ~= (point, point)
    <@ (point, box)
    <@ (point, polygon)
    <@ (point, circle)
    poly_ops<< (polygon, polygon)<-> (polygon, point)
    &< (polygon, polygon)
    &> (polygon, polygon)
    >> (polygon, polygon)
    <@ (polygon, polygon)
    @> (polygon, polygon)
    ~= (polygon, polygon)
    && (polygon, polygon)
    <<| (polygon, polygon)
    &<| (polygon, polygon)
    |&> (polygon, polygon)
    |>> (polygon, polygon)
    range_ops= (anyrange, anyrange) 
    && (anyrange, anyrange)
    && (anyrange, anymultirange)
    @> (anyrange, anyelement)
    @> (anyrange, anyrange)
    @> (anyrange, anymultirange)
    <@ (anyrange, anyrange)
    <@ (anyrange, anymultirange)
    << (anyrange, anyrange)
    << (anyrange, anymultirange)
    >> (anyrange, anyrange)
    >> (anyrange, anymultirange)
    &< (anyrange, anyrange)
    &< (anyrange, anymultirange)
    &> (anyrange, anyrange)
    &> (anyrange, anymultirange)
    -|- (anyrange, anyrange)
    -|- (anyrange, anymultirange)
    tsquery_ops<@ (tsquery, tsquery) 
    @> (tsquery, tsquery)
    tsvector_ops@@ (tsvector, tsquery) 

    For historical reasons, the inet_ops operator class is not the default class for types inet and cidr. To use it, mention the class name in CREATE INDEX, @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ 

     CREATE INDEX ON my_table USING GIST (my_inet_column inet_ops);

    -

    Prev Up Next
    68.1. Introduction Home 68.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    68.1. Introduction Home 68.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html index 6a7a338..8d20192 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -68.5. Examples
    68.5. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.5. Examples

    +68.5. Examples

    68.5. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.5. Examples

    The PostgreSQL source distribution includes several examples of index methods implemented using GiST. The core system currently provides text search @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ operator classes:

    btree_gist

    B-tree equivalent functionality for several data types

    cube

    Indexing for multidimensional cubes

    hstore

    Module for storing (key, value) pairs

    intarray

    RD-Tree for one-dimensional array of int4 values

    ltree

    Indexing for tree-like structures

    pg_trgm

    Text similarity using trigram matching

    seg

    Indexing for “float ranges”

    -

    Prev Up Next
    68.4. Implementation Home Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    68.4. Implementation Home Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html index d2b4e52..c07899d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -68.3. Extensibility
    68.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.3. Extensibility

    +68.3. Extensibility

    68.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.3. Extensibility

    Traditionally, implementing a new index access method meant a lot of difficult work. It was necessary to understand the inner workings of the database, such as the lock manager and Write-Ahead Log. The @@ -810,4 +810,4 @@ my_sortsupport(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) index scan, index build, or index tuple insertion). Be careful to pfree the previous value when replacing a fn_extra value, or the leak will accumulate for the duration of the operation. -

    Prev Up Next
    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home 68.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home 68.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html index c3b1548..f9b69bb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -68.4. Implementation
    68.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.4. Implementation

    68.4.1. GiST Index Build Methods

    68.4.1. GiST Index Build Methods

    +68.4. Implementation

    68.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.4. Implementation

    68.4.1. GiST Index Build Methods

    68.4.1. GiST Index Build Methods

    The simplest way to build a GiST index is just to insert all the entries, one by one. This tends to be slow for large indexes, because if the index tuples are scattered across the index and the index is large enough @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ CREATE INDEX command. The default behavior is good for most cases, but turning buffering off might speed up the build somewhat if the input data is ordered. -

    Prev Up Next
    68.3. Extensibility Home 68.5. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    68.3. Extensibility Home 68.5. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html index 1a86c60..e986c33 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -68.1. Introduction
    68.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.1. Introduction

    +68.1. Introduction

    68.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 68. GiST IndexesHome Next

    68.1. Introduction

    GiST stands for Generalized Search Tree. It is a balanced, tree-structured access method, that acts as a base template in which to implement arbitrary indexing schemes. B-trees, R-trees and many @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ maintained by Teodor Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov, and there is more information on their web site. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 68. GiST Indexes Home 68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 68. GiST Indexes Home 68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html index 6206348..0e63601 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 68. GiST Indexes
    Chapter 68. GiST Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    67.4. Implementation Home 68.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 68. GiST Indexes
    Chapter 68. GiST Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    67.4. Implementation Home 68.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html index 687849f..3f73203 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    Prev UpAppendix I. The Source Code RepositoryHome Next

    I.1. Getting the Source via Git

    +I.1. Getting the Source via Git

    I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    Prev UpAppendix I. The Source Code RepositoryHome Next

    I.1. Getting the Source via Git

    With Git you will make a copy of the entire code repository on your local machine, so you will have access to all history and branches offline. This is the fastest and most flexible way to develop or test @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ git fetch Git can do a lot more things than just fetch the source. For more information, consult the Git man pages, or see the website at https://git-scm.com. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix I. The Source Code Repository Home Appendix J. Documentation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix I. The Source Code Repository Home Appendix J. Documentation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/glossary.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/glossary.html index d740b71..354ebe1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/glossary.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/glossary.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix M. Glossary
    Appendix M. Glossary
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix M. Glossary

    +Appendix M. Glossary

    Appendix M. Glossary
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix M. Glossary

    This is a list of terms and their meaning in the context of PostgreSQL and relational database systems in general. @@ -1067,4 +1067,4 @@ It comprises many individual WAL records written sequentially to WAL files. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix L. Acronyms Home Appendix N. Color Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix L. Acronyms Home Appendix N. Color Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html index 1122ada..ef63962 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication

    +21.6. GSSAPI Authentication

    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication

    GSSAPI is an industry-standard protocol for secure authentication defined in - RFC 2743. + RFC 2743. PostgreSQL supports GSSAPI for authentication, communications encryption, or both. @@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ parameter. If that is set to true, client principals are matched to user map entries case-insensitively. krb_realm, if set, is also matched case-insensitively. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.5. Password Authentication Home 21.7. SSPI Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.5. Password Authentication Home 21.7. SSPI Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-enc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-enc.html index fa613f6..93b55c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-enc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-enc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption

    19.10.1. Basic Setup

    +19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption

    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption

    19.10.1. Basic Setup

    PostgreSQL also has native support for using GSSAPI to encrypt client/server communications for increased security. Support requires that a GSSAPI @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ behavior, GSSAPI encryption requires no setup beyond that which is necessary for GSSAPI authentication. (For more information on configuring that, see Section 21.6.) -

    Prev Up Next
    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL Home 19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL Home 19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-implementation.html index 66104bc..83f2b29 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -72.2. Implementation
    72.2. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 72. Hash IndexesHome Next

    72.2. Implementation

    +72.2. Implementation

    72.2. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 72. Hash IndexesHome Next

    72.2. Implementation

    There are four kinds of pages in a hash index: the meta page (page zero), which contains statically allocated control information; primary bucket pages; overflow pages; and bitmap pages, which keep track of overflow @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ src/backend/access/hash/README. The split algorithm is crash safe and can be restarted if not completed successfully. -

    Prev Up Next
    72.1. Overview Home Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    72.1. Overview Home Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-index.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-index.html index 349462a..c5dda6b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-index.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-index.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 72. Hash Indexes
    Chapter 72. Hash Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 72. Hash Indexes

    Table of Contents

    72.1. Overview
    72.2. Implementation
    Prev Up Next
    71.3. Extensibility Home 72.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 72. Hash Indexes
    Chapter 72. Hash Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 72. Hash Indexes

    Table of Contents

    72.1. Overview
    72.2. Implementation
    Prev Up Next
    71.3. Extensibility Home 72.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-intro.html index f73c5a1..2415791 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/hash-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -72.1. Overview
    72.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 72. Hash IndexesHome Next

    72.1. Overview

    +72.1. Overview

    72.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 72. Hash IndexesHome Next

    72.1. Overview

    PostgreSQL includes an implementation of persistent on-disk hash indexes, which are fully crash recoverable. Any data type can be indexed by a @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ The expansion occurs in the foreground, which could increase execution time for user inserts. Thus, hash indexes may not be suitable for tables with rapidly increasing number of rows. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 72. Hash Indexes Home 72.2. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 72. Hash Indexes Home 72.2. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html index 4074fb3..cd9624f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication

    Table of Contents

    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    27.2.1. Planning
    27.2.2. Standby Server Operation
    27.2.3. Preparing the Primary for Standby Servers
    27.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
    27.2.5. Streaming Replication
    27.2.6. Replication Slots
    27.2.7. Cascading Replication
    27.2.8. Synchronous Replication
    27.2.9. Continuous Archiving in Standby
    27.3. Failover
    27.4. Hot Standby
    27.4.1. User's Overview
    27.4.2. Handling Query Conflicts
    27.4.3. Administrator's Overview
    27.4.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
    27.4.5. Caveats

    +Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication

    Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication

    Table of Contents

    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    27.2.1. Planning
    27.2.2. Standby Server Operation
    27.2.3. Preparing the Primary for Standby Servers
    27.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
    27.2.5. Streaming Replication
    27.2.6. Replication Slots
    27.2.7. Cascading Replication
    27.2.8. Synchronous Replication
    27.2.9. Continuous Archiving in Standby
    27.3. Failover
    27.4. Hot Standby
    27.4.1. User's Overview
    27.4.2. Handling Query Conflicts
    27.4.3. Administrator's Overview
    27.4.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
    27.4.5. Caveats

    Database servers can work together to allow a second server to take over quickly if the primary server fails (high availability), or to allow several computers to serve the same @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@

    The remainder of this section outlines various failover, replication, and load balancing solutions. -

    Prev Up Next
    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR) Home 27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    26.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR) Home 27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html index 78e9d71..1045fcb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL

    2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
    2.2. Postgres95
    2.3. PostgreSQL

    +2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL

    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL

    2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
    2.2. Postgres95
    2.3. PostgreSQL

    The object-relational database management system now known as PostgreSQL is derived from the POSTGRES package written at the @@ -137,4 +137,4 @@

    Details about what has happened in PostgreSQL since then can be found in Appendix E. -

    Prev Up Next
    1.  What Is PostgreSQL? Home 3. Conventions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    1.  What Is PostgreSQL? Home 3. Conventions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html index 44443c8..5dba8e0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -27.4. Hot Standby
    27.4. Hot Standby
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.4. Hot Standby

    27.4.1. User's Overview
    27.4.2. Handling Query Conflicts
    27.4.3. Administrator's Overview
    27.4.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
    27.4.5. Caveats

    +27.4. Hot Standby

    27.4. Hot Standby
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.4. Hot Standby

    27.4.1. User's Overview
    27.4.2. Handling Query Conflicts
    27.4.3. Administrator's Overview
    27.4.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
    27.4.5. Caveats

    Hot standby is the term used to describe the ability to connect to the server and run read-only queries while the server is in archive recovery or standby mode. This @@ -572,4 +572,4 @@ HINT: You can then restart the server after making the necessary configuration hot standby mode will generate an error.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    27.3. Failover Home Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    27.3. Failover Home Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html index 740aa11..18cab3a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.1. How Parallel Query Works

    +15.1. How Parallel Query Works

    15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.1. How Parallel Query Works

    When the optimizer determines that parallel query is the fastest execution strategy for a particular query, it will create a query plan that includes a Gather or Gather Merge @@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ EXPLAIN SELECT * FROM pgbench_accounts WHERE filler LIKE '%x%'; order-preserving merge. In contrast, Gather reads tuples from the workers in whatever order is convenient, destroying any sort order that may have existed. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 15. Parallel Query Home 15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 15. Parallel Query Home 15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html index ea788bb..3f707c6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.18. hstore
    F.18. hstore
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.18. hstore

    F.18.1. hstore External Representation
    F.18.2. hstore Operators and Functions
    F.18.3. Indexes
    F.18.4. Examples
    F.18.5. Statistics
    F.18.6. Compatibility
    F.18.7. Transforms
    F.18.8. Authors

    +F.18. hstore

    F.18. hstore
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.18. hstore

    F.18.1. hstore External Representation
    F.18.2. hstore Operators and Functions
    F.18.3. Indexes
    F.18.4. Examples
    F.18.5. Statistics
    F.18.6. Compatibility
    F.18.7. Transforms
    F.18.8. Authors

    This module implements the hstore data type for storing sets of key/value pairs within a single PostgreSQL value. This can be useful in various scenarios, such as rows with many attributes @@ -696,4 +696,4 @@ ALTER TABLE tablename ALTER hstorecol TYPE hstore USING hstorecol || '';

    Additional enhancements by Andrew Gierth , United Kingdom -

    Prev Up Next
    F.17. fuzzystrmatch Home F.19. intagg
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.17. fuzzystrmatch Home F.19. intagg
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html index ec365e2..25e00d8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes

    +64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes

    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes

    Each index access method is described by a row in the pg_am system catalog. The pg_am entry @@ -177,4 +177,4 @@ typedef struct IndexAmRoutine sensible: it means that there can only be one key column, but there can also be included column(s). Also, included columns must be allowed to be null, independently of amoptionalkey. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition Home 64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition Home 64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html index 197d688..a5f363b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    +64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    The amcostestimate function is given information describing a possible index scan, including lists of WHERE and ORDER BY clauses that have been determined to be usable with the index. It must return estimates @@ -139,4 +139,4 @@ cost_qual_eval(&index_qual_cost, path->indexquals, root);

    Examples of cost estimator functions can be found in src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c. -

    Prev Up Next
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks Home Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks Home Chapter 65. Generic WAL Records
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html index fbbd95e..1f6da1c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.2. Index Access Method Functions

    +64.2. Index Access Method Functions

    64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.2. Index Access Method Functions

    The index construction and maintenance functions that an index access method must provide in IndexAmRoutine are:

    @@ -484,4 +484,4 @@ amparallelrescan (IndexScanDesc scan); must be restarted. It should reset any shared state set up by aminitparallelscan such that the scan will be restarted from the beginning. -

    Prev Up Next
    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes Home 64.3. Index Scanning
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes Home 64.3. Index Scanning
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html index 8bf3ae1..6bce0d3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.4. Index Locking Considerations

    +64.4. Index Locking Considerations

    64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.4. Index Locking Considerations

    Index access methods must handle concurrent updates of the index by multiple processes. The core PostgreSQL system obtains @@ -88,4 +88,4 @@ integrity. When the flag is set, it indicates that the index access method implements finer-grained predicate locking, which will tend to reduce the frequency of such transaction cancellations. -

    Prev Up Next
    64.3. Index Scanning Home 64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    64.3. Index Scanning Home 64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html index 6ba0e2e..e51c4d1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -64.3. Index Scanning
    64.3. Index Scanning
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.3. Index Scanning

    +64.3. Index Scanning

    64.3. Index Scanning
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.3. Index Scanning

    In an index scan, the index access method is responsible for regurgitating the TIDs of all the tuples it has been told about that match the scan keys. The access method is not involved in @@ -120,4 +120,4 @@ Note that it is permitted for an access method to implement only amgetbitmap and not amgettuple, or vice versa, if its internal implementation is unsuited to one API or the other. -

    Prev Up Next
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions Home 64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions Home 64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html index 07a62e1..52f0bdf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks

    +64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks

    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    Prev UpChapter 64. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next

    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks

    PostgreSQL enforces SQL uniqueness constraints using unique indexes, which are indexes that disallow multiple entries with identical keys. An access method that supports this @@ -106,4 +106,4 @@ target row is found in the recheck verifies that we are scanning for the same tuple values as were used in the original insertion.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations Home 64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations Home 64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html index 4d7b437..fa1df0e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation
    PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation
         Next

    PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation

    The PostgreSQL Global Development Group

    Copyright © 1996–2024 The PostgreSQL Global Development Group

    Table of Contents

    Preface
    1. What Is PostgreSQL?
    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    3. Conventions
    4. Further Information
    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    I. Tutorial
    1. Getting Started
    2. The SQL Language
    3. Advanced Features
    II. The SQL Language
    4. SQL Syntax
    5. Data Definition
    6. Data Manipulation
    7. Queries
    8. Data Types
    9. Functions and Operators
    10. Type Conversion
    11. Indexes
    12. Full Text Search
    13. Concurrency Control
    14. Performance Tips
    15. Parallel Query
    III. Server Administration
    16. Installation from Binaries
    17. Installation from Source Code
    18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    19. Server Setup and Operation
    20. Server Configuration
    21. Client Authentication
    22. Database Roles
    23. Managing Databases
    24. Localization
    25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    26. Backup and Restore
    27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    28. Monitoring Database Activity
    29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    31. Logical Replication
    32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    33. Regression Tests
    IV. Client Interfaces
    34. libpq — C Library
    35. Large Objects
    36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    37. The Information Schema
    V. Server Programming
    38. Extending SQL
    39. Triggers
    40. Event Triggers
    41. The Rule System
    42. Procedural Languages
    43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    47. Server Programming Interface
    48. Background Worker Processes
    49. Logical Decoding
    50. Replication Progress Tracking
    51. Archive Modules
    VI. Reference
    I. SQL Commands
    II. PostgreSQL Client Applications
    III. PostgreSQL Server Applications
    VII. Internals
    52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    53. System Catalogs
    54. System Views
    55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    57. Native Language Support
    58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    65. Generic WAL Records
    66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    67. B-Tree Indexes
    68. GiST Indexes
    69. SP-GiST Indexes
    70. GIN Indexes
    71. BRIN Indexes
    72. Hash Indexes
    73. Database Physical Storage
    74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    76. Backup Manifest Format
    VIII. Appendixes
    A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    B. Date/Time Support
    C. SQL Key Words
    D. SQL Conformance
    E. Release Notes
    F. Additional Supplied Modules
    G. Additional Supplied Programs
    H. External Projects
    I. The Source Code Repository
    J. Documentation
    K. PostgreSQL Limits
    L. Acronyms
    M. Glossary
    N. Color Support
    O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    Bibliography
    Index
       Next
       Preface
    \ No newline at end of file +PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation
    PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation
         Next

    PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation

    The PostgreSQL Global Development Group

    Copyright © 1996–2024 The PostgreSQL Global Development Group

    Table of Contents

    Preface
    1. What Is PostgreSQL?
    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    3. Conventions
    4. Further Information
    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    I. Tutorial
    1. Getting Started
    2. The SQL Language
    3. Advanced Features
    II. The SQL Language
    4. SQL Syntax
    5. Data Definition
    6. Data Manipulation
    7. Queries
    8. Data Types
    9. Functions and Operators
    10. Type Conversion
    11. Indexes
    12. Full Text Search
    13. Concurrency Control
    14. Performance Tips
    15. Parallel Query
    III. Server Administration
    16. Installation from Binaries
    17. Installation from Source Code
    18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    19. Server Setup and Operation
    20. Server Configuration
    21. Client Authentication
    22. Database Roles
    23. Managing Databases
    24. Localization
    25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    26. Backup and Restore
    27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
    28. Monitoring Database Activity
    29. Monitoring Disk Usage
    30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    31. Logical Replication
    32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    33. Regression Tests
    IV. Client Interfaces
    34. libpq — C Library
    35. Large Objects
    36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    37. The Information Schema
    V. Server Programming
    38. Extending SQL
    39. Triggers
    40. Event Triggers
    41. The Rule System
    42. Procedural Languages
    43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    47. Server Programming Interface
    48. Background Worker Processes
    49. Logical Decoding
    50. Replication Progress Tracking
    51. Archive Modules
    VI. Reference
    I. SQL Commands
    II. PostgreSQL Client Applications
    III. PostgreSQL Server Applications
    VII. Internals
    52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    53. System Catalogs
    54. System Views
    55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    57. Native Language Support
    58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    65. Generic WAL Records
    66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    67. B-Tree Indexes
    68. GiST Indexes
    69. SP-GiST Indexes
    70. GIN Indexes
    71. BRIN Indexes
    72. Hash Indexes
    73. Database Physical Storage
    74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    76. Backup Manifest Format
    VIII. Appendixes
    A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
    B. Date/Time Support
    C. SQL Key Words
    D. SQL Conformance
    E. Release Notes
    F. Additional Supplied Modules
    G. Additional Supplied Programs
    H. External Projects
    I. The Source Code Repository
    J. Documentation
    K. PostgreSQL Limits
    L. Acronyms
    M. Glossary
    N. Color Support
    O. Obsolete or Renamed Features
    Bibliography
    Index
       Next
       Preface
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html index 6a495f8..5112271 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition

    Table of Contents

    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    64.3. Index Scanning
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    +Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition

    Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition

    Table of Contents

    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    64.3. Index Scanning
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    This chapter defines the interface between the core PostgreSQL system and index access methods, which manage individual index types. The core system @@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ statement; but indexes do not deal with those, either.) Index entries for dead tuples are reclaimed (by vacuuming) when the dead tuples themselves are reclaimed. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition Home 64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition Home 64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html index 71986de..6eddb2a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes

    +11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes

    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes

    A single index scan can only use query clauses that use the index's columns with operators of its operator class and are joined with AND. For example, given an index on (a, b) @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ common. If one of the types of query is much less common than the others, you'd probably settle for creating just the two indexes that best match the common types. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY Home 11.6. Unique Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY Home 11.6. Unique Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html index 80ab030..6cf0cc6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.11. Indexes and Collations
    11.11. Indexes and Collations
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.11. Indexes and Collations

    +11.11. Indexes and Collations

    11.11. Indexes and Collations
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.11. Indexes and Collations

    An index can support only one collation per index column. If multiple collations are of interest, multiple indexes may be needed.

    @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ SELECT * FROM test1c WHERE content > constant

     CREATE INDEX test1c_content_y_index ON test1c (content COLLATE "y");

    -

    Prev Up Next
    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families Home 11.12. Examining Index Usage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families Home 11.12. Examining Index Usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html index 0077928..4b8a7de 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.12. Examining Index Usage
    11.12. Examining Index Usage
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.12. Examining Index Usage

    +11.12. Examining Index Usage

    11.12. Examining Index Usage
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.12. Examining Index Usage

    Although indexes in PostgreSQL do not need maintenance or tuning, it is still important to check which indexes are actually used by the real-life query workload. @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ appropriate, then you might have to resort to forcing index usage explicitly. You might also want to contact the PostgreSQL developers to examine the issue. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.11. Indexes and Collations Home Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.11. Indexes and Collations Home Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html index f3e3d0a..065e603 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.7. Indexes on Expressions

    +11.7. Indexes on Expressions

    11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.7. Indexes on Expressions

    An index column need not be just a column of the underlying table, but can be a function or scalar expression computed from one or more columns of the table. This feature is useful to obtain fast @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ CREATE INDEX people_names ON people ((first_name || ' ' || last_name)); and so the speed of the search is equivalent to any other simple index query. Thus, indexes on expressions are useful when retrieval speed is more important than insertion and update speed. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.6. Unique Indexes Home 11.8. Partial Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.6. Unique Indexes Home 11.8. Partial Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html index 18089c3..0bf95f2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes

    +11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes

    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes

    All indexes in PostgreSQL are secondary indexes, meaning that each index is stored separately from the table's main data area (which is called the @@ -206,4 +206,4 @@ SELECT target FROM tests WHERE subject = 'some-subject' AND success; checked in the plan. PostgreSQL versions 9.6 and later will recognize such cases and allow index-only scans to be generated, but older versions will not. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.8. Partial Indexes Home 11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.8. Partial Indexes Home 11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html index 2dadf9a..c1689f8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.1. Introduction
    11.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.1. Introduction

    +11.1. Introduction

    11.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.1. Introduction

    Suppose we have a table similar to this: 

     CREATE TABLE test1 (
@@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ CREATE INDEX test1_id_index ON test1 (id);
    tuples.
    Therefore indexes that are seldom or never used in queries
    should be removed.
-
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 11. Indexes Home 11.2. Index Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 11. Indexes Home 11.2. Index Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html index 063e0b8..95d71aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes

    +11.3. Multicolumn Indexes

    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes

    An index can be defined on more than one column of a table. For example, if you have a table of this form: 

    @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ CREATE INDEX test2_mm_idx ON test2 (major, minor);
    Section 11.5 and
    Section 11.9 for some discussion of the
    merits of different index configurations.
-
    Prev Up Next
    11.2. Index Types Home 11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.2. Index Types Home 11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html index f837067..d315f07 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families

    +11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families

    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families

    An index definition can specify an operator class for each column of an index. 

    @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ SELECT am.amname AS index_method,
     commands \dAc, \dAf,
     and \dAo, which provide slightly more sophisticated
     versions of these queries.
-
    Prev Up Next
    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes Home 11.11. Indexes and Collations
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes Home 11.11. Indexes and Collations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html index 3ad0c58..49e364e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY

    +11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY

    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY

    In addition to simply finding the rows to be returned by a query, an index may be able to deliver them in a specific sorted order. This allows a query's ORDER BY specification to be honored @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ CREATE INDEX test3_desc_index ON test3 (id DESC NULLS LAST); speedups for certain queries. Whether it's worth maintaining such an index depends on how often you use queries that require a special sort ordering. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes Home 11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes Home 11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html index 9b752b5..1fae4d4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.8. Partial Indexes
    11.8. Partial Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.8. Partial Indexes

    +11.8. Partial Indexes

    11.8. Partial Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.8. Partial Indexes

    A partial index is an index built over a subset of a table; the subset is defined by a conditional expression (called the predicate of the @@ -209,4 +209,4 @@ CREATE INDEX mytable_cat_data ON mytable (category, data); far better performance is possible.


    More information about partial indexes can be found in [ston89b], [olson93], and [seshadri95]. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.7. Indexes on Expressions Home 11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.7. Indexes on Expressions Home 11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html index c5c8e25..23c4738 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.2. Index Types
    11.2. Index Types
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.2. Index Types

    11.2.1. B-Tree
    11.2.2. Hash
    11.2.3. GiST
    11.2.4. SP-GiST
    11.2.5. GIN
    11.2.6. BRIN

    +11.2. Index Types

    11.2. Index Types
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.2. Index Types

    11.2.1. B-Tree
    11.2.2. Hash
    11.2.3. GiST
    11.2.4. SP-GiST
    11.2.5. GIN
    11.2.6. BRIN

    PostgreSQL provides several index types: B-tree, Hash, GiST, SP-GiST, GIN, BRIN, and the extension bloom. Each index type uses a different @@ -159,4 +159,4 @@ SELECT * FROM places ORDER BY location <-> point '(101,456)' LIMIT 10; The BRIN operator classes included in the standard distribution are documented in Table 71.1. For more information see Chapter 71. -

    Prev Up Next
    11.1. Introduction Home 11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.1. Introduction Home 11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html index e7bc514..7d5734b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -11.6. Unique Indexes
    11.6. Unique Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.6. Unique Indexes

    +11.6. Unique Indexes

    11.6. Unique Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next

    11.6. Unique Indexes

    Indexes can also be used to enforce uniqueness of a column's value, or the uniqueness of the combined values of more than one column. 

    @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ CREATE UNIQUE INDEX name ON
    Prev Up Next
    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes Home 11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes Home 11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html index 423ef9b..232b509 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Chapter 11. Indexes
    Chapter 11. Indexes
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    10.6. SELECT Output Columns Home 11.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html index da50149..c5168ae 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 37. The Information Schema
    Chapter 37. The Information Schema
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 37. The Information Schema

    Table of Contents

    37.1. The Schema
    37.2. Data Types
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    37.5. applicable_roles
    37.6. attributes
    37.7. character_sets
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    37.9. check_constraints
    37.10. collations
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    37.12. column_column_usage
    37.13. column_domain_usage
    37.14. column_options
    37.15. column_privileges
    37.16. column_udt_usage
    37.17. columns
    37.18. constraint_column_usage
    37.19. constraint_table_usage
    37.20. data_type_privileges
    37.21. domain_constraints
    37.22. domain_udt_usage
    37.23. domains
    37.24. element_types
    37.25. enabled_roles
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    37.28. foreign_server_options
    37.29. foreign_servers
    37.30. foreign_table_options
    37.31. foreign_tables
    37.32. key_column_usage
    37.33. parameters
    37.34. referential_constraints
    37.35. role_column_grants
    37.36. role_routine_grants
    37.37. role_table_grants
    37.38. role_udt_grants
    37.39. role_usage_grants
    37.40. routine_column_usage
    37.41. routine_privileges
    37.42. routine_routine_usage
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    37.44. routine_table_usage
    37.45. routines
    37.46. schemata
    37.47. sequences
    37.48. sql_features
    37.49. sql_implementation_info
    37.50. sql_parts
    37.51. sql_sizing
    37.52. table_constraints
    37.53. table_privileges
    37.54. tables
    37.55. transforms
    37.56. triggered_update_columns
    37.57. triggers
    37.58. udt_privileges
    37.59. usage_privileges
    37.60. user_defined_types
    37.61. user_mapping_options
    37.62. user_mappings
    37.63. view_column_usage
    37.64. view_routine_usage
    37.65. view_table_usage
    37.66. views

    +Chapter 37. The Information Schema

    Chapter 37. The Information Schema
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 37. The Information Schema

    Table of Contents

    37.1. The Schema
    37.2. Data Types
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    37.5. applicable_roles
    37.6. attributes
    37.7. character_sets
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    37.9. check_constraints
    37.10. collations
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    37.12. column_column_usage
    37.13. column_domain_usage
    37.14. column_options
    37.15. column_privileges
    37.16. column_udt_usage
    37.17. columns
    37.18. constraint_column_usage
    37.19. constraint_table_usage
    37.20. data_type_privileges
    37.21. domain_constraints
    37.22. domain_udt_usage
    37.23. domains
    37.24. element_types
    37.25. enabled_roles
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    37.28. foreign_server_options
    37.29. foreign_servers
    37.30. foreign_table_options
    37.31. foreign_tables
    37.32. key_column_usage
    37.33. parameters
    37.34. referential_constraints
    37.35. role_column_grants
    37.36. role_routine_grants
    37.37. role_table_grants
    37.38. role_udt_grants
    37.39. role_usage_grants
    37.40. routine_column_usage
    37.41. routine_privileges
    37.42. routine_routine_usage
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    37.44. routine_table_usage
    37.45. routines
    37.46. schemata
    37.47. sequences
    37.48. sql_features
    37.49. sql_implementation_info
    37.50. sql_parts
    37.51. sql_sizing
    37.52. table_constraints
    37.53. table_privileges
    37.54. tables
    37.55. transforms
    37.56. triggered_update_columns
    37.57. triggers
    37.58. udt_privileges
    37.59. usage_privileges
    37.60. user_defined_types
    37.61. user_mapping_options
    37.62. user_mappings
    37.63. view_column_usage
    37.64. view_routine_usage
    37.65. view_table_usage
    37.66. views

    The information schema consists of a set of views that contain information about the objects defined in the current database. The information schema is defined in the SQL standard and can therefore @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ issues but contain the table name to help distinguish duplicate rows, e.g., constraint_column_usage, constraint_table_usage, table_constraints. -

    Prev Up Next
    36.17. Internals Home 37.1. The Schema
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    36.17. Internals Home 37.1. The Schema
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html index ebdf439..617966d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations

    +37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations

    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations

    The view administrable_role_authorizations identifies all roles that the current user has the admin option for. @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@

    Always YES -


    Prev Up Next
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name Home 37.5. applicable_roles
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name Home 37.5. applicable_roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html index ee28362..55b46f7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.5. applicable_roles
    37.5. applicable_roles
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.5. applicable_roles

    +37.5. applicable_roles

    37.5. applicable_roles
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.5. applicable_roles

    The view applicable_roles identifies all roles whose privileges the current user can use. This means there is some chain of role grants from the current user to the role in @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    YES if the grantee has the admin option on the role, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations Home 37.6. attributes
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations Home 37.6. attributes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html index fd6a733..ae17373 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.6. attributes
    37.6. attributes
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.6. attributes

    +37.6. attributes

    37.6. attributes
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.6. attributes

    The view attributes contains information about the attributes of composite data types defined in the database. (Note that the view does not give information about table columns, @@ -223,4 +223,4 @@


    See also under Section 37.17, a similarly structured view, for further information on some of the columns. -

    Prev Up Next
    37.5. applicable_roles Home 37.7. character_sets
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    37.5. applicable_roles Home 37.7. character_sets
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html index ef3ad3c..41c6f2d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.7. character_sets
    37.7. character_sets
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.7. character_sets

    +37.7. character_sets

    37.7. character_sets
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.7. character_sets

    The view character_sets identifies the character sets available in the current database. Since PostgreSQL does not support multiple character sets within one database, this view only @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ settings of the current database. If there is no such collation, then this column and the associated schema and catalog columns are null. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.6. attributes Home 37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.6. attributes Home 37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html index ab27fe1..886b67e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage

    +37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage

    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage

    The view check_constraint_routine_usage identifies routines (functions and procedures) that are used by a check constraint. Only those routines are shown that are owned by @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@

    The “specific name” of the function. See Section 37.45 for more information. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.7. character_sets Home 37.9. check_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.7. character_sets Home 37.9. check_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html index 14263be..88ecb02 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.9. check_constraints
    37.9. check_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.9. check_constraints

    +37.9. check_constraints

    37.9. check_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.9. check_constraints

    The view check_constraints contains all check constraints, either defined on a table or on a domain, that are owned by a currently enabled role. (The owner of the table or @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@

    The check expression of the check constraint -


    Prev Up Next
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage Home 37.10. collations
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage Home 37.10. collations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html index af15061..4b771df 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability

    +37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability

    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability

    The view collation_character_set_applicability identifies which character set the available collations are applicable to. In PostgreSQL, there is only one character set per @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@

    Name of the character set -


    Prev Up Next
    37.10. collations Home 37.12. column_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.10. collations Home 37.12. column_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html index f5256b0..a165d91 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.10. collations
    37.10. collations
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.10. collations

    +37.10. collations

    37.10. collations
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.10. collations

    The view collations contains the collations available in the current database.

    Table 37.8. collations Columns

    @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@

    Always NO PAD (The alternative PAD SPACE is not supported by PostgreSQL.) -


    Prev Up Next
    37.9. check_constraints Home 37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.9. check_constraints Home 37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-column-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-column-usage.html index 62c87f3..15ff89b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-column-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-column-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.12. column_column_usage
    37.12. column_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.12. column_column_usage

    +37.12. column_column_usage

    37.12. column_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.12. column_column_usage

    The view column_column_usage identifies all generated columns that depend on another base column in the same table. Only tables owned by a currently enabled role are included. @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@

    Name of the generated column -


    Prev Up Next
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability Home 37.13. column_domain_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.11. collation_character_set_​applicability Home 37.13. column_domain_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html index 10badd9..8d9fbe5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.13. column_domain_usage
    37.13. column_domain_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.13. column_domain_usage

    +37.13. column_domain_usage

    37.13. column_domain_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.13. column_domain_usage

    The view column_domain_usage identifies all columns (of a table or a view) that make use of some domain defined in the current database and owned by a currently enabled role. @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@

    Name of the column -


    Prev Up Next
    37.12. column_column_usage Home 37.14. column_options
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.12. column_column_usage Home 37.14. column_options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html index 2a07508..cec1a9d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.14. column_options
    37.14. column_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.14. column_options

    +37.14. column_options

    37.14. column_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.14. column_options

    The view column_options contains all the options defined for foreign table columns in the current database. Only those foreign table columns are shown that the current user has access to @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@

    Value of the option -


    Prev Up Next
    37.13. column_domain_usage Home 37.15. column_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.13. column_domain_usage Home 37.15. column_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html index ea0738d..1f874d4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.15. column_privileges
    37.15. column_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.15. column_privileges

    +37.15. column_privileges

    37.15. column_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.15. column_privileges

    The view column_privileges identifies all privileges granted on columns to a currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role. There is one row for each combination of @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.14. column_options Home 37.16. column_udt_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.14. column_options Home 37.16. column_udt_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html index 879f8c6..9ee2b6e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.16. column_udt_usage
    37.16. column_udt_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.16. column_udt_usage

    +37.16. column_udt_usage

    37.16. column_udt_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.16. column_udt_usage

    The view column_udt_usage identifies all columns that use data types owned by a currently enabled role. Note that in PostgreSQL, built-in data types behave @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@

    Name of the column -


    Prev Up Next
    37.15. column_privileges Home 37.17. columns
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.15. column_privileges Home 37.17. columns
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html index 21a5428..736c641 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.17. columns
    37.17. columns
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.17. columns

    +37.17. columns

    37.17. columns
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.17. columns

    The view columns contains information about all table columns (or view columns) in the database. System columns (ctid, etc.) are not included. Only those columns are @@ -334,4 +334,4 @@ columns with their associated data types and treat domains as separate types, you could write coalesce(domain_name, udt_name), etc. -

    Prev Up Next
    37.16. column_udt_usage Home 37.18. constraint_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    37.16. column_udt_usage Home 37.18. constraint_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html index 52b4c5d..6c18d8e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.18. constraint_column_usage
    37.18. constraint_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.18. constraint_column_usage

    +37.18. constraint_column_usage

    37.18. constraint_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.18. constraint_column_usage

    The view constraint_column_usage identifies all columns in the current database that are used by some constraint. Only those columns are shown that are contained in a table owned by @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@

    Name of the constraint -


    Prev Up Next
    37.17. columns Home 37.19. constraint_table_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.17. columns Home 37.19. constraint_table_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html index 0a97df2..baba47a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.19. constraint_table_usage
    37.19. constraint_table_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.19. constraint_table_usage

    +37.19. constraint_table_usage

    37.19. constraint_table_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.19. constraint_table_usage

    The view constraint_table_usage identifies all tables in the current database that are used by some constraint and are owned by a currently enabled role. (This is different from the @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@

    Name of the constraint -


    Prev Up Next
    37.18. constraint_column_usage Home 37.20. data_type_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.18. constraint_column_usage Home 37.20. data_type_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html index dd49680..f6971e2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.20. data_type_privileges
    37.20. data_type_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.20. data_type_privileges

    +37.20. data_type_privileges

    37.20. data_type_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.20. data_type_privileges

    The view data_type_privileges identifies all data type descriptors that the current user has access to, by way of being the owner of the described object or having some privilege @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@

    The identifier of the data type descriptor, which is unique among the data type descriptors for that same object. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.19. constraint_table_usage Home 37.21. domain_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.19. constraint_table_usage Home 37.21. domain_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html index fd5e1ba..0b2fd8b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.2. Data Types
    37.2. Data Types
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.2. Data Types

    +37.2. Data Types

    37.2. Data Types
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.2. Data Types

    The columns of the information schema views use special data types that are defined in the information schema. These are defined as simple domains over ordinary built-in types. You should not use @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    Every column in the information schema has one of these five types. -

    Prev Up Next
    37.1. The Schema Home 37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    37.1. The Schema Home 37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html index 1a70548..8de1139 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.21. domain_constraints
    37.21. domain_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.21. domain_constraints

    +37.21. domain_constraints

    37.21. domain_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.21. domain_constraints

    The view domain_constraints contains all constraints belonging to domains defined in the current database. Only those domains are shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@

    YES if the constraint is deferrable and initially deferred, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.20. data_type_privileges Home 37.22. domain_udt_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.20. data_type_privileges Home 37.22. domain_udt_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html index eed587e..25f5fe3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.22. domain_udt_usage
    37.22. domain_udt_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.22. domain_udt_usage

    +37.22. domain_udt_usage

    37.22. domain_udt_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.22. domain_udt_usage

    The view domain_udt_usage identifies all domains that are based on data types owned by a currently enabled role. Note that in PostgreSQL, built-in data @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@

    Name of the domain -


    Prev Up Next
    37.21. domain_constraints Home 37.23. domains
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.21. domain_constraints Home 37.23. domains
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html index 07354c6..3f98b3c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.23. domains
    37.23. domains
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.23. domains

    +37.23. domains

    37.23. domains
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.23. domains

    The view domains contains all domains defined in the current database. Only those domains are shown that the current user has @@ -194,4 +194,4 @@ instances of such identifiers. (The specific format of the identifier is not defined and not guaranteed to remain the same in future versions.) -


    Prev Up Next
    37.22. domain_udt_usage Home 37.24. element_types
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.22. domain_udt_usage Home 37.24. element_types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html index c8b17c3..184b847 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.24. element_types
    37.24. element_types
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.24. element_types

    +37.24. element_types

    37.24. element_types
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.24. element_types

    The view element_types contains the data type descriptors of the elements of arrays. When a table column, composite-type attribute, domain, function parameter, or function return value is defined to @@ -191,4 +191,4 @@ ORDER BY c.ordinal_position;

    An identifier of the data type descriptor of the element. This is currently not useful. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.23. domains Home 37.25. enabled_roles
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.23. domains Home 37.25. enabled_roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html index 1d13b01..29fbb98 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.25. enabled_roles
    37.25. enabled_roles
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.25. enabled_roles

    +37.25. enabled_roles

    37.25. enabled_roles
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.25. enabled_roles

    The view enabled_roles identifies the currently “enabled roles”. The enabled roles are recursively defined as the current user together with all roles that have been @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@

    Name of a role -


    Prev Up Next
    37.24. element_types Home 37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.24. element_types Home 37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html index b1d0596..b1de409 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options

    +37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options

    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options

    The view foreign_data_wrapper_options contains all the options defined for foreign-data wrappers in the current database. Only those foreign-data wrappers are shown that the @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    Value of the option -


    Prev Up Next
    37.25. enabled_roles Home 37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.25. enabled_roles Home 37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html index 34473d8..e4b2cd8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers

    +37.27. foreign_data_wrappers

    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers

    The view foreign_data_wrappers contains all foreign-data wrappers defined in the current database. Only those foreign-data wrappers are shown that the current user has access to @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@

    Language used to implement this foreign-data wrapper -


    Prev Up Next
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options Home 37.28. foreign_server_options
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.26. foreign_data_wrapper_options Home 37.28. foreign_server_options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html index 4e56271..8d4a267 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.28. foreign_server_options
    37.28. foreign_server_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.28. foreign_server_options

    +37.28. foreign_server_options

    37.28. foreign_server_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.28. foreign_server_options

    The view foreign_server_options contains all the options defined for foreign servers in the current database. Only those foreign servers are shown that the current user has access to @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@

    Value of the option -


    Prev Up Next
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers Home 37.29. foreign_servers
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.27. foreign_data_wrappers Home 37.29. foreign_servers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html index dd26a06..bdbbb33 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.29. foreign_servers
    37.29. foreign_servers
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.29. foreign_servers

    +37.29. foreign_servers

    37.29. foreign_servers
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.29. foreign_servers

    The view foreign_servers contains all foreign servers defined in the current database. Only those foreign servers are shown that the current user has access to (by way of @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@

    Name of the owner of the foreign server -


    Prev Up Next
    37.28. foreign_server_options Home 37.30. foreign_table_options
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.28. foreign_server_options Home 37.30. foreign_table_options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html index 3a8e6b0..ea9427e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.30. foreign_table_options
    37.30. foreign_table_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.30. foreign_table_options

    +37.30. foreign_table_options

    37.30. foreign_table_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.30. foreign_table_options

    The view foreign_table_options contains all the options defined for foreign tables in the current database. Only those foreign tables are shown that the current user has access to @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@

    Value of the option -


    Prev Up Next
    37.29. foreign_servers Home 37.31. foreign_tables
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.29. foreign_servers Home 37.31. foreign_tables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html index 6126087..1d0c2dc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.31. foreign_tables
    37.31. foreign_tables
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.31. foreign_tables

    +37.31. foreign_tables

    37.31. foreign_tables
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.31. foreign_tables

    The view foreign_tables contains all foreign tables defined in the current database. Only those foreign tables are shown that the current user has access to (by way of @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@

    Name of the foreign server -


    Prev Up Next
    37.30. foreign_table_options Home 37.32. key_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.30. foreign_table_options Home 37.32. key_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html index e741318..fe08368 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name

    +37.3. information_schema_catalog_name

    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.3. information_schema_catalog_name

    information_schema_catalog_name is a table that always contains one row and one column containing the name of the current database (current catalog, in SQL terminology). @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@

    Name of the database that contains this information schema -


    Prev Up Next
    37.2. Data Types Home 37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.2. Data Types Home 37.4. administrable_role_​authorizations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html index 485b6fc..7ef9315 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.32. key_column_usage
    37.32. key_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.32. key_column_usage

    +37.32. key_column_usage

    37.32. key_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.32. key_column_usage

    The view key_column_usage identifies all columns in the current database that are restricted by some unique, primary key, or foreign key constraint. Check constraints are not included @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ For a foreign-key constraint, ordinal position of the referenced column within its unique constraint (count starts at 1); otherwise null -


    Prev Up Next
    37.31. foreign_tables Home 37.33. parameters
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.31. foreign_tables Home 37.33. parameters
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html index 1724aca..2a0d9dc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.33. parameters
    37.33. parameters
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.33. parameters

    +37.33. parameters

    37.33. parameters
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.33. parameters

    The view parameters contains information about the parameters (arguments) of all functions in the current database. Only those functions are shown that the current user has access to @@ -185,4 +185,4 @@

    The default expression of the parameter, or null if none or if the function is not owned by a currently enabled role. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.32. key_column_usage Home 37.34. referential_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.32. key_column_usage Home 37.34. referential_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html index 1e0ad61..2c5122e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.34. referential_constraints
    37.34. referential_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.34. referential_constraints

    +37.34. referential_constraints

    37.34. referential_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.34. referential_constraints

    The view referential_constraints contains all referential (foreign key) constraints in the current database. Only those constraints are shown for which the current user has @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ CASCADE, SET NULL, SET DEFAULT, RESTRICT, or NO ACTION. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.33. parameters Home 37.35. role_column_grants
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.33. parameters Home 37.35. role_column_grants
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html index fe86dbb..082a912 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.35. role_column_grants
    37.35. role_column_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.35. role_column_grants

    +37.35. role_column_grants

    37.35. role_column_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.35. role_column_grants

    The view role_column_grants identifies all privileges granted on columns where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role. Further information can be found under @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.34. referential_constraints Home 37.36. role_routine_grants
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.34. referential_constraints Home 37.36. role_routine_grants
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html index be46900..95b01c7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.36. role_routine_grants
    37.36. role_routine_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.36. role_routine_grants

    +37.36. role_routine_grants

    37.36. role_routine_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.36. role_routine_grants

    The view role_routine_grants identifies all privileges granted on functions where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role. Further information can be found under @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.35. role_column_grants Home 37.37. role_table_grants
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.35. role_column_grants Home 37.37. role_table_grants
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html index 3a5089b..11b50c5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.37. role_table_grants
    37.37. role_table_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.37. role_table_grants

    +37.37. role_table_grants

    37.37. role_table_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.37. role_table_grants

    The view role_table_grants identifies all privileges granted on tables or views where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role. Further information can be found @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ in the SELECT privilege, so this column shows YES if the privilege is SELECT, else NO. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.36. role_routine_grants Home 37.38. role_udt_grants
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.36. role_routine_grants Home 37.38. role_udt_grants
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html index 46ab82e..180ab83 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.38. role_udt_grants
    37.38. role_udt_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.38. role_udt_grants

    +37.38. role_udt_grants

    37.38. role_udt_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.38. role_udt_grants

    The view role_udt_grants is intended to identify USAGE privileges granted on user-defined types where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role. Further @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.37. role_table_grants Home 37.39. role_usage_grants
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.37. role_table_grants Home 37.39. role_usage_grants
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html index 8af5c68..976bfeb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.39. role_usage_grants
    37.39. role_usage_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.39. role_usage_grants

    +37.39. role_usage_grants

    37.39. role_usage_grants
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.39. role_usage_grants

    The view role_usage_grants identifies USAGE privileges granted on various kinds of objects where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role. @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.38. role_udt_grants Home 37.40. routine_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.38. role_udt_grants Home 37.40. routine_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-column-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-column-usage.html index 795463b..cdb6c5d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-column-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-column-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.40. routine_column_usage
    37.40. routine_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.40. routine_column_usage

    +37.40. routine_column_usage

    37.40. routine_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.40. routine_column_usage

    The view routine_column_usage identifies all columns that are used by a function or procedure, either in the SQL body or in parameter default expressions. (This only works for unquoted SQL bodies, @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@

    Name of the column that is used by the function -


    Prev Up Next
    37.39. role_usage_grants Home 37.41. routine_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.39. role_usage_grants Home 37.41. routine_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html index a325dda..61cd4ba 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.41. routine_privileges
    37.41. routine_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.41. routine_privileges

    +37.41. routine_privileges

    37.41. routine_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.41. routine_privileges

    The view routine_privileges identifies all privileges granted on functions to a currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role. There is one row for each combination of function, @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.40. routine_column_usage Home 37.42. routine_routine_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.40. routine_column_usage Home 37.42. routine_routine_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-routine-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-routine-usage.html index 35e62a7..a27a3fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-routine-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-routine-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.42. routine_routine_usage
    37.42. routine_routine_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.42. routine_routine_usage

    +37.42. routine_routine_usage

    37.42. routine_routine_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.42. routine_routine_usage

    The view routine_routine_usage identifies all functions or procedures that are used by another (or the same) function or procedure, either in the SQL body or in parameter default expressions. (This only @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@

    The “specific name” of the function that is used by the first function. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.41. routine_privileges Home 37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.41. routine_privileges Home 37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-sequence-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-sequence-usage.html index 1a6d952..d2297fb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-sequence-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-sequence-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.43. routine_sequence_usage

    +37.43. routine_sequence_usage

    37.43. routine_sequence_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.43. routine_sequence_usage

    The view routine_sequence_usage identifies all sequences that are used by a function or procedure, either in the SQL body or in parameter default expressions. (This only works for unquoted SQL bodies, @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@

    Name of the sequence that is used by the function -


    Prev Up Next
    37.42. routine_routine_usage Home 37.44. routine_table_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.42. routine_routine_usage Home 37.44. routine_table_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-table-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-table-usage.html index 970360e..e150bf8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-table-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-table-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.44. routine_table_usage
    37.44. routine_table_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.44. routine_table_usage

    +37.44. routine_table_usage

    37.44. routine_table_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.44. routine_table_usage

    The view routine_table_usage is meant to identify all tables that are used by a function or procedure. This information is currently not tracked by PostgreSQL. @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@

    Name of the table that is used by the function -


    Prev Up Next
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage Home 37.45. routines
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.43. routine_sequence_usage Home 37.45. routines
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html index fc2b3d2..5a18e97 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.45. routines
    37.45. routines
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.45. routines

    +37.45. routines

    37.45. routines
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.45. routines

    The view routines contains all functions and procedures in the current database. Only those functions and procedures are shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or having some @@ -461,4 +461,4 @@

    Applies to a feature not available in PostgreSQL -


    Prev Up Next
    37.44. routine_table_usage Home 37.46. schemata
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.44. routine_table_usage Home 37.46. schemata
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html index c572991..41edcdd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.1. The Schema
    37.1. The Schema
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.1. The Schema

    +37.1. The Schema

    37.1. The Schema
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.1. The Schema

    The information schema itself is a schema named information_schema. This schema automatically exists in all databases. The owner of this schema is the initial @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ schema are generic names that might occur in user applications, you should be careful if you want to put the information schema in the path. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 37. The Information Schema Home 37.2. Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 37. The Information Schema Home 37.2. Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html index 2858d63..5857df9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.46. schemata
    37.46. schemata
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.46. schemata

    +37.46. schemata

    37.46. schemata
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.46. schemata

    The view schemata contains all schemas in the current database that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or having some privilege). @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@

    Applies to a feature not available in PostgreSQL -


    Prev Up Next
    37.45. routines Home 37.47. sequences
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.45. routines Home 37.47. sequences
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html index 9b69690..d0bb295 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.47. sequences
    37.47. sequences
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.47. sequences

    +37.47. sequences

    37.47. sequences
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.47. sequences

    The view sequences contains all sequences defined in the current database. Only those sequences are shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or @@ -84,4 +84,4 @@


    Note that in accordance with the SQL standard, the start, minimum, maximum, and increment values are returned as character strings. -

    Prev Up Next
    37.46. schemata Home 37.48. sql_features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    37.46. schemata Home 37.48. sql_features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html index a4d94dd..b57e383 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.48. sql_features
    37.48. sql_features
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.48. sql_features

    +37.48. sql_features

    37.48. sql_features
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.48. sql_features

    The table sql_features contains information about which formal features defined in the SQL standard are supported by PostgreSQL. This is the @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@

    Possibly a comment about the supported status of the feature -


    Prev Up Next
    37.47. sequences Home 37.49. sql_implementation_info
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.47. sequences Home 37.49. sql_implementation_info
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html index 623dc4a..434dc21 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.49. sql_implementation_info
    37.49. sql_implementation_info
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.49. sql_implementation_info

    +37.49. sql_implementation_info

    37.49. sql_implementation_info
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.49. sql_implementation_info

    The table sql_implementation_info contains information about various aspects that are left implementation-defined by the SQL standard. This information is @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@

    Possibly a comment pertaining to the implementation information item -


    Prev Up Next
    37.48. sql_features Home 37.50. sql_parts
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.48. sql_features Home 37.50. sql_parts
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html index b648e55..f512d20 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.50. sql_parts
    37.50. sql_parts
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.50. sql_parts

    +37.50. sql_parts

    37.50. sql_parts
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.50. sql_parts

    The table sql_parts contains information about which of the several parts of the SQL standard are supported by PostgreSQL. @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@

    Possibly a comment about the supported status of the part -


    Prev Up Next
    37.49. sql_implementation_info Home 37.51. sql_sizing
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.49. sql_implementation_info Home 37.51. sql_sizing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html index f862662..956abce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.51. sql_sizing
    37.51. sql_sizing
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.51. sql_sizing

    +37.51. sql_sizing

    37.51. sql_sizing
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.51. sql_sizing

    The table sql_sizing contains information about various size limits and maximum values in PostgreSQL. This information is @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@

    Possibly a comment pertaining to the sizing item -


    Prev Up Next
    37.50. sql_parts Home 37.52. table_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.50. sql_parts Home 37.52. table_constraints
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html index dfb87c1..192ac5c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.52. table_constraints
    37.52. table_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.52. table_constraints

    +37.52. table_constraints

    37.52. table_constraints
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.52. table_constraints

    The view table_constraints contains all constraints belonging to tables that the current user owns or has some privilege other than SELECT on. @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ if the constraint treats nulls as distinct or NO if it treats nulls as not distinct, otherwise null for other types of constraints. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.51. sql_sizing Home 37.53. table_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.51. sql_sizing Home 37.53. table_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html index c1869b0..e0b9cff 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.53. table_privileges
    37.53. table_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.53. table_privileges

    +37.53. table_privileges

    37.53. table_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.53. table_privileges

    The view table_privileges identifies all privileges granted on tables or views to a currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role. There is one row for each @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ in the SELECT privilege, so this column shows YES if the privilege is SELECT, else NO. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.52. table_constraints Home 37.54. tables
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.52. table_constraints Home 37.54. tables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html index 088970c..bb50e35 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.54. tables
    37.54. tables
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.54. tables

    +37.54. tables

    37.54. tables
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.54. tables

    The view tables contains all tables and views defined in the current database. Only those tables and views are shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@

    Not yet implemented -


    Prev Up Next
    37.53. table_privileges Home 37.55. transforms
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.53. table_privileges Home 37.55. transforms
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html index ed0d401..63ffa88 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.55. transforms
    37.55. transforms
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.55. transforms

    +37.55. transforms

    37.55. transforms
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.55. transforms

    The view transforms contains information about the transforms defined in the current database. More precisely, it contains a row for each function contained in a transform (the “from SQL” @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@

    FROM SQL or TO SQL -


    Prev Up Next
    37.54. tables Home 37.56. triggered_update_columns
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.54. tables Home 37.56. triggered_update_columns
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html index 178aea9..945d64b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.56. triggered_update_columns
    37.56. triggered_update_columns
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.56. triggered_update_columns

    +37.56. triggered_update_columns

    37.56. triggered_update_columns
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.56. triggered_update_columns

    For triggers in the current database that specify a column list (like UPDATE OF column1, column2), the view triggered_update_columns identifies these @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@

    Name of the column that the trigger is defined on -


    Prev Up Next
    37.55. transforms Home 37.57. triggers
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.55. transforms Home 37.57. triggers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html index 148fedd..397d518 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.57. triggers
    37.57. triggers
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.57. triggers

    +37.57. triggers

    37.57. triggers
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.57. triggers

    The view triggers contains all triggers defined in the current database on tables and views that the current user owns or has some privilege other than SELECT on. @@ -147,4 +147,4 @@ respectively. That was how they were named in the SQL:1999 standard. The new naming conforms to SQL:2003 and later. -

    Prev Up Next
    37.56. triggered_update_columns Home 37.58. udt_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    37.56. triggered_update_columns Home 37.58. udt_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html index 3df1745..ed5fd63 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.58. udt_privileges
    37.58. udt_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.58. udt_privileges

    +37.58. udt_privileges

    37.58. udt_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.58. udt_privileges

    The view udt_privileges identifies USAGE privileges granted on user-defined types to a currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role. There is one row for @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.57. triggers Home 37.59. usage_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.57. triggers Home 37.59. usage_privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html index cf0c9cf..eca3b01 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.59. usage_privileges
    37.59. usage_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.59. usage_privileges

    +37.59. usage_privileges

    37.59. usage_privileges
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.59. usage_privileges

    The view usage_privileges identifies USAGE privileges granted on various kinds of objects to a currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role. @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@

    YES if the privilege is grantable, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.58. udt_privileges Home 37.60. user_defined_types
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.58. udt_privileges Home 37.60. user_defined_types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html index 2b6ea5e..0014772 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.60. user_defined_types
    37.60. user_defined_types
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.60. user_defined_types

    +37.60. user_defined_types

    37.60. user_defined_types
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.60. user_defined_types

    The view user_defined_types currently contains all composite types defined in the current database. Only those types are shown that the current user has access to (by way @@ -165,4 +165,4 @@

    Applies to a feature not available in PostgreSQL -


    Prev Up Next
    37.59. usage_privileges Home 37.61. user_mapping_options
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.59. usage_privileges Home 37.61. user_mapping_options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html index 09f02df..a161234 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.61. user_mapping_options
    37.61. user_mapping_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.61. user_mapping_options

    +37.61. user_mapping_options

    37.61. user_mapping_options
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.61. user_mapping_options

    The view user_mapping_options contains all the options defined for user mappings in the current database. Only those user mappings are shown where the current user has access to @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ server owner, or the current user is a superuser. The intent is to protect password information stored as user mapping option. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.60. user_defined_types Home 37.62. user_mappings
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.60. user_defined_types Home 37.62. user_mappings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html index 7b8698e..11bd2bf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.62. user_mappings
    37.62. user_mappings
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.62. user_mappings

    +37.62. user_mappings

    37.62. user_mappings
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.62. user_mappings

    The view user_mappings contains all user mappings defined in the current database. Only those user mappings are shown where the current user has access to the corresponding @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@

    Name of the foreign server used by this mapping -


    Prev Up Next
    37.61. user_mapping_options Home 37.63. view_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.61. user_mapping_options Home 37.63. view_column_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html index 7467765..b8127f3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.63. view_column_usage
    37.63. view_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.63. view_column_usage

    +37.63. view_column_usage

    37.63. view_column_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.63. view_column_usage

    The view view_column_usage identifies all columns that are used in the query expression of a view (the SELECT statement that defines the view). A @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@

    Name of the column that is used by the view -


    Prev Up Next
    37.62. user_mappings Home 37.64. view_routine_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.62. user_mappings Home 37.64. view_routine_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html index 5e52ae3..9f94776 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.64. view_routine_usage
    37.64. view_routine_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.64. view_routine_usage

    +37.64. view_routine_usage

    37.64. view_routine_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.64. view_routine_usage

    The view view_routine_usage identifies all routines (functions and procedures) that are used in the query expression of a view (the SELECT statement that @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@

    The “specific name” of the function. See Section 37.45 for more information. -


    Prev Up Next
    37.63. view_column_usage Home 37.65. view_table_usage
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.63. view_column_usage Home 37.65. view_table_usage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html index a2bcb89..3d453b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.65. view_table_usage
    37.65. view_table_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.65. view_table_usage

    +37.65. view_table_usage

    37.65. view_table_usage
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.65. view_table_usage

    The view view_table_usage identifies all tables that are used in the query expression of a view (the SELECT statement that defines the view). A @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@

    Name of the table that is used by the view -


    Prev Up Next
    37.64. view_routine_usage Home 37.66. views
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.64. view_routine_usage Home 37.66. views
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html index 6052a95..9ca8e5e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -37.66. views
    37.66. views
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.66. views

    +37.66. views

    37.66. views
    Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next

    37.66. views

    The view views contains all views defined in the current database. Only those views are shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or having some privilege). @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@

    YES if the view has an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger defined on it, NO if not -


    Prev Up Next
    37.65. view_table_usage Home Part V. Server Programming
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    37.65. view_table_usage Home Part V. Server Programming
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-binaries.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-binaries.html index 50c3500..b98ec81 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-binaries.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-binaries.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries
    Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries

    +Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries

    Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries

    PostgreSQL is available in the form of binary packages for most common operating systems today. When available, this is the recommended way to install PostgreSQL for users of the system. Building @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ the download section on the PostgreSQL website at https://www.postgresql.org/download/ and follow the instructions for the specific platform. -

    Prev Up Next
    Part III. Server Administration Home Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Part III. Server Administration Home Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html index bcacaad..ece82cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.3. Getting the Source
    17.3. Getting the Source
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.3. Getting the Source

    +17.3. Getting the Source

    17.3. Getting the Source
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.3. Getting the Source

    The PostgreSQL source code for released versions can be obtained from the download section of our website: https://www.postgresql.org/ftp/source/. @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@

    Alternatively, you can use the Git version control system; see Section I.1 for more information. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.2. Requirements Home 17.4. Installation Procedure
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    17.2. Requirements Home 17.4. Installation Procedure
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html index 3f7f0df..8cf21d6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.5. Post-Installation Setup

    17.5.1. Shared Libraries
    17.5.2. Environment Variables

    17.5.1. Shared Libraries

    +17.5. Post-Installation Setup

    17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.5. Post-Installation Setup

    17.5.1. Shared Libraries
    17.5.2. Environment Variables

    17.5.1. Shared Libraries

    On some systems with shared libraries you need to tell the system how to find the newly installed shared libraries. The systems on which this is @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ export MANPATH user that plans to use the database sets PGHOST. This is not required, however; the settings can be communicated via command line options to most client programs. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.4. Installation Procedure Home 17.6. Supported Platforms
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    17.4. Installation Procedure Home 17.6. Supported Platforms
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html index c6ca127..96c598e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.4. Installation Procedure
    17.4. Installation Procedure
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.4. Installation Procedure

    17.4.1. configure Options
    17.4.2. configure Environment Variables

    1. Configuration

      +17.4. Installation Procedure

      17.4. Installation Procedure
      Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

      17.4. Installation Procedure

      17.4.1. configure Options
      17.4.2. configure Environment Variables

      1. Configuration

        The first step of the installation procedure is to configure the source tree for your system and choose the options you would like. This is done by running the configure script. For a @@ -815,4 +815,4 @@ build-postgresql: makefiles. Which to use is a matter of preference, but a common habit among developers is to use PROFILE for one-time flag adjustments, while COPT might be kept set all the time. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.3. Getting the Source Home 17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    17.3. Getting the Source Home 17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html index 0ccce68..0510e44 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.2. Requirements
    17.2. Requirements
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.2. Requirements

    +17.2. Requirements

    17.2. Requirements
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.2. Requirements

    In general, a modern Unix-compatible platform should be able to run PostgreSQL. The platforms that had received specific testing at the @@ -194,4 +194,4 @@ run the regression tests you will temporarily need up to an extra 300 MB. Use the df command to check free disk space. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.1. Short Version Home 17.3. Getting the Source
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    17.1. Short Version Home 17.3. Getting the Source
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html index c52018a..92b6b4a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.1. Short Version
    17.1. Short Version
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.1. Short Version

    +17.1. Short Version

    17.1. Short Version
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.1. Short Version

     ./configure
 make
@@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ su - postgres

    The long version is the rest of this chapter. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code Home 17.2. Requirements
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code Home 17.2. Requirements
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html index 70010d3..6f4f4e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ 18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the Microsoft Windows SDK
    18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the - Microsoft Windows SDK
    Prev UpChapter 18. Installation from Source Code on WindowsHome Next

    18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the + Microsoft Windows SDKPrev UpChapter 18. Installation from Source Code on WindowsHome Next

    18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the Microsoft Windows SDK

    18.1.1. Requirements
    18.1.2. Special Considerations for 64-Bit Windows
    18.1.3. Building
    18.1.4. Cleaning and Installing
    18.1.5. Running the Regression Tests

    PostgreSQL can be built using the Visual C++ compiler suite from Microsoft. These compilers can be either from Visual Studio, @@ -338,4 +338,4 @@ $ENV{PROVE_TESTS}='t/020*.pl t/010*.pl' zstd, which will search for a command by that name in the configured PATH.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows Home Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows Home Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html index 11eba83..67efd6c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows

    Table of Contents

    18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the +Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows

    Table of Contents

    18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the Microsoft Windows SDK
    18.1.1. Requirements
    18.1.2. Special Considerations for 64-Bit Windows
    18.1.3. Building
    18.1.4. Cleaning and Installing
    18.1.5. Running the Regression Tests

    It is recommended that most users download the binary distribution for Windows, available as a graphical installer package @@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ line editing. The Cygwin build does support command line editing, so it should be used where psql is needed for interactive use on Windows. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes Home 18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the +

    Prev Up Next
    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes Home 18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the Microsoft Windows SDK
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html index d7a2e9f..818d17e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes

    17.7.1. AIX
    17.7.2. Cygwin
    17.7.3. macOS
    17.7.4. MinGW/Native Windows
    17.7.5. Solaris

    +17.7. Platform-Specific Notes

    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes

    17.7.1. AIX
    17.7.2. Cygwin
    17.7.3. macOS
    17.7.4. MinGW/Native Windows
    17.7.5. Solaris

    This section documents additional platform-specific issues regarding the installation and setup of PostgreSQL. Be sure to read the installation instructions, and in @@ -311,4 +311,4 @@ make: *** [postgres] Error 1

    your DTrace installation is too old to handle probes in static functions. You need Solaris 10u4 or newer to use DTrace. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.6. Supported Platforms Home Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    17.6. Supported Platforms Home Chapter 18. Installation from Source Code on Windows
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html index c7cbeda..8bfeb94 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code
    Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code

    Table of Contents

    17.1. Short Version
    17.2. Requirements
    17.3. Getting the Source
    17.4. Installation Procedure
    17.4.1. configure Options
    17.4.2. configure Environment Variables
    17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    17.5.1. Shared Libraries
    17.5.2. Environment Variables
    17.6. Supported Platforms
    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    17.7.1. AIX
    17.7.2. Cygwin
    17.7.3. macOS
    17.7.4. MinGW/Native Windows
    17.7.5. Solaris

    +Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code

    Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code

    Table of Contents

    17.1. Short Version
    17.2. Requirements
    17.3. Getting the Source
    17.4. Installation Procedure
    17.4.1. configure Options
    17.4.2. configure Environment Variables
    17.5. Post-Installation Setup
    17.5.1. Shared Libraries
    17.5.2. Environment Variables
    17.6. Supported Platforms
    17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    17.7.1. AIX
    17.7.2. Cygwin
    17.7.3. macOS
    17.7.4. MinGW/Native Windows
    17.7.5. Solaris

    This chapter describes the installation of PostgreSQL using the source code distribution. If you are installing a pre-packaged distribution, @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ Windows, read this chapter if you intend to build with MinGW or Cygwin; but if you intend to build with Microsoft's Visual C++, see Chapter 18 instead. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries Home 17.1. Short Version
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 16. Installation from Binaries Home 17.1. Short Version
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html index 11aba31..97e2e8a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.19. intagg
    F.19. intagg
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.19. intagg

    F.19.1. Functions
    F.19.2. Sample Uses

    +F.19. intagg

    F.19. intagg
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.19. intagg

    F.19.1. Functions
    F.19.2. Sample Uses

    The intagg module provides an integer aggregator and an enumerator. intagg is now obsolete, because there are built-in functions that provide a superset of its capabilities. @@ -86,4 +86,4 @@ SELECT right, count(right) FROM GROUP BY right ORDER BY count DESC;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    F.18. hstore Home F.20. intarray
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.18. hstore Home F.20. intarray
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html index 2d99544..f5634bb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.20. intarray
    F.20. intarray
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.20. intarray

    F.20.1. intarray Functions and Operators
    F.20.2. Index Support
    F.20.3. Example
    F.20.4. Benchmark
    F.20.5. Authors

    +F.20. intarray

    F.20. intarray
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.20. intarray

    F.20.1. intarray Functions and Operators
    F.20.2. Index Support
    F.20.3. Example
    F.20.4. Benchmark
    F.20.5. Authors

    The intarray module provides a number of useful functions and operators for manipulating null-free arrays of integers. There is also support for indexed searches using some of the operators. @@ -318,4 +318,4 @@ psql -c "CREATE EXTENSION intarray" TEST http://www.sai.msu.su/~megera/postgres/gist/ for additional information. Andrey Oktyabrski did a great work on adding new functions and operations. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.19. intagg Home F.21. isn
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.19. intagg Home F.21. isn
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html index 54a1119..dbc19fa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part VII. Internals
    Part VII. Internals
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Part VII. Internals

    +Part VII. Internals

    Part VII. Internals
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Part VII. Internals

    This part contains assorted information that might be of use to PostgreSQL developers. -

    Table of Contents

    52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    52.1. The Path of a Query
    52.2. How Connections Are Established
    52.3. The Parser Stage
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    52.6. Executor
    53. System Catalogs
    53.1. Overview
    53.2. pg_aggregate
    53.3. pg_am
    53.4. pg_amop
    53.5. pg_amproc
    53.6. pg_attrdef
    53.7. pg_attribute
    53.8. pg_authid
    53.9. pg_auth_members
    53.10. pg_cast
    53.11. pg_class
    53.12. pg_collation
    53.13. pg_constraint
    53.14. pg_conversion
    53.15. pg_database
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    53.17. pg_default_acl
    53.18. pg_depend
    53.19. pg_description
    53.20. pg_enum
    53.21. pg_event_trigger
    53.22. pg_extension
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    53.24. pg_foreign_server
    53.25. pg_foreign_table
    53.26. pg_index
    53.27. pg_inherits
    53.28. pg_init_privs
    53.29. pg_language
    53.30. pg_largeobject
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    53.32. pg_namespace
    53.33. pg_opclass
    53.34. pg_operator
    53.35. pg_opfamily
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    53.38. pg_policy
    53.39. pg_proc
    53.40. pg_publication
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    53.42. pg_publication_rel
    53.43. pg_range
    53.44. pg_replication_origin
    53.45. pg_rewrite
    53.46. pg_seclabel
    53.47. pg_sequence
    53.48. pg_shdepend
    53.49. pg_shdescription
    53.50. pg_shseclabel
    53.51. pg_statistic
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    53.54. pg_subscription
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    53.56. pg_tablespace
    53.57. pg_transform
    53.58. pg_trigger
    53.59. pg_ts_config
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    53.61. pg_ts_dict
    53.62. pg_ts_parser
    53.63. pg_ts_template
    53.64. pg_type
    53.65. pg_user_mapping
    54. System Views
    54.1. Overview
    54.2. pg_available_extensions
    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    54.5. pg_config
    54.6. pg_cursors
    54.7. pg_file_settings
    54.8. pg_group
    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    54.11. pg_indexes
    54.12. pg_locks
    54.13. pg_matviews
    54.14. pg_policies
    54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    54.17. pg_publication_tables
    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    54.19. pg_replication_slots
    54.20. pg_roles
    54.21. pg_rules
    54.22. pg_seclabels
    54.23. pg_sequences
    54.24. pg_settings
    54.25. pg_shadow
    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    54.27. pg_stats
    54.28. pg_stats_ext
    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    54.30. pg_tables
    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    54.32. pg_timezone_names
    54.33. pg_user
    54.34. pg_user_mappings
    54.35. pg_views
    55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    55.1. Overview
    55.2. Message Flow
    55.3. SASL Authentication
    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.6. Message Data Types
    55.7. Message Formats
    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    56.1. Formatting
    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    57. Native Language Support
    57.1. For the Translator
    57.2. For the Programmer
    58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    62.4. Further Reading
    63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    64.3. Index Scanning
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    65. Generic WAL Records
    66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    67. B-Tree Indexes
    67.1. Introduction
    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    67.4. Implementation
    68. GiST Indexes
    68.1. Introduction
    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    68.3. Extensibility
    68.4. Implementation
    68.5. Examples
    69. SP-GiST Indexes
    69.1. Introduction
    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    69.3. Extensibility
    69.4. Implementation
    69.5. Examples
    70. GIN Indexes
    70.1. Introduction
    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    70.3. Extensibility
    70.4. Implementation
    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    70.6. Limitations
    70.7. Examples
    71. BRIN Indexes
    71.1. Introduction
    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    71.3. Extensibility
    72. Hash Indexes
    72.1. Overview
    72.2. Implementation
    73. Database Physical Storage
    73.1. Database File Layout
    73.2. TOAST
    73.3. Free Space Map
    73.4. Visibility Map
    73.5. The Initialization Fork
    73.6. Database Page Layout
    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    74.3. BKI File Format
    74.4. BKI Commands
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    74.6. BKI Example
    75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    76. Backup Manifest Format
    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    Prev Up Next
    postmaster Home Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table of Contents

    52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    52.1. The Path of a Query
    52.2. How Connections Are Established
    52.3. The Parser Stage
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    52.6. Executor
    53. System Catalogs
    53.1. Overview
    53.2. pg_aggregate
    53.3. pg_am
    53.4. pg_amop
    53.5. pg_amproc
    53.6. pg_attrdef
    53.7. pg_attribute
    53.8. pg_authid
    53.9. pg_auth_members
    53.10. pg_cast
    53.11. pg_class
    53.12. pg_collation
    53.13. pg_constraint
    53.14. pg_conversion
    53.15. pg_database
    53.16. pg_db_role_setting
    53.17. pg_default_acl
    53.18. pg_depend
    53.19. pg_description
    53.20. pg_enum
    53.21. pg_event_trigger
    53.22. pg_extension
    53.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
    53.24. pg_foreign_server
    53.25. pg_foreign_table
    53.26. pg_index
    53.27. pg_inherits
    53.28. pg_init_privs
    53.29. pg_language
    53.30. pg_largeobject
    53.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
    53.32. pg_namespace
    53.33. pg_opclass
    53.34. pg_operator
    53.35. pg_opfamily
    53.36. pg_parameter_acl
    53.37. pg_partitioned_table
    53.38. pg_policy
    53.39. pg_proc
    53.40. pg_publication
    53.41. pg_publication_namespace
    53.42. pg_publication_rel
    53.43. pg_range
    53.44. pg_replication_origin
    53.45. pg_rewrite
    53.46. pg_seclabel
    53.47. pg_sequence
    53.48. pg_shdepend
    53.49. pg_shdescription
    53.50. pg_shseclabel
    53.51. pg_statistic
    53.52. pg_statistic_ext
    53.53. pg_statistic_ext_data
    53.54. pg_subscription
    53.55. pg_subscription_rel
    53.56. pg_tablespace
    53.57. pg_transform
    53.58. pg_trigger
    53.59. pg_ts_config
    53.60. pg_ts_config_map
    53.61. pg_ts_dict
    53.62. pg_ts_parser
    53.63. pg_ts_template
    53.64. pg_type
    53.65. pg_user_mapping
    54. System Views
    54.1. Overview
    54.2. pg_available_extensions
    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    54.5. pg_config
    54.6. pg_cursors
    54.7. pg_file_settings
    54.8. pg_group
    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    54.11. pg_indexes
    54.12. pg_locks
    54.13. pg_matviews
    54.14. pg_policies
    54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    54.17. pg_publication_tables
    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    54.19. pg_replication_slots
    54.20. pg_roles
    54.21. pg_rules
    54.22. pg_seclabels
    54.23. pg_sequences
    54.24. pg_settings
    54.25. pg_shadow
    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    54.27. pg_stats
    54.28. pg_stats_ext
    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    54.30. pg_tables
    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    54.32. pg_timezone_names
    54.33. pg_user
    54.34. pg_user_mappings
    54.35. pg_views
    55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    55.1. Overview
    55.2. Message Flow
    55.3. SASL Authentication
    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.6. Message Data Types
    55.7. Message Formats
    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    56.1. Formatting
    56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    56.3. Error Message Style Guide
    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    57. Native Language Support
    57.1. For the Translator
    57.2. For the Programmer
    58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    59.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    59.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    59.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    59.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    61.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
    61.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
    61.3. Executing Custom Scans
    62. Genetic Query Optimizer
    62.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
    62.2. Genetic Algorithms
    62.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
    62.4. Further Reading
    63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    64.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
    64.2. Index Access Method Functions
    64.3. Index Scanning
    64.4. Index Locking Considerations
    64.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
    64.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
    65. Generic WAL Records
    66. Custom WAL Resource Managers
    67. B-Tree Indexes
    67.1. Introduction
    67.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
    67.3. B-Tree Support Functions
    67.4. Implementation
    68. GiST Indexes
    68.1. Introduction
    68.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    68.3. Extensibility
    68.4. Implementation
    68.5. Examples
    69. SP-GiST Indexes
    69.1. Introduction
    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    69.3. Extensibility
    69.4. Implementation
    69.5. Examples
    70. GIN Indexes
    70.1. Introduction
    70.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    70.3. Extensibility
    70.4. Implementation
    70.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
    70.6. Limitations
    70.7. Examples
    71. BRIN Indexes
    71.1. Introduction
    71.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    71.3. Extensibility
    72. Hash Indexes
    72.1. Overview
    72.2. Implementation
    73. Database Physical Storage
    73.1. Database File Layout
    73.2. TOAST
    73.3. Free Space Map
    73.4. Visibility Map
    73.5. The Initialization Fork
    73.6. Database Page Layout
    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    74.3. BKI File Format
    74.4. BKI Commands
    74.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
    74.6. BKI Example
    75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    76. Backup Manifest Format
    76.1. Backup Manifest Top-level Object
    76.2. Backup Manifest File Object
    76.3. Backup Manifest WAL Range Object
    Prev Up Next
    postmaster Home Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html index 0b8143a..68d9c92 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -1.  What Is PostgreSQL?
    1.  What Is PostgreSQL?
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    1.  What Is PostgreSQL?

    +1.  What Is PostgreSQL?

    1.  What Is PostgreSQL?
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    1.  What Is PostgreSQL?

    PostgreSQL is an object-relational database management system (ORDBMS) based on @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ PostgreSQL can be used, modified, and distributed by anyone free of charge for any purpose, be it private, commercial, or academic. -

    Prev Up Next
    Preface Home 2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Preface Home 2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html index 60c9143..5b7fe94 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.21. isn
    F.21. isn
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.21. isn

    F.21.1. Data Types
    F.21.2. Casts
    F.21.3. Functions and Operators
    F.21.4. Examples
    F.21.5. Bibliography
    F.21.6. Author

    +F.21. isn

    F.21. isn
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.21. isn

    F.21.1. Data Types
    F.21.2. Casts
    F.21.3. Functions and Operators
    F.21.4. Examples
    F.21.5. Bibliography
    F.21.6. Author

    The isn module provides data types for the following international product numbering standards: EAN13, UPC, ISBN (books), ISMN (music), and ISSN (serials). Numbers are validated on input according to a @@ -206,4 +206,4 @@ SELECT isbn13(id) FROM test;

    This module was inspired by Garrett A. Wollman's isbn_issn code. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.20. intarray Home F.22. lo
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.20. intarray Home F.22. lo
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html index 6b61121..e4af4d2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -32.3. Configuration
    32.3. Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.3. Configuration

    +32.3. Configuration

    32.3. Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.3. Configuration

    The configuration variable jit determines whether JIT compilation is enabled or disabled. @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ For development and debugging purposes a few additional configuration parameters exist, as described in Section 20.17. -

    Prev Up Next
    32.2. When to JIT? Home 32.4. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    32.2. When to JIT? Home 32.4. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html index 79519f4..70be5cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -32.2. When to JIT?
    32.2. When to JIT?
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.2. When to JIT?

    +32.2. When to JIT?

    32.2. When to JIT?
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.2. When to JIT?

    JIT compilation is beneficial primarily for long-running CPU-bound queries. Frequently these will be analytical queries. For short queries the added overhead of performing JIT compilation @@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ SET As visible here, JIT was used, but inlining and expensive optimization were not. If jit_inline_above_cost or jit_optimize_above_cost were also lowered, that would change. -

    Prev Up Next
    32.1. What Is JIT compilation? Home 32.3. Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    32.1. What Is JIT compilation? Home 32.3. Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html index 54e663c..9b71345 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -32.4. Extensibility
    32.4. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.4. Extensibility

    32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
    32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers

    32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions

    +32.4. Extensibility

    32.4. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.4. Extensibility

    32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
    32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers

    32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions

    PostgreSQL's JIT implementation can inline the bodies of functions of types C and internal, as well as @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ struct JitProviderCallbacks extern void _PG_jit_provider_init(JitProviderCallbacks *cb);

    -

    Prev Up Next
    32.3. Configuration Home Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    32.3. Configuration Home Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html index 00e00d2..f77d83c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.1. What Is JIT compilation?

    32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
    32.1.2. Inlining
    32.1.3. Optimization

    +32.1. What Is JIT compilation?

    32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next

    32.1. What Is JIT compilation?

    32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
    32.1.2. Inlining
    32.1.3. Optimization

    Just-in-Time (JIT) compilation is the process of turning some form of interpreted program evaluation into a native program, and doing so at run time. @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ longer-running queries. See https://llvm.org/docs/Passes.html#transform-passes for more details about optimizations. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT) Home 32.2. When to JIT?
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT) Home 32.2. When to JIT?
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html index 19f1358..48d838e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)

    Table of Contents

    32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
    32.1.2. Inlining
    32.1.3. Optimization
    32.2. When to JIT?
    32.3. Configuration
    32.4. Extensibility
    32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
    32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers

    +Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)

    Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)

    Table of Contents

    32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
    32.1.2. Inlining
    32.1.3. Optimization
    32.2. When to JIT?
    32.3. Configuration
    32.4. Extensibility
    32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
    32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers

    This chapter explains what just-in-time compilation is, and how it can be configured in PostgreSQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    31.11. Quick Setup Home 32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.11. Quick Setup Home 32.1. What Is JIT compilation?
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html index 41c5c86..8501dce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources

    19.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
    19.4.2. systemd RemoveIPC
    19.4.3. Resource Limits
    19.4.4. Linux Memory Overcommit
    19.4.5. Linux Huge Pages

    +19.4. Managing Kernel Resources

    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources

    19.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
    19.4.2. systemd RemoveIPC
    19.4.3. Resource Limits
    19.4.4. Linux Memory Overcommit
    19.4.5. Linux Huge Pages

    PostgreSQL can sometimes exhaust various operating system resource limits, especially when multiple copies of the server are running on the same system, or in very large installations. This section explains @@ -550,4 +550,4 @@ $ cat /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/hugepages-2048kB/ For a detailed description of the Linux huge pages feature have a look at https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.3. Starting the Database Server Home 19.5. Shutting Down the Server
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.3. Starting the Database Server Home 19.5. Shutting Down the Server
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html index c8169d1..4c748da 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 35. Large Objects
    Chapter 35. Large Objects
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 35. Large Objects

    Table of Contents

    35.1. Introduction
    35.2. Implementation Features
    35.3. Client Interfaces
    35.3.1. Creating a Large Object
    35.3.2. Importing a Large Object
    35.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
    35.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
    35.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
    35.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
    35.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
    35.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    35.3.9. Truncating a Large Object
    35.3.10. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
    35.3.11. Removing a Large Object
    35.4. Server-Side Functions
    35.5. Example Program

    +Chapter 35. Large Objects

    Chapter 35. Large Objects
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 35. Large Objects

    Table of Contents

    35.1. Introduction
    35.2. Implementation Features
    35.3. Client Interfaces
    35.3.1. Creating a Large Object
    35.3.2. Importing a Large Object
    35.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
    35.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
    35.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
    35.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
    35.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
    35.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
    35.3.9. Truncating a Large Object
    35.3.10. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
    35.3.11. Removing a Large Object
    35.4. Server-Side Functions
    35.5. Example Program

    PostgreSQL has a large object facility, which provides stream-style access to user data that is stored in a special large-object structure. Streaming access is useful @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ equivalent functionality. Other interfaces might use the large object interface internally to provide generic support for large values. This is not described here. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.22. Example Programs Home 35.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.22. Example Programs Home 35.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html index f27443f..4087c8b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing

    +34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing

    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing

    The PQexec function is adequate for submitting commands in normal, synchronous applications. It has a few deficiencies, however, that can be of importance to some users: @@ -335,4 +335,4 @@ int PQflush(PGconn *conn); messages, and won't read our data until we read its.) Once PQflush returns 0, wait for the socket to be read-ready and then read the response as described above. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.3. Command Execution Functions Home 34.5. Pipeline Mode
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.3. Command Execution Functions Home 34.5. Pipeline Mode
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html index 7b4e41c..dfec44a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.21. Building libpq Programs
    34.21. Building libpq Programs
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.21. Building libpq Programs

    +34.21. Building libpq Programs

    34.21. Building libpq Programs
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.21. Building libpq Programs

    To build (i.e., compile and link) a program using libpq you need to do all of the following things: @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ testlibpq.o(.text+0xa4): undefined reference to `PQerrorMessage' This means you forgot the -L option or did not specify the right directory.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs Home 34.22. Example Programs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs Home 34.22. Example Programs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html index d820c30..0ad8b9a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress

    +34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress

    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress

    A client application can request cancellation of a command that is still being processed by the server, using the functions described in this section. @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ int PQrequestCancel(PGconn *conn); that overwriting the PGconn's error message will mess up the operation currently in progress on the connection.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row Home 34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row Home 34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html index 0c6ebc1..01e4c59 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions

    34.1.1. Connection Strings
    34.1.2. Parameter Key Words

    +34.1. Database Connection Control Functions

    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions

    34.1.1. Connection Strings
    34.1.2. Parameter Key Words

    The following functions deal with making a connection to a PostgreSQL backend server. An application program can have several backend connections open at @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ PQsslKeyPassHook_OpenSSL_type PQgetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL(void); connection parameters. There are two accepted formats for these strings: plain keyword/value strings and URIs. URIs generally follow - RFC + RFC 3986, except that multi-host connection strings are allowed as further described below.

    34.1.1.1. Keyword/Value Connection Strings

    @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ postgresql:///mydb?host=localhost&port=5433 of ssl=true are translated into sslmode=require.

    - The connection URI needs to be encoded with percent-encoding + The connection URI needs to be encoded with percent-encoding if it includes symbols with special meaning in any of its parts. Here is an example where the equal sign (=) is replaced with %3D and the space character with @@ -1131,4 +1131,4 @@ postgresql://%2Fvar%2Flib%2Fpostgresql/dbname mode

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 34. libpq — C Library Home 34.2. Connection Status Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 34. libpq — C Library Home 34.2. Connection Status Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html index 0ccbd5f..4cf568b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.11. Control Functions
    34.11. Control Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.11. Control Functions

    +34.11. Control Functions

    34.11. Control Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.11. Control Functions

    These functions control miscellaneous details of libpq's behavior.

    PQclientEncoding

    @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ void PQsetTraceFlags(PGconn *conn, int flags); 

     void PQuntrace(PGconn *conn);

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command Home 34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command Home 34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html index 924d850..913ce37 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command

    34.10.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
    34.10.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
    34.10.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY

    +34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command

    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command

    34.10.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
    34.10.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
    34.10.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY

    The COPY command in PostgreSQL has options to read from or write to the network connection used by libpq. @@ -297,4 +297,4 @@ int PQendcopy(PGconn *conn); is done after PQendcopy. This will work correctly only if the COPY is the only SQL command in the command string. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification Home 34.11. Control Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification Home 34.11. Control Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html index 475dbce..444d8c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.15. Environment Variables
    34.15. Environment Variables
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.15. Environment Variables

    +34.15. Environment Variables

    34.15. Environment Variables
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.15. Environment Variables

    The following environment variables can be used to select default connection parameter values, which will be used by PQconnectdb, PQsetdbLogin and @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ PGLOCALEDIR sets the directory containing the locale files for message localization.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.14. Event System Home 34.16. The Password File
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.14. Event System Home 34.16. The Password File
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html index bfda3f5..4fff452 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.14. Event System
    34.14. Event System
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.14. Event System

    34.14.1. Event Types
    34.14.2. Event Callback Procedure
    34.14.3. Event Support Functions
    34.14.4. Event Example

    +34.14. Event System

    34.14. Event System
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.14. Event System

    34.14.1. Event Types
    34.14.2. Event Callback Procedure
    34.14.3. Event Support Functions
    34.14.4. Event Example

    libpq's event system is designed to notify registered event handlers about interesting libpq events, such as the creation or @@ -422,4 +422,4 @@ myEventProc(PGEventId evtId, void *evtInfo, void *passThrough) return true; /* event processing succeeded */ } -

    Prev Up Next
    34.13. Notice Processing Home 34.15. Environment Variables
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    34.13. Notice Processing Home 34.15. Environment Variables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html index 0a138c7..4a36bcf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.22. Example Programs
    34.22. Example Programs
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.22. Example Programs

    +34.22. Example Programs

    34.22. Example Programs
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.22. Example Programs

    These examples and others can be found in the directory src/test/examples in the source code distribution. @@ -526,4 +526,4 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) return 0; } -


    Prev Up Next
    34.21. Building libpq Programs Home Chapter 35. Large Objects
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    34.21. Building libpq Programs Home Chapter 35. Large Objects
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html index 2f29f3f..dd2da28 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.3. Command Execution Functions
    34.3. Command Execution Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.3. Command Execution Functions

    34.3.1. Main Functions
    34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
    34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
    34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands

    +34.3. Command Execution Functions

    34.3. Command Execution Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.3. Command Execution Functions

    34.3.1. Main Functions
    34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
    34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
    34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands

    Once a connection to a database server has been successfully established, the functions described here are used to perform SQL queries and commands. @@ -1047,4 +1047,4 @@ unsigned char *PQunescapeBytea(const unsigned char *from, size_t *to_length); to be “escaped” when received from PQgetvalue. In particular this means there is no need for string quoting considerations, and so no need for a PGconn parameter. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.2. Connection Status Functions Home 34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.2. Connection Status Functions Home 34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html index 8c3ec92..f80117a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface

    +34.8. The Fast-Path Interface

    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface

    PostgreSQL provides a fast-path interface to send simple function calls to the server.

    Tip

    @@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ typedef struct Note that it is not possible to handle set-valued results when using this interface. Also, the function must be a plain function, not an aggregate, window function, or procedure. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress Home 34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress Home 34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html index cd401a1..acf13cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters

    +34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters

    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters

    If libpq has been compiled with LDAP support (option --with-ldap for configure) it is possible to retrieve connection options like host @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ LDAP query will be performed. The result must be a list of keyword = value pairs which will be used to set connection options. The URL must conform to - RFC 1959 + RFC 1959 and be of the form 

     ldap://[hostname[:port]]/search_base?attribute?search_scope?filter
@@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ dbname=customer
 user=appuser
 ldap://ldap.acme.com/cn=dbserver,cn=hosts?pgconnectinfo?base?(objectclass=*)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.17. The Connection Service File Home 34.19. SSL Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.17. The Connection Service File Home 34.19. SSL Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html index 21f7f75..43469a3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions

    +34.12. Miscellaneous Functions

    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions

    As always, there are some functions that just don't fit anywhere.

    PQfreemem

    Frees memory allocated by libpq. @@ -230,4 +230,4 @@ int PQlibVersion(void); it cannot be used to detect required functionality in earlier versions, since calling it will create a link dependency on version 9.1 or later. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.11. Control Functions Home 34.13. Notice Processing
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.11. Control Functions Home 34.13. Notice Processing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html index ad98f53..5a922f9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.13. Notice Processing
    34.13. Notice Processing
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.13. Notice Processing

    +34.13. Notice Processing

    34.13. Notice Processing
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.13. Notice Processing

    Notice and warning messages generated by the server are not returned by the query execution functions, since they do not imply failure of the query. Instead they are passed to a notice handling function, and @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ defaultNoticeProcessor(void *arg, const char *message) PGconn's current notice handling pointers are copied into the PGresult for possible use by functions like PQgetvalue. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions Home 34.14. Event System
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions Home 34.14. Event System
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html index 84baa6b..890ef99 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.9. Asynchronous Notification

    +34.9. Asynchronous Notification

    34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.9. Asynchronous Notification

    PostgreSQL offers asynchronous notification via the LISTEN and NOTIFY commands. A client session registers its interest in a particular @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ typedef struct pgNotify to check PQnotifies after each PQgetResult or PQexec, to see if any notifications came in during the processing of the command. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface Home 34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface Home 34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html index e436b89..6465694 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.16. The Password File
    34.16. The Password File
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.16. The Password File

    +34.16. The Password File

    34.16. The Password File
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.16. The Password File

    The file .pgpass in a user's home directory can contain passwords to be used if the connection requires a password (and no password has been @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ strict than this, the file will be ignored. On Microsoft Windows, it is assumed that the file is stored in a directory that is secure, so no special permissions check is made. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.15. Environment Variables Home 34.17. The Connection Service File
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.15. Environment Variables Home 34.17. The Connection Service File
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html index 4233e5e..837fb4e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.17. The Connection Service File
    34.17. The Connection Service File
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.17. The Connection Service File

    +34.17. The Connection Service File

    34.17. The Connection Service File
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.17. The Connection Service File

    The connection service file allows libpq connection parameters to be associated with a single service name. That service name can then be specified in a libpq connection string, and the associated settings will be @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ user=admin host somehost, port 5434, user admin, and other parameters as set by environment variables or built-in defaults. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.16. The Password File Home 34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.16. The Password File Home 34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pipeline-mode.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pipeline-mode.html index de79969..57b2aad 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pipeline-mode.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pipeline-mode.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.5. Pipeline Mode
    34.5. Pipeline Mode
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.5. Pipeline Mode

    34.5.1. Using Pipeline Mode
    34.5.2. Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    34.5.3. When to Use Pipeline Mode

    +34.5. Pipeline Mode

    34.5. Pipeline Mode
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.5. Pipeline Mode

    34.5.1. Using Pipeline Mode
    34.5.2. Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    34.5.3. When to Use Pipeline Mode

    libpq pipeline mode allows applications to send a query without having to read the result of the previously sent query. Taking advantage of the pipeline mode, a client will wait @@ -324,4 +324,4 @@ UPDATE mytable SET x = x + 1 WHERE id = 42; enough queries to fill both its output buffer and the server's receive buffer before it switches to processing input from the server, but it's hard to predict exactly when that will happen. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing Home 34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing Home 34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html index b0698ec..4646dc9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row

    +34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row

    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row

    Ordinarily, libpq collects an SQL command's entire result and returns it to the application as a single PGresult. This can be unworkable for commands @@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ int PQsetSingleRowMode(PGconn *conn); proper transactional behavior, the application must be designed to discard or undo whatever has been done with the previously-processed rows, if the query ultimately fails. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.5. Pipeline Mode Home 34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.5. Pipeline Mode Home 34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html index e09aff9..2236298 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.19. SSL Support
    34.19. SSL Support
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.19. SSL Support

    34.19.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
    34.19.2. Client Certificates
    34.19.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
    34.19.4. SSL Client File Usage
    34.19.5. SSL Library Initialization

    +34.19. SSL Support

    34.19. SSL Support
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.19. SSL Support

    34.19.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
    34.19.2. Client Certificates
    34.19.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
    34.19.4. SSL Client File Usage
    34.19.5. SSL Library Initialization

    PostgreSQL has native support for using SSL connections to encrypt client/server communications using TLS protocols for increased security. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@

    Note

    For backward compatibility with earlier versions of PostgreSQL, the host IP address is verified in a manner different - from RFC 6125. + from RFC 6125. The host IP address is always matched against dNSName SANs as well as iPAddress SANs, and can be matched against the Common Name attribute if no relevant SANs exist. @@ -270,4 +270,4 @@ void PQinitSSL(int do_ssl); might be preferable for applications that need to work with older versions of libpq.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters Home 34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters Home 34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html index 3ad3814..6bf8f47 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.2. Connection Status Functions
    34.2. Connection Status Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.2. Connection Status Functions

    +34.2. Connection Status Functions

    34.2. Connection Status Functions
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.2. Connection Status Functions

    These functions can be used to interrogate the status of an existing database connection object.

    Tip

    @@ -424,4 +424,4 @@ void *PQgetssl(const PGconn *conn); PQsslInUse instead, and for more details about the connection, use PQsslAttribute.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions Home 34.3. Command Execution Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions Home 34.3. Command Execution Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html index 4ac9a94..86503cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs

    +34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs

    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    Prev UpChapter 34. libpq — C LibraryHome Next

    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs

    libpq is reentrant and thread-safe by default. You might need to use special compiler command-line options when you compile your application code. Refer to your @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ int PQisthreadsafe(); function PQregisterThreadLock in the libpq source code for a way to do cooperative locking between libpq and your application. -

    Prev Up Next
    34.19. SSL Support Home 34.21. Building libpq Programs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    34.19. SSL Support Home 34.21. Building libpq Programs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html index 07bd973..8a27ac6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 34. libpq — C Library
    Chapter 34. libpq — C Library
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 34. libpq — C Library

    Table of Contents

    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    34.1.1. Connection Strings
    34.1.2. Parameter Key Words
    34.2. Connection Status Functions
    34.3. Command Execution Functions
    34.3.1. Main Functions
    34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
    34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
    34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    34.5. Pipeline Mode
    34.5.1. Using Pipeline Mode
    34.5.2. Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    34.5.3. When to Use Pipeline Mode
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    34.10.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
    34.10.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
    34.10.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY
    34.11. Control Functions
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    34.13. Notice Processing
    34.14. Event System
    34.14.1. Event Types
    34.14.2. Event Callback Procedure
    34.14.3. Event Support Functions
    34.14.4. Event Example
    34.15. Environment Variables
    34.16. The Password File
    34.17. The Connection Service File
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    34.19. SSL Support
    34.19.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
    34.19.2. Client Certificates
    34.19.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
    34.19.4. SSL Client File Usage
    34.19.5. SSL Library Initialization
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    34.21. Building libpq Programs
    34.22. Example Programs

    +Chapter 34. libpq — C Library

    Chapter 34. libpq — C Library
    Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next

    Chapter 34. libpq — C Library

    Table of Contents

    34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    34.1.1. Connection Strings
    34.1.2. Parameter Key Words
    34.2. Connection Status Functions
    34.3. Command Execution Functions
    34.3.1. Main Functions
    34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
    34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
    34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
    34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
    34.5. Pipeline Mode
    34.5.1. Using Pipeline Mode
    34.5.2. Functions Associated with Pipeline Mode
    34.5.3. When to Use Pipeline Mode
    34.6. Retrieving Query Results Row-by-Row
    34.7. Canceling Queries in Progress
    34.8. The Fast-Path Interface
    34.9. Asynchronous Notification
    34.10. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
    34.10.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
    34.10.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
    34.10.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY
    34.11. Control Functions
    34.12. Miscellaneous Functions
    34.13. Notice Processing
    34.14. Event System
    34.14.1. Event Types
    34.14.2. Event Callback Procedure
    34.14.3. Event Support Functions
    34.14.4. Event Example
    34.15. Environment Variables
    34.16. The Password File
    34.17. The Connection Service File
    34.18. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
    34.19. SSL Support
    34.19.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
    34.19.2. Client Certificates
    34.19.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
    34.19.4. SSL Client File Usage
    34.19.5. SSL Library Initialization
    34.20. Behavior in Threaded Programs
    34.21. Building libpq Programs
    34.22. Example Programs

    libpq is the C application programmer's interface to PostgreSQL. libpq is a set of library functions that allow @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ include the header file libpq-fe.h and must link with the libpq library. -

    Prev Up Next
    Part IV. Client Interfaces Home 34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Part IV. Client Interfaces Home 34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/limits.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/limits.html index f7c0ed8..31c7f57 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/limits.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/limits.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits
    Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits

    +Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits

    Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix K. PostgreSQL Limits

    Table K.1 describes various hard limits of PostgreSQL. However, practical limits, such as performance limitations or available disk space may apply before absolute @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ column limit. Moreover, although the dropped column values for newly created tuples are internally marked as null in the tuple's null bitmap, the null bitmap also occupies space. -

    Prev Up Next
    J.5. Style Guide Home Appendix L. Acronyms
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    J.5. Style Guide Home Appendix L. Acronyms
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html index face1a3..a5d35df 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -35.5. Example Program
    35.5. Example Program
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.5. Example Program

    +35.5. Example Program

    35.5. Example Program
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.5. Example Program

    Example 35.1 is a sample program which shows how the large object interface in libpq can be used. Parts of the program are @@ -278,4 +278,4 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) return 0; } -


    Prev Up Next
    35.4. Server-Side Functions Home Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    35.4. Server-Side Functions Home Chapter 36. ECPG — Embedded SQL in C
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html index 078b3ca..1518515 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -35.4. Server-Side Functions
    35.4. Server-Side Functions
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.4. Server-Side Functions

    +35.4. Server-Side Functions

    35.4. Server-Side Functions
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.4. Server-Side Functions

    Server-side functions tailored for manipulating large objects from SQL are listed in Table 35.1.

    Table 35.1. SQL-Oriented Large Object Functions

    @@ -114,4 +114,4 @@ SELECT lo_export(image.raster, '/tmp/motd') FROM image but the names of the server-side functions differ from the client side interfaces in that they do not contain underscores. You must call these functions as loread and lowrite. -

    Prev Up Next
    35.3. Client Interfaces Home 35.5. Example Program
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    35.3. Client Interfaces Home 35.5. Example Program
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html index e0c6730..10359cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -35.2. Implementation Features
    35.2. Implementation Features
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.2. Implementation Features

    +35.2. Implementation Features

    35.2. Implementation Features
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.2. Implementation Features

    The large object implementation breaks large objects up into “chunks” and stores the chunks in rows in the database. A B-tree index guarantees fast @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ comment on, or change the owner of a large object. To adjust this behavior for compatibility with prior releases, see the lo_compat_privileges run-time parameter. -

    Prev Up Next
    35.1. Introduction Home 35.3. Client Interfaces
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    35.1. Introduction Home 35.3. Client Interfaces
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html index f14c550..b18179d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -35.3. Client Interfaces
    35.3. Client Interfaces
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    35.2. Implementation Features Home 35.4. Server-Side Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    35.2. Implementation Features Home 35.4. Server-Side Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html index 64feb6b..3be0b8f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -35.1. Introduction
    35.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.1. Introduction

    +35.1. Introduction

    35.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next

    35.1. Introduction

    All large objects are stored in a single system table named pg_largeobject. Each large object also has an entry in the system table pg_largeobject_metadata. Large objects can be created, modified, and deleted using a read/write API @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ most 1 GB. Also, reading and updating portions of a large object can be done efficiently, while most operations on a TOASTed field will read or write the whole value as a unit. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 35. Large Objects Home 35.2. Implementation Features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 35. Large Objects Home 35.2. Implementation Features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html index ce78d67..c286303 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.22. lo
    F.22. lo
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.22. lo

    F.22.1. Rationale
    F.22.2. How to Use It
    F.22.3. Limitations
    F.22.4. Author

    +F.22. lo

    F.22. lo
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.22. lo

    F.22.1. Rationale
    F.22.2. How to Use It
    F.22.3. Limitations
    F.22.4. Author

    The lo module provides support for managing Large Objects (also called LOs or BLOBs). This includes a data type lo and a trigger lo_manage. @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ CREATE TRIGGER t_raster BEFORE UPDATE OR DELETE ON image the triggers.

    F.22.4. Author

    Peter Mount -

    Prev Up Next
    F.21. isn Home F.23. ltree
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.21. isn Home F.23. ltree
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html index 8feb9d2..03704d4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -24.1. Locale Support
    24.1. Locale Support
    Prev UpChapter 24. LocalizationHome Next

    24.1. Locale Support

    24.1.1. Overview
    24.1.2. Behavior
    24.1.3. Selecting Locales
    24.1.4. Locale Providers
    24.1.5. Problems

    +24.1. Locale Support

    24.1. Locale Support
    Prev UpChapter 24. LocalizationHome Next

    24.1. Locale Support

    24.1.1. Overview
    24.1.2. Behavior
    24.1.3. Selecting Locales
    24.1.4. Locale Providers
    24.1.5. Problems

    Locale support refers to an application respecting cultural preferences regarding alphabets, sorting, number formatting, etc. PostgreSQL uses the standard ISO @@ -243,4 +243,4 @@ initdb --locale-provider=icu --icu-locale=en translated, your assistance would be appreciated. If you want to help, refer to Chapter 57 or write to the developers' mailing list. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 24. Localization Home 24.2. Collation Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 24. Localization Home 24.2. Collation Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html index 066c428..48c4b2e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.7. Locking and Indexes
    13.7. Locking and Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.7. Locking and Indexes

    +13.7. Locking and Indexes

    13.7. Locking and Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.7. Locking and Indexes

    Though PostgreSQL provides nonblocking read/write access to table data, nonblocking read/write access is not currently offered for every @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ applications that need to index scalar data. When dealing with non-scalar data, B-trees are not useful, and GiST, SP-GiST or GIN indexes should be used instead. -

    Prev Up Next
    13.6. Caveats Home Chapter 14. Performance Tips
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.6. Caveats Home Chapter 14. Performance Tips
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html index 33e3e10..5d75cf7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -25.3. Log File Maintenance
    25.3. Log File Maintenance
    Prev UpChapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next

    25.3. Log File Maintenance

    +25.3. Log File Maintenance

    25.3. Log File Maintenance
    Prev UpChapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next

    25.3. Log File Maintenance

    It is a good idea to save the database server's log output somewhere, rather than just discarding it via /dev/null. The log output is invaluable when diagnosing @@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ pg_ctl start | rotatelogs /var/log/pgsql_log 86400 check_postgres provides Nagios alerts when important messages appear in the log files, as well as detection of many other extraordinary conditions. -

    Prev Up Next
    25.2. Routine Reindexing Home Chapter 26. Backup and Restore
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    25.2. Routine Reindexing Home Chapter 26. Backup and Restore
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html index 4b74167..d1e1757 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.7. Architecture
    31.7. Architecture
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.7. Architecture

    31.7.1. Initial Snapshot

    +31.7. Architecture

    31.7. Architecture
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.7. Architecture

    31.7.1. Initial Snapshot

    Logical replication starts by copying a snapshot of the data on the publisher database. Once that is done, changes on the publisher are sent to the subscriber as they occur in real time. The subscriber applies data @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ The publication publish parameter only affects what DML operations will be replicated. The initial data synchronization does not take this parameter into account when copying the existing table data. -

    Prev Up Next
    31.6. Restrictions Home 31.8. Monitoring
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.6. Restrictions Home 31.8. Monitoring
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-col-lists.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-col-lists.html index cee5d4c..1861691 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-col-lists.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-col-lists.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.4. Column Lists
    31.4. Column Lists
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.4. Column Lists

    31.4.1. Examples

    +31.4. Column Lists

    31.4. Column Lists
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.4. Column Lists

    31.4.1. Examples

    Each publication can optionally specify which columns of each table are replicated to subscribers. The table on the subscriber side must have at least all the columns that are published. If no column list is specified, @@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ test_sub=# SELECT * FROM t1 ORDER BY id; 2 | b-2 | a-2 | d-2 3 | b-3 | a-3 | d-3 (3 rows) -

    Prev Up Next
    31.3. Row Filters Home 31.5. Conflicts
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    31.3. Row Filters Home 31.5. Conflicts
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html index 25e2920..35b1323 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.10. Configuration Settings
    31.10. Configuration Settings
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.10. Configuration Settings

    +31.10. Configuration Settings

    31.10. Configuration Settings
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.10. Configuration Settings

    Logical replication requires several configuration options to be set.

    On the publisher side, wal_level must be set to @@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ (max_logical_replication_workers + 1). Note that some extensions and parallel queries also take worker slots from max_worker_processes. -

    Prev Up Next
    31.9. Security Home 31.11. Quick Setup
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.9. Security Home 31.11. Quick Setup
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html index 2c2cef6..cebd4cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.5. Conflicts
    31.5. Conflicts
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.5. Conflicts

    +31.5. Conflicts

    31.5. Conflicts
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.5. Conflicts

    Logical replication behaves similarly to normal DML operations in that the data will be updated even if it was changed locally on the subscriber node. If incoming data violates any constraints the replication will @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ CONTEXT: processing remote data for replication origin "pg_16395" during "INSER Please note that skipping the whole transaction includes skipping changes that might not violate any constraint. This can easily make the subscriber inconsistent. -

    Prev Up Next
    31.4. Column Lists Home 31.6. Restrictions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.4. Column Lists Home 31.6. Restrictions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html index eb0dcf8..1108118 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.8. Monitoring
    31.8. Monitoring
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.8. Monitoring

    +31.8. Monitoring

    31.8. Monitoring
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.8. Monitoring

    Because logical replication is based on a similar architecture as physical streaming replication, the monitoring on a publication node is similar to monitoring of a @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ zero rows in this view. If the initial data synchronization of any table is in progress, there will be additional workers for the tables being synchronized. -

    Prev Up Next
    31.7. Architecture Home 31.9. Security
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.7. Architecture Home 31.9. Security
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html index 23e0451..bdd32fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.1. Publication
    31.1. Publication
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.1. Publication

    +31.1. Publication

    31.1. Publication
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.1. Publication

    A publication can be defined on any physical replication primary. The node where a publication is defined is referred to as publisher. A publication is a set of changes @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ TABLE and DROP TABLE operations are transactional; so the table will start or stop replicating at the correct snapshot once the transaction has committed. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 31. Logical Replication Home 31.2. Subscription
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 31. Logical Replication Home 31.2. Subscription
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html index 5cb1788..7e6c8f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.11. Quick Setup
    31.11. Quick Setup
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.11. Quick Setup

    +31.11. Quick Setup

    31.11. Quick Setup
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.11. Quick Setup

    First set the configuration options in postgresql.conf: 

     wal_level = logical
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ CREATE SUBSCRIPTION mysub CONNECTION 'dbname=foo host=bar user=repuser' PUBLICAT
    initial table contents of the tables users and
    departments and then starts replicating
    incremental changes to those tables.
-
    Prev Up Next
    31.10. Configuration Settings Home Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.10. Configuration Settings Home Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html index ab299e5..377fc73 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.6. Restrictions
    31.6. Restrictions
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.6. Restrictions

    +31.6. Restrictions

    31.6. Restrictions
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.6. Restrictions

    Logical replication currently has the following restrictions or missing functionality. These might be addressed in future releases.

    • @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ using the identity and schema of the partitioned root table instead of that of the individual leaf partitions in which the changes actually originate (see CREATE PUBLICATION). -

    Prev Up Next
    31.5. Conflicts Home 31.7. Architecture
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.5. Conflicts Home 31.7. Architecture
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-row-filter.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-row-filter.html index 148d8ae..c405889 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-row-filter.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-row-filter.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.3. Row Filters
    31.3. Row Filters
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.3. Row Filters

    31.3.1. Row Filter Rules
    31.3.2. Expression Restrictions
    31.3.3. UPDATE Transformations
    31.3.4. Partitioned Tables
    31.3.5. Initial Data Synchronization
    31.3.6. Combining Multiple Row Filters
    31.3.7. Examples

    +31.3. Row Filters

    31.3. Row Filters
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.3. Row Filters

    31.3.1. Row Filter Rules
    31.3.2. Expression Restrictions
    31.3.3. UPDATE Transformations
    31.3.4. Partitioned Tables
    31.3.5. Initial Data Synchronization
    31.3.6. Combining Multiple Row Filters
    31.3.7. Examples

    By default, all data from all published tables will be replicated to the appropriate subscribers. The replicated data can be reduced by using a row filter. A user might choose to use row filters @@ -437,4 +437,4 @@ test_sub=# SELECT * FROM child ORDER BY a; 6 7 (3 rows) -

    Prev Up Next
    31.2. Subscription Home 31.4. Column Lists
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    31.2. Subscription Home 31.4. Column Lists
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html index 67e5f38..055319c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.9. Security
    31.9. Security
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.9. Security

    +31.9. Security

    31.9. Security
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.9. Security

    A user able to modify the schema of subscriber-side tables can execute arbitrary code as the role which owns any subscription which modifies those tables. Limit ownership and TRIGGER privilege on such tables to trusted roles. @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ transaction when the ownership of the subscription is changed by a concurrent transaction, the application of the current transaction will continue under the old owner's privileges. -

    Prev Up Next
    31.8. Monitoring Home 31.10. Configuration Settings
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    31.8. Monitoring Home 31.10. Configuration Settings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-subscription.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-subscription.html index c9e93d1..e8f22fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-subscription.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-subscription.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -31.2. Subscription
    31.2. Subscription
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.2. Subscription

    31.2.1. Replication Slot Management
    31.2.2. Examples

    +31.2. Subscription

    31.2. Subscription
    Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next

    31.2. Subscription

    31.2.1. Replication Slot Management
    31.2.2. Examples

    A subscription is the downstream side of logical replication. The node where a subscription is defined is referred to as the subscriber. A subscription defines the connection @@ -275,4 +275,4 @@ test_sub=# SELECT * FROM t3; 3 | iii 6 | vi (4 rows) -

    Prev Up Next
    31.1. Publication Home 31.3. Row Filters
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    31.1. Publication Home 31.3. Row Filters
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html index 7fa2964..2d16b5c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 31. Logical Replication
    Chapter 31. Logical Replication
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 31. Logical Replication

    Table of Contents

    31.1. Publication
    31.2. Subscription
    31.2.1. Replication Slot Management
    31.2.2. Examples
    31.3. Row Filters
    31.3.1. Row Filter Rules
    31.3.2. Expression Restrictions
    31.3.3. UPDATE Transformations
    31.3.4. Partitioned Tables
    31.3.5. Initial Data Synchronization
    31.3.6. Combining Multiple Row Filters
    31.3.7. Examples
    31.4. Column Lists
    31.4.1. Examples
    31.5. Conflicts
    31.6. Restrictions
    31.7. Architecture
    31.7.1. Initial Snapshot
    31.8. Monitoring
    31.9. Security
    31.10. Configuration Settings
    31.11. Quick Setup

    +Chapter 31. Logical Replication

    Chapter 31. Logical Replication
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 31. Logical Replication

    Table of Contents

    31.1. Publication
    31.2. Subscription
    31.2.1. Replication Slot Management
    31.2.2. Examples
    31.3. Row Filters
    31.3.1. Row Filter Rules
    31.3.2. Expression Restrictions
    31.3.3. UPDATE Transformations
    31.3.4. Partitioned Tables
    31.3.5. Initial Data Synchronization
    31.3.6. Combining Multiple Row Filters
    31.3.7. Examples
    31.4. Column Lists
    31.4.1. Examples
    31.5. Conflicts
    31.6. Restrictions
    31.7. Architecture
    31.7.1. Initial Snapshot
    31.8. Monitoring
    31.9. Security
    31.10. Configuration Settings
    31.11. Quick Setup

    Logical replication is a method of replicating data objects and their changes, based upon their replication identity (usually a primary key). We use the term logical in contrast to physical replication, which uses exact @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ application, there will be no conflicts from a single subscription. On the other hand, if there are other writes done either by an application or by other subscribers to the same set of tables, conflicts can arise. -

    Prev Up Next
    30.6. WAL Internals Home 31.1. Publication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    30.6. WAL Internals Home 31.1. Publication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html index ad1c37d..4188d32 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding

    +49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding

    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding

    The pg_replication_slots view and the @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ pg_stat_replication_slots view provides statistics information about the logical replication slots. -

    Prev Up Next
    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface Home 49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface Home 49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html index f991288..f8267c4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples

    +49.1. Logical Decoding Examples

    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples

    The following example demonstrates controlling logical decoding using the SQL interface.

    @@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ postgres=# select * from pg_logical_slot_get_changes('regression_slot', NULL, NU -----------+-----+---------------------------------------------- 0/168A4B8 | 530 | ROLLBACK PREPARED 'test_prepared2', txid 530 (1 row) -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 49. Logical Decoding Home 49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 49. Logical Decoding Home 49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html index b5e7360..eef7c99 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts

    49.2.1. Logical Decoding
    49.2.2. Replication Slots
    49.2.3. Output Plugins
    49.2.4. Exported Snapshots

    49.2.1. Logical Decoding

    +49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts

    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts

    49.2.1. Logical Decoding
    49.2.2. Replication Slots
    49.2.3. Output Plugins
    49.2.4. Exported Snapshots

    49.2.1. Logical Decoding

    Logical decoding is the process of extracting all persistent changes to a database's tables into a coherent, easy to understand format which can be interpreted without detailed knowledge of the database's internal @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ fail when connected to a hot standby. Applications that do not require snapshot export may suppress it with the NOEXPORT_SNAPSHOT option. -

    Prev Up Next
    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples Home 49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples Home 49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html index feafdd1..d18896f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding Home 49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding Home 49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html index 299e63a..a487b70 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface

    +49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface

    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface

    See Section 9.27.6 for detailed documentation on the SQL-level API for interacting with logical decoding.

    @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ only supported on replication slots used over the streaming replication interface. The function interface and additional, non-core interfaces do not support synchronous replication. -

    Prev Up Next
    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface Home 49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface Home 49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-streaming.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-streaming.html index e0cf14b..f181a18 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-streaming.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-streaming.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding

    +49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding

    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding

    The basic output plugin callbacks (e.g., begin_cb, change_cb, commit_cb and message_cb) are only invoked when the transaction @@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ commit_prepared_cb(...); <-- commit of the prepared transaction

    Even when streaming large transactions, the changes are still applied in commit order, preserving the same guarantees as the non-streaming mode. -

    Prev Up Next
    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding Home 49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding Home 49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html index 4bce38b..70cd43b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding

    49.8.1. Overview
    49.8.2. Caveats

    49.8.1. Overview

    +49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding

    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding

    49.8.1. Overview
    49.8.2. Caveats

    49.8.1. Overview

    Logical decoding can be used to build synchronous replication solutions with the same user interface as synchronous @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ Note that these commands that can cause deadlock apply to not only explicitly indicated system catalog tables above but also to any other [user] catalog table. -

    Prev Up Next
    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers Home 49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers Home 49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-two-phase-commits.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-two-phase-commits.html index f4e59f5..638903f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-two-phase-commits.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-two-phase-commits.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding

    +49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding

    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding

    With the basic output plugin callbacks (eg., begin_cb, change_cb, commit_cb and message_cb) two-phase commit commands like @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ in such transactions. See Section 49.8.2 for the details.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding Home Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding Home Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html index 2e0f161..a8da899 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface

    +49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface

    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface

    The commands

    • CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT slot_name LOGICAL output_plugin

    • DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT slot_name [ WAIT ]

    • START_REPLICATION SLOT slot_name LOGICAL ...

    are used to create, drop, and stream changes from a replication @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ The command pg_recvlogical can be used to control logical decoding over a streaming replication connection. (It uses these commands internally.) -

    Prev Up Next
    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts Home 49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts Home 49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html index ae2fd26..5caa8e5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers

    +49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers

    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    Prev UpChapter 49. Logical DecodingHome Next

    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers

    It is possible to add more output methods for logical decoding. For details, see src/backend/replication/logical/logicalfuncs.c. Essentially, three functions need to be provided: one to read WAL, one to prepare writing output, and one to write the output (see Section 49.6.5). -

    Prev Up Next
    49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins Home 49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins Home 49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html index 6d3e874..89a00ce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
    Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 49. Logical Decoding

    Table of Contents

    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    49.2.1. Logical Decoding
    49.2.2. Replication Slots
    49.2.3. Output Plugins
    49.2.4. Exported Snapshots
    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    49.6.1. Initialization Function
    49.6.2. Capabilities
    49.6.3. Output Modes
    49.6.4. Output Plugin Callbacks
    49.6.5. Functions for Producing Output
    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    49.8.1. Overview
    49.8.2. Caveats
    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding

    +Chapter 49. Logical Decoding

    Chapter 49. Logical Decoding
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes Home 49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes Home 49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html index 2dc806d..a07bfc1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.23. ltree
    F.23. ltree
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.23. ltree

    F.23.1. Definitions
    F.23.2. Operators and Functions
    F.23.3. Indexes
    F.23.4. Example
    F.23.5. Transforms
    F.23.6. Authors

    +F.23. ltree

    F.23. ltree
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.23. ltree

    F.23.1. Definitions
    F.23.2. Operators and Functions
    F.23.3. Indexes
    F.23.4. Example
    F.23.5. Transforms
    F.23.6. Authors

    This module implements a data type ltree for representing labels of data stored in a hierarchical tree-like structure. Extensive facilities for searching through label trees are provided. @@ -579,4 +579,4 @@ ltreetest=> SELECT ins_label(path,2,'Space') FROM test WHERE path <@ 'Top. http://www.sai.msu.su/~megera/postgres/gist/ for additional information. Authors would like to thank Eugeny Rodichev for helpful discussions. Comments and bug reports are welcome. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.22. lo Home F.24. old_snapshot
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.22. lo Home F.24. old_snapshot
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html index fa9e6f3..de01ed3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks

    Table of Contents

    25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    25.1.1. Vacuuming Basics
    25.1.2. Recovering Disk Space
    25.1.3. Updating Planner Statistics
    25.1.4. Updating the Visibility Map
    25.1.5. Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    25.1.6. The Autovacuum Daemon
    25.2. Routine Reindexing
    25.3. Log File Maintenance

    +Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks

    Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks

    Table of Contents

    25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    25.1.1. Vacuuming Basics
    25.1.2. Recovering Disk Space
    25.1.3. Updating Planner Statistics
    25.1.4. Updating the Visibility Map
    25.1.5. Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    25.1.6. The Autovacuum Daemon
    25.2. Routine Reindexing
    25.3. Log File Maintenance

    PostgreSQL, like any database software, requires that certain tasks be performed regularly to achieve optimum performance. The tasks discussed here are required, but they @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ to some other database management systems. Nonetheless, appropriate attention to these tasks will go far towards ensuring a pleasant and productive experience with the system. -

    Prev Up Next
    24.3. Character Set Support Home 25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    24.3. Character Set Support Home 25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html index 0fb9a55..4888e51 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -23.4. Database Configuration
    23.4. Database Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.4. Database Configuration

    +23.4. Database Configuration

    23.4. Database Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.4. Database Configuration

    Recall from Chapter 20 that the PostgreSQL server provides a large number of run-time configuration variables. You can set database-specific @@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ ALTER DATABASE mydb SET geqo TO off; will only be the default. To undo any such setting, use ALTER DATABASE dbname RESET varname. -

    Prev Up Next
    23.3. Template Databases Home 23.5. Destroying a Database
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    23.3. Template Databases Home 23.5. Destroying a Database
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html index 6c22dbc..8a42998 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -23.2. Creating a Database
    23.2. Creating a Database
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.2. Creating a Database

    +23.2. Creating a Database

    23.2. Creating a Database
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.2. Creating a Database

    In order to create a database, the PostgreSQL server must be up and running (see Section 19.3).

    @@ -76,4 +76,4 @@ createdb -O rolename

    Prev Up Next
    23.1. Overview Home 23.3. Template Databases
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    23.1. Overview Home 23.3. Template Databases
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html index 4e21405..db57cce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -23.5. Destroying a Database
    23.5. Destroying a Database
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.5. Destroying a Database

    +23.5. Destroying a Database

    23.5. Destroying a Database
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.5. Destroying a Database

    Databases are destroyed with the command DROP DATABASE: 

    @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ dropdb dbname

    (Unlike createdb, it is not the default action to drop the database with the current user name.) -

    Prev Up Next
    23.4. Database Configuration Home 23.6. Tablespaces
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    23.4. Database Configuration Home 23.6. Tablespaces
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html index d3e3838..4fbe0f7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -23.1. Overview
    23.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.1. Overview

    +23.1. Overview

    23.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.1. Overview

    A small number of objects, like role, database, and tablespace names, are defined at the cluster level and stored in the pg_global tablespace. Inside the cluster are @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ SELECT datname FROM pg_database;

    Note

    The SQL standard calls databases “catalogs”, but there is no difference in practice. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 23. Managing Databases Home 23.2. Creating a Database
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 23. Managing Databases Home 23.2. Creating a Database
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html index 7b2f973..352d3ee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -23.6. Tablespaces
    23.6. Tablespaces
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.6. Tablespaces

    +23.6. Tablespaces

    23.6. Tablespaces
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.6. Tablespaces

    Tablespaces in PostgreSQL allow database administrators to define locations in the file system where the files representing database objects can be stored. Once created, a tablespace can be referred @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ SELECT spcname FROM pg_tablespace; and earlier you will also need to update the pg_tablespace catalog with the new locations. (If you do not, pg_dump will continue to output the old tablespace locations.) -

    Prev Up Next
    23.5. Destroying a Database Home Chapter 24. Localization
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    23.5. Destroying a Database Home Chapter 24. Localization
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html index 6331df0..356255d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -23.3. Template Databases
    23.3. Template Databases
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.3. Template Databases

    +23.3. Template Databases

    23.3. Template Databases
    Prev UpChapter 23. Managing DatabasesHome Next

    23.3. Template Databases

    CREATE DATABASE actually works by copying an existing database. By default, it copies the standard system database named template1. Thus that @@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ createdb -T template0 dbname cluster is initialized. This database is meant as a default database for users and applications to connect to. It is simply a copy of template1 and can be dropped and recreated if necessary. -

    Prev Up Next
    23.2. Creating a Database Home 23.4. Database Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    23.2. Creating a Database Home 23.4. Database Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html index bf76c58..e46c1aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Chapter 23. Managing Databases
    Chapter 23. Managing Databases
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 23. Managing Databases

    Table of Contents

    23.1. Overview
    23.2. Creating a Database
    23.3. Template Databases
    23.4. Database Configuration
    23.5. Destroying a Database
    23.6. Tablespaces

    +Chapter 23. Managing Databases

    Chapter 23. Managing Databases
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 23. Managing Databases

    Table of Contents

    23.1. Overview
    23.2. Creating a Database
    23.3. Template Databases
    23.4. Database Configuration
    23.5. Destroying a Database
    23.6. Tablespaces

    Every instance of a running PostgreSQL server manages one or more databases. Databases are therefore the topmost hierarchical level for organizing SQL objects (“database objects”). This chapter describes the properties of databases, and how to create, manage, and destroy them. -

    Prev Up Next
    22.6. Function Security Home 23.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    22.6. Function Security Home 23.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html index a71658c..e20e439 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -28.3. Viewing Locks
    28.3. Viewing Locks
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.3. Viewing Locks

    +28.3. Viewing Locks

    28.3. Viewing Locks
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.3. Viewing Locks

    Another useful tool for monitoring database activity is the pg_locks system table. It allows the database administrator to view information about the outstanding @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ Section 54.12. For more information on locking and managing concurrency with PostgreSQL, refer to Chapter 13. -

    Prev Up Next
    28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System Home 28.4. Progress Reporting
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System Home 28.4. Progress Reporting
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html index dcf8e1c..d6c0fa8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -28.1. Standard Unix Tools
    28.1. Standard Unix Tools
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.1. Standard Unix Tools

    +28.1. Standard Unix Tools

    28.1. Standard Unix Tools
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.1. Standard Unix Tools

    On most Unix platforms, PostgreSQL modifies its command title as reported by ps, so that individual server processes can readily be identified. A sample display is @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ postgres 27093 0.0 0.0 30096 2752 ? Ss 11:34 0:00 postgres: ser server process. If you fail to do all three things, the ps output for each server process will be the original postgres command line. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity Home 28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity Home 28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html index 89c7b2e..45ef573 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
    28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System

    28.2.1. Statistics Collection Configuration
    28.2.2. Viewing Statistics
    28.2.3. pg_stat_activity
    28.2.4. pg_stat_replication
    28.2.5. pg_stat_replication_slots
    28.2.6. pg_stat_wal_receiver
    28.2.7. pg_stat_recovery_prefetch
    28.2.8. pg_stat_subscription
    28.2.9. pg_stat_subscription_stats
    28.2.10. pg_stat_ssl
    28.2.11. pg_stat_gssapi
    28.2.12. pg_stat_archiver
    28.2.13. pg_stat_bgwriter
    28.2.14. pg_stat_wal
    28.2.15. pg_stat_database
    28.2.16. pg_stat_database_conflicts
    28.2.17. pg_stat_all_tables
    28.2.18. pg_stat_all_indexes
    28.2.19. pg_statio_all_tables
    28.2.20. pg_statio_all_indexes
    28.2.21. pg_statio_all_sequences
    28.2.22. pg_stat_user_functions
    28.2.23. pg_stat_slru
    28.2.24. Statistics Functions

    +28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System

    28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    Prev Up Next
    28.1. Standard Unix Tools Home 28.3. Viewing Locks
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    28.1. Standard Unix Tools Home 28.3. Viewing Locks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html index 354b2af..9e11449 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity
    Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity

    Table of Contents

    28.1. Standard Unix Tools
    28.2. The Cumulative Statistics System
    28.2.1. Statistics Collection Configuration
    28.2.2. Viewing Statistics
    28.2.3. pg_stat_activity
    28.2.4. pg_stat_replication
    28.2.5. pg_stat_replication_slots
    28.2.6. pg_stat_wal_receiver
    28.2.7. pg_stat_recovery_prefetch
    28.2.8. pg_stat_subscription
    28.2.9. pg_stat_subscription_stats
    28.2.10. pg_stat_ssl
    28.2.11. pg_stat_gssapi
    28.2.12. pg_stat_archiver
    28.2.13. pg_stat_bgwriter
    28.2.14. pg_stat_wal
    28.2.15. pg_stat_database
    28.2.16. pg_stat_database_conflicts
    28.2.17. pg_stat_all_tables
    28.2.18. pg_stat_all_indexes
    28.2.19. pg_statio_all_tables
    28.2.20. pg_statio_all_indexes
    28.2.21. pg_statio_all_sequences
    28.2.22. pg_stat_user_functions
    28.2.23. pg_stat_slru
    28.2.24. Statistics Functions
    28.3. Viewing Locks
    28.4. Progress Reporting
    28.4.1. ANALYZE Progress Reporting
    28.4.2. CREATE INDEX Progress Reporting
    28.4.3. VACUUM Progress Reporting
    28.4.4. CLUSTER Progress Reporting
    28.4.5. Base Backup Progress Reporting
    28.4.6. COPY Progress Reporting
    28.5. Dynamic Tracing
    28.5.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
    28.5.2. Built-in Probes
    28.5.3. Using Probes
    28.5.4. Defining New Probes

    +Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity

    Chapter 28. Monitoring Database Activity
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    27.4. Hot Standby Home 28.1. Standard Unix Tools
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    27.4. Hot Standby Home 28.1. Standard Unix Tools
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html index 896e77d..d6f7d84 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -24.3. Character Set Support
    24.3. Character Set Support
    Prev UpChapter 24. LocalizationHome Next

    24.3. Character Set Support

    24.3.1. Supported Character Sets
    24.3.2. Setting the Character Set
    24.3.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
    24.3.4. Available Character Set Conversions
    24.3.5. Further Reading

    +24.3. Character Set Support

    24.3. Character Set Support
    Prev UpChapter 24. LocalizationHome Next

    24.3. Character Set Support

    24.3.1. Supported Character Sets
    24.3.2. Setting the Character Set
    24.3.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
    24.3.4. Available Character Set Conversions
    24.3.5. Further Reading

    The character set support in PostgreSQL allows you to store text in a variety of character sets (also called encodings), including @@ -344,8 +344,8 @@ RESET client_encoding; EUC_TW.

    https://www.unicode.org/

    The web site of the Unicode Consortium. -

    RFC 3629

    +

    RFC 3629

    UTF-8 (8-bit UCS/Unicode Transformation Format) is defined here.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    24.2. Collation Support Home Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    24.2. Collation Support Home Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html index bc318f5..f54a49a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    Prev UpChapter 75. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next

    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples

    75.2.1. Functional Dependencies
    75.2.2. Multivariate N-Distinct Counts
    75.2.3. MCV Lists

    75.2.1. Functional Dependencies

    +75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples

    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    Prev UpChapter 75. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next

    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples

    75.2.1. Functional Dependencies
    75.2.2. Multivariate N-Distinct Counts
    75.2.3. MCV Lists

    75.2.1. Functional Dependencies

    Multivariate correlation can be demonstrated with a very simple data set — a table with two columns, both containing the same values: @@ -207,4 +207,4 @@ EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, TIMING OFF) SELECT * FROM t WHERE a <= 49 AND b > 49; Rows Removed by Filter: 10000

    -

    Prev Up Next
    75.1. Row Estimation Examples Home 75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    75.1. Row Estimation Examples Home 75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html index 4468e8b..0fd1865 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.6. Caveats
    13.6. Caveats
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.6. Caveats

    +13.6. Caveats

    13.6. Caveats
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.6. Caveats

    Some DDL commands, currently only TRUNCATE and the table-rewriting forms of ALTER TABLE, are not MVCC-safe. This means that after the truncation or rewrite commits, the @@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ contrast, queries that explicitly examine the system catalogs don't see rows representing concurrently created database objects, in the higher isolation levels. -

    Prev Up Next
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling Home 13.7. Locking and Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling Home 13.7. Locking and Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html index cecb7ea..a857907 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.1. Introduction
    13.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.1. Introduction

    +13.1. Introduction

    13.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.1. Introduction

    PostgreSQL provides a rich set of tools for developers to manage concurrent access to data. Internally, data consistency is maintained by using a multiversion @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ performance than locks. In addition, application-defined advisory locks provide a mechanism for acquiring locks that are not tied to a single transaction. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 13. Concurrency Control Home 13.2. Transaction Isolation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 13. Concurrency Control Home 13.2. Transaction Isolation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-serialization-failure-handling.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-serialization-failure-handling.html index d3b0281..7cb589d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-serialization-failure-handling.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-serialization-failure-handling.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling

    +13.5. Serialization Failure Handling

    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling

    Both Repeatable Read and Serializable isolation levels can produce errors that are designed to prevent serialization anomalies. As previously stated, applications using these levels must be prepared to @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ many attempts. In cases involving a conflicting prepared transaction, it may not be possible to make progress until the prepared transaction commits or rolls back. -

    Prev Up Next
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level Home 13.6. Caveats
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level Home 13.6. Caveats
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html index 3de2cc6..bcb496c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 13. Concurrency Control
    Chapter 13. Concurrency Control
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 13. Concurrency Control

    Table of Contents

    13.1. Introduction
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level
    13.2.2. Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    13.2.3. Serializable Isolation Level
    13.3. Explicit Locking
    13.3.1. Table-Level Locks
    13.3.2. Row-Level Locks
    13.3.3. Page-Level Locks
    13.3.4. Deadlocks
    13.3.5. Advisory Locks
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency with Serializable Transactions
    13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency with Explicit Blocking Locks
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    13.6. Caveats
    13.7. Locking and Indexes

    +Chapter 13. Concurrency Control

    Chapter 13. Concurrency Control
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 13. Concurrency Control

    Table of Contents

    13.1. Introduction
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level
    13.2.2. Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    13.2.3. Serializable Isolation Level
    13.3. Explicit Locking
    13.3.1. Table-Level Locks
    13.3.2. Row-Level Locks
    13.3.3. Page-Level Locks
    13.3.4. Deadlocks
    13.3.5. Advisory Locks
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency with Serializable Transactions
    13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency with Explicit Blocking Locks
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    13.6. Caveats
    13.7. Locking and Indexes

    This chapter describes the behavior of the PostgreSQL database system when two or more sessions try to access the same data at the same time. The @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ sessions while maintaining strict data integrity. Every developer of database applications should be familiar with the topics covered in this chapter. -

    Prev Up Next
    12.11. Limitations Home 13.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.11. Limitations Home 13.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html index c039385..5672644 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -57.2. For the Programmer
    57.2. For the Programmer
    Prev UpChapter 57. Native Language SupportHome Next

    57.2. For the Programmer

    57.2.1. Mechanics
    57.2.2. Message-Writing Guidelines

    57.2.1. Mechanics

    +57.2. For the Programmer

    57.2. For the Programmer
    Prev UpChapter 57. Native Language SupportHome Next

    57.2. For the Programmer

    57.2.1. Mechanics
    57.2.2. Message-Writing Guidelines

    57.2.1. Mechanics

    This section describes how to implement native language support in a program or library that is part of the PostgreSQL distribution. @@ -151,4 +151,4 @@ errmsg_plural("copied %d file", These comments are copied to the message catalog files so that the translators can see them.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    57.1. For the Translator Home Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    57.1. For the Translator Home Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html index c50c9b5..cd33d23 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -57.1. For the Translator
    57.1. For the Translator
    Prev UpChapter 57. Native Language SupportHome Next

    57.1. For the Translator

    57.1.1. Requirements
    57.1.2. Concepts
    57.1.3. Creating and Maintaining Message Catalogs
    57.1.4. Editing the PO Files

    +57.1. For the Translator

    57.1. For the Translator
    Prev UpChapter 57. Native Language SupportHome Next

    57.1. For the Translator

    57.1.1. Requirements
    57.1.2. Concepts
    57.1.3. Creating and Maintaining Message Catalogs
    57.1.4. Editing the PO Files

    PostgreSQL programs (server and client) can issue their messages in your favorite language — if the messages have been translated. @@ -215,4 +215,4 @@ msgstr "Die Datei %2$s hat %1$u Zeichen." speaking end users might also not understand it or find it ambiguous, so it's best to improve the message.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 57. Native Language Support Home 57.2. For the Programmer
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 57. Native Language Support Home 57.2. For the Programmer
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html index 5c67952..18516a5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 57. Native Language Support
    Chapter 57. Native Language Support
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions Home 57.1. For the Translator
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 57. Native Language Support
    Chapter 57. Native Language Support
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions Home 57.1. For the Translator
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html index dc0db28..f140a68 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.5. Non-Durable Settings

    +14.5. Non-Durable Settings

    14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.5. Non-Durable Settings

    Durability is a database feature that guarantees the recording of committed transactions even if the server crashes or loses power. However, durability adds significant database overhead, @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ tables to avoid WAL writes, though it makes the tables non-crash-safe.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    14.4. Populating a Database Home Chapter 15. Parallel Query
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    14.4. Populating a Database Home Chapter 15. Parallel Query
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html index 4316356..21de1fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3. Conventions
    3. Conventions
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    3. Conventions

    +3. Conventions

    3. Conventions
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    3. Conventions

    The following conventions are used in the synopsis of a command: brackets ([ and ]) indicate optional parts. Braces @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ PostgreSQL system. These terms should not be interpreted too narrowly; this book does not have fixed presumptions about system administration procedures. -

    Prev Up Next
    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL Home 4. Further Information
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL Home 4. Further Information
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html index 27188af..c73bb32 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -oid2name
    oid2name
    Prev UpG.1. Client ApplicationsHome Next

    oid2name

    oid2name — resolve OIDs and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory

    Synopsis

    oid2name [option...]

    Description

    +oid2name

    oid2name
    Prev UpG.1. Client ApplicationsHome Next

    oid2name

    oid2name — resolve OIDs and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory

    Synopsis

    oid2name [option...]

    Description

    oid2name is a utility program that helps administrators to examine the file structure used by PostgreSQL. To make use of it, you need to be familiar with the database file structure, which is described in @@ -189,4 +189,4 @@ From database "alvherre": 155156 foo

    Author

    B. Palmer -

    Prev Up Next
    G.1. Client Applications Home vacuumlo
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    G.1. Client Applications Home vacuumlo
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/oldsnapshot.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/oldsnapshot.html index c663c62..27b9236 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/oldsnapshot.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/oldsnapshot.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.24. old_snapshot
    F.24. old_snapshot
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.24. old_snapshot

    F.24.1. Functions

    +F.24. old_snapshot

    F.24. old_snapshot
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.24. old_snapshot

    F.24.1. Functions

    The old_snapshot module allows inspection of the server state that is used to implement old_snapshot_threshold. @@ -7,4 +7,4 @@ Returns all of the entries in the server's timestamp to XID mapping. Each entry represents the newest xmin of any snapshot taken in the corresponding minute. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.23. ltree Home F.25. pageinspect
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.23. ltree Home F.25. pageinspect
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html index 12bdad7..9c55c4f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals

    Table of Contents

    52.1. The Path of a Query
    52.2. How Connections Are Established
    52.3. The Parser Stage
    52.3.1. Parser
    52.3.2. Transformation Process
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    52.5.1. Generating Possible Plans
    52.6. Executor

    Author

    +Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals

    Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals

    Table of Contents

    52.1. The Path of a Query
    52.2. How Connections Are Established
    52.3. The Parser Stage
    52.3.1. Parser
    52.3.2. Transformation Process
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    52.5.1. Generating Possible Plans
    52.6. Executor

    Author

    This chapter originated as part of [sim98] Stefan Simkovics' Master's Thesis prepared at Vienna University of Technology under the direction @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ understand the general sequence of operations that occur within the backend from the point at which a query is received, to the point at which the results are returned to the client. -

    Prev Up Next
    Part VII. Internals Home 52.1. The Path of a Query
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Part VII. Internals Home 52.1. The Path of a Query
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html index 7c0a658..c05ff81 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.25. pageinspect
    F.25. pageinspect
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.25. pageinspect

    F.25.1. General Functions
    F.25.2. Heap Functions
    F.25.3. B-Tree Functions
    F.25.4. BRIN Functions
    F.25.5. GIN Functions
    F.25.6. GiST Functions
    F.25.7. Hash Functions

    +F.25. pageinspect

    F.25. pageinspect
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.25. pageinspect

    F.25.1. General Functions
    F.25.2. Heap Functions
    F.25.3. B-Tree Functions
    F.25.4. BRIN Functions
    F.25.5. GIN Functions
    F.25.6. GiST Functions
    F.25.7. Hash Functions

    The pageinspect module provides functions that allow you to inspect the contents of database pages at a low level, which is useful for debugging purposes. All of these functions may be used only by superusers. @@ -564,4 +564,4 @@ procid | 450 spares | {0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,3,4,4,4,45,55,58,59,​508,567,628,704,1193,1202,1204} mapp | {65}

    -

    Prev Up Next
    F.24. old_snapshot Home F.26. passwordcheck
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.24. old_snapshot Home F.26. passwordcheck
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html index 7af33cd..8c56bbc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -15.3. Parallel Plans
    15.3. Parallel Plans
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.3. Parallel Plans

    15.3.1. Parallel Scans
    15.3.2. Parallel Joins
    15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
    15.3.4. Parallel Append
    15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips

    +15.3. Parallel Plans

    15.3. Parallel Plans
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.3. Parallel Plans

    15.3.1. Parallel Scans
    15.3.2. Parallel Joins
    15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
    15.3.4. Parallel Append
    15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips

    Because each worker executes the parallel portion of the plan to completion, it is not possible to simply take an ordinary query plan and run it using multiple workers. Each worker would produce a full @@ -152,4 +152,4 @@ This may be useful in determining whether the work is being evenly distributed between all plan nodes and more generally in understanding the performance characteristics of the plan. -

    Prev Up Next
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used? Home 15.4. Parallel Safety
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used? Home 15.4. Parallel Safety
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html index 8d1c60a..ea62bbb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 15. Parallel Query
    Chapter 15. Parallel Query
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 15. Parallel Query

    Table of Contents

    15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    15.3. Parallel Plans
    15.3.1. Parallel Scans
    15.3.2. Parallel Joins
    15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
    15.3.4. Parallel Append
    15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips
    15.4. Parallel Safety
    15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

    +Chapter 15. Parallel Query

    Chapter 15. Parallel Query
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 15. Parallel Query

    Table of Contents

    15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    15.3. Parallel Plans
    15.3.1. Parallel Scans
    15.3.2. Parallel Joins
    15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
    15.3.4. Parallel Append
    15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips
    15.4. Parallel Safety
    15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

    PostgreSQL can devise query plans that can leverage multiple CPUs in order to answer queries faster. This feature is known as parallel query. Many queries cannot benefit from parallel query, either @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ few rows to the user will typically benefit most. This chapter explains some details of how parallel query works and in which situations it can be used so that users who wish to make use of it can understand what to expect. -

    Prev Up Next
    14.5. Non-Durable Settings Home 15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    14.5. Non-Durable Settings Home 15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html index 51d31e1..bbe8569 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -15.4. Parallel Safety
    15.4. Parallel Safety
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.4. Parallel Safety

    15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

    +15.4. Parallel Safety

    15.4. Parallel Safety
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.4. Parallel Safety

    15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

    The planner classifies operations involved in a query as either parallel safe, parallel restricted, or parallel unsafe. A parallel safe operation is one that @@ -80,4 +80,4 @@ the parallel portion of the query and defer the evaluation of the WHERE clause so that it happens above the Gather node. However, the planner does not do this. -

    Prev Up Next
    15.3. Parallel Plans Home Part III. Server Administration
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    15.3. Parallel Plans Home Part III. Server Administration
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html index 7aa4f59..25fb740 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -52.3. The Parser Stage
    52.3. The Parser Stage
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.3. The Parser Stage

    52.3.1. Parser
    52.3.2. Transformation Process

    +52.3. The Parser Stage

    52.3. The Parser Stage
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.3. The Parser Stage

    52.3.1. Parser
    52.3.2. Transformation Process

    The parser stage consists of two parts:

    • @@ -88,4 +88,4 @@ name turns out to be an ordinary function or an aggregate function. Also, information about the actual data types of columns and expression results is added to the query tree. -

    Prev Up Next
    52.2. How Connections Are Established Home 52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    52.2. How Connections Are Established Home 52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html index 43beaea..bd8d176 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.26. passwordcheck
    F.26. passwordcheck
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.26. passwordcheck

    +F.26. passwordcheck

    F.26. passwordcheck
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.26. passwordcheck

    The passwordcheck module checks users' passwords whenever they are set with CREATE ROLE or @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ Alternatively, you could modify passwordcheck to reject pre-encrypted passwords, but forcing users to set their passwords in clear text carries its own security risks. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.25. pageinspect Home F.27. pg_buffercache
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.25. pageinspect Home F.27. pg_buffercache
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html index 60d4fda..d56fb33 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter 14. Performance Tips
    Chapter 14. Performance Tips
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 14. Performance Tips

    Table of Contents

    14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    14.1.1. EXPLAIN Basics
    14.1.2. EXPLAIN ANALYZE
    14.1.3. Caveats
    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    14.2.1. Single-Column Statistics
    14.2.2. Extended Statistics
    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    14.4. Populating a Database
    14.4.1. Disable Autocommit
    14.4.2. Use COPY
    14.4.3. Remove Indexes
    14.4.4. Remove Foreign Key Constraints
    14.4.5. Increase maintenance_work_mem
    14.4.6. Increase max_wal_size
    14.4.7. Disable WAL Archival and Streaming Replication
    14.4.8. Run ANALYZE Afterwards
    14.4.9. Some Notes about pg_dump
    14.5. Non-Durable Settings

    +Chapter 14. Performance Tips

    Chapter 14. Performance Tips
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    13.7. Locking and Indexes Home 14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.7. Locking and Indexes Home 14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html index cbd4e82..15bce38 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -22.6. Function Security
    22.6. Function Security
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.6. Function Security

    +22.6. Function Security

    22.6. Function Security
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.6. Function Security

    Functions, triggers and row-level security policies allow users to insert code into the backend server that other users might execute unintentionally. Hence, these mechanisms permit users to “Trojan @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ are considered “untrusted”, and PostgreSQL allows only superusers to create functions written in those languages. -

    Prev Up Next
    22.5. Predefined Roles Home Chapter 23. Managing Databases
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    22.5. Predefined Roles Home Chapter 23. Managing Databases
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html index b684221..d51c881 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_archivecleanup
    pg_archivecleanup
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_archivecleanup

    pg_archivecleanup — clean up PostgreSQL WAL archive files

    Synopsis

    pg_archivecleanup [option...] archivelocation oldestkeptwalfile

    Description

    +pg_archivecleanup

    pg_archivecleanup
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_archivecleanup

    pg_archivecleanup — clean up PostgreSQL WAL archive files

    Synopsis

    pg_archivecleanup [option...] archivelocation oldestkeptwalfile

    Description

    pg_archivecleanup is designed to be used as an archive_cleanup_command to clean up WAL file archives when running as a standby server (see Section 27.2). @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ archive_cleanup_command = 'pg_archivecleanup -d /mnt/standby/archive %r 2>> produce debugging output in cleanup.log

  • remove no-longer-needed files from the archive directory -

    • Prev Up Next
    initdb Home pg_checksums
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    initdb Home pg_checksums
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html index dde8d04..893ed68 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pgbench
    pgbench
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    pgbench

    pgbench — run a benchmark test on PostgreSQL

    Synopsis

    pgbench -i [option...] [dbname]

    pgbench [option...] [dbname]

    Description

    +pgbench

    pgbench
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

    pgbench

    pgbench — run a benchmark test on PostgreSQL

    Synopsis

    pgbench -i [option...] [dbname]

    pgbench [option...] [dbname]

    Description

    pgbench is a simple program for running benchmark tests on PostgreSQL. It runs the same sequence of SQL commands over and over, possibly in multiple concurrent database sessions, @@ -1718,4 +1718,4 @@ statement latencies in milliseconds, failures and retries: do not run pgbench in that database. pgbench uses unqualified names and does not manipulate the search path. -

    Prev Up Next
    pg_basebackup Home pg_config
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    pg_basebackup Home pg_config
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html index cb1ac2b..f5206aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.27. pg_buffercache
    F.27. pg_buffercache
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.27. pg_buffercache

    F.27.1. The pg_buffercache View
    F.27.2. Sample Output
    F.27.3. Authors

    +F.27. pg_buffercache

    F.27. pg_buffercache
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.27. pg_buffercache

    F.27.1. The pg_buffercache View
    F.27.2. Sample Output
    F.27.3. Authors

    The pg_buffercache module provides a means for examining what's happening in the shared buffer cache in real time.

    @@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ regression=# SELECT n.nspname, c.relname, count(*) AS buffers Design suggestions: Neil Conway

    Debugging advice: Tom Lane -

    Prev Up Next
    F.26. passwordcheck Home F.28. pgcrypto
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.26. passwordcheck Home F.28. pgcrypto
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html index fa60b93..db4677b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.28. pgcrypto
    F.28. pgcrypto
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.28. pgcrypto

    F.28.1. General Hashing Functions
    F.28.2. Password Hashing Functions
    F.28.3. PGP Encryption Functions
    F.28.4. Raw Encryption Functions
    F.28.5. Random-Data Functions
    F.28.6. Notes
    F.28.7. Author

    +F.28. pgcrypto

    F.28. pgcrypto
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.28. pgcrypto

    F.28.1. General Hashing Functions
    F.28.2. Password Hashing Functions
    F.28.3. PGP Encryption Functions
    F.28.4. Raw Encryption Functions
    F.28.5. Random-Data Functions
    F.28.6. Notes
    F.28.7. Author

    The pgcrypto module provides cryptographic functions for PostgreSQL.

    @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ gen_salt(type text [, iter_count integer ]) returns text cracking. Or not.

    F.28.3. PGP Encryption Functions

    The functions here implement the encryption part of the OpenPGP - (RFC 4880) + (RFC 4880) standard. Supported are both symmetric-key and public-key encryption.

    An encrypted PGP message consists of 2 parts, or packets: @@ -529,16 +529,8 @@ gen_random_uuid() returns uuid attacks. For example, the time required for a pgcrypto decryption function to complete varies among ciphertexts of a given size. -

    F.28.6.4. Useful Reading

    F.28.6.5. Technical References

    F.28.7. Author

    +

    F.28.7. Author

    Marko Kreen

    pgcrypto uses code from the following sources: -

    AlgorithmAuthorSource origin
    DES cryptDavid Burren and othersFreeBSD libcrypt
    MD5 cryptPoul-Henning KampFreeBSD libcrypt
    Blowfish cryptSolar Designerwww.openwall.com
    Prev Up Next
    F.27. pg_buffercache Home F.29. pg_freespacemap
    \ No newline at end of file +

    AlgorithmAuthorSource origin
    DES cryptDavid Burren and othersFreeBSD libcrypt
    MD5 cryptPoul-Henning KampFreeBSD libcrypt
    Blowfish cryptSolar Designerwww.openwall.com
    Prev Up Next
    F.27. pg_buffercache Home F.29. pg_freespacemap
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html index 2213b0e..7fd9dfe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.29. pg_freespacemap
    F.29. pg_freespacemap
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.29. pg_freespacemap

    F.29.1. Functions
    F.29.2. Sample Output
    F.29.3. Author

    +F.29. pg_freespacemap

    F.29. pg_freespacemap
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.29. pg_freespacemap

    F.29.1. Functions
    F.29.2. Sample Output
    F.29.3. Author

    The pg_freespacemap module provides a means for examining the free space map (FSM). It provides a function called pg_freespace, or two @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ postgres=# SELECT * FROM pg_freespace('foo', 7); Original version by Mark Kirkwood . Rewritten in version 8.4 to suit new FSM implementation by Heikki Linnakangas -

    Prev Up Next
    F.28. pgcrypto Home F.30. pg_prewarm
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.28. pgcrypto Home F.30. pg_prewarm
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html index b863d04..039e960 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.30. pg_prewarm
    F.30. pg_prewarm
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.30. pg_prewarm

    F.30.1. Functions
    F.30.2. Configuration Parameters
    F.30.3. Author

    +F.30. pg_prewarm

    F.30. pg_prewarm
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.30. pg_prewarm

    F.30.1. Functions
    F.30.2. Configuration Parameters
    F.30.3. Author

    The pg_prewarm module provides a convenient way to load relation data into either the operating system buffer cache or the PostgreSQL buffer cache. Prewarming @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ pg_prewarm.autoprewarm_interval = 300s

    F.30.3. Author

    Robert Haas -

    Prev Up Next
    F.29. pg_freespacemap Home F.31. pgrowlocks
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.29. pg_freespacemap Home F.31. pgrowlocks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html index e569763..c4ba0e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.31. pgrowlocks
    F.31. pgrowlocks
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.31. pgrowlocks

    F.31.1. Overview
    F.31.2. Sample Output
    F.31.3. Author

    +F.31. pgrowlocks

    F.31. pgrowlocks
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.31. pgrowlocks

    F.31.1. Overview
    F.31.2. Sample Output
    F.31.3. Author

    The pgrowlocks module provides a function to show row locking information for a specified table.

    @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ SELECT * FROM accounts AS a, pgrowlocks('accounts') AS p (4 rows)

    F.31.3. Author

    Tatsuo Ishii -

    Prev Up Next
    F.30. pg_prewarm Home F.32. pg_stat_statements
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.30. pg_prewarm Home F.32. pg_stat_statements
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html index 5a45f07..fac38c0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.32. pg_stat_statements
    F.32. pg_stat_statements
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.32. pg_stat_statements

    F.32.1. The pg_stat_statements View
    F.32.2. The pg_stat_statements_info View
    F.32.3. Functions
    F.32.4. Configuration Parameters
    F.32.5. Sample Output
    F.32.6. Authors

    +F.32. pg_stat_statements

    F.32. pg_stat_statements
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.32. pg_stat_statements

    F.32.1. The pg_stat_statements View
    F.32.2. The pg_stat_statements_info View
    F.32.3. Functions
    F.32.4. Configuration Parameters
    F.32.5. Sample Output
    F.32.6. Authors

    The pg_stat_statements module provides a means for tracking planning and execution statistics of all SQL statements executed by a server. @@ -333,15 +333,19 @@ Furthermore, it is not safe to assume that queryid will be stable across major versions of PostgreSQL.

    - As a rule of thumb, queryid values can be assumed to be - stable and comparable only so long as the underlying server version and - catalog metadata details stay exactly the same. Two servers - participating in replication based on physical WAL replay can be expected - to have identical queryid values for the same query. - However, logical replication schemes do not promise to keep replicas - identical in all relevant details, so queryid will - not be a useful identifier for accumulating costs across a set of logical - replicas. If in doubt, direct testing is recommended. + Two servers participating in replication based on physical WAL replay can + be expected to have identical queryid values for + the same query. However, logical replication schemes do not promise to + keep replicas identical in all relevant details, so + queryid will not be a useful identifier for + accumulating costs across a set of logical replicas. + If in doubt, direct testing is recommended. +

    + Generally, it can be assumed that queryid values + are stable between minor version releases of PostgreSQL, + providing that instances are running on the same machine architecture and + the catalog metadata details match. Compatibility will only be broken + between minor versions as a last resort.

    The parameter symbols used to replace constants in representative query texts start from the next number after the @@ -610,4 +614,4 @@ hit_percent |

    F.32.6. Authors

    Takahiro Itagaki . Query normalization added by Peter Geoghegan . -

    Prev Up Next
    F.31. pgrowlocks Home F.33. pgstattuple
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.31. pgrowlocks Home F.33. pgstattuple
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html index 20b5bf5..d704ca3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.33. pgstattuple
    F.33. pgstattuple
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.33. pgstattuple

    F.33.1. Functions
    F.33.2. Authors

    +F.33. pgstattuple

    F.33. pgstattuple
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.33. pgstattuple

    F.33.1. Functions
    F.33.2. Authors

    The pgstattuple module provides various functions to obtain tuple-level statistics.

    @@ -196,4 +196,4 @@ approx_free_percent | 2.09 accurate to the byte.

    F.33.2. Authors

    Tatsuo Ishii, Satoshi Nagayasu and Abhijit Menon-Sen -

    Prev Up Next
    F.32. pg_stat_statements Home F.34. pg_surgery
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.32. pg_stat_statements Home F.34. pg_surgery
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgsurgery.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgsurgery.html index 4890efa..7857cab 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgsurgery.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgsurgery.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.34. pg_surgery
    F.34. pg_surgery
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.34. pg_surgery

    F.34.1. Functions
    F.34.2. Authors

    +F.34. pg_surgery

    F.34. pg_surgery
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.34. pg_surgery

    F.34.1. Functions
    F.34.2. Authors

    The pg_surgery module provides various functions to perform surgery on a damaged relation. These functions are unsafe by design and using them may corrupt (or further corrupt) your database. For example, @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ test=# select ctid from t1 where xmin = 2;

    F.34.2. Authors

    Ashutosh Sharma -

    Prev Up Next
    F.33. pgstattuple Home F.35. pg_trgm
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.33. pgstattuple Home F.35. pg_trgm
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html index fb96259..6924327 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_test_fsync
    pg_test_fsync
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_test_fsync

    pg_test_fsync — determine fastest wal_sync_method for PostgreSQL

    Synopsis

    pg_test_fsync [option...]

    Description

    +pg_test_fsync

    pg_test_fsync
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_test_fsync

    pg_test_fsync — determine fastest wal_sync_method for PostgreSQL

    Synopsis

    pg_test_fsync [option...]

    Description

    pg_test_fsync is intended to give you a reasonable idea of what the fastest wal_sync_method is on your specific system, @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ color in diagnostic messages. Possible values are always, auto and never. -

    See Also

    postgres
    Prev Up Next
    pg_rewind Home pg_test_timing
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    postgres
    Prev Up Next
    pg_rewind Home pg_test_timing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html index c55b3b9..bbb74f1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_test_timing
    pg_test_timing
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_test_timing

    pg_test_timing — measure timing overhead

    Synopsis

    pg_test_timing [option...]

    Description

    +pg_test_timing

    pg_test_timing
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_test_timing

    pg_test_timing — measure timing overhead

    Synopsis

    pg_test_timing [option...]

    Description

    pg_test_timing is a tool to measure the timing overhead on your system and confirm that the system time never moves backwards. Systems that are slow to collect timing data can give less accurate @@ -176,4 +176,4 @@ Histogram of timing durations: Timer (PIT), the real-time clock (RTC), the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC) timer, and the Cyclone timer. These timers aim for millisecond resolution. -

    See Also

    EXPLAIN
    Prev Up Next
    pg_test_fsync Home pg_upgrade
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    EXPLAIN
    Prev Up Next
    pg_test_fsync Home pg_upgrade
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html index bb25cf4..c79bcec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.35. pg_trgm
    F.35. pg_trgm
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.35. pg_trgm

    F.35.1. Trigram (or Trigraph) Concepts
    F.35.2. Functions and Operators
    F.35.3. GUC Parameters
    F.35.4. Index Support
    F.35.5. Text Search Integration
    F.35.6. References
    F.35.7. Authors

    +F.35. pg_trgm

    F.35. pg_trgm
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.35. pg_trgm

    F.35.1. Trigram (or Trigraph) Concepts
    F.35.2. Functions and Operators
    F.35.3. GUC Parameters
    F.35.4. Index Support
    F.35.5. Text Search Integration
    F.35.6. References
    F.35.7. Authors

    The pg_trgm module provides functions and operators for determining the similarity of alphanumeric text based on trigram matching, as @@ -421,4 +421,4 @@ CREATE INDEX words_idx ON words USING GIN (word gin_trgm_ops); Documentation: Christopher Kings-Lynne

    This module is sponsored by Delta-Soft Ltd., Moscow, Russia. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.34. pg_surgery Home F.36. pg_visibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.34. pg_surgery Home F.36. pg_visibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html index cd04b09..5052667 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_upgrade
    pg_upgrade
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_upgrade

    pg_upgrade — upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance

    Synopsis

    pg_upgrade -b oldbindir [-B newbindir] -d oldconfigdir -D newconfigdir [option...]

    Description

    +pg_upgrade

    pg_upgrade
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_upgrade

    pg_upgrade — upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance

    Synopsis

    pg_upgrade -b oldbindir [-B newbindir] -d oldconfigdir -D newconfigdir [option...]

    Description

    pg_upgrade (formerly called pg_migrator) allows data stored in PostgreSQL data files to be upgraded to a later PostgreSQL major version without the data dump/restore typically required for @@ -429,4 +429,4 @@ psql --username=postgres --file=script.sql postgres to make a backup of the old cluster and tablespaces, though the snapshot and copies must be created simultaneously or while the database server is down. -

    Prev Up Next
    pg_test_timing Home pg_waldump
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    pg_test_timing Home pg_waldump
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html index 5c353f7..67a62d6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.36. pg_visibility
    F.36. pg_visibility
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.36. pg_visibility

    F.36.1. Functions
    F.36.2. Author

    +F.36. pg_visibility

    F.36. pg_visibility
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.36. pg_visibility

    F.36.1. Functions
    F.36.2. Author

    The pg_visibility module provides a means for examining the visibility map (VM) and page-level visibility information of a table. It also provides functions to check the integrity of a visibility map and to @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ be executed by superusers.

    F.36.2. Author

    Robert Haas -

    Prev Up Next
    F.35. pg_trgm Home F.37. pg_walinspect
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.35. pg_trgm Home F.37. pg_walinspect
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html index 4e6fac0..f2c902b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_waldump
    pg_waldump
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_waldump

    pg_waldump — display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster

    Synopsis

    pg_waldump [option...] [startseg [endseg]]

    Description

    +pg_waldump

    pg_waldump
    Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

    pg_waldump

    pg_waldump — display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster

    Synopsis

    pg_waldump [option...] [startseg [endseg]]

    Description

    pg_waldump displays the write-ahead log (WAL) and is mainly useful for debugging or educational purposes.

    @@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ pg_waldump cannot read WAL files with suffix .partial. If those files need to be read, .partial suffix needs to be removed from the file name. -

    Prev Up Next
    pg_upgrade Home postgres
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    pg_upgrade Home postgres
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwalinspect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwalinspect.html index d5cdb38..d1aca3a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwalinspect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgwalinspect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.37. pg_walinspect
    F.37. pg_walinspect
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.37. pg_walinspect

    F.37.1. General Functions
    F.37.2. Author

    +F.37. pg_walinspect

    F.37. pg_walinspect
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.37. pg_walinspect

    F.37.1. General Functions
    F.37.2. Author

    The pg_walinspect module provides SQL functions that allow you to inspect the contents of write-ahead log of a running PostgreSQL database cluster at a low @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ combined_size_percentage | 2.8634072910530795 start_lsn till end of WAL.

    F.37.2. Author

    Bharath Rupireddy -

    Prev Up Next
    F.36. pg_visibility Home F.38. postgres_fdw
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.36. pg_visibility Home F.38. postgres_fdw
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgxlogdump.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgxlogdump.html index afbaa42..9130898 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pgxlogdump.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pgxlogdump.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump

    +O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump

    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump
    Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

    O.3. pg_xlogdump renamed to pg_waldump

    PostgreSQL 9.6 and below provided a command named pg_xlogdump to read write-ahead-log (WAL) files. This command was renamed to pg_waldump, see pg_waldump for documentation of pg_waldump and see - the release notes for PostgreSQL 10 for details + the release notes for PostgreSQL 10 for details on this change. -

    Prev Up Next
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles Home O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles Home O.4. pg_resetxlog renamed to pg_resetwal
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html index b1980c1..979d271 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.5. Planner/Optimizer

    52.5.1. Generating Possible Plans

    +52.5. Planner/Optimizer

    52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.5. Planner/Optimizer

    52.5.1. Generating Possible Plans

    The task of the planner/optimizer is to create an optimal execution plan. A given SQL query (and hence, a query tree) can be actually executed in a wide variety of @@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ WHERE clause and computation of required output expressions to the most appropriate nodes of the plan tree. -

    Prev Up Next
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System Home 52.6. Executor
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System Home 52.6. Executor
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html index e7b655a..2d0bef7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics

    Table of Contents

    75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    75.2.1. Functional Dependencies
    75.2.2. Multivariate N-Distinct Counts
    75.2.3. MCV Lists
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security

    +Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics

    Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics

    Table of Contents

    75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    75.2.1. Functional Dependencies
    75.2.2. Multivariate N-Distinct Counts
    75.2.3. MCV Lists
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security

    This chapter builds on the material covered in Section 14.1 and Section 14.2 to show some additional details about how the planner uses the system statistics to estimate the number of rows each part of a query might @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ but to present an overview of how it works. This will perhaps ease the learning curve for someone who subsequently wishes to read the code. -

    Prev Up Next
    74.6. BKI Example Home 75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    74.6. BKI Example Home 75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html index e1b78c3..3152872 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    Prev UpChapter 75. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next

    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security

    +75.3. Planner Statistics and Security

    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security
    Prev UpChapter 75. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next

    75.3. Planner Statistics and Security

    Access to the table pg_statistic is restricted to superusers, so that ordinary users cannot learn about the contents of the tables of other users from it. Some selectivity estimation functions will @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ Selectivity estimation functions contained in third-party extensions that potentially operate on statistics with user-defined operators should follow the same security rules. Consult the PostgreSQL source code for guidance. -

    Prev Up Next
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples Home Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples Home Chapter 76. Backup Manifest Format
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html index 96eb821..2ab87fc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner

    14.2.1. Single-Column Statistics
    14.2.2. Extended Statistics

    14.2.1. Single-Column Statistics

    +14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner

    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner

    14.2.1. Single-Column Statistics
    14.2.2. Extended Statistics

    14.2.1. Single-Column Statistics

    As we saw in the previous section, the query planner needs to estimate the number of rows retrieved by a query in order to make good choices of query plans. This section provides a quick look at the statistics @@ -333,4 +333,4 @@ SELECT m.* FROM pg_statistic_ext join pg_statistic_ext_data on (oid = stxoid), and for which misestimation of the number of groups is resulting in bad plans. Otherwise, the ANALYZE and planning cycles are just wasted. -

    Prev Up Next
    14.1. Using EXPLAIN Home 14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    14.1. Using EXPLAIN Home 14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html index a515f58..879d96e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler

    +Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler

    Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 58. Writing a Procedural Language Handler

    All calls to functions that are written in a language other than the current “version 1” interface for compiled languages (this includes functions in user-defined procedural languages @@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ Look into the src/pl subdirectory of the source tree. The CREATE LANGUAGE reference page also has some useful details. -

    Prev Up Next
    57.2. For the Programmer Home Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    57.2. For the Programmer Home Chapter 59. Writing a Foreign Data Wrapper
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html index 78a3f9a..034bae5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.3. Built-in Functions
    45.3. Built-in Functions
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.3. Built-in Functions

    45.3.1. Database Access from PL/Perl
    45.3.2. Utility Functions in PL/Perl

    45.3.1. Database Access from PL/Perl

    +45.3. Built-in Functions

    45.3. Built-in Functions
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.3. Built-in Functions

    45.3.1. Database Access from PL/Perl
    45.3.2. Utility Functions in PL/Perl

    45.3.1. Database Access from PL/Perl

    Access to the database itself from your Perl function can be done via the following functions:

    @@ -357,4 +357,4 @@ CALL transaction_test1(); Returns a true value if the given argument may be treated as an array reference, that is, if ref of the argument is ARRAY or PostgreSQL::InServer::ARRAY. Returns false otherwise. -

    Prev Up Next
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl Home 45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl Home 45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html index 2640863..4628a2f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl

    +45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl

    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl

    The argument values supplied to a PL/Perl function's code are simply the input arguments converted to text form (just as if they had been displayed by a SELECT statement). @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ improved by using a transform, as already illustrated for bool values. Several examples of transform modules are included in the PostgreSQL distribution. -

    Prev Up Next
    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments Home 45.3. Built-in Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments Home 45.3. Built-in Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html index 0e54318..a654e68 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers

    +45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers

    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers

    PL/Perl can be used to write event trigger functions. In an event trigger function, the hash reference $_TD contains information about the current trigger event. $_TD is a global variable, @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ CREATE EVENT TRIGGER perl_a_snitch ON ddl_command_start EXECUTE FUNCTION perlsnitch();

    -

    Prev Up Next
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers Home 45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers Home 45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html index abd88e7..a040e5b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments

    +45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments

    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments

    To create a function in the PL/Perl language, use the standard CREATE FUNCTION syntax: @@ -305,4 +305,4 @@ use strict; at the top of the function body.

    The feature pragma is also available to use if your Perl is version 5.10.0 or higher. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language Home 45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language Home 45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html index 347df24..4f036a8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl

    +45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl

    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl

    You can use the global hash %_SHARED to store data, including code references, between function calls for the lifetime of the current session. @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plperl; functions that should communicate are owned by the same user, and mark them SECURITY DEFINER. You must of course take care that such functions can't be used to do anything unintended. -

    Prev Up Next
    45.3. Built-in Functions Home 45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.3. Built-in Functions Home 45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html index 10551b3..eeec703 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers

    +45.6. PL/Perl Triggers

    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers

    PL/Perl can be used to write trigger functions. In a trigger function, the hash reference $_TD contains information about the current trigger event. $_TD is a global variable, @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ CREATE TRIGGER test_valid_id_trig BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE ON test FOR EACH ROW EXECUTE FUNCTION valid_id();

    -

    Prev Up Next
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl Home 45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl Home 45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html index 8e584ee..aedbc07 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl

    +45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl

    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl

    Normally, PL/Perl is installed as a “trusted” programming language named plperl. In this setup, certain Perl operations are disabled to preserve security. In general, the @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plperl; session, and so any one session can only execute either PL/PerlU functions, or PL/Perl functions that are all called by the same SQL role. -

    Prev Up Next
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl Home 45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl Home 45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html index aa4b486..7e52477 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood

    45.8.1. Configuration
    45.8.2. Limitations and Missing Features

    45.8.1. Configuration

    +45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood

    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    Prev UpChapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood

    45.8.1. Configuration
    45.8.2. Limitations and Missing Features

    45.8.1. Configuration

    This section lists configuration parameters that affect PL/Perl.

    plperl.on_init (string) @@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ DO 'elog(WARNING, join ", ", sort keys %INC)' LANGUAGE plperl; file handles are not automatically flushed and objects are not automatically destroyed.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers Home Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers Home Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html index a381bfd..efedbc5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language

    Table of Contents

    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    45.3. Built-in Functions
    45.3.1. Database Access from PL/Perl
    45.3.2. Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    45.8.1. Configuration
    45.8.2. Limitations and Missing Features

    +Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language

    Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language

    Table of Contents

    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    45.3. Built-in Functions
    45.3.1. Database Access from PL/Perl
    45.3.2. Utility Functions in PL/Perl
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    45.8.1. Configuration
    45.8.2. Limitations and Missing Features

    PL/Perl is a loadable procedural language that enables you to write PostgreSQL functions and procedures in the Perl programming language. @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ Users of source packages must specially enable the build of PL/Perl during the installation process. (Refer to Chapter 17 for more information.) Users of binary packages might find PL/Perl in a separate subpackage. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names Home 45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names Home 45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html index 0b87663..d62335d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.6. Control Structures
    43.6. Control Structures
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.6. Control Structures

    43.6.1. Returning from a Function
    43.6.2. Returning from a Procedure
    43.6.3. Calling a Procedure
    43.6.4. Conditionals
    43.6.5. Simple Loops
    43.6.6. Looping through Query Results
    43.6.7. Looping through Arrays
    43.6.8. Trapping Errors
    43.6.9. Obtaining Execution Location Information

    +43.6. Control Structures

    43.6. Control Structures
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.6. Control Structures

    43.6.1. Returning from a Function
    43.6.2. Returning from a Procedure
    43.6.3. Calling a Procedure
    43.6.4. Conditionals
    43.6.5. Simple Loops
    43.6.6. Looping through Query Results
    43.6.7. Looping through Arrays
    43.6.8. Trapping Errors
    43.6.9. Obtaining Execution Location Information

    Control structures are probably the most useful (and important) part of PL/pgSQL. With PL/pgSQL's control structures, @@ -940,4 +940,4 @@ CONTEXT: PL/pgSQL function outer_func() line 3 at RETURN GET STACKED DIAGNOSTICS ... PG_EXCEPTION_CONTEXT returns the same sort of stack trace, but describing the location at which an error was detected, rather than the current location. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.5. Basic Statements Home 43.7. Cursors
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.5. Basic Statements Home 43.7. Cursors
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html index 4f860cb..3826c23 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.7. Cursors
    43.7. Cursors
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.7. Cursors

    43.7.1. Declaring Cursor Variables
    43.7.2. Opening Cursors
    43.7.3. Using Cursors
    43.7.4. Looping through a Cursor's Result

    +43.7. Cursors

    43.7. Cursors
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.7. Cursors

    43.7.1. Declaring Cursor Variables
    43.7.2. Opening Cursors
    43.7.3. Using Cursors
    43.7.4. Looping through a Cursor's Result

    Rather than executing a whole query at once, it is possible to set up a cursor that encapsulates the query, and then read the query result a few rows at a time. One reason for doing this is @@ -383,4 +383,4 @@ END LOOP [ label

    Prev Up Next
    43.6. Control Structures Home 43.8. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.6. Control Structures Home 43.8. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html index aa631a8..ed5b038 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.3. Declarations
    43.3. Declarations
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.3. Declarations

    43.3.1. Declaring Function Parameters
    43.3.2. ALIAS
    43.3.3. Copying Types
    43.3.4. Row Types
    43.3.5. Record Types
    43.3.6. Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables

    +43.3. Declarations

    43.3. Declarations
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.3. Declarations

    43.3.1. Declaring Function Parameters
    43.3.2. ALIAS
    43.3.3. Copying Types
    43.3.4. Row Types
    43.3.5. Record Types
    43.3.6. Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables

    All variables used in a block must be declared in the declarations section of the block. (The only exceptions are that the loop variable of a FOR loop @@ -461,4 +461,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql; This overrides the collations associated with the table columns, parameters, or local variables used in the expression, just as would happen in a plain SQL command. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL Home 43.4. Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL Home 43.4. Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html index a8eeaae..fb864f4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL

    43.12.1. Handling of Quotation Marks
    43.12.2. Additional Compile-Time and Run-Time Checks

    +43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL

    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL

    43.12.1. Handling of Quotation Marks
    43.12.2. Additional Compile-Time and Run-Time Checks

    One good way to develop in PL/pgSQL is to use the text editor of your choice to create your functions, and in another window, use @@ -225,4 +225,4 @@ HINT: Make sure the query returns the exact list of columns. (1 row)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood Home 43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood Home 43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html index 21b7e73..3fec9cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.9. Errors and Messages
    43.9. Errors and Messages
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.9. Errors and Messages

    43.9.1. Reporting Errors and Messages
    43.9.2. Checking Assertions

    43.9.1. Reporting Errors and Messages

    +43.9. Errors and Messages

    43.9. Errors and Messages
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.9. Errors and Messages

    43.9.1. Reporting Errors and Messages
    43.9.2. Checking Assertions

    43.9.1. Reporting Errors and Messages

    Use the RAISE statement to report messages and raise errors. @@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ ASSERT condition [ASSERT is meant for detecting program bugs, not for reporting ordinary error conditions. Use the RAISE statement, described above, for that. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.8. Transaction Management Home 43.10. Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.8. Transaction Management Home 43.10. Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html index 016b70c..d76b14b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.4. Expressions
    43.4. Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.4. Expressions

    +43.4. Expressions

    43.4. Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.4. Expressions

    All expressions used in PL/pgSQL statements are processed using the server's main SQL executor. For example, when you write @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ IF count(*) > 0 FROM my_table THEN ... The SELECT must produce a single column, and not more than one row. (If it produces no rows, the result is taken as NULL.) -

    Prev Up Next
    43.3. Declarations Home 43.5. Basic Statements
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.3. Declarations Home 43.5. Basic Statements
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html index fb6422f..ea94b55 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood

    43.11.1. Variable Substitution
    43.11.2. Plan Caching

    +43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood

    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood

    43.11.1. Variable Substitution
    43.11.2. Plan Caching

    This section discusses some implementation details that are frequently important for PL/pgSQL users to know.

    43.11.1. Variable Substitution

    @@ -273,4 +273,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql; on each execution as the programmer expects. Even though this happens to work as expected, it's not terribly efficient, so use of the now() function would still be a better idea. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.10. Trigger Functions Home 43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.10. Trigger Functions Home 43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html index 1d5d656..a875ea1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.1. Overview
    43.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.1. Overview

    43.1.1. Advantages of Using PL/pgSQL
    43.1.2. Supported Argument and Result Data Types

    +43.1. Overview

    43.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.1. Overview

    43.1.1. Advantages of Using PL/pgSQL
    43.1.2. Supported Argument and Result Data Types

    PL/pgSQL is a loadable procedural language for the PostgreSQL database system. The design goals of PL/pgSQL were to create @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Specific examples appear in Section 43.3.1 and Section 43.6.1. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language Home 43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language Home 43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html index 654b25d..4c21e62 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL

    43.13.1. Porting Examples
    43.13.2. Other Things to Watch For
    43.13.3. Appendix

    +43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL

    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL

    43.13.1. Porting Examples
    43.13.2. Other Things to Watch For
    43.13.3. Appendix

    This section explains differences between PostgreSQL's PL/pgSQL language and Oracle's PL/SQL language, @@ -557,4 +557,4 @@ BEGIN END; $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql STRICT IMMUTABLE; -

    Prev Up Next
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL Home Chapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL Home Chapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html index 865a732..5fd6a59 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.5. Basic Statements
    43.5. Basic Statements
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.5. Basic Statements

    43.5.1. Assignment
    43.5.2. Executing SQL Commands
    43.5.3. Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    43.5.4. Executing Dynamic Commands
    43.5.5. Obtaining the Result Status
    43.5.6. Doing Nothing At All

    +43.5. Basic Statements

    43.5. Basic Statements
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.5. Basic Statements

    43.5.1. Assignment
    43.5.2. Executing SQL Commands
    43.5.3. Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    43.5.4. Executing Dynamic Commands
    43.5.5. Obtaining the Result Status
    43.5.6. Doing Nothing At All

    In this section and the following ones, we describe all the statement types that are explicitly understood by PL/pgSQL. @@ -595,4 +595,4 @@ END; NULL statements are required for situations such as this. PL/pgSQL allows you to just write nothing, instead. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.4. Expressions Home 43.6. Control Structures
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.4. Expressions Home 43.6. Control Structures
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html index 03c20cb..ba929ec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL

    +43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL

    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL

    Functions written in PL/pgSQL are defined to the server by executing CREATE FUNCTION commands. Such a command would normally look like, say, @@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql; Also, a block containing an EXCEPTION clause effectively forms a subtransaction that can be rolled back without affecting the outer transaction. For more about that see Section 43.6.8. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.1. Overview Home 43.3. Declarations
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.1. Overview Home 43.3. Declarations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html index 54e4d48..dd9af51 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.8. Transaction Management
    43.8. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.8. Transaction Management

    +43.8. Transaction Management

    43.8. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.8. Transaction Management

    In procedures invoked by the CALL command as well as in anonymous code blocks (DO command), it is possible to end transactions using the @@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ CALL transaction_test2(); ... RETURNING).

    A transaction cannot be ended inside a block with exception handlers. -

    Prev Up Next
    43.7. Cursors Home 43.9. Errors and Messages
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    43.7. Cursors Home 43.9. Errors and Messages
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html index 57ef72c..04050b6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -43.10. Trigger Functions
    43.10. Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.10. Trigger Functions

    43.10.1. Triggers on Data Changes
    43.10.2. Triggers on Events

    +43.10. Trigger Functions

    43.10. Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural LanguageHome Next

    43.10. Trigger Functions

    43.10.1. Triggers on Data Changes
    43.10.2. Triggers on Events

    PL/pgSQL can be used to define trigger functions on data changes or database events. A trigger function is created with the CREATE FUNCTION @@ -513,4 +513,4 @@ END; $$ LANGUAGE plpgsql; CREATE EVENT TRIGGER snitch ON ddl_command_start EXECUTE FUNCTION snitch(); -


    Prev Up Next
    43.9. Errors and Messages Home 43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    \ No newline at end of file +
    Prev Up Next
    43.9. Errors and Messages Home 43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html index 26b128d..a1cbb01 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language

    Table of Contents

    43.1. Overview
    43.1.1. Advantages of Using PL/pgSQL
    43.1.2. Supported Argument and Result Data Types
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    43.3. Declarations
    43.3.1. Declaring Function Parameters
    43.3.2. ALIAS
    43.3.3. Copying Types
    43.3.4. Row Types
    43.3.5. Record Types
    43.3.6. Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
    43.4. Expressions
    43.5. Basic Statements
    43.5.1. Assignment
    43.5.2. Executing SQL Commands
    43.5.3. Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    43.5.4. Executing Dynamic Commands
    43.5.5. Obtaining the Result Status
    43.5.6. Doing Nothing At All
    43.6. Control Structures
    43.6.1. Returning from a Function
    43.6.2. Returning from a Procedure
    43.6.3. Calling a Procedure
    43.6.4. Conditionals
    43.6.5. Simple Loops
    43.6.6. Looping through Query Results
    43.6.7. Looping through Arrays
    43.6.8. Trapping Errors
    43.6.9. Obtaining Execution Location Information
    43.7. Cursors
    43.7.1. Declaring Cursor Variables
    43.7.2. Opening Cursors
    43.7.3. Using Cursors
    43.7.4. Looping through a Cursor's Result
    43.8. Transaction Management
    43.9. Errors and Messages
    43.9.1. Reporting Errors and Messages
    43.9.2. Checking Assertions
    43.10. Trigger Functions
    43.10.1. Triggers on Data Changes
    43.10.2. Triggers on Events
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    43.11.1. Variable Substitution
    43.11.2. Plan Caching
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    43.12.1. Handling of Quotation Marks
    43.12.2. Additional Compile-Time and Run-Time Checks
    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    43.13.1. Porting Examples
    43.13.2. Other Things to Watch For
    43.13.3. Appendix
    Prev Up Next
    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages Home 43.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language

    Table of Contents

    43.1. Overview
    43.1.1. Advantages of Using PL/pgSQL
    43.1.2. Supported Argument and Result Data Types
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    43.3. Declarations
    43.3.1. Declaring Function Parameters
    43.3.2. ALIAS
    43.3.3. Copying Types
    43.3.4. Row Types
    43.3.5. Record Types
    43.3.6. Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
    43.4. Expressions
    43.5. Basic Statements
    43.5.1. Assignment
    43.5.2. Executing SQL Commands
    43.5.3. Executing a Command with a Single-Row Result
    43.5.4. Executing Dynamic Commands
    43.5.5. Obtaining the Result Status
    43.5.6. Doing Nothing At All
    43.6. Control Structures
    43.6.1. Returning from a Function
    43.6.2. Returning from a Procedure
    43.6.3. Calling a Procedure
    43.6.4. Conditionals
    43.6.5. Simple Loops
    43.6.6. Looping through Query Results
    43.6.7. Looping through Arrays
    43.6.8. Trapping Errors
    43.6.9. Obtaining Execution Location Information
    43.7. Cursors
    43.7.1. Declaring Cursor Variables
    43.7.2. Opening Cursors
    43.7.3. Using Cursors
    43.7.4. Looping through a Cursor's Result
    43.8. Transaction Management
    43.9. Errors and Messages
    43.9.1. Reporting Errors and Messages
    43.9.2. Checking Assertions
    43.10. Trigger Functions
    43.10.1. Triggers on Data Changes
    43.10.2. Triggers on Events
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    43.11.1. Variable Substitution
    43.11.2. Plan Caching
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    43.12.1. Handling of Quotation Marks
    43.12.2. Additional Compile-Time and Run-Time Checks
    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    43.13.1. Porting Examples
    43.13.2. Other Things to Watch For
    43.13.3. Appendix
    Prev Up Next
    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages Home 43.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html index 260a058..e455fff 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.2. Data Values
    46.2. Data Values
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.2. Data Values

    46.2.1. Data Type Mapping
    46.2.2. Null, None
    46.2.3. Arrays, Lists
    46.2.4. Composite Types
    46.2.5. Set-Returning Functions

    +46.2. Data Values

    46.2. Data Values
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.2. Data Values

    46.2.1. Data Type Mapping
    46.2.2. Null, None
    46.2.3. Arrays, Lists
    46.2.4. Composite Types
    46.2.5. Set-Returning Functions

    Generally speaking, the aim of PL/Python is to provide a “natural” mapping between the PostgreSQL and the Python worlds. This informs the data mapping rules described @@ -340,4 +340,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpython3u; SELECT * FROM multiout_simple_setof(3);

    -

    Prev Up Next
    46.1. PL/Python Functions Home 46.3. Sharing Data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.1. PL/Python Functions Home 46.3. Sharing Data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html index 8e59065..e095d93 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.6. Database Access
    46.6. Database Access
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.6. Database Access

    46.6.1. Database Access Functions
    46.6.2. Trapping Errors

    +46.6. Database Access

    46.6. Database Access
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.6. Database Access

    46.6.1. Database Access Functions
    46.6.2. Trapping Errors

    The PL/Python language module automatically imports a Python module called plpy. The functions and constants in this module are available to you in the Python code as @@ -235,4 +235,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpython3u; the exception object. This attribute is a string value containing the “SQLSTATE” error code. This approach provides approximately the same functionality -

    Prev Up Next
    46.5. Trigger Functions Home 46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.5. Trigger Functions Home 46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html index 9a639ef..313b67f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks

    +46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks

    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks

    PL/Python also supports anonymous code blocks called with the DO statement: @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpython3u; An anonymous code block receives no arguments, and whatever value it might return is discarded. Otherwise it behaves just like a function. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.3. Sharing Data Home 46.5. Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.3. Sharing Data Home 46.5. Trigger Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html index 88cdd59..01f684a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.11. Environment Variables
    46.11. Environment Variables
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.11. Environment Variables

    +46.11. Environment Variables

    46.11. Environment Variables
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.11. Environment Variables

    Some of the environment variables that are accepted by the Python interpreter can also be used to affect PL/Python behavior. They would need to be set in the environment of the main PostgreSQL @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ of PL/Python that some of the environment variables listed on the python man page are only effective in a command-line interpreter and not an embedded Python interpreter.) -

    Prev Up Next
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3 Home Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3 Home Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html index 642afea..58387bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.1. PL/Python Functions
    46.1. PL/Python Functions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.1. PL/Python Functions

    +46.1. PL/Python Functions

    46.1. PL/Python Functions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.1. PL/Python Functions

    Functions in PL/Python are declared via the standard CREATE FUNCTION syntax: @@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpython3u; But it is advisable not to rely on this implementation detail of PL/Python. It is better to treat the function parameters as read-only. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language Home 46.2. Data Values
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language Home 46.2. Data Values
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html index f49a070..3489645 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3

    +46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3

    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3

    PL/Python supports only Python 3. Past versions of PostgreSQL supported Python 2, using the plpythonu and plpython2u language names. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.9. Utility Functions Home 46.11. Environment Variables
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.9. Utility Functions Home 46.11. Environment Variables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html index 070ace4..f239b60 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.3. Sharing Data
    46.3. Sharing Data
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.3. Sharing Data

    +46.3. Sharing Data

    46.3. Sharing Data
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.3. Sharing Data

    The global dictionary SD is available to store private data between repeated calls to the same function. The global dictionary GD is public data, @@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ myfunc are not available to myfunc2. The exception is the data in the GD dictionary, as mentioned above. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.2. Data Values Home 46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.2. Data Values Home 46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html index 73ee1fa..ce2637e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions

    46.7.1. Subtransaction Context Managers

    +46.7. Explicit Subtransactions

    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions

    46.7.1. Subtransaction Context Managers

    Recovering from errors caused by database access as described in Section 46.6.2 can lead to an undesirable situation where some operations succeed before one of them fails, @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE plpython3u; database access. A regular Python exception raised inside an explicit subtransaction block would also cause the subtransaction to be rolled back. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.6. Database Access Home 46.8. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.6. Database Access Home 46.8. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html index c24f5e7..89ed1f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.8. Transaction Management
    46.8. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.8. Transaction Management

    +46.8. Transaction Management

    46.8. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.8. Transaction Management

    In a procedure called from the top level or an anonymous code block (DO command) called from the top level it is possible to control transactions. To commit the current transaction, call @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ CALL transaction_test1();

    Transactions cannot be ended when an explicit subtransaction is active. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions Home 46.9. Utility Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions Home 46.9. Utility Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html index 45df466..218260d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.5. Trigger Functions
    46.5. Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.5. Trigger Functions

    +46.5. Trigger Functions

    46.5. Trigger Functions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.5. Trigger Functions

    When a function is used as a trigger, the dictionary TD contains trigger-related values:

    TD["event"]

    @@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ is INSERT or UPDATE you can return "MODIFY" to indicate you've modified the new row. Otherwise the return value is ignored. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks Home 46.6. Database Access
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks Home 46.6. Database Access
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html index e76294e..cb82cb7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -46.9. Utility Functions
    46.9. Utility Functions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.9. Utility Functions

    +46.9. Utility Functions

    46.9. Utility Functions
    Prev UpChapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural LanguageHome Next

    46.9. Utility Functions

    The plpy module also provides the functions

    plpy.debug(msg, **kwargs)
    plpy.log(msg, **kwargs)
    plpy.info(msg, **kwargs)
    plpy.notice(msg, **kwargs)
    plpy.warning(msg, **kwargs)
    plpy.error(msg, **kwargs)
    plpy.fatal(msg, **kwargs)

    @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ plpy.execute("UPDATE tbl SET %s = %s WHERE key = %s" % ( plpy.quote_nullable(newvalue), plpy.quote_literal(keyvalue)))

    -

    Prev Up Next
    46.8. Transaction Management Home 46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.8. Transaction Management Home 46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html index 0df2f7a..e9f6def 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language

    Table of Contents

    46.1. PL/Python Functions
    46.2. Data Values
    46.2.1. Data Type Mapping
    46.2.2. Null, None
    46.2.3. Arrays, Lists
    46.2.4. Composite Types
    46.2.5. Set-Returning Functions
    46.3. Sharing Data
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    46.5. Trigger Functions
    46.6. Database Access
    46.6.1. Database Access Functions
    46.6.2. Trapping Errors
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    46.7.1. Subtransaction Context Managers
    46.8. Transaction Management
    46.9. Utility Functions
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    46.11. Environment Variables

    +Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language

    Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language

    Table of Contents

    46.1. PL/Python Functions
    46.2. Data Values
    46.2.1. Data Type Mapping
    46.2.2. Null, None
    46.2.3. Arrays, Lists
    46.2.4. Composite Types
    46.2.5. Set-Returning Functions
    46.3. Sharing Data
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    46.5. Trigger Functions
    46.6. Database Access
    46.6.1. Database Access Functions
    46.6.2. Trapping Errors
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    46.7.1. Subtransaction Context Managers
    46.8. Transaction Management
    46.9. Utility Functions
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    46.11. Environment Variables

    The PL/Python procedural language allows PostgreSQL functions and procedures to be written in the Python language. @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ PL/Python during the installation process. (Refer to the installation instructions for more information.) Users of binary packages might find PL/Python in a separate subpackage. -

    Prev Up Next
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood Home 46.1. PL/Python Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood Home 46.1. PL/Python Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html index 4293585..e7ac424 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration

    +44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration

    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration

    This section lists configuration parameters that affect PL/Tcl.

    @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ This parameter is exactly like pltcl.start_proc, except that it applies to PL/TclU. The referenced function must be written in the pltclu language. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.10. Transaction Management Home 44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.10. Transaction Management Home 44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html index 57e3f71..cc56f42 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl

    +44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl

    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl

    The argument values supplied to a PL/Tcl function's code are simply the input arguments converted to text form (just as if they had been displayed by a SELECT statement). Conversely, the return and return_next commands will accept any string that is acceptable input format for the function's declared result type, or for the specified column of a composite result type. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments Home 44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments Home 44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html index a230750..99c2757 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl

    +44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl

    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl

    In this section, we follow the usual Tcl convention of using question marks, rather than brackets, to indicate an optional element in a syntax synopsis. The following commands are available to access @@ -190,4 +190,4 @@ SELECT 'doesn''t' AS ret and Section 44.8 for more information.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl Home 44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl Home 44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html index 13809cd..34d8c63 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl

    +44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl

    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl

    Tcl code within or called from a PL/Tcl function can raise an error, either by executing some invalid operation or by generating an error using the Tcl error command or @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ if {[catch { spi_exec $sql_command }]} {

    (The double colons explicitly specify that errorCode is a global variable.) -

    Prev Up Next
    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl Home 44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl Home 44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html index 1af7928..6d347f8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl

    +44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl

    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl

    Event trigger functions can be written in PL/Tcl. PostgreSQL requires that a function that is to be called as an event trigger must be declared as a function with no @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE pltcl; CREATE EVENT TRIGGER tcl_a_snitch ON ddl_command_start EXECUTE FUNCTION tclsnitch();

    -

    Prev Up Next
    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl Home 44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl Home 44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html index 161f883..fcd11fa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments

    +44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments

    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments

    To create a function in the PL/Tcl language, use the standard CREATE FUNCTION syntax: @@ -138,4 +138,4 @@ CREATE FUNCTION table_of_squares(int, int) RETURNS TABLE (x int, x2 int) AS $$ } $$ LANGUAGE pltcl;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    44.1. Overview Home 44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.1. Overview Home 44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html index 9664105..48942db 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl

    +44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl

    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl

    Sometimes it is useful to have some global data that is held between two calls to a function or is shared between different functions. @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@

    An example of using GD appears in the spi_execp example below. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl Home 44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl Home 44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html index 74254fe..3bfd0cb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.1. Overview
    44.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.1. Overview

    +44.1. Overview

    44.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.1. Overview

    PL/Tcl offers most of the capabilities a function writer has in the C language, with a few restrictions, and with the addition of the powerful string processing libraries that are available for @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ CREATE EXTENSION command, for example CREATE EXTENSION pltcl or CREATE EXTENSION pltclu. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language Home 44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language Home 44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html index 75549b4..833d6f1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names

    +44.12. Tcl Procedure Names

    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names

    In PostgreSQL, the same function name can be used for different function definitions as long as the number of arguments or their types differ. Tcl, however, requires all procedure names to be distinct. @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ and different argument types will be different Tcl procedures, too. This is not normally a concern for a PL/Tcl programmer, but it might be visible when debugging. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration Home Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration Home Chapter 45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html index 14a487d..12ad87c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl

    +44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl

    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl

    Recovering from errors caused by database access as described in Section 44.8 can lead to an undesirable situation where some operations succeed before one of them fails, @@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ $$ LANGUAGE pltcl; subtransaction to be rolled back. However, non-error exits out of the contained Tcl code (for instance, due to return) do not cause a rollback. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl Home 44.10. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl Home 44.10. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html index b3ce64f..d753fd4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.10. Transaction Management
    44.10. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.10. Transaction Management

    +44.10. Transaction Management

    44.10. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.10. Transaction Management

    In a procedure called from the top level or an anonymous code block (DO command) called from the top level it is possible to control transactions. To commit the current transaction, call the @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ CALL transaction_test1();

    Transactions cannot be ended when an explicit subtransaction is active. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl Home 44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl Home 44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html index a6b9c89..76cb519 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl

    +44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl

    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    Prev UpChapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural LanguageHome Next

    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl

    Trigger functions can be written in PL/Tcl. PostgreSQL requires that a function that is to be called as a trigger must be declared as a function with no arguments @@ -112,4 +112,4 @@ CREATE TRIGGER trig_mytab_modcount BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE ON mytab Notice that the trigger function itself does not know the column name; that's supplied from the trigger arguments. This lets the trigger function be reused with different tables. -

    Prev Up Next
    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl Home 44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl Home 44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html index 5ae1c7d..7a8ad65 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Chapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    Chapter 44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL Home 44.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html index 696d7ec..46df0b5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -14.4. Populating a Database
    14.4. Populating a Database
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.4. Populating a Database

    14.4.1. Disable Autocommit
    14.4.2. Use COPY
    14.4.3. Remove Indexes
    14.4.4. Remove Foreign Key Constraints
    14.4.5. Increase maintenance_work_mem
    14.4.6. Increase max_wal_size
    14.4.7. Disable WAL Archival and Streaming Replication
    14.4.8. Run ANALYZE Afterwards
    14.4.9. Some Notes about pg_dump

    +14.4. Populating a Database

    14.4. Populating a Database
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.4. Populating a Database

    14.4.1. Disable Autocommit
    14.4.2. Use COPY
    14.4.3. Remove Indexes
    14.4.4. Remove Foreign Key Constraints
    14.4.5. Increase maintenance_work_mem
    14.4.6. Increase max_wal_size
    14.4.7. Disable WAL Archival and Streaming Replication
    14.4.8. Run ANALYZE Afterwards
    14.4.9. Some Notes about pg_dump

    One might need to insert a large amount of data when first populating a database. This section contains some suggestions on how to make this process as efficient as possible. @@ -203,4 +203,4 @@ the --disable-triggers option — but realize that that eliminates, rather than just postpones, foreign key validation, and so it is possible to insert bad data if you use it. -

    Prev Up Next
    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses Home 14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses Home 14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html index 6d9adee..92bd8ed 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.38. postgres_fdw
    F.38. postgres_fdw
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.38. postgres_fdw

    F.38.1. FDW Options of postgres_fdw
    F.38.2. Functions
    F.38.3. Connection Management
    F.38.4. Transaction Management
    F.38.5. Remote Query Optimization
    F.38.6. Remote Query Execution Environment
    F.38.7. Cross-Version Compatibility
    F.38.8. Configuration Parameters
    F.38.9. Examples
    F.38.10. Author

    +F.38. postgres_fdw

    F.38. postgres_fdw
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.38. postgres_fdw

    F.38.1. FDW Options of postgres_fdw
    F.38.2. Functions
    F.38.3. Connection Management
    F.38.4. Transaction Management
    F.38.5. Remote Query Optimization
    F.38.6. Remote Query Execution Environment
    F.38.7. Cross-Version Compatibility
    F.38.8. Configuration Parameters
    F.38.9. Examples
    F.38.10. Author

    The postgres_fdw module provides the foreign-data wrapper postgres_fdw, which can be used to access data stored in external PostgreSQL servers. @@ -674,4 +674,4 @@ CREATE FOREIGN TABLE foreign_table ( preferable to constructing foreign table definitions manually.

    F.38.10. Author

    Shigeru Hanada -

    Prev Up Next
    F.37. pg_walinspect Home F.39. seg
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.37. pg_walinspect Home F.39. seg
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html index 8bcbc54..2020a86 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account

    +19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account

    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account

    As with any server daemon that is accessible to the outside world, it is advisable to run PostgreSQL under a separate user account. This user account should only own the data @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ useradd or adduser. The user name postgres is often used, and is assumed throughout this book, but you can use another name if you like. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation Home 19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation Home 19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/predefined-roles.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/predefined-roles.html index 4de7f62..a9405c2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/predefined-roles.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/predefined-roles.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -22.5. Predefined Roles
    22.5. Predefined Roles
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.5. Predefined Roles

    +22.5. Predefined Roles

    22.5. Predefined Roles
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.5. Predefined Roles

    PostgreSQL provides a set of predefined roles that provide access to certain, commonly needed, privileged capabilities and information. Administrators (including roles that have the @@ -76,4 +76,4 @@ 

     GRANT pg_signal_backend TO admin_user;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    22.4. Dropping Roles Home 22.6. Function Security
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    22.4. Dropping Roles Home 22.6. Function Security
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html index 358a369..64db823 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Preface
    Preface
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation Home 1.  What Is PostgreSQL?
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation Home 1.  What Is PostgreSQL?
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html index 029b07b..00e70ae 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing

    +19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing

    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing

    While the server is running, it is not possible for a malicious user to take the place of the normal database server. However, when the server is down, it is possible for a local user to spoof the normal @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ (Section 21.1) and use gss authentication with them. The TCP client must connect using gssencmode=require. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster Home 19.8. Encryption Options
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster Home 19.8. Encryption Options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html index aeca080..3fe9e5c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -28.4. Progress Reporting
    28.4. Progress Reporting
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.4. Progress Reporting

    28.4.1. ANALYZE Progress Reporting
    28.4.2. CREATE INDEX Progress Reporting
    28.4.3. VACUUM Progress Reporting
    28.4.4. CLUSTER Progress Reporting
    28.4.5. Base Backup Progress Reporting
    28.4.6. COPY Progress Reporting

    +28.4. Progress Reporting

    28.4. Progress Reporting
    Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next

    28.4. Progress Reporting

    28.4.1. ANALYZE Progress Reporting
    28.4.2. CREATE INDEX Progress Reporting
    28.4.3. VACUUM Progress Reporting
    28.4.4. CLUSTER Progress Reporting
    28.4.5. Base Backup Progress Reporting
    28.4.6. COPY Progress Reporting

    PostgreSQL has the ability to report the progress of certain commands during command execution. Currently, the only commands which support progress reporting are ANALYZE, @@ -648,4 +648,4 @@

    Number of tuples not processed because they were excluded by the WHERE clause of the COPY command. -


    Prev Up Next
    28.3. Viewing Locks Home 28.5. Dynamic Tracing
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    28.3. Viewing Locks Home 28.5. Dynamic Tracing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html index 4f2c09d..767a7a9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

    +55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

    This section provides a quick checklist of changes, for the benefit of developers trying to update existing client libraries to protocol 3.0.

    @@ -70,4 +70,4 @@

    The EmptyQueryResponse ('I') message used to include an empty string parameter; this has been removed. -

    Prev Up Next
    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats Home Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats Home Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html index eee8be8..6d8fbeb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields

    +55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields

    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields

    This section describes the fields that can appear in ErrorResponse and NoticeResponse messages. Each field type has a single-byte identification token. Note that any given field type should appear at most once per @@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ needs; in particular it should break long lines as needed. Newline characters appearing in the error message fields should be treated as paragraph breaks, not line breaks. -

    Prev Up Next
    55.7. Message Formats Home 55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.7. Message Formats Home 55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html index b6b82dd..fa0d93a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.2. Message Flow
    55.2. Message Flow
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.2. Message Flow

    55.2.1. Start-up
    55.2.2. Simple Query
    55.2.3. Extended Query
    55.2.4. Pipelining
    55.2.5. Function Call
    55.2.6. COPY Operations
    55.2.7. Asynchronous Operations
    55.2.8. Canceling Requests in Progress
    55.2.9. Termination
    55.2.10. SSL Session Encryption
    55.2.11. GSSAPI Session Encryption

    +55.2. Message Flow

    55.2. Message Flow
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.2. Message Flow

    55.2.1. Start-up
    55.2.2. Simple Query
    55.2.3. Extended Query
    55.2.4. Pipelining
    55.2.5. Function Call
    55.2.6. COPY Operations
    55.2.7. Asynchronous Operations
    55.2.8. Canceling Requests in Progress
    55.2.9. Termination
    55.2.10. SSL Session Encryption
    55.2.11. GSSAPI Session Encryption

    This section describes the message flow and the semantics of each message type. (Details of the exact representation of each message appear in Section 55.7.) There are @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ SELCT 1/0; respectively. The frontend might close the connection at this point if it is dissatisfied with the response. To continue after G, using the GSSAPI C bindings as discussed in - RFC 2744 + RFC 2744 or equivalent, perform a GSSAPI initialization by calling gss_init_sec_context() in a loop and sending the result to the server, starting with an empty input and then with each @@ -972,4 +972,4 @@ SELCT 1/0; force GSSAPI encryption, the administrator can configure the server to reject unencrypted sessions as a byproduct of authentication checking. -

    Prev Up Next
    55.1. Overview Home 55.3. SASL Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.1. Overview Home 55.3. SASL Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html index 21017f4..2192972 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol

    55.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
    55.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
    55.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow

    +55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol

    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol

    55.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
    55.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
    55.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow

    This section describes the logical replication protocol, which is the message flow started by the START_REPLICATION SLOT slot_name @@ -106,4 +106,4 @@ cache the contents of Type messages, and first consult that cache to see if the type OID is defined there. If not, look up the type OID locally. -

    Prev Up Next
    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol Home 55.6. Message Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol Home 55.6. Message Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html index 4ab5d53..3e0e59d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats

    +55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats

    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats

    This section describes the detailed format of each logical replication message. These messages are either returned by the replication slot SQL interface or are sent by a walsender. In the case of a walsender, they are @@ -304,4 +304,4 @@ (As specified in the preceding format byte). n is the above length.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields Home 55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields Home 55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html index ae4519c..ff05012 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.7. Message Formats
    55.7. Message Formats
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.7. Message Formats

    +55.7. Message Formats

    55.7. Message Formats
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.7. Message Formats

    This section describes the detailed format of each message. Each is marked to indicate that it can be sent by a frontend (F), a backend (B), or both (F & B). @@ -673,4 +673,4 @@ Identifies the message as a termination.

    Int32(4)

    Length of message contents in bytes, including self. -

    Prev Up Next
    55.6. Message Data Types Home 55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.6. Message Data Types Home 55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html index 9210844..e769a6b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.6. Message Data Types
    55.6. Message Data Types
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.6. Message Data Types

    +55.6. Message Data Types

    55.6. Message Data Types
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.6. Message Data Types

    This section describes the base data types used in messages.

    Intn(i)

    An n-bit integer in network byte @@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ always determinable from an earlier field in the message. If c is specified it is the exact value. Eg. Byte2, Byte1('\n'). -

    Prev Up Next
    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol Home 55.7. Message Formats
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol Home 55.7. Message Formats
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html index e3d1de9..05d131f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.1. Overview
    55.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.1. Overview

    55.1.1. Messaging Overview
    55.1.2. Extended Query Overview
    55.1.3. Formats and Format Codes

    +55.1. Overview

    55.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.1. Overview

    55.1.1. Messaging Overview
    55.1.2. Extended Query Overview
    55.1.3. Formats and Format Codes

    The protocol has separate phases for startup and normal operation. In the startup phase, the frontend opens a connection to the server and authenticates itself to the satisfaction of the server. (This might @@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ or source code to learn about the binary representation. Keep in mind that binary representations for complex data types might change across server versions; the text format is usually the more portable choice. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol Home 55.2. Message Flow
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol Home 55.2. Message Flow
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html index 0e842d4..ab71005 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol

    +55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol

    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol

    To initiate streaming replication, the frontend sends the replication parameter in the startup message. A Boolean value of true (or on, @@ -523,10 +523,10 @@ psql "dbname=postgres replication=database" -c "IDENTIFY_SYSTEM;"

  • Files other than regular files and directories, such as symbolic links (other than for the directories listed above) and special - device files, are skipped. (Symbolic links + device and operating system files, are skipped. (Symbolic links in pg_tblspc are maintained.)

    • Owner, group, and file mode are set if the underlying file system on the server supports it.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    55.3. SASL Authentication Home 55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.3. SASL Authentication Home 55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html index 125e754..96d2184 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol

    Table of Contents

    55.1. Overview
    55.1.1. Messaging Overview
    55.1.2. Extended Query Overview
    55.1.3. Formats and Format Codes
    55.2. Message Flow
    55.2.1. Start-up
    55.2.2. Simple Query
    55.2.3. Extended Query
    55.2.4. Pipelining
    55.2.5. Function Call
    55.2.6. COPY Operations
    55.2.7. Asynchronous Operations
    55.2.8. Canceling Requests in Progress
    55.2.9. Termination
    55.2.10. SSL Session Encryption
    55.2.11. GSSAPI Session Encryption
    55.3. SASL Authentication
    55.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 Authentication
    55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
    55.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
    55.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
    55.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow
    55.6. Message Data Types
    55.7. Message Formats
    55.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
    55.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

    +Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol

    Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    54.35. pg_views Home 55.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.35. pg_views Home 55.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html index e781004..41546a2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET

    +7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET

    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET

    LIMIT and OFFSET allow you to retrieve just a portion of the rows that are generated by the rest of the query: 

    @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ SELECT select_list
    The rows skipped by an OFFSET clause still have to be
    computed inside the server; therefore a large OFFSET
    might be inefficient.
-
    Prev Up Next
    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY) Home 7.7. VALUES Lists
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY) Home 7.7. VALUES Lists
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html index fedd6bd..fa05d7f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)

    +7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)

    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)

    After a query has produced an output table (after the select list has been processed) it can optionally be sorted. If sorting is not chosen, the rows will be returned in an unspecified order. The actual @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ SELECT a + b AS sum, c FROM table1 ORDER BY sum + c; -- wrong > operators correspond to this sort ordering, but a user-defined data type's designer could choose to do something different. -

    Prev Up Next
    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT) Home 7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT) Home 7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html index 779fada..8c0dce7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.1. Overview
    7.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.1. Overview

    +7.1. Overview

    7.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.1. Overview

    The process of retrieving or the command to retrieve data from a database is called a query. In SQL the SELECT command is @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ SELECT 3 * 4; 

     SELECT random();

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 7. Queries Home 7.2. Table Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 7. Queries Home 7.2. Table Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html index 83cca56..7b204d9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.3. Select Lists
    7.3. Select Lists
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.3. Select Lists

    7.3.1. Select-List Items
    7.3.2. Column Labels
    7.3.3. DISTINCT

    +7.3. Select Lists

    7.3. Select Lists
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.3. Select Lists

    7.3.1. Select-List Items
    7.3.2. Column Labels
    7.3.3. DISTINCT

    As shown in the previous section, the table expression in the SELECT command constructs an intermediate virtual table by possibly combining @@ -119,4 +119,4 @@ SELECT DISTINCT ON (expression [GROUP BY and subqueries in FROM, this construct can be avoided, but it is often the most convenient alternative. -

    Prev Up Next
    7.2. Table Expressions Home 7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.2. Table Expressions Home 7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html index fc501ee..4458ec5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.2. Table Expressions
    7.2. Table Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.2. Table Expressions

    7.2.1. The FROM Clause
    7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
    7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    7.2.5. Window Function Processing

    +7.2. Table Expressions

    7.2. Table Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.2. Table Expressions

    7.2.1. The FROM Clause
    7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
    7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    7.2.5. Window Function Processing

    A table expression computes a table. The table expression contains a FROM clause that is optionally followed by WHERE, GROUP BY, and @@ -1027,4 +1027,4 @@ GROUP BY GROUPING SETS ( It is not recommended to rely on this, however. Use an explicit top-level ORDER BY clause if you want to be sure the results are sorted in a particular way. -

    Prev Up Next
    7.1. Overview Home 7.3. Select Lists
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.1. Overview Home 7.3. Select Lists
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html index 6ee40d0..4a80efa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)

    +7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)

    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)

    The results of two queries can be combined using the set operations union, intersection, and difference. The syntax is 

    @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ SELECT a FROM b UNION SELECT x FROM y LIMIT 10
 
     SELECT a FROM b UNION (SELECT x FROM y LIMIT 10)
 
    
-
    Prev Up Next
    7.3. Select Lists Home 7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.3. Select Lists Home 7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html index a2dbf0e..6e77504 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.7. VALUES Lists
    7.7. VALUES Lists
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.7. VALUES Lists

    +7.7. VALUES Lists

    7.7. VALUES Lists
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.7. VALUES Lists

    VALUES provides a way to generate a “constant table” that can be used in a query without having to actually create and populate a table on-disk. The syntax is @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ SELECT select_list FROM VALUES. -

    Prev Up Next
    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET Home 7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET Home 7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html index b7990c6..92f7fab 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)

    7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
    7.8.2. Recursive Queries
    7.8.3. Common Table Expression Materialization
    7.8.4. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

    +7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)

    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next

    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)

    7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
    7.8.2. Recursive Queries
    7.8.3. Common Table Expression Materialization
    7.8.4. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

    WITH provides a way to write auxiliary statements for use in a larger query. These statements, which are often referred to as Common Table Expressions or CTEs, can be thought of as defining @@ -561,4 +561,4 @@ SELECT * FROM t; At present, any table used as the target of a data-modifying statement in WITH must not have a conditional rule, nor an ALSO rule, nor an INSTEAD rule that expands to multiple statements. -

    Prev Up Next
    7.7. VALUES Lists Home Chapter 8. Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    7.7. VALUES Lists Home Chapter 8. Data Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html index 2b1145c..dce4d15 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -Chapter 7. Queries
    Chapter 7. Queries
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 7. Queries

    Table of Contents

    7.1. Overview
    7.2. Table Expressions
    7.2.1. The FROM Clause
    7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
    7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
    7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
    7.2.5. Window Function Processing
    7.3. Select Lists
    7.3.1. Select-List Items
    7.3.2. Column Labels
    7.3.3. DISTINCT
    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    7.7. VALUES Lists
    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
    7.8.2. Recursive Queries
    7.8.3. Common Table Expression Materialization
    7.8.4. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

    +Chapter 7. Queries

    Chapter 7. Queries
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows Home 7.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows Home 7.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html index 2fc5d23..6967219 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -52.1. The Path of a Query
    52.1. The Path of a Query
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.1. The Path of a Query

    +52.1. The Path of a Query

    52.1. The Path of a Query
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.1. The Path of a Query

    Here we give a short overview of the stages a query has to pass to obtain a result.

    1. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ In the following sections we will cover each of the above listed items in more detail to give a better understanding of PostgreSQL's internal control and data structures. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals Home 52.2. How Connections Are Established
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals Home 52.2. How Connections Are Established
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html index 892622f..78cb807 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.1. The Query Tree
    41.1. The Query Tree
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.1. The Query Tree

    +41.1. The Query Tree

    41.1. The Query Tree
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.1. The Query Tree

    To understand how the rule system works it is necessary to know when it is invoked and what its input and results are.

    @@ -149,4 +149,4 @@ doesn't have much to do with the fundamentals of the rule system.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 41. The Rule System Home 41.2. Views and the Rule System
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 41. The Rule System Home 41.2. Views and the Rule System
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html index 12ee0e7..ef3cad8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.17. Range Types
    8.17. Range Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    8.16. Composite Types Home 8.18. Domain Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.16. Composite Types Home 8.18. Domain Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html index 1d4bcc1..9a23f9e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf

    +O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf

    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf
    Prev UpAppendix O. Obsolete or Renamed FeaturesHome Next

    O.1. recovery.conf file merged into postgresql.conf

    PostgreSQL 11 and below used a configuration file named recovery.conf to manage replicas and standbys. Support for this file was removed in PostgreSQL 12. See - the release notes for PostgreSQL 12 for details + the release notes for PostgreSQL 12 for details on this change.

    On PostgreSQL 12 and above, @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ setting has been removed. A standby.signal file in the data directory is used instead. See Standby Server Operation for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features Home O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix O. Obsolete or Renamed Features Home O.2. Default Roles Renamed to Predefined Roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html index e5b8e20..f5574db 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -PostgreSQL Client Applications
    PostgreSQL Client Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next

    PostgreSQL Client Applications

    +PostgreSQL Client Applications

    PostgreSQL Client Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next

    PostgreSQL Client Applications

    This part contains reference information for PostgreSQL client applications and utilities. Not all of these commands are of general utility; some @@ -21,4 +21,4 @@

    pg_verifybackup — verify the integrity of a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster
    psql — PostgreSQL interactive terminal -
    reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database
    vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database
    Prev Up Next
    VALUES Home clusterdb
    \ No newline at end of file +
    reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database
    vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database
    Prev Up Next
    VALUES Home clusterdb
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html index 9d2dab9..46571f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -PostgreSQL Server Applications
    PostgreSQL Server Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next

    PostgreSQL Server Applications

    +PostgreSQL Server Applications

    PostgreSQL Server Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next

    PostgreSQL Server Applications

    This part contains reference information for PostgreSQL server applications and support utilities. These commands can only be run usefully on the host where the database server resides. Other utility programs are listed in PostgreSQL Client Applications. -

    Table of Contents

    initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_archivecleanup — clean up PostgreSQL WAL archive files
    pg_checksums — enable, disable or check data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server
    pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it
    pg_test_fsync — determine fastest wal_sync_method for PostgreSQL
    pg_test_timing — measure timing overhead
    pg_upgrade — upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance
    pg_waldump — display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    postgres — PostgreSQL database server
    postmaster — PostgreSQL database server
    Prev Up Next
    vacuumdb Home initdb
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table of Contents

    initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_archivecleanup — clean up PostgreSQL WAL archive files
    pg_checksums — enable, disable or check data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server
    pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it
    pg_test_fsync — determine fastest wal_sync_method for PostgreSQL
    pg_test_timing — measure timing overhead
    pg_upgrade — upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance
    pg_waldump — display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    postgres — PostgreSQL database server
    postmaster — PostgreSQL database server
    Prev Up Next
    vacuumdb Home initdb
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html index 3864ecd..d970dc8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part VI. Reference
    Part VI. Reference
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Part VI. Reference

    +Part VI. Reference

    Part VI. Reference
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Part VI. Reference

    The entries in this Reference are meant to provide in reasonable length an authoritative, complete, and formal summary about their respective subjects. More information about the use of @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@

    pg_verifybackup — verify the integrity of a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster
    psql — PostgreSQL interactive terminal -
    reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database
    vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database
    III. PostgreSQL Server Applications
    initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_archivecleanup — clean up PostgreSQL WAL archive files
    pg_checksums — enable, disable or check data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server
    pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it
    pg_test_fsync — determine fastest wal_sync_method for PostgreSQL
    pg_test_timing — measure timing overhead
    pg_upgrade — upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance
    pg_waldump — display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    postgres — PostgreSQL database server
    postmaster — PostgreSQL database server
    Prev Up Next
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks Home SQL Commands
    \ No newline at end of file +
    reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database
    vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database
    III. PostgreSQL Server Applications
    initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_archivecleanup — clean up PostgreSQL WAL archive files
    pg_checksums — enable, disable or check data checksums in a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server
    pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it
    pg_test_fsync — determine fastest wal_sync_method for PostgreSQL
    pg_test_timing — measure timing overhead
    pg_upgrade — upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance
    pg_waldump — display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster
    postgres — PostgreSQL database server
    postmaster — PostgreSQL database server
    Prev Up Next
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks Home SQL Commands
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html index b95d458..08c9e7d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.5. Test Coverage Examination

    +33.5. Test Coverage Examination

    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.5. Test Coverage Examination

    The PostgreSQL source code can be compiled with coverage testing instrumentation, so that it becomes possible to examine which parts of the code are covered by the regression tests or any other @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ make coverage-clean report for only a portion of the code tree.

    Use make distclean to clean up when done. -

    Prev Up Next
    33.4. TAP Tests Home Part IV. Client Interfaces
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    33.4. TAP Tests Home Part IV. Client Interfaces
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html index 638dc55..8d14e6f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.2. Test Evaluation

    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters

    +33.2. Test Evaluation

    33.2. Test Evaluation
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.2. Test Evaluation

    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters

    Some properly installed and fully functional PostgreSQL installations can “fail” some of these regression tests due to @@ -163,4 +163,4 @@ diff results/random.out expected/random.out parameters such as enable_seqscan or enable_indexscan could cause plan changes that would affect the results of tests that use EXPLAIN. -

    Prev Up Next
    33.1. Running the Tests Home 33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    33.1. Running the Tests Home 33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html index aee3c68..259cd19 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1. Running the Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.1. Running the Tests

    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Custom Server Settings
    33.1.6. Extra Tests

    +33.1. Running the Tests

    33.1. Running the Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.1. Running the Tests

    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Custom Server Settings
    33.1.6. Extra Tests

    The regression tests can be run against an already installed and running server, or using a temporary installation within the build tree. Furthermore, there is a “parallel” and a @@ -255,4 +255,4 @@ make check EXTRA_REGRESS_OPTS="--temp-config=test_postgresql.conf" 

     make check EXTRA_TESTS=numeric_big

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests Home 33.2. Test Evaluation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests Home 33.2. Test Evaluation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html index 198c1c4..a7b0697 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -33.4. TAP Tests
    33.4. TAP Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.4. TAP Tests

    +33.4. TAP Tests

    33.4. TAP Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.4. TAP Tests

    Various tests, particularly the client program tests under src/bin, use the Perl TAP tools and are run using the Perl testing program prove. You can pass @@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ make check PROVE_TESTS='t/001_test1.pl t/003_test3.pl' subdirectories contain both traditional-style and TAP-style tests, meaning that make installcheck will produce a mix of results from temporary servers and the already-running test server. -

    Prev Up Next
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files Home 33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files Home 33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html index 7c20e67..9b524e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.3. Variant Comparison Files

    +33.3. Variant Comparison Files

    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next

    33.3. Variant Comparison Files

    Since some of the tests inherently produce environment-dependent results, we have provided ways to specify alternate “expected” result files. Each regression test can have several comparison files @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ float4:out:hppa.*-hp-hpux10.*=float4-misrounded-input.out the variant that seems to work best. Therefore it is safest to use this mechanism only for variant results that you are willing to consider equally valid in all contexts. -

    Prev Up Next
    33.2. Test Evaluation Home 33.4. TAP Tests
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    33.2. Test Evaluation Home 33.4. TAP Tests
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html index 285046c..f380dc6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 33. Regression Tests

    Table of Contents

    33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Custom Server Settings
    33.1.6. Extra Tests
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    33.4. TAP Tests
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination

    +Chapter 33. Regression Tests

    Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    32.4. Extensibility Home 33.1. Running the Tests
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    32.4. Extensibility Home 33.1. Running the Tests
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-1.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-1.html index 0d0fedd..4057dfc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-1.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-1.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -E.6. Release 15.1
    E.6. Release 15.1
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.6. Release 15.1

    E.6.1. Migration to Version 15.1
    E.6.2. Changes

    Release date: 2022-11-10

    +E.7. Release 15.1

    E.7. Release 15.1
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.7. Release 15.1

    E.7.1. Migration to Version 15.1
    E.7.2. Changes

    Release date: 2022-11-10

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.0. For information about new features in major release 15, see - Section E.7. -

    E.6.1. Migration to Version 15.1

    + Section E.8. +

    E.7.1. Migration to Version 15.1

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X.

    However, if you regularly create and drop tables exceeding 1GB, see the first changelog entry below. -

    E.6.2. Changes

    • +

    E.7.2. Changes

    • Fix failure to remove non-first segments of large tables (Tom Lane)

      @@ -221,4 +221,4 @@ tzdb's backwards-compatibility options (see their PACKRATDATA and PACKRATLIST options). -

    Prev Up Next
    E.5. Release 15.2 Home E.7. Release 15
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.6. Release 15.2 Home E.8. Release 15
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-2.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-2.html index 440ddaf..8c53d28 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-2.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-2.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -E.5. Release 15.2
    E.5. Release 15.2
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.5. Release 15.2

    E.5.1. Migration to Version 15.2
    E.5.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-02-09

    +E.6. Release 15.2

    E.6. Release 15.2
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.6. Release 15.2

    E.6.1. Migration to Version 15.2
    E.6.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-02-09

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.1. For information about new features in major release 15, see - Section E.7. -

    E.5.1. Migration to Version 15.2

    + Section E.8. +

    E.6.1. Migration to Version 15.2

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X.

    However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.1, - see Section E.6. -

    E.5.2. Changes

    E.6.2. Changes

    • libpq can leak memory contents after GSSAPI transport encryption initiation fails (Jacob Champion)

      @@ -430,4 +430,4 @@

      Notably, a new timezone America/Ciudad_Juarez has been split off from America/Ojinaga. -

    Prev Up Next
    E.4. Release 15.3 Home E.6. Release 15.1
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.5. Release 15.3 Home E.7. Release 15.1
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-3.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-3.html index 3b7747b..ec13b68 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-3.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-3.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -E.4. Release 15.3
    E.4. Release 15.3
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.4. Release 15.3

    E.4.1. Migration to Version 15.3
    E.4.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-05-11

    +E.5. Release 15.3

    E.5. Release 15.3
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.5. Release 15.3

    E.5.1. Migration to Version 15.3
    E.5.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-05-11

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.2. For information about new features in major release 15, see - Section E.7. -

    E.4.1. Migration to Version 15.3

    + Section E.8. +

    E.5.1. Migration to Version 15.3

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X.

    However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.1, - see Section E.6. -

    E.4.2. Changes

    E.5.2. Changes

    • Prevent CREATE SCHEMA from defeating changes in search_path (Alexander Lakhin)

      @@ -600,4 +600,4 @@ for consistency with other timezones observing Moscow time. Also, America/Yellowknife is no longer distinct from America/Edmonton; this affects some pre-1948 timestamps in that area. -

    Prev Up Next
    E.3. Release 15.4 Home E.5. Release 15.2
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.4. Release 15.4 Home E.6. Release 15.2
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-4.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-4.html index be9f570..fb36edf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-4.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-4.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -E.3. Release 15.4
    E.3. Release 15.4
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.3. Release 15.4

    E.3.1. Migration to Version 15.4
    E.3.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-08-10

    +E.4. Release 15.4

    E.4. Release 15.4
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.4. Release 15.4

    E.4.1. Migration to Version 15.4
    E.4.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-08-10

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.3. For information about new features in major release 15, see - Section E.7. -

    E.3.1. Migration to Version 15.4

    + Section E.8. +

    E.4.1. Migration to Version 15.4

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X.

    However, if you use BRIN indexes, it may be advisable to reindex them; see the third changelog entry below.

    Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.1, - see Section E.6. -

    E.3.2. Changes

    E.4.2. Changes

    • Disallow substituting a schema or owner name into an extension script if the name contains a quote, backslash, or dollar sign (Noah Misch)

      @@ -348,4 +348,4 @@

    • Fix make_etags script to work with non-Exuberant ctags (Masahiko Sawada) -

    Prev Up Next
    E.2. Release 15.5 Home E.4. Release 15.3
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.3. Release 15.5 Home E.5. Release 15.3
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-5.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-5.html index 7aa2b7f..b514eba 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-5.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-5.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -E.2. Release 15.5
    E.2. Release 15.5
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.2. Release 15.5

    E.2.1. Migration to Version 15.5
    E.2.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-11-09

    +E.3. Release 15.5

    E.3. Release 15.5
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.3. Release 15.5

    E.3.1. Migration to Version 15.5
    E.3.2. Changes

    Release date: 2023-11-09

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.4. For information about new features in major release 15, see - Section E.7. -

    E.2.1. Migration to Version 15.5

    + Section E.8. +

    E.3.1. Migration to Version 15.5

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X.

    However, several mistakes have been discovered that could lead to @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ entries below.

    Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.4, - see Section E.3. -

    E.2.2. Changes

    E.3.2. Changes

    • Fix handling of unknown-type arguments in DISTINCT "any" aggregate functions (Tom Lane) @@ -465,4 +465,4 @@ abbreviation for a zone with a total human population of about two dozen, it seems unlikely that anyone will miss it. If someone does, they can put it back via a custom abbreviations file. -

    Prev Up Next
    E.1. Release 15.6 Home E.3. Release 15.4
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.2. Release 15.6 Home E.4. Release 15.4
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-6.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-6.html index 262e9bb..92d0929 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-6.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-6.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -E.1. Release 15.6
    E.1. Release 15.6
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.1. Release 15.6

    E.1.1. Migration to Version 15.6
    E.1.2. Changes

    Release date: 2024-02-08

    +E.2. Release 15.6

    E.2. Release 15.6
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.2. Release 15.6

    E.2.1. Migration to Version 15.6
    E.2.2. Changes

    Release date: 2024-02-08

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.5. For information about new features in major release 15, see - Section E.7. -

    E.1.1. Migration to Version 15.6

    + Section E.8. +

    E.2.1. Migration to Version 15.6

    A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X.

    However, one bug was fixed that could have resulted in corruption of @@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ corruption, reindex affected indexes after installing this update.

    Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.5, - see Section E.2. -

    E.1.2. Changes

    E.2.2. Changes

    • Tighten security restrictions within REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW CONCURRENTLY (Heikki Linnakangas)

      @@ -107,6 +107,12 @@ crosscheck (Alexander Lakhin)

      This error had no impact in non-assert builds. +

    • + Fix overly tight assertion + about false_positive_rate parameter of + BRIN bloom operator classes (Alexander Lakhin) +

      + This error had no impact in non-assert builds, either.

    • Fix possible failure during ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN on a complex inheritance tree (Tender Wang) @@ -393,9 +399,6 @@ scripting mistake rather than a case that pgbench needs to handle nicely, so throw an error. -

    • - In contrib/bloom, fix overly tight assertion - about false_positive_rate (Alexander Lakhin)

    • Fix crash in contrib/intarray if an array with an element equal to INT_MAX is inserted into @@ -451,4 +454,4 @@ Palestine, plus corrections for the Antarctic stations Casey and Vostok. Also historical corrections for Vietnam, Toronto, and Miquelon. -

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix E. Release Notes Home E.2. Release 15.5
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.1. Release 15.7 Home E.3. Release 15.5
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-7.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-7.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fab7ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15-7.html @@ -0,0 +1,416 @@ + +E.1. Release 15.7
    E.1. Release 15.7
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.1. Release 15.7

    E.1.1. Migration to Version 15.7
    E.1.2. Changes

    Release date: 2024-05-09

    + This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.6. + For information about new features in major release 15, see + Section E.8. +

    E.1.1. Migration to Version 15.7

    + A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X. +

    + However, a security vulnerability was found in the system + views pg_stats_ext + and pg_stats_ext_exprs, potentially allowing + authenticated database users to see data they shouldn't. If this is + of concern in your installation, follow the steps in the first + changelog entry below to rectify it. +

    + Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.6, + see Section E.2. +

    E.1.2. Changes

    • + Restrict visibility of pg_stats_ext and + pg_stats_ext_exprs entries to the table + owner (Nathan Bossart) +

      + These views failed to hide statistics for expressions that involve + columns the accessing user does not have permission to read. View + columns such as most_common_vals might + expose security-relevant data. The potential interactions here are + not fully clear, so in the interest of erring on the side of safety, + make rows in these views visible only to the owner of the associated + table. +

      + The PostgreSQL Project thanks + Lukas Fittl for reporting this problem. + (CVE-2024-4317) +

      + By itself, this fix will only fix the behavior in newly initdb'd + database clusters. If you wish to apply this change in an existing + cluster, you will need to do the following: +

      1. + Find the SQL script fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql in + the share directory of + the PostgreSQL installation (typically + located someplace like /usr/share/postgresql/). + Be sure to use the script appropriate to + your PostgreSQL major version. + If you do not see this file, either your version is not vulnerable + (only v14–v16 are affected) or your minor version is too + old to have the fix. +

      2. + In each database of the cluster, run + the fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql script as superuser. + In psql this would look like +

        +\i /usr/share/postgresql/fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql
+

        + (adjust the file path as appropriate). Any error probably indicates + that you've used the wrong script version. It will not hurt to run + the script more than once. +

      3. + Do not forget to include the template0 + and template1 databases, or the vulnerability + will still exist in databases you create later. To + fix template0, you'll need to temporarily make + it accept connections. Do that with +

        +ALTER DATABASE template0 WITH ALLOW_CONNECTIONS true;
+

        + and then after fixing template0, undo it with +

        +ALTER DATABASE template0 WITH ALLOW_CONNECTIONS false;
+

        +

    • + Fix INSERT from + multiple VALUES rows into a target column that is + a domain over an array or composite type (Tom Lane) +

      + Such cases would either fail with surprising complaints about + mismatched datatypes, or insert unexpected coercions that could lead + to odd results. +

    • + Require SELECT privilege on the target table + for MERGE with a DO NOTHING + clause (Álvaro Herrera) +

      + SELECT privilege would be required in all + practical cases anyway, but require it even if the query reads no + columns of the target table. This avoids an edge case in + which MERGE would require no privileges whatever, + which seems undesirable even when it's a do-nothing command. +

    • + Fix handling of self-modified tuples in MERGE + (Dean Rasheed) +

      + Throw an error if a target row joins to more than one source row, as + required by the SQL standard. (The previous coding could silently + ignore this condition if a concurrent update was involved.) Also, + throw a non-misleading error if a target row is already updated by a + later command in the current transaction, thanks to + a BEFORE trigger or a volatile function used in + the query. +

    • + Fix incorrect pruning of NULL partition when a table is partitioned + on a boolean column and the query has a boolean IS + NOT clause (David Rowley) +

      + A NULL value satisfies a clause such + as boolcol IS NOT + FALSE, so pruning away a partition containing NULLs + yielded incorrect answers. +

    • + Make ALTER FOREIGN TABLE SET SCHEMA move any + owned sequences into the new schema (Tom Lane) +

      + Moving a regular table to a new schema causes any sequences owned by + the table to be moved to that schema too (along with indexes and + constraints). This was overlooked for foreign tables, however. +

    • + Make ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN create + identity/serial sequences with the same persistence as their owning + tables (Peter Eisentraut) +

      + CREATE UNLOGGED TABLE will make any owned + sequences be unlogged too. ALTER TABLE missed + that consideration, so that an added identity column would have a + logged sequence, which seems pointless. +

    • + Improve ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN TYPE's error + message when there is a dependent function or publication (Tom Lane) +

    • + In CREATE DATABASE, recognize strategy keywords + case-insensitively for consistency with other options (Tomas Vondra) +

    • + Fix EXPLAIN's counting of heap pages accessed by + a bitmap heap scan (Melanie Plageman) +

      + Previously, heap pages that contain no visible tuples were not + counted; but it seems more consistent to count all pages returned by + the bitmap index scan. +

    • + Fix EXPLAIN's output for subplans + in MERGE (Dean Rasheed) +

      + EXPLAIN would sometimes fail to properly display + subplan Params referencing variables in other parts of the plan tree. +

    • + Avoid deadlock during removal of orphaned temporary tables + (Mikhail Zhilin) +

      + If the session that creates a temporary table crashes without + removing the table, autovacuum will eventually try to remove the + orphaned table. However, an incoming session that's been assigned + the same temporary namespace will do that too. If a temporary table + has a dependency (such as an owned sequence) then a deadlock could + result between these two cleanup attempts. +

    • + Avoid race condition while examining per-relation frozen-XID values + (Noah Misch) +

      + VACUUM's computation of per-database frozen-XID + values from per-relation values could get confused by a concurrent + update of those values by another VACUUM. +

    • + Fix buffer usage reporting for parallel vacuuming (Anthonin Bonnefoy) +

      + Buffer accesses performed by parallel workers were not getting + counted in the statistics reported in VERBOSE + mode. +

    • + Disallow converting a table to a view within an outer SQL command + that is using that table (Tom Lane) +

      + This avoids possible crashes. +

    • + Ensure that join conditions generated from equivalence classes are + applied at the correct plan level (Tom Lane) +

      + In versions before PostgreSQL 16, it was + possible for generated conditions to be evaluated below outer joins + when they should be evaluated above (after) the outer join, leading + to incorrect query results. All versions have a similar hazard when + considering joins to UNION ALL trees that have + constant outputs for the join column in + some SELECT arms. +

    • + Prevent potentially-incorrect optimization of some window functions + (David Rowley) +

      + Disable “run condition” optimization + of ntile() and count() + with non-constant arguments. This avoids possible misbehavior with + sub-selects, typically leading to errors like “WindowFunc not + found in subplan target lists”. +

    • + Avoid unnecessary use of moving-aggregate mode with a non-moving + window frame (Vallimaharajan G) +

      + When a plain aggregate is used as a window function, and the window + frame start is specified as UNBOUNDED PRECEDING, + the frame's head cannot move so we do not need to use the special + (and more expensive) moving-aggregate mode. This optimization was + intended all along, but due to a coding error it never triggered. +

    • + Avoid use of already-freed data while planning partition-wise joins + under GEQO (Tom Lane) +

      + This would typically end in a crash or unexpected error message. +

    • + Avoid freeing still-in-use data in Memoize (Tender Wang, Andrei + Lepikhov) +

      + In production builds this error frequently didn't cause any + problems, as the freed data would most likely not get overwritten + before it was used. +

    • + Fix incorrectly-reported statistics kind codes in “requested + statistics kind X is not yet + built” error messages (David Rowley) +

    • + Be more careful with RECORD-returning functions + in FROM (Tom Lane) +

      + The output columns of such a function call must be defined by + an AS clause that specifies the column names and + data types. If the actual function output value doesn't match that, + an error is supposed to be thrown at runtime. However, some code + paths would examine the actual value prematurely, and potentially + issue strange errors or suffer assertion failures if it doesn't + match expectations. +

    • + Fix confusion about the return rowtype of SQL-language procedures + (Tom Lane) +

      + A procedure implemented in SQL language that returns a single + composite-type column would cause an assertion failure or core dump. +

    • + Add protective stack depth checks to some recursive functions + (Egor Chindyaskin) +

    • + Fix mis-rounding and overflow hazards + in date_bin() (Moaaz Assali) +

      + In the case where the source timestamp is before the origin + timestamp and their difference is already an exact multiple of the + stride, the code incorrectly subtracted the stride anyway. Also, + detect some integer-overflow cases that would have produced + incorrect results. +

    • + Detect integer overflow when adding or subtracting + an interval to/from a timestamp + (Joseph Koshakow) +

      + Some cases that should cause an out-of-range error produced an + incorrect result instead. +

    • + Avoid race condition in pg_get_expr() + (Tom Lane) +

      + If the relation referenced by the argument is dropped concurrently, + the function's intention is to return NULL, but sometimes it failed + instead. +

    • + Fix detection of old transaction IDs in XID status functions + (Karina Litskevich) +

      + Transaction IDs more than 231 + transactions in the past could be misidentified as recent, + leading to misbehavior of pg_xact_status() + or txid_status(). +

    • + Ensure that a table's freespace map won't return a page that's past + the end of the table (Ronan Dunklau) +

      + Because the freespace map isn't WAL-logged, this was possible in + edge cases involving an OS crash, a replica promote, or a PITR + restore. The result would be a “could not read block” + error. +

    • + Fix file descriptor leakage when an error is thrown while waiting + in WaitEventSetWait (Etsuro Fujita) +

    • + Avoid corrupting exception stack if an FDW implements async append + but doesn't configure any wait conditions for the Append plan node + to wait for (Alexander Pyhalov) +

    • + Throw an error if an index is accessed while it is being reindexed + (Tom Lane) +

      + Previously this was just an assertion check, but promote it into a + regular runtime error. This will provide a more on-point error + message when reindexing a user-defined index expression that + attempts to access its own table. +

    • + Ensure that index-only scans on name columns return a + fully-padded value (David Rowley) +

      + The value physically stored in the index is truncated, and + previously a pointer to that value was returned to callers. This + provoked complaints when testing under valgrind. In theory it could + result in crashes, though none have been reported. +

    • + Fix race condition in deciding whether a table sync operation is + needed in logical replication (Vignesh C) +

      + An invalidation event arriving while a subscriber identifies which + tables need to be synced would be forgotten about, so that any + tables newly in need of syncing might not get processed in a timely + fashion. +

    • + Fix crash with DSM allocations larger than 4GB (Heikki Linnakangas) +

    • + Disconnect if a new server session's client socket cannot be put + into non-blocking mode (Heikki Linnakangas) +

      + It was once theoretically possible for us to operate with a socket + that's in blocking mode; but that hasn't worked fully in a long + time, so fail at connection start rather than misbehave later. +

    • + Fix inadequate error reporting + with OpenSSL 3.0.0 and later (Heikki + Linnakangas, Tom Lane) +

      + System-reported errors passed through by OpenSSL were reported with + a numeric error code rather than anything readable. +

    • + Avoid concurrent calls to bindtextdomain() + in libpq + and ecpglib (Tom Lane) +

      + Although GNU gettext's implementation + seems to be fine with concurrent calls, the version available on + Windows is not. +

    • + Fix crash in ecpg's preprocessor if + the program tries to redefine a macro that was defined on the + preprocessor command line (Tom Lane) +

    • + In ecpg, avoid issuing + false “unsupported feature will be passed to server” + warnings (Tom Lane) +

    • + Ensure that the string result + of ecpg's intoasc() + function is correctly zero-terminated (Oleg Tselebrovskiy) +

    • + In psql, avoid leaking a query result + after the query is cancelled (Tom Lane) +

      + This happened only when cancelling a non-last query in a query + string made with \; separators. +

    • + Fix pg_dumpall so that role comments, if + present, will be dumped regardless of the setting + of --no-role-passwords (Daniel Gustafsson, + Álvaro Herrera) +

    • + Skip files named .DS_Store + in pg_basebackup, + pg_checksums, + and pg_rewind (Daniel Gustafsson) +

      + This avoids problems on macOS, where the Finder may create such + files. +

    • + Fix PL/pgSQL's parsing of single-line + comments (---style comments) following + expressions (Erik Wienhold, Tom Lane) +

      + This mistake caused parse errors if such a comment followed + a WHEN expression in + a PL/pgSQL CASE + statement. +

    • + In contrib/amcheck, don't report false match + failures due to short- versus long-header values (Andrey Borodin, + Michael Zhilin) +

      + A variable-length datum in a heap tuple or index tuple could have + either a short or a long header, depending on compression parameters + that applied when it was made. Treat these cases as equivalent + rather than complaining if there's a difference. +

    • + Fix bugs in BRIN output functions (Tomas Vondra) +

      + These output functions are only used for displaying index entries + in contrib/pageinspect, so the errors are of + limited practical concern. +

    • + In contrib/postgres_fdw, avoid emitting + requests to sort by a constant (David Rowley) +

      + This could occur in cases involving UNION ALL + with constant-emitting subqueries. Sorting by a constant is useless + of course, but it also risks being misinterpreted by the remote + server, leading to “ORDER BY + position N is not in select list” + errors. +

    • + Make contrib/postgres_fdw set the remote + session's time zone to GMT + not UTC (Tom Lane) +

      + This should have the same results for practical purposes. + However, GMT is recognized by hard-wired code in + the server, while UTC is looked up in the + timezone database. So the old code could fail in the unlikely event + that the remote server's timezone database is missing entries. +

    • + In contrib/xml2, avoid use of library functions + that have been deprecated in recent versions + of libxml2 (Dmitry Koval) +

    • + Fix incompatibility with LLVM 18 (Thomas Munro, Dmitry Dolgov) +

    • + Allow make check to work with + the musl C library (Thomas Munro, Bruce + Momjian, Tom Lane) +

    Prev Up Next
    Appendix E. Release Notes Home E.2. Release 15.6
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15.html index 6214c57..1142ba9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-15.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -E.7. Release 15
    E.7. Release 15
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.7. Release 15

    E.7.1. Overview
    E.7.2. Migration to Version 15
    E.7.3. Changes
    E.7.4. Acknowledgments

    Release date: 2022-10-13

    E.7.1. Overview

    +E.8. Release 15

    E.8. Release 15
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.8. Release 15

    E.8.1. Overview
    E.8.2. Migration to Version 15
    E.8.3. Changes
    E.8.4. Acknowledgments

    Release date: 2022-10-13

    E.8.1. Overview

    PostgreSQL 15 contains many new features and enhancements, including:

    • @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ The above items and other new features of PostgreSQL 15 are explained in more detail in the sections below. -

    E.7.2. Migration to Version 15

    +

    E.8.2. Migration to Version 15

    A dump/restore using pg_dumpall or use of pg_upgrade or logical replication is required for those wishing to migrate data from any previous release. See Section 19.6 for general information on migrating to new @@ -262,11 +262,11 @@ The default is now that custom scan providers are assumed to not support projections; those that do will need to be updated for this release. -

    E.7.3. Changes

    +

    E.8.3. Changes

    Below you will find a detailed account of the changes between PostgreSQL 15 and the previous major release. -

    E.7.3.1. Server

    • +

      E.8.3.1. Server

      • Record and check the collation version of each database (Peter Eisentraut)

        This feature is designed to detect collation version @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Add system view pg_ident_file_mappings to report pg_ident.conf information (Julien Rouhaud) -

      E.7.3.1.1. Partitioning

      • +

      E.8.3.1.1. Partitioning

      • Improve planning time for queries referencing partitioned tables (David Rowley)

        @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ triggers on all partitions (Arne Roland, Álvaro Herrera)

        Also prohibit cloned triggers from being renamed. -

      E.7.3.1.2. Indexes

      • +

      E.8.3.1.2. Indexes

      • Allow btree indexes on system and TOAST tables to efficiently store duplicates (Peter Geoghegan)

        @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ function to use btree indexes if using the C collation (Tom Lane)

        Previously these could only use SP-GiST indexes. -

      E.7.3.1.3. Optimizer

      • +

      E.8.3.1.3. Optimizer

      • Allow extended statistics to record statistics for a parent with all its children (Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby) @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ to allow the user to specify the expected size of the working table of a recursive query (Simon Riggs) -

      E.7.3.1.4. General Performance

      • +

      E.8.3.1.4. General Performance

      • Allow hash lookup for NOT IN clauses with many constants (David Rowley, James Coleman)

        @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

      • Improve the performance of spinlocks on high-core-count ARM64 systems (Geoffrey Blake) -

      E.7.3.1.5. Monitoring

      • +

      E.8.3.1.5. Monitoring

      • Enable default logging of checkpoints and slow autovacuum operations (Bharath Rupireddy)

        @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ archive_cleanup_command, restore_command and recovery_end_command. -

      E.7.3.1.6. Privileges

      • +

      E.8.3.1.6. Privileges

      • Allow table accesses done by a view to optionally be controlled by privileges of the view's caller (Christoph Heiss) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ (Jeff Davis)

        Previously this function could only be run by superusers. -

      E.7.3.1.7. Server Configuration

      • +

      E.8.3.1.7. Server Configuration

      • Add server variable shared_memory_size to report the size of allocated shared memory (Nathan Bossart)

      • @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ and data_directory_mode would report values that would not be accurate on the running server. However, this does not work on a running server. -

      E.7.3.2. Streaming Replication and Recovery

      • +

      E.8.3.2. Streaming Replication and Recovery

      • Add support for LZ4 and Zstandard compression of server-side base backups (Jeevan Ladhe, Robert Haas)

      • @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

      • No longer require IDENTIFY_SYSTEM to be run before START_REPLICATION (Jeff Davis) -

      • +

      • Allow publication of all tables in a schema (Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila)

        @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ system view (Hou Zhijie)

        In some cases a partition could appear more than once. -

      E.7.3.3. Utility Commands

      • +

      E.8.3.3. Utility Commands

      • Add SQL MERGE command to adjust one table to match another (Simon Riggs, Pavan Deolasee, Álvaro Herrera, Amit Langote) @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ in later use of the view or rule. The column-level dependency is now also noted, so that dropping such a column will be rejected unless the view is changed or dropped. -

      E.7.3.4. Data Types

      • +

      E.8.3.4. Data Types

      • Allow the scale of a numeric value to be negative, or greater than its precision (Dean Rasheed, @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@

        Also update from Unicode 5.0 to 14.0.0. There is now an automated way to keep Postgres updated with Unicode releases. -

      E.7.3.5. Functions

      • +

      E.8.3.5. Functions

      • Add multirange input to range_agg() (Paul Jungwirth)

      • @@ -748,14 +748,14 @@ Previously this function reported all temporary schemas as pg_temp, but it's misleading to use that for any but the current session's temporary schema. -

      E.7.3.6. PL/pgSQL

      • +

      E.8.3.6. PL/pgSQL

      • Fix enforcement of PL/pgSQL variable CONSTANT markings (Tom Lane)

        Previously, a variable could be used as a CALL output parameter or refcursor OPEN variable despite being marked CONSTANT. -

      E.7.3.7. libpq

      • +

      E.8.3.7. libpq

      • Allow IP address matching against a server certificate's Subject Alternative Name (Jacob Champion)

      • @@ -772,11 +772,11 @@

      • Prevent libpq event callback failures from forcing an error result (Tom Lane) -

      E.7.3.8. Client Applications

      • +

      E.8.3.8. Client Applications

      • Allow pgbench to retry after serialization and deadlock failures (Yugo Nagata, Marina Polyakova) -

      E.7.3.8.1. psql

      • +

      E.8.3.8.1. psql

      • Improve performance of psql's \copy command, by sending data in larger chunks (Heikki Linnakangas) @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Remove code that was only used when running with an older server. Commands that do not require any version-specific adjustments compared to 9.2 will still work. -

      E.7.3.8.2. pg_dump

      • +

      E.8.3.8.2. pg_dump

      • Make pg_dump dump public schema ownership changes and security labels (Noah Misch) @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ Limit support of pg_dump and pg_dumpall to servers running PostgreSQL 9.2 or later (Tom Lane) -

      E.7.3.9. Server Applications

      • +

      E.8.3.9. Server Applications

      • Add new pg_basebackup option --target to control the base backup location (Robert Haas) @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ option --config-file to simplify use when server configuration files are stored outside the data directory (Gunnar Bluth) -

      E.7.3.9.1. pg_upgrade

      • +

      E.8.3.9.1. pg_upgrade

      • Store pg_upgrade's log and temporary files in a subdirectory of the new cluster called pg_upgrade_output.d (Justin Pryzby) @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Limit support of pg_upgrade to old servers running PostgreSQL 9.2 or later (Tom Lane) -

      E.7.3.9.2. pg_waldump

      • +

      E.8.3.9.2. pg_waldump

      • Allow pg_waldump output to be filtered by relation file node, block number, fork number, and full page images (David Christensen, Thomas Munro) @@ -979,14 +979,14 @@

        This is enabled by specifying the --rmgr option multiple times. -

      E.7.3.10. Documentation

      • +

      E.8.3.10. Documentation

      • Add documentation for pg_encoding_to_char() and pg_char_to_encoding() (Ian Lawrence Barwick)

      • Document the ^@ starts-with operator (Tom Lane) -

      E.7.3.11. Source Code

      • +

      E.8.3.11. Source Code

      • Add support for continuous integration testing using cirrus-ci (Andres Freund, Thomas Munro, Melanie Plageman)

      • @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@

      • Require Python version 3.2 or later (Andres Freund) -

      E.7.3.12. Additional Modules

      • +

      E.8.3.12. Additional Modules

      • Allow amcheck to check sequences (Mark Dilger)

      • @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@

      • Indicate the permissive/enforcing state in sepgsql log messages (Dave Page) -

      E.7.3.12.1. postgres_fdw

      • +

      E.8.3.12.1. postgres_fdw

      • Allow postgres_fdw to push down CASE expressions (Alexander Pyhalov)

      • @@ -1106,8 +1106,8 @@

        This is enabled with the CREATE SERVER option parallel_commit. -

      E.7.4. Acknowledgments

      +

    E.8.4. Acknowledgments

    The following individuals (in alphabetical order) have contributed to this release as patch authors, committers, reviewers, testers, or reporters of issues. -

    Abhijit Menon-Sen
    Adam Brusselback
    Adam Mackler
    Adrian Ho
    Ahsan Hadi
    Ajin Cherian
    Alastair McKinley
    Aleksander Alekseev
    Ales Zeleny
    Alex Kingsborough
    Alex Kozhemyakin
    Alexander Korotkov
    Alexander Kukushkin
    Alexander Lakhin
    Alexander Nawratil
    Alexander Pyhalov
    Alexey Borzov
    Alexey Ermakov
    Aliaksandr Kalenik
    Álvaro Herrera
    Amit Kapila
    Amit Khandekar
    Amit Langote
    Amul Sul
    Anastasia Lubennikova
    Anders Kaseorg
    Andreas Dijkman
    Andreas Grob
    Andreas Seltenreich
    Andrei Zubkov
    Andres Freund
    Andrew Alsup
    Andrew Bille
    Andrew Dunstan
    Andrew Gierth
    Andrew Kesper
    Andrey Borodin
    Andrey Lepikhov
    Andrey Sokolov
    Andy Fan
    Anton Melnikov
    Anton Voloshin
    Antonin Houska
    Arjan van de Ven
    Arne Roland
    Arthur Zakirov
    Ashutosh Bapat
    Ashutosh Sharma
    Ashwin Agrawal
    Asif Rehman
    Asim Praveen
    Atsushi Torikoshi
    Aya Iwata
    Bauyrzhan Sakhariyev
    Benoit Lobréau
    Bernd Dorn
    Bertrand Drouvot
    Bharath Rupireddy
    Björn Harrtell
    Boris Kolpackov
    Boris Korzun
    Brad Nicholson
    Brar Piening
    Bruce Momjian
    Bruno da Silva
    Bryn Llewellyn
    Carl Sopchak
    Cary Huang
    Chapman Flack
    Chen Jiaoqian
    Chris Bandy
    Chris Lowder
    Christian Quest
    Christoph Berg
    Christoph Heiss
    Christophe Pettus
    Christopher Painter-Wakefield
    Claudio Freire
    Clemens Zeidler
    Corey Huinker
    Dag Lem
    Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
    Dan Kubb
    Daniel Cherniy
    Daniel Gustafsson
    Daniel Polski
    Daniel Vérité
    Daniel Westermann
    Daniele Varrazzo
    Daniil Anisimov
    Danny Shemesh
    Darafei Praliaskouski
    Daria Lepikhova
    Dave Cramer
    Dave Page
    David Christensen
    David Fetter
    David G. Johnston
    David Rowley
    David Steele
    David Zhang
    Dean Rasheed
    Dian Fay
    Dilip Kumar
    Dipesh Pandit
    Dmitry Dolgov
    Dmitry Koval
    Dmitry Marakasov
    Dominique Devienne
    Dong Wook
    Drew DeVault
    Eduard Català
    Egor Chindyaskin
    Egor Rogov
    Ekaterina Kiryanova
    Elena Indrupskaya
    Elvis Pranskevichus
    Emmanuel Quincerot
    Emre Hasegeli
    Eric Mutta
    Erica Zhang
    Erik Rijkers
    Erki Eessaar
    Etsuro Fujita
    Euler Taveira
    Fabien Coelho
    Fabrice Chapuis
    Fabrice Fontaine
    Fabrízio de Royes Mello
    Feike Steenbergen
    Filip Gospodinov
    Florin Irion
    Floris Van Nee
    Frédéric Yhuel
    Gabriela Serventi
    Gaurab Dey
    Geoff Winkless
    Geoffrey Blake
    Georgios Kokolatos
    Gilles Darold
    Greg Nancarrow
    Greg Rychlewski
    Greg Sabino Mullane
    Greg Stark
    Gregory Smith
    Guillaume Lelarge
    Gunnar Bluth
    Gurjeet Singh
    Haiyang Wang
    Haiying Tang
    Hannu Krosing
    Hans Buschmann
    Hayato Kuroda
    Heath Lord
    Heikki Linnakangas
    Herwig Goemans
    Himanshu Upadhyaya
    Holly Roberts
    Hou Zhijie
    Hubert Lubaczewski
    Ian Barwick
    Ian Campbell
    Ibrar Ahmed
    Ildus Kurbangaliev
    Ilya Anfimov
    Itamar Gafni
    Jacob Champion
    Jaime Casanova
    Jakub Wartak
    James Coleman
    James Hilliard
    James Inform
    Jan Piotrowski
    Japin Li
    Jason Harvey
    Jason Kim
    Jean-Christophe Arnu
    Jeevan Ladhe
    Jeff Davis
    Jeff Janes
    Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
    Jelte Fennema
    Jeremy Evans
    Jeremy Schneider
    Jian Guo
    Jian He
    Jimmy Yih
    Jiri Fejfar
    Jitka Plesníková
    Joe Conway
    Joe Wildish
    Joel Jacobson
    Joey Bodoia
    John Naylor
    Jonathan Katz
    Josef Simanek
    Joseph Koshakow
    Josh Soref
    Joshua Brindle
    Juan José Santamaría Flecha
    Julien Rouhaud
    Julien Roze
    Junwang Zhao
    Jürgen Purtz
    Justin Pryzby
    Ken Kato
    Kevin Burke
    Kevin Grittner
    Kevin Humphreys
    Kevin McKibbin
    Kevin Sweet
    Kevin Zheng
    Klaudie Willis
    Konstantin Knizhnik
    Konstantina Skovola
    Kosei Masumura
    Kotaro Kawamoto
    Koyu Tanigawa
    Kuntal Ghosh
    Kyotaro Horiguchi
    Lars Kanis
    Lauren Fliksteen
    Laurent Hasson
    Laurenz Albe
    Leslie Lemaire
    Liam Bowen
    Lingjie Qiang
    Liu Huailing
    Louis Jachiet
    Lukas Fittl
    Ma Liangzhu
    Maciek Sakrejda
    Magnus Hagander
    Mahendra Singh Thalor
    Maksim Milyutin
    Marc Bachmann
    Marcin Krupowicz
    Marcus Gartner
    Marek Szuba
    Marina Polyakova
    Mario Emmenlauer
    Mark Dilger
    Mark Murawski
    Mark Wong
    Markus Wanner
    Markus Winand
    Martijn van Oosterhout
    Martin Jurca
    Martin Kalcher
    Martín Marqués
    Masahiko Sawada
    Masahiro Ikeda
    Masao Fujii
    Masaya Kawamoto
    Masayuki Hirose
    Matthias van de Meent
    Matthijs van der Vleuten
    Maxim Orlov
    Maxim Yablokov
    Melanie Plageman
    Michael Banck
    Michael Harris
    Michael J. Sullivan
    Michael Meskes
    Michael Mühlbeyer
    Michael Paquier
    Michael Powers
    Mike Fiedler
    Mike Oh
    Mikhail Kulagin
    Miles Delahunty
    Naoki Okano
    Nathan Bossart
    Nathan Long
    Nazir Bilal Yavuz
    Neha Sharma
    Neil Chen
    Nicola Contu
    Nicolas Lutic
    Nikhil Benesch
    Nikhil Shetty
    Nikhil Sontakke
    Nikita Glukhov
    Nikolai Berkoff
    Nikolay Samokhvalov
    Nikolay Shaplov
    Nitin Jadhav
    Noah Misch
    Noboru Saito
    Noriyoshi Shinoda
    Olaf Bohlen
    Olly Betts
    Onder Kalaci
    Oskar Stenberg
    Otto Kekalainen
    Paul Guo
    Paul Jungwirth
    Paul Martinez
    Pavan Deolasee
    Pavel Borisov
    Pavel Luzanov
    Pavel Stehule
    Peter Eisentraut
    Peter Geoghegan
    Peter Slavov
    Peter Smith
    Petr Jelínek
    Phil Florent
    Phil Krylov
    Pierre-Aurélien Georges
    Prabhat Sahu
    Quan Zongliang
    Rachel Heaton
    Rahila Syed
    Rajakavitha Kodhandapani
    Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
    Ranier Vilela
    Rei Kamigishi
    Reid Thompson
    Rémi Lapeyre
    Renan Soares Lopes
    Richard Guo
    Richard Wesley
    RKN Sai Krishna
    Robert Haas
    Robert Treat
    Roberto Mello
    Robins Tharakan
    Roger Mason
    Roman Zharkov
    Ronan Dunklau
    Rui Zhao
    Ryan Kelly
    Ryo Matsumura
    Ryohei Takahashi
    Sadhuprasad Patro
    Sait Talha Nisanci
    Sami Imseih
    Sandeep Thakkar
    Sebastian Kemper
    Sehrope Sarkuni
    Sergei Kornilov
    Sergei Shoulbakov
    Sergey Shinderuk
    Shay Rojansky
    Shenhao Wang
    Shi Yu
    Shinya Kato
    Shruthi Gowda
    Simon Perepelitsa
    Simon Riggs
    Sirisha Chamarthi
    Soumyadeep Chakraborty
    Stan Hu
    Stas Kelvich
    Stefen Hillman
    Stephen Frost
    Steve Chavez
    Sumanta Mukherjee
    Suraj Khamkar
    Suraj Kharage
    Sven Klemm
    Takamichi Osumi
    Takayuki Tsunakawa
    Takeshi Ideriha
    Tatsuhiro Nakamori
    Tatsuhito Kasahara
    Tatsuo Ishii
    Tatsuro Yamada
    Teja Mupparti
    Teodor Sigaev
    Thibaud Walkowiak
    Thom Brown
    Thomas McKay
    Thomas Munro
    Tim McNamara
    Timo Stolz
    Timur Khanjanov
    Tom Lane
    Tomas Barton
    Tomas Vondra
    Tony Reix
    Troy Frericks
    Tushar Ahuja
    Victor Wagner
    Victor Yegorov
    Vignesh C
    Vik Fearing
    Vincas Dargis
    Vitaly Burovoy
    Vitaly Voronov
    Vladimir Sitnikov
    Wang Ke
    Wei Sun
    Wei Wang
    Whale Song
    Will Mortensen
    Wolfgang Walther
    Yanliang Lei
    Yaoguang Chen
    Yogendra Suralkar
    YoungHwan Joo
    Yugo Nagata
    Yukun Wang
    Yura Sokolov
    Yusuke Egashira
    Yuzuko Hosoya
    Zhang Mingli
    Zhang Wenjie
    Zhihong Yu
    Zhiyong Wu
    Prev Up Next
    E.6. Release 15.1 Home E.8. Prior Releases
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Abhijit Menon-Sen
    Adam Brusselback
    Adam Mackler
    Adrian Ho
    Ahsan Hadi
    Ajin Cherian
    Alastair McKinley
    Aleksander Alekseev
    Ales Zeleny
    Alex Kingsborough
    Alex Kozhemyakin
    Alexander Korotkov
    Alexander Kukushkin
    Alexander Lakhin
    Alexander Nawratil
    Alexander Pyhalov
    Alexey Borzov
    Alexey Ermakov
    Aliaksandr Kalenik
    Álvaro Herrera
    Amit Kapila
    Amit Khandekar
    Amit Langote
    Amul Sul
    Anastasia Lubennikova
    Anders Kaseorg
    Andreas Dijkman
    Andreas Grob
    Andreas Seltenreich
    Andrei Zubkov
    Andres Freund
    Andrew Alsup
    Andrew Bille
    Andrew Dunstan
    Andrew Gierth
    Andrew Kesper
    Andrey Borodin
    Andrey Lepikhov
    Andrey Sokolov
    Andy Fan
    Anton Melnikov
    Anton Voloshin
    Antonin Houska
    Arjan van de Ven
    Arne Roland
    Arthur Zakirov
    Ashutosh Bapat
    Ashutosh Sharma
    Ashwin Agrawal
    Asif Rehman
    Asim Praveen
    Atsushi Torikoshi
    Aya Iwata
    Bauyrzhan Sakhariyev
    Benoit Lobréau
    Bernd Dorn
    Bertrand Drouvot
    Bharath Rupireddy
    Björn Harrtell
    Boris Kolpackov
    Boris Korzun
    Brad Nicholson
    Brar Piening
    Bruce Momjian
    Bruno da Silva
    Bryn Llewellyn
    Carl Sopchak
    Cary Huang
    Chapman Flack
    Chen Jiaoqian
    Chris Bandy
    Chris Lowder
    Christian Quest
    Christoph Berg
    Christoph Heiss
    Christophe Pettus
    Christopher Painter-Wakefield
    Claudio Freire
    Clemens Zeidler
    Corey Huinker
    Dag Lem
    Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
    Dan Kubb
    Daniel Cherniy
    Daniel Gustafsson
    Daniel Polski
    Daniel Vérité
    Daniel Westermann
    Daniele Varrazzo
    Daniil Anisimov
    Danny Shemesh
    Darafei Praliaskouski
    Daria Lepikhova
    Dave Cramer
    Dave Page
    David Christensen
    David Fetter
    David G. Johnston
    David Rowley
    David Steele
    David Zhang
    Dean Rasheed
    Dian Fay
    Dilip Kumar
    Dipesh Pandit
    Dmitry Dolgov
    Dmitry Koval
    Dmitry Marakasov
    Dominique Devienne
    Dong Wook
    Drew DeVault
    Eduard Català
    Egor Chindyaskin
    Egor Rogov
    Ekaterina Kiryanova
    Elena Indrupskaya
    Elvis Pranskevichus
    Emmanuel Quincerot
    Emre Hasegeli
    Eric Mutta
    Erica Zhang
    Erik Rijkers
    Erki Eessaar
    Etsuro Fujita
    Euler Taveira
    Fabien Coelho
    Fabrice Chapuis
    Fabrice Fontaine
    Fabrízio de Royes Mello
    Feike Steenbergen
    Filip Gospodinov
    Florin Irion
    Floris Van Nee
    Frédéric Yhuel
    Gabriela Serventi
    Gaurab Dey
    Geoff Winkless
    Geoffrey Blake
    Georgios Kokolatos
    Gilles Darold
    Greg Nancarrow
    Greg Rychlewski
    Greg Sabino Mullane
    Greg Stark
    Gregory Smith
    Guillaume Lelarge
    Gunnar Bluth
    Gurjeet Singh
    Haiyang Wang
    Haiying Tang
    Hannu Krosing
    Hans Buschmann
    Hayato Kuroda
    Heath Lord
    Heikki Linnakangas
    Herwig Goemans
    Himanshu Upadhyaya
    Holly Roberts
    Hou Zhijie
    Hubert Lubaczewski
    Ian Barwick
    Ian Campbell
    Ibrar Ahmed
    Ildus Kurbangaliev
    Ilya Anfimov
    Itamar Gafni
    Jacob Champion
    Jaime Casanova
    Jakub Wartak
    James Coleman
    James Hilliard
    James Inform
    Jan Piotrowski
    Japin Li
    Jason Harvey
    Jason Kim
    Jean-Christophe Arnu
    Jeevan Ladhe
    Jeff Davis
    Jeff Janes
    Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais
    Jelte Fennema
    Jeremy Evans
    Jeremy Schneider
    Jian Guo
    Jian He
    Jimmy Yih
    Jiri Fejfar
    Jitka Plesníková
    Joe Conway
    Joe Wildish
    Joel Jacobson
    Joey Bodoia
    John Naylor
    Jonathan Katz
    Josef Simanek
    Joseph Koshakow
    Josh Soref
    Joshua Brindle
    Juan José Santamaría Flecha
    Julien Rouhaud
    Julien Roze
    Junwang Zhao
    Jürgen Purtz
    Justin Pryzby
    Ken Kato
    Kevin Burke
    Kevin Grittner
    Kevin Humphreys
    Kevin McKibbin
    Kevin Sweet
    Kevin Zheng
    Klaudie Willis
    Konstantin Knizhnik
    Konstantina Skovola
    Kosei Masumura
    Kotaro Kawamoto
    Koyu Tanigawa
    Kuntal Ghosh
    Kyotaro Horiguchi
    Lars Kanis
    Lauren Fliksteen
    Laurent Hasson
    Laurenz Albe
    Leslie Lemaire
    Liam Bowen
    Lingjie Qiang
    Liu Huailing
    Louis Jachiet
    Lukas Fittl
    Ma Liangzhu
    Maciek Sakrejda
    Magnus Hagander
    Mahendra Singh Thalor
    Maksim Milyutin
    Marc Bachmann
    Marcin Krupowicz
    Marcus Gartner
    Marek Szuba
    Marina Polyakova
    Mario Emmenlauer
    Mark Dilger
    Mark Murawski
    Mark Wong
    Markus Wanner
    Markus Winand
    Martijn van Oosterhout
    Martin Jurca
    Martin Kalcher
    Martín Marqués
    Masahiko Sawada
    Masahiro Ikeda
    Masao Fujii
    Masaya Kawamoto
    Masayuki Hirose
    Matthias van de Meent
    Matthijs van der Vleuten
    Maxim Orlov
    Maxim Yablokov
    Melanie Plageman
    Michael Banck
    Michael Harris
    Michael J. Sullivan
    Michael Meskes
    Michael Mühlbeyer
    Michael Paquier
    Michael Powers
    Mike Fiedler
    Mike Oh
    Mikhail Kulagin
    Miles Delahunty
    Naoki Okano
    Nathan Bossart
    Nathan Long
    Nazir Bilal Yavuz
    Neha Sharma
    Neil Chen
    Nicola Contu
    Nicolas Lutic
    Nikhil Benesch
    Nikhil Shetty
    Nikhil Sontakke
    Nikita Glukhov
    Nikolai Berkoff
    Nikolay Samokhvalov
    Nikolay Shaplov
    Nitin Jadhav
    Noah Misch
    Noboru Saito
    Noriyoshi Shinoda
    Olaf Bohlen
    Olly Betts
    Onder Kalaci
    Oskar Stenberg
    Otto Kekalainen
    Paul Guo
    Paul Jungwirth
    Paul Martinez
    Pavan Deolasee
    Pavel Borisov
    Pavel Luzanov
    Pavel Stehule
    Peter Eisentraut
    Peter Geoghegan
    Peter Slavov
    Peter Smith
    Petr Jelínek
    Phil Florent
    Phil Krylov
    Pierre-Aurélien Georges
    Prabhat Sahu
    Quan Zongliang
    Rachel Heaton
    Rahila Syed
    Rajakavitha Kodhandapani
    Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
    Ranier Vilela
    Rei Kamigishi
    Reid Thompson
    Rémi Lapeyre
    Renan Soares Lopes
    Richard Guo
    Richard Wesley
    RKN Sai Krishna
    Robert Haas
    Robert Treat
    Roberto Mello
    Robins Tharakan
    Roger Mason
    Roman Zharkov
    Ronan Dunklau
    Rui Zhao
    Ryan Kelly
    Ryo Matsumura
    Ryohei Takahashi
    Sadhuprasad Patro
    Sait Talha Nisanci
    Sami Imseih
    Sandeep Thakkar
    Sebastian Kemper
    Sehrope Sarkuni
    Sergei Kornilov
    Sergei Shoulbakov
    Sergey Shinderuk
    Shay Rojansky
    Shenhao Wang
    Shi Yu
    Shinya Kato
    Shruthi Gowda
    Simon Perepelitsa
    Simon Riggs
    Sirisha Chamarthi
    Soumyadeep Chakraborty
    Stan Hu
    Stas Kelvich
    Stefen Hillman
    Stephen Frost
    Steve Chavez
    Sumanta Mukherjee
    Suraj Khamkar
    Suraj Kharage
    Sven Klemm
    Takamichi Osumi
    Takayuki Tsunakawa
    Takeshi Ideriha
    Tatsuhiro Nakamori
    Tatsuhito Kasahara
    Tatsuo Ishii
    Tatsuro Yamada
    Teja Mupparti
    Teodor Sigaev
    Thibaud Walkowiak
    Thom Brown
    Thomas McKay
    Thomas Munro
    Tim McNamara
    Timo Stolz
    Timur Khanjanov
    Tom Lane
    Tomas Barton
    Tomas Vondra
    Tony Reix
    Troy Frericks
    Tushar Ahuja
    Victor Wagner
    Victor Yegorov
    Vignesh C
    Vik Fearing
    Vincas Dargis
    Vitaly Burovoy
    Vitaly Voronov
    Vladimir Sitnikov
    Wang Ke
    Wei Sun
    Wei Wang
    Whale Song
    Will Mortensen
    Wolfgang Walther
    Yanliang Lei
    Yaoguang Chen
    Yogendra Suralkar
    YoungHwan Joo
    Yugo Nagata
    Yukun Wang
    Yura Sokolov
    Yusuke Egashira
    Yuzuko Hosoya
    Zhang Mingli
    Zhang Wenjie
    Zhihong Yu
    Zhiyong Wu
    Prev Up Next
    E.7. Release 15.1 Home E.9. Prior Releases
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html index fb5dd2b..26a8c64 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -E.8. Prior Releases
    E.8. Prior Releases
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.8. Prior Releases

    +E.9. Prior Releases

    E.9. Prior Releases
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next

    E.9. Prior Releases

    Release notes for prior release branches can be found at https://www.postgresql.org/docs/release/ -

    Prev Up Next
    E.7. Release 15 Home Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    E.8. Release 15 Home Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html index f41804b..8ab849f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix E. Release Notes
    Appendix E. Release Notes
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix E. Release Notes

    Table of Contents

    E.1. Release 15.6
    E.1.1. Migration to Version 15.6
    E.1.2. Changes
    E.2. Release 15.5
    E.2.1. Migration to Version 15.5
    E.2.2. Changes
    E.3. Release 15.4
    E.3.1. Migration to Version 15.4
    E.3.2. Changes
    E.4. Release 15.3
    E.4.1. Migration to Version 15.3
    E.4.2. Changes
    E.5. Release 15.2
    E.5.1. Migration to Version 15.2
    E.5.2. Changes
    E.6. Release 15.1
    E.6.1. Migration to Version 15.1
    E.6.2. Changes
    E.7. Release 15
    E.7.1. Overview
    E.7.2. Migration to Version 15
    E.7.3. Changes
    E.7.4. Acknowledgments
    E.8. Prior Releases

    +Appendix E. Release Notes

    Appendix E. Release Notes
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix E. Release Notes

    Table of Contents

    E.1. Release 15.7
    E.1.1. Migration to Version 15.7
    E.1.2. Changes
    E.2. Release 15.6
    E.2.1. Migration to Version 15.6
    E.2.2. Changes
    E.3. Release 15.5
    E.3.1. Migration to Version 15.5
    E.3.2. Changes
    E.4. Release 15.4
    E.4.1. Migration to Version 15.4
    E.4.2. Changes
    E.5. Release 15.3
    E.5.1. Migration to Version 15.3
    E.5.2. Changes
    E.6. Release 15.2
    E.6.1. Migration to Version 15.2
    E.6.2. Changes
    E.7. Release 15.1
    E.7.1. Migration to Version 15.1
    E.7.2. Changes
    E.8. Release 15
    E.8.1. Overview
    E.8.2. Migration to Version 15
    E.8.3. Changes
    E.8.4. Acknowledgments
    E.9. Prior Releases

    The release notes contain the significant changes in each PostgreSQL release, with major features and migration issues listed at the top. The release notes do not contain changes @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ The name appearing next to each item represents the major developer for that item. Of course all changes involve community discussion and patch review, so each item is truly a community effort. -

    Prev Up Next
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML Home E.1. Release 15.6
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML Home E.1. Release 15.7
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html index 34484c2..d74d272 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
    Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking

    +Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking

    Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking

    Replication origins are intended to make it easier to implement logical replication solutions on top of logical decoding. @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ to filter the logical decoding change stream based on the source. While less flexible, filtering via that callback is considerably more efficient than doing it in the output plugin. -

    Prev Up Next
    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding Home Chapter 51. Archive Modules
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding Home Chapter 51. Archive Modules
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html index 888a625..fcda59e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -4. Further Information
    4. Further Information
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    4. Further Information

    +4. Further Information

    4. Further Information
    Prev UpPrefaceHome Next

    4. Further Information

    Besides the documentation, that is, this book, there are other resources about PostgreSQL: @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ up and contribute it. If you add features to the code, contribute them.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    3. Conventions Home 5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3. Conventions Home 5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html index ac3b6a5..0387a2a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -22.2. Role Attributes
    22.2. Role Attributes
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.2. Role Attributes

    +22.2. Role Attributes

    22.2. Role Attributes
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.2. Role Attributes

    A database role can have a number of attributes that define its privileges and interact with the client authentication system. @@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ ALTER ROLE myname SET enable_indexscan TO off; Note that role-specific defaults attached to roles without LOGIN privilege are fairly useless, since they will never be invoked. -

    Prev Up Next
    22.1. Database Roles Home 22.3. Role Membership
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    22.1. Database Roles Home 22.3. Role Membership
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html index 5302fcf..38e74d4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -22.3. Role Membership
    22.3. Role Membership
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.3. Role Membership

    +22.3. Role Membership

    22.3. Role Membership
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.3. Role Membership

    It is frequently convenient to group users together to ease management of privileges: that way, privileges can be granted to, or revoked from, a group as a whole. In PostgreSQL @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ DROP ROLE name;

    Any memberships in the group role are automatically revoked (but the member roles are not otherwise affected). -

    Prev Up Next
    22.2. Role Attributes Home 22.4. Dropping Roles
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    22.2. Role Attributes Home 22.4. Dropping Roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html index 0f64eeb..2af2c7d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -22.4. Dropping Roles
    22.4. Dropping Roles
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.4. Dropping Roles

    +22.4. Dropping Roles

    22.4. Dropping Roles
    Prev UpChapter 22. Database RolesHome Next

    22.4. Dropping Roles

    Because roles can own database objects and can hold privileges to access other objects, dropping a role is often not just a matter of a quick DROP ROLE. Any objects owned by the role must @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ DROP ROLE doomed_role; If DROP ROLE is attempted while dependent objects still remain, it will issue messages identifying which objects need to be reassigned or dropped. -

    Prev Up Next
    22.3. Role Membership Home 22.5. Predefined Roles
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    22.3. Role Membership Home 22.5. Predefined Roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html index d3aa96c..588d9d9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -25.2. Routine Reindexing
    25.2. Routine Reindexing
    Prev UpChapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next

    25.2. Routine Reindexing

    +25.2. Routine Reindexing

    25.2. Routine Reindexing
    Prev UpChapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next

    25.2. Routine Reindexing

    In some situations it is worthwhile to rebuild indexes periodically with the REINDEX command or a series of individual rebuilding steps. @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ default, hence it is often preferable to execute it with its CONCURRENTLY option, which requires only a SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock. -

    Prev Up Next
    25.1. Routine Vacuuming Home 25.3. Log File Maintenance
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    25.1. Routine Vacuuming Home 25.3. Log File Maintenance
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html index 1c39f6b..d038614 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    Prev UpChapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next

    25.1. Routine Vacuuming

    25.1.1. Vacuuming Basics
    25.1.2. Recovering Disk Space
    25.1.3. Updating Planner Statistics
    25.1.4. Updating the Visibility Map
    25.1.5. Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    25.1.6. The Autovacuum Daemon

    +25.1. Routine Vacuuming

    25.1. Routine Vacuuming
    Prev UpChapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next

    25.1. Routine Vacuuming

    25.1.1. Vacuuming Basics
    25.1.2. Recovering Disk Space
    25.1.3. Updating Planner Statistics
    25.1.4. Updating the Visibility Map
    25.1.5. Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
    25.1.6. The Autovacuum Daemon

    PostgreSQL databases require periodic maintenance known as vacuuming. For many installations, it is sufficient to let vacuuming be performed by the autovacuum @@ -692,4 +692,4 @@ analyze threshold = analyze base threshold + analyze scale factor * number of tu Regularly running commands that acquire locks conflicting with a SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock (e.g., ANALYZE) can effectively prevent autovacuums from ever completing. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks Home 25.2. Routine Reindexing
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 25. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks Home 25.2. Routine Reindexing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html index 0bc6d75..12985f1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    Prev UpChapter 75. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next

    75.1. Row Estimation Examples

    +75.1. Row Estimation Examples

    75.1. Row Estimation Examples
    Prev UpChapter 75. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next

    75.1. Row Estimation Examples

    The examples shown below use tables in the PostgreSQL regression test database. The outputs shown are taken from version 8.3. @@ -396,4 +396,4 @@ rows = (outer_cardinality * inner_cardinality) * selectivity src/backend/optimizer/path/clausesel.c. The operator-specific selectivity functions are mostly found in src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics Home 75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 75. How the Planner Uses Statistics Home 75.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html index 86509ed..9b980de 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -8.16. Composite Types
    8.16. Composite Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.16. Composite Types

    8.16.1. Declaration of Composite Types
    8.16.2. Constructing Composite Values
    8.16.3. Accessing Composite Types
    8.16.4. Modifying Composite Types
    8.16.5. Using Composite Types in Queries
    8.16.6. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax

    +8.16. Composite Types

    8.16. Composite Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next

    8.16. Composite Types

    8.16.1. Declaration of Composite Types
    8.16.2. Constructing Composite Values
    8.16.3. Accessing Composite Types
    8.16.4. Modifying Composite Types
    8.16.5. Using Composite Types in Queries
    8.16.6. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax

    A composite type represents the structure of a row or record; it is essentially just a list of field names and their data types. PostgreSQL allows composite types to be @@ -421,4 +421,4 @@ INSERT ... VALUES ('("\"\\")'); commands. In ROW, individual field values are written the same way they would be written when not members of a composite. -

    Prev Up Next
    8.15. Arrays Home 8.17. Range Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    8.15. Arrays Home 8.17. Range Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html index 3ff1d3c..c77d9c5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System

    +52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System

    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
    Prev UpChapter 52. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next

    52.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System

    PostgreSQL supports a powerful rule system for the specification of views and ambiguous view updates. @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ rewriter are query trees, that is, there is no change in the representation or level of semantic detail in the trees. Rewriting can be thought of as a form of macro expansion. -

    Prev Up Next
    52.3. The Parser Stage Home 52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    52.3. The Parser Stage Home 52.5. Planner/Optimizer
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html index d274922..3ff73a5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.3. Materialized Views
    41.3. Materialized Views
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.3. Materialized Views

    +41.3. Materialized Views

    41.3. Materialized Views
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.3. Materialized Views

    Materialized views in PostgreSQL use the rule system like views do, but persist the results in a table-like form. The main differences between: @@ -179,4 +179,4 @@ SELECT word FROM words ORDER BY word <-> 'caterpiler' LIMIT 10; If you can tolerate periodic update of the remote data to the local database, the performance benefit can be substantial. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.2. Views and the Rule System Home 41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.2. Views and the Rule System Home 41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html index 643eb93..bf82a12 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.5. Rules and Privileges
    41.5. Rules and Privileges
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.5. Rules and Privileges

    +41.5. Rules and Privileges

    41.5. Rules and Privileges
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.5. Rules and Privileges

    Due to rewriting of queries by the PostgreSQL rule system, other tables/views than those used in the original query get accessed. When update rules are used, this can include write access @@ -157,4 +157,4 @@ CREATE VIEW phone_number WITH (security_barrier) AS the optimizer statistics, the choice of plan). If these types of "covert channel" attacks are of concern, it is probably unwise to grant any access to the data at all. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE Home 41.6. Rules and Command Status
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE Home 41.6. Rules and Command Status
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html index 4372ee8..5bef431 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.6. Rules and Command Status
    41.6. Rules and Command Status
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.6. Rules and Command Status

    +41.6. Rules and Command Status

    41.6. Rules and Command Status
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.6. Rules and Command Status

    The PostgreSQL server returns a command status string, such as INSERT 149592 1, for each command it receives. This is simple enough when there are no rules @@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ that sets the command status in the second case, by giving it the alphabetically last rule name among the active rules, so that it gets applied last. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.5. Rules and Privileges Home 41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.5. Rules and Privileges Home 41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html index 16961a2..0a198d2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

    +41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

    Many things that can be done using triggers can also be implemented using the PostgreSQL rule system. One of the things that cannot be implemented by @@ -175,4 +175,4 @@ Nestloop The summary is, rules will only be significantly slower than triggers if their actions result in large and badly qualified joins, a situation where the planner fails. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.6. Rules and Command Status Home Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.6. Rules and Command Status Home Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html index b1d6352..db69ed2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE

    41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
    41.4.2. Cooperation with Views

    +41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE

    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE

    41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
    41.4.2. Cooperation with Views

    Rules that are defined on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE are significantly different from the view rules described in the previous section. First, their CREATE @@ -747,4 +747,4 @@ SELECT * FROM shoelace; There are probably only a few situations out in the real world where such a construct is necessary. But it makes you feel comfortable that it works. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.3. Materialized Views Home 41.5. Rules and Privileges
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.3. Materialized Views Home 41.5. Rules and Privileges
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html index a49c074..0d05be7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -41.2. Views and the Rule System
    41.2. Views and the Rule System
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.2. Views and the Rule System

    41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
    41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
    41.2.4. Updating a View

    +41.2. Views and the Rule System

    41.2. Views and the Rule System
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next

    41.2. Views and the Rule System

    41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
    41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
    41.2.4. Updating a View

    Views in PostgreSQL are implemented using the rule system. In fact, there is essentially no difference between: @@ -503,4 +503,4 @@ SELECT t1.a, t2.b, t1.ctid FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a = t2.a; triggers for the view, and the rewriter cannot automatically rewrite the query as an update on the underlying base relation, an error will be thrown because the executor cannot update a view as such. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.1. The Query Tree Home 41.3. Materialized Views
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.1. The Query Tree Home 41.3. Materialized Views
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html index e4a416c..79401af 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 41. The Rule System
    Chapter 41. The Rule System
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 41. The Rule System

    Table of Contents

    41.1. The Query Tree
    41.2. Views and the Rule System
    41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
    41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
    41.2.4. Updating a View
    41.3. Materialized Views
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
    41.4.2. Cooperation with Views
    41.5. Rules and Privileges
    41.6. Rules and Command Status
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

    +Chapter 41. The Rule System

    Chapter 41. The Rule System
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 41. The Rule System

    Table of Contents

    41.1. The Query Tree
    41.2. Views and the Rule System
    41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
    41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
    41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
    41.2.4. Updating a View
    41.3. Materialized Views
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
    41.4.2. Cooperation with Views
    41.5. Rules and Privileges
    41.6. Rules and Command Status
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

    This chapter discusses the rule system in PostgreSQL. Production rule systems are conceptually simple, but there are many subtle points @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ such as query language procedures, views, and versions. The theoretical foundations and the power of this rule system are also discussed in [ston90b] and [ong90]. -

    Prev Up Next
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example Home 41.1. The Query Tree
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example Home 41.1. The Query Tree
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html index dd98f7d..b0faa29 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming

    +20.10. Automatic Vacuuming

    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming

    These settings control the behavior of the autovacuum feature. Refer to Section 25.1.6 for more information. Note that many of these settings can be overridden on a per-table @@ -160,4 +160,4 @@ file or on the server command line; but the setting can be overridden for individual tables by changing table storage parameters. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.9. Run-time Statistics Home 20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.9. Run-time Statistics Home 20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html index d336666..dcd86f9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.11. Client Connection Defaults

    20.11.1. Statement Behavior
    20.11.2. Locale and Formatting
    20.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
    20.11.4. Other Defaults

    20.11.1. Statement Behavior

    client_min_messages (enum) +20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.11. Client Connection Defaults

    20.11.1. Statement Behavior
    20.11.2. Locale and Formatting
    20.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
    20.11.4. Other Defaults

    20.11.1. Statement Behavior

    client_min_messages (enum)

    Controls which @@ -851,4 +851,4 @@ dynamic_library_path = 'C:\tools\postgresql;H:\my_project\lib;$libdir'

    Soft upper limit of the size of the set returned by GIN index scans. For more information see Section 70.5. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming Home 20.12. Lock Management
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming Home 20.12. Lock Management
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html index 05c8efa..a4b834f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility

    20.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    20.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility

    20.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions

    array_nulls (boolean) +20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility

    20.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    20.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility

    20.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions

    array_nulls (boolean)

    This controls whether the array input parser recognizes @@ -140,4 +140,4 @@ Thus, this option is not a general fix for bad programming.

    Refer to Section 9.2 for related information. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.12. Lock Management Home 20.14. Error Handling
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.12. Lock Management Home 20.14. Error Handling
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html index 3221314..1a4997a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.3. Connections and Authentication
    20.3. Connections and Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.3. Connections and Authentication

    20.3.1. Connection Settings
    20.3.2. Authentication
    20.3.3. SSL

    20.3.1. Connection Settings

    listen_addresses (string) +20.3. Connections and Authentication
    20.3. Connections and Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.3. Connections and Authentication

    20.3.1. Connection Settings
    20.3.2. Authentication
    20.3.3. SSL

    20.3.1. Connection Settings

    listen_addresses (string)

    Specifies the TCP/IP address(es) on which the server is @@ -543,4 +543,4 @@

    This parameter can only be set in the postgresql.conf file or on the server command line. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.2. File Locations Home 20.4. Resource Consumption
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.2. File Locations Home 20.4. Resource Consumption
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html index b029859..1361706 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.16. Customized Options
    20.16. Customized Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.16. Customized Options

    +20.16. Customized Options

    20.16. Customized Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.16. Customized Options

    This feature was designed to allow parameters not normally known to PostgreSQL to be added by add-on modules (such as procedural languages). This allows extension modules to be @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ those definitions. If there are any unrecognized placeholders that begin with its extension name, warnings are issued and those placeholders are removed. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.15. Preset Options Home 20.17. Developer Options
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.15. Preset Options Home 20.17. Developer Options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html index 0492df8..b73052b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.17. Developer Options
    20.17. Developer Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.17. Developer Options

    +20.17. Developer Options

    20.17. Developer Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.17. Developer Options

    The following parameters are intended for developer testing, and should never be used on a production database. However, some of them can be used to assist with the recovery of severely damaged @@ -374,4 +374,4 @@ LOG: CleanUpLock: deleting: lock(0xb7acd844) id(24688,24696,0,0,0,1) may however result in accumulation of useless files. This parameter can only be set in the postgresql.conf file or on the server command line. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.16. Customized Options Home 20.18. Short Options
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.16. Customized Options Home 20.18. Short Options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html index eb93548..8aa6081 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.14. Error Handling
    20.14. Error Handling
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.14. Error Handling

    exit_on_error (boolean) +20.14. Error Handling
    20.14. Error Handling
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.14. Error Handling

    exit_on_error (boolean)

    If on, any error will terminate the current session. By default, @@ -68,4 +68,4 @@

    This parameter can only be set in the postgresql.conf file or on the server command line. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility Home 20.15. Preset Options
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility Home 20.15. Preset Options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html index ce2ab32..1570678 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.2. File Locations
    20.2. File Locations
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.2. File Locations

    +20.2. File Locations

    20.2. File Locations
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.2. File Locations

    In addition to the postgresql.conf file already mentioned, PostgreSQL uses two other manually-edited configuration files, which control @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ When setting any of these parameters, a relative path will be interpreted with respect to the directory in which postgres is started. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.1. Setting Parameters Home 20.3. Connections and Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.1. Setting Parameters Home 20.3. Connections and Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html index bea09cc..a708698 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.12. Lock Management
    20.12. Lock Management
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.12. Lock Management

    deadlock_timeout (integer) +20.12. Lock Management
    20.12. Lock Management
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.12. Lock Management

    deadlock_timeout (integer) @@ -81,4 +81,4 @@ before the lock is promoted to covering the whole page. The default is 2. This parameter can only be set in the postgresql.conf file or on the server command line. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.11. Client Connection Defaults Home 20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.11. Client Connection Defaults Home 20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html index 77226a7..e8046b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging

    20.8.1. Where to Log
    20.8.2. When to Log
    20.8.3. What to Log
    20.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
    20.8.5. Using JSON-Format Log Output
    20.8.6. Process Title

    20.8.1. Where to Log

    log_destination (string) +20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging

    20.8.1. Where to Log
    20.8.2. When to Log
    20.8.3. What to Log
    20.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
    20.8.5. Using JSON-Format Log Output
    20.8.6. Process Title

    20.8.1. Where to Log

    log_destination (string)

    PostgreSQL supports several methods @@ -935,4 +935,4 @@ COPY postgres_log FROM '/full/path/to/logfile.csv' WITH csv; overhead for updating the process title. Only superusers and users with the appropriate SET privilege can change this setting. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.7. Query Planning Home 20.9. Run-time Statistics
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.7. Query Planning Home 20.9. Run-time Statistics
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html index 02db1f1..24a421c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.15. Preset Options
    20.15. Preset Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.15. Preset Options

    +20.15. Preset Options

    20.15. Preset Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.15. Preset Options

    The following “parameters” are read-only. As such, they have been excluded from the sample postgresql.conf file. These options report @@ -149,4 +149,4 @@

    Reports the size of write ahead log segments. The default value is 16MB. See Section 30.5 for more information. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.14. Error Handling Home 20.16. Customized Options
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.14. Error Handling Home 20.16. Customized Options
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html index a4d1cdb..fd34754 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.7. Query Planning
    20.7. Query Planning
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.7. Query Planning

    20.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
    20.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
    20.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
    20.7.4. Other Planner Options

    20.7.1. Planner Method Configuration

    +20.7. Query Planning

    20.7. Query Planning
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.7. Query Planning

    20.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
    20.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
    20.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
    20.7.4. Other Planner Options

    20.7.1. Planner Method Configuration

    These configuration parameters provide a crude method of influencing the query plans chosen by the query optimizer. If the default plan chosen by the optimizer for a particular query @@ -541,4 +541,4 @@ SELECT * FROM parent WHERE key = 2400; has low “fan-out” from one step to the next, as for example in shortest-path queries. Graph analytics queries may benefit from larger-than-default values. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.6. Replication Home 20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.6. Replication Home 20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html index a01d4e1..640dc5e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.6. Replication
    20.6. Replication
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.6. Replication

    20.6.1. Sending Servers
    20.6.2. Primary Server
    20.6.3. Standby Servers
    20.6.4. Subscribers

    +20.6. Replication

    20.6. Replication
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.6. Replication

    20.6.1. Sending Servers
    20.6.2. Primary Server
    20.6.3. Standby Servers
    20.6.4. Subscribers

    These settings control the behavior of the built-in streaming replication feature (see Section 27.2.5). Servers will be either a @@ -559,4 +559,4 @@ ANY num_sync ( postgresql.conf file or on the server command line. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.5. Write Ahead Log Home 20.7. Query Planning
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.5. Write Ahead Log Home 20.7. Query Planning
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html index 7a0ad07..d90a527 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.4. Resource Consumption
    20.4. Resource Consumption
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.4. Resource Consumption

    20.4.1. Memory
    20.4.2. Disk
    20.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
    20.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    20.4.5. Background Writer
    20.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior

    20.4.1. Memory

    shared_buffers (integer) +20.4. Resource Consumption
    20.4. Resource Consumption
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.4. Resource Consumption

    20.4.1. Memory
    20.4.2. Disk
    20.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
    20.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    20.4.5. Background Writer
    20.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior

    20.4.1. Memory

    shared_buffers (integer)

    Sets the amount of memory the database server uses for shared @@ -711,4 +711,4 @@ affected by this setting, such as system catalogs. For such tables this setting will neither reduce bloat nor create a possibility of a “snapshot too old” error on scanning. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.3. Connections and Authentication Home 20.5. Write Ahead Log
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.3. Connections and Authentication Home 20.5. Write Ahead Log
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html index 0b2be8d..534166b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.18. Short Options
    20.18. Short Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.18. Short Options

    +20.18. Short Options

    20.18. Short Options
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.18. Short Options

    For convenience there are also single letter command-line option switches available for some parameters. They are described in Table 20.4. Some of these @@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ enable_tidscan = off -Ffsync = off-h xlisten_addresses = x-ilisten_addresses = '*'-k xunix_socket_directories = x-lssl = on-N xmax_connections = x-Oallow_system_table_mods = on-p xport = x-Pignore_system_indexes = on-slog_statement_stats = on-S xwork_mem = x-tpa, -tpl, -telog_parser_stats = on, log_planner_stats = on, - log_executor_stats = on-W xpost_auth_delay = x


    Prev Up Next
    20.17. Developer Options Home Chapter 21. Client Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file + log_executor_stats = on-W xpost_auth_delay = x
    Prev Up Next
    20.17. Developer Options Home Chapter 21. Client Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html index 6067e71..5df3b57 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.9. Run-time Statistics
    20.9. Run-time Statistics
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.9. Run-time Statistics

    20.9.1. Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    20.9.2. Statistics Monitoring

    20.9.1. Cumulative Query and Index Statistics

    +20.9. Run-time Statistics

    20.9. Run-time Statistics
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.9. Run-time Statistics

    20.9.1. Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    20.9.2. Statistics Monitoring

    20.9.1. Cumulative Query and Index Statistics

    These parameters control the server-wide cumulative statistics system. When enabled, the data that is collected can be accessed via the pg_stat and pg_statio @@ -146,4 +146,4 @@ default. Only superusers and users with the appropriate SET privilege can change these settings. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging Home 20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging Home 20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html index 83b3d80..e03ef18 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -20.5. Write Ahead Log
    20.5. Write Ahead Log
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.5. Write Ahead Log

    20.5.1. Settings
    20.5.2. Checkpoints
    20.5.3. Archiving
    20.5.4. Recovery
    20.5.5. Archive Recovery
    20.5.6. Recovery Target

    +20.5. Write Ahead Log

    20.5. Write Ahead Log
    Prev UpChapter 20. Server ConfigurationHome Next

    20.5. Write Ahead Log

    20.5.1. Settings
    20.5.2. Checkpoints
    20.5.3. Archiving
    20.5.4. Recovery
    20.5.5. Archive Recovery
    20.5.6. Recovery Target

    For additional information on tuning these settings, see Section 30.5.

    20.5.1. Settings

    wal_level (enum) @@ -827,4 +827,4 @@ restore_command = 'copy "C:\\server\\archivedir\\%f" "%p"' # Windows In any case, if a recovery target is configured but the archive recovery ends before the target is reached, the server will shut down with a fatal error. -

    Prev Up Next
    20.4. Resource Consumption Home 20.6. Replication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    20.4. Resource Consumption Home 20.6. Replication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html index 1aae27b..0caaf2d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Chapter 20. Server Configuration
    Chapter 20. Server Configuration
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 20. Server Configuration

    Table of Contents

    20.1. Setting Parameters
    20.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
    20.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    20.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
    20.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
    20.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents
    20.2. File Locations
    20.3. Connections and Authentication
    20.3.1. Connection Settings
    20.3.2. Authentication
    20.3.3. SSL
    20.4. Resource Consumption
    20.4.1. Memory
    20.4.2. Disk
    20.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
    20.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    20.4.5. Background Writer
    20.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior
    20.5. Write Ahead Log
    20.5.1. Settings
    20.5.2. Checkpoints
    20.5.3. Archiving
    20.5.4. Recovery
    20.5.5. Archive Recovery
    20.5.6. Recovery Target
    20.6. Replication
    20.6.1. Sending Servers
    20.6.2. Primary Server
    20.6.3. Standby Servers
    20.6.4. Subscribers
    20.7. Query Planning
    20.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
    20.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
    20.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
    20.7.4. Other Planner Options
    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    20.8.1. Where to Log
    20.8.2. When to Log
    20.8.3. What to Log
    20.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
    20.8.5. Using JSON-Format Log Output
    20.8.6. Process Title
    20.9. Run-time Statistics
    20.9.1. Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    20.9.2. Statistics Monitoring
    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    20.11.1. Statement Behavior
    20.11.2. Locale and Formatting
    20.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
    20.11.4. Other Defaults
    20.12. Lock Management
    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    20.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    20.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility
    20.14. Error Handling
    20.15. Preset Options
    20.16. Customized Options
    20.17. Developer Options
    20.18. Short Options

    +Chapter 20. Server Configuration

    Chapter 20. Server Configuration
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 20. Server Configuration

    Table of Contents

    20.1. Setting Parameters
    20.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
    20.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
    20.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
    20.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
    20.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents
    20.2. File Locations
    20.3. Connections and Authentication
    20.3.1. Connection Settings
    20.3.2. Authentication
    20.3.3. SSL
    20.4. Resource Consumption
    20.4.1. Memory
    20.4.2. Disk
    20.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
    20.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
    20.4.5. Background Writer
    20.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior
    20.5. Write Ahead Log
    20.5.1. Settings
    20.5.2. Checkpoints
    20.5.3. Archiving
    20.5.4. Recovery
    20.5.5. Archive Recovery
    20.5.6. Recovery Target
    20.6. Replication
    20.6.1. Sending Servers
    20.6.2. Primary Server
    20.6.3. Standby Servers
    20.6.4. Subscribers
    20.7. Query Planning
    20.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
    20.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
    20.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
    20.7.4. Other Planner Options
    20.8. Error Reporting and Logging
    20.8.1. Where to Log
    20.8.2. When to Log
    20.8.3. What to Log
    20.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
    20.8.5. Using JSON-Format Log Output
    20.8.6. Process Title
    20.9. Run-time Statistics
    20.9.1. Cumulative Query and Index Statistics
    20.9.2. Statistics Monitoring
    20.10. Automatic Vacuuming
    20.11. Client Connection Defaults
    20.11.1. Statement Behavior
    20.11.2. Locale and Formatting
    20.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
    20.11.4. Other Defaults
    20.12. Lock Management
    20.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
    20.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
    20.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility
    20.14. Error Handling
    20.15. Preset Options
    20.16. Customized Options
    20.17. Developer Options
    20.18. Short Options

    There are many configuration parameters that affect the behavior of the database system. In the first section of this chapter we describe how to interact with configuration parameters. The subsequent sections discuss each parameter in detail. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows Home 20.1. Setting Parameters
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows Home 20.1. Setting Parameters
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html index 94f2840..797d65a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation
    Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation

    Table of Contents

    19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster
    19.2.1. Use of Secondary File Systems
    19.2.2. File Systems
    19.3. Starting the Database Server
    19.3.1. Server Start-up Failures
    19.3.2. Client Connection Problems
    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
    19.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
    19.4.2. systemd RemoveIPC
    19.4.3. Resource Limits
    19.4.4. Linux Memory Overcommit
    19.4.5. Linux Huge Pages
    19.5. Shutting Down the Server
    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    19.6.1. Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
    19.6.2. Upgrading Data via pg_upgrade
    19.6.3. Upgrading Data via Replication
    19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
    19.8. Encryption Options
    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
    19.9.1. Basic Setup
    19.9.2. OpenSSL Configuration
    19.9.3. Using Client Certificates
    19.9.4. SSL Server File Usage
    19.9.5. Creating Certificates
    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    19.10.1. Basic Setup
    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows

    +Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation

    Chapter 19. Server Setup and Operation
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    18.1. Building with Visual C++ or the - Microsoft Windows SDK Home 19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
    \ No newline at end of file + Microsoft Windows SDK Home 19.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html index dd0e364..2b5a85b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -55.3. SASL Authentication
    55.3. SASL Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.3. SASL Authentication

    55.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 Authentication

    +55.3. SASL Authentication

    55.3. SASL Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 55. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next

    55.3. SASL Authentication

    55.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 Authentication

    SASL is a framework for authentication in connection-oriented protocols. At the moment, PostgreSQL implements two SASL authentication mechanisms, SCRAM-SHA-256 and SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS. More @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ The implemented SASL mechanisms at the moment are SCRAM-SHA-256 and its variant with channel binding SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS. They are described in - detail in RFC 7677 - and RFC 5802. + detail in RFC 7677 + and RFC 5802.

    When SCRAM-SHA-256 is used in PostgreSQL, the server will ignore the user name that the client sends in the client-first-message. The user name @@ -101,4 +101,4 @@ Server sends an AuthenticationSASLFinal message, with the SCRAM server-final-message, followed immediately by an AuthenticationOk message. -

    Prev Up Next
    55.2. Message Flow Home 55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    55.2. Message Flow Home 55.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html index d6b358c..c7a734a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.39. seg
    F.39. seg
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.39. seg

    F.39.1. Rationale
    F.39.2. Syntax
    F.39.3. Precision
    F.39.4. Usage
    F.39.5. Notes
    F.39.6. Credits

    +F.39. seg

    F.39. seg
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.39. seg

    F.39.1. Rationale
    F.39.2. Syntax
    F.39.3. Precision
    F.39.4. Usage
    F.39.5. Notes
    F.39.6. Credits

    This module implements a data type seg for representing line segments, or floating point intervals. seg can represent uncertainty in the interval endpoints, @@ -219,4 +219,4 @@ postgres=> select '10(+-)1'::seg as seg; myself to create my own world and live undisturbed in it. And I would like to acknowledge my gratitude to Argonne Lab and to the U.S. Department of Energy for the years of faithful support of my database research. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.38. postgres_fdw Home F.40. sepgsql
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.38. postgres_fdw Home F.40. sepgsql
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html index f6768d3..de04475 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.40. sepgsql
    F.40. sepgsql
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.40. sepgsql

    F.40.1. Overview
    F.40.2. Installation
    F.40.3. Regression Tests
    F.40.4. GUC Parameters
    F.40.5. Features
    F.40.6. Sepgsql Functions
    F.40.7. Limitations
    F.40.8. External Resources
    F.40.9. Author

    +F.40. sepgsql

    F.40. sepgsql
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.40. sepgsql

    F.40.1. Overview
    F.40.2. Installation
    F.40.3. Regression Tests
    F.40.4. GUC Parameters
    F.40.5. Features
    F.40.6. Sepgsql Functions
    F.40.7. Limitations
    F.40.8. External Resources
    F.40.9. Author

    sepgsql is a loadable module that supports label-based mandatory access control (MAC) based on SELinux security policy. @@ -517,4 +517,4 @@ ERROR: SELinux: security policy violation It focuses primarily on Fedora, but is not limited to Fedora.

    F.40.9. Author

    KaiGai Kohei -

    Prev Up Next
    F.39. seg Home F.41. spi
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.39. seg Home F.41. spi
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html index 4a1cc11..b0f0230 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part V. Server Programming
    Part V. Server Programming
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Part V. Server Programming

    +Part V. Server Programming

    Part V. Server Programming
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Part V. Server Programming

    This part is about extending the server functionality with user-defined functions, data types, triggers, etc. These are advanced topics which should probably be approached only after all @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ general issues concerning server-side programming languages. It is essential to read at least the earlier sections of Chapter 38 (covering functions) before diving into the material about server-side programming languages. -

    Table of Contents

    38. Extending SQL
    38.1. How Extensibility Works
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    38.3. User-Defined Functions
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    38.6. Function Overloading
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    38.9. Internal Functions
    38.10. C-Language Functions
    38.11. Function Optimization Information
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    38.13. User-Defined Types
    38.14. User-Defined Operators
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    39. Triggers
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    40. Event Triggers
    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    41. The Rule System
    41.1. The Query Tree
    41.2. Views and the Rule System
    41.3. Materialized Views
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    41.5. Rules and Privileges
    41.6. Rules and Command Status
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    42. Procedural Languages
    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    43.1. Overview
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    43.3. Declarations
    43.4. Expressions
    43.5. Basic Statements
    43.6. Control Structures
    43.7. Cursors
    43.8. Transaction Management
    43.9. Errors and Messages
    43.10. Trigger Functions
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    44.1. Overview
    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    44.10. Transaction Management
    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    45.3. Built-in Functions
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    46.1. PL/Python Functions
    46.2. Data Values
    46.3. Sharing Data
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    46.5. Trigger Functions
    46.6. Database Access
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    46.8. Transaction Management
    46.9. Utility Functions
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    46.11. Environment Variables
    47. Server Programming Interface
    47.1. Interface Functions
    47.2. Interface Support Functions
    47.3. Memory Management
    47.4. Transaction Management
    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    47.6. Examples
    48. Background Worker Processes
    49. Logical Decoding
    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    50. Replication Progress Tracking
    51. Archive Modules
    51.1. Initialization Functions
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    Prev Up Next
    37.66. views Home Chapter 38. Extending SQL
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table of Contents

    38. Extending SQL
    38.1. How Extensibility Works
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
    38.3. User-Defined Functions
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    38.6. Function Overloading
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    38.9. Internal Functions
    38.10. C-Language Functions
    38.11. Function Optimization Information
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    38.13. User-Defined Types
    38.14. User-Defined Operators
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure
    39. Triggers
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    40. Event Triggers
    40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
    40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
    40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
    40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
    40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
    41. The Rule System
    41.1. The Query Tree
    41.2. Views and the Rule System
    41.3. Materialized Views
    41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
    41.5. Rules and Privileges
    41.6. Rules and Command Status
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
    42. Procedural Languages
    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    43.1. Overview
    43.2. Structure of PL/pgSQL
    43.3. Declarations
    43.4. Expressions
    43.5. Basic Statements
    43.6. Control Structures
    43.7. Cursors
    43.8. Transaction Management
    43.9. Errors and Messages
    43.10. Trigger Functions
    43.11. PL/pgSQL under the Hood
    43.12. Tips for Developing in PL/pgSQL
    43.13. Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
    44. PL/Tcl — Tcl Procedural Language
    44.1. Overview
    44.2. PL/Tcl Functions and Arguments
    44.3. Data Values in PL/Tcl
    44.4. Global Data in PL/Tcl
    44.5. Database Access from PL/Tcl
    44.6. Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    44.7. Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
    44.8. Error Handling in PL/Tcl
    44.9. Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
    44.10. Transaction Management
    44.11. PL/Tcl Configuration
    44.12. Tcl Procedure Names
    45. PL/Perl — Perl Procedural Language
    45.1. PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
    45.2. Data Values in PL/Perl
    45.3. Built-in Functions
    45.4. Global Values in PL/Perl
    45.5. Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
    45.6. PL/Perl Triggers
    45.7. PL/Perl Event Triggers
    45.8. PL/Perl Under the Hood
    46. PL/Python — Python Procedural Language
    46.1. PL/Python Functions
    46.2. Data Values
    46.3. Sharing Data
    46.4. Anonymous Code Blocks
    46.5. Trigger Functions
    46.6. Database Access
    46.7. Explicit Subtransactions
    46.8. Transaction Management
    46.9. Utility Functions
    46.10. Python 2 vs. Python 3
    46.11. Environment Variables
    47. Server Programming Interface
    47.1. Interface Functions
    47.2. Interface Support Functions
    47.3. Memory Management
    47.4. Transaction Management
    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    47.6. Examples
    48. Background Worker Processes
    49. Logical Decoding
    49.1. Logical Decoding Examples
    49.2. Logical Decoding Concepts
    49.3. Streaming Replication Protocol Interface
    49.4. Logical Decoding SQL Interface
    49.5. System Catalogs Related to Logical Decoding
    49.6. Logical Decoding Output Plugins
    49.7. Logical Decoding Output Writers
    49.8. Synchronous Replication Support for Logical Decoding
    49.9. Streaming of Large Transactions for Logical Decoding
    49.10. Two-phase Commit Support for Logical Decoding
    50. Replication Progress Tracking
    51. Archive Modules
    51.1. Initialization Functions
    51.2. Archive Module Callbacks
    Prev Up Next
    37.66. views Home Chapter 38. Extending SQL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html index a32398f..82eaf3d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.5. Shutting Down the Server
    19.5. Shutting Down the Server
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.5. Shutting Down the Server

    +19.5. Shutting Down the Server

    19.5. Shutting Down the Server
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.5. Shutting Down the Server

    There are several ways to shut down the database server. Under the hood, they all reduce to sending a signal to the supervisor postgres process. @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ $ kill -INT `head -1 /usr/local/pgsql/data/postm continue, use pg_terminate_backend() (see Table 9.88) or send a SIGTERM signal to the child process associated with the session. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources Home 19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.4. Managing Kernel Resources Home 19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html index d5b158e..6adc356 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.3. Starting the Database Server
    19.3. Starting the Database Server
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.3. Starting the Database Server

    19.3.1. Server Start-up Failures
    19.3.2. Client Connection Problems

    +19.3. Starting the Database Server

    19.3. Starting the Database Server
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.3. Starting the Database Server

    19.3.1. Server Start-up Failures
    19.3.2. Client Connection Problems

    Before anyone can access the database, you must start the database server. The database server program is called postgres. @@ -256,4 +256,4 @@ psql: error: connection to server on socket "/tmp/.s.PGSQL.5432" failed: No such such as Connection timed out might indicate more fundamental problems, like lack of network connectivity, or a firewall blocking the connection. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster Home 19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.2. Creating a Database Cluster Home 19.4. Managing Kernel Resources
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html index 3e5bb51..9736439 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions

    C Standard

    +56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions

    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions

    C Standard

    Code in PostgreSQL should only rely on language features available in the C99 standard. That means a conforming C99 compiler has to be able to compile postgres, at least aside @@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ handle_sighup(SIGNAL_ARGS) 

     paramInfo->paramFetch(paramInfo, paramId);

    -

    Prev Up Next
    56.3. Error Message Style Guide Home Chapter 57. Native Language Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    56.3. Error Message Style Guide Home Chapter 57. Native Language Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html index 5e20c62..0e985b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -56.1. Formatting
    56.1. Formatting
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.1. Formatting

    +56.1. Formatting

    56.1. Formatting
    Prev UpChapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next

    56.1. Formatting

    Source code formatting uses 4 column tab spacing, with tabs preserved (i.e., tabs are not expanded to spaces). Each logical indentation level is one additional tab stop. @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ more -x4 less -x4

    to make them show tabs appropriately. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions Home 56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions Home 56.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html index 91e94ae..6ceee8a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0 Home 56.1. Formatting
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    Chapter 56. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    55.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0 Home 56.1. Formatting
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html index 1da8f8e..7e6b57b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
    Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix I. The Source Code Repository

    Table of Contents

    I.1. Getting the Source via Git

    +Appendix I. The Source Code Repository

    Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix I. The Source Code Repository

    Table of Contents

    I.1. Getting the Source via Git

    The PostgreSQL source code is stored and managed using the Git version control system. A public mirror of the master repository is available; it is updated within a minute @@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ to build from a distribution tarball, because the files that these tools are used to build are included in the tarball. Other tool requirements are the same as shown in Section 17.2. -

    Prev Up Next
    H.4. Extensions Home I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    H.4. Extensions Home I.1. Getting the Source via Git
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html index 43acd60..ce9f8f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    +69.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes

    The core PostgreSQL distribution includes the SP-GiST operator classes shown in Table 69.1. @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ poly_ops operator classes support the <-> ordering operator, which enables the k-nearest neighbor (k-NN) search over indexed point or polygon data sets. -

    Prev Up Next
    69.1. Introduction Home 69.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    69.1. Introduction Home 69.3. Extensibility
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html index e926579..72f6769 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -69.5. Examples
    69.5. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.5. Examples

    +69.5. Examples

    69.5. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.5. Examples

    The PostgreSQL source distribution includes several examples of index operator classes for SP-GiST, as described in Table 69.1. Look into src/backend/access/spgist/ and src/backend/utils/adt/ to see the code. -

    Prev Up Next
    69.4. Implementation Home Chapter 70. GIN Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    69.4. Implementation Home Chapter 70. GIN Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html index 4fdf4ec..06cfc5e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.3. Extensibility
    69.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.3. Extensibility

    +69.3. Extensibility

    69.3. Extensibility
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.3. Extensibility

    SP-GiST offers an interface with a high level of abstraction, requiring the access method developer to implement only methods specific to a given data type. The SP-GiST core @@ -618,4 +618,4 @@ LANGUAGE C STRICT; If the indexed column is of a collatable data type, the index collation will be passed to all the support methods, using the standard PG_GET_COLLATION() mechanism. -

    Prev Up Next
    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home 69.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    69.2. Built-in Operator Classes Home 69.4. Implementation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html index 7ed226b..bd9f7b0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.4. Implementation
    69.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.4. Implementation

    69.4.1. SP-GiST Limits
    69.4.2. SP-GiST Without Node Labels
    69.4.3. “All-the-Same” Inner Tuples

    +69.4. Implementation

    69.4. Implementation
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.4. Implementation

    69.4.1. SP-GiST Limits
    69.4.2. SP-GiST Without Node Labels
    69.4.3. “All-the-Same” Inner Tuples

    This section covers implementation details and other tricks that are useful for implementers of SP-GiST operator classes to know. @@ -87,4 +87,4 @@ all equivalent. This may or may not require any special-case code, depending on how much the inner_consistent function normally assumes about the meaning of the nodes. -

    Prev Up Next
    69.3. Extensibility Home 69.5. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    69.3. Extensibility Home 69.5. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html index 02e98e1..611eb18 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -69.1. Introduction
    69.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.1. Introduction

    +69.1. Introduction

    69.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 69. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next

    69.1. Introduction

    SP-GiST is an abbreviation for space-partitioned GiST. SP-GiST supports partitioned search trees, which facilitate development of a wide range of different @@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ Sigaev and Oleg Bartunov, and there is more information on their web site. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes Home 69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes Home 69.2. Built-in Operator Classes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html index d098df0..0735dc7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes
    Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    68.5. Examples Home 69.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes
    Chapter 69. SP-GiST Indexes
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    68.5. Examples Home 69.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html index c48a1a2..799f1a9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -47.6. Examples
    47.6. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.6. Examples

    +47.6. Examples

    47.6. Examples
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.6. Examples

    This section contains a very simple example of SPI usage. The C function execq takes an SQL command as its first argument and a row count as its second, executes the command @@ -167,4 +167,4 @@ INSERT 0 2 6 -- 3 rows (2 + 1 just inserted) * 2 (x in second row) (4 rows)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes Home Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes Home Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html index 53513e7..3736141 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -47.2. Interface Support Functions
    47.2. Interface Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.2. Interface Support Functions

    SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
    SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
    SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
    SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
    SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
    SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
    SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
    SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
    SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string

    +47.2. Interface Support Functions

    47.2. Interface Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.2. Interface Support Functions

    SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
    SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
    SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
    SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
    SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
    SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
    SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
    SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
    SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string

    The functions described here provide an interface for extracting information from result sets returned by SPI_execute and other SPI functions.

    All functions described in this section can be used by both connected and unconnected C functions. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_register_trigger_data Home SPI_fname
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_register_trigger_data Home SPI_fname
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html index b222e45..70c5ccd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -47.1. Interface Functions
    47.1. Interface Functions
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.1. Interface Functions

    SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
    SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
    SPI_execute — execute a command
    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
    SPI_execute_extended — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_extended — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement +47.1. Interface Functions
    47.1. Interface Functions
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.1. Interface Functions

    SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
    SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
    SPI_execute — execute a command
    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
    SPI_execute_extended — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_extended — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with - SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_execute_plan — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_execute_plan_extended — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_execp — execute a statement in read/write mode
    SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args — set up a cursor using a query and parameters
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist — set up a cursor using parameters
    SPI_cursor_parse_open — set up a cursor using a query string and parameters
    SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name
    SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
    SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move — move a cursor
    SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor
    SPI_keepplan — save a prepared statement
    SPI_saveplan — save a prepared statement
    SPI_register_relation — make an ephemeral named relation available by name in SPI queries
    SPI_unregister_relation — remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry
    SPI_register_trigger_data — make ephemeral trigger data available in SPI queries
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface Home SPI_connect
    \ No newline at end of file + SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_execute_plan — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_execute_plan_extended — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_execp — execute a statement in read/write mode
    SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args — set up a cursor using a query and parameters
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist — set up a cursor using parameters
    SPI_cursor_parse_open — set up a cursor using a query string and parameters
    SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name
    SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
    SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move — move a cursor
    SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor
    SPI_keepplan — save a prepared statement
    SPI_saveplan — save a prepared statement
    SPI_register_relation — make an ephemeral named relation available by name in SPI queries
    SPI_unregister_relation — remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry
    SPI_register_trigger_data — make ephemeral trigger data available in SPI queries
    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface Home SPI_connect
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html index b88ca1e..335cc83 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -47.3. Memory Management
    47.3. Memory Management
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.3. Memory Management

    SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
    SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
    SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
    SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
    SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
    SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
    SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
    SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar +47.3. Memory Management
    47.3. Memory Management
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.3. Memory Management

    SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
    SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
    SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
    SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
    SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
    SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
    SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
    SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar function
    SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved prepared statement

    PostgreSQL allocates memory within @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ SPI_finish) the current context is restored to the upper executor context, and all allocations made in the C function memory context are freed and cannot be used any more. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_result_code_string Home SPI_palloc
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_result_code_string Home SPI_palloc
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html index 979a739..0eb8bd6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_repalloc
    SPI_repalloc
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_repalloc

    SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context

    Synopsis

    +SPI_repalloc
    SPI_repalloc
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_repalloc
    SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
    Synopsis
     void * SPI_repalloc(void * pointer, Size size)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_repalloc changes the size of a memory
@@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ void * SPI_repalloc(void * pointer, Size
      
    Return Value
    
    pointer to new storage space of specified size with the contents
    copied from the existing area
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_palloc Home SPI_pfree
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_palloc Home SPI_pfree
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html index 21c4a9f..aa38f62 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_commit
    SPI_commit
    Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next

    SPI_commit

    SPI_commit, SPI_commit_and_chain — commit the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +SPI_commit
    SPI_commit
    Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
    SPI_commit
    SPI_commit, SPI_commit_and_chain — commit the current transaction
    Synopsis
     void SPI_commit(void)
 
     void SPI_commit_and_chain(void)
@@ -20,4 +20,4 @@ void SPI_commit_and_chain(void)
   
    
    These functions can only be executed if the SPI connection has been set as
    nonatomic in the call to SPI_connect_ext.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    47.4. Transaction Management Home SPI_rollback
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    47.4. Transaction Management Home SPI_rollback
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html index 8b89e4b..6f89eb2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_connect
    SPI_connect
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_connect

    SPI_connect, SPI_connect_ext — connect a C function to the SPI manager

    Synopsis

    +SPI_connect
    SPI_connect
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_connect
    SPI_connect, SPI_connect_ext — connect a C function to the SPI manager
    Synopsis
     int SPI_connect(void)
 
     int SPI_connect_ext(int options)
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ int SPI_connect_ext(int options)
       on success
      
    SPI_ERROR_CONNECT
    
       on error
-
    Prev Up Next
    47.1. Interface Functions Home SPI_finish
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    47.1. Interface Functions Home SPI_finish
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html index a0f8041..4af6c4d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_copytuple
    SPI_copytuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_copytuple

    SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context

    Synopsis

    +SPI_copytuple
    SPI_copytuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_copytuple
    SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
    Synopsis
     HeapTuple SPI_copytuple(HeapTuple row)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_copytuple makes a copy of a row in the
@@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ HeapTuple SPI_copytuple(HeapTuple row)
      
    Return Value
    
    the copied row, or NULL on error
    (see SPI_result for an error indication)
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_pfree Home SPI_returntuple
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_pfree Home SPI_returntuple
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html index 0ff25e8..4d97188 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_close
    SPI_cursor_close
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_close

    SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_close
    SPI_cursor_close
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_close
    SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor
    Synopsis
     void SPI_cursor_close(Portal portal)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_cursor_close closes a previously created
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ void SPI_cursor_close(Portal portal)
    invoked if it is desirable to release resources sooner.
   
    Arguments
    Portal portal
    
       portal containing the cursor
-     
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move Home SPI_keepplan
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move Home SPI_keepplan
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html index f4425f1..07b8eb6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_fetch
    SPI_cursor_fetch
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_fetch

    SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_fetch
    SPI_cursor_fetch
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_fetch
    SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
    Synopsis
     void SPI_cursor_fetch(Portal portal, bool forward, long count)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_cursor_fetch fetches some rows from a
@@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ void SPI_cursor_fetch(Portal portal, boo
   
    Notes
    
    Fetching backward may fail if the cursor's plan was not created
    with the CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL option.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_find Home SPI_cursor_move
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_find Home SPI_cursor_move
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html index d546854..64f202c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_find
    SPI_cursor_find
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_find

    SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_find
    SPI_cursor_find
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_find
    SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name
    Synopsis
     Portal SPI_cursor_find(const char * name)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_cursor_find finds an existing portal by
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ Portal SPI_cursor_find(const char * name
    to other SPI functions, they can defend themselves against such
    cases, but caution is appropriate when directly inspecting
    the Portal.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_parse_open Home SPI_cursor_fetch
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_parse_open Home SPI_cursor_fetch
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html index 8ad4d5e..e83b532 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_move
    SPI_cursor_move
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_move

    SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_move
    SPI_cursor_move
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_move
    SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor
    Synopsis
     void SPI_cursor_move(Portal portal, bool forward, long count)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_cursor_move skips over some number of rows
@@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ void SPI_cursor_move(Portal portal, bool
      
    Notes
    
    Moving backward may fail if the cursor's plan was not created
    with the CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL option.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_fetch Home SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_fetch Home SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html index 948fdfe..6cc6eca 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_open_with_args

    SPI_cursor_open_with_args — set up a cursor using a query and parameters

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args — set up a cursor using a query and parameters
    Synopsis
     Portal SPI_cursor_open_with_args(const char *name,
                                  const char *command,
                                  int nargs, Oid *argtypes,
@@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ Portal SPI_cursor_open_with_args(const char *name
    Return Value
    
    Pointer to portal containing the cursor.  Note there is no error
    return convention; any error will be reported via elog.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_open Home SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_open Home SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html index f239378..3b8cc9c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist

    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist — set up a cursor using parameters

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist — set up a cursor using parameters
    Synopsis
     Portal SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(const char *name,
                                       SPIPlanPtr plan,
                                       ParamListInfo params,
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ Portal SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(const char *na
      
    bool read_only
    true for read-only execution
    Return Value
    
    Pointer to portal containing the cursor.  Note there is no error
    return convention; any error will be reported via elog.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args Home SPI_cursor_parse_open
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_open_with_args Home SPI_cursor_parse_open
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html index 93fc56f..9dc9ab3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_cursor_open
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_open

    SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_cursor_open
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_open
    SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare
    Synopsis
     Portal SPI_cursor_open(const char * name, SPIPlanPtr plan,
                        Datum * values, const char * nulls,
                        bool read_only)
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ Portal SPI_cursor_open(const char * name
      
    bool read_only
    true for read-only execution
    Return Value
    
    Pointer to portal containing the cursor.  Note there is no error
    return convention; any error will be reported via elog.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execp Home SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execp Home SPI_cursor_open_with_args
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-parse-open.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-parse-open.html index 807a03b..74a5f54 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-parse-open.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-parse-open.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_cursor_parse_open
    SPI_cursor_parse_open
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_cursor_parse_open

    SPI_cursor_parse_open — set up a cursor using a query string and parameters

    Synopsis

    +SPI_cursor_parse_open
    SPI_cursor_parse_open
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_cursor_parse_open
    SPI_cursor_parse_open — set up a cursor using a query string and parameters
    Synopsis
     Portal SPI_cursor_parse_open(const char *name,
                              const char *command,
                              const SPIParseOpenOptions * options)
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ Portal SPI_cursor_parse_open(const char *name
      
    bool read_only
    true for read-only execution
    Return Value
    
    Pointer to portal containing the cursor.  Note there is no error
    return convention; any error will be reported via elog.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist Home SPI_cursor_find
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist Home SPI_cursor_find
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html index 52a35dc..8ce90e7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_exec
    SPI_exec
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_exec

    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command

    Synopsis

    +SPI_exec
    SPI_exec
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_exec
    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
    Synopsis
     int SPI_exec(const char * command, long count)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_exec is the same as
@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ int SPI_exec(const char * command, long
       or 0 for no limit
      
    Return Value
    
    See SPI_execute.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute Home SPI_execute_extended
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute Home SPI_execute_extended
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html index 17b26bc..aa503a1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execp
    SPI_execp
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execp

    SPI_execp — execute a statement in read/write mode

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execp
    SPI_execp
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execp
    SPI_execp — execute a statement in read/write mode
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execp(SPIPlanPtr plan, Datum * values, const char * nulls, long count)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_execp is the same as
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ int SPI_execp(SPIPlanPtr plan, Datum * <
    SPI_processed and
    SPI_tuptable are set as in
    SPI_execute if successful.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist Home SPI_cursor_open
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist Home SPI_cursor_open
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-extended.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-extended.html index 4b99c54..c1a0fc6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-extended.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-extended.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execute_extended
    SPI_execute_extended
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execute_extended

    SPI_execute_extended — execute a command with out-of-line parameters

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execute_extended
    SPI_execute_extended
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execute_extended
    SPI_execute_extended — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execute_extended(const char *command,
                          const SPIExecuteOptions * options)
 
    Description
    
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ int SPI_execute_extended(const char *command<
    SPI_tuptable is set to NULL.  If a tuple count
    is required, the caller's DestReceiver object must
    calculate it.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_exec Home SPI_execute_with_args
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_exec Home SPI_execute_with_args
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-extended.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-extended.html index f6cb2a3..b7e2a18 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-extended.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-extended.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execute_plan_extended
    SPI_execute_plan_extended
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execute_plan_extended

    SPI_execute_plan_extended — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execute_plan_extended
    SPI_execute_plan_extended
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execute_plan_extended
    SPI_execute_plan_extended — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execute_plan_extended(SPIPlanPtr plan,
                               const SPIExecuteOptions * options)
 
    Description
    
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ int SPI_execute_plan_extended(SPIPlanPtr plan
    SPI_tuptable is set to NULL.  If a tuple count
    is required, the caller's DestReceiver object must
    calculate it.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_plan Home SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_plan Home SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html index 309d083..763a592 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist

    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
    SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(SPIPlanPtr plan,
                                     ParamListInfo params,
                                     bool read_only,
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ int SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(SPIPlanPtr plan<
    SPI_processed and
    SPI_tuptable are set as in
    SPI_execute_plan if successful.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_plan_extended Home SPI_execp
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_plan_extended Home SPI_execp
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html index 317bc72..18401ad 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execute_plan
    SPI_execute_plan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execute_plan

    SPI_execute_plan — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execute_plan
    SPI_execute_plan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execute_plan
    SPI_execute_plan — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execute_plan(SPIPlanPtr plan, Datum * values, const char * nulls,
                      bool read_only, long count)
 
    Description
    
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ int SPI_execute_plan(SPIPlanPtr plan, Da
    SPI_processed and
    SPI_tuptable are set as in
    SPI_execute if successful.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_is_cursor_plan Home SPI_execute_plan_extended
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_is_cursor_plan Home SPI_execute_plan_extended
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html index d32f6d4..adc3e0c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execute_with_args
    SPI_execute_with_args
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execute_with_args

    SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execute_with_args
    SPI_execute_with_args
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execute_with_args
    SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execute_with_args(const char *command,
                           int nargs, Oid *argtypes,
                           Datum *values, const char *nulls,
@@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ int SPI_execute_with_args(const char *command
    SPI_processed and
    SPI_tuptable are set as in
    SPI_execute if successful.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_extended Home SPI_prepare
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_extended Home SPI_prepare
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html index 817746c..f4fa0b8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_execute
    SPI_execute
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_execute

    SPI_execute — execute a command

    Synopsis

    +SPI_execute
    SPI_execute
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_execute
    SPI_execute — execute a command
    Synopsis
     int SPI_execute(const char * command, bool read_only, long count)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_execute executes the specified SQL command
@@ -176,4 +176,4 @@ typedef struct SPITupleTable
    C function variables if you need to access the result table of
    SPI_execute or another query-execution function
    across later calls.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_finish Home SPI_exec
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_finish Home SPI_exec
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html index 39a44a8..38ab2e2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_finish
    SPI_finish
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_finish

    SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager

    Synopsis

    +SPI_finish
    SPI_finish
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_finish
    SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
    Synopsis
     int SPI_finish(void)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_finish closes an existing connection to
@@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ int SPI_finish(void)
       if properly disconnected
      
    SPI_ERROR_UNCONNECTED
    
       if called from an unconnected C function
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_connect Home SPI_execute
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_connect Home SPI_execute
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html index 82adfc8..64bcb6c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_fname
    SPI_fname
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_fname

    SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number

    Synopsis

    +SPI_fname
    SPI_fname
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_fname
    SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
    Synopsis
     char * SPI_fname(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_fname returns a copy of the column name of the
@@ -14,4 +14,4 @@ char * SPI_fname(TupleDesc rowdesc, int
    colnumber is out of range.
    SPI_result set to
    SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE on error.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    47.2. Interface Support Functions Home SPI_fnumber
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    47.2. Interface Support Functions Home SPI_fnumber
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html index cff9ab4..3da4b6b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_fnumber
    SPI_fnumber
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_fnumber

    SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name

    Synopsis

    +SPI_fnumber
    SPI_fnumber
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_fnumber
    SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
    Synopsis
     int SPI_fnumber(TupleDesc rowdesc, const char * colname)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_fnumber returns the column number for the
@@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ int SPI_fnumber(TupleDesc rowdesc, const
    Column number (count starts at 1 for user-defined columns), or
    SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE if the named column was not
    found.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_fname Home SPI_getvalue
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_fname Home SPI_getvalue
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html index 3bf4ea3..f75f1f4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_freeplan
    SPI_freeplan
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_freeplan

    SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved prepared statement

    Synopsis

    +SPI_freeplan
    SPI_freeplan
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_freeplan
    SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved prepared statement
    Synopsis
     int SPI_freeplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_freeplan releases a prepared statement
@@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ int SPI_freeplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
    0 on success;
    SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT if plan
    is NULL or invalid
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_freetuptable Home 47.4. Transaction Management
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_freetuptable Home 47.4. Transaction Management
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html index 71b0c48..2a5b752 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_freetuple
    SPI_freetuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_freetuple

    SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context

    Synopsis

    +SPI_freetuple
    SPI_freetuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_freetuple
    SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
    Synopsis
     void SPI_freetuple(HeapTuple row)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_freetuple frees a row previously allocated
@@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ void SPI_freetuple(HeapTuple row)
    compatibility of existing code.
   
    Arguments
    HeapTuple row
    
       row to free
-     
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_modifytuple Home SPI_freetuptable
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_modifytuple Home SPI_freetuptable
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html index 1d2c944..7f85b4a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_freetuptable
    SPI_freetuptable
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_freetuptable

    SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar +SPI_freetuptable

    SPI_freetuptable
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_freetuptable

    SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar function

    Synopsis

     void SPI_freetuptable(SPITupleTable * tuptable)

    Description

    @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ void SPI_freetuptable(SPITupleTable * tuptable

    Arguments

    SPITupleTable * tuptable

    pointer to row set to free, or NULL to do nothing -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_freetuple Home SPI_freeplan
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_freetuple Home SPI_freeplan
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html index 56b2050..b07055a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_getargcount
    SPI_getargcount
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getargcount

    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement +SPI_getargcount

    SPI_getargcount
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getargcount

    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement prepared by SPI_prepare

    Synopsis

     int SPI_getargcount(SPIPlanPtr plan)

    Description

    @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ int SPI_getargcount(SPIPlanPtr plan) If the plan is NULL or invalid, SPI_result is set to SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT and -1 is returned. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare_params Home SPI_getargtypeid
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare_params Home SPI_getargtypeid
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html index dc50c3c..374b278 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_getargtypeid
    SPI_getargtypeid
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getargtypeid

    SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of +SPI_getargtypeid

    SPI_getargtypeid
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getargtypeid

    SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of a statement prepared by SPI_prepare

    Synopsis

     Oid SPI_getargtypeid(SPIPlanPtr plan, int argIndex)

    Description

    @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Oid SPI_getargtypeid(SPIPlanPtr plan, in plan, SPI_result is set to SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT and InvalidOid is returned. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getargcount Home SPI_is_cursor_plan
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getargcount Home SPI_is_cursor_plan
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html index 7c97182..8ba47da 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_getbinval
    SPI_getbinval
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getbinval

    SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column

    Synopsis

    +SPI_getbinval
    SPI_getbinval
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_getbinval
    SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
    Synopsis
     Datum SPI_getbinval(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber,
                     bool * isnull)
 
    Description
    
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ Datum SPI_getbinval(HeapTuple row, Tuple
   
    
    SPI_result is set to
    SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE on error.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getvalue Home SPI_gettype
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getvalue Home SPI_gettype
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html index 59bd3f6..be59e54 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_getnspname
    SPI_getnspname
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getnspname

    SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation

    Synopsis

    +SPI_getnspname
    SPI_getnspname
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_getnspname
    SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
    Synopsis
     char * SPI_getnspname(Relation rel)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_getnspname returns a copy of the name of
@@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ char * SPI_getnspname(Relation rel)
       input relation
      
    Return Value
    
    The name of the specified relation's namespace.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getrelname Home SPI_result_code_string
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getrelname Home SPI_result_code_string
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html index 050c46d..5015660 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_getrelname
    SPI_getrelname
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getrelname

    SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation

    Synopsis

    +SPI_getrelname
    SPI_getrelname
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_getrelname
    SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
    Synopsis
     char * SPI_getrelname(Relation rel)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_getrelname returns a copy of the name of the
@@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ char * SPI_getrelname(Relation rel)
       input relation
      
    Return Value
    
    The name of the specified relation.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_gettypeid Home SPI_getnspname
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_gettypeid Home SPI_getnspname
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html index d448fc2..1aa4ccb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_gettype
    SPI_gettype
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_gettype

    SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column

    Synopsis

    +SPI_gettype
    SPI_gettype
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_gettype
    SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
    Synopsis
     char * SPI_gettype(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_gettype returns a copy of the data type name of the
@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ char * SPI_gettype(TupleDesc rowdesc, in
    The data type name of the specified column, or
    NULL on error.  SPI_result is
    set to SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE on error.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getbinval Home SPI_gettypeid
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getbinval Home SPI_gettypeid
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html index c582fde..c883b40 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_gettypeid
    SPI_gettypeid
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_gettypeid

    SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column

    Synopsis

    +SPI_gettypeid
    SPI_gettypeid
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_gettypeid
    SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
    Synopsis
     Oid SPI_gettypeid(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_gettypeid returns the
@@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ Oid SPI_gettypeid(TupleDesc rowdesc, int
    or InvalidOid on error.  On error,
    SPI_result is set to
    SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_gettype Home SPI_getrelname
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_gettype Home SPI_getrelname
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html index 11d2939..48a67a9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_getvalue
    SPI_getvalue
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_getvalue

    SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column

    Synopsis

    +SPI_getvalue
    SPI_getvalue
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_getvalue
    SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
    Synopsis
     char * SPI_getvalue(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_getvalue returns the string representation
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ char * SPI_getvalue(HeapTuple row, Tuple
    SPI_ERROR_NOATTRIBUTE), or no output function is
    available (SPI_result is set to
    SPI_ERROR_NOOUTFUNC).
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_fnumber Home SPI_getbinval
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_fnumber Home SPI_getbinval
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html index 21daaa7..3a43845 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_is_cursor_plan
    SPI_is_cursor_plan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_is_cursor_plan

    SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement +SPI_is_cursor_plan

    SPI_is_cursor_plan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_is_cursor_plan

    SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with SPI_cursor_open

    Synopsis

     bool SPI_is_cursor_plan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ bool SPI_is_cursor_plan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
     or if called when not connected to SPI), then
     SPI_result is set to a suitable error code
     and false is returned.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getargtypeid Home SPI_execute_plan
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getargtypeid Home SPI_execute_plan
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html index 6cad334..04fa96b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_keepplan
    SPI_keepplan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_keepplan

    SPI_keepplan — save a prepared statement

    Synopsis

    +SPI_keepplan
    SPI_keepplan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_keepplan
    SPI_keepplan — save a prepared statement
    Synopsis
     int SPI_keepplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_keepplan saves a passed statement (prepared by
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ int SPI_keepplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
    The passed-in statement is relocated to permanent storage by means
    of pointer adjustment (no data copying is required).  If you later
    wish to delete it, use SPI_freeplan on it.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_close Home SPI_saveplan
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_close Home SPI_saveplan
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html index 912c92e..c9f5eb9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_modifytuple
    SPI_modifytuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_modifytuple

    SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row

    Synopsis

    +SPI_modifytuple
    SPI_modifytuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_modifytuple
    SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
    Synopsis
     HeapTuple SPI_modifytuple(Relation rel, HeapTuple row, int ncols,
                           int * colnum, Datum * values, const char * nulls)
 
    Description
    
@@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ HeapTuple SPI_modifytuple(Relation rel,
       
    SPI_ERROR_UNCONNECTED
    
        if SPI is not active
       
    
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_returntuple Home SPI_freetuple
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_returntuple Home SPI_freetuple
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html index 2199a80..47cbfb5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_palloc
    SPI_palloc
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_palloc

    SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context

    Synopsis

    +SPI_palloc
    SPI_palloc
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_palloc
    SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
    Synopsis
     void * SPI_palloc(Size size)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_palloc allocates memory in the upper
@@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ void * SPI_palloc(Size size)
       size in bytes of storage to allocate
      
    Return Value
    
    pointer to new storage space of the specified size
-
    Prev Up Next
    47.3. Memory Management Home SPI_repalloc
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    47.3. Memory Management Home SPI_repalloc
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html index 992ced6..4816441 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_pfree
    SPI_pfree
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_pfree

    SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context

    Synopsis

    +SPI_pfree
    SPI_pfree
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_pfree
    SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
    Synopsis
     void SPI_pfree(void * pointer)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_pfree frees memory previously allocated
@@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ void SPI_pfree(void * pointer)
    compatibility of existing code.
   
    Arguments
    void * pointer
    
       pointer to existing storage to free
-     
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_repalloc Home SPI_copytuple
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_repalloc Home SPI_copytuple
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html index d480255..d47ca1b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_prepare_cursor
    SPI_prepare_cursor
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_prepare_cursor

    SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet

    Synopsis

    +SPI_prepare_cursor
    SPI_prepare_cursor
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_prepare_cursor
    SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    Synopsis
     SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_cursor(const char * command, int nargs,
                               Oid * argtypes, int cursorOptions)
 
    Description
    
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_cursor(const char * commandCURSOR_OPT_GENERIC_PLAN, and
    CURSOR_OPT_CUSTOM_PLAN.  Note in particular that
    CURSOR_OPT_HOLD is ignored.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare Home SPI_prepare_extended
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare Home SPI_prepare_extended
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-extended.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-extended.html index 92c4a88..8254084 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-extended.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-extended.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_prepare_extended
    SPI_prepare_extended
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_prepare_extended

    SPI_prepare_extended — prepare a statement, without executing it yet

    Synopsis

    +SPI_prepare_extended
    SPI_prepare_extended
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_prepare_extended
    SPI_prepare_extended — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    Synopsis
     SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_extended(const char * command,
                                 const SPIPrepareOptions * options)
 
    Description
    
@@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_extended(const char * command
      
    Return Value
    
    SPI_prepare_extended has the same return conventions as
    SPI_prepare.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare_cursor Home SPI_prepare_params
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare_cursor Home SPI_prepare_params
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html index 04992bf..2a4fcc6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_prepare_params
    SPI_prepare_params
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_prepare_params

    SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet

    Synopsis

    +SPI_prepare_params
    SPI_prepare_params
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_prepare_params
    SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    Synopsis
     SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_params(const char * command,
                               ParserSetupHook parserSetup,
                               void * parserSetupArg,
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_params(const char * command
    Return Value
    
    SPI_prepare_params has the same return conventions as
    SPI_prepare.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare_extended Home SPI_getargcount
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_prepare_extended Home SPI_getargcount
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html index 7ce72d4..fcf80e0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_prepare
    SPI_prepare
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_prepare

    SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet

    Synopsis

    +SPI_prepare
    SPI_prepare
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_prepare
    SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    Synopsis
     SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare(const char * command, int nargs, Oid * argtypes)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_prepare creates and returns a prepared
@@ -81,4 +81,4 @@ SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare(const char * command
    
    The name SPIPlanPtr is somewhat historical, since the data
    structure no longer necessarily contains an execution plan.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_with_args Home SPI_prepare_cursor
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_execute_with_args Home SPI_prepare_cursor
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html index c9136aa..356cd97 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_register_relation
    SPI_register_relation
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_register_relation

    SPI_register_relation — make an ephemeral named relation available by name in SPI queries

    Synopsis

    +SPI_register_relation
    SPI_register_relation
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_register_relation
    SPI_register_relation — make an ephemeral named relation available by name in SPI queries
    Synopsis
     int SPI_register_relation(EphemeralNamedRelation enr)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_register_relation makes an ephemeral named
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ int SPI_register_relation(EphemeralNamedRelation enr
        if the name specified in the name field of
        enr is already registered for this connection
       
    
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_saveplan Home SPI_unregister_relation
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_saveplan Home SPI_unregister_relation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html index c692ddf..e3f4ad7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_register_trigger_data
    SPI_register_trigger_data
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_register_trigger_data

    SPI_register_trigger_data — make ephemeral trigger data available in SPI queries

    Synopsis

    +SPI_register_trigger_data
    SPI_register_trigger_data
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_register_trigger_data
    SPI_register_trigger_data — make ephemeral trigger data available in SPI queries
    Synopsis
     int SPI_register_trigger_data(TriggerData *tdata)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_register_trigger_data makes any ephemeral
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ int SPI_register_trigger_data(TriggerData *tdata
    
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_unregister_relation Home 47.2. Interface Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_unregister_relation Home 47.2. Interface Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html index 898ed11..e3ce7cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_result_code_string
    SPI_result_code_string
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_result_code_string

    SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string

    Synopsis

    +SPI_result_code_string
    SPI_result_code_string
    Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_result_code_string
    SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string
    Synopsis
     const char * SPI_result_code_string(int code);
 
    Description
    
    SPI_result_code_string returns a string representation
@@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ const char * SPI_result_code_string(int code<
       result code
      
    Return Value
    
    A string representation of the result code.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getnspname Home 47.3. Memory Management
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_getnspname Home 47.3. Memory Management
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html index 70606b0..b308663 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_returntuple
    SPI_returntuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next

    SPI_returntuple

    SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum

    Synopsis

    +SPI_returntuple
    SPI_returntuple
    Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
    SPI_returntuple
    SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
    Synopsis
     HeapTupleHeader SPI_returntuple(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_returntuple makes a copy of a row in
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ HeapTupleHeader SPI_returntuple(HeapTuple row
    HeapTupleHeader pointing to copied row,
    or NULL on error
    (see SPI_result for an error indication)
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_copytuple Home SPI_modifytuple
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_copytuple Home SPI_modifytuple
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html index 07d7ce0..9c9d14c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_rollback
    SPI_rollback
    Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next

    SPI_rollback

    SPI_rollback, SPI_rollback_and_chain — abort the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +SPI_rollback
    SPI_rollback
    Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
    SPI_rollback
    SPI_rollback, SPI_rollback_and_chain — abort the current transaction
    Synopsis
     void SPI_rollback(void)
 
     void SPI_rollback_and_chain(void)
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ void SPI_rollback_and_chain(void)
   
    
    These functions can only be executed if the SPI connection has been set as
    nonatomic in the call to SPI_connect_ext.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_commit Home SPI_start_transaction
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_commit Home SPI_start_transaction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html index ed041c4..bcf3930 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_saveplan
    SPI_saveplan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_saveplan

    SPI_saveplan — save a prepared statement

    Synopsis

    +SPI_saveplan
    SPI_saveplan
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_saveplan
    SPI_saveplan — save a prepared statement
    Synopsis
     SPIPlanPtr SPI_saveplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_saveplan copies a passed statement (prepared by
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ SPIPlanPtr SPI_saveplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
    In most cases, SPI_keepplan is preferred to this
    function, since it accomplishes largely the same result without needing
    to physically copy the prepared statement's data structures.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_keepplan Home SPI_register_relation
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_keepplan Home SPI_register_relation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html index 58d5617..6d5f60e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch

    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor

    Synopsis

    +SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
    Synopsis
     void SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(Portal portal, FetchDirection direction,
                              long count)
 
    Description
    
@@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ void SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(Portal portalFETCH_FORWARD
    may fail if the cursor's plan was not created
    with the CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL option.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_move Home SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_cursor_move Home SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html index 24ab443..e868a8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_scroll_cursor_move

    SPI_scroll_cursor_move — move a cursor

    Synopsis

    +SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move
    SPI_scroll_cursor_move — move a cursor
    Synopsis
     void SPI_scroll_cursor_move(Portal portal, FetchDirection direction,
                             long count)
 
    Description
    
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ void SPI_scroll_cursor_move(Portal portalFETCH_FORWARD
    may fail if the cursor's plan was not created
    with the CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL option.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch Home SPI_cursor_close
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch Home SPI_cursor_close
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html index eda9142..b3107f8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_start_transaction
    SPI_start_transaction
    Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next

    SPI_start_transaction

    SPI_start_transaction — obsolete function

    Synopsis

    +SPI_start_transaction
    SPI_start_transaction
    Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
    SPI_start_transaction
    SPI_start_transaction — obsolete function
    Synopsis
     void SPI_start_transaction(void)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_start_transaction does nothing, and exists
@@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ void SPI_start_transaction(void)
    be required after calling SPI_commit
    or SPI_rollback, but now those functions start
    a new transaction automatically.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_rollback Home 47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_rollback Home 47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html index e5cbfde..a560c4c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SPI_unregister_relation
    SPI_unregister_relation
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next

    SPI_unregister_relation

    SPI_unregister_relation — remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry

    Synopsis

    +SPI_unregister_relation
    SPI_unregister_relation
    Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
    SPI_unregister_relation
    SPI_unregister_relation — remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry
    Synopsis
     int SPI_unregister_relation(const char * name)
 
    Description
    
    SPI_unregister_relation removes an ephemeral named
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ int SPI_unregister_relation(const char * name
        if name is not found in the registry for the
        current connection
       
    
-
    Prev Up Next
    SPI_register_relation Home SPI_register_trigger_data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_register_relation Home SPI_register_trigger_data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html index 3bf14fd..52495d1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -47.4. Transaction Management
    47.4. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.4. Transaction Management

    SPI_commit — commit the current transaction
    SPI_rollback — abort the current transaction
    SPI_start_transaction — obsolete function

    +47.4. Transaction Management

    47.4. Transaction Management
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.4. Transaction Management

    SPI_commit — commit the current transaction
    SPI_rollback — abort the current transaction
    SPI_start_transaction — obsolete function

    It is not possible to run transaction control commands such as COMMIT and ROLLBACK through SPI functions such as SPI_execute. There are, however, @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ command, taking the context of the CALL invocation into account. SPI-using procedures implemented in C can implement the same logic, but the details of that are beyond the scope of this documentation. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_freeplan Home SPI_commit
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_freeplan Home SPI_commit
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html index 9f58a80..5bf4dd7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes

    +47.5. Visibility of Data Changes

    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
    Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next

    47.5. Visibility of Data Changes

    The following rules govern the visibility of data changes in functions that use SPI (or any other C function): @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ INSERT INTO a SELECT * FROM a;

    The next section contains an example that illustrates the application of these rules. -

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_start_transaction Home 47.6. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SPI_start_transaction Home 47.6. Examples
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html index 1e1cf8f..84eec90 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
    Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface

    Table of Contents

    47.1. Interface Functions
    SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
    SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
    SPI_execute — execute a command
    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
    SPI_execute_extended — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_extended — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement +Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
    Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface

    Table of Contents

    47.1. Interface Functions
    SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
    SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
    SPI_execute — execute a command
    SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
    SPI_execute_extended — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
    SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_extended — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
    SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
    SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@

    Source code files that use SPI must include the header file executor/spi.h. -

    Prev Up Next
    46.11. Environment Variables Home 47.1. Interface Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    46.11. Environment Variables Home 47.1. Interface Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html index db2909f..5ab89c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ABORT
    ABORT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ABORT

    ABORT — abort the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +ABORT
    ABORT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ABORT
    ABORT — abort the current transaction
    Synopsis
     ABORT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ AND [ NO ] CHAIN ]
 
    Description
    
    ABORT rolls back the current transaction and causes
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ ABORT;
    This command is a PostgreSQL extension
    present for historical reasons. ROLLBACK is the
    equivalent standard SQL command.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SQL Commands Home ALTER AGGREGATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SQL Commands Home ALTER AGGREGATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html index 18c2839..bb86e26 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER AGGREGATE
    ALTER AGGREGATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER AGGREGATE

    ALTER AGGREGATE — change the definition of an aggregate function

    Synopsis

    +ALTER AGGREGATE
    ALTER AGGREGATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER AGGREGATE
    ALTER AGGREGATE — change the definition of an aggregate function
    Synopsis
     ALTER AGGREGATE name ( aggregate_signature ) RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER AGGREGATE name ( aggregate_signature )
                 OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
@@ -80,4 +80,4 @@ ALTER AGGREGATE mypercentile(float8, integer) SET SCHEMA myschema;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER AGGREGATE statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ABORT Home ALTER COLLATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ABORT Home ALTER COLLATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html index 5c1b9a8..d399dbb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER COLLATION
    ALTER COLLATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER COLLATION

    ALTER COLLATION — change the definition of a collation

    Synopsis

    +ALTER COLLATION
    ALTER COLLATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER COLLATION
    ALTER COLLATION — change the definition of a collation
    Synopsis
     ALTER COLLATION name REFRESH VERSION
 
 ALTER COLLATION name RENAME TO new_name
@@ -95,4 +95,4 @@ ALTER COLLATION "en_US" OWNER TO joe;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER COLLATION statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER AGGREGATE Home ALTER CONVERSION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER AGGREGATE Home ALTER CONVERSION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html index ceabd3b..c2add11 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER CONVERSION
    ALTER CONVERSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER CONVERSION

    ALTER CONVERSION — change the definition of a conversion

    Synopsis

    +ALTER CONVERSION
    ALTER CONVERSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER CONVERSION
    ALTER CONVERSION — change the definition of a conversion
    Synopsis
     ALTER CONVERSION name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER CONVERSION name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 ALTER CONVERSION name SET SCHEMA new_schema
@@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ ALTER CONVERSION iso_8859_1_to_utf8 OWNER TO joe;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER CONVERSION statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER COLLATION Home ALTER DATABASE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER COLLATION Home ALTER DATABASE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html index cbbbe2d..087154d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER DATABASE
    ALTER DATABASE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER DATABASE

    ALTER DATABASE — change a database

    Synopsis

    +ALTER DATABASE
    ALTER DATABASE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER DATABASE
    ALTER DATABASE — change a database
    Synopsis
     ALTER DATABASE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ ALTER DATABASE test SET enable_indexscan TO off;
 
    Compatibility
    
    The ALTER DATABASE statement is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER CONVERSION Home ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER CONVERSION Home ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html index 31669d8..18b4190 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES

    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES — define default access privileges

    Synopsis

    +ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES — define default access privileges
    Synopsis
     ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
     [ FOR { ROLE | USER } target_role [, ...] ]
     [ IN SCHEMA schema_name [, ...] ]
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ GRANT { USAGE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
     ON TYPES
     TO { [ GROUP ] role_name | PUBLIC } [, ...] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ]
 
-GRANT { USAGE | CREATE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
+GRANT { { USAGE | CREATE }
+    [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
     ON SCHEMAS
     TO { [ GROUP ] role_name | PUBLIC } [, ...] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ]
 
@@ -56,7 +57,8 @@ REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
 REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
-    { USAGE | CREATE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
+    { { USAGE | CREATE }
+    [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
     ON SCHEMAS
     FROM { [ GROUP ] role_name | PUBLIC } [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
@@ -160,4 +162,4 @@ ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES IN SCHEMA public REVOKE EXECUTE ON FUNCTIONS FROM PUBLI
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    See Also
    GRANT, REVOKE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER DATABASE Home ALTER DOMAIN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    GRANT, REVOKE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER DATABASE Home ALTER DOMAIN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html index bf054ea..2da22df 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER DOMAIN
    ALTER DOMAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER DOMAIN

    ALTER DOMAIN — +ALTER DOMAIN

    ALTER DOMAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER DOMAIN

    ALTER DOMAIN — change the definition of a domain

    Synopsis

     ALTER DOMAIN name
@@ -149,4 +149,4 @@ ALTER DOMAIN zipcode SET SCHEMA customers;
    PostgreSQL extensions.  The NOT VALID
    clause of the ADD CONSTRAINT variant is also a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES Home ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES Home ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html index 647d0a5..5ae7507 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER

    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER — change the definition of an event trigger

    Synopsis

    +ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER — change the definition of an event trigger
    Synopsis
     ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name DISABLE
 ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name ENABLE [ REPLICA | ALWAYS ]
 ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name RENAME TO

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER EVENT TRIGGER statement in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER DOMAIN Home ALTER EXTENSION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER DOMAIN Home ALTER EXTENSION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html index 1732026..c63a678 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER EXTENSION
    ALTER EXTENSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER EXTENSION

    ALTER EXTENSION — +ALTER EXTENSION

    ALTER EXTENSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER EXTENSION

    ALTER EXTENSION — change the definition of an extension

    Synopsis

     ALTER EXTENSION name UPDATE [ TO new_version ]
@@ -138,4 +138,4 @@ ALTER EXTENSION hstore ADD FUNCTION populate_record(anyelement, hstore);

    Compatibility

    ALTER EXTENSION is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER Home ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER EVENT TRIGGER Home ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html index 7ee1c70..99e3587 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER

    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — change the definition of a foreign-data wrapper

    Synopsis

    +ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — change the definition of a foreign-data wrapper
    Synopsis
     ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER name
     [ HANDLER handler_function | NO HANDLER ]
     [ VALIDATOR validator_function | NO VALIDATOR ]
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dbi VALIDATOR bob.myvalidator;
    9075-9 (SQL/MED), except that the HANDLER,
    VALIDATOR, OWNER TO, and RENAME
    clauses are extensions.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER EXTENSION Home ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER EXTENSION Home ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html index a2036d2..33efd3c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE

    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE — change the definition of a foreign table

    Synopsis

    +ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE — change the definition of a foreign table
    Synopsis
     ALTER FOREIGN TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
     action [, ... ]
 ALTER FOREIGN TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
@@ -233,4 +233,4 @@ ALTER FOREIGN TABLE myschema.distributors OPTIONS (ADD opt1 'value', SET opt2 'v
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE DROP COLUMN can be used to drop the only
    column of a foreign table, leaving a zero-column table.  This is an
    extension of SQL, which disallows zero-column foreign tables.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER Home ALTER FUNCTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER Home ALTER FUNCTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html index f066e55..19f0cfe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER FUNCTION
    ALTER FUNCTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER FUNCTION

    ALTER FUNCTION — change the definition of a function

    Synopsis

    +ALTER FUNCTION
    ALTER FUNCTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER FUNCTION
    ALTER FUNCTION — change the definition of a function
    Synopsis
     ALTER FUNCTION name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
     action [ ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
 ALTER FUNCTION name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
@@ -171,4 +171,4 @@ ALTER FUNCTION check_password(text) RESET search_path;
    or change the owner, schema, or volatility of a function. The standard also
    requires the RESTRICT key word, which is optional in
    PostgreSQL.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE Home ALTER GROUP
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER FOREIGN TABLE Home ALTER GROUP
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html index 0341c3f..dc0c9e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER GROUP
    ALTER GROUP
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER GROUP

    ALTER GROUP — change role name or membership

    Synopsis

    +ALTER GROUP
    ALTER GROUP
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER GROUP
    ALTER GROUP — change role name or membership
    Synopsis
     ALTER GROUP role_specification ADD USER user_name [, ... ]
 ALTER GROUP role_specification DROP USER user_name [, ... ]
 
@@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ ALTER GROUP workers DROP USER beth;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER GROUP statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER FUNCTION Home ALTER INDEX
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER FUNCTION Home ALTER INDEX
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html index a7873ec..eebc6e2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER INDEX
    ALTER INDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER INDEX

    ALTER INDEX — change the definition of an index

    Synopsis

    +ALTER INDEX
    ALTER INDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER INDEX
    ALTER INDEX — change the definition of an index
    Synopsis
     ALTER INDEX [ IF EXISTS ] name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER INDEX [ IF EXISTS ] name SET TABLESPACE tablespace_name
 ALTER INDEX name ATTACH PARTITION index_name
@@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ ALTER INDEX coord_idx ALTER COLUMN 3 SET STATISTICS 1000;
 
    Compatibility
    
    ALTER INDEX is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER GROUP Home ALTER LANGUAGE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER GROUP Home ALTER LANGUAGE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html index 23403a1..8973aeb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER LANGUAGE
    ALTER LANGUAGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER LANGUAGE

    ALTER LANGUAGE — change the definition of a procedural language

    Synopsis

    +ALTER LANGUAGE
    ALTER LANGUAGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER LANGUAGE
    ALTER LANGUAGE — change the definition of a procedural language
    Synopsis
     ALTER [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
    Description
    
@@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ ALTER [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name OWN
      
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER LANGUAGE statement in the SQL
    standard.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER INDEX Home ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER INDEX Home ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html index d48a929..e5ef5a6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER LARGE OBJECT

    ALTER LARGE OBJECT — change the definition of a large object

    Synopsis

    +ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT — change the definition of a large object
    Synopsis
     ALTER LARGE OBJECT large_object_oid OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
    Description
    
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT changes the definition of a
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ ALTER LARGE OBJECT large_object_oid OW
      
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER LARGE OBJECT statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    See Also
    Chapter 35
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER LANGUAGE Home ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    Chapter 35
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER LANGUAGE Home ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html index 31955e4..6f3a225 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW

    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW — change the definition of a materialized view

    Synopsis

    +ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW — change the definition of a materialized view
    Synopsis
     ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name
     action [, ... ]
 ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW name
@@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW foo RENAME TO bar;
 
    Compatibility
    
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT Home ALTER OPERATOR
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER LARGE OBJECT Home ALTER OPERATOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html index d56800b..14e54da 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS

    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS — change the definition of an operator class

    Synopsis

    +ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS — change the definition of an operator class
    Synopsis
     ALTER OPERATOR CLASS name USING index_method
     RENAME TO new_name
 
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ ALTER OPERATOR CLASS name USING 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER OPERATOR CLASS statement in
    the SQL standard.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER OPERATOR Home ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER OPERATOR Home ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html index c98f21d..6aea93b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER OPERATOR
    ALTER OPERATOR
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER OPERATOR

    ALTER OPERATOR — change the definition of an operator

    Synopsis

    +ALTER OPERATOR
    ALTER OPERATOR
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER OPERATOR
    ALTER OPERATOR — change the definition of an operator
    Synopsis
     ALTER OPERATOR name ( { left_type | NONE } , right_type )
     OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ ALTER OPERATOR && (_int4, _int4) SET (RESTRICT = _int_contsel, JOIN = _i
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER OPERATOR statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW Home ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW Home ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html index 79def25..d87974e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY

    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY — change the definition of an operator family

    Synopsis

    +ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY — change the definition of an operator family
    Synopsis
     ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY name USING index_method ADD
   {  OPERATOR strategy_number operator_name ( op_type, op_type )
               [ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_family_name ]
@@ -178,4 +178,4 @@ ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY integer_ops USING btree DROP
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS Home ALTER POLICY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER OPERATOR CLASS Home ALTER POLICY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html index 6f09795..e150f96 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER POLICY
    ALTER POLICY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER POLICY

    ALTER POLICY — change the definition of a row-level security policy

    Synopsis

    +ALTER POLICY
    ALTER POLICY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER POLICY
    ALTER POLICY — change the definition of a row-level security policy
    Synopsis
     ALTER POLICY name ON table_name RENAME TO new_name
 
 ALTER POLICY name ON table_name
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ ALTER POLICY name ON CREATE POLICY for details.
      
    Compatibility
    
    ALTER POLICY is a PostgreSQL extension.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY Home ALTER PROCEDURE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY Home ALTER PROCEDURE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html index 55f6d5c..b3aa331 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER PROCEDURE
    ALTER PROCEDURE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER PROCEDURE

    ALTER PROCEDURE — change the definition of a procedure

    Synopsis

    +ALTER PROCEDURE
    ALTER PROCEDURE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER PROCEDURE
    ALTER PROCEDURE — change the definition of a procedure
    Synopsis
     ALTER PROCEDURE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
     action [ ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
 ALTER PROCEDURE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
@@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ ALTER PROCEDURE check_password(text) RESET search_path;
    or change the owner, schema, or volatility of a procedure. The standard also
    requires the RESTRICT key word, which is optional in
    PostgreSQL.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER POLICY Home ALTER PUBLICATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER POLICY Home ALTER PUBLICATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html index 80b5ffd..52b139c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER PUBLICATION
    ALTER PUBLICATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER PUBLICATION

    ALTER PUBLICATION — change the definition of a publication

    Synopsis

    +ALTER PUBLICATION
    ALTER PUBLICATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER PUBLICATION
    ALTER PUBLICATION — change the definition of a publication
    Synopsis
     ALTER PUBLICATION name ADD publication_object [, ...]
 ALTER PUBLICATION name SET publication_object [, ...]
 ALTER PUBLICATION name DROP publication_object [, ...]
@@ -109,4 +109,4 @@ ALTER PUBLICATION production_publication ADD TABLE users, departments, TABLES IN
 
    Compatibility
    
    ALTER PUBLICATION is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER PROCEDURE Home ALTER ROLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER PROCEDURE Home ALTER ROLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html index 5e8e78e..1c78797 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER ROLE
    ALTER ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER ROLE

    ALTER ROLE — change a database role

    Synopsis

    +ALTER ROLE
    ALTER ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER ROLE
    ALTER ROLE — change a database role
    Synopsis
     ALTER ROLE role_specification [ WITH ] option [ ... ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -186,4 +186,4 @@ ALTER ROLE fred IN DATABASE devel SET client_min_messages = DEBUG;
 
    Compatibility
    
    The ALTER ROLE statement is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER PUBLICATION Home ALTER ROUTINE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER PUBLICATION Home ALTER ROUTINE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html index 1b73df4..89b878e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER ROUTINE
    ALTER ROUTINE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER ROUTINE

    ALTER ROUTINE — change the definition of a routine

    Synopsis

    +ALTER ROUTINE
    ALTER ROUTINE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER ROUTINE
    ALTER ROUTINE — change the definition of a routine
    Synopsis
     ALTER ROUTINE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
     action [ ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
 ALTER ROUTINE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ ALTER ROUTINE foo(integer) RENAME TO foobar;
    a PostgreSQL extension.
   
    See Also
    ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER PROCEDURE, DROP ROUTINE
    
    Note that there is no CREATE ROUTINE command.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER ROLE Home ALTER RULE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER ROLE Home ALTER RULE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html index a246fce..06455e2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER RULE
    ALTER RULE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER RULE

    ALTER RULE — change the definition of a rule

    Synopsis

    +ALTER RULE
    ALTER RULE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER RULE
    ALTER RULE — change the definition of a rule
    Synopsis
     ALTER RULE name ON table_name RENAME TO new_name
 
    Description
    
    ALTER RULE changes properties of an existing
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ ALTER RULE notify_all ON emp RENAME TO notify_me;
    ALTER RULE is a
    PostgreSQL language extension, as is the
    entire query rewrite system.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER ROUTINE Home ALTER SCHEMA
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER ROUTINE Home ALTER SCHEMA
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html index 8669297..007a4dc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER SCHEMA
    ALTER SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER SCHEMA

    ALTER SCHEMA — change the definition of a schema

    Synopsis

    +ALTER SCHEMA
    ALTER SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER SCHEMA
    ALTER SCHEMA — change the definition of a schema
    Synopsis
     ALTER SCHEMA name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER SCHEMA name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
    Description
    
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ ALTER SCHEMA name OWNER TO { 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER SCHEMA statement in the SQL
    standard.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER RULE Home ALTER SEQUENCE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER RULE Home ALTER SEQUENCE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html index 4a695ac..44d123d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER SEQUENCE
    ALTER SEQUENCE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER SEQUENCE

    ALTER SEQUENCE — +ALTER SEQUENCE

    ALTER SEQUENCE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER SEQUENCE

    ALTER SEQUENCE — change the definition of a sequence generator

    Synopsis

     ALTER SEQUENCE [ IF EXISTS ] name
@@ -162,4 +162,4 @@ ALTER SEQUENCE serial RESTART WITH 105;
    OWNED BY, OWNER TO, RENAME TO, and
    SET SCHEMA clauses, which are
    PostgreSQL extensions.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SCHEMA Home ALTER SERVER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SCHEMA Home ALTER SERVER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html index 67ca3f3..b4e50d2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER SERVER
    ALTER SERVER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER SERVER

    ALTER SERVER — change the definition of a foreign server

    Synopsis

    +ALTER SERVER
    ALTER SERVER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER SERVER
    ALTER SERVER — change the definition of a foreign server
    Synopsis
     ALTER SERVER name [ VERSION 'new_version' ]
     [ OPTIONS ( [ ADD | SET | DROP ] option ['value'] [, ... ] ) ]
 ALTER SERVER name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ ALTER SERVER foo VERSION '8.4' OPTIONS (SET host 'baz');
    ALTER SERVER conforms to ISO/IEC 9075-9 (SQL/MED).
    The OWNER TO and RENAME forms are
    PostgreSQL extensions.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SEQUENCE Home ALTER STATISTICS
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SEQUENCE Home ALTER STATISTICS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html index 51efe7c..503d876 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER STATISTICS
    ALTER STATISTICS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER STATISTICS

    ALTER STATISTICS — +ALTER STATISTICS

    ALTER STATISTICS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER STATISTICS

    ALTER STATISTICS — change the definition of an extended statistics object

    Synopsis

     ALTER STATISTICS name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
@@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ ALTER STATISTICS name SET STATISTICS <

    Compatibility

    There is no ALTER STATISTICS command in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SERVER Home ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SERVER Home ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html index 4b573c3..c9d8bc9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION

    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION — change the definition of a subscription

    Synopsis

    +ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION — change the definition of a subscription
    Synopsis
     ALTER SUBSCRIPTION name CONNECTION 'conninfo'
 ALTER SUBSCRIPTION name SET PUBLICATION publication_name [, ...] [ WITH ( publication_option [= value] [, ... ] ) ]
 ALTER SUBSCRIPTION name ADD PUBLICATION publication_name [, ...] [ WITH ( publication_option [= value] [, ... ] ) ]
@@ -144,4 +144,4 @@ ALTER SUBSCRIPTION mysub DISABLE;
 
    Compatibility
    
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER STATISTICS Home ALTER SYSTEM
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER STATISTICS Home ALTER SYSTEM
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html index df7b4f3..2c61c69 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER SYSTEM
    ALTER SYSTEM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER SYSTEM

    ALTER SYSTEM — change a server configuration parameter

    Synopsis

    +ALTER SYSTEM
    ALTER SYSTEM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER SYSTEM
    ALTER SYSTEM — change a server configuration parameter
    Synopsis
     ALTER SYSTEM SET configuration_parameter { TO | = } { value [, ...] | DEFAULT }
 
 ALTER SYSTEM RESET configuration_parameter
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ ALTER SYSTEM RESET wal_level;
 
    Compatibility
    
    The ALTER SYSTEM statement is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    See Also
    SET, SHOW
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION Home ALTER TABLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    SET, SHOW
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION Home ALTER TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html index e7c240b..b071349 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TABLE
    ALTER TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TABLE

    ALTER TABLE — change the definition of a table

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TABLE
    ALTER TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TABLE
    ALTER TABLE — change the definition of a table
    Synopsis
     ALTER TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
     action [, ... ]
 ALTER TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REMAIN
 
 exclude_element in an EXCLUDE constraint is:
 
-{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ opclass ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ]
+{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ COLLATE collation ] [ opclass [ ( opclass_parameter = value [, ... ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ]
 
 referential_action in a FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint is:
 
@@ -1091,4 +1091,4 @@ ALTER TABLE measurement
    ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN can be used to drop the only
    column of a table, leaving a zero-column table.  This is an
    extension of SQL, which disallows zero-column tables.
-  
    See Also
    CREATE TABLE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SYSTEM Home ALTER TABLESPACE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CREATE TABLE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER SYSTEM Home ALTER TABLESPACE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html index f9005ce..c63cda6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TABLESPACE
    ALTER TABLESPACE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TABLESPACE

    ALTER TABLESPACE — change the definition of a tablespace

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TABLESPACE
    ALTER TABLESPACE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TABLESPACE
    ALTER TABLESPACE — change the definition of a tablespace
    Synopsis
     ALTER TABLESPACE name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TABLESPACE name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 ALTER TABLESPACE name SET ( tablespace_option = value [, ... ] )
@@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ ALTER TABLESPACE index_space OWNER TO mary;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER TABLESPACE statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TABLE Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TABLE Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html index bdec136..9ef6074 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TRIGGER
    ALTER TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TRIGGER

    ALTER TRIGGER — change the definition of a trigger

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TRIGGER
    ALTER TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TRIGGER
    ALTER TRIGGER — change the definition of a trigger
    Synopsis
     ALTER TRIGGER name ON table_name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TRIGGER name ON table_name [ NO ] DEPENDS ON EXTENSION extension_name
 
    Description
    
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ ALTER TRIGGER emp_stamp ON emp DEPENDS ON EXTENSION emplib;

    Compatibility

    ALTER TRIGGER is a PostgreSQL extension of the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    ALTER TABLE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE Home ALTER TYPE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    ALTER TABLE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE Home ALTER TYPE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html index 1c08741..f91ecd9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — change the definition of a text search configuration

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — change the definition of a text search configuration
    Synopsis
     ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name
     ADD MAPPING FOR token_type [, ... ] WITH dictionary_name [, ... ]
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION my_config
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TABLESPACE Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TABLESPACE Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html index ed0479b..b5a0f30 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — change the definition of a text search dictionary

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — change the definition of a text search dictionary
    Synopsis
     ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY name (
     option [ = value ] [, ... ]
 )
@@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY my_dict ( dummy );
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html index 27a3d42..9e19a58 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER — change the definition of a text search parser

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER — change the definition of a text search parser
    Synopsis
     ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER name SET SCHEMA new_schema
 
    Description
    
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER name SET SCHE
      
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER statement in
    the SQL standard.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY Home ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html index 000cf0b..6db05db 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE

    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — change the definition of a text search template

    Synopsis

    +ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — change the definition of a text search template
    Synopsis
     ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name SET SCHEMA new_schema
 
    Description
    
@@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name SET SC
      
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE statement in
    the SQL standard.
-
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER Home ALTER TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER Home ALTER TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html index 62d0819..b3c4920 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER TYPE
    ALTER TYPE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TYPE

    ALTER TYPE — +ALTER TYPE

    ALTER TYPE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER TYPE

    ALTER TYPE — change the definition of a type

    Synopsis

     ALTER TYPE name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
@@ -223,4 +223,4 @@ ALTER TYPE mytype SET (

    Compatibility

    The variants to add and drop attributes are part of the SQL standard; the other variants are PostgreSQL extensions. -

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TRIGGER Home ALTER USER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TRIGGER Home ALTER USER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html index 23e24d4..8aba710 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER USER
    ALTER USER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER USER

    ALTER USER — change a database role

    Synopsis

    +ALTER USER
    ALTER USER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER USER
    ALTER USER — change a database role
    Synopsis
     ALTER USER role_specification [ WITH ] option [ ... ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ ALTER USER { role_specification | ALL
    The ALTER USER statement is a
    PostgreSQL extension.  The SQL standard
    leaves the definition of users to the implementation.
-  
    See Also
    ALTER ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TYPE Home ALTER USER MAPPING
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    ALTER ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER TYPE Home ALTER USER MAPPING
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html index fc156ec..5dff90b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER USER MAPPING
    ALTER USER MAPPING
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER USER MAPPING

    ALTER USER MAPPING — change the definition of a user mapping

    Synopsis

    +ALTER USER MAPPING
    ALTER USER MAPPING
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER USER MAPPING
    ALTER USER MAPPING — change the definition of a user mapping
    Synopsis
     ALTER USER MAPPING FOR { user_name | USER | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER | PUBLIC }
     SERVER server_name
     OPTIONS ( [ ADD | SET | DROP ] option ['value'] [, ... ] )
@@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ ALTER USER MAPPING FOR bob SERVER foo OPTIONS (SET password 'public');
    for ALTER USER MAPPING, PostgreSQL diverges from
    the standard here in the interest of consistency and
    interoperability.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER USER Home ALTER VIEW
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER USER Home ALTER VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html index 28958ed..80f57e1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ALTER VIEW
    ALTER VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ALTER VIEW

    ALTER VIEW — change the definition of a view

    Synopsis

    +ALTER VIEW
    ALTER VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ALTER VIEW
    ALTER VIEW — change the definition of a view
    Synopsis
     ALTER VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name ALTER [ COLUMN ] column_name SET DEFAULT expression
 ALTER VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name ALTER [ COLUMN ] column_name DROP DEFAULT
 ALTER VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
@@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ INSERT INTO a_view(id) VALUES(2);  -- ts will receive the current time
 
    Compatibility
    
    ALTER VIEW is a PostgreSQL
    extension of the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER USER MAPPING Home ANALYZE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER USER MAPPING Home ANALYZE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html index 7e5bb68..8855caf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ANALYZE
    ANALYZE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ANALYZE

    ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database

    Synopsis

    +ANALYZE
    ANALYZE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ANALYZE
    ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database
    Synopsis
     ANALYZE [ ( option [, ...] ) ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 
@@ -184,4 +184,4 @@ ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ table_and_columnsSection 28.4.1 for details.
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no ANALYZE statement in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER VIEW Home BEGIN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ALTER VIEW Home BEGIN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html index fb8fb8e..e1083bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -BEGIN
    BEGIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    BEGIN

    BEGIN — start a transaction block

    Synopsis

    +BEGIN
    BEGIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    BEGIN
    BEGIN — start a transaction block
    Synopsis
     BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ transaction_mode [, ...] ]
 
 where transaction_mode is one of:
@@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ BEGIN;
    Incidentally, the BEGIN key word is used for a
    different purpose in embedded SQL. You are advised to be careful
    about the transaction semantics when porting database applications.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ANALYZE Home CALL
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ANALYZE Home CALL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html index 17a8495..e9b2417 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CALL
    CALL
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CALL

    CALL — invoke a procedure

    Synopsis

    +CALL
    CALL
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CALL
    CALL — invoke a procedure
    Synopsis
     CALL name ( [ argument ] [, ...] )
 
    Description
    
    CALL executes a procedure.
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ CALL do_db_maintenance();
    except for the handling of output parameters.  The standard
    says that users should write variables to receive the values
    of output parameters.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    BEGIN Home CHECKPOINT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    BEGIN Home CHECKPOINT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html index 362694d..35d644a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CHECKPOINT
    CHECKPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CHECKPOINT

    CHECKPOINT — force a write-ahead log checkpoint

    Synopsis

    +CHECKPOINT
    CHECKPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CHECKPOINT
    CHECKPOINT — force a write-ahead log checkpoint
    Synopsis
     CHECKPOINT
 
    Description
    
    A checkpoint is a point in the write-ahead log sequence at which
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ CHECKPOINT
   
    Compatibility
    
    The CHECKPOINT command is a
    PostgreSQL language extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CALL Home CLOSE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CALL Home CLOSE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html index 12e5a2f..128ff53 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CLOSE
    CLOSE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CLOSE

    CLOSE — close a cursor

    Synopsis

    +CLOSE
    CLOSE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CLOSE
    CLOSE — close a cursor
    Synopsis
     CLOSE { name | ALL }
 
    Description
    
    CLOSE frees the resources associated with an open cursor.
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ CLOSE liahona;
    CLOSE is fully conforming with the SQL
    standard. CLOSE ALL is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    See Also
    DECLARE, FETCH, MOVE
    Prev Up Next
    CHECKPOINT Home CLUSTER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    DECLARE, FETCH, MOVE
    Prev Up Next
    CHECKPOINT Home CLUSTER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html index 5b78e84..304b36b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CLUSTER
    CLUSTER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CLUSTER

    CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index

    Synopsis

    +CLUSTER
    CLUSTER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CLUSTER
    CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index
    Synopsis
     CLUSTER [VERBOSE] table_name [ USING index_name ]
 CLUSTER ( option [, ...] ) table_name [ USING index_name ]
 CLUSTER [VERBOSE]
@@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ CLUSTER index_name ON PostgreSQL
   versions.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CLOSE Home COMMENT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CLOSE Home COMMENT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html index 09dd38b..82d2918 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SQL Commands
    SQL Commands
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next

    SQL Commands

    +SQL Commands

    SQL Commands
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next

    SQL Commands

    This part contains reference information for the SQL commands supported by PostgreSQL. By “SQL” the @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ change the definition of an extended statistics object

    ALTER SUBSCRIPTION — change the definition of a subscription
    ALTER SYSTEM — change a server configuration parameter
    ALTER TABLE — change the definition of a table
    ALTER TABLESPACE — change the definition of a tablespace
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — change the definition of a text search configuration
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — change the definition of a text search dictionary
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER — change the definition of a text search parser
    ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — change the definition of a text search template
    ALTER TRIGGER — change the definition of a trigger
    ALTER TYPE — change the definition of a type -
    ALTER USER — change a database role
    ALTER USER MAPPING — change the definition of a user mapping
    ALTER VIEW — change the definition of a view
    ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database
    BEGIN — start a transaction block
    CALL — invoke a procedure
    CHECKPOINT — force a write-ahead log checkpoint
    CLOSE — close a cursor
    CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index
    COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object
    COMMIT — commit the current transaction
    COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
    COPY — copy data between a file and a table
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD — define a new access method
    CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function
    CREATE CAST — define a new cast
    CREATE COLLATION — define a new collation
    CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion
    CREATE DATABASE — create a new database
    CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER — define a new event trigger
    CREATE EXTENSION — install an extension
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — define a new foreign-data wrapper
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE — define a new foreign table
    CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function
    CREATE GROUP — define a new database role
    CREATE INDEX — define a new index
    CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW — define a new materialized view
    CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY — define a new operator family
    CREATE POLICY — define a new row-level security policy for a table
    CREATE PROCEDURE — define a new procedure
    CREATE PUBLICATION — define a new publication
    CREATE ROLE — define a new database role
    CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule
    CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema
    CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator
    CREATE SERVER — define a new foreign server
    CREATE STATISTICS — define extended statistics
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION — define a new subscription
    CREATE TABLE — define a new table
    CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query
    CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — define a new text search configuration
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — define a new text search dictionary
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER — define a new text search parser
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — define a new text search template
    CREATE TRANSFORM — define a new transform
    CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger
    CREATE TYPE — define a new data type
    CREATE USER — define a new database role
    CREATE USER MAPPING — define a new mapping of a user to a foreign server
    CREATE VIEW — define a new view
    DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    DELETE — delete rows of a table
    DISCARD — discard session state
    DO — execute an anonymous code block
    DROP ACCESS METHOD — remove an access method
    DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function
    DROP CAST — remove a cast
    DROP COLLATION — remove a collation
    DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion
    DROP DATABASE — remove a database
    DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER — remove an event trigger
    DROP EXTENSION — remove an extension
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — remove a foreign-data wrapper
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE — remove a foreign table
    DROP FUNCTION — remove a function
    DROP GROUP — remove a database role
    DROP INDEX — remove an index
    DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW — remove a materialized view
    DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY — remove an operator family
    DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role
    DROP POLICY — remove a row-level security policy from a table
    DROP PROCEDURE — remove a procedure
    DROP PUBLICATION — remove a publication
    DROP ROLE — remove a database role
    DROP ROUTINE — remove a routine
    DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule
    DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema
    DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence
    DROP SERVER — remove a foreign server descriptor
    DROP STATISTICS — remove extended statistics
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION — remove a subscription
    DROP TABLE — remove a table
    DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — remove a text search configuration
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — remove a text search dictionary
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER — remove a text search parser
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — remove a text search template
    DROP TRANSFORM — remove a transform
    DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger
    DROP TYPE — remove a data type
    DROP USER — remove a database role
    DROP USER MAPPING — remove a user mapping for a foreign server
    DROP VIEW — remove a view
    END — commit the current transaction
    EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement
    EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement
    FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor
    GRANT — define access privileges
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA — import table definitions from a foreign server
    INSERT — create new rows in a table
    LISTEN — listen for a notification
    LOAD — load a shared library file
    LOCK — lock a table
    MERGE — conditionally insert, update, or delete rows of a table
    MOVE — position a cursor
    NOTIFY — generate a notification
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
    REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW — replace the contents of a materialized view
    REINDEX — rebuild indexes
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint
    RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value
    REVOKE — remove access privileges
    ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction
    ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint
    SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction
    SECURITY LABEL — define or change a security label applied to an object
    SELECT — retrieve rows from a table or view
    SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query
    SET — change a run-time parameter
    SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint check timing for the current transaction
    SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session
    SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction
    SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter
    START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block
    TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables
    UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification
    UPDATE — update rows of a table
    VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database
    VALUES — compute a set of rows
    Prev Up Next
    Part VI. Reference Home ABORT
    \ No newline at end of file +
    ALTER USER — change a database role
    ALTER USER MAPPING — change the definition of a user mapping
    ALTER VIEW — change the definition of a view
    ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database
    BEGIN — start a transaction block
    CALL — invoke a procedure
    CHECKPOINT — force a write-ahead log checkpoint
    CLOSE — close a cursor
    CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index
    COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object
    COMMIT — commit the current transaction
    COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
    COPY — copy data between a file and a table
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD — define a new access method
    CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function
    CREATE CAST — define a new cast
    CREATE COLLATION — define a new collation
    CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion
    CREATE DATABASE — create a new database
    CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER — define a new event trigger
    CREATE EXTENSION — install an extension
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — define a new foreign-data wrapper
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE — define a new foreign table
    CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function
    CREATE GROUP — define a new database role
    CREATE INDEX — define a new index
    CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW — define a new materialized view
    CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY — define a new operator family
    CREATE POLICY — define a new row-level security policy for a table
    CREATE PROCEDURE — define a new procedure
    CREATE PUBLICATION — define a new publication
    CREATE ROLE — define a new database role
    CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule
    CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema
    CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator
    CREATE SERVER — define a new foreign server
    CREATE STATISTICS — define extended statistics
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION — define a new subscription
    CREATE TABLE — define a new table
    CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query
    CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — define a new text search configuration
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — define a new text search dictionary
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER — define a new text search parser
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — define a new text search template
    CREATE TRANSFORM — define a new transform
    CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger
    CREATE TYPE — define a new data type
    CREATE USER — define a new database role
    CREATE USER MAPPING — define a new mapping of a user to a foreign server
    CREATE VIEW — define a new view
    DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    DELETE — delete rows of a table
    DISCARD — discard session state
    DO — execute an anonymous code block
    DROP ACCESS METHOD — remove an access method
    DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function
    DROP CAST — remove a cast
    DROP COLLATION — remove a collation
    DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion
    DROP DATABASE — remove a database
    DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER — remove an event trigger
    DROP EXTENSION — remove an extension
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — remove a foreign-data wrapper
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE — remove a foreign table
    DROP FUNCTION — remove a function
    DROP GROUP — remove a database role
    DROP INDEX — remove an index
    DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW — remove a materialized view
    DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY — remove an operator family
    DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role
    DROP POLICY — remove a row-level security policy from a table
    DROP PROCEDURE — remove a procedure
    DROP PUBLICATION — remove a publication
    DROP ROLE — remove a database role
    DROP ROUTINE — remove a routine
    DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule
    DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema
    DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence
    DROP SERVER — remove a foreign server descriptor
    DROP STATISTICS — remove extended statistics
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION — remove a subscription
    DROP TABLE — remove a table
    DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — remove a text search configuration
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — remove a text search dictionary
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER — remove a text search parser
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — remove a text search template
    DROP TRANSFORM — remove a transform
    DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger
    DROP TYPE — remove a data type
    DROP USER — remove a database role
    DROP USER MAPPING — remove a user mapping for a foreign server
    DROP VIEW — remove a view
    END — commit the current transaction
    EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement
    EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement
    FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor
    GRANT — define access privileges
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA — import table definitions from a foreign server
    INSERT — create new rows in a table
    LISTEN — listen for a notification
    LOAD — load a shared library file
    LOCK — lock a table
    MERGE — conditionally insert, update, or delete rows of a table
    MOVE — position a cursor
    NOTIFY — generate a notification
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
    REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW — replace the contents of a materialized view
    REINDEX — rebuild indexes
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint
    RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value
    REVOKE — remove access privileges
    ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction
    ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint
    SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction
    SECURITY LABEL — define or change a security label applied to an object
    SELECT — retrieve rows from a table or view
    SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query
    SET — change a run-time parameter
    SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint check timing for the current transaction
    SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session
    SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction
    SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter
    START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block
    TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables
    UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification
    UPDATE — update rows of a table
    VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database
    VALUES — compute a set of rows
    Prev Up Next
    Part VI. Reference Home ABORT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html index adcb872..c326489 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -COMMENT
    COMMENT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    COMMENT

    COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object

    Synopsis

    +COMMENT
    COMMENT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    COMMENT
    COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object
    Synopsis
     COMMENT ON
 {
   ACCESS METHOD object_name |
@@ -195,4 +195,4 @@ COMMENT ON TYPE complex IS 'Complex number data type';
 COMMENT ON VIEW my_view IS 'View of departmental costs';
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no COMMENT command in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CLUSTER Home COMMIT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CLUSTER Home COMMIT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html index b535640..a08854e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -COMMIT PREPARED
    COMMIT PREPARED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    COMMIT PREPARED

    COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit

    Synopsis

    +COMMIT PREPARED
    COMMIT PREPARED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    COMMIT PREPARED
    COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
    Synopsis
     COMMIT PREPARED transaction_id
 
    Description
    
    COMMIT PREPARED commits a transaction that is in
@@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ COMMIT PREPARED 'foobar';
    external transaction management systems, some of which are covered by
    standards (such as X/Open XA), but the SQL side of those systems is not
    standardized.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    COMMIT Home COPY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    COMMIT Home COPY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html index 35916c2..e6f7391 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -COMMIT
    COMMIT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    COMMIT

    COMMIT — commit the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +COMMIT
    COMMIT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    COMMIT
    COMMIT — commit the current transaction
    Synopsis
     COMMIT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ AND [ NO ] CHAIN ]
 
    Description
    
    COMMIT commits the current transaction. All
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ COMMIT;

    Compatibility

    The command COMMIT conforms to the SQL standard. The form COMMIT TRANSACTION is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    See Also

    BEGIN, ROLLBACK
    Prev Up Next
    COMMENT Home COMMIT PREPARED
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    BEGIN, ROLLBACK
    Prev Up Next
    COMMENT Home COMMIT PREPARED
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html index 6aba899..806c841 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -COPY
    COPY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    COPY

    COPY — copy data between a file and a table

    Synopsis

    +COPY
    COPY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    COPY
    COPY — copy data between a file and a table
    Synopsis
     COPY table_name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
     FROM { 'filename' | PROGRAM 'command' | STDIN }
     [ [ WITH ] ( option [, ...] ) ]
@@ -638,4 +638,4 @@ COPY [ BINARY ] table_name
     TO { 'filename' | STDOUT }
     [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter_character' ]
     [ WITH NULL AS 'null_string' ]
-
    Prev Up Next
    COMMIT PREPARED Home CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    COMMIT PREPARED Home CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html index b44a82f..d52d5ab 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE ACCESS METHOD

    CREATE ACCESS METHOD — define a new access method

    Synopsis

    +CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD — define a new access method
    Synopsis
     CREATE ACCESS METHOD name
     TYPE access_method_type
     HANDLER handler_function
@@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ CREATE ACCESS METHOD heptree TYPE INDEX HANDLER heptree_handler;
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    COPY Home CREATE AGGREGATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    COPY Home CREATE AGGREGATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html index 3a6599c..33f4b28 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE AGGREGATE
    CREATE AGGREGATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE AGGREGATE

    CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function

    Synopsis

    +CREATE AGGREGATE
    CREATE AGGREGATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE AGGREGATE
    CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] AGGREGATE name ( [ argmode ] [ argname ] arg_data_type [ , ... ] ) (
     SFUNC = sfunc,
     STYPE = state_data_type
@@ -507,4 +507,4 @@ SELECT col FROM tab ORDER BY col USING sortop LIMIT 1;
    CREATE AGGREGATE is a
    PostgreSQL language extension.  The SQL
    standard does not provide for user-defined aggregate functions.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD Home CREATE CAST
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE ACCESS METHOD Home CREATE CAST
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html index 09409b2..cd06f77 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE CAST
    CREATE CAST
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE CAST

    CREATE CAST — define a new cast

    Synopsis

    +CREATE CAST
    CREATE CAST
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE CAST
    CREATE CAST — define a new cast
    Synopsis
     CREATE CAST (source_type AS target_type)
     WITH FUNCTION function_name [ (argument_type [, ...]) ]
     [ AS ASSIGNMENT | AS IMPLICIT ]
@@ -253,4 +253,4 @@ CREATE CAST (bigint AS int4) WITH FUNCTION int4(bigint) AS ASSIGNMENT;
    CREATE FUNCTION,
    CREATE TYPE,
    DROP CAST
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE AGGREGATE Home CREATE COLLATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE AGGREGATE Home CREATE COLLATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html index 68905a4..2b86682 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE COLLATION
    CREATE COLLATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE COLLATION

    CREATE COLLATION — define a new collation

    Synopsis

    +CREATE COLLATION
    CREATE COLLATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE COLLATION
    CREATE COLLATION — define a new collation
    Synopsis
     CREATE COLLATION [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name (
     [ LOCALE = locale, ]
     [ LC_COLLATE = lc_collate, ]
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ CREATE COLLATION [ IF NOT EXISTS ] nameLC_COLLATE setting
+       choose an appropriate LOCALE setting
        and set the collation to not deterministic here.
       
    
        Nondeterministic collations are only supported with the ICU provider.
@@ -106,4 +106,4 @@ CREATE COLLATION german FROM "de_DE";
    standard, but it is limited to copying an existing collation.  The
    syntax to create a new collation is
    a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE CAST Home CREATE CONVERSION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE CAST Home CREATE CONVERSION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html index 66f069e..01fd195 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE CONVERSION
    CREATE CONVERSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE CONVERSION

    CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion

    Synopsis

    +CREATE CONVERSION
    CREATE CONVERSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE CONVERSION
    CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ DEFAULT ] CONVERSION name
     FOR source_encoding TO dest_encoding FROM function_name
 
    Description
    
@@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ CREATE CONVERSION myconv FOR 'UTF8' TO 'LATIN1' FROM myfunc;
     There is no CREATE CONVERSION
     statement in the SQL standard, but a CREATE TRANSLATION
     statement that is very similar in purpose and syntax.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE COLLATION Home CREATE DATABASE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE COLLATION Home CREATE DATABASE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html index 27277e2..8a88e99 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -CREATE DATABASE
    CREATE DATABASE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE DATABASE

    CREATE DATABASE — create a new database

    Synopsis

    +CREATE DATABASE
    CREATE DATABASE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE DATABASE
    CREATE DATABASE — create a new database
    Synopsis
     CREATE DATABASE name
     [ WITH ] [ OWNER [=] user_name ]
            [ TEMPLATE [=] template ]
            [ ENCODING [=] encoding ]
-           [ STRATEGY [=] strategy ] ]
+           [ STRATEGY [=] strategy ]
            [ LOCALE [=] locale ]
            [ LC_COLLATE [=] lc_collate ]
            [ LC_CTYPE [=] lc_ctype ]
@@ -237,4 +237,4 @@ CREATE DATABASE music2
    There is no CREATE DATABASE statement in the SQL
    standard.  Databases are equivalent to catalogs, whose creation is
    implementation-defined.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE CONVERSION Home CREATE DOMAIN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE CONVERSION Home CREATE DOMAIN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html index 0b49ab8..5470044 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE DOMAIN
    CREATE DOMAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE DOMAIN

    CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain

    Synopsis

    +CREATE DOMAIN
    CREATE DOMAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE DOMAIN
    CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain
    Synopsis
     CREATE DOMAIN name [ AS ] data_type
     [ COLLATE collation ]
     [ DEFAULT expression ]
@@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ CREATE TABLE us_snail_addy (
 
    Compatibility
    
    The command CREATE DOMAIN conforms to the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE DATABASE Home CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE DATABASE Home CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html index a086f71..c220fe9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER

    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER — define a new event trigger

    Synopsis

    +CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER — define a new event trigger
    Synopsis
     CREATE EVENT TRIGGER name
     ON event
     [ WHEN filter_variable IN (filter_value [, ... ]) [ AND ... ] ]
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ CREATE EVENT TRIGGER abort_ddl ON ddl_command_start
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no CREATE EVENT TRIGGER statement in the
    SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE DOMAIN Home CREATE EXTENSION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE DOMAIN Home CREATE EXTENSION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html index 3905c23..f6d1597 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE EXTENSION
    CREATE EXTENSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE EXTENSION

    CREATE EXTENSION — install an extension

    Synopsis

    +CREATE EXTENSION
    CREATE EXTENSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE EXTENSION
    CREATE EXTENSION — install an extension
    Synopsis
     CREATE EXTENSION [ IF NOT EXISTS ] extension_name
     [ WITH ] [ SCHEMA schema_name ]
              [ VERSION version ]
@@ -125,4 +125,4 @@ CREATE EXTENSION hstore;
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE EXTENSION is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER Home CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE EVENT TRIGGER Home CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html index c33cfb8..a19229e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER

    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — define a new foreign-data wrapper

    Synopsis

    +CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — define a new foreign-data wrapper
    Synopsis
     CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER name
     [ HANDLER handler_function | NO HANDLER ]
     [ VALIDATOR validator_function | NO VALIDATOR ]
@@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER mywrapper
   
    
    Note, however, that the SQL/MED functionality as a whole is not yet
    conforming.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE EXTENSION Home CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE EXTENSION Home CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html index 2b16cfd..55e3da8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE

    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE — define a new foreign table

    Synopsis

    +CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE — define a new foreign table
    Synopsis
     CREATE FOREIGN TABLE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name ( [
   { column_name data_type [ OPTIONS ( option 'value' [, ... ] ) ] [ COLLATE collation ] [ column_constraint [ ... ] ]
     | table_constraint }
@@ -241,4 +241,4 @@ CREATE FOREIGN TABLE measurement_y2016m07
    The ability to specify column default values is also
    a PostgreSQL extension.  Table inheritance, in the form
    defined by PostgreSQL, is nonstandard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER Home CREATE FUNCTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER Home CREATE FUNCTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html index 82a59fd..e4ba268 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE FUNCTION
    CREATE FUNCTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE FUNCTION

    CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function

    Synopsis

    +CREATE FUNCTION
    CREATE FUNCTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE FUNCTION
    CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] FUNCTION
     name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [ { DEFAULT | = } default_expr ] [, ...] ] )
     [ RETURNS rettype
@@ -551,4 +551,4 @@ COMMIT;
    More complex functions using advanced features, optimization attributes, or
    other languages will necessarily be specific to PostgreSQL in a significant
    way.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE Home CREATE GROUP
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE FOREIGN TABLE Home CREATE GROUP
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html index c5a7ac4..6c6894c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE GROUP
    CREATE GROUP
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE GROUP

    CREATE GROUP — define a new database role

    Synopsis

    +CREATE GROUP
    CREATE GROUP
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE GROUP
    CREATE GROUP — define a new database role
    Synopsis
     CREATE GROUP name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ CREATE GROUP name [ [ WITH ] 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no CREATE GROUP statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    See Also
    CREATE ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE FUNCTION Home CREATE INDEX
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CREATE ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE FUNCTION Home CREATE INDEX
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html index 46f4942..d2deafd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE INDEX
    CREATE INDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE INDEX

    CREATE INDEX — define a new index

    Synopsis

    +CREATE INDEX
    CREATE INDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE INDEX
    CREATE INDEX — define a new index
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ UNIQUE ] INDEX [ CONCURRENTLY ] [ [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name ] ON [ ONLY ] table_name [ USING method ]
     ( { column_name | ( expression ) } [ COLLATE collation ] [ opclass [ ( opclass_parameter = value [, ... ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] [, ...] )
     [ INCLUDE ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
@@ -577,4 +577,4 @@ CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY sales_quantity_index ON sales_table (quantity);
    CREATE INDEX is a
    PostgreSQL language extension.  There
    are no provisions for indexes in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE GROUP Home CREATE LANGUAGE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE GROUP Home CREATE LANGUAGE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html index 44b860c..d27a4c3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE LANGUAGE
    CREATE LANGUAGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE LANGUAGE

    CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language

    Synopsis

    +CREATE LANGUAGE
    CREATE LANGUAGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE LANGUAGE
    CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TRUSTED ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name
     HANDLER call_handler [ INLINE inline_handler ] [ VALIDATOR valfunction ]
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TRUSTED ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name
@@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ CREATE EXTENSION plsample;
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE LANGUAGE is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE INDEX Home CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE INDEX Home CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html index 509c8e9..3ff56fd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW

    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW — define a new materialized view

    Synopsis

    +CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW — define a new materialized view
    Synopsis
     CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name
     [ (column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ USING method ]
@@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_n
      
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE LANGUAGE Home CREATE OPERATOR
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    CREATE LANGUAGE Home CREATE OPERATOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html index 2a9f02e..75cd6a7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS

    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class

    Synopsis

    +CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class
    Synopsis
     CREATE OPERATOR CLASS name [ DEFAULT ] FOR TYPE data_type
   USING index_method [ FAMILY family_name ] AS
   {  OPERATOR strategy_number operator_name [ ( op_type, op_type ) ] [ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_family_name ]
@@ -149,4 +149,4 @@ CREATE OPERATOR CLASS gist__int_ops
    PostgreSQL extension.  There is no
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE OPERATOR Home CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE OPERATOR Home CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html index fe4b2a9..325d086 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE OPERATOR
    CREATE OPERATOR
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE OPERATOR

    CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator

    Synopsis

    +CREATE OPERATOR
    CREATE OPERATOR
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE OPERATOR
    CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator
    Synopsis
     CREATE OPERATOR name (
     {FUNCTION|PROCEDURE} = function_name
     [, LEFTARG = left_type ] [, RIGHTARG = right_type ]
@@ -133,4 +133,4 @@ CREATE OPERATOR === (
    CREATE OPERATOR is a
    PostgreSQL extension.  There are no
    provisions for user-defined operators in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW Home CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW Home CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html index 8e56b78..cd9ce13 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY

    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY — define a new operator family

    Synopsis

    +CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY — define a new operator family
    Synopsis
     CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY name USING index_method
 
    Description
    
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY creates a new operator family.
@@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY name USING PostgreSQL extension.  There is no
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS Home CREATE POLICY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE OPERATOR CLASS Home CREATE POLICY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html index 17de4d8..8fceb90 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE POLICY
    CREATE POLICY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE POLICY

    CREATE POLICY — define a new row-level security policy for a table

    Synopsis

    +CREATE POLICY
    CREATE POLICY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE POLICY
    CREATE POLICY — define a new row-level security policy for a table
    Synopsis
     CREATE POLICY name ON table_name
     [ AS { PERMISSIVE | RESTRICTIVE } ]
     [ FOR { ALL | SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE } ]
@@ -358,4 +358,4 @@ AND
   
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE POLICY is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY Home CREATE PROCEDURE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY Home CREATE PROCEDURE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html index 7bd34be..a1d2af6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE PROCEDURE
    CREATE PROCEDURE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE PROCEDURE

    CREATE PROCEDURE — define a new procedure

    Synopsis

    +CREATE PROCEDURE
    CREATE PROCEDURE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE PROCEDURE
    CREATE PROCEDURE — define a new procedure
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] PROCEDURE
     name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [ { DEFAULT | = } default_expr ] [, ...] ] )
   { LANGUAGE lang_name
@@ -205,4 +205,4 @@ CALL insert_data(1, 2);
    standard.  The PostgreSQL implementation can be
    used in a compatible way but has many extensions.  For details see also
    CREATE FUNCTION.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE POLICY Home CREATE PUBLICATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE POLICY Home CREATE PUBLICATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html index c2ddc1a..f6425cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE PUBLICATION
    CREATE PUBLICATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE PUBLICATION

    CREATE PUBLICATION — define a new publication

    Synopsis

    +CREATE PUBLICATION
    CREATE PUBLICATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE PUBLICATION
    CREATE PUBLICATION — define a new publication
    Synopsis
     CREATE PUBLICATION name
     [ FOR ALL TABLES
       | FOR publication_object [, ... ] ]
@@ -229,4 +229,4 @@ CREATE PUBLICATION users_filtered FOR TABLE users (user_id, firstname);
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE PUBLICATION is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE PROCEDURE Home CREATE ROLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE PROCEDURE Home CREATE ROLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html index f0a1b82..48d79f9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE ROLE
    CREATE ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE ROLE

    CREATE ROLE — define a new database role

    Synopsis

    +CREATE ROLE
    CREATE ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE ROLE
    CREATE ROLE — define a new database role
    Synopsis
     CREATE ROLE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -266,4 +266,4 @@ CREATE ROLE name [ WITH ADMIN NOINHERIT attribute, while roles are
    given the INHERIT attribute.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE PUBLICATION Home CREATE RULE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE PUBLICATION Home CREATE RULE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html index 2ff6f42..8a0eb83 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE RULE
    CREATE RULE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE RULE

    CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule

    Synopsis

    +CREATE RULE
    CREATE RULE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE RULE
    CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] RULE name AS ON event
     TO table_name [ WHERE condition ]
     DO [ ALSO | INSTEAD ] { NOTHING | command | ( command ; command ... ) }
@@ -173,4 +173,4 @@ UPDATE mytable SET name = 'foo' WHERE id = 42;
    CREATE RULE is a
    PostgreSQL language extension, as is the
    entire query rewrite system.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE ROLE Home CREATE SCHEMA
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE ROLE Home CREATE SCHEMA
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html index e44bd11..7f70736 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE SCHEMA
    CREATE SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE SCHEMA

    CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema

    Synopsis

    +CREATE SCHEMA
    CREATE SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE SCHEMA
    CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema
    Synopsis
     CREATE SCHEMA schema_name [ AUTHORIZATION role_specification ] [ schema_element [ ... ] ]
 CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION role_specification [ schema_element [ ... ] ]
 CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS schema_name [ AUTHORIZATION role_specification ]
@@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ CREATE VIEW hollywood.winners AS
   
    
    The IF NOT EXISTS option is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE RULE Home CREATE SEQUENCE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE RULE Home CREATE SEQUENCE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html index 8f612ea..8be1417 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE SEQUENCE
    CREATE SEQUENCE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE SEQUENCE

    CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator

    Synopsis

    +CREATE SEQUENCE
    CREATE SEQUENCE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE SEQUENCE
    CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ { TEMPORARY | TEMP } | UNLOGGED ] SEQUENCE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name
     [ AS data_type ]
     [ INCREMENT [ BY ] increment ]
@@ -211,4 +211,4 @@ END;
      
  • 
       The OWNED BY clause is a PostgreSQL
       extension.
-
    • Prev Up Next
    CREATE SCHEMA Home CREATE SERVER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SCHEMA Home CREATE SERVER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html index 9b66bb9..188d1fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE SERVER
    CREATE SERVER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE SERVER

    CREATE SERVER — define a new foreign server

    Synopsis

    +CREATE SERVER
    CREATE SERVER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE SERVER
    CREATE SERVER — define a new foreign server
    Synopsis
     CREATE SERVER [ IF NOT EXISTS ] server_name [ TYPE 'server_type' ] [ VERSION 'server_version' ]
     FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER fdw_name
     [ OPTIONS ( option 'value' [, ... ] ) ]
@@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ CREATE SERVER myserver FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER postgres_fdw OPTIONS (host 'foo', db
    See postgres_fdw for more details.
   
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE SERVER conforms to ISO/IEC 9075-9 (SQL/MED).
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SEQUENCE Home CREATE STATISTICS
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SEQUENCE Home CREATE STATISTICS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html index a394cde..0cf9ff2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE STATISTICS
    CREATE STATISTICS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE STATISTICS

    CREATE STATISTICS — define extended statistics

    Synopsis

    +CREATE STATISTICS
    CREATE STATISTICS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE STATISTICS
    CREATE STATISTICS — define extended statistics
    Synopsis
     CREATE STATISTICS [ IF NOT EXISTS ] statistics_name
     ON ( expression )
     FROM table_name
@@ -207,4 +207,4 @@ EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT date_trunc('month', a), date_trunc('day', a)
    more accurate estimates.
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no CREATE STATISTICS command in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SERVER Home CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SERVER Home CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html index ff053f5..06340c7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION

    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION — define a new subscription

    Synopsis

    +CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION — define a new subscription
    Synopsis
     CREATE SUBSCRIPTION subscription_name
     CONNECTION 'conninfo'
     PUBLICATION publication_name [, ...]
@@ -214,4 +214,4 @@ CREATE SUBSCRIPTION mysub
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE STATISTICS Home CREATE TABLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE STATISTICS Home CREATE TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html index d902ffe..fa66a27 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TABLE
    CREATE TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TABLE

    CREATE TABLE — define a new table

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TABLE
    CREATE TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TABLE
    CREATE TABLE — define a new table
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } | UNLOGGED ] TABLE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name ( [
   { column_name data_type [ COMPRESSION compression_method ] [ COLLATE collation ] [ column_constraint [ ... ] ]
     | table_constraint
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REMAIN
 
 exclude_element in an EXCLUDE constraint is:
 
-{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ opclass ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ]
+{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ COLLATE collation ] [ opclass [ ( opclass_parameter = value [, ... ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ]
 
 referential_action in a FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint is:
 
@@ -672,17 +672,17 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REMAIN
       no two rows in the table contain overlapping circles
       (see Section 8.8) by using the
       && operator.
+      The operator(s) are required to be commutative.
      
    
       Exclusion constraints are implemented using
       an index, so each specified operator must be associated with an
       appropriate operator class
       (see Section 11.10) for the index access
       method index_method.
-      The operators are required to be commutative.
       Each exclude_element
-      can optionally specify an operator class and/or ordering options;
-      these are described fully under
-      CREATE INDEX.
+      defines a column of the index, so it can optionally specify a collation,
+      an operator class, operator class parameters, and/or ordering options;
+      these are described fully under CREATE INDEX.
      
    
       The access method must support amgettuple (see Chapter 64); at present this means GIN
       cannot be used.  Although it's allowed, there is little point in using
@@ -1472,4 +1472,4 @@ CREATE TABLE cities_partdef
    
    PARTITION OF Clause
    
     The PARTITION OF clause is a
     PostgreSQL extension.
-
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION Home CREATE TABLE AS
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    CREATE SUBSCRIPTION Home CREATE TABLE AS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html index 67e975a..b5375d5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TABLE AS
    CREATE TABLE AS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TABLE AS

    CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TABLE AS
    CREATE TABLE AS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TABLE AS
    CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } | UNLOGGED ] TABLE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name
     [ (column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ USING method ]
@@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ CREATE TEMP TABLE films_recent ON COMMIT DROP AS
       The PostgreSQL concept of tablespaces is not
       part of the standard.  Hence, the clause TABLESPACE
       is an extension.
-
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TABLE Home CREATE TABLESPACE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TABLE Home CREATE TABLESPACE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html index e422abf..a494f3d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TABLESPACE
    CREATE TABLESPACE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TABLESPACE

    CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TABLESPACE
    CREATE TABLESPACE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TABLESPACE
    CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace
    Synopsis
     CREATE TABLESPACE tablespace_name
     [ OWNER { new_owner | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER } ]
     LOCATION 'directory'
@@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ CREATE TABLESPACE indexspace OWNER genevieve LOCATION '/data/indexes';
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE TABLESPACE is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TABLE AS Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TABLE AS Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html index 42ae69d..71b25ba 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TRANSFORM
    CREATE TRANSFORM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TRANSFORM

    CREATE TRANSFORM — define a new transform

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TRANSFORM
    CREATE TRANSFORM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TRANSFORM
    CREATE TRANSFORM — define a new transform
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] TRANSFORM FOR type_name LANGUAGE lang_name (
     FROM SQL WITH FUNCTION from_sql_function_name [ (argument_type [, ...]) ],
     TO SQL WITH FUNCTION to_sql_function_name [ (argument_type [, ...]) ]
@@ -103,4 +103,4 @@ CREATE TRANSFORM FOR hstore LANGUAGE plpython3u (
    CREATE LANGUAGE,
    CREATE TYPE,
    DROP TRANSFORM
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE Home CREATE TRIGGER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE Home CREATE TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html index 96d971e..9594039 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TRIGGER
    CREATE TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TRIGGER

    CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TRIGGER
    CREATE TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TRIGGER
    CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ CONSTRAINT ] TRIGGER name { BEFORE | AFTER | INSTEAD OF } { event [ OR ... ] }
     ON table_name
     [ FROM referenced_table_name ]
@@ -458,4 +458,4 @@ CREATE TRIGGER paired_items_update
    PostgreSQL extension of the SQL
    standard.
    So is the OR REPLACE option.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TRANSFORM Home CREATE TYPE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TRANSFORM Home CREATE TYPE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html index 38378cf..d2f82c3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — define a new text search configuration

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — define a new text search configuration
    Synopsis
     CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name (
     PARSER = parser_name |
     COPY = source_config
@@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION statement
    in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TABLESPACE Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TABLESPACE Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html index b0d85ad..5e5cae8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — define a new text search dictionary

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — define a new text search dictionary
    Synopsis
     CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY name (
     TEMPLATE = template
     [, option = value [, ... ]]
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY my_russian (
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html index 5a4b9d2..d2793dd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER — define a new text search parser

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER — define a new text search parser
    Synopsis
     CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER name (
     START = start_function ,
     GETTOKEN = gettoken_function ,
@@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER name (
    There is no
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY Home CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html index f076c17..5dcc5d7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE

    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — define a new text search template

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — define a new text search template
    Synopsis
     CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name (
     [ INIT = init_function , ]
     LEXIZE = lexize_function
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name (
    There is no
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER Home CREATE TRANSFORM
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER Home CREATE TRANSFORM
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html index 576fb9b..ca89961 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE TYPE
    CREATE TYPE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE TYPE

    CREATE TYPE — define a new data type

    Synopsis

    +CREATE TYPE
    CREATE TYPE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE TYPE
    CREATE TYPE — define a new data type
    Synopsis
     CREATE TYPE name AS
     ( [ attribute_name data_type [ COLLATE collation ] [, ... ] ] )
 
@@ -652,4 +652,4 @@ CREATE TABLE big_objs (
    The ability to create a composite type with zero attributes is
    a PostgreSQL-specific deviation from the
    standard (analogous to the same case in CREATE TABLE).
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TRIGGER Home CREATE USER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TRIGGER Home CREATE USER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html index 4dc2433..3b599d3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE USER
    CREATE USER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE USER

    CREATE USER — define a new database role

    Synopsis

    +CREATE USER
    CREATE USER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE USER
    CREATE USER — define a new database role
    Synopsis
     CREATE USER name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ CREATE USER name [ [ WITH ] CREATE USER statement is a
    PostgreSQL extension.  The SQL standard
    leaves the definition of users to the implementation.
-  
    See Also
    CREATE ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TYPE Home CREATE USER MAPPING
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CREATE ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE TYPE Home CREATE USER MAPPING
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html index e9ae3bd..bfa7489 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE USER MAPPING
    CREATE USER MAPPING
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE USER MAPPING

    CREATE USER MAPPING — define a new mapping of a user to a foreign server

    Synopsis

    +CREATE USER MAPPING
    CREATE USER MAPPING
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE USER MAPPING
    CREATE USER MAPPING — define a new mapping of a user to a foreign server
    Synopsis
     CREATE USER MAPPING [ IF NOT EXISTS ] FOR { user_name | USER | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | PUBLIC }
     SERVER server_name
     [ OPTIONS ( option 'value' [ , ... ] ) ]
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ CREATE USER MAPPING [ IF NOT EXISTS ] FOR { user_n
 CREATE USER MAPPING FOR bob SERVER foo OPTIONS (user 'bob', password 'secret');
 
    Compatibility
    
    CREATE USER MAPPING conforms to ISO/IEC 9075-9 (SQL/MED).
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE USER Home CREATE VIEW
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE USER Home CREATE VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html index 5c46ac4..813ca54 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -CREATE VIEW
    CREATE VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    CREATE VIEW

    CREATE VIEW — define a new view

    Synopsis

    +CREATE VIEW
    CREATE VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    CREATE VIEW
    CREATE VIEW — define a new view
    Synopsis
     CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TEMP | TEMPORARY ] [ RECURSIVE ] VIEW name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ WITH ( view_option_name [= view_option_value] [, ... ] ) ]
     AS query
@@ -343,4 +343,4 @@ UNION ALL
    So is the concept of a temporary view.
    The WITH ( ... ) clause is an extension as well, as are
    security barrier views and security invoker views.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE USER MAPPING Home DEALLOCATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE USER MAPPING Home DEALLOCATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html index cfd53b9..86175d8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DEALLOCATE
    DEALLOCATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DEALLOCATE

    DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement

    Synopsis

    +DEALLOCATE
    DEALLOCATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DEALLOCATE
    DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement
    Synopsis
     DEALLOCATE [ PREPARE ] { name | ALL }
 
    Description
    
    DEALLOCATE is used to deallocate a previously
@@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ DEALLOCATE [ PREPARE ] { name | ALL }
      
    Compatibility
    
    The SQL standard includes a DEALLOCATE
    statement, but it is only for use in embedded SQL.
-  
    See Also
    EXECUTE, PREPARE
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE VIEW Home DECLARE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    EXECUTE, PREPARE
    Prev Up Next
    CREATE VIEW Home DECLARE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html index 0e6c2a7..a973d2c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DECLARE
    DECLARE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DECLARE

    DECLARE — define a cursor

    Synopsis

    +DECLARE
    DECLARE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DECLARE
    DECLARE — define a cursor
    Synopsis
     DECLARE name [ BINARY ] [ ASENSITIVE | INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ]
     CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR query
 
    Description
    
@@ -197,4 +197,4 @@ DECLARE liahona CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM films;
   
    
    Binary cursors are a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    See Also
    CLOSE, FETCH, MOVE
    Prev Up Next
    DEALLOCATE Home DELETE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CLOSE, FETCH, MOVE
    Prev Up Next
    DEALLOCATE Home DELETE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html index 1ab82e4..12d4b15 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DELETE
    DELETE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DELETE

    DELETE — delete rows of a table

    Synopsis

    +DELETE
    DELETE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DELETE
    DELETE — delete rows of a table
    Synopsis
     [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 DELETE FROM [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [ [ AS ] alias ]
     [ USING from_item [, ...] ]
@@ -142,4 +142,4 @@ DELETE FROM tasks WHERE CURRENT OF c_tasks;
    that the USING and RETURNING clauses
    are PostgreSQL extensions, as is the ability
    to use WITH with DELETE.
-  
    See Also
    TRUNCATE
    Prev Up Next
    DECLARE Home DISCARD
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    TRUNCATE
    Prev Up Next
    DECLARE Home DISCARD
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html index 650c185..dca2dcf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DISCARD
    DISCARD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DISCARD

    DISCARD — discard session state

    Synopsis

    +DISCARD
    DISCARD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DISCARD
    DISCARD — discard session state
    Synopsis
     DISCARD { ALL | PLANS | SEQUENCES | TEMPORARY | TEMP }
 
    Description
    
    DISCARD releases internal resources associated with a
@@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ DISCARD SEQUENCES;
     DISCARD ALL cannot be executed inside a transaction block.
    
    Compatibility
    
    DISCARD is a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DELETE Home DO
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DELETE Home DO
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html index 7176903..033bb7a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DO
    DO
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DO

    DO — execute an anonymous code block

    Synopsis

    +DO
    DO
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DO
    DO — execute an anonymous code block
    Synopsis
     DO [ LANGUAGE lang_name ] code
 
    Description
    
    DO executes an anonymous code block, or in other
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ BEGIN
 END$$;

    Compatibility

    There is no DO statement in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    DISCARD Home DROP ACCESS METHOD
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DISCARD Home DROP ACCESS METHOD
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html index 08a9ad0..703a2bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP ACCESS METHOD
    DROP ACCESS METHOD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP ACCESS METHOD

    DROP ACCESS METHOD — remove an access method

    Synopsis

    +DROP ACCESS METHOD
    DROP ACCESS METHOD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP ACCESS METHOD
    DROP ACCESS METHOD — remove an access method
    Synopsis
     DROP ACCESS METHOD [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP ACCESS METHOD removes an existing access method.
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ DROP ACCESS METHOD heptree;

    Compatibility

    DROP ACCESS METHOD is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    DO Home DROP AGGREGATE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DO Home DROP AGGREGATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html index 2d79223..0dbb4ce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP OWNED
    DROP OWNED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP OWNED

    DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role

    Synopsis

    +DROP OWNED
    DROP OWNED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP OWNED
    DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role
    Synopsis
     DROP OWNED BY { name | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER } [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP OWNED drops all the objects within the current
@@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ DROP OWNED BY { name | CURRENT_ROLE |
   
    Compatibility
    
    The DROP OWNED command is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY Home DROP POLICY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY Home DROP POLICY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html index 7fb42fc..0d00f5a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP AGGREGATE
    DROP AGGREGATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP AGGREGATE

    DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function

    Synopsis

    +DROP AGGREGATE
    DROP AGGREGATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP AGGREGATE
    DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function
    Synopsis
     DROP AGGREGATE [ IF EXISTS ] name ( aggregate_signature ) [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
 where aggregate_signature is:
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ DROP AGGREGATE myavg(integer), myavg(bigint);
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP AGGREGATE statement in the SQL
    standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP ACCESS METHOD Home DROP CAST
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP ACCESS METHOD Home DROP CAST
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html index 13a4456..fefaa3f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP CAST
    DROP CAST
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP CAST

    DROP CAST — remove a cast

    Synopsis

    +DROP CAST
    DROP CAST
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP CAST
    DROP CAST — remove a cast
    Synopsis
     DROP CAST [ IF EXISTS ] (source_type AS target_type) [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP CAST removes a previously defined cast.
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ DROP CAST [ IF EXISTS ] (source_type A
 DROP CAST (text AS int);

    Compatibility

    The DROP CAST command conforms to the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    CREATE CAST
    Prev Up Next
    DROP AGGREGATE Home DROP COLLATION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    CREATE CAST
    Prev Up Next
    DROP AGGREGATE Home DROP COLLATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html index c3dc284..f58f699 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP COLLATION
    DROP COLLATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP COLLATION

    DROP COLLATION — remove a collation

    Synopsis

    +DROP COLLATION
    DROP COLLATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP COLLATION
    DROP COLLATION — remove a collation
    Synopsis
     DROP COLLATION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP COLLATION removes a previously defined collation.
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ DROP COLLATION german;
    The DROP COLLATION command conforms to the
    SQL standard, apart from the IF
    EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP CAST Home DROP CONVERSION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP CAST Home DROP CONVERSION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html index f55d42e..7ad9f70 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP CONVERSION
    DROP CONVERSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP CONVERSION

    DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion

    Synopsis

    +DROP CONVERSION
    DROP CONVERSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP CONVERSION
    DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion
    Synopsis
     DROP CONVERSION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP CONVERSION removes a previously defined conversion.
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ DROP CONVERSION myname;
    goes along with the CREATE TRANSLATION statement
    that is similar to the CREATE CONVERSION
    statement in PostgreSQL.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP COLLATION Home DROP DATABASE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP COLLATION Home DROP DATABASE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html index 611b9b6..098a30a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP DATABASE
    DROP DATABASE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP DATABASE

    DROP DATABASE — remove a database

    Synopsis

    +DROP DATABASE
    DROP DATABASE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP DATABASE
    DROP DATABASE — remove a database
    Synopsis
     DROP DATABASE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ [ WITH ] ( option [, ...] ) ]
 
 where option can be:
@@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ DROP DATABASE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ [ W
    which is a wrapper around this command.
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP DATABASE statement in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP CONVERSION Home DROP DOMAIN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP CONVERSION Home DROP DOMAIN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html index 584f74f..6a23303 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP DOMAIN
    DROP DOMAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP DOMAIN

    DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain

    Synopsis

    +DROP DOMAIN
    DROP DOMAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP DOMAIN
    DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain
    Synopsis
     DROP DOMAIN [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP DOMAIN removes a domain.  Only the owner of
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ DROP DOMAIN box;
    This command conforms to the SQL standard, except for the
    IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP DATABASE Home DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP DATABASE Home DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html index e432536..fc62b7f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP EVENT TRIGGER

    DROP EVENT TRIGGER — remove an event trigger

    Synopsis

    +DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER — remove an event trigger
    Synopsis
     DROP EVENT TRIGGER [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER removes an existing event trigger.
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ DROP EVENT TRIGGER snitch;

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP EVENT TRIGGER statement in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP DOMAIN Home DROP EXTENSION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP DOMAIN Home DROP EXTENSION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html index e696c28..fea3df6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP EXTENSION
    DROP EXTENSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP EXTENSION

    DROP EXTENSION — remove an extension

    Synopsis

    +DROP EXTENSION
    DROP EXTENSION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP EXTENSION
    DROP EXTENSION — remove an extension
    Synopsis
     DROP EXTENSION [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP EXTENSION removes extensions from the database.
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ DROP EXTENSION hstore;
   
    Compatibility
    
    DROP EXTENSION is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER Home DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP EVENT TRIGGER Home DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html index 7a45a3f..90b0715 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER

    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — remove a foreign-data wrapper

    Synopsis

    +DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — remove a foreign-data wrapper
    Synopsis
     DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER removes an existing
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER dbi;
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER conforms to ISO/IEC
    9075-9 (SQL/MED).  The IF EXISTS clause is
    a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP EXTENSION Home DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP EXTENSION Home DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html index b63019b..33ffa89 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP FOREIGN TABLE

    DROP FOREIGN TABLE — remove a foreign table

    Synopsis

    +DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE — remove a foreign table
    Synopsis
     DROP FOREIGN TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE removes a foreign table.
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ DROP FOREIGN TABLE films, distributors;
    standard only allows one foreign table to be dropped per command, and apart
    from the IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER Home DROP FUNCTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER Home DROP FUNCTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html index 55097b4..4cdb588 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP FUNCTION
    DROP FUNCTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP FUNCTION

    DROP FUNCTION — remove a function

    Synopsis

    +DROP FUNCTION
    DROP FUNCTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP FUNCTION
    DROP FUNCTION — remove a function
    Synopsis
     DROP FUNCTION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
@@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ DROP FUNCTION update_employee_salaries();
   
    Compatibility
    
    This command conforms to the SQL standard, with
    these PostgreSQL extensions:
-   
    • The standard only allows one function to be dropped per command.
    • The IF EXISTS option
    • The ability to specify argument modes and names
    Prev Up Next
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE Home DROP GROUP
    
\ No newline at end of file
+   
    • The standard only allows one function to be dropped per command.
    • The IF EXISTS option
    • The ability to specify argument modes and names
    Prev Up Next
    DROP FOREIGN TABLE Home DROP GROUP
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html index 125c103..169982f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -DROP GROUP
    DROP GROUP
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP GROUP

    DROP GROUP — remove a database role

    Synopsis

    +DROP GROUP
    DROP GROUP
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP GROUP
    DROP GROUP — remove a database role
    Synopsis
     DROP GROUP [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
    Description
    
    DROP GROUP is now an alias for
    DROP ROLE.
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP GROUP statement in the SQL standard.
-  
    See Also
    DROP ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    DROP FUNCTION Home DROP INDEX
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    DROP ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    DROP FUNCTION Home DROP INDEX
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html index 36fa793..dbf78fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP INDEX
    DROP INDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP INDEX

    DROP INDEX — remove an index

    Synopsis

    +DROP INDEX
    DROP INDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP INDEX
    DROP INDEX — remove an index
    Synopsis
     DROP INDEX [ CONCURRENTLY ] [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP INDEX drops an existing index from the database
@@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ DROP INDEX title_idx;
    DROP INDEX is a
    PostgreSQL language extension.  There
    are no provisions for indexes in the SQL standard.
-  
    See Also
    CREATE INDEX
    Prev Up Next
    DROP GROUP Home DROP LANGUAGE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CREATE INDEX
    Prev Up Next
    DROP GROUP Home DROP LANGUAGE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html index e455ab9..3f9fe14 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP LANGUAGE
    DROP LANGUAGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP LANGUAGE

    DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language

    Synopsis

    +DROP LANGUAGE
    DROP LANGUAGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP LANGUAGE
    DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language
    Synopsis
     DROP [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP LANGUAGE removes the definition of a
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ DROP LANGUAGE plsample;

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP LANGUAGE statement in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP INDEX Home DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP INDEX Home DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html index e81816f..31e16e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW

    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW — remove a materialized view

    Synopsis

    +DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW — remove a materialized view
    Synopsis
     DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW drops an existing materialized
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW order_summary;

    Compatibility

    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP LANGUAGE Home DROP OPERATOR
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP LANGUAGE Home DROP OPERATOR
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html index 9aa000d..edb1ec5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP OPERATOR CLASS

    DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class

    Synopsis

    +DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class
    Synopsis
     DROP OPERATOR CLASS [ IF EXISTS ] name USING index_method [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS drops an existing operator class.
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ DROP OPERATOR CLASS widget_ops USING btree;
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP OPERATOR CLASS statement in the
    SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OPERATOR Home DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OPERATOR Home DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html index 01c0f5c..05dc024 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP OPERATOR
    DROP OPERATOR
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP OPERATOR

    DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator

    Synopsis

    +DROP OPERATOR
    DROP OPERATOR
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP OPERATOR
    DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator
    Synopsis
     DROP OPERATOR [ IF EXISTS ] name ( { left_type | NONE } , right_type ) [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP OPERATOR drops an existing operator from
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ DROP OPERATOR ~ (none, bit);
 DROP OPERATOR ~ (none, bit), ^ (integer, integer);

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP OPERATOR statement in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW Home DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW Home DROP OPERATOR CLASS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html index 8f81043..a02963f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY

    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY — remove an operator family

    Synopsis

    +DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY — remove an operator family
    Synopsis
     DROP OPERATOR FAMILY [ IF EXISTS ] name USING index_method [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY drops an existing operator family.
@@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ DROP OPERATOR FAMILY float_ops USING btree;
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP OPERATOR FAMILY statement in the
    SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS Home DROP OWNED
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OPERATOR CLASS Home DROP OWNED
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html index 0fe3894..75454c0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP POLICY
    DROP POLICY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP POLICY

    DROP POLICY — remove a row-level security policy from a table

    Synopsis

    +DROP POLICY
    DROP POLICY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP POLICY
    DROP POLICY — remove a row-level security policy from a table
    Synopsis
     DROP POLICY [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP POLICY removes the specified policy from the table.
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ DROP POLICY [ IF EXISTS ] name ON 
    Compatibility
    
    DROP POLICY is a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OWNED Home DROP PROCEDURE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP OWNED Home DROP PROCEDURE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html index b45f53f..20bea94 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP PROCEDURE
    DROP PROCEDURE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP PROCEDURE

    DROP PROCEDURE — remove a procedure

    Synopsis

    +DROP PROCEDURE
    DROP PROCEDURE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP PROCEDURE
    DROP PROCEDURE — remove a procedure
    Synopsis
     DROP PROCEDURE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
@@ -93,4 +93,4 @@ CREATE PROCEDURE do_db_maintenance(IN target_schema text, IN options text) ...
    This command conforms to the SQL standard, with
    these PostgreSQL extensions:
    
    • The standard only allows one procedure to be dropped per command.
    • The IF EXISTS option is an extension.
    • The ability to specify argument modes and names is an
-     extension, and the lookup rules differ when modes are given.
    Prev Up Next
    DROP POLICY Home DROP PUBLICATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+     extension, and the lookup rules differ when modes are given.
    Prev Up Next
    DROP POLICY Home DROP PUBLICATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html index b84eacf..f0350fb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP PUBLICATION
    DROP PUBLICATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP PUBLICATION

    DROP PUBLICATION — remove a publication

    Synopsis

    +DROP PUBLICATION
    DROP PUBLICATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP PUBLICATION
    DROP PUBLICATION — remove a publication
    Synopsis
     DROP PUBLICATION [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP PUBLICATION removes an existing publication from
@@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ DROP PUBLICATION mypublication;

    Compatibility

    DROP PUBLICATION is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP PROCEDURE Home DROP ROLE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP PROCEDURE Home DROP ROLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html index 4cdd267..44ec2ed 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP ROLE
    DROP ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP ROLE

    DROP ROLE — remove a database role

    Synopsis

    +DROP ROLE
    DROP ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP ROLE
    DROP ROLE — remove a database role
    Synopsis
     DROP ROLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
    Description
    
    DROP ROLE removes the specified role(s).
@@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ DROP ROLE jonathan;
    The SQL standard defines DROP ROLE, but it allows
    only one role to be dropped at a time, and it specifies different
    privilege requirements than PostgreSQL uses.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP PUBLICATION Home DROP ROUTINE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP PUBLICATION Home DROP ROUTINE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html index bdee1c9..44d1e94 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP ROUTINE
    DROP ROUTINE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP ROUTINE

    DROP ROUTINE — remove a routine

    Synopsis

    +DROP ROUTINE
    DROP ROUTINE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP ROUTINE
    DROP ROUTINE — remove a routine
    Synopsis
     DROP ROUTINE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ DROP ROUTINE foo(integer);
    
    • The standard only allows one routine to be dropped per command.
    • The IF EXISTS option is an extension.
    • The ability to specify argument modes and names is an
      extension, and the lookup rules differ when modes are given.
    • User-definable aggregate functions are an extension.
    See Also
    DROP AGGREGATE, DROP FUNCTION, DROP PROCEDURE, ALTER ROUTINE
    
    Note that there is no CREATE ROUTINE command.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP ROLE Home DROP RULE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP ROLE Home DROP RULE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html index 424e42a..3ba721d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP RULE
    DROP RULE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP RULE

    DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule

    Synopsis

    +DROP RULE
    DROP RULE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP RULE
    DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule
    Synopsis
     DROP RULE [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP RULE drops a rewrite rule.
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ DROP RULE newrule ON mytable;
    DROP RULE is a
    PostgreSQL language extension, as is the
    entire query rewrite system.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP ROUTINE Home DROP SCHEMA
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP ROUTINE Home DROP SCHEMA
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html index e5bfb74..384d34d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP SCHEMA
    DROP SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP SCHEMA

    DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema

    Synopsis

    +DROP SCHEMA
    DROP SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP SCHEMA
    DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema
    Synopsis
     DROP SCHEMA [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP SCHEMA removes schemas from the database.
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ DROP SCHEMA mystuff CASCADE;
    dropped per command, and apart from the
    IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP RULE Home DROP SEQUENCE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP RULE Home DROP SEQUENCE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html index 1673ead..a7060cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP SEQUENCE
    DROP SEQUENCE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP SEQUENCE

    DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence

    Synopsis

    +DROP SEQUENCE
    DROP SEQUENCE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP SEQUENCE
    DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence
    Synopsis
     DROP SEQUENCE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP SEQUENCE removes sequence number
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ DROP SEQUENCE serial;
    sequence to be dropped per command, and apart from the
    IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP SCHEMA Home DROP SERVER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP SCHEMA Home DROP SERVER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html index a5de23e..af0f50f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP SERVER
    DROP SERVER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP SERVER

    DROP SERVER — remove a foreign server descriptor

    Synopsis

    +DROP SERVER
    DROP SERVER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP SERVER
    DROP SERVER — remove a foreign server descriptor
    Synopsis
     DROP SERVER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP SERVER removes an existing foreign server
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ DROP SERVER IF EXISTS foo;
    DROP SERVER conforms to ISO/IEC 9075-9
    (SQL/MED).  The IF EXISTS clause is
    a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP SEQUENCE Home DROP STATISTICS
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP SEQUENCE Home DROP STATISTICS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html index 0e9c5fa..4bd302b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP STATISTICS
    DROP STATISTICS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP STATISTICS

    DROP STATISTICS — remove extended statistics

    Synopsis

    +DROP STATISTICS
    DROP STATISTICS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP STATISTICS
    DROP STATISTICS — remove extended statistics
    Synopsis
     DROP STATISTICS [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP STATISTICS removes statistics object(s) from the
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ DROP STATISTICS IF EXISTS
     public.grants_user_role;

    Compatibility

    There is no DROP STATISTICS command in the SQL standard. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP SERVER Home DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP SERVER Home DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html index a39c4fd..246a4e9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP SUBSCRIPTION

    DROP SUBSCRIPTION — remove a subscription

    Synopsis

    +DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION — remove a subscription
    Synopsis
     DROP SUBSCRIPTION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION removes a subscription from the
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ DROP SUBSCRIPTION mysub;

    Compatibility

    DROP SUBSCRIPTION is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP STATISTICS Home DROP TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP STATISTICS Home DROP TABLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html index c8943aa..62527d7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TABLE
    DROP TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TABLE

    DROP TABLE — remove a table

    Synopsis

    +DROP TABLE
    DROP TABLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TABLE
    DROP TABLE — remove a table
    Synopsis
     DROP TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TABLE removes tables from the database.
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ DROP TABLE films, distributors;
    allows one table to be dropped per command, and apart from the
    IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION Home DROP TABLESPACE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP SUBSCRIPTION Home DROP TABLESPACE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html index 2ac0f9f..5cb23a7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TABLESPACE
    DROP TABLESPACE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TABLESPACE

    DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace

    Synopsis

    +DROP TABLESPACE
    DROP TABLESPACE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TABLESPACE
    DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace
    Synopsis
     DROP TABLESPACE [ IF EXISTS ] name
 
    Description
    
    DROP TABLESPACE removes a tablespace from the system.
@@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ DROP TABLESPACE mystuff;

    Compatibility

    DROP TABLESPACE is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP TABLE Home DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP TABLE Home DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html index 954f26f..14acbac 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TRANSFORM
    DROP TRANSFORM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TRANSFORM

    DROP TRANSFORM — remove a transform

    Synopsis

    +DROP TRANSFORM
    DROP TRANSFORM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TRANSFORM
    DROP TRANSFORM — remove a transform
    Synopsis
     DROP TRANSFORM [ IF EXISTS ] FOR type_name LANGUAGE lang_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TRANSFORM removes a previously defined transform.
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ DROP TRANSFORM FOR hstore LANGUAGE plpython3u;

    Compatibility

    This form of DROP TRANSFORM is a PostgreSQL extension. See CREATE TRANSFORM for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE Home DROP TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE Home DROP TRIGGER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html index 0149446..a5d88a4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TRIGGER
    DROP TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TRIGGER

    DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger

    Synopsis

    +DROP TRIGGER
    DROP TRIGGER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TRIGGER
    DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger
    Synopsis
     DROP TRIGGER [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TRIGGER removes an existing
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ DROP TRIGGER if_dist_exists ON films;
    standard.  In the SQL standard, trigger names are not local to
    tables, so the command is simply DROP TRIGGER
    name.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TRANSFORM Home DROP TYPE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TRANSFORM Home DROP TYPE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html index 5601da6..492324f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION

    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — remove a text search configuration

    Synopsis

    +DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — remove a text search configuration
    Synopsis
     DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION drops an existing text
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION my_english;
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION statement in
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TABLESPACE Home DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TABLESPACE Home DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html index 04d7524..521178f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY

    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — remove a text search dictionary

    Synopsis

    +DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — remove a text search dictionary
    Synopsis
     DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY drops an existing text
@@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY english;
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY statement in the
    SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION Home DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION Home DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html index 8c4f182..b21257d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER

    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER — remove a text search parser

    Synopsis

    +DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER — remove a text search parser
    Synopsis
     DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER drops an existing text search
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER my_parser;
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER statement in the
    SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY Home DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY Home DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html index 7359985..e4599e6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE

    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — remove a text search template

    Synopsis

    +DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — remove a text search template
    Synopsis
     DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE drops an existing text search
@@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE thesaurus;
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE statement in the
    SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER Home DROP TRANSFORM
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER Home DROP TRANSFORM
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html index 3eb4dd7..761052b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP TYPE
    DROP TYPE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP TYPE

    DROP TYPE — remove a data type

    Synopsis

    +DROP TYPE
    DROP TYPE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP TYPE
    DROP TYPE — remove a data type
    Synopsis
     DROP TYPE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP TYPE removes a user-defined data type.
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ DROP TYPE box;
    But note that much of the CREATE TYPE command
    and the data type extension mechanisms in
    PostgreSQL differ from the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TRIGGER Home DROP USER
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TRIGGER Home DROP USER
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html index 1d2a020..686e148 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP USER
    DROP USER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP USER

    DROP USER — remove a database role

    Synopsis

    +DROP USER
    DROP USER
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP USER
    DROP USER — remove a database role
    Synopsis
     DROP USER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
    Description
    
    DROP USER is simply an alternate spelling of
@@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ DROP USER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
    The DROP USER statement is a
    PostgreSQL extension.  The SQL standard
    leaves the definition of users to the implementation.
-  
    See Also
    DROP ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TYPE Home DROP USER MAPPING
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    DROP ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    DROP TYPE Home DROP USER MAPPING
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html index 130d6f4..0eb3be2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP USER MAPPING
    DROP USER MAPPING
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP USER MAPPING

    DROP USER MAPPING — remove a user mapping for a foreign server

    Synopsis

    +DROP USER MAPPING
    DROP USER MAPPING
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP USER MAPPING
    DROP USER MAPPING — remove a user mapping for a foreign server
    Synopsis
     DROP USER MAPPING [ IF EXISTS ] FOR { user_name | USER | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | PUBLIC } SERVER server_name
 
    Description
    
    DROP USER MAPPING removes an existing user
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ DROP USER MAPPING IF EXISTS FOR bob SERVER foo;
    DROP USER MAPPING conforms to ISO/IEC 9075-9
    (SQL/MED).  The IF EXISTS clause is
    a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP USER Home DROP VIEW
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP USER Home DROP VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html index 2e49c49..ad7c600 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -DROP VIEW
    DROP VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    DROP VIEW

    DROP VIEW — remove a view

    Synopsis

    +DROP VIEW
    DROP VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    DROP VIEW
    DROP VIEW — remove a view
    Synopsis
     DROP VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
    DROP VIEW drops an existing view.  To execute
@@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ DROP VIEW kinds;
    allows one view to be dropped per command, and apart from the
    IF EXISTS option, which is a PostgreSQL
    extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP USER MAPPING Home END
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP USER MAPPING Home END
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html index c4812ae..96d5689 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -END
    END
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    END

    END — commit the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +END
    END
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    END
    END — commit the current transaction
    Synopsis
     END [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ AND [ NO ] CHAIN ]
 
    Description
    
    END commits the current transaction. All changes
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ END;
    END is a PostgreSQL
    extension that provides functionality equivalent to COMMIT, which is
    specified in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    DROP VIEW Home EXECUTE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    DROP VIEW Home EXECUTE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html index 2fceabe..da3dbf0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -EXECUTE
    EXECUTE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    EXECUTE

    EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement

    Synopsis

    +EXECUTE
    EXECUTE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    EXECUTE
    EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement
    Synopsis
     EXECUTE name [ ( parameter [, ...] ) ]
 
    Description
    
    EXECUTE is used to execute a previously prepared
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ EXECUTE name [ ( EXECUTE statement also uses a somewhat different
    syntax.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    END Home EXPLAIN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    END Home EXPLAIN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html index f5c5f9f..d4fcc82 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -EXPLAIN
    EXPLAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    EXPLAIN

    EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement

    Synopsis

    +EXPLAIN
    EXPLAIN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    EXPLAIN
    EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement
    Synopsis
     EXPLAIN [ ( option [, ...] ) ] statement
 EXPLAIN [ ANALYZE ] [ VERBOSE ] statement
 
@@ -303,4 +303,4 @@ EXPLAIN ANALYZE EXECUTE query(100, 200);
    in the table has not changed.
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no EXPLAIN statement defined in the SQL standard.
-  
    See Also
    ANALYZE
    Prev Up Next
    EXECUTE Home FETCH
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    ANALYZE
    Prev Up Next
    EXECUTE Home FETCH
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html index 0f86f9a..6262ac0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -4.2. Value Expressions
    4.2. Value Expressions
    Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    4.1. Lexical Structure Home 4.3. Calling Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    4.1. Lexical Structure Home 4.3. Calling Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html index e105480..4a5b5f0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -FETCH
    FETCH
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    FETCH

    FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor

    Synopsis

    +FETCH
    FETCH
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    FETCH
    FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor
    Synopsis
     FETCH [ direction ] [ FROM | IN ] cursor_name
 
 where direction can be one of:
@@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ COMMIT WORK;
    The SQL standard allows only FROM preceding the cursor
    name; the option to use IN, or to leave them out altogether, is
    an extension.
-  
    See Also
    CLOSE, DECLARE, MOVE
    Prev Up Next
    EXPLAIN Home GRANT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CLOSE, DECLARE, MOVE
    Prev Up Next
    EXPLAIN Home GRANT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html index 4641786..79d6a45 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -GRANT
    GRANT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    GRANT

    GRANT — define access privileges

    Synopsis

    +GRANT
    GRANT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    GRANT
    GRANT — define access privileges
    Synopsis
     GRANT { { SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | TRUNCATE | REFERENCES | TRIGGER }
     [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
     ON { [ TABLE ] table_name [, ...]
@@ -315,4 +315,4 @@ GRANT admins TO joe;
     Privileges on databases, tablespaces, schemas, languages, and
     configuration parameters are
     PostgreSQL extensions.
-   
    Prev Up Next
    FETCH Home IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    FETCH Home IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html index 9736f1f..e1ecfde 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA

    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA — import table definitions from a foreign server

    Synopsis

    +IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA — import table definitions from a foreign server
    Synopsis
     IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA remote_schema
     [ { LIMIT TO | EXCEPT } ( table_name [, ...] ) ]
     FROM SERVER server_name
@@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA foreign_films LIMIT TO (actors, directors)
    The IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA command conforms to the
    SQL standard, except that the OPTIONS
    clause is a PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    GRANT Home INSERT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    GRANT Home INSERT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html index e340201..b67ae1e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -INSERT
    INSERT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    INSERT

    INSERT — create new rows in a table

    Synopsis

    +INSERT
    INSERT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    INSERT
    INSERT — create new rows in a table
    Synopsis
     [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 INSERT INTO table_name [ AS alias ] [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ OVERRIDING { SYSTEM | USER } VALUE ]
@@ -485,4 +485,4 @@ INSERT INTO distributors (did, dname) VALUES (10, 'Conrad International')
   
    
    Possible limitations of the query clause are documented under
    SELECT.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA Home LISTEN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA Home LISTEN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html index f40cfb1..563ea6c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Appendix C. SQL Key Words
    Appendix C. SQL Key Words
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix C. SQL Key Words

    +Appendix C. SQL Key Words

    Appendix C. SQL Key Words
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

    Appendix C. SQL Key Words

    Table C.1 lists all tokens that are key words in the SQL standard and in PostgreSQL - 15.6. Background information can be found in Section 4.1.1. + 15.7. Background information can be found in Section 4.1.1. (For space reasons, only the latest two versions of the SQL standard, and SQL-92 for historical comparison, are included. The differences between those and the other intermediate standard versions are small.) @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ reserved in PostgreSQL does not mean that the feature related to the word is not implemented. Conversely, the presence of a key word does not indicate the existence of a feature. -

    Table C.1. SQL Key Words

    Key WordPostgreSQLSQL:2016SQL:2011SQL-92
    A non-reservednon-reserved 
    ABORTnon-reserved   
    ABS reservedreserved 
    ABSENT reservednon-reserved 
    ABSOLUTEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ACCESSnon-reserved   
    ACCORDING non-reservednon-reserved 
    ACOS reserved  
    ACTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ADA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    ADDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ADMINnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    AFTERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    AGGREGATEnon-reserved   
    ALLreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ALLOCATE reservedreservedreserved
    ALSOnon-reserved   
    ALTERnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ALWAYSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ANALYSEreserved   
    ANALYZEreserved   
    ANDreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ANYreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ARE reservedreservedreserved
    ARRAYreserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    ARRAY_AGG reservedreserved 
    ARRAY_​MAX_​CARDINALITY reservedreserved 
    ASreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ASCreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ASENSITIVEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ASIN reserved  
    ASSERTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ASSIGNMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ASYMMETRICreservedreservedreserved 
    ATnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ATAN reserved  
    ATOMICnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ATTACHnon-reserved   
    ATTRIBUTEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ATTRIBUTES non-reservednon-reserved 
    AUTHORIZATIONreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    AVG reservedreservedreserved
    BACKWARDnon-reserved   
    BASE64 non-reservednon-reserved 
    BEFOREnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    BEGINnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    BEGIN_FRAME reservedreserved 
    BEGIN_PARTITION reservedreserved 
    BERNOULLI non-reservednon-reserved 
    BETWEENnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    BIGINTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    BINARYreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    BITnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)  reserved
    BIT_LENGTH   reserved
    BLOB reservedreserved 
    BLOCKED non-reservednon-reserved 
    BOM non-reservednon-reserved 
    BOOLEANnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    BOTHreservedreservedreservedreserved
    BREADTHnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    BYnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    C non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CACHEnon-reserved   
    CALLnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    CALLEDnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    CARDINALITY reservedreserved 
    CASCADEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CASCADEDnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CASEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CASTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CATALOGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CATALOG_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CEIL reservedreserved 
    CEILING reservedreserved 
    CHAINnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    CHAINING non-reserved  
    CHARnon-reserved (cannot be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    CHARACTERnon-reserved (cannot be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    CHARACTERISTICSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    CHARACTERS non-reservednon-reserved 
    CHARACTER_LENGTH reservedreservedreserved
    CHARACTER_​SET_​CATALOG non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CHARACTER_SET_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CHARACTER_SET_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CHAR_LENGTH reservedreservedreserved
    CHECKreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CHECKPOINTnon-reserved   
    CLASSnon-reserved   
    CLASSIFIER reserved  
    CLASS_ORIGIN non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CLOB reservedreserved 
    CLOSEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CLUSTERnon-reserved   
    COALESCEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    COBOL non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLATEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    COLLATIONreserved (can be function or type)non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    COLLATION_CATALOG non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLATION_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLATION_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLECT reservedreserved 
    COLUMNreservedreservedreservedreserved
    COLUMNSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    COLUMN_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COMMAND_FUNCTION non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COMMAND_​FUNCTION_​CODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    COMMENTnon-reserved   
    COMMENTSnon-reserved   
    COMMITnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    COMMITTEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COMPRESSIONnon-reserved   
    CONCURRENTLYreserved (can be function or type)   
    CONDITION reservedreserved 
    CONDITIONAL non-reserved  
    CONDITION_NUMBER non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONFIGURATIONnon-reserved   
    CONFLICTnon-reserved   
    CONNECT reservedreservedreserved
    CONNECTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CONNECTION_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRAINTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CONSTRAINTSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CONSTRAINT_CATALOG non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRAINT_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRUCTOR non-reservednon-reserved 
    CONTAINS reservedreserved 
    CONTENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    CONTINUEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CONTROL non-reservednon-reserved 
    CONVERSIONnon-reserved   
    CONVERT reservedreservedreserved
    COPYnon-reservedreserved  
    CORR reservedreserved 
    CORRESPONDING reservedreservedreserved
    COS reserved  
    COSH reserved  
    COSTnon-reserved   
    COUNT reservedreservedreserved
    COVAR_POP reservedreserved 
    COVAR_SAMP reservedreserved 
    CREATEreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    CROSSreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    CSVnon-reserved   
    CUBEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    CUME_DIST reservedreserved 
    CURRENTnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_CATALOGreservedreservedreserved 
    CURRENT_DATEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_​DEFAULT_​TRANSFORM_​GROUP reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_PATH reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_ROLEreservedreservedreserved 
    CURRENT_ROW reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_SCHEMAreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_TIMEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_TIMESTAMPreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_​TRANSFORM_​GROUP_​FOR_​TYPE reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_USERreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURSORnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURSOR_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CYCLEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    DATAnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DATABASEnon-reserved   
    DATALINK reservedreserved 
    DATE reservedreservedreserved
    DATETIME_​INTERVAL_​CODE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DATETIME_​INTERVAL_​PRECISION non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DAYnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    DB non-reservednon-reserved 
    DEALLOCATEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DECnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    DECFLOAT reserved  
    DECIMALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    DECLAREnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DEFAULTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    DEFAULTSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DEFERRABLEreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DEFERREDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DEFINE reserved  
    DEFINED non-reservednon-reserved 
    DEFINERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DEGREE non-reservednon-reserved 
    DELETEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DELIMITERnon-reserved   
    DELIMITERSnon-reserved   
    DENSE_RANK reservedreserved 
    DEPENDSnon-reserved   
    DEPTHnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DEREF reservedreserved 
    DERIVED non-reservednon-reserved 
    DESCreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DESCRIBE reservedreservedreserved
    DESCRIPTOR non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DETACHnon-reserved   
    DETERMINISTIC reservedreserved 
    DIAGNOSTICS non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DICTIONARYnon-reserved   
    DISABLEnon-reserved   
    DISCARDnon-reserved   
    DISCONNECT reservedreservedreserved
    DISPATCH non-reservednon-reserved 
    DISTINCTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    DLNEWCOPY reservedreserved 
    DLPREVIOUSCOPY reservedreserved 
    DLURLCOMPLETE reservedreserved 
    DLURLCOMPLETEONLY reservedreserved 
    DLURLCOMPLETEWRITE reservedreserved 
    DLURLPATH reservedreserved 
    DLURLPATHONLY reservedreserved 
    DLURLPATHWRITE reservedreserved 
    DLURLSCHEME reservedreserved 
    DLURLSERVER reservedreserved 
    DLVALUE reservedreserved 
    DOreserved   
    DOCUMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DOMAINnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DOUBLEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DROPnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DYNAMIC reservedreserved 
    DYNAMIC_FUNCTION non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DYNAMIC_​FUNCTION_​CODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    EACHnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ELEMENT reservedreserved 
    ELSEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    EMPTY reservednon-reserved 
    ENABLEnon-reserved   
    ENCODINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ENCRYPTEDnon-reserved   
    ENDreservedreservedreservedreserved
    END-EXEC reservedreservedreserved
    END_FRAME reservedreserved 
    END_PARTITION reservedreserved 
    ENFORCED non-reservednon-reserved 
    ENUMnon-reserved   
    EQUALS reservedreserved 
    ERROR non-reserved  
    ESCAPEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    EVENTnon-reserved   
    EVERY reservedreserved 
    EXCEPTreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    EXCEPTION   reserved
    EXCLUDEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    EXCLUDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    EXCLUSIVEnon-reserved   
    EXEC reservedreservedreserved
    EXECUTEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    EXISTSnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    EXP reservedreserved 
    EXPLAINnon-reserved   
    EXPRESSIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    EXTENSIONnon-reserved   
    EXTERNALnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    EXTRACTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    FALSEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    FAMILYnon-reserved   
    FETCHreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    FILE non-reservednon-reserved 
    FILTERnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    FINAL non-reservednon-reserved 
    FINALIZEnon-reserved   
    FINISH non-reserved  
    FIRSTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    FIRST_VALUE reservedreserved 
    FLAG non-reservednon-reserved 
    FLOATnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    FLOOR reservedreserved 
    FOLLOWINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    FORreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    FORCEnon-reserved   
    FOREIGNreservedreservedreservedreserved
    FORMAT non-reserved  
    FORTRAN non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    FORWARDnon-reserved   
    FOUND non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    FRAME_ROW reservedreserved 
    FREE reservedreserved 
    FREEZEreserved (can be function or type)   
    FROMreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    FS non-reservednon-reserved 
    FULFILL non-reserved  
    FULLreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    FUNCTIONnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    FUNCTIONSnon-reserved   
    FUSION reservedreserved 
    G non-reservednon-reserved 
    GENERAL non-reservednon-reserved 
    GENERATEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    GET reservedreservedreserved
    GLOBALnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    GO non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    GOTO non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    GRANTreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    GRANTEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    GREATESTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    GROUPreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    GROUPINGnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    GROUPSnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    HANDLERnon-reserved   
    HAVINGreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    HEADERnon-reserved   
    HEX non-reservednon-reserved 
    HIERARCHY non-reservednon-reserved 
    HOLDnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    HOURnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ID non-reservednon-reserved 
    IDENTITYnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    IFnon-reserved   
    IGNORE non-reservednon-reserved 
    ILIKEreserved (can be function or type)   
    IMMEDIATEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    IMMEDIATELY non-reservednon-reserved 
    IMMUTABLEnon-reserved   
    IMPLEMENTATION non-reservednon-reserved 
    IMPLICITnon-reserved   
    IMPORTnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    INreservedreservedreservedreserved
    INCLUDEnon-reserved   
    INCLUDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    INCREMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    INDENT non-reservednon-reserved 
    INDEXnon-reserved   
    INDEXESnon-reserved   
    INDICATOR reservedreservedreserved
    INHERITnon-reserved   
    INHERITSnon-reserved   
    INITIAL reserved  
    INITIALLYreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    INLINEnon-reserved   
    INNERreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INOUTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    INPUTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    INSENSITIVEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    INSERTnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    INSTANCE non-reservednon-reserved 
    INSTANTIABLE non-reservednon-reserved 
    INSTEADnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    INTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INTEGERnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INTEGRITY non-reservednon-reserved 
    INTERSECTreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    INTERSECTION reservedreserved 
    INTERVALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INTOreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    INVOKERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ISreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    ISNULLreserved (can be function or type), requires AS   
    ISOLATIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    JOINreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    JSON_ARRAY reserved  
    JSON_ARRAYAGG reserved  
    JSON_EXISTS reserved  
    JSON_OBJECT reserved  
    JSON_OBJECTAGG reserved  
    JSON_QUERY reserved  
    JSON_TABLE reserved  
    JSON_TABLE_PRIMITIVE reserved  
    JSON_VALUE reserved  
    K non-reservednon-reserved 
    KEEP non-reserved  
    KEYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    KEYS non-reserved  
    KEY_MEMBER non-reservednon-reserved 
    KEY_TYPE non-reservednon-reserved 
    LABELnon-reserved   
    LAG reservedreserved 
    LANGUAGEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    LARGEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    LASTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    LAST_VALUE reservedreserved 
    LATERALreservedreservedreserved 
    LEAD reservedreserved 
    LEADINGreservedreservedreservedreserved
    LEAKPROOFnon-reserved   
    LEASTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    LEFTreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    LEVELnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    LIBRARY non-reservednon-reserved 
    LIKEreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    LIKE_REGEX reservedreserved 
    LIMITreserved, requires ASnon-reservednon-reserved 
    LINK non-reservednon-reserved 
    LISTAGG reserved  
    LISTENnon-reserved   
    LN reservedreserved 
    LOADnon-reserved   
    LOCALnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    LOCALTIMEreservedreservedreserved 
    LOCALTIMESTAMPreservedreservedreserved 
    LOCATIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    LOCATOR non-reservednon-reserved 
    LOCKnon-reserved   
    LOCKEDnon-reserved   
    LOG reserved  
    LOG10 reserved  
    LOGGEDnon-reserved   
    LOWER reservedreservedreserved
    M non-reservednon-reserved 
    MAP non-reservednon-reserved 
    MAPPINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MATCHnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    MATCHEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MATCHES reserved  
    MATCH_NUMBER reserved  
    MATCH_RECOGNIZE reserved  
    MATERIALIZEDnon-reserved   
    MAX reservedreservedreserved
    MAXVALUEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MEASURES reserved  
    MEMBER reservedreserved 
    MERGEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    MESSAGE_LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    MESSAGE_TEXT non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    METHODnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    MIN reservedreservedreserved
    MINUTEnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    MINVALUEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MOD reservedreserved 
    MODEnon-reserved   
    MODIFIES reservedreserved 
    MODULE reservedreservedreserved
    MONTHnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    MORE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    MOVEnon-reserved   
    MULTISET reservedreserved 
    MUMPS non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NAMEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NAMESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    NAMESPACE non-reservednon-reserved 
    NATIONALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NATURALreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NCHARnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NCLOB reservedreserved 
    NESTED non-reserved  
    NESTING non-reservednon-reserved 
    NEWnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    NEXTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    NFCnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NFDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NFKCnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NFKDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NIL non-reservednon-reserved 
    NOnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    NONEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    NORMALIZEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    NORMALIZEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NOTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    NOTHINGnon-reserved   
    NOTIFYnon-reserved   
    NOTNULLreserved (can be function or type), requires AS   
    NOWAITnon-reserved   
    NTH_VALUE reservedreserved 
    NTILE reservedreserved 
    NULLreservedreservedreservedreserved
    NULLABLE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NULLIFnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NULLSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NULL_ORDERING non-reserved  
    NUMBER non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NUMERICnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    OBJECTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OCCURRENCE non-reserved  
    OCCURRENCES_REGEX reservedreserved 
    OCTETS non-reservednon-reserved 
    OCTET_LENGTH reservedreservedreserved
    OFnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    OFFnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OFFSETreserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    OIDSnon-reserved   
    OLDnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    OMIT reserved  
    ONreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ONE reserved  
    ONLYreservedreservedreservedreserved
    OPEN reservedreservedreserved
    OPERATORnon-reserved   
    OPTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    OPTIONSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ORreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ORDERreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ORDERING non-reservednon-reserved 
    ORDINALITYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OTHERSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OUTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    OUTERreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    OUTPUT non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    OVERnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    OVERFLOW non-reserved  
    OVERLAPSreserved (can be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    OVERLAYnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    OVERRIDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OWNEDnon-reserved   
    OWNERnon-reserved   
    P non-reservednon-reserved 
    PAD non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PARALLELnon-reserved   
    PARAMETERnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    PARAMETER_MODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​ORDINAL_​POSITION non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​SPECIFIC_​CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​SPECIFIC_​NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​SPECIFIC_​SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARSERnon-reserved   
    PARTIALnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PARTITIONnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    PASCAL non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    PASS non-reserved  
    PASSINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    PASSTHROUGH non-reservednon-reserved 
    PASSWORDnon-reserved   
    PAST non-reserved  
    PATH non-reservednon-reserved 
    PATTERN reserved  
    PER reserved  
    PERCENT reservedreserved 
    PERCENTILE_CONT reservedreserved 
    PERCENTILE_DISC reservedreserved 
    PERCENT_RANK reservedreserved 
    PERIOD reservedreserved 
    PERMISSION non-reservednon-reserved 
    PERMUTE reserved  
    PIPE non-reserved  
    PLACINGreservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    PLAN non-reserved  
    PLANSnon-reserved   
    PLI non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    POLICYnon-reserved   
    PORTION reservedreserved 
    POSITIONnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    POSITION_REGEX reservedreserved 
    POWER reservedreserved 
    PRECEDES reservedreserved 
    PRECEDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    PRECISIONnon-reserved (cannot be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    PREPAREnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    PREPAREDnon-reserved   
    PRESERVEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PREV non-reserved  
    PRIMARYreservedreservedreservedreserved
    PRIORnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PRIVATE non-reserved  
    PRIVILEGESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PROCEDURALnon-reserved   
    PROCEDUREnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    PROCEDURESnon-reserved   
    PROGRAMnon-reserved   
    PRUNE non-reserved  
    PTF reserved  
    PUBLIC non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PUBLICATIONnon-reserved   
    QUOTEnon-reserved   
    QUOTES non-reserved  
    RANGEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    RANK reservedreserved 
    READnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    READS reservedreserved 
    REALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    REASSIGNnon-reserved   
    RECHECKnon-reserved   
    RECOVERY non-reservednon-reserved 
    RECURSIVEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REFnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REFERENCESreservedreservedreservedreserved
    REFERENCINGnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REFRESHnon-reserved   
    REGR_AVGX reservedreserved 
    REGR_AVGY reservedreserved 
    REGR_COUNT reservedreserved 
    REGR_INTERCEPT reservedreserved 
    REGR_R2 reservedreserved 
    REGR_SLOPE reservedreserved 
    REGR_SXX reservedreserved 
    REGR_SXY reservedreserved 
    REGR_SYY reservedreserved 
    REINDEXnon-reserved   
    RELATIVEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    RELEASEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    RENAMEnon-reserved   
    REPEATABLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    REPLACEnon-reserved   
    REPLICAnon-reserved   
    REQUIRING non-reservednon-reserved 
    RESETnon-reserved   
    RESPECT non-reservednon-reserved 
    RESTARTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    RESTORE non-reservednon-reserved 
    RESTRICTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    RESULT reservedreserved 
    RETURNnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    RETURNED_CARDINALITY non-reservednon-reserved 
    RETURNED_LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    RETURNED_​OCTET_​LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    RETURNED_SQLSTATE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    RETURNINGreserved, requires ASnon-reservednon-reserved 
    RETURNSnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REVOKEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    RIGHTreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    ROLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ROLLBACKnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ROLLUPnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ROUTINEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ROUTINESnon-reserved   
    ROUTINE_CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    ROUTINE_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    ROUTINE_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    ROWnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    ROWSnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ROW_COUNT non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    ROW_NUMBER reservedreserved 
    RULEnon-reserved   
    RUNNING reserved  
    SAVEPOINTnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    SCALAR non-reserved  
    SCALE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SCHEMAnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SCHEMASnon-reserved   
    SCHEMA_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SCOPE reservedreserved 
    SCOPE_CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    SCOPE_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    SCOPE_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    SCROLLnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    SEARCHnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    SECONDnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    SECTION non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SECURITYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SEEK reserved  
    SELECTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    SELECTIVE non-reservednon-reserved 
    SELF non-reservednon-reserved 
    SEMANTICS non-reserved  
    SENSITIVE reservedreserved 
    SEQUENCEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SEQUENCESnon-reserved   
    SERIALIZABLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SERVERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SERVER_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SESSIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SESSION_USERreservedreservedreservedreserved
    SETnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    SETOFnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    SETSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SHAREnon-reserved   
    SHOWnon-reservedreserved  
    SIMILARreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    SIMPLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SIN reserved  
    SINH reserved  
    SIZE non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SKIPnon-reservedreserved  
    SMALLINTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    SNAPSHOTnon-reserved   
    SOMEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    SORT_DIRECTION non-reserved  
    SOURCE non-reservednon-reserved 
    SPACE non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SPECIFIC reservedreserved 
    SPECIFICTYPE reservedreserved 
    SPECIFIC_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    SQLnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    SQLCODE   reserved
    SQLERROR   reserved
    SQLEXCEPTION reservedreserved 
    SQLSTATE reservedreservedreserved
    SQLWARNING reservedreserved 
    SQRT reservedreserved 
    STABLEnon-reserved   
    STANDALONEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    STARTnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    STATE non-reservednon-reserved 
    STATEMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    STATIC reservedreserved 
    STATISTICSnon-reserved   
    STDDEV_POP reservedreserved 
    STDDEV_SAMP reservedreserved 
    STDINnon-reserved   
    STDOUTnon-reserved   
    STORAGEnon-reserved   
    STOREDnon-reserved   
    STRICTnon-reserved   
    STRING non-reserved  
    STRIPnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    STRUCTURE non-reservednon-reserved 
    STYLE non-reservednon-reserved 
    SUBCLASS_ORIGIN non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SUBMULTISET reservedreserved 
    SUBSCRIPTIONnon-reserved   
    SUBSET reserved  
    SUBSTRINGnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    SUBSTRING_REGEX reservedreserved 
    SUCCEEDS reservedreserved 
    SUM reservedreservedreserved
    SUPPORTnon-reserved   
    SYMMETRICreservedreservedreserved 
    SYSIDnon-reserved   
    SYSTEMnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    SYSTEM_TIME reservedreserved 
    SYSTEM_USER reservedreservedreserved
    T non-reservednon-reserved 
    TABLEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    TABLESnon-reserved   
    TABLESAMPLEreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    TABLESPACEnon-reserved   
    TABLE_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    TAN reserved  
    TANH reserved  
    TEMPnon-reserved   
    TEMPLATEnon-reserved   
    TEMPORARYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    TEXTnon-reserved   
    THENreservedreservedreservedreserved
    THROUGH non-reserved  
    TIESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    TIMEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    TIMESTAMPnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    TIMEZONE_HOUR reservedreservedreserved
    TIMEZONE_MINUTE reservedreservedreserved
    TOreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    TOKEN non-reservednon-reserved 
    TOP_LEVEL_COUNT non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRAILINGreservedreservedreservedreserved
    TRANSACTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    TRANSACTIONS_​COMMITTED non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSACTIONS_​ROLLED_​BACK non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSACTION_ACTIVE non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSFORMnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSFORMS non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSLATE reservedreservedreserved
    TRANSLATE_REGEX reservedreserved 
    TRANSLATION reservedreservedreserved
    TREATnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    TRIGGERnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    TRIGGER_CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRIGGER_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRIGGER_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRIMnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    TRIM_ARRAY reservedreserved 
    TRUEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    TRUNCATEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    TRUSTEDnon-reserved   
    TYPEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    TYPESnon-reserved   
    UESCAPEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    UNBOUNDEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    UNCOMMITTEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    UNCONDITIONAL non-reserved  
    UNDER non-reservednon-reserved 
    UNENCRYPTEDnon-reserved   
    UNIONreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    UNIQUEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    UNKNOWNnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    UNLINK non-reservednon-reserved 
    UNLISTENnon-reserved   
    UNLOGGEDnon-reserved   
    UNMATCHED reserved  
    UNNAMED non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    UNNEST reservedreserved 
    UNTILnon-reserved   
    UNTYPED non-reservednon-reserved 
    UPDATEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    UPPER reservedreservedreserved
    URI non-reservednon-reserved 
    USAGE non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    USERreservedreservedreservedreserved
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​CODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    USINGreservedreservedreservedreserved
    UTF16 non-reserved  
    UTF32 non-reserved  
    UTF8 non-reserved  
    VACUUMnon-reserved   
    VALIDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    VALIDATEnon-reserved   
    VALIDATORnon-reserved   
    VALUEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    VALUESnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    VALUE_OF reservedreserved 
    VARBINARY reservedreserved 
    VARCHARnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    VARIADICreserved   
    VARYINGnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    VAR_POP reservedreserved 
    VAR_SAMP reservedreserved 
    VERBOSEreserved (can be function or type)   
    VERSIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    VERSIONING reservedreserved 
    VIEWnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    VIEWSnon-reserved   
    VOLATILEnon-reserved   
    WHENreservedreservedreservedreserved
    WHENEVER reservedreservedreserved
    WHEREreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    WHITESPACEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    WIDTH_BUCKET reservedreserved 
    WINDOWreserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    WITHreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    WITHINnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    WITHOUTnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    WORKnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    WRAPPERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    WRITEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    XMLnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    XMLAGG reservedreserved 
    XMLATTRIBUTESnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLBINARY reservedreserved 
    XMLCAST reservedreserved 
    XMLCOMMENT reservedreserved 
    XMLCONCATnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLDECLARATION non-reservednon-reserved 
    XMLDOCUMENT reservedreserved 
    XMLELEMENTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLEXISTSnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLFORESTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLITERATE reservedreserved 
    XMLNAMESPACESnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLPARSEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLPInon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLQUERY reservedreserved 
    XMLROOTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    XMLSCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    XMLSERIALIZEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLTABLEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLTEXT reservedreserved 
    XMLVALIDATE reservedreserved 
    YEARnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    YESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ZONEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved

    Prev Up Next
    B.7. Julian Dates Home Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table C.1. SQL Key Words

    Key WordPostgreSQLSQL:2016SQL:2011SQL-92
    A non-reservednon-reserved 
    ABORTnon-reserved   
    ABS reservedreserved 
    ABSENT reservednon-reserved 
    ABSOLUTEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ACCESSnon-reserved   
    ACCORDING non-reservednon-reserved 
    ACOS reserved  
    ACTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ADA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    ADDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ADMINnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    AFTERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    AGGREGATEnon-reserved   
    ALLreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ALLOCATE reservedreservedreserved
    ALSOnon-reserved   
    ALTERnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ALWAYSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ANALYSEreserved   
    ANALYZEreserved   
    ANDreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ANYreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ARE reservedreservedreserved
    ARRAYreserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    ARRAY_AGG reservedreserved 
    ARRAY_​MAX_​CARDINALITY reservedreserved 
    ASreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ASCreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ASENSITIVEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ASIN reserved  
    ASSERTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    ASSIGNMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ASYMMETRICreservedreservedreserved 
    ATnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ATAN reserved  
    ATOMICnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ATTACHnon-reserved   
    ATTRIBUTEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ATTRIBUTES non-reservednon-reserved 
    AUTHORIZATIONreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    AVG reservedreservedreserved
    BACKWARDnon-reserved   
    BASE64 non-reservednon-reserved 
    BEFOREnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    BEGINnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    BEGIN_FRAME reservedreserved 
    BEGIN_PARTITION reservedreserved 
    BERNOULLI non-reservednon-reserved 
    BETWEENnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    BIGINTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    BINARYreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    BITnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)  reserved
    BIT_LENGTH   reserved
    BLOB reservedreserved 
    BLOCKED non-reservednon-reserved 
    BOM non-reservednon-reserved 
    BOOLEANnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    BOTHreservedreservedreservedreserved
    BREADTHnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    BYnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    C non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CACHEnon-reserved   
    CALLnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    CALLEDnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    CARDINALITY reservedreserved 
    CASCADEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CASCADEDnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CASEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CASTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CATALOGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CATALOG_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CEIL reservedreserved 
    CEILING reservedreserved 
    CHAINnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    CHAINING non-reserved  
    CHARnon-reserved (cannot be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    CHARACTERnon-reserved (cannot be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    CHARACTERISTICSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    CHARACTERS non-reservednon-reserved 
    CHARACTER_LENGTH reservedreservedreserved
    CHARACTER_​SET_​CATALOG non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CHARACTER_SET_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CHARACTER_SET_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CHAR_LENGTH reservedreservedreserved
    CHECKreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CHECKPOINTnon-reserved   
    CLASSnon-reserved   
    CLASSIFIER reserved  
    CLASS_ORIGIN non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CLOB reservedreserved 
    CLOSEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CLUSTERnon-reserved   
    COALESCEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    COBOL non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLATEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    COLLATIONreserved (can be function or type)non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    COLLATION_CATALOG non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLATION_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLATION_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COLLECT reservedreserved 
    COLUMNreservedreservedreservedreserved
    COLUMNSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    COLUMN_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COMMAND_FUNCTION non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COMMAND_​FUNCTION_​CODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    COMMENTnon-reserved   
    COMMENTSnon-reserved   
    COMMITnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    COMMITTEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    COMPRESSIONnon-reserved   
    CONCURRENTLYreserved (can be function or type)   
    CONDITION reservedreserved 
    CONDITIONAL non-reserved  
    CONDITION_NUMBER non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONFIGURATIONnon-reserved   
    CONFLICTnon-reserved   
    CONNECT reservedreservedreserved
    CONNECTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CONNECTION_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRAINTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CONSTRAINTSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CONSTRAINT_CATALOG non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRAINT_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CONSTRUCTOR non-reservednon-reserved 
    CONTAINS reservedreserved 
    CONTENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    CONTINUEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    CONTROL non-reservednon-reserved 
    CONVERSIONnon-reserved   
    CONVERT reservedreservedreserved
    COPYnon-reservedreserved  
    CORR reservedreserved 
    CORRESPONDING reservedreservedreserved
    COS reserved  
    COSH reserved  
    COSTnon-reserved   
    COUNT reservedreservedreserved
    COVAR_POP reservedreserved 
    COVAR_SAMP reservedreserved 
    CREATEreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    CROSSreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    CSVnon-reserved   
    CUBEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    CUME_DIST reservedreserved 
    CURRENTnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_CATALOGreservedreservedreserved 
    CURRENT_DATEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_​DEFAULT_​TRANSFORM_​GROUP reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_PATH reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_ROLEreservedreservedreserved 
    CURRENT_ROW reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_SCHEMAreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_TIMEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_TIMESTAMPreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURRENT_​TRANSFORM_​GROUP_​FOR_​TYPE reservedreserved 
    CURRENT_USERreservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURSORnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    CURSOR_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    CYCLEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    DATAnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DATABASEnon-reserved   
    DATALINK reservedreserved 
    DATE reservedreservedreserved
    DATETIME_​INTERVAL_​CODE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DATETIME_​INTERVAL_​PRECISION non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DAYnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    DB non-reservednon-reserved 
    DEALLOCATEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DECnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    DECFLOAT reserved  
    DECIMALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    DECLAREnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DEFAULTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    DEFAULTSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DEFERRABLEreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DEFERREDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DEFINE reserved  
    DEFINED non-reservednon-reserved 
    DEFINERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DEGREE non-reservednon-reserved 
    DELETEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DELIMITERnon-reserved   
    DELIMITERSnon-reserved   
    DENSE_RANK reservedreserved 
    DEPENDSnon-reserved   
    DEPTHnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DEREF reservedreserved 
    DERIVED non-reservednon-reserved 
    DESCreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DESCRIBE reservedreservedreserved
    DESCRIPTOR non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DETACHnon-reserved   
    DETERMINISTIC reservedreserved 
    DIAGNOSTICS non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DICTIONARYnon-reserved   
    DISABLEnon-reserved   
    DISCARDnon-reserved   
    DISCONNECT reservedreservedreserved
    DISPATCH non-reservednon-reserved 
    DISTINCTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    DLNEWCOPY reservedreserved 
    DLPREVIOUSCOPY reservedreserved 
    DLURLCOMPLETE reservedreserved 
    DLURLCOMPLETEONLY reservedreserved 
    DLURLCOMPLETEWRITE reservedreserved 
    DLURLPATH reservedreserved 
    DLURLPATHONLY reservedreserved 
    DLURLPATHWRITE reservedreserved 
    DLURLSCHEME reservedreserved 
    DLURLSERVER reservedreserved 
    DLVALUE reservedreserved 
    DOreserved   
    DOCUMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    DOMAINnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    DOUBLEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DROPnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    DYNAMIC reservedreserved 
    DYNAMIC_FUNCTION non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    DYNAMIC_​FUNCTION_​CODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    EACHnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ELEMENT reservedreserved 
    ELSEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    EMPTY reservednon-reserved 
    ENABLEnon-reserved   
    ENCODINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ENCRYPTEDnon-reserved   
    ENDreservedreservedreservedreserved
    END-EXEC reservedreservedreserved
    END_FRAME reservedreserved 
    END_PARTITION reservedreserved 
    ENFORCED non-reservednon-reserved 
    ENUMnon-reserved   
    EQUALS reservedreserved 
    ERROR non-reserved  
    ESCAPEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    EVENTnon-reserved   
    EVERY reservedreserved 
    EXCEPTreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    EXCEPTION   reserved
    EXCLUDEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    EXCLUDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    EXCLUSIVEnon-reserved   
    EXEC reservedreservedreserved
    EXECUTEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    EXISTSnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    EXP reservedreserved 
    EXPLAINnon-reserved   
    EXPRESSIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    EXTENSIONnon-reserved   
    EXTERNALnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    EXTRACTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    FALSEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    FAMILYnon-reserved   
    FETCHreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    FILE non-reservednon-reserved 
    FILTERnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    FINAL non-reservednon-reserved 
    FINALIZEnon-reserved   
    FINISH non-reserved  
    FIRSTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    FIRST_VALUE reservedreserved 
    FLAG non-reservednon-reserved 
    FLOATnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    FLOOR reservedreserved 
    FOLLOWINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    FORreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    FORCEnon-reserved   
    FOREIGNreservedreservedreservedreserved
    FORMAT non-reserved  
    FORTRAN non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    FORWARDnon-reserved   
    FOUND non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    FRAME_ROW reservedreserved 
    FREE reservedreserved 
    FREEZEreserved (can be function or type)   
    FROMreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    FS non-reservednon-reserved 
    FULFILL non-reserved  
    FULLreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    FUNCTIONnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    FUNCTIONSnon-reserved   
    FUSION reservedreserved 
    G non-reservednon-reserved 
    GENERAL non-reservednon-reserved 
    GENERATEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    GET reservedreservedreserved
    GLOBALnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    GO non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    GOTO non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    GRANTreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    GRANTEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    GREATESTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    GROUPreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    GROUPINGnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    GROUPSnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    HANDLERnon-reserved   
    HAVINGreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    HEADERnon-reserved   
    HEX non-reservednon-reserved 
    HIERARCHY non-reservednon-reserved 
    HOLDnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    HOURnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ID non-reservednon-reserved 
    IDENTITYnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    IFnon-reserved   
    IGNORE non-reservednon-reserved 
    ILIKEreserved (can be function or type)   
    IMMEDIATEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    IMMEDIATELY non-reservednon-reserved 
    IMMUTABLEnon-reserved   
    IMPLEMENTATION non-reservednon-reserved 
    IMPLICITnon-reserved   
    IMPORTnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    INreservedreservedreservedreserved
    INCLUDEnon-reserved   
    INCLUDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    INCREMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    INDENT non-reservednon-reserved 
    INDEXnon-reserved   
    INDEXESnon-reserved   
    INDICATOR reservedreservedreserved
    INHERITnon-reserved   
    INHERITSnon-reserved   
    INITIAL reserved  
    INITIALLYreservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    INLINEnon-reserved   
    INNERreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INOUTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    INPUTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    INSENSITIVEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    INSERTnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    INSTANCE non-reservednon-reserved 
    INSTANTIABLE non-reservednon-reserved 
    INSTEADnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    INTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INTEGERnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INTEGRITY non-reservednon-reserved 
    INTERSECTreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    INTERSECTION reservedreserved 
    INTERVALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    INTOreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    INVOKERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ISreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    ISNULLreserved (can be function or type), requires AS   
    ISOLATIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    JOINreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    JSON_ARRAY reserved  
    JSON_ARRAYAGG reserved  
    JSON_EXISTS reserved  
    JSON_OBJECT reserved  
    JSON_OBJECTAGG reserved  
    JSON_QUERY reserved  
    JSON_TABLE reserved  
    JSON_TABLE_PRIMITIVE reserved  
    JSON_VALUE reserved  
    K non-reservednon-reserved 
    KEEP non-reserved  
    KEYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    KEYS non-reserved  
    KEY_MEMBER non-reservednon-reserved 
    KEY_TYPE non-reservednon-reserved 
    LABELnon-reserved   
    LAG reservedreserved 
    LANGUAGEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    LARGEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    LASTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    LAST_VALUE reservedreserved 
    LATERALreservedreservedreserved 
    LEAD reservedreserved 
    LEADINGreservedreservedreservedreserved
    LEAKPROOFnon-reserved   
    LEASTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    LEFTreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    LEVELnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    LIBRARY non-reservednon-reserved 
    LIKEreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    LIKE_REGEX reservedreserved 
    LIMITreserved, requires ASnon-reservednon-reserved 
    LINK non-reservednon-reserved 
    LISTAGG reserved  
    LISTENnon-reserved   
    LN reservedreserved 
    LOADnon-reserved   
    LOCALnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    LOCALTIMEreservedreservedreserved 
    LOCALTIMESTAMPreservedreservedreserved 
    LOCATIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    LOCATOR non-reservednon-reserved 
    LOCKnon-reserved   
    LOCKEDnon-reserved   
    LOG reserved  
    LOG10 reserved  
    LOGGEDnon-reserved   
    LOWER reservedreservedreserved
    M non-reservednon-reserved 
    MAP non-reservednon-reserved 
    MAPPINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MATCHnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    MATCHEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MATCHES reserved  
    MATCH_NUMBER reserved  
    MATCH_RECOGNIZE reserved  
    MATERIALIZEDnon-reserved   
    MAX reservedreservedreserved
    MAXVALUEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MEASURES reserved  
    MEMBER reservedreserved 
    MERGEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    MESSAGE_LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    MESSAGE_OCTET_LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    MESSAGE_TEXT non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    METHODnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    MIN reservedreservedreserved
    MINUTEnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    MINVALUEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    MOD reservedreserved 
    MODEnon-reserved   
    MODIFIES reservedreserved 
    MODULE reservedreservedreserved
    MONTHnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    MORE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    MOVEnon-reserved   
    MULTISET reservedreserved 
    MUMPS non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NAMEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NAMESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    NAMESPACE non-reservednon-reserved 
    NATIONALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NATURALreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NCHARnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NCLOB reservedreserved 
    NESTED non-reserved  
    NESTING non-reservednon-reserved 
    NEWnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    NEXTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    NFCnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NFDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NFKCnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NFKDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NIL non-reservednon-reserved 
    NOnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    NONEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    NORMALIZEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    NORMALIZEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NOTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    NOTHINGnon-reserved   
    NOTIFYnon-reserved   
    NOTNULLreserved (can be function or type), requires AS   
    NOWAITnon-reserved   
    NTH_VALUE reservedreserved 
    NTILE reservedreserved 
    NULLreservedreservedreservedreserved
    NULLABLE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NULLIFnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    NULLSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    NULL_ORDERING non-reserved  
    NUMBER non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    NUMERICnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    OBJECTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OCCURRENCE non-reserved  
    OCCURRENCES_REGEX reservedreserved 
    OCTETS non-reservednon-reserved 
    OCTET_LENGTH reservedreservedreserved
    OFnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    OFFnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OFFSETreserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    OIDSnon-reserved   
    OLDnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    OMIT reserved  
    ONreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ONE reserved  
    ONLYreservedreservedreservedreserved
    OPEN reservedreservedreserved
    OPERATORnon-reserved   
    OPTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    OPTIONSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ORreservedreservedreservedreserved
    ORDERreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    ORDERING non-reservednon-reserved 
    ORDINALITYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OTHERSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OUTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    OUTERreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    OUTPUT non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    OVERnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    OVERFLOW non-reserved  
    OVERLAPSreserved (can be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    OVERLAYnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    OVERRIDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    OWNEDnon-reserved   
    OWNERnon-reserved   
    P non-reservednon-reserved 
    PAD non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PARALLELnon-reserved   
    PARAMETERnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    PARAMETER_MODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​ORDINAL_​POSITION non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​SPECIFIC_​CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​SPECIFIC_​NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARAMETER_​SPECIFIC_​SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    PARSERnon-reserved   
    PARTIALnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PARTITIONnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    PASCAL non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    PASS non-reserved  
    PASSINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    PASSTHROUGH non-reservednon-reserved 
    PASSWORDnon-reserved   
    PAST non-reserved  
    PATH non-reservednon-reserved 
    PATTERN reserved  
    PER reserved  
    PERCENT reservedreserved 
    PERCENTILE_CONT reservedreserved 
    PERCENTILE_DISC reservedreserved 
    PERCENT_RANK reservedreserved 
    PERIOD reservedreserved 
    PERMISSION non-reservednon-reserved 
    PERMUTE reserved  
    PIPE non-reserved  
    PLACINGreservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    PLAN non-reserved  
    PLANSnon-reserved   
    PLI non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    POLICYnon-reserved   
    PORTION reservedreserved 
    POSITIONnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    POSITION_REGEX reservedreserved 
    POWER reservedreserved 
    PRECEDES reservedreserved 
    PRECEDINGnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    PRECISIONnon-reserved (cannot be function or type), requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    PREPAREnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    PREPAREDnon-reserved   
    PRESERVEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PREV non-reserved  
    PRIMARYreservedreservedreservedreserved
    PRIORnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PRIVATE non-reserved  
    PRIVILEGESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PROCEDURALnon-reserved   
    PROCEDUREnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    PROCEDURESnon-reserved   
    PROGRAMnon-reserved   
    PRUNE non-reserved  
    PTF reserved  
    PUBLIC non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    PUBLICATIONnon-reserved   
    QUOTEnon-reserved   
    QUOTES non-reserved  
    RANGEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    RANK reservedreserved 
    READnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    READS reservedreserved 
    REALnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    REASSIGNnon-reserved   
    RECHECKnon-reserved   
    RECOVERY non-reservednon-reserved 
    RECURSIVEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REFnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REFERENCESreservedreservedreservedreserved
    REFERENCINGnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REFRESHnon-reserved   
    REGR_AVGX reservedreserved 
    REGR_AVGY reservedreserved 
    REGR_COUNT reservedreserved 
    REGR_INTERCEPT reservedreserved 
    REGR_R2 reservedreserved 
    REGR_SLOPE reservedreserved 
    REGR_SXX reservedreserved 
    REGR_SXY reservedreserved 
    REGR_SYY reservedreserved 
    REINDEXnon-reserved   
    RELATIVEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    RELEASEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    RENAMEnon-reserved   
    REPEATABLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    REPLACEnon-reserved   
    REPLICAnon-reserved   
    REQUIRING non-reservednon-reserved 
    RESETnon-reserved   
    RESPECT non-reservednon-reserved 
    RESTARTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    RESTORE non-reservednon-reserved 
    RESTRICTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    RESULT reservedreserved 
    RETURNnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    RETURNED_CARDINALITY non-reservednon-reserved 
    RETURNED_LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    RETURNED_​OCTET_​LENGTH non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    RETURNED_SQLSTATE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    RETURNINGreserved, requires ASnon-reservednon-reserved 
    RETURNSnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    REVOKEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    RIGHTreserved (can be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    ROLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ROLLBACKnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ROLLUPnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    ROUTINEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ROUTINESnon-reserved   
    ROUTINE_CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    ROUTINE_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    ROUTINE_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    ROWnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    ROWSnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    ROW_COUNT non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    ROW_NUMBER reservedreserved 
    RULEnon-reserved   
    RUNNING reserved  
    SAVEPOINTnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    SCALAR non-reserved  
    SCALE non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SCHEMAnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SCHEMASnon-reserved   
    SCHEMA_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SCOPE reservedreserved 
    SCOPE_CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    SCOPE_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    SCOPE_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    SCROLLnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    SEARCHnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    SECONDnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    SECTION non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SECURITYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SEEK reserved  
    SELECTreservedreservedreservedreserved
    SELECTIVE non-reservednon-reserved 
    SELF non-reservednon-reserved 
    SEMANTICS non-reserved  
    SENSITIVE reservedreserved 
    SEQUENCEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SEQUENCESnon-reserved   
    SERIALIZABLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SERVERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SERVER_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SESSIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SESSION_USERreservedreservedreservedreserved
    SETnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    SETOFnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    SETSnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SHAREnon-reserved   
    SHOWnon-reservedreserved  
    SIMILARreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    SIMPLEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    SIN reserved  
    SINH reserved  
    SIZE non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SKIPnon-reservedreserved  
    SMALLINTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    SNAPSHOTnon-reserved   
    SOMEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    SORT_DIRECTION non-reserved  
    SOURCE non-reservednon-reserved 
    SPACE non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    SPECIFIC reservedreserved 
    SPECIFICTYPE reservedreserved 
    SPECIFIC_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    SQLnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    SQLCODE   reserved
    SQLERROR   reserved
    SQLEXCEPTION reservedreserved 
    SQLSTATE reservedreservedreserved
    SQLWARNING reservedreserved 
    SQRT reservedreserved 
    STABLEnon-reserved   
    STANDALONEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    STARTnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    STATE non-reservednon-reserved 
    STATEMENTnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    STATIC reservedreserved 
    STATISTICSnon-reserved   
    STDDEV_POP reservedreserved 
    STDDEV_SAMP reservedreserved 
    STDINnon-reserved   
    STDOUTnon-reserved   
    STORAGEnon-reserved   
    STOREDnon-reserved   
    STRICTnon-reserved   
    STRING non-reserved  
    STRIPnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    STRUCTURE non-reservednon-reserved 
    STYLE non-reservednon-reserved 
    SUBCLASS_ORIGIN non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    SUBMULTISET reservedreserved 
    SUBSCRIPTIONnon-reserved   
    SUBSET reserved  
    SUBSTRINGnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    SUBSTRING_REGEX reservedreserved 
    SUCCEEDS reservedreserved 
    SUM reservedreservedreserved
    SUPPORTnon-reserved   
    SYMMETRICreservedreservedreserved 
    SYSIDnon-reserved   
    SYSTEMnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    SYSTEM_TIME reservedreserved 
    SYSTEM_USER reservedreservedreserved
    T non-reservednon-reserved 
    TABLEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    TABLESnon-reserved   
    TABLESAMPLEreserved (can be function or type)reservedreserved 
    TABLESPACEnon-reserved   
    TABLE_NAME non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    TAN reserved  
    TANH reserved  
    TEMPnon-reserved   
    TEMPLATEnon-reserved   
    TEMPORARYnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    TEXTnon-reserved   
    THENreservedreservedreservedreserved
    THROUGH non-reserved  
    TIESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    TIMEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    TIMESTAMPnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    TIMEZONE_HOUR reservedreservedreserved
    TIMEZONE_MINUTE reservedreservedreserved
    TOreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    TOKEN non-reservednon-reserved 
    TOP_LEVEL_COUNT non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRAILINGreservedreservedreservedreserved
    TRANSACTIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    TRANSACTIONS_​COMMITTED non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSACTIONS_​ROLLED_​BACK non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSACTION_ACTIVE non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSFORMnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSFORMS non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRANSLATE reservedreservedreserved
    TRANSLATE_REGEX reservedreserved 
    TRANSLATION reservedreservedreserved
    TREATnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    TRIGGERnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    TRIGGER_CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRIGGER_NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRIGGER_SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    TRIMnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    TRIM_ARRAY reservedreserved 
    TRUEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    TRUNCATEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    TRUSTEDnon-reserved   
    TYPEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    TYPESnon-reserved   
    UESCAPEnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    UNBOUNDEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    UNCOMMITTEDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    UNCONDITIONAL non-reserved  
    UNDER non-reservednon-reserved 
    UNENCRYPTEDnon-reserved   
    UNIONreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    UNIQUEreservedreservedreservedreserved
    UNKNOWNnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    UNLINK non-reservednon-reserved 
    UNLISTENnon-reserved   
    UNLOGGEDnon-reserved   
    UNMATCHED reserved  
    UNNAMED non-reservednon-reservednon-reserved
    UNNEST reservedreserved 
    UNTILnon-reserved   
    UNTYPED non-reservednon-reserved 
    UPDATEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    UPPER reservedreservedreserved
    URI non-reservednon-reserved 
    USAGE non-reservednon-reservedreserved
    USERreservedreservedreservedreserved
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​CATALOG non-reservednon-reserved 
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​CODE non-reservednon-reserved 
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​NAME non-reservednon-reserved 
    USER_​DEFINED_​TYPE_​SCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    USINGreservedreservedreservedreserved
    UTF16 non-reserved  
    UTF32 non-reserved  
    UTF8 non-reserved  
    VACUUMnon-reserved   
    VALIDnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    VALIDATEnon-reserved   
    VALIDATORnon-reserved   
    VALUEnon-reservedreservedreservedreserved
    VALUESnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    VALUE_OF reservedreserved 
    VARBINARY reservedreserved 
    VARCHARnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreservedreserved
    VARIADICreserved   
    VARYINGnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    VAR_POP reservedreserved 
    VAR_SAMP reservedreserved 
    VERBOSEreserved (can be function or type)   
    VERSIONnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    VERSIONING reservedreserved 
    VIEWnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    VIEWSnon-reserved   
    VOLATILEnon-reserved   
    WHENreservedreservedreservedreserved
    WHENEVER reservedreservedreserved
    WHEREreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    WHITESPACEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    WIDTH_BUCKET reservedreserved 
    WINDOWreserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    WITHreserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    WITHINnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    WITHOUTnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreserved 
    WORKnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    WRAPPERnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    WRITEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved
    XMLnon-reservedreservedreserved 
    XMLAGG reservedreserved 
    XMLATTRIBUTESnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLBINARY reservedreserved 
    XMLCAST reservedreserved 
    XMLCOMMENT reservedreserved 
    XMLCONCATnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLDECLARATION non-reservednon-reserved 
    XMLDOCUMENT reservedreserved 
    XMLELEMENTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLEXISTSnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLFORESTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLITERATE reservedreserved 
    XMLNAMESPACESnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLPARSEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLPInon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLQUERY reservedreserved 
    XMLROOTnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)   
    XMLSCHEMA non-reservednon-reserved 
    XMLSERIALIZEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLTABLEnon-reserved (cannot be function or type)reservedreserved 
    XMLTEXT reservedreserved 
    XMLVALIDATE reservedreserved 
    YEARnon-reserved, requires ASreservedreservedreserved
    YESnon-reservednon-reservednon-reserved 
    ZONEnon-reservednon-reservednon-reservedreserved

    Prev Up Next
    B.7. Julian Dates Home Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html index 026c803..1348cc9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -LISTEN
    LISTEN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    LISTEN

    LISTEN — listen for a notification

    Synopsis

    +LISTEN
    LISTEN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    LISTEN
    LISTEN — listen for a notification
    Synopsis
     LISTEN channel
 
    Description
    
    LISTEN registers the current session as a
@@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ Asynchronous notification "virtual" received from server process with PID 8448.

    Compatibility

    There is no LISTEN statement in the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    NOTIFY, UNLISTEN
    Prev Up Next
    INSERT Home LOAD
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    NOTIFY, UNLISTEN
    Prev Up Next
    INSERT Home LOAD
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html index 348bf67..da14951 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -LOAD
    LOAD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    LOAD

    LOAD — load a shared library file

    Synopsis

    +LOAD
    LOAD
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    LOAD
    LOAD — load a shared library file
    Synopsis
     LOAD 'filename'
 
    Description
    
    This command loads a shared library file into the PostgreSQL
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ LOAD 'filename'
    extension.
   
    See Also
    
    CREATE FUNCTION
-  
    Prev Up Next
    LISTEN Home LOCK
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    LISTEN Home LOCK
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html index 78cb6b4..4e39bcd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -LOCK
    LOCK
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    LOCK

    LOCK — lock a table

    Synopsis

    +LOCK
    LOCK
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    LOCK
    LOCK — lock a table
    Synopsis
     LOCK [ TABLE ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ] [, ...] [ IN lockmode MODE ] [ NOWAIT ]
 
 where lockmode is one of:
@@ -164,4 +164,4 @@ COMMIT WORK;
    PostgreSQL lock modes and the
    LOCK TABLE syntax are compatible with those
    present in Oracle.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    LOAD Home MERGE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    LOAD Home MERGE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-merge.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-merge.html index 373a7a6..97694a9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-merge.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-merge.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -MERGE
    MERGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    MERGE

    MERGE — conditionally insert, update, or delete rows of a table

    Synopsis

    +MERGE
    MERGE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    MERGE
    MERGE — conditionally insert, update, or delete rows of a table
    Synopsis
     [ WITH with_query [, ...] ]
 MERGE INTO [ ONLY ] target_table_name [ * ] [ [ AS ] target_alias ]
 USING data_source ON join_condition
@@ -23,14 +23,16 @@ INSERT [( column_name [, ...] )]
 and merge_update is:
 
 UPDATE SET { column_name = { expression | DEFAULT } |
-             ( column_name [, ...] ) = ( { expression | DEFAULT } [, ...] ) } [, ...]
+             ( column_name [, ...] ) = [ ROW ] ( { expression | DEFAULT } [, ...] ) |
+             ( column_name [, ...] ) = ( sub-SELECT )
+           } [, ...]
 
 and merge_delete is:
 
 DELETE
 
    Description
    
    MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the
-   target_table_name,
+   target table identified as target_table_name,
    using the data_source.
    MERGE provides a single SQL
    statement that can conditionally INSERT,
@@ -39,7 +41,7 @@ DELETE
   
    
    First, the MERGE command performs a join
    from data_source to
-   target_table_name
+   the target table
    producing zero or more candidate change rows.  For each candidate change
    row, the status of MATCHED or NOT MATCHED
    is set just once, after which WHEN clauses are evaluated
@@ -52,7 +54,7 @@ DELETE
    DELETE commands of the same names. The syntax of
    those commands is different, notably that there is no WHERE
    clause and no table name is specified.  All actions refer to the
-   target_table_name,
+   target table,
    though modifications to other tables may be made using triggers.
   
    
    When DO NOTHING is specified, the source row is
@@ -63,24 +65,34 @@ DELETE
    There is no separate MERGE privilege.
    If you specify an update action, you must have the
    UPDATE privilege on the column(s)
-   of the target_table_name
+   of the target table
    that are referred to in the SET clause.
    If you specify an insert action, you must have the INSERT
-   privilege on the target_table_name.
+   privilege on the target table.
    If you specify a delete action, you must have the DELETE
-   privilege on the target_table_name.
+   privilege on the target table.
+   If you specify a DO NOTHING action, you must have
+   the SELECT privilege on at least one column
+   of the target table.
+   You will also need SELECT privilege on any column(s)
+   of the data_source and
+   of the target table referred to
+   in any condition (including join_condition)
+   or expression.
    Privileges are tested once at statement start and are checked
    whether or not particular WHEN clauses are executed.
-   You will require the SELECT privilege on any column(s)
-   of the data_source and
-   target_table_name referred to
-   in any condition or expression.
   
    
    MERGE is not supported if the
-   target_table_name is a
+   target table is a
    materialized view, foreign table, or if it has any
    rules defined on it.
-  
    Parameters
    target_table_name
    
+  
    Parameters
    with_query
    
+      The WITH clause allows you to specify one or more
+      subqueries that can be referenced by name in the MERGE
+      query. See Section 7.8 and SELECT
+      for details.  Note that WITH RECURSIVE is not supported
+      by MERGE.
+     
    target_table_name
    
       The name (optionally schema-qualified) of the target table to merge into.
       If ONLY is specified before the table name, matching
       rows are updated or deleted in the named table only.  If
@@ -107,7 +119,7 @@ DELETE
      
    source_query
    
       A query (SELECT statement or VALUES
       statement) that supplies the rows to be merged into the
-      target_table_name.
+      target table.
       Refer to the SELECT
       statement or VALUES
       statement for a description of the syntax.
@@ -121,21 +133,20 @@ DELETE
       boolean (similar to a WHERE
       clause) that specifies which rows in the
       data_source
-      match rows in the
-      target_table_name.
+      match rows in the target table.
      
    Warning
    
-       Only columns from target_table_name
+       Only columns from the target table
        that attempt to match data_source
        rows should appear in join_condition.
        join_condition subexpressions that
-       only reference target_table_name
+       only reference the target table's
        columns can affect which action is taken, often in surprising ways.
       
    when_clause
    
       At least one WHEN clause is required.
      
    
       If the WHEN clause specifies WHEN MATCHED
       and the candidate change row matches a row in the
-      target_table_name,
+      target table,
       the WHEN clause is executed if the
       condition is
       absent or it evaluates to true.
@@ -143,7 +154,7 @@ DELETE
       Conversely, if the WHEN clause specifies
       WHEN NOT MATCHED
       and the candidate change row does not match a row in the
-      target_table_name,
+      target table,
       the WHEN clause is executed if the
       condition is
       absent or it evaluates to true.
@@ -169,10 +180,10 @@ DELETE
       filled with a default value, either its declared default value
       or null if there is none.
      
    
-      If target_table_name
+      If the target table
       is a partitioned table, each row is routed to the appropriate partition
       and inserted into it.
-      If target_table_name
+      If the target table
       is a partition, an error will occur if any input row violates the
       partition constraint.
      
    
@@ -184,17 +195,17 @@ DELETE
       the source relation, since by definition there is no matching target row.
      
    merge_update
    
       The specification of an UPDATE action that updates
-      the current row of the target_table_name.
+      the current row of the target table.
       Column names may not be specified more than once.
      
    
       Neither a table name nor a WHERE clause are allowed.
      
    merge_delete
    
       Specifies a DELETE action that deletes the current row
-      of the target_table_name.
+      of the target table.
       Do not include the table name or any other clauses, as you would normally
       do with a DELETE command.
      
    column_name
    
-      The name of a column in the target_table_name.  The column name
+      The name of a column in the target table.  The column name
       can be qualified with a subfield name or array subscript, if
       needed.  (Inserting into only some fields of a composite
       column leaves the other fields null.)
@@ -217,17 +228,22 @@ DELETE
       An expression to assign to the column.  If used in a
       WHEN MATCHED clause, the expression can use values
       from the original row in the target table, and values from the
-      data_source row.
+      data_source row.
       If used in a WHEN NOT MATCHED clause, the
-      expression can use values from the data_source.
+      expression can use values from the
+      data_source row.
      
    DEFAULT
    
       Set the column to its default value (which will be NULL
       if no specific default expression has been assigned to it).
-     
    with_query
    
-      The WITH clause allows you to specify one or more
-      subqueries that can be referenced by name in the MERGE
-      query. See Section 7.8 and SELECT
-      for details.
+     
    sub-SELECT
    
+      A SELECT sub-query that produces as many output columns
+      as are listed in the parenthesized column list preceding it.  The
+      sub-query must yield no more than one row when executed.  If it
+      yields one row, its column values are assigned to the target columns;
+      if it yields no rows, NULL values are assigned to the target columns.
+      The sub-query can refer to values from the original row in the target table,
+      and values from the data_source
+      row.
      
    Outputs
    
    On successful completion, a MERGE command returns a command
    tag of the form
@@ -377,4 +393,4 @@ WHEN MATCHED THEN
   
    
     The WITH clause and DO NOTHING
     action are extensions to the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    LOCK Home MOVE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    LOCK Home MOVE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html index 841537a..a483a35 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -MOVE
    MOVE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    MOVE

    MOVE — position a cursor

    Synopsis

    +MOVE
    MOVE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    MOVE
    MOVE — position a cursor
    Synopsis
     MOVE [ direction ] [ FROM | IN ] cursor_name
 
 where direction can be one of:
@@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ CLOSE liahona;
 COMMIT WORK;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no MOVE statement in the SQL standard.
-  
    See Also
    CLOSE, DECLARE, FETCH
    Prev Up Next
    MERGE Home NOTIFY
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    CLOSE, DECLARE, FETCH
    Prev Up Next
    MERGE Home NOTIFY
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html index 2254d47..c305ea4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -NOTIFY
    NOTIFY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    NOTIFY

    NOTIFY — generate a notification

    Synopsis

    +NOTIFY
    NOTIFY
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    NOTIFY
    NOTIFY — generate a notification
    Synopsis
     NOTIFY channel [ , payload ]
 
    Description
    
    The NOTIFY command sends a notification event together
@@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ Asynchronous notification "foo" with payload "payload" received from server proc

    Compatibility

    There is no NOTIFY statement in the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    LISTEN, UNLISTEN
    Prev Up Next
    MOVE Home PREPARE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    LISTEN, UNLISTEN
    Prev Up Next
    MOVE Home PREPARE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html index 0e1f96f..c92db9e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -PREPARE TRANSACTION
    PREPARE TRANSACTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    PREPARE TRANSACTION

    PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit

    Synopsis

    +PREPARE TRANSACTION
    PREPARE TRANSACTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    PREPARE TRANSACTION
    PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
    Synopsis
     PREPARE TRANSACTION transaction_id
 
    Description
    
    PREPARE TRANSACTION prepares the current transaction
@@ -87,4 +87,4 @@ PREPARE TRANSACTION 'foobar';
    external transaction management systems, some of which are covered by
    standards (such as X/Open XA), but the SQL side of those systems is not
    standardized.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    PREPARE Home REASSIGN OWNED
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    PREPARE Home REASSIGN OWNED
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html index 746ec06..deccbd1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -PREPARE
    PREPARE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    PREPARE

    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution

    Synopsis

    +PREPARE
    PREPARE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    PREPARE
    PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
    Synopsis
     PREPARE name [ ( data_type [, ...] ) ] AS statement
 
    Description
    
    PREPARE creates a prepared statement. A prepared
@@ -148,4 +148,4 @@ EXECUTE usrrptplan(1, current_date);
    but it is only for use in embedded SQL. This version of the
    PREPARE statement also uses a somewhat different
    syntax.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    NOTIFY Home PREPARE TRANSACTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    NOTIFY Home PREPARE TRANSACTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html index 921caec..c99e72a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -REASSIGN OWNED
    REASSIGN OWNED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    REASSIGN OWNED

    REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role

    Synopsis

    +REASSIGN OWNED
    REASSIGN OWNED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    REASSIGN OWNED
    REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role
    Synopsis
     REASSIGN OWNED BY { old_role | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER } [, ...]
                TO { new_role | CURRENT_ROLE | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
    Description
    
@@ -39,4 +39,4 @@ REASSIGN OWNED BY { old_role | CURRENT
   
    Compatibility
    
    The REASSIGN OWNED command is a
    PostgreSQL extension.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    PREPARE TRANSACTION Home REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    PREPARE TRANSACTION Home REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html index 0375992..32e6b4c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW

    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW — replace the contents of a materialized view

    Synopsis

    +REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW — replace the contents of a materialized view
    Synopsis
     REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW [ CONCURRENTLY ] name
     [ WITH [ NO ] DATA ]
 
    Description
    
@@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW annual_statistics_basis WITH NO DATA;

    Compatibility

    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    REASSIGN OWNED Home REINDEX
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    REASSIGN OWNED Home REINDEX
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html index 006c607..d734eb3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -REINDEX
    REINDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    REINDEX

    REINDEX — rebuild indexes

    Synopsis

    +REINDEX
    REINDEX
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    REINDEX
    REINDEX — rebuild indexes
    Synopsis
     REINDEX [ ( option [, ...] ) ] { INDEX | TABLE | SCHEMA | DATABASE | SYSTEM } [ CONCURRENTLY ] name
 
 where option can be one of:
@@ -324,4 +324,4 @@ broken_db=> \q
 REINDEX TABLE CONCURRENTLY my_broken_table;
 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no REINDEX command in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW Home RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW Home RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html index 98591e9..0665ee8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    RELEASE SAVEPOINT

    RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint

    Synopsis

    +RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint
    Synopsis
     RELEASE [ SAVEPOINT ] savepoint_name
 
    Description
    
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT destroys a savepoint previously defined
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ COMMIT;
    specifies that the key word SAVEPOINT is
    mandatory, but PostgreSQL allows it to
    be omitted.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    REINDEX Home RESET
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    REINDEX Home RESET
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html index 6bef9f5..beabf70 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -RESET
    RESET
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    RESET

    RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value

    Synopsis

    +RESET
    RESET
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    RESET
    RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value
    Synopsis
     RESET configuration_parameter
 RESET ALL
 
    Description
    
@@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ SET configuration_parameter TO DEFAULT
 RESET timezone;

    Compatibility

    RESET is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    See Also

    SET, SHOW
    Prev Up Next
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT Home REVOKE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    SET, SHOW
    Prev Up Next
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT Home REVOKE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html index fbf1a4a..c85af8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -REVOKE
    REVOKE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    REVOKE

    REVOKE — remove access privileges

    Synopsis

    +REVOKE
    REVOKE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    REVOKE
    REVOKE — remove access privileges
    Synopsis
     REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
     { { SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | TRUNCATE | REFERENCES | TRIGGER }
     [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
@@ -246,4 +246,4 @@ REVOKE admins FROM joe;
     The keyword RESTRICT or CASCADE
     is required according to the standard, but PostgreSQL
     assumes RESTRICT by default.
-   
    Prev Up Next
    RESET Home ROLLBACK
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    RESET Home ROLLBACK
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html index 7253177..c4ea4f7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ROLLBACK PREPARED
    ROLLBACK PREPARED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ROLLBACK PREPARED

    ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit

    Synopsis

    +ROLLBACK PREPARED
    ROLLBACK PREPARED
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ROLLBACK PREPARED
    ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
    Synopsis
     ROLLBACK PREPARED transaction_id
 
    Description
    
    ROLLBACK PREPARED rolls back a transaction that is in
@@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ ROLLBACK PREPARED 'foobar';
    external transaction management systems, some of which are covered by
    standards (such as X/Open XA), but the SQL side of those systems is not
    standardized.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ROLLBACK Home ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ROLLBACK Home ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html index 11cfc96..76b6f7c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT

    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint

    Synopsis

    +ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint
    Synopsis
     ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] TO [ SAVEPOINT ] savepoint_name
 
    Description
    
    Roll back all commands that were executed after the savepoint was
@@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ COMMIT;
    AND [ NO ] CHAIN which is not currently supported by
    PostgreSQL.  Otherwise, this command conforms to
    the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ROLLBACK PREPARED Home SAVEPOINT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ROLLBACK PREPARED Home SAVEPOINT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html index 16232fb..df539b6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ROLLBACK
    ROLLBACK
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    ROLLBACK

    ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +ROLLBACK
    ROLLBACK
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    ROLLBACK
    ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction
    Synopsis
     ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ AND [ NO ] CHAIN ]
 
    Description
    
    ROLLBACK rolls back the current transaction and causes
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ ROLLBACK;

    Compatibility

    The command ROLLBACK conforms to the SQL standard. The form ROLLBACK TRANSACTION is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    Prev Up Next
    REVOKE Home ROLLBACK PREPARED
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    REVOKE Home ROLLBACK PREPARED
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html index 5f9c764..4e48c2b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SAVEPOINT
    SAVEPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SAVEPOINT

    SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +SAVEPOINT
    SAVEPOINT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SAVEPOINT
    SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction
    Synopsis
     SAVEPOINT savepoint_name
 
    Description
    
    SAVEPOINT establishes a new savepoint within
@@ -76,4 +76,4 @@ COMMIT;
    to again become accessible to ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT and
    RELEASE SAVEPOINT.) Otherwise, SAVEPOINT is
    fully SQL conforming.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT Home SECURITY LABEL
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT Home SECURITY LABEL
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html index ef558c2..cbc9348 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SECURITY LABEL
    SECURITY LABEL
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SECURITY LABEL

    SECURITY LABEL — define or change a security label applied to an object

    Synopsis

    +SECURITY LABEL
    SECURITY LABEL
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SECURITY LABEL
    SECURITY LABEL — define or change a security label applied to an object
    Synopsis
     SECURITY LABEL [ FOR provider ] ON
 {
   TABLE object_name |
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ SECURITY LABEL [ FOR provider ] ON
   DATABASE object_name |
   DOMAIN object_name |
   EVENT TRIGGER object_name |
-  FOREIGN TABLE object_name
+  FOREIGN TABLE object_name |
   FUNCTION function_name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] |
   LARGE OBJECT large_object_oid |
   MATERIALIZED VIEW object_name |
@@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ SECURITY LABEL FOR selinux ON TABLE mytable IS NULL;
 
    
   
    Compatibility
    
    There is no SECURITY LABEL command in the SQL standard.
-  
    See Also
    sepgsql, src/test/modules/dummy_seclabel
    Prev Up Next
    SAVEPOINT Home SELECT
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    sepgsql, src/test/modules/dummy_seclabel
    Prev Up Next
    SAVEPOINT Home SELECT
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html index 9f17ba4..88a0207 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SELECT
    SELECT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SELECT

    SELECT, TABLE, WITH — retrieve rows from a table or view

    Synopsis

    +SELECT
    SELECT
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SELECT
    SELECT, TABLE, WITH — retrieve rows from a table or view
    Synopsis
     [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( expression [, ...] ) ] ]
     [ * | expression [ [ AS ] output_name ] [, ...] ]
@@ -1602,4 +1602,4 @@ SELECT 2+2;
     The MATERIALIZED and NOT
     MATERIALIZED options of WITH are extensions
     of the SQL standard.
-
    Prev Up Next
    SECURITY LABEL Home SELECT INTO
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    SECURITY LABEL Home SELECT INTO
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html index e599826..ca5a65b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SELECT INTO
    SELECT INTO
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SELECT INTO

    SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query

    Synopsis

    +SELECT INTO
    SELECT INTO
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SELECT INTO
    SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query
    Synopsis
     [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( expression [, ...] ) ] ]
     * | expression [ [ AS ] output_name ] [, ...]
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ SELECT * INTO films_recent FROM films WHERE date_prod >= '2002-01-01';
    most SQL implementations support CREATE TABLE AS
    instead).  Apart from such compatibility considerations, it is best to use
    CREATE TABLE AS for this purpose in new code.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SELECT Home SET
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SELECT Home SET
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html index 1a07d90..65cc7ee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET CONSTRAINTS
    SET CONSTRAINTS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SET CONSTRAINTS

    SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint check timing for the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +SET CONSTRAINTS
    SET CONSTRAINTS
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SET CONSTRAINTS
    SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint check timing for the current transaction
    Synopsis
     SET CONSTRAINTS { ALL | name [, ...] } { DEFERRED | IMMEDIATE }
 
    Description
    
    SET CONSTRAINTS sets the behavior of constraint
@@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ SET CONSTRAINTS { ALL | name [, ...] }
    Also, PostgreSQL checks non-deferrable
    uniqueness constraints immediately, not at end of statement as the
    standard would suggest.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SET Home SET ROLE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SET Home SET ROLE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html index 458c0f0..5df0393 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET ROLE
    SET ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SET ROLE

    SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session

    Synopsis

    +SET ROLE
    SET ROLE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SET ROLE
    SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session
    Synopsis
     SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] ROLE role_name
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] ROLE NONE
 RESET ROLE
@@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ SELECT SESSION_USER, CURRENT_USER;
    The SESSION and LOCAL modifiers are a
    PostgreSQL extension, as is the
    RESET syntax.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SET CONSTRAINTS Home SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SET CONSTRAINTS Home SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html index b66bf72..a18899a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION

    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session

    Synopsis

    +SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session
    Synopsis
     SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] SESSION AUTHORIZATION user_name
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] SESSION AUTHORIZATION DEFAULT
 RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
@@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ SELECT SESSION_USER, CURRENT_USER;
   
    
    The privileges necessary to execute this command are left
    implementation-defined by the standard.
-  
    See Also
    SET ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    SET ROLE Home SET TRANSACTION
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    SET ROLE
    Prev Up Next
    SET ROLE Home SET TRANSACTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html index 418b273..61f0e7c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET TRANSACTION
    SET TRANSACTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SET TRANSACTION

    SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction

    Synopsis

    +SET TRANSACTION
    SET TRANSACTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SET TRANSACTION
    SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction
    Synopsis
     SET TRANSACTION transaction_mode [, ...]
 SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT snapshot_id
 SET SESSION CHARACTERISTICS AS TRANSACTION transaction_mode [, ...]
@@ -176,4 +176,4 @@ SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT '00000003-0000001B-1';
    The SQL standard requires commas between successive transaction_modes, but for historical
    reasons PostgreSQL allows the commas to be
    omitted.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION Home SHOW
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION Home SHOW
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html index 240d45f..7593bef 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SET
    SET
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SET

    SET — change a run-time parameter

    Synopsis

    +SET
    SET
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SET
    SET — change a run-time parameter
    Synopsis
     SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] configuration_parameter { TO | = } { value | 'value' | DEFAULT }
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] TIME ZONE { value | 'value' | LOCAL | DEFAULT }
 
    Description
    
@@ -152,4 +152,4 @@ SET TIME ZONE 'Europe/Rome';
    PostgreSQL allows more flexible
    time-zone specifications.  All other SET
    features are PostgreSQL extensions.
-  
    See Also
    RESET, SHOW
    Prev Up Next
    SELECT INTO Home SET CONSTRAINTS
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    RESET, SHOW
    Prev Up Next
    SELECT INTO Home SET CONSTRAINTS
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html index c85f1a9..47c4ee2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -SHOW
    SHOW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    SHOW

    SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter

    Synopsis

    +SHOW
    SHOW
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    SHOW
    SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter
    Synopsis
     SHOW name
 SHOW ALL
 
    Description
    
@@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ SHOW ALL;

    Compatibility

    The SHOW command is a PostgreSQL extension. -

    See Also

    SET, RESET
    Prev Up Next
    SET TRANSACTION Home START TRANSACTION
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    SET, RESET
    Prev Up Next
    SET TRANSACTION Home START TRANSACTION
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html index 077dc3b..b6786bc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -START TRANSACTION
    START TRANSACTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    START TRANSACTION

    START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block

    Synopsis

    +START TRANSACTION
    START TRANSACTION
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    START TRANSACTION
    START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block
    Synopsis
     START TRANSACTION [ transaction_mode [, ...] ]
 
 where transaction_mode is one of:
@@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ START TRANSACTION [ transaction_mode [
    omitted.
   
    
    See also the compatibility section of SET TRANSACTION.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    SHOW Home TRUNCATE
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    SHOW Home TRUNCATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html index e87ef77..0b6a65c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -4.3. Calling Functions
    4.3. Calling Functions
    Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next

    4.3. Calling Functions

    4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
    4.3.2. Using Named Notation
    4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

    +4.3. Calling Functions

    4.3. Calling Functions
    Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next

    4.3. Calling Functions

    4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
    4.3.2. Using Named Notation
    4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

    PostgreSQL allows functions that have named parameters to be called using either positional or named notation. Named notation is especially @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ SELECT concat_lower_or_upper('Hello', 'World', uppercase => true); Named and mixed call notations currently cannot be used when calling an aggregate function (but they do work when an aggregate function is used as a window function). -

    Prev Up Next
    4.2. Value Expressions Home Chapter 5. Data Definition
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    4.2. Value Expressions Home Chapter 5. Data Definition
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html index b06c9ec..bd926f4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -4.1. Lexical Structure
    4.1. Lexical Structure
    Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next

    4.1. Lexical Structure

    4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
    4.1.2. Constants
    4.1.3. Operators
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    4.1.5. Comments
    4.1.6. Operator Precedence

    +4.1. Lexical Structure

    4.1. Lexical Structure
    Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next

    4.1. Lexical Structure

    4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
    4.1.2. Constants
    4.1.3. Operators
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    4.1.5. Comments
    4.1.6. Operator Precedence

    SQL input consists of a sequence of commands. A command is composed of a sequence of tokens, terminated by a @@ -644,4 +644,4 @@ SELECT 3 OPERATOR(pg_catalog.+) 4; in “no such operator” failures which can be resolved by adding parentheses. However there are corner cases in which a query might change behavior without any parsing error being reported. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 4. SQL Syntax Home 4.2. Value Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 4. SQL Syntax Home 4.2. Value Expressions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html index b1bcac6..8d813cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
    Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 4. SQL Syntax

    Table of Contents

    4.1. Lexical Structure
    4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
    4.1.2. Constants
    4.1.3. Operators
    4.1.4. Special Characters
    4.1.5. Comments
    4.1.6. Operator Precedence
    4.2. Value Expressions
    4.2.1. Column References
    4.2.2. Positional Parameters
    4.2.3. Subscripts
    4.2.4. Field Selection
    4.2.5. Operator Invocations
    4.2.6. Function Calls
    4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
    4.2.8. Window Function Calls
    4.2.9. Type Casts
    4.2.10. Collation Expressions
    4.2.11. Scalar Subqueries
    4.2.12. Array Constructors
    4.2.13. Row Constructors
    4.2.14. Expression Evaluation Rules
    4.3. Calling Functions
    4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
    4.3.2. Using Named Notation
    4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

    +Chapter 4. SQL Syntax

    Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Part II. The SQL Language Home 4.1. Lexical Structure
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Part II. The SQL Language Home 4.1. Lexical Structure
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html index 3c6bc27..efbbb98 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -TRUNCATE
    TRUNCATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    TRUNCATE

    TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables

    Synopsis

    +TRUNCATE
    TRUNCATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    TRUNCATE
    TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables
    Synopsis
     TRUNCATE [ TABLE ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ] [, ... ]
     [ RESTART IDENTITY | CONTINUE IDENTITY ] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
    Description
    
@@ -116,4 +116,4 @@ TRUNCATE othertable CASCADE;
    meanings.  Some of the concurrency behavior of this command is left
    implementation-defined by the standard, so the above notes should be
    considered and compared with other implementations if necessary.
-  
    See Also
    DELETE
    Prev Up Next
    START TRANSACTION Home UNLISTEN
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    DELETE
    Prev Up Next
    START TRANSACTION Home UNLISTEN
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html index cebd1f2..ba477b3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -UNLISTEN
    UNLISTEN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    UNLISTEN

    UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification

    Synopsis

    +UNLISTEN
    UNLISTEN
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    UNLISTEN
    UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification
    Synopsis
     UNLISTEN { channel | * }
 
    Description
    
    UNLISTEN is used to remove an existing
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ NOTIFY virtual;
 -- no NOTIFY event is received

    Compatibility

    There is no UNLISTEN command in the SQL standard. -

    See Also

    LISTEN, NOTIFY
    Prev Up Next
    TRUNCATE Home UPDATE
    \ No newline at end of file +

    See Also

    LISTEN, NOTIFY
    Prev Up Next
    TRUNCATE Home UPDATE
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html index 76b002f..ff52b28 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -UPDATE
    UPDATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    UPDATE

    UPDATE — update rows of a table

    Synopsis

    +UPDATE
    UPDATE
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    UPDATE
    UPDATE — update rows of a table
    Synopsis
     [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 UPDATE [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [ [ AS ] alias ]
     SET { column_name = { expression | DEFAULT } |
@@ -287,4 +287,4 @@ UPDATE films SET kind = 'Dramatic' WHERE CURRENT OF c_films;
    constructor or a sub-SELECT.  An individual column's
    updated value can be specified as DEFAULT in the
    row-constructor case, but not inside a sub-SELECT.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    UNLISTEN Home VACUUM
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    UNLISTEN Home VACUUM
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html index e823120..ff313e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -VACUUM
    VACUUM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    VACUUM

    VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database

    Synopsis

    +VACUUM
    VACUUM
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    VACUUM
    VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database
    Synopsis
     VACUUM [ ( option [, ...] ) ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 VACUUM [ FULL ] [ FREEZE ] [ VERBOSE ] [ ANALYZE ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 
@@ -255,4 +255,4 @@ VACUUM [ FULL ] [ FREEZE ] [ VERBOSE ] [ ANALYZE ] [ 
    Compatibility
    
    There is no VACUUM statement in the SQL standard.
-  
    Prev Up Next
    UPDATE Home VALUES
    
\ No newline at end of file
+
    Prev Up Next
    UPDATE Home VALUES
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html index 33ef960..7fb6547 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -VALUES
    VALUES
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next

    VALUES

    VALUES — compute a set of rows

    Synopsis

    +VALUES
    VALUES
    Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
    VALUES
    VALUES — compute a set of rows
    Synopsis
     VALUES ( expression [, ...] ) [, ...]
     [ ORDER BY sort_expression [ ASC | DESC | USING operator ] [, ...] ]
     [ LIMIT { count | ALL } ]
@@ -135,4 +135,4 @@ WHERE ip_address IN (VALUES('192.168.0.1'::inet), ('192.168.0.10'), ('192.168.1.
    LIMIT and OFFSET are
    PostgreSQL extensions; see also
    under SELECT.
-  
    See Also
    INSERT, SELECT
    Prev Up Next
    VACUUM Home PostgreSQL Client Applications
    
\ No newline at end of file
+

    See Also

    INSERT, SELECT
    Prev Up Next
    VACUUM Home PostgreSQL Client Applications
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html index e6f289d..20ede27 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part II. The SQL Language
    Part II. The SQL Language
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next

    Part II. The SQL Language

    +Part II. The SQL Language

    Part II. The SQL Language
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.7 DocumentationHome Next

    Part II. The SQL Language

    This part describes the use of the SQL language in PostgreSQL. We start with describing the general syntax of SQL, then @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ using the PostgreSQL interactive terminal psql, but other programs that have similar functionality can be used as well. -

    Table of Contents

    4. SQL Syntax
    4.1. Lexical Structure
    4.2. Value Expressions
    4.3. Calling Functions
    5. Data Definition
    5.1. Table Basics
    5.2. Default Values
    5.3. Generated Columns
    5.4. Constraints
    5.5. System Columns
    5.6. Modifying Tables
    5.7. Privileges
    5.8. Row Security Policies
    5.9. Schemas
    5.10. Inheritance
    5.11. Table Partitioning
    5.12. Foreign Data
    5.13. Other Database Objects
    5.14. Dependency Tracking
    6. Data Manipulation
    6.1. Inserting Data
    6.2. Updating Data
    6.3. Deleting Data
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    7. Queries
    7.1. Overview
    7.2. Table Expressions
    7.3. Select Lists
    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    7.7. VALUES Lists
    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    8. Data Types
    8.1. Numeric Types
    8.2. Monetary Types
    8.3. Character Types
    8.4. Binary Data Types
    8.5. Date/Time Types
    8.6. Boolean Type
    8.7. Enumerated Types
    8.8. Geometric Types
    8.9. Network Address Types
    8.10. Bit String Types
    8.11. Text Search Types
    8.12. UUID Type
    8.13. XML Type
    8.14. JSON Types
    8.15. Arrays
    8.16. Composite Types
    8.17. Range Types
    8.18. Domain Types
    8.19. Object Identifier Types
    8.20. pg_lsn Type
    8.21. Pseudo-Types
    9. Functions and Operators
    9.1. Logical Operators
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    9.4. String Functions and Operators
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    9.7. Pattern Matching
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    9.10. Enum Support Functions
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    9.14. UUID Functions
    9.15. XML Functions
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.18. Conditional Expressions
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    9.21. Aggregate Functions
    9.22. Window Functions
    9.23. Subquery Expressions
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    9.25. Set Returning Functions
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    9.27. System Administration Functions
    9.28. Trigger Functions
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    10. Type Conversion
    10.1. Overview
    10.2. Operators
    10.3. Functions
    10.4. Value Storage
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    11. Indexes
    11.1. Introduction
    11.2. Index Types
    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    11.6. Unique Indexes
    11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    11.8. Partial Indexes
    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    11.11. Indexes and Collations
    11.12. Examining Index Usage
    12. Full Text Search
    12.1. Introduction
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.3. Controlling Text Search
    12.4. Additional Features
    12.5. Parsers
    12.6. Dictionaries
    12.7. Configuration Example
    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    12.10. psql Support
    12.11. Limitations
    13. Concurrency Control
    13.1. Introduction
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.3. Explicit Locking
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    13.6. Caveats
    13.7. Locking and Indexes
    14. Performance Tips
    14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    14.4. Populating a Database
    14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    15. Parallel Query
    15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    15.3. Parallel Plans
    15.4. Parallel Safety
    Prev Up Next
    3.7. Conclusion Home Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table of Contents

    4. SQL Syntax
    4.1. Lexical Structure
    4.2. Value Expressions
    4.3. Calling Functions
    5. Data Definition
    5.1. Table Basics
    5.2. Default Values
    5.3. Generated Columns
    5.4. Constraints
    5.5. System Columns
    5.6. Modifying Tables
    5.7. Privileges
    5.8. Row Security Policies
    5.9. Schemas
    5.10. Inheritance
    5.11. Table Partitioning
    5.12. Foreign Data
    5.13. Other Database Objects
    5.14. Dependency Tracking
    6. Data Manipulation
    6.1. Inserting Data
    6.2. Updating Data
    6.3. Deleting Data
    6.4. Returning Data from Modified Rows
    7. Queries
    7.1. Overview
    7.2. Table Expressions
    7.3. Select Lists
    7.4. Combining Queries (UNION, INTERSECT, EXCEPT)
    7.5. Sorting Rows (ORDER BY)
    7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
    7.7. VALUES Lists
    7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
    8. Data Types
    8.1. Numeric Types
    8.2. Monetary Types
    8.3. Character Types
    8.4. Binary Data Types
    8.5. Date/Time Types
    8.6. Boolean Type
    8.7. Enumerated Types
    8.8. Geometric Types
    8.9. Network Address Types
    8.10. Bit String Types
    8.11. Text Search Types
    8.12. UUID Type
    8.13. XML Type
    8.14. JSON Types
    8.15. Arrays
    8.16. Composite Types
    8.17. Range Types
    8.18. Domain Types
    8.19. Object Identifier Types
    8.20. pg_lsn Type
    8.21. Pseudo-Types
    9. Functions and Operators
    9.1. Logical Operators
    9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
    9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
    9.4. String Functions and Operators
    9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
    9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
    9.7. Pattern Matching
    9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
    9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
    9.10. Enum Support Functions
    9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
    9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
    9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
    9.14. UUID Functions
    9.15. XML Functions
    9.16. JSON Functions and Operators
    9.17. Sequence Manipulation Functions
    9.18. Conditional Expressions
    9.19. Array Functions and Operators
    9.20. Range/Multirange Functions and Operators
    9.21. Aggregate Functions
    9.22. Window Functions
    9.23. Subquery Expressions
    9.24. Row and Array Comparisons
    9.25. Set Returning Functions
    9.26. System Information Functions and Operators
    9.27. System Administration Functions
    9.28. Trigger Functions
    9.29. Event Trigger Functions
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions
    10. Type Conversion
    10.1. Overview
    10.2. Operators
    10.3. Functions
    10.4. Value Storage
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    11. Indexes
    11.1. Introduction
    11.2. Index Types
    11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
    11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
    11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
    11.6. Unique Indexes
    11.7. Indexes on Expressions
    11.8. Partial Indexes
    11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
    11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    11.11. Indexes and Collations
    11.12. Examining Index Usage
    12. Full Text Search
    12.1. Introduction
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.3. Controlling Text Search
    12.4. Additional Features
    12.5. Parsers
    12.6. Dictionaries
    12.7. Configuration Example
    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    12.10. psql Support
    12.11. Limitations
    13. Concurrency Control
    13.1. Introduction
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.3. Explicit Locking
    13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
    13.5. Serialization Failure Handling
    13.6. Caveats
    13.7. Locking and Indexes
    14. Performance Tips
    14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
    14.4. Populating a Database
    14.5. Non-Durable Settings
    15. Parallel Query
    15.1. How Parallel Query Works
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    15.3. Parallel Plans
    15.4. Parallel Safety
    Prev Up Next
    3.7. Conclusion Home Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html index 296aaf9..0997082 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels

    +19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels

    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.11. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels

    It is possible to use SSH to encrypt the network connection between clients and a PostgreSQL server. Done properly, this @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ ssh -L 63333:db.foo.com:5432 joe@shell.foo.com

    Tip

    Several other applications exist that can provide secure tunnels using a procedure similar in concept to the one just described. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption Home 19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption Home 19.12. Registering Event Log on Windows
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html index 7ebcf43..09502cf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL

    19.9.1. Basic Setup
    19.9.2. OpenSSL Configuration
    19.9.3. Using Client Certificates
    19.9.4. SSL Server File Usage
    19.9.5. Creating Certificates

    +19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL

    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL

    19.9.1. Basic Setup
    19.9.2. OpenSSL Configuration
    19.9.3. Using Client Certificates
    19.9.4. SSL Server File Usage
    19.9.5. Creating Certificates

    PostgreSQL has native support for using SSL connections to encrypt client/server communications for increased security. This requires that @@ -261,4 +261,4 @@ openssl x509 -req -in server.csr -text -days 365 \ by a chain of certificates linked to its trusted root certificate. root.key and intermediate.key should be stored offline for use in creating future certificates. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.8. Encryption Options Home 19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.8. Encryption Options Home 19.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with GSSAPI Encryption
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html index 9cff536..afa0b1a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.42. sslinfo
    F.42. sslinfo
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.42. sslinfo

    F.42.1. Functions Provided
    F.42.2. Author

    +F.42. sslinfo

    F.42. sslinfo
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.42. sslinfo

    F.42.1. Functions Provided
    F.42.2. Author

    The sslinfo module provides information about the SSL certificate that the current client provided when connecting to PostgreSQL. The module is useless (most functions @@ -132,4 +132,4 @@ emailAddress

    E-Mail of Cryptocom OpenSSL development group: -

    Prev Up Next
    F.41. spi Home F.43. tablefunc
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.41. spi Home F.43. tablefunc
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html index 0dc08c9..3528ed5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -21.7. SSPI Authentication
    21.7. SSPI Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.7. SSPI Authentication

    +21.7. SSPI Authentication

    21.7. SSPI Authentication
    Prev UpChapter 21. Client AuthenticationHome Next

    21.7. SSPI Authentication

    SSPI is a Windows technology for secure authentication with single sign-on. PostgreSQL will use SSPI in @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ users of any realm can connect, subject to whatever user name mapping is done.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication Home 21.8. Ident Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.6. GSSAPI Authentication Home 21.8. Ident Authentication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html index 10e0544..0714595 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -73.1. Database File Layout
    73.1. Database File Layout
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.1. Database File Layout

    +73.1. Database File Layout

    73.1. Database File Layout
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.1. Database File Layout

    This section describes the storage format at the level of files and directories.

    @@ -130,4 +130,4 @@ The name of a temporary file has the form pgsql_tmpPPP.NNN, where PPP is the PID of the owning backend and NNN distinguishes different temporary files of that backend. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage Home 73.2. TOAST
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage Home 73.2. TOAST
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html index e856f75..d51d8f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -73.3. Free Space Map
    73.3. Free Space Map
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.3. Free Space Map

    +73.3. Free Space Map

    73.3. Free Space Map
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.3. Free Space Map

    Each heap and index relation, except for hash indexes, has a Free Space Map (FSM) to keep track of available space in the relation. It's stored alongside the main relation data in a separate relation fork, @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ See src/backend/storage/freespace/README for more how the FSM is structured, and how it's updated and searched. The pg_freespacemap module can be used to examine the information stored in free space maps. -

    Prev Up Next
    73.2. TOAST Home 73.4. Visibility Map
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.2. TOAST Home 73.4. Visibility Map
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-hot.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-hot.html index c355b7f..0695586 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-hot.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-hot.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)

    +73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)

    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)

    To allow for high concurrency, PostgreSQL uses multiversion concurrency control (MVCC) to store rows. However, @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ new rows will naturally migrate to new pages and existing pages with sufficient free space for new row versions. The system view pg_stat_all_tables allows monitoring of the occurrence of HOT and non-HOT updates. -

    Prev Up Next
    73.6. Database Page Layout Home Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.6. Database Page Layout Home Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html index 48a3c16..e0cfb0f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -73.5. The Initialization Fork
    73.5. The Initialization Fork
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.5. The Initialization Fork

    +73.5. The Initialization Fork

    73.5. The Initialization Fork
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.5. The Initialization Fork

    Each unlogged table, and each index on an unlogged table, has an initialization fork. The initialization fork is an empty table or index of the appropriate type. When an unlogged table must be reset to empty due to a crash, the initialization fork is copied over the main fork, and any other forks are erased (they will be recreated automatically as needed). -

    Prev Up Next
    73.4. Visibility Map Home 73.6. Database Page Layout
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.4. Visibility Map Home 73.6. Database Page Layout
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html index cbe10b6..2527bdd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -73.6. Database Page Layout
    73.6. Database Page Layout
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.6. Database Page Layout

    73.6.1. Table Row Layout

    +73.6. Database Page Layout

    73.6. Database Page Layout
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.6. Database Page Layout

    73.6.1. Table Row Layout

    This section provides an overview of the page format used within PostgreSQL tables and indexes.[17] Sequences and TOAST tables are formatted just like a regular table. @@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ data. Empty in ordinary tables.

    Prev Up Next
    73.5. The Initialization Fork Home 73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.5. The Initialization Fork Home 73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html index b4f693b..2bee9b4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -73.2. TOAST
    73.2. TOAST
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.2. TOAST

    73.2.1. Out-of-Line, On-Disk TOAST Storage
    73.2.2. Out-of-Line, In-Memory TOAST Storage

    +73.2. TOAST

    73.2. TOAST
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.2. TOAST

    73.2.1. Out-of-Line, On-Disk TOAST Storage
    73.2.2. Out-of-Line, In-Memory TOAST Storage

    This section provides an overview of TOAST (The Oversized-Attribute Storage Technique).

    @@ -220,4 +220,4 @@ stored on disk. In-memory TOAST pointers are expanded to normal in-line varlena values before storage — and then possibly converted to on-disk TOAST pointers, if the containing tuple would otherwise be too big. -

    Prev Up Next
    73.1. Database File Layout Home 73.3. Free Space Map
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.1. Database File Layout Home 73.3. Free Space Map
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html index 89bf62a..fe3899e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -73.4. Visibility Map
    73.4. Visibility Map
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.4. Visibility Map

    +73.4. Visibility Map

    73.4. Visibility Map
    Prev UpChapter 73. Database Physical StorageHome Next

    73.4. Visibility Map

    Each heap relation has a Visibility Map (VM) to keep track of which pages contain only tuples that are known to be visible to all active transactions; it also keeps track of which pages contain @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ cleared by any data-modifying operations on a page.

    The pg_visibility module can be used to examine the information stored in the visibility map. -

    Prev Up Next
    73.3. Free Space Map Home 73.5. The Initialization Fork
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    73.3. Free Space Map Home 73.5. The Initialization Fork
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html index f729cff..2ed5b6a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage
    Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage

    Table of Contents

    73.1. Database File Layout
    73.2. TOAST
    73.2.1. Out-of-Line, On-Disk TOAST Storage
    73.2.2. Out-of-Line, In-Memory TOAST Storage
    73.3. Free Space Map
    73.4. Visibility Map
    73.5. The Initialization Fork
    73.6. Database Page Layout
    73.6.1. Table Row Layout
    73.7. Heap-Only Tuples (HOT)

    +Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage

    Chapter 73. Database Physical Storage
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    72.2. Implementation Home 73.1. Database File Layout
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    72.2. Implementation Home 73.1. Database File Layout
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html index 229494d..30cc409 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -17.6. Supported Platforms
    17.6. Supported Platforms
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.6. Supported Platforms

    +17.6. Supported Platforms

    17.6. Supported Platforms
    Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source CodeHome Next

    17.6. Supported Platforms

    A platform (that is, a CPU architecture and operating system combination) is considered supported by the PostgreSQL development community if the code contains provisions to work on that platform and @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ in porting PostgreSQL to a new platform, is the appropriate place to discuss that. -

    Prev Up Next
    17.5. Post-Installation Setup Home 17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    17.5. Post-Installation Setup Home 17.7. Platform-Specific Notes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html index ff09c07..37f9275 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules

    +74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules

    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules

    The key part of a catalog header file is a C structure definition describing the layout of each row of the catalog. This begins with a CATALOG macro, which so far as the C compiler is @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ in pg_attribute, but fortunately genbki.pl handles that chore nowadays.) Avoid making new catalogs be bootstrap catalogs if at all possible. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents Home 74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents Home 74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html index 7d926e2..1a18f78 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data

    74.2.1. Data File Format
    74.2.2. OID Assignment
    74.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
    74.2.4. Automatic Creation of Array Types
    74.2.5. Recipes for Editing Data Files

    +74.2. System Catalog Initial Data

    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data
    Prev UpChapter 74. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next

    74.2. System Catalog Initial Data

    74.2.1. Data File Format
    74.2.2. OID Assignment
    74.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
    74.2.4. Automatic Creation of Array Types
    74.2.5. Recipes for Editing Data Files

    Each catalog that has any manually-created initial data (some do not) has a corresponding .dat file that contains its initial data in an editable format. @@ -401,4 +401,4 @@ $ perl rewrite_dat_with_prokind.pl pg_proc.dat and remove_pg_type_oid_symbols.pl attached to this message: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAJVSVGVX8gXnPm+Xa=DxR7kFYprcQ1tNcCT5D0O3ShfnM6jehA@mail.gmail.com -

    Prev Up Next
    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules Home 74.3. BKI File Format
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    74.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules Home 74.3. BKI File Format
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tableam.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tableam.html index 0ab3db3..a1d4fce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tableam.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tableam.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition

    +Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition

    Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 63. Table Access Method Interface Definition

    This chapter explains the interface between the core PostgreSQL system and table access methods, which manage the storage for tables. The core system @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ the existing heap implementation present in src/backend/access/heap/heapam_handler.c for details of its implementation. -

    Prev Up Next
    62.4. Further Reading Home Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    62.4. Further Reading Home Chapter 64. Index Access Method Interface Definition
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html index dbbf51f..3924835 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.43. tablefunc
    F.43. tablefunc
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.43. tablefunc

    F.43.1. Functions Provided
    F.43.2. Author

    +F.43. tablefunc

    F.43. tablefunc
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.43. tablefunc

    F.43.1. Functions Provided
    F.43.2. Author

    The tablefunc module includes various functions that return tables (that is, multiple rows). These functions are useful both in their own right and as examples of how to write C functions that return @@ -610,4 +610,4 @@ SELECT * FROM connectby('connectby_tree', 'keyid', 'parent_keyid', 'pos', 'row2'

    F.43.2. Author

    Joe Conway -

    Prev Up Next
    F.42. sslinfo Home F.44. tcn
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.42. sslinfo Home F.44. tcn
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html index c61f25f..1d60db2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method

    Table of Contents

    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

    +Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method

    Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method

    Table of Contents

    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

    PostgreSQL's implementation of the TABLESAMPLE clause supports custom table sampling methods, in addition to the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods that are required @@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ method_name(internal) RETURNS tsm_handler the src/backend/access/tablesample subdirectory of the source tree for the built-in sampling methods, and into the contrib subdirectory for add-on methods. -

    Prev Up Next
    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers Home 60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    59.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers Home 60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html index 306f8eb..2497857 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling MethodHome Next

    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

    +60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
    Prev UpChapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling MethodHome Next

    60.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

    The TSM handler function returns a palloc'd TsmRoutine struct containing pointers to the support functions described below. Most of the functions are required, but some are optional, and those pointers can @@ -160,4 +160,4 @@ EndSampleScan (SampleScanState *node); should be cleaned up. This function can be omitted (set the pointer to NULL) in the common case where no such resources exist. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method Home Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 60. Writing a Table Sampling Method Home Chapter 61. Writing a Custom Scan Provider
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html index 705243f..e0574bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.44. tcn
    F.44. tcn
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.44. tcn

    +F.44. tcn

    F.44. tcn
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.44. tcn

    The tcn module provides a trigger function that notifies listeners of changes to any table on which it is attached. It must be used as an AFTER trigger FOR EACH ROW. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ test=# delete from tcndata where a = 1 and b = date '2012-12-22'; DELETE 1 Asynchronous notification "tcn" with payload ""tcndata",D,"a"='1',"b"='2012-12-22'" received from server process with PID 22770.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    F.43. tablefunc Home F.45. test_decoding
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.43. tablefunc Home F.45. test_decoding
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html index b98559b..24f8092 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.45. test_decoding
    F.45. test_decoding
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.45. test_decoding

    +F.45. test_decoding

    F.45. test_decoding
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.45. test_decoding

    test_decoding is an example of a logical decoding output plugin. It doesn't do anything especially useful, but can serve as a starting point for developing your own output plugin. @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ postgres[33712]=#* SELECT * FROM pg_logical_slot_get_changes('test_slot', NULL, 0/16BEBA0 | 503 | closing a streamed block for transaction TXN 503 (10 rows)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    F.44. tcn Home F.46. tsm_system_rows
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.44. tcn Home F.46. tsm_system_rows
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html index 4ab0801..bbe4178 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.7. Configuration Example
    12.7. Configuration Example
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.7. Configuration Example

    +12.7. Configuration Example

    12.7. Configuration Example
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.7. Configuration Example

    A text search configuration specifies all options necessary to transform a document into a tsvector: the parser to use to break text into tokens, and the dictionaries to use to transform each token into a @@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ SHOW default_text_search_config; ---------------------------- public.pg

    -

    Prev Up Next
    12.6. Dictionaries Home 12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.6. Dictionaries Home 12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html index cebf8a4..9b9416c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.3. Controlling Text Search
    12.3. Controlling Text Search
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.3. Controlling Text Search

    12.3.1. Parsing Documents
    12.3.2. Parsing Queries
    12.3.3. Ranking Search Results
    12.3.4. Highlighting Results

    +12.3. Controlling Text Search

    12.3. Controlling Text Search
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.3. Controlling Text Search

    12.3.1. Parsing Documents
    12.3.2. Parsing Queries
    12.3.3. Ranking Search Results
    12.3.4. Highlighting Results

    To implement full text searching there must be a function to create a tsvector from a document and a tsquery from a user query. Also, we need to return results in a useful order, so we need @@ -547,4 +547,4 @@ occurrences to display in the result.', ts_headline uses the original document, not a tsvector summary, so it can be slow and should be used with care. -

    Prev Up Next
    12.2. Tables and Indexes Home 12.4. Additional Features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.2. Tables and Indexes Home 12.4. Additional Features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html index 00a52cc..29cace8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search

    12.8.1. Configuration Testing
    12.8.2. Parser Testing
    12.8.3. Dictionary Testing

    +12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search

    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search

    12.8.1. Configuration Testing
    12.8.2. Parser Testing
    12.8.3. Dictionary Testing

    The behavior of a custom text search configuration can easily become confusing. The functions described in this section are useful for testing text search objects. You can @@ -250,4 +250,4 @@ SELECT plainto_tsquery('supernovae stars'); ----------------- 'sn'

    -

    Prev Up Next
    12.7. Configuration Example Home 12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.7. Configuration Example Home 12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html index c1863c3..45f8de7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.6. Dictionaries
    12.6. Dictionaries
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.6. Dictionaries

    12.6.1. Stop Words
    12.6.2. Simple Dictionary
    12.6.3. Synonym Dictionary
    12.6.4. Thesaurus Dictionary
    12.6.5. Ispell Dictionary
    12.6.6. Snowball Dictionary

    +12.6. Dictionaries

    12.6. Dictionaries
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.6. Dictionaries

    12.6.1. Stop Words
    12.6.2. Simple Dictionary
    12.6.3. Synonym Dictionary
    12.6.4. Thesaurus Dictionary
    12.6.5. Ispell Dictionary
    12.6.6. Snowball Dictionary

    Dictionaries are used to eliminate words that should not be considered in a search (stop words), and to normalize words so that different derived forms of the same word will match. A successfully @@ -658,4 +658,4 @@ CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY english_stem ( at the end of the dictionary list. It is useless to have it before any other dictionary because a token will never pass through it to the next dictionary. -

    Prev Up Next
    12.5. Parsers Home 12.7. Configuration Example
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.5. Parsers Home 12.7. Configuration Example
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html index 62a263c..59a7812 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.4. Additional Features
    12.4. Additional Features
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.4. Additional Features

    12.4.1. Manipulating Documents
    12.4.2. Manipulating Queries
    12.4.3. Triggers for Automatic Updates
    12.4.4. Gathering Document Statistics

    +12.4. Additional Features

    12.4. Additional Features
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.4. Additional Features

    12.4.1. Manipulating Documents
    12.4.2. Manipulating Queries
    12.4.3. Triggers for Automatic Updates
    12.4.4. Gathering Document Statistics

    This section describes additional functions and operators that are useful in connection with text search.

    12.4.1. Manipulating Documents

    @@ -389,4 +389,4 @@ SELECT * FROM ts_stat('SELECT vector FROM apod', 'ab') ORDER BY nentry DESC, ndoc DESC, word LIMIT 10;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    12.3. Controlling Text Search Home 12.5. Parsers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.3. Controlling Text Search Home 12.5. Parsers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html index c10fc90..79354a5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search

    +12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search

    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search

    There are two kinds of indexes that can be used to speed up full text searches: GIN and @@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ servers and collecting external search results, e.g., via Foreign Data access. The latter is possible because ranking functions use only local information. -

    Prev Up Next
    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search Home 12.10. psql Support
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search Home 12.10. psql Support
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html index 730950c..8f9e502 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.1. Introduction
    12.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.1. Introduction

    12.1.1. What Is a Document?
    12.1.2. Basic Text Matching
    12.1.3. Configurations

    +12.1. Introduction

    12.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.1. Introduction

    12.1.1. What Is a Document?
    12.1.2. Basic Text Matching
    12.1.3. Configurations

    Full Text Searching (or just text search) provides the capability to identify natural-language documents that satisfy a query, and optionally to sort them by @@ -336,4 +336,4 @@ SELECT phraseto_tsquery('the cats ate the rats'); parsers and templates, no special privilege is needed to create a new dictionary or configuration. Examples of creating custom dictionaries and configurations appear later in this chapter. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 12. Full Text Search Home 12.2. Tables and Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 12. Full Text Search Home 12.2. Tables and Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html index 1a96d63..2770d63 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.11. Limitations
    12.11. Limitations
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.11. Limitations

    +12.11. Limitations

    12.11. Limitations
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.11. Limitations

    The current limitations of PostgreSQL's text search features are:

    • The length of each lexeme must be less than 2 kilobytes

    • The length of a tsvector (lexemes + positions) must be @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Another example — the PostgreSQL mailing list archives contained 910,989 unique words with 57,491,343 lexemes in 461,020 messages. -

    Prev Up Next
    12.10. psql Support Home Chapter 13. Concurrency Control
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.10. psql Support Home Chapter 13. Concurrency Control
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html index 6b2d994..4ee0544 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.5. Parsers
    12.5. Parsers
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.5. Parsers

    +12.5. Parsers

    12.5. Parsers
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.5. Parsers

    Text search parsers are responsible for splitting raw document text into tokens and identifying each token's type, where the set of possible types is defined by the parser itself. @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ should be treated alike.

    email does not support all valid email characters as - defined by RFC 5322. + defined by RFC 5322. Specifically, the only non-alphanumeric characters supported for email user names are period, dash, and underscore.

    @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ SELECT alias, description, token FROM ts_debug('http://example.com/stuff/index.h host | Host | example.com url_path | URL path | /stuff/index.html

    -

    Prev Up Next
    12.4. Additional Features Home 12.6. Dictionaries
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.4. Additional Features Home 12.6. Dictionaries
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html index ae77ed6..2898a51 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.10. psql Support
    12.10. psql Support
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.10. psql Support

    +12.10. psql Support

    12.10. psql Support
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.10. psql Support

    Information about text search configuration objects can be obtained in psql using a set of commands: 

    @@ -162,4 +162,4 @@ Parser: "pg_catalog.default"
  pg_catalog | synonym   | synonym dictionary: replace word by its synonym
  pg_catalog | thesaurus | thesaurus dictionary: phrase by phrase substitution

    -

    Prev Up Next
    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search Home 12.11. Limitations
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.9. Preferred Index Types for Text Search Home 12.11. Limitations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html index 386dbf3..9535df5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.2. Tables and Indexes

    12.2.1. Searching a Table
    12.2.2. Creating Indexes

    +12.2. Tables and Indexes

    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next

    12.2. Tables and Indexes

    12.2.1. Searching a Table
    12.2.2. Creating Indexes

    The examples in the previous section illustrated full text matching using simple constant strings. This section shows how to search table data, optionally using indexes. @@ -136,4 +136,4 @@ LIMIT 10; important when using a GiST index than a GIN index; see Section 12.9.) The expression-index approach is simpler to set up, however, and it requires less disk space since the tsvector representation is not stored explicitly. -

    Prev Up Next
    12.1. Introduction Home 12.3. Controlling Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    12.1. Introduction Home 12.3. Controlling Text Search
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html index 0a1b9ff..ced3aab 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    11.12. Examining Index Usage Home 12.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    11.12. Examining Index Usage Home 12.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html index fdf2b11..9ae96c3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.2. Transaction Isolation

    13.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level
    13.2.2. Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    13.2.3. Serializable Isolation Level

    +13.2. Transaction Isolation

    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next

    13.2. Transaction Isolation

    13.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level
    13.2.2. Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    13.2.3. Serializable Isolation Level

    The SQL standard defines four levels of transaction isolation. The most strict is Serializable, which is defined by the standard in a paragraph which says that any @@ -537,4 +537,4 @@ ERROR: could not serialize access due to read/write dependencies among transact Some differences in behavior and performance may be observed when compared with other systems that use a traditional locking technique. Please see [ports12] for detailed information. -

    Prev Up Next
    13.1. Introduction Home 13.3. Explicit Locking
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    13.1. Introduction Home 13.3. Explicit Locking
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html index 9379840..35cb3dd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes

    +39.2. Visibility of Data Changes

    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes

    If you execute SQL commands in your trigger function, and these commands access the table that the trigger is for, then you need to be aware of the data visibility rules, because they determine @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@

    Further information about data visibility rules can be found in Section 47.5. The example in Section 39.4 contains a demonstration of these rules. -

    Prev Up Next
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior Home 39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior Home 39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html index f0eae81..5e4f613 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior

    +39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior

    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior

    A trigger is a specification that the database should automatically execute a particular function whenever a certain type of operation is performed. Triggers can be attached to tables (partitioned or not), @@ -312,4 +312,4 @@ that is being used, but the typical approach is to make the transition tables act like read-only temporary tables that can be accessed by SQL commands issued within the trigger function. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 39. Triggers Home 39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 39. Triggers Home 39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html index a753917..d22cab6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example

    +39.4. A Complete Trigger Example

    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example

    Here is a very simple example of a trigger function written in C. (Examples of triggers written in procedural languages can be found in the documentation of the procedural languages.) @@ -177,4 +177,4 @@ DELETE 2 There are more complex examples in src/test/regress/regress.c and in spi. -

    Prev Up Next
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C Home Chapter 40. Event Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C Home Chapter 40. Event Triggers
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html index a0ae14f..7a33d2f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C

    +39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C

    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next

    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C

    This section describes the low-level details of the interface to a trigger function. This information is only needed when writing trigger functions in C. If you are using a higher-level language then @@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ typedef struct Trigger Be careful to return either tg_trigtuple or tg_newtuple, as appropriate, if you don't want to modify the row being operated on. -

    Prev Up Next
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes Home 39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes Home 39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html index 3d31e12..9979568 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 39. Triggers
    Chapter 39. Triggers
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 39. Triggers

    Table of Contents

    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example

    +Chapter 39. Triggers

    Chapter 39. Triggers
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 39. Triggers

    Table of Contents

    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example

    This chapter provides general information about writing trigger functions. Trigger functions can be written in most of the available procedural languages, including @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ most people find it easier to use one of the procedural languages. It is not currently possible to write a trigger function in the plain SQL function language. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure Home 39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.18. Extension Building Infrastructure Home 39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html index c9389ee..0726993 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.46. tsm_system_rows
    F.46. tsm_system_rows
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.46. tsm_system_rows

    F.46.1. Examples

    +F.46. tsm_system_rows

    F.46. tsm_system_rows
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.46. tsm_system_rows

    F.46.1. Examples

    The tsm_system_rows module provides the table sampling method SYSTEM_ROWS, which can be used in the TABLESAMPLE clause of a SELECT @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ SELECT * FROM my_table TABLESAMPLE SYSTEM_ROWS(100); This command will return a sample of 100 rows from the table my_table (unless the table does not have 100 visible rows, in which case all its rows are returned). -

    Prev Up Next
    F.45. test_decoding Home F.47. tsm_system_time
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.45. test_decoding Home F.47. tsm_system_time
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html index 016eb75..d15d48e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.47. tsm_system_time
    F.47. tsm_system_time
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.47. tsm_system_time

    F.47.1. Examples

    +F.47. tsm_system_time

    F.47. tsm_system_time
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.47. tsm_system_time

    F.47.1. Examples

    The tsm_system_time module provides the table sampling method SYSTEM_TIME, which can be used in the TABLESAMPLE clause of a SELECT @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ SELECT * FROM my_table TABLESAMPLE SYSTEM_TIME(1000); This command will return as large a sample of my_table as it can read in 1 second (1000 milliseconds). Of course, if the whole table can be read in under 1 second, all its rows will be returned. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.46. tsm_system_rows Home F.48. unaccent
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.46. tsm_system_rows Home F.48. unaccent
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html index 543fabe..4db1400 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -1.4. Accessing a Database
    1.4. Accessing a Database
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.4. Accessing a Database

    +1.4. Accessing a Database

    1.4. Accessing a Database
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.4. Accessing a Database

    Once you have created a database, you can access it by:

    • @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ In psql, you will be greeted with the following message: 

      -psql (15.6)
+psql (15.7)
 Type "help" for help.
 
 mydb=>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ mydb=#
 mydb=> SELECT version();
                                          version
 -------------------------------------------------------------------​-----------------------
- PostgreSQL 15.6 on x86_64-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by gcc (Debian 4.9.2-10) 4.9.2, 64-bit
+ PostgreSQL 15.7 on x86_64-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by gcc (Debian 4.9.2-10) 4.9.2, 64-bit
 (1 row)
 
 mydb=> SELECT current_date;
@@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ mydb=#
     full capabilities of psql are documented in
     psql.  In this tutorial we will not use these
     features explicitly, but you can use them yourself when it is helpful.
-
    Prev Up Next
    1.3. Creating a Database Home Chapter 2. The SQL Language
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    1.3. Creating a Database Home Chapter 2. The SQL Language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html index 0c45035..f0014e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.1. Introduction
    3.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.1. Introduction

    +3.1. Introduction

    3.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.1. Introduction

    In the previous chapter we have covered the basics of using SQL to store and access your data in PostgreSQL. We will now discuss some @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ file also contains some sample data to load, which is not repeated here. (Refer to Section 2.1 for how to use the file.) -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 3. Advanced Features Home 3.2. Views
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 3. Advanced Features Home 3.2. Views
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html index e0e0f83..c8a03a0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 3. Advanced Features
    Chapter 3. Advanced Features
    Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    2.9. Deletions Home 3.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 3. Advanced Features
    Chapter 3. Advanced Features
    Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    2.9. Deletions Home 3.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html index 7351e14..19fbe8f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.7. Aggregate Functions
    2.7. Aggregate Functions
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.7. Aggregate Functions

    +2.7. Aggregate Functions

    2.7. Aggregate Functions
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.7. Aggregate Functions

    Like most other relational database products, PostgreSQL supports aggregate functions. @@ -169,4 +169,4 @@ SELECT city, count(*) FILTER (WHERE temp_lo < 45), max(temp_lo) rows with temp_lo below 45; but the max aggregate is still applied to all rows, so it still finds the reading of 46. -

    Prev Up Next
    2.6. Joins Between Tables Home 2.8. Updates
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.6. Joins Between Tables Home 2.8. Updates
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html index 222edd8..9842fc7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
    1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.2. Architectural Fundamentals

    +1.2. Architectural Fundamentals

    1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.2. Architectural Fundamentals

    Before we proceed, you should understand the basic PostgreSQL system architecture. Understanding how the parts of @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ client connections, whereas client and associated server processes come and go. (All of this is of course invisible to the user. We only mention it here for completeness.) -

    Prev Up Next
    1.1. Installation Home 1.3. Creating a Database
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    1.1. Installation Home 1.3. Creating a Database
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html index 8188a6e..a850e13 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.2. Concepts
    2.2. Concepts
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.2. Concepts

    +2.2. Concepts

    2.2. Concepts
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.2. Concepts

    @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ Tables are grouped into databases, and a collection of databases managed by a single PostgreSQL server instance constitutes a database cluster. -

    Prev Up Next
    2.1. Introduction Home 2.3. Creating a New Table
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.1. Introduction Home 2.3. Creating a New Table
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html index 7e76a00..80ecbca 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.7. Conclusion
    3.7. Conclusion
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.7. Conclusion

    +3.7. Conclusion

    3.7. Conclusion
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.7. Conclusion

    PostgreSQL has many features not touched upon in this tutorial introduction, which has been oriented toward newer users of SQL. These @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ If you feel you need more introductory material, please visit the PostgreSQL web site for links to more resources. -

    Prev Up Next
    3.6. Inheritance Home Part II. The SQL Language
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3.6. Inheritance Home Part II. The SQL Language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html index 9759325..d81a7a2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -1.3. Creating a Database
    1.3. Creating a Database
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.3. Creating a Database

    +1.3. Creating a Database

    1.3. Creating a Database
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.3. Creating a Database

    The first test to see whether you can access the database server is to try to create a database. A running PostgreSQL server can manage many @@ -115,4 +115,4 @@ createdb: error: database creation failed: ERROR: permission denied to create d create databases. Instead of logging in as that user you can also specify the -U option everywhere to select a PostgreSQL user name to connect as. -

    Prev Up Next
    1.2. Architectural Fundamentals Home 1.4. Accessing a Database
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    1.2. Architectural Fundamentals Home 1.4. Accessing a Database
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html index 6b7d291..3526eb5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.9. Deletions
    2.9. Deletions
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.9. Deletions

    +2.9. Deletions

    2.9. Deletions
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.9. Deletions

    Rows can be removed from a table using the DELETE command. Suppose you are no longer interested in the weather of Hayward. @@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ DELETE FROM tablename; remove all rows from the given table, leaving it empty. The system will not request confirmation before doing this! -

    Prev Up Next
    2.8. Updates Home Chapter 3. Advanced Features
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.8. Updates Home Chapter 3. Advanced Features
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html index d7affc8..bf6f806 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.3. Foreign Keys
    3.3. Foreign Keys
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.3. Foreign Keys

    +3.3. Foreign Keys

    3.3. Foreign Keys
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.3. Foreign Keys

    Recall the weather and cities tables from Chapter 2. Consider the following problem: You want to make sure that no one can insert rows in the @@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ DETAIL: Key (city)=(Berkeley) is not present in table "cities". for more information. Making correct use of foreign keys will definitely improve the quality of your database applications, so you are strongly encouraged to learn about them. -

    Prev Up Next
    3.2. Views Home 3.4. Transactions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3.2. Views Home 3.4. Transactions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html index afb208c..c288a36 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.6. Inheritance
    3.6. Inheritance
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.6. Inheritance

    +3.6. Inheritance

    3.6. Inheritance
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.6. Inheritance

    Inheritance is a concept from object-oriented databases. It opens up interesting new possibilities of database design.

    @@ -110,4 +110,4 @@ SELECT name, elevation Although inheritance is frequently useful, it has not been integrated with unique constraints or foreign keys, which limits its usefulness. See Section 5.10 for more detail. -

    Prev Up Next
    3.5. Window Functions Home 3.7. Conclusion
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3.5. Window Functions Home 3.7. Conclusion
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html index bca7954..3b501b3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -1.1. Installation
    1.1. Installation
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.1. Installation

    +1.1. Installation

    1.1. Installation
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next

    1.1. Installation

    Before you can use PostgreSQL you need to install it, of course. It is possible that PostgreSQL is already installed at your @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ site administrator or, if that is you, the documentation to make sure that your environment is properly set up. If you did not understand the preceding paragraph then read the next section. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 1. Getting Started Home 1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 1. Getting Started Home 1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html index 5bd3342..2ed6639 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.6. Joins Between Tables
    2.6. Joins Between Tables
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.6. Joins Between Tables

    +2.6. Joins Between Tables

    2.6. Joins Between Tables
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.6. Joins Between Tables

    Thus far, our queries have only accessed one table at a time. Queries can access multiple tables at once, or access the same table in such a way that multiple rows of the table are being @@ -159,4 +159,4 @@ SELECT * This is only a conceptual model. The join is usually performed in a more efficient manner than actually comparing each possible pair of rows, but this is invisible to the user. -

    Prev Up Next
    2.5. Querying a Table Home 2.7. Aggregate Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.5. Querying a Table Home 2.7. Aggregate Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html index 679397d..64f2f7d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
    2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.4. Populating a Table With Rows

    +2.4. Populating a Table With Rows

    2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.4. Populating a Table With Rows

    The INSERT statement is used to populate a table with rows: @@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ COPY weather FROM '/home/user/weather.txt'; machine running the backend process, not the client, since the backend process reads the file directly. You can read more about the COPY command in COPY. -

    Prev Up Next
    2.3. Creating a New Table Home 2.5. Querying a Table
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.3. Creating a New Table Home 2.5. Querying a Table
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html index dba47c9..6622d3a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.5. Querying a Table
    2.5. Querying a Table
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.5. Querying a Table

    +2.5. Querying a Table

    2.5. Querying a Table
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.5. Querying a Table

    @@ -139,4 +139,4 @@ SELECT DISTINCT city required by the SQL standard, and current PostgreSQL does not guarantee that DISTINCT causes the rows to be ordered. -

    Prev Up Next
    2.4. Populating a Table With Rows Home 2.6. Joins Between Tables
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.4. Populating a Table With Rows Home 2.6. Joins Between Tables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html index 2ec92e5..9566050 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.1. Introduction
    2.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.1. Introduction

    +2.1. Introduction

    2.1. Introduction
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.1. Introduction

    This chapter provides an overview of how to use SQL to perform simple operations. This tutorial is only intended to give you an introduction and is in no @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ single step mode which pauses before sending each statement to the server. The commands used in this section are in the file basics.sql. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 2. The SQL Language Home 2.2. Concepts
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 2. The SQL Language Home 2.2. Concepts
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html index a313f4c..965afb6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 2. The SQL Language
    Chapter 2. The SQL Language
    Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    1.4. Accessing a Database Home 2.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 2. The SQL Language
    Chapter 2. The SQL Language
    Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    1.4. Accessing a Database Home 2.1. Introduction
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html index 3046601..099a87d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Chapter 1. Getting Started
    Chapter 1. Getting Started
    Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Part I. Tutorial Home 1.1. Installation
    \ No newline at end of file +Chapter 1. Getting Started
    Chapter 1. Getting Started
    Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    Part I. Tutorial Home 1.1. Installation
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html index e27cce4..2318337 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.3. Creating a New Table
    2.3. Creating a New Table
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.3. Creating a New Table

    +2.3. Creating a New Table

    2.3. Creating a New Table
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.3. Creating a New Table

    You can create a new table by specifying the table name, along with all column names and their types: @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ CREATE TABLE cities ( 

     DROP TABLE tablename;

    -

    Prev Up Next
    2.2. Concepts Home 2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.2. Concepts Home 2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html index aa13a78..e702b2a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.4. Transactions
    3.4. Transactions
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.4. Transactions

    +3.4. Transactions

    3.4. Transactions
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.4. Transactions

    Transactions are a fundamental concept of all database systems. The essential point of a transaction is that it bundles multiple steps into a single, all-or-nothing operation. The intermediate @@ -139,4 +139,4 @@ COMMIT; transaction block that was put in aborted state by the system due to an error, short of rolling it back completely and starting again. -

    Prev Up Next
    3.3. Foreign Keys Home 3.5. Window Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3.3. Foreign Keys Home 3.5. Window Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html index 9009c12..10353fd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -2.8. Updates
    2.8. Updates
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.8. Updates

    +2.8. Updates

    2.8. Updates
    Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    2.8. Updates

    You can update existing rows using the UPDATE command. Suppose you discover the temperature readings are @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ SELECT * FROM weather; Hayward | 35 | 52 | | 1994-11-29 (3 rows)

    -

    Prev Up Next
    2.7. Aggregate Functions Home 2.9. Deletions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    2.7. Aggregate Functions Home 2.9. Deletions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html index dd1c11b..75aefdf 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.2. Views
    3.2. Views
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.2. Views

    +3.2. Views

    3.2. Views
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.2. Views

    Refer back to the queries in Section 2.6. Suppose the combined listing of weather records and city location is of particular interest to your application, but you do not want @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ SELECT * FROM myview;

    Views can be used in almost any place a real table can be used. Building views upon other views is not uncommon. -

    Prev Up Next
    3.1. Introduction Home 3.3. Foreign Keys
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3.1. Introduction Home 3.3. Foreign Keys
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html index 2d7849b..835ec2c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -3.5. Window Functions
    3.5. Window Functions
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.5. Window Functions

    +3.5. Window Functions

    3.5. Window Functions
    Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next

    3.5. Window Functions

    A window function performs a calculation across a set of table rows that are somehow related to the current row. This is comparable to the type of calculation that can be done with an aggregate function. @@ -199,4 +199,4 @@ SELECT sum(salary) OVER w, avg(salary) OVER w There are options to define the window frame in other ways, but this tutorial does not cover them. See Section 4.2.8 for details. -

    Prev Up Next
    3.4. Transactions Home 3.6. Inheritance
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    3.4. Transactions Home 3.6. Inheritance
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html index 11ff8e1..17f0363 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part I. Tutorial
    Part I. Tutorial
    Prev UpPostgreSQL 15.6 DocumentationHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    5. Bug Reporting Guidelines Home Chapter 1. Getting Started
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html index 7340db3..b2c7b43 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -10.3. Functions
    10.3. Functions
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.3. Functions

    +10.3. Functions

    10.3. Functions
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.3. Functions

    The specific function that is referenced by a function call is determined using the following procedure.

    Function Type Resolution

    1. @@ -265,4 +265,4 @@ SELECT substr(CAST (1234 AS text), 3); is no need to have a special case. See CREATE CAST for additional commentary. -

    Prev Up Next
    10.2. Operators Home 10.4. Value Storage
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    10.2. Operators Home 10.4. Value Storage
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html index e2173a2..e01768d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -10.2. Operators
    10.2. Operators
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.2. Operators

    +10.2. Operators

    10.2. Operators
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.2. Operators

    The specific operator that is referenced by an operator expression is determined using the following procedure. Note that this procedure is indirectly affected @@ -244,4 +244,4 @@ usable in all the same cases as a similarly-named operator on the base type. search path containing schemas that permit untrusted users to create objects is not a secure schema usage pattern. -

    Prev Up Next
    10.1. Overview Home 10.3. Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    10.1. Overview Home 10.3. Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html index e66390a..039a9ae 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -10.1. Overview
    10.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.1. Overview

    +10.1. Overview

    10.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.1. Overview

    SQL is a strongly typed language. That is, every data item has an associated data type which determines its behavior and allowed usage. PostgreSQL has an extensible type system that is @@ -110,4 +110,4 @@ Additionally, if a query usually requires an implicit conversion for a function, if then the user defines a new function with the correct argument types, the parser should use this new function and no longer do implicit conversion to use the old function.

    -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 10. Type Conversion Home 10.2. Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 10. Type Conversion Home 10.2. Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html index 5ce816c..da1f6c8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -10.4. Value Storage
    10.4. Value Storage
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.4. Value Storage

    +10.4. Value Storage

    10.4. Value Storage
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.4. Value Storage

    Values to be inserted into a table are converted to the destination column's data type according to the following steps. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ not insert any real function call.) Finally, the sizing function and applied to the operator's result and the stored column length. This type-specific function performs the required length check and addition of padding spaces. -


    Prev Up Next
    10.3. Functions Home 10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    10.3. Functions Home 10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html index c460781..217bc7b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.6. SELECT Output Columns

    +10.6. SELECT Output Columns

    10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.6. SELECT Output Columns

    The rules given in the preceding sections will result in assignment of non-unknown data types to all expressions in an SQL query, except for unspecified-type literals that appear as simple output @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ output lists for this purpose. unspecified-type literals in a SELECT output list were left as type unknown. That had assorted bad consequences, so it's been changed. -

    Prev Up Next
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs Home Chapter 11. Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs Home Chapter 11. Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html index fd81125..f3018f3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs

    +10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs

    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next

    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs

    SQL UNION constructs must match up possibly dissimilar types to become a single result set. The resolution algorithm is applied separately to each output column of a union query. The @@ -111,4 +111,4 @@ section consider all of their inputs in one resolution step. input, with the THEN clauses(s) considered after that. In all other cases, “left to right” means the order in which the expressions appear in the query text. -

    Prev Up Next
    10.4. Value Storage Home 10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    10.4. Value Storage Home 10.6. SELECT Output Columns
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html index a0d5c82..a472435 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 10. Type Conversion
    Chapter 10. Type Conversion
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 10. Type Conversion

    Table of Contents

    10.1. Overview
    10.2. Operators
    10.3. Functions
    10.4. Value Storage
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    10.6. SELECT Output Columns

    +Chapter 10. Type Conversion

    Chapter 10. Type Conversion
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next

    Chapter 10. Type Conversion

    Table of Contents

    10.1. Overview
    10.2. Operators
    10.3. Functions
    10.4. Value Storage
    10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
    10.6. SELECT Output Columns

    SQL statements can, intentionally or not, require the mixing of different data types in the same expression. PostgreSQL has extensive facilities for @@ -16,4 +16,4 @@ type conversion mechanisms and conventions. Refer to the relevant sections in Chapter 8 and Chapter 9 for more information on specific data types and allowed functions and operators. -

    Prev Up Next
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions Home 10.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    9.30. Statistics Information Functions Home 10.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html index 6cd8ea0..1d5571a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.48. unaccent
    F.48. unaccent
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.48. unaccent

    F.48.1. Configuration
    F.48.2. Usage
    F.48.3. Functions

    +F.48. unaccent

    F.48. unaccent
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.48. unaccent

    F.48.1. Configuration
    F.48.2. Usage
    F.48.3. Functions

    unaccent is a text search dictionary that removes accents (diacritic signs) from lexemes. It's a filtering dictionary, which means its output is @@ -128,4 +128,4 @@ unaccent([dictionary SELECT unaccent('unaccent', 'Hôtel'); SELECT unaccent('Hôtel');

    -

    Prev Up Next
    F.47. tsm_system_time Home F.49. uuid-ossp
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.47. tsm_system_time Home F.49. uuid-ossp
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html index 332a914..f893033 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -D.2. Unsupported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next

    D.2. Unsupported Features

    +D.2. Unsupported Features

    D.2. Unsupported Features
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next

    D.2. Unsupported Features

    The following features defined in SQL:2016 are not implemented in this release of PostgreSQL. In a few cases, equivalent functionality is available.

    IdentifierCore?DescriptionComment
    B011 Embedded Ada 
    B013 Embedded COBOL 
    B014 Embedded Fortran 
    B015 Embedded MUMPS 
    B016 Embedded Pascal 
    B017 Embedded PL/I 
    B031 Basic dynamic SQL 
    B032 Extended dynamic SQL 
    B032-01 <describe input statement> 
    B033 Untyped SQL-invoked function arguments 
    B034 Dynamic specification of cursor attributes 
    B035 Non-extended descriptor names 
    B041 Extensions to embedded SQL exception declarations 
    B051 Enhanced execution rights 
    B111 Module language Ada 
    B112 Module language C 
    B113 Module language COBOL 
    B114 Module language Fortran 
    B115 Module language MUMPS 
    B116 Module language Pascal 
    B117 Module language PL/I 
    B121 Routine language Ada 
    B122 Routine language C 
    B123 Routine language COBOL 
    B124 Routine language Fortran 
    B125 Routine language MUMPS 
    B126 Routine language Pascal 
    B127 Routine language PL/I 
    B200 Polymorphic table functions 
    B201 More than one PTF generic table parameter 
    B202 PTF Copartitioning 
    B203 More than one copartition specification 
    B204 PRUNE WHEN EMPTY 
    B205 Pass-through columns 
    B206 PTF descriptor parameters 
    B207 Cross products of partitionings 
    B208 PTF component procedure interface 
    B209 PTF extended names 
    B211 Module language Ada: VARCHAR and NUMERIC support 
    B221 Routine language Ada: VARCHAR and NUMERIC support 
    F054 TIMESTAMP in DATE type precedence list 
    F121 Basic diagnostics management 
    F121-01 GET DIAGNOSTICS statement 
    F121-02 SET TRANSACTION statement: DIAGNOSTICS SIZE clause 
    F122 Enhanced diagnostics management 
    F123 All diagnostics 
    F263 Comma-separated predicates in simple CASE expression 
    F291 UNIQUE predicate 
    F301 CORRESPONDING in query expressions 
    F403 Partitioned joined tables 
    F451 Character set definition 
    F461 Named character sets 
    F492 Optional table constraint enforcement 
    F521 Assertions 
    F671 Subqueries in CHECKintentionally omitted
    F673 Reads SQL-data routine invocations in CHECK constraints 
    F693 SQL-session and client module collations 
    F695 Translation support 
    F696 Additional translation documentation 
    F721 Deferrable constraintsforeign and unique keys only
    F741 Referential MATCH typesno partial match yet
    F812CoreBasic flagging 
    F813 Extended flagging 
    F821 Local table references 
    F831 Full cursor update 
    F831-01 Updatable scrollable cursors 
    F831-02 Updatable ordered cursors 
    F841 LIKE_REGEX predicateconsider regexp_like()
    F842 OCCURRENCES_REGEX functionconsider regexp_matches()
    F843 POSITION_REGEX functionconsider regexp_instr()
    F844 SUBSTRING_REGEX functionconsider regexp_substr()
    F845 TRANSLATE_REGEX functionconsider regexp_replace()
    F846 Octet support in regular expression operators 
    F847 Nonconstant regular expressions 
    F866 FETCH FIRST clause: PERCENT option 
    R010 Row pattern recognition: FROM clause 
    R020 Row pattern recognition: WINDOW clause 
    R030 Row pattern recognition: full aggregate support 
    S011CoreDistinct data types 
    S011-01CoreUSER_DEFINED_TYPES view 
    S023 Basic structured types 
    S024 Enhanced structured types 
    S025 Final structured types 
    S026 Self-referencing structured types 
    S027 Create method by specific method name 
    S028 Permutable UDT options list 
    S041 Basic reference types 
    S043 Enhanced reference types 
    S051 Create table of typepartially supported
    S081 Subtables 
    S091 Basic array supportpartially supported
    S091-02 Arrays of distinct types 
    S094 Arrays of reference types 
    S097 Array element assignment 
    S151 Type predicatesee pg_typeof()
    S161 Subtype treatment 
    S162 Subtype treatment for references 
    S202 SQL-invoked routines on multisets 
    S231 Structured type locators 
    S232 Array locators 
    S233 Multiset locators 
    S241 Transform functions 
    S242 Alter transform statement 
    S251 User-defined orderings 
    S261 Specific type method 
    S271 Basic multiset support 
    S272 Multisets of user-defined types 
    S274 Multisets of reference types 
    S275 Advanced multiset support 
    S281 Nested collection types 
    S291 Unique constraint on entire row 
    S401 Distinct types based on array types 
    S402 Distinct types based on distinct types 
    S403 ARRAY_MAX_CARDINALITY 
    T011 Timestamp in Information Schema 
    T021 BINARY and VARBINARY data types 
    T022 Advanced support for BINARY and VARBINARY data types 
    T023 Compound binary literal 
    T024 Spaces in binary literals 
    T041 Basic LOB data type support 
    T041-01 BLOB data type 
    T041-02 CLOB data type 
    T041-03 POSITION, LENGTH, LOWER, TRIM, UPPER, and SUBSTRING functions for LOB data types 
    T041-04 Concatenation of LOB data types 
    T041-05 LOB locator: non-holdable 
    T042 Extended LOB data type support 
    T043 Multiplier T 
    T044 Multiplier P 
    T051 Row types 
    T053 Explicit aliases for all-fields reference 
    T061 UCS support 
    T076 DECFLOAT data type 
    T101 Enhanced nullability determination 
    T111 Updatable joins, unions, and columns 
    T175 Generated columnsmostly supported
    T176 Sequence generator supportsupported except for NEXT VALUE FOR
    T180 System-versioned tables 
    T181 Application-time period tables 
    T211 Basic trigger capability 
    T211-06 Support for run-time rules for the interaction of triggers and constraints 
    T211-08 Multiple triggers for the same event are executed in the order in which they were created in the catalogintentionally omitted
    T231 Sensitive cursors 
    T251 SET TRANSACTION statement: LOCAL option 
    T272 Enhanced savepoint management 
    T301 Functional dependenciespartially supported
    T321CoreBasic SQL-invoked routinespartially supported
    T322 Declared data type attributes 
    T324 Explicit security for SQL routines 
    T326 Table functions 
    T471 Result sets return value 
    T472 DESCRIBE CURSOR 
    T495 Combined data change and retrievaldifferent syntax
    T502 Period predicates 
    T511 Transaction counts 
    T522 Default values for IN parameters of SQL-invoked proceduressupported except DEFAULT key word in invocation
    T561 Holdable locators 
    T571 Array-returning external SQL-invoked functions 
    T572 Multiset-returning external SQL-invoked functions 
    T601 Local cursor references 
    T616 Null treatment option for LEAD and LAG functions 
    T618 NTH_VALUE functionfunction exists, but some options missing
    T619 Nested window functions 
    T625 LISTAGG 
    T641 Multiple column assignmentonly some syntax variants supported
    T652 SQL-dynamic statements in SQL routines 
    T654 SQL-dynamic statements in external routines 
    T811 Basic SQL/JSON constructor functions 
    T812 SQL/JSON: JSON_OBJECTAGG 
    T813 SQL/JSON: JSON_ARRAYAGG with ORDER BY 
    T814 Colon in JSON_OBJECT or JSON_OBJECTAGG 
    T821 Basic SQL/JSON query operators 
    T822 SQL/JSON: IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS predicate 
    T823 SQL/JSON: PASSING clause 
    T824 JSON_TABLE: specific PLAN clause 
    T825 SQL/JSON: ON EMPTY and ON ERROR clauses 
    T826 General value expression in ON ERROR or ON EMPTY clauses 
    T827 JSON_TABLE: sibling NESTED COLUMNS clauses 
    T828 JSON_QUERY 
    T829 JSON_QUERY: array wrapper options 
    T830 Enforcing unique keys in SQL/JSON constructor functions 
    T838 JSON_TABLE: PLAN DEFAULT clause 
    T839 Formatted cast of datetimes to/from character strings 
    M001 Datalinks 
    M002 Datalinks via SQL/CLI 
    M003 Datalinks via Embedded SQL 
    M004 Foreign data supportpartially supported
    M005 Foreign schema support 
    M006 GetSQLString routine 
    M007 TransmitRequest 
    M009 GetOpts and GetStatistics routines 
    M010 Foreign data wrapper supportdifferent API
    M011 Datalinks via Ada 
    M012 Datalinks via C 
    M013 Datalinks via COBOL 
    M014 Datalinks via Fortran 
    M015 Datalinks via M 
    M016 Datalinks via Pascal 
    M017 Datalinks via PL/I 
    M018 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Ada 
    M019 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Cdifferent API
    M020 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in COBOL 
    M021 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Fortran 
    M022 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in MUMPS 
    M023 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Pascal 
    M024 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in PL/I 
    M030 SQL-server foreign data support 
    M031 Foreign data wrapper general routines 
    X012 Multisets of XML type 
    X013 Distinct types of XML type 
    X015 Fields of XML type 
    X025 XMLCast 
    X030 XMLDocument 
    X038 XMLText 
    X065 XMLParse: BLOB input and CONTENT option 
    X066 XMLParse: BLOB input and DOCUMENT option 
    X068 XMLSerialize: BOM 
    X069 XMLSerialize: INDENT 
    X073 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization and CONTENT option 
    X074 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization and DOCUMENT option 
    X075 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization 
    X076 XMLSerialize: VERSION 
    X077 XMLSerialize: explicit ENCODING option 
    X078 XMLSerialize: explicit XML declaration 
    X080 Namespaces in XML publishing 
    X081 Query-level XML namespace declarations 
    X082 XML namespace declarations in DML 
    X083 XML namespace declarations in DDL 
    X084 XML namespace declarations in compound statements 
    X085 Predefined namespace prefixes 
    X086 XML namespace declarations in XMLTable 
    X091 XML content predicate 
    X096 XMLExistsXPath 1.0 only
    X100 Host language support for XML: CONTENT option 
    X101 Host language support for XML: DOCUMENT option 
    X110 Host language support for XML: VARCHAR mapping 
    X111 Host language support for XML: CLOB mapping 
    X112 Host language support for XML: BLOB mapping 
    X113 Host language support for XML: STRIP WHITESPACE option 
    X114 Host language support for XML: PRESERVE WHITESPACE option 
    X131 Query-level XMLBINARY clause 
    X132 XMLBINARY clause in DML 
    X133 XMLBINARY clause in DDL 
    X134 XMLBINARY clause in compound statements 
    X135 XMLBINARY clause in subqueries 
    X141 IS VALID predicate: data-driven case 
    X142 IS VALID predicate: ACCORDING TO clause 
    X143 IS VALID predicate: ELEMENT clause 
    X144 IS VALID predicate: schema location 
    X145 IS VALID predicate outside check constraints 
    X151 IS VALID predicate with DOCUMENT option 
    X152 IS VALID predicate with CONTENT option 
    X153 IS VALID predicate with SEQUENCE option 
    X155 IS VALID predicate: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
    X157 IS VALID predicate: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
    X160 Basic Information Schema for registered XML Schemas 
    X161 Advanced Information Schema for registered XML Schemas 
    X170 XML null handling options 
    X171 NIL ON NO CONTENT option 
    X181 XML(DOCUMENT(UNTYPED)) type 
    X182 XML(DOCUMENT(ANY)) type 
    X190 XML(SEQUENCE) type 
    X191 XML(DOCUMENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
    X192 XML(CONTENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
    X200 XMLQuery 
    X201 XMLQuery: RETURNING CONTENT 
    X202 XMLQuery: RETURNING SEQUENCE 
    X203 XMLQuery: passing a context item 
    X204 XMLQuery: initializing an XQuery variable 
    X205 XMLQuery: EMPTY ON EMPTY option 
    X206 XMLQuery: NULL ON EMPTY option 
    X211 XML 1.1 support 
    X222 XML passing mechanism BY REFparser accepts BY REF but ignores it; passing is always BY VALUE
    X231 XML(CONTENT(UNTYPED)) type 
    X232 XML(CONTENT(ANY)) type 
    X241 RETURNING CONTENT in XML publishing 
    X242 RETURNING SEQUENCE in XML publishing 
    X251 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(UNTYPED)) type 
    X252 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(ANY)) type 
    X253 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(UNTYPED)) type 
    X254 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(ANY)) type 
    X255 Persistent XML values of XML(SEQUENCE) type 
    X256 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
    X257 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
    X260 XML type: ELEMENT clause 
    X261 XML type: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
    X263 XML type: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
    X264 XML type: schema location 
    X271 XMLValidate: data-driven case 
    X272 XMLValidate: ACCORDING TO clause 
    X273 XMLValidate: ELEMENT clause 
    X274 XMLValidate: schema location 
    X281 XMLValidate with DOCUMENT option 
    X282 XMLValidate with CONTENT option 
    X283 XMLValidate with SEQUENCE option 
    X284 XMLValidate: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
    X286 XMLValidate: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
    X300 XMLTableXPath 1.0 only
    X305 XMLTable: initializing an XQuery variable 

    -

    Prev Up Next
    D.1. Supported Features Home D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    D.1. Supported Features Home D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html index 2c3615e..b4f2321 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster

    19.6.1. Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
    19.6.2. Upgrading Data via pg_upgrade
    19.6.3. Upgrading Data via Replication

    +19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster

    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
    Prev UpChapter 19. Server Setup and OperationHome Next

    19.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster

    19.6.1. Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
    19.6.2. Upgrading Data via pg_upgrade
    19.6.3. Upgrading Data via Replication

    This section discusses how to upgrade your database data from one PostgreSQL release to a newer one.

    @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ To make the backup, you can use the pg_dumpall command from the version you are currently running; see Section 26.1.2 for more details. For best results, however, try to use the pg_dumpall - command from PostgreSQL 15.6, + command from PostgreSQL 15.7, since this version contains bug fixes and improvements over older versions. While this advice might seem idiosyncratic since you haven't installed the new version yet, it is advisable to follow @@ -192,4 +192,4 @@ pg_dumpall -p 5432 | psql -d postgres -p 5433 systems such as pglogical, Slony, Londiste, and Bucardo. -

    Prev Up Next
    19.5. Shutting Down the Server Home 19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    19.5. Shutting Down the Server Home 19.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html index d1d1919..60c6805 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 22. Database Roles
    Chapter 22. Database Roles
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 22. Database Roles

    Table of Contents

    22.1. Database Roles
    22.2. Role Attributes
    22.3. Role Membership
    22.4. Dropping Roles
    22.5. Predefined Roles
    22.6. Function Security

    +Chapter 22. Database Roles

    Chapter 22. Database Roles
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 22. Database Roles

    Table of Contents

    22.1. Database Roles
    22.2. Role Attributes
    22.3. Role Membership
    22.4. Dropping Roles
    22.5. Predefined Roles
    22.6. Function Security

    PostgreSQL manages database access permissions using the concept of roles. A role can be thought of as either a database user, or a group of database users, depending on how @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ This chapter describes how to create and manage roles. More information about the effects of role privileges on various database objects can be found in Section 5.7. -

    Prev Up Next
    21.15. Authentication Problems Home 22.1. Database Roles
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    21.15. Authentication Problems Home 22.1. Database Roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html index d3deaa9..720c4b0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.1. Using EXPLAIN

    14.1.1. EXPLAIN Basics
    14.1.2. EXPLAIN ANALYZE
    14.1.3. Caveats

    +14.1. Using EXPLAIN

    14.1. Using EXPLAIN
    Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next

    14.1. Using EXPLAIN

    14.1.1. EXPLAIN Basics
    14.1.2. EXPLAIN ANALYZE
    14.1.3. Caveats

    PostgreSQL devises a query plan for each query it receives. Choosing the right plan to match the query structure and the properties of the data @@ -801,4 +801,4 @@ EXPLAIN ANALYZE SELECT * FROM tenk1 WHERE unique1 < 100 AND unique2 > 9000 the EXPLAIN output and a Subplans Removed: N annotation appears instead. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 14. Performance Tips Home 14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 14. Performance Tips Home 14.2. Statistics Used by the Planner
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html index f528382..cbcf805 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.49. uuid-ossp
    F.49. uuid-ossp
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.49. uuid-ossp

    F.49.1. uuid-ossp Functions
    F.49.2. Building uuid-ossp
    F.49.3. Author

    +F.49. uuid-ossp

    F.49. uuid-ossp
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.49. uuid-ossp

    F.49.1. uuid-ossp Functions
    F.49.2. Building uuid-ossp
    F.49.3. Author

    The uuid-ossp module provides functions to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs) using one of several standard algorithms. There are also functions to produce certain special UUID constants. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Table F.32 shows the functions available to generate UUIDs. The relevant standards ITU-T Rec. X.667, ISO/IEC 9834-8:2005, and - RFC 4122 + RFC 4122 specify four algorithms for generating UUIDs, identified by the version numbers 1, 3, 4, and 5. (There is no version 2 algorithm.) Each of these algorithms could be suitable for a different set of @@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ SELECT uuid_generate_v3(uuid_ns_url(), 'http://www.postgresql.org'); machine, so configure does not automatically choose one.

    F.49.3. Author

    Peter Eisentraut -

    Prev Up Next
    F.48. unaccent Home F.50. xml2
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.48. unaccent Home F.50. xml2
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html index 34adc54..45d4334 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -vacuumlo
    vacuumlo
    Prev UpG.1. Client ApplicationsHome Next

    vacuumlo

    vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database

    Synopsis

    vacuumlo [option...] dbname...

    Description

    +vacuumlo

    vacuumlo
    Prev UpG.1. Client ApplicationsHome Next

    vacuumlo

    vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database

    Synopsis

    vacuumlo [option...] dbname...

    Description

    vacuumlo is a simple utility program that will remove any “orphaned” large objects from a PostgreSQL database. An orphaned large object (LO) is @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ temporary table identify orphaned LOs. These are removed.

    Author

    Peter Mount -

    Prev Up Next
    oid2name Home G.2. Server Applications
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    oid2name Home G.2. Server Applications
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html index c1ac8e4..a6a0dd6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions

    +54.3. pg_available_extension_versions

    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions

    The pg_available_extension_versions view lists the specific extension versions that are available for installation. See also the pg_extension @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@


    The pg_available_extension_versions view is read-only. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.2. pg_available_extensions Home 54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.2. pg_available_extensions Home 54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html index ed2b54c..b44c35c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.2. pg_available_extensions
    54.2. pg_available_extensions
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.2. pg_available_extensions

    +54.2. pg_available_extensions

    54.2. pg_available_extensions
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.2. pg_available_extensions

    The pg_available_extensions view lists the extensions that are available for installation. See also the @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ Comment string from the extension's control file


    The pg_available_extensions view is read-only. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.1. Overview Home 54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.1. Overview Home 54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-backend-memory-contexts.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-backend-memory-contexts.html index 953a9a3..50c09f3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-backend-memory-contexts.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-backend-memory-contexts.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts

    +54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts

    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts

    The view pg_backend_memory_contexts displays all the memory contexts of the server process attached to the current session.

    @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ By default, the pg_backend_memory_contexts view can be read only by superusers or roles with the privileges of the pg_read_all_stats role. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions Home 54.5. pg_config
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions Home 54.5. pg_config
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html index 3b74fa0..b7afaec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.5. pg_config
    54.5. pg_config
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.5. pg_config

    +54.5. pg_config

    54.5. pg_config
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.5. pg_config

    The view pg_config describes the compile-time configuration parameters of the currently installed version of PostgreSQL. It is intended, for example, to @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@

    The parameter value -


    Prev Up Next
    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts Home 54.6. pg_cursors
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts Home 54.6. pg_cursors
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html index cdbc5d9..30089b3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.6. pg_cursors
    54.6. pg_cursors
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.6. pg_cursors

    +54.6. pg_cursors

    54.6. pg_cursors
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.6. pg_cursors

    The pg_cursors view lists the cursors that are currently available. Cursors can be defined in several ways:

    • @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ The time at which the cursor was declared


    The pg_cursors view is read-only. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.5. pg_config Home 54.7. pg_file_settings
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.5. pg_config Home 54.7. pg_file_settings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html index 67af931..248ed45 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.7. pg_file_settings
    54.7. pg_file_settings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.7. pg_file_settings

    +54.7. pg_file_settings

    54.7. pg_file_settings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.7. pg_file_settings

    The view pg_file_settings provides a summary of the contents of the server's configuration file(s). A row appears in this view for each “name = value” entry appearing in the files, @@ -74,4 +74,4 @@

    See Section 20.1 for more information about the various ways to change run-time parameters. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.6. pg_cursors Home 54.8. pg_group
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.6. pg_cursors Home 54.8. pg_group
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html index c12f19f..6fd44d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.8. pg_group
    54.8. pg_group
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.8. pg_group

    +54.8. pg_group

    54.8. pg_group
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.8. pg_group

    The view pg_group exists for backwards compatibility: it emulates a catalog that existed in PostgreSQL before version 8.1. @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@

    An array containing the IDs of the roles in this group -


    Prev Up Next
    54.7. pg_file_settings Home 54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.7. pg_file_settings Home 54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html index 0671c35..4b1c355 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules

    +54.9. pg_hba_file_rules

    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules

    The view pg_hba_file_rules provides a summary of the contents of the client authentication configuration file, pg_hba.conf. @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@

    See Chapter 21 for more information about client authentication configuration. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.8. pg_group Home 54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.8. pg_group Home 54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-ident-file-mappings.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-ident-file-mappings.html index a73f3b9..73fc045 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-ident-file-mappings.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-ident-file-mappings.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings

    +54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings

    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings

    The view pg_ident_file_mappings provides a summary of the contents of the client user name mapping configuration file, pg_ident.conf. @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@

    See Chapter 21 for more information about client authentication configuration. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules Home 54.11. pg_indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules Home 54.11. pg_indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html index b9e7431..37a0f64 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.11. pg_indexes
    54.11. pg_indexes
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.11. pg_indexes

    +54.11. pg_indexes

    54.11. pg_indexes
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.11. pg_indexes

    The view pg_indexes provides access to useful information about each index in the database.

    Table 54.11. pg_indexes Columns

    @@ -37,4 +37,4 @@

    Index definition (a reconstructed CREATE INDEX command) -


    Prev Up Next
    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings Home 54.12. pg_locks
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings Home 54.12. pg_locks
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html index 8ddece6..8ed9f52 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.12. pg_locks
    54.12. pg_locks
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.12. pg_locks

    +54.12. pg_locks

    54.12. pg_locks
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.12. pg_locks

    The view pg_locks provides access to information about the locks held by active processes within the database server. See Chapter 13 for more discussion @@ -252,4 +252,4 @@ SELECT * FROM pg_locks pl LEFT JOIN pg_prepared_xacts ppx The locks are held only for the minimum amount of time necessary to obtain data from the lock managers, but this does not completely eliminate the possibility of a performance impact. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.11. pg_indexes Home 54.13. pg_matviews
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.11. pg_indexes Home 54.13. pg_matviews
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html index 8038d4f..a28bfe3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.13. pg_matviews
    54.13. pg_matviews
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.13. pg_matviews

    +54.13. pg_matviews

    54.13. pg_matviews
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.13. pg_matviews

    The view pg_matviews provides access to useful information about each materialized view in the database.

    Table 54.13. pg_matviews Columns

    @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@

    Materialized view definition (a reconstructed SELECT query) -


    Prev Up Next
    54.12. pg_locks Home 54.14. pg_policies
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.12. pg_locks Home 54.14. pg_policies
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html index e626073..db003a6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.14. pg_policies
    54.14. pg_policies
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.14. pg_policies

    +54.14. pg_policies

    54.14. pg_policies
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.14. pg_policies

    The view pg_policies provides access to useful information about each row-level security policy in the database.

    Table 54.14. pg_policies Columns

    @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@

    The expression added to the WITH CHECK qualifications for queries that attempt to add rows to this table -


    Prev Up Next
    54.13. pg_matviews Home 54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.13. pg_matviews Home 54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html index f45cbb4..a71eff5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.15. pg_prepared_statements

    +54.15. pg_prepared_statements

    54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.15. pg_prepared_statements

    The pg_prepared_statements view displays all the prepared statements that are available in the current session. See PREPARE for more information about prepared @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ Number of times custom plan was chosen


    The pg_prepared_statements view is read-only. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.14. pg_policies Home 54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.14. pg_policies Home 54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html index c169cc2..22c40e3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts

    +54.16. pg_prepared_xacts

    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts

    The view pg_prepared_xacts displays information about transactions that are currently prepared for two-phase commit (see PREPARE TRANSACTION for details). @@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ normal operations longer than necessary. Nonetheless there could be some impact on database performance if this view is frequently accessed. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.15. pg_prepared_statements Home 54.17. pg_publication_tables
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.15. pg_prepared_statements Home 54.17. pg_publication_tables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html index fe2ef5b..a65c341 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.17. pg_publication_tables
    54.17. pg_publication_tables
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.17. pg_publication_tables

    +54.17. pg_publication_tables

    54.17. pg_publication_tables
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.17. pg_publication_tables

    The view pg_publication_tables provides information about the mapping between publications and information of tables they contain. Unlike the underlying catalog @@ -43,4 +43,4 @@

    Expression for the table's publication qualifying condition -


    Prev Up Next
    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts Home 54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts Home 54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html index b4c8f90..d95b91a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status

    +54.18. pg_replication_origin_status

    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status

    The pg_replication_origin_status view contains information about how far replay for a certain origin has progressed. For more on replication origins @@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ This node's LSN at which remote_lsn has been replicated. Used to flush commit records before persisting data to disk when using asynchronous commits. -


    Prev Up Next
    54.17. pg_publication_tables Home 54.19. pg_replication_slots
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.17. pg_publication_tables Home 54.19. pg_replication_slots
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html index a672e99..58659f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.19. pg_replication_slots
    54.19. pg_replication_slots
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.19. pg_replication_slots

    +54.19. pg_replication_slots

    54.19. pg_replication_slots
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.19. pg_replication_slots

    The pg_replication_slots view provides a listing of all replication slots that currently exist on the database cluster, along with their current state. @@ -128,4 +128,4 @@

    True if the slot is enabled for decoding prepared transactions. Always false for physical slots. -


    Prev Up Next
    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status Home 54.20. pg_roles
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status Home 54.20. pg_roles
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html index 6c0e07f..0e4b393 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.20. pg_roles
    54.20. pg_roles
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.20. pg_roles

    +54.20. pg_roles

    54.20. pg_roles
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.20. pg_roles

    The view pg_roles provides access to information about database roles. This is simply a publicly readable view of @@ -82,4 +82,4 @@

    ID of role -


    Prev Up Next
    54.19. pg_replication_slots Home 54.21. pg_rules
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.19. pg_replication_slots Home 54.21. pg_rules
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html index 08c78e3..6eb7746 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.21. pg_rules
    54.21. pg_rules
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.21. pg_rules

    +54.21. pg_rules

    54.21. pg_rules
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.21. pg_rules

    The view pg_rules provides access to useful information about query rewrite rules.

    Table 54.21. pg_rules Columns

    @@ -34,4 +34,4 @@ The pg_rules view excludes the ON SELECT rules of views and materialized views; those can be seen in pg_views and pg_matviews. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.20. pg_roles Home 54.22. pg_seclabels
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.20. pg_roles Home 54.22. pg_seclabels
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html index 9e07f9c..02d7547 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.22. pg_seclabels
    54.22. pg_seclabels
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.22. pg_seclabels

    +54.22. pg_seclabels

    54.22. pg_seclabels
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.22. pg_seclabels

    The view pg_seclabels provides information about security labels. It as an easier-to-query version of the pg_seclabel catalog. @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@

    The security label applied to this object. -


    Prev Up Next
    54.21. pg_rules Home 54.23. pg_sequences
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.21. pg_rules Home 54.23. pg_sequences
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html index 82ad439..a1395b6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.23. pg_sequences
    54.23. pg_sequences
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.23. pg_sequences

    +54.23. pg_sequences

    54.23. pg_sequences
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.23. pg_sequences

    The view pg_sequences provides access to useful information about each sequence in the database.

    Table 54.23. pg_sequences Columns

    @@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ the current user does not have USAGE or SELECT privilege on the sequence, the value is null. -


    Prev Up Next
    54.22. pg_seclabels Home 54.24. pg_settings
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.22. pg_seclabels Home 54.24. pg_settings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html index 121bff0..49090d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.24. pg_settings
    54.24. pg_settings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.24. pg_settings

    +54.24. pg_settings

    54.24. pg_settings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.24. pg_settings

    The view pg_settings provides access to run-time parameters of the server. It is essentially an alternative interface to the SHOW @@ -198,4 +198,4 @@ this view will not display any customized options defined by such modules unless special action is taken to load them into the backend process executing the query. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.23. pg_sequences Home 54.25. pg_shadow
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.23. pg_sequences Home 54.25. pg_shadow
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html index e0fea72..63ef72b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.25. pg_shadow
    54.25. pg_shadow
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.25. pg_shadow

    +54.25. pg_shadow

    54.25. pg_shadow
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.25. pg_shadow

    The view pg_shadow exists for backwards compatibility: it emulates a catalog that existed in PostgreSQL before version 8.1. @@ -68,4 +68,4 @@

    Session defaults for run-time configuration variables -


    Prev Up Next
    54.24. pg_settings Home 54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.24. pg_settings Home 54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shmem-allocations.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shmem-allocations.html index 631b2b6..c11f660 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shmem-allocations.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shmem-allocations.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations

    +54.26. pg_shmem_allocations

    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations

    The pg_shmem_allocations view shows allocations made from the server's main shared memory segment. This includes both memory allocated by PostgreSQL itself and memory @@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ By default, the pg_shmem_allocations view can be read only by superusers or roles with privileges of the pg_read_all_stats role. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.25. pg_shadow Home 54.27. pg_stats
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.25. pg_shadow Home 54.27. pg_stats
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext-exprs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext-exprs.html index 34b5574..23d3425 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext-exprs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext-exprs.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs

    +54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs

    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs

    The view pg_stats_ext_exprs provides access to information about all expressions included in extended statistics objects, combining information stored in the pg_statistic_ext and pg_statistic_ext_data catalogs. This view allows access only to rows of pg_statistic_ext and pg_statistic_ext_data - that correspond to tables the user has permission to read, and therefore + that correspond to tables the user owns, and therefore it is safe to allow public read access to this view.

    pg_stats_ext_exprs is also designed to present @@ -144,4 +144,4 @@ column-by-column basis using the ALTER TABLE SET STATISTICS command, or globally by setting the default_statistics_target run-time parameter. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.28. pg_stats_ext Home 54.30. pg_tables
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.28. pg_stats_ext Home 54.30. pg_tables
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext.html index 92b7a49..a8b6e57 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats-ext.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -54.28. pg_stats_ext
    54.28. pg_stats_ext
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.28. pg_stats_ext

    +54.28. pg_stats_ext

    54.28. pg_stats_ext
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.28. pg_stats_ext

    The view pg_stats_ext provides access to information about each extended statistics object in the database, combining information stored in the pg_statistic_ext and pg_statistic_ext_data catalogs. This view allows access only to rows of pg_statistic_ext and pg_statistic_ext_data - that correspond to tables the user has permission to read, and therefore + that correspond to tables the user owns, and therefore it is safe to allow public read access to this view.

    pg_stats_ext is also designed to present the @@ -121,4 +121,4 @@ column-by-column basis using the ALTER TABLE SET STATISTICS command, or globally by setting the default_statistics_target run-time parameter. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.27. pg_stats Home 54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.27. pg_stats Home 54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html index d6d93a2..a3e8f02 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.27. pg_stats
    54.27. pg_stats
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.27. pg_stats

    +54.27. pg_stats

    54.27. pg_stats
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.27. pg_stats

    The view pg_stats provides access to the information stored in the pg_statistic catalog. This view allows access only to rows of @@ -125,4 +125,4 @@ TABLE SET STATISTICS command, or globally by setting the default_statistics_target run-time parameter. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations Home 54.28. pg_stats_ext
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations Home 54.28. pg_stats_ext
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html index b6ff9da..e017554 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.30. pg_tables
    54.30. pg_tables
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.30. pg_tables

    +54.30. pg_tables

    54.30. pg_tables
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.30. pg_tables

    The view pg_tables provides access to useful information about each table in the database.

    Table 54.30. pg_tables Columns

    @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@

    True if row security is enabled on the table -


    Prev Up Next
    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs Home 54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs Home 54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html index 2e5765a..3fad6ea 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs

    +54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs

    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs

    The view pg_timezone_abbrevs provides a list of time zone abbreviations that are currently recognized by the datetime input routines. The contents of this view change when the @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ there are some that have historically varied in value (see Section B.4 for more information). In such cases this view presents their current meaning. -

    Prev Up Next
    54.30. pg_tables Home 54.32. pg_timezone_names
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.30. pg_tables Home 54.32. pg_timezone_names
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html index 36d3faa..ee4a5e1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.32. pg_timezone_names
    54.32. pg_timezone_names
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.32. pg_timezone_names

    +54.32. pg_timezone_names

    54.32. pg_timezone_names
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.32. pg_timezone_names

    The view pg_timezone_names provides a list of time zone names that are recognized by SET TIMEZONE, along with their associated abbreviations, UTC offsets, @@ -35,4 +35,4 @@

    True if currently observing daylight savings -


    Prev Up Next
    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs Home 54.33. pg_user
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs Home 54.33. pg_user
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html index 7dbe225..f94e099 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.34. pg_user_mappings
    54.34. pg_user_mappings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.34. pg_user_mappings

    +54.34. pg_user_mappings

    54.34. pg_user_mappings
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.34. pg_user_mappings

    The view pg_user_mappings provides access to information about user mappings. This is essentially a publicly readable view of @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@

  • current user is a superuser

    • -

    Prev Up Next
    54.33. pg_user Home 54.35. pg_views
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    54.33. pg_user Home 54.35. pg_views
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html index 1af16e7..de9ec14 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.33. pg_user
    54.33. pg_user
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.33. pg_user

    +54.33. pg_user

    54.33. pg_user
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.33. pg_user

    The view pg_user provides access to information about database users. This is simply a publicly readable view of @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@

    Session defaults for run-time configuration variables -


    Prev Up Next
    54.32. pg_timezone_names Home 54.34. pg_user_mappings
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.32. pg_timezone_names Home 54.34. pg_user_mappings
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html index 12ac7b8..b23aef3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -54.35. pg_views
    54.35. pg_views
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.35. pg_views

    +54.35. pg_views

    54.35. pg_views
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.35. pg_views

    The view pg_views provides access to useful information about each view in the database.

    Table 54.35. pg_views Columns

    @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@

    View definition (a reconstructed SELECT query) -


    Prev Up Next
    54.34. pg_user_mappings Home Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    \ No newline at end of file +


    Prev Up Next
    54.34. pg_user_mappings Home Chapter 55. Frontend/Backend Protocol
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html index 1c5f79a..5b97604 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -54.1. Overview
    54.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.1. Overview

    +54.1. Overview

    54.1. Overview
    Prev UpChapter 54. System ViewsHome Next

    54.1. Overview

    Table 54.1 lists the system views. More detailed documentation of each catalog follows below. Except where noted, all the views described here are read-only. -

    Table 54.1. System Views

    View NamePurpose
    pg_available_extensionsavailable extensions
    pg_available_extension_versionsavailable versions of extensions
    pg_backend_memory_contextsbackend memory contexts
    pg_configcompile-time configuration parameters
    pg_cursorsopen cursors
    pg_file_settingssummary of configuration file contents
    pg_groupgroups of database users
    pg_hba_file_rulessummary of client authentication configuration file contents
    pg_ident_file_mappingssummary of client user name mapping configuration file contents
    pg_indexesindexes
    pg_lockslocks currently held or awaited
    pg_matviewsmaterialized views
    pg_policiespolicies
    pg_prepared_statementsprepared statements
    pg_prepared_xactsprepared transactions
    pg_publication_tablespublications and information of their associated tables
    pg_replication_origin_statusinformation about replication origins, including replication progress
    pg_replication_slotsreplication slot information
    pg_rolesdatabase roles
    pg_rulesrules
    pg_seclabelssecurity labels
    pg_sequencessequences
    pg_settingsparameter settings
    pg_shadowdatabase users
    pg_shmem_allocationsshared memory allocations
    pg_statsplanner statistics
    pg_stats_extextended planner statistics
    pg_stats_ext_exprsextended planner statistics for expressions
    pg_tablestables
    pg_timezone_abbrevstime zone abbreviations
    pg_timezone_namestime zone names
    pg_userdatabase users
    pg_user_mappingsuser mappings
    pg_viewsviews

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 54. System Views Home 54.2. pg_available_extensions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Table 54.1. System Views

    View NamePurpose
    pg_available_extensionsavailable extensions
    pg_available_extension_versionsavailable versions of extensions
    pg_backend_memory_contextsbackend memory contexts
    pg_configcompile-time configuration parameters
    pg_cursorsopen cursors
    pg_file_settingssummary of configuration file contents
    pg_groupgroups of database users
    pg_hba_file_rulessummary of client authentication configuration file contents
    pg_ident_file_mappingssummary of client user name mapping configuration file contents
    pg_indexesindexes
    pg_lockslocks currently held or awaited
    pg_matviewsmaterialized views
    pg_policiespolicies
    pg_prepared_statementsprepared statements
    pg_prepared_xactsprepared transactions
    pg_publication_tablespublications and information of their associated tables
    pg_replication_origin_statusinformation about replication origins, including replication progress
    pg_replication_slotsreplication slot information
    pg_rolesdatabase roles
    pg_rulesrules
    pg_seclabelssecurity labels
    pg_sequencessequences
    pg_settingsparameter settings
    pg_shadowdatabase users
    pg_shmem_allocationsshared memory allocations
    pg_statsplanner statistics
    pg_stats_extextended planner statistics
    pg_stats_ext_exprsextended planner statistics for expressions
    pg_tablestables
    pg_timezone_abbrevstime zone abbreviations
    pg_timezone_namestime zone names
    pg_userdatabase users
    pg_user_mappingsuser mappings
    pg_viewsviews

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 54. System Views Home 54.2. pg_available_extensions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/views.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/views.html index 4244356..ae9740d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/views.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/views.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 54. System Views
    Chapter 54. System Views
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next

    Chapter 54. System Views

    Table of Contents

    54.1. Overview
    54.2. pg_available_extensions
    54.3. pg_available_extension_versions
    54.4. pg_backend_memory_contexts
    54.5. pg_config
    54.6. pg_cursors
    54.7. pg_file_settings
    54.8. pg_group
    54.9. pg_hba_file_rules
    54.10. pg_ident_file_mappings
    54.11. pg_indexes
    54.12. pg_locks
    54.13. pg_matviews
    54.14. pg_policies
    54.15. pg_prepared_statements
    54.16. pg_prepared_xacts
    54.17. pg_publication_tables
    54.18. pg_replication_origin_status
    54.19. pg_replication_slots
    54.20. pg_roles
    54.21. pg_rules
    54.22. pg_seclabels
    54.23. pg_sequences
    54.24. pg_settings
    54.25. pg_shadow
    54.26. pg_shmem_allocations
    54.27. pg_stats
    54.28. pg_stats_ext
    54.29. pg_stats_ext_exprs
    54.30. pg_tables
    54.31. pg_timezone_abbrevs
    54.32. pg_timezone_names
    54.33. pg_user
    54.34. pg_user_mappings
    54.35. pg_views

    +Chapter 54. System Views

    Chapter 54. System Views
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    53.65. pg_user_mapping Home 54.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    53.65. pg_user_mapping Home 54.1. Overview
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html index 2b5ff28..7da7e99 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.4. Asynchronous Commit

    +30.4. Asynchronous Commit

    30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.4. Asynchronous Commit

    Asynchronous commit is an option that allows transactions to complete more quickly, at the cost that the most recent transactions may be lost if the database should crash. In many applications this is an @@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ setting can be thought of as a way of increasing the time window in which transactions can join a group about to participate in a single flush, to amortize the cost of the flush among multiple transactions. -

    Prev Up Next
    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL) Home 30.5. WAL Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL) Home 30.5. WAL Configuration
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html index e83b0be..8b9da54 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -30.5. WAL Configuration
    30.5. WAL Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.5. WAL Configuration

    +30.5. WAL Configuration

    30.5. WAL Configuration
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.5. WAL Configuration

    There are several WAL-related configuration parameters that affect database performance. This section explains their use. Consult Chapter 20 for general information about @@ -292,4 +292,4 @@ concurrency and distance, respectively. By default, it is set to try, which enables the feature on systems where posix_fadvise is available. -

    Prev Up Next
    30.4. Asynchronous Commit Home 30.6. WAL Internals
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    30.4. Asynchronous Commit Home 30.6. WAL Internals
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html index 24700fd..cb44adc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -30.6. WAL Internals
    30.6. WAL Internals
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.6. WAL Internals

    +30.6. WAL Internals

    30.6. WAL Internals
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.6. WAL Internals

    WAL is automatically enabled; no action is required from the administrator except ensuring that the disk-space requirements for the WAL logs are met, @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ to read pg_control itself. So while it is theoretically a weak spot, pg_control does not seem to be a problem in practice. -

    Prev Up Next
    30.5. WAL Configuration Home Chapter 31. Logical Replication
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    30.5. WAL Configuration Home Chapter 31. Logical Replication
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html index 193c265..1991edb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)

    +30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)

    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)

    Write-Ahead Logging (WAL) is a standard method for ensuring data integrity. A detailed description can be found in most (if not all) books about @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ of the database state — if it is made over some period of time, then replaying the WAL log for that period will fix any internal inconsistencies. -

    Prev Up Next
    30.2. Data Checksums Home 30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    30.2. Data Checksums Home 30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html index f80688a..114c616 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -30.1. Reliability
    30.1. Reliability
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.1. Reliability

    +30.1. Reliability

    30.1. Reliability
    Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next

    30.1. Reliability

    Reliability is an important property of any serious database system, and PostgreSQL does everything possible to guarantee reliable operation. One aspect of reliable operation is @@ -158,4 +158,4 @@ PostgreSQL does not protect against correctable memory errors and it is assumed you will operate using RAM that uses industry standard Error Correcting Codes (ECC) or better protection. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log Home 30.2. Data Checksums
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log Home 30.2. Data Checksums
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html index 1ae879c..8a17a91 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log

    Table of Contents

    30.1. Reliability
    30.2. Data Checksums
    30.2.1. Off-line Enabling of Checksums
    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    30.5. WAL Configuration
    30.6. WAL Internals

    +Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log

    Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next

    Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log

    Table of Contents

    30.1. Reliability
    30.2. Data Checksums
    30.2.1. Off-line Enabling of Checksums
    30.3. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
    30.4. Asynchronous Commit
    30.5. WAL Configuration
    30.6. WAL Internals

    This chapter explains how the Write-Ahead Log is used to obtain efficient, reliable operation. -

    Prev Up Next
    29.2. Disk Full Failure Home 30.1. Reliability
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    29.2. Disk Full Failure Home 30.1. Reliability
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html index 84cd504..bb97c3d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -27.3. Failover
    27.3. Failover
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.3. Failover

    +27.3. Failover

    27.3. Failover
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.3. Failover

    If the primary server fails then the standby server should begin failover procedures.

    @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ setting up the reporting servers that are only used to offload read-only queries from the primary, not for high availability purposes, you don't need to promote it. -

    Prev Up Next
    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers Home 27.4. Hot Standby
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers Home 27.4. Hot Standby
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html index 7ac58c1..f26ccfc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers

    27.2.1. Planning
    27.2.2. Standby Server Operation
    27.2.3. Preparing the Primary for Standby Servers
    27.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
    27.2.5. Streaming Replication
    27.2.6. Replication Slots
    27.2.7. Cascading Replication
    27.2.8. Synchronous Replication
    27.2.9. Continuous Archiving in Standby

    +27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers

    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
    Prev UpChapter 27. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next

    27.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers

    27.2.1. Planning
    27.2.2. Standby Server Operation
    27.2.3. Preparing the Primary for Standby Servers
    27.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
    27.2.5. Streaming Replication
    27.2.6. Replication Slots
    27.2.7. Cascading Replication
    27.2.8. Synchronous Replication
    27.2.9. Continuous Archiving in Standby

    Continuous archiving can be used to create a high availability (HA) cluster configuration with one or more standby servers ready to take over operations if the @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ synchronous_standby_names = 'ANY 2 (s1, s2, s3)' synchronous_commit is set to on, remote_apply or remote_write will wait for responses from. Such transaction commits may never be completed - if any one of synchronous standbys should crash. + if any one of the synchronous standbys should crash.

    The best solution for high availability is to ensure you keep as many synchronous standbys as requested. This can be achieved by naming multiple @@ -654,4 +654,4 @@ synchronous_standby_names = 'ANY 2 (s1, s2, s3)' are found in the archive, but not if streaming replication is enabled. When a server is not in recovery mode, there is no difference between on and always modes. -

    Prev Up Next
    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions Home 27.3. Failover
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    27.1. Comparison of Different Solutions Home 27.3. Failover
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html index ab13b7c..b4a5b47 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?

    +15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?

    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
    Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next

    15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?

    There are several settings that can cause the query planner not to generate a parallel query plan under any circumstances. In order for any parallel query plans whatsoever to be generated, the following @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ max_parallel_workers_per_gather to zero in sessions where it is likely, so as to avoid generating query plans that may be suboptimal when run serially. -

    Prev Up Next
    15.1. How Parallel Query Works Home 15.3. Parallel Plans
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    15.1. How Parallel Query Works Home 15.3. Parallel Plans
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html index f5031d1..059fb44 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates

    38.12.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
    38.12.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    38.12.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
    38.12.4. Partial Aggregation
    38.12.5. Support Functions for Aggregates

    +38.12. User-Defined Aggregates

    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates

    38.12.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
    38.12.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
    38.12.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
    38.12.4. Partial Aggregation
    38.12.5. Support Functions for Aggregates

    Aggregate functions in PostgreSQL are defined in terms of state values and state transition functions. @@ -525,4 +525,4 @@ if (AggCheckCallContext(fcinfo, NULL)) supposed to implement. Examples can be found in orderedsetaggs.c in the PostgreSQL source code. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.11. Function Optimization Information Home 38.13. User-Defined Types
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.11. Function Optimization Information Home 38.13. User-Defined Types
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html index 24d2766..aa6bb6e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.10. C-Language Functions
    38.10. C-Language Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    38.9. Internal Functions Home 38.11. Function Optimization Information
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.9. Internal Functions Home 38.11. Function Optimization Information
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html index d8f6cc7..65160de 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.9. Internal Functions
    38.9. Internal Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.9. Internal Functions

    +38.9. Internal Functions

    38.9. Internal Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.9. Internal Functions

    Internal functions are functions written in C that have been statically linked into the PostgreSQL server. The “body” of the function definition @@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ CREATE FUNCTION square_root(double precision) RETURNS double precision Not all “predefined” functions are “internal” in the above sense. Some predefined functions are written in SQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions Home 38.10. C-Language Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions Home 38.10. C-Language Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-optimization.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-optimization.html index 246d9d1..6246f1e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-optimization.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-optimization.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.11. Function Optimization Information
    38.11. Function Optimization Information
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.11. Function Optimization Information

    +38.11. Function Optimization Information

    38.11. Function Optimization Information
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.11. Function Optimization Information

    By default, a function is just a “black box” that the database system knows very little about the behavior of. However, that means that queries using the function may be executed much less @@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ supportfn(internal) returns internal the index to see if it really passes the WHERE condition or not. To create such conditions, the support function must implement the SupportRequestIndexCondition request type. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.10. C-Language Functions Home 38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.10. C-Language Functions Home 38.12. User-Defined Aggregates
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html index 0406846..310e53f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.6. Function Overloading
    38.6. Function Overloading
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.6. Function Overloading

    +38.6. Function Overloading

    38.6. Function Overloading
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.6. Function Overloading

    More than one function can be defined with the same SQL name, so long as the arguments they take are different. In other words, function names can be overloaded. Whether or not @@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ CREATE FUNCTION test(int, int) RETURNS int LANGUAGE C;

    The names of the C functions here reflect one of many possible conventions. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions Home 38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions Home 38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html index 025827a..4f0d0cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.8. Procedural Language Functions

    +38.8. Procedural Language Functions

    38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.8. Procedural Language Functions

    PostgreSQL allows user-defined functions to be written in other languages besides SQL and C. These other languages are generically called procedural @@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ by loadable modules. See Chapter 42 and following chapters for more information. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories Home 38.9. Internal Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories Home 38.9. Internal Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html index 8090e15..e7c56b2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures Home 38.6. Function Overloading
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures Home 38.6. Function Overloading
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html index a5c058f..6828167 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.7. Function Volatility Categories

    +38.7. Function Volatility Categories

    38.7. Function Volatility Categories
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.7. Function Volatility Categories

    Every function has a volatility classification, with the possibilities being VOLATILE, STABLE, or IMMUTABLE. VOLATILE is the default if the @@ -104,4 +104,4 @@ If you do that, you will find that the STABLE or IMMUTABLE function does not notice the database changes applied by the called function, since they are hidden from its snapshot.) -

    Prev Up Next
    38.6. Function Overloading Home 38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.6. Function Overloading Home 38.8. Procedural Language Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html index 2ffe8b1..3623bcb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.3. User-Defined Functions
    38.3. User-Defined Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.3. User-Defined Functions

    +38.3. User-Defined Functions

    38.3. User-Defined Functions
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.3. User-Defined Functions

    PostgreSQL provides four kinds of functions: @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ funcs.c in the src/tutorial directory in the PostgreSQL source distribution. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System Home 38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System Home 38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html index 7c505ef..e0a1dd7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes

    38.16.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
    38.16.2. Index Method Strategies
    38.16.3. Index Method Support Routines
    38.16.4. An Example
    38.16.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    38.16.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
    38.16.7. Ordering Operators
    38.16.8. Special Features of Operator Classes

    +38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes

    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes

    38.16.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
    38.16.2. Index Method Strategies
    38.16.3. Index Method Support Routines
    38.16.4. An Example
    38.16.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
    38.16.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
    38.16.7. Ordering Operators
    38.16.8. Special Features of Operator Classes

    The procedures described thus far let you define new types, new functions, and new operators. However, we cannot yet define an index on a column of a new data type. To do this, we must define an @@ -769,4 +769,4 @@ CREATE OPERATOR CLASS polygon_ops type of the stored summary values, and operator classes' support procedures are responsible for interpreting the summary values correctly. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information Home 38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information Home 38.17. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html index b5863de..9e1004e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next

    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML

    D.3.1. Queries Are Restricted to XPath 1.0
    D.3.2. Incidental Limits of the Implementation

    +D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML

    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next

    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML

    D.3.1. Queries Are Restricted to XPath 1.0
    D.3.2. Incidental Limits of the Implementation

    Significant revisions to the XML-related specifications in ISO/IEC 9075-14 (SQL/XML) were introduced with SQL:2006. PostgreSQL's implementation of the XML data @@ -201,4 +201,4 @@ SELECT XMLQUERY('$a is $b' PASSING BY VALUE xDOCUMENT is the only form of XML value that PostgreSQL can supply as an XPath context item. -

    Prev Up Next
    D.2. Unsupported Features Home Appendix E. Release Notes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    D.2. Unsupported Features Home Appendix E. Release Notes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html index 902d844..ea9193e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.50. xml2
    F.50. xml2
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.50. xml2

    F.50.1. Deprecation Notice
    F.50.2. Description of Functions
    F.50.3. xpath_table
    F.50.4. XSLT Functions
    F.50.5. Author

    +F.50. xml2

    F.50. xml2
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

    F.50. xml2

    F.50.1. Deprecation Notice
    F.50.2. Description of Functions
    F.50.3. xpath_table
    F.50.4. XSLT Functions
    F.50.5. Author

    The xml2 module provides XPath querying and XSLT functionality.

    F.50.1. Deprecation Notice

    @@ -271,4 +271,4 @@ xslt_process(text document, text stylesheet, text paramlist) returns text

    Development of this module was sponsored by Torchbox Ltd. (www.torchbox.com). It has the same BSD license as PostgreSQL. -

    Prev Up Next
    F.49. uuid-ossp Home Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    F.49. uuid-ossp Home Appendix G. Additional Supplied Programs
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html index cbeee0a..e2f1ef7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.15. Operator Optimization Information

    38.15.1. COMMUTATOR
    38.15.2. NEGATOR
    38.15.3. RESTRICT
    38.15.4. JOIN
    38.15.5. HASHES
    38.15.6. MERGES

    +38.15. Operator Optimization Information

    38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.15. Operator Optimization Information

    38.15.1. COMMUTATOR
    38.15.2. NEGATOR
    38.15.3. RESTRICT
    38.15.4. JOIN
    38.15.5. HASHES
    38.15.6. MERGES

    A PostgreSQL operator definition can include several optional clauses that tell the system useful things about how the operator behaves. These clauses should be provided whenever @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@

    Additional optimization clauses might be added in future versions of PostgreSQL. The ones described here are all - the ones that release 15.6 understands. + the ones that release 15.7 understands.

    It is also possible to attach a planner support function to the function that underlies an operator, providing another way of telling the system @@ -278,4 +278,4 @@ table1.column1 OP table2.column2 The function underlying a merge-joinable operator must be marked immutable or stable. If it is volatile, the system will never attempt to use the operator for a merge join. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.14. User-Defined Operators Home 38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.14. User-Defined Operators Home 38.16. Interfacing Extensions to Indexes
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html index a38dcf4..4629444 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.14. User-Defined Operators
    38.14. User-Defined Operators
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.14. User-Defined Operators

    +38.14. User-Defined Operators

    38.14. User-Defined Operators
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.14. User-Defined Operators

    Every operator is “syntactic sugar” for a call to an underlying function that does the real work; so you must first create the underlying function before you can create @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ SELECT (a + b) AS c FROM test_complex; clause shown in the example is an optional hint to the query optimizer. Further details about commutator and other optimizer hints appear in the next section. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.13. User-Defined Types Home 38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.13. User-Defined Types Home 38.15. Operator Optimization Information
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html index 4f86da8..1e0f5f7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    Prev UpChapter 42. Procedural LanguagesHome Next

    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages

    +42.1. Installing Procedural Languages

    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    Prev UpChapter 42. Procedural LanguagesHome Next

    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages

    A procedural language must be “installed” into each database where it is to be used. But procedural languages installed in the database template1 are automatically available in all @@ -139,4 +139,4 @@ CREATE TRUSTED LANGUAGE plperl handlers are built and installed if Perl support is configured, and the PL/PythonU handler is installed if Python support is configured, but these languages are not installed by default. -

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 42. Procedural Languages Home Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    Chapter 42. Procedural Languages Home Chapter 43. PL/pgSQL — SQL Procedural Language
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html index 2988bda..473962d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
    Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 42. Procedural Languages

    Table of Contents

    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages

    +Chapter 42. Procedural Languages

    Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next

    Chapter 42. Procedural Languages

    Table of Contents

    42.1. Installing Procedural Languages

    PostgreSQL allows user-defined functions to be written in other languages besides SQL and C. These other languages are generically called procedural @@ -26,4 +26,4 @@ has information about finding them. In addition other languages can be defined by users; the basics of developing a new procedural language are covered in Chapter 58. -

    Prev Up Next
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers Home 42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    41.7. Rules Versus Triggers Home 42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html index 89b891e..3ff6e53 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.4. User-Defined Procedures

    +38.4. User-Defined Procedures

    38.4. User-Defined Procedures
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.4. User-Defined Procedures

    A procedure is a database object similar to a function. The key differences are: @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ and DROP ROUTINE that can operate on functions and procedures without having to know which kind it is. Note, however, that there is no CREATE ROUTINE command. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.3. User-Defined Functions Home 38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.3. User-Defined Functions Home 38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html b/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html index 03a82ac..1d1d01f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html +++ b/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -38.13. User-Defined Types
    38.13. User-Defined Types
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.13. User-Defined Types

    38.13.1. TOAST Considerations

    +38.13. User-Defined Types

    38.13. User-Defined Types
    Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next

    38.13. User-Defined Types

    38.13.1. TOAST Considerations

    As described in Section 38.2, PostgreSQL can be extended to support new data types. This section describes how to define new base types, @@ -299,4 +299,4 @@ CREATE TYPE complex ( For examples of working with expanded values, see the standard array infrastructure, particularly src/backend/utils/adt/array_expanded.c. -

    Prev Up Next
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates Home 38.14. User-Defined Operators
    \ No newline at end of file +

    Prev Up Next
    38.12. User-Defined Aggregates Home 38.14. User-Defined Operators
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/json.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/json.sgml index 4182d69..06e2d65 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/json.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/json.sgml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ JSON data types are for storing JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) - data, as specified in RFC + data, as specified in RFC 7159. Such data can also be stored as text, but the JSON data types have the advantage of enforcing that each stored value is valid according to the JSON rules. There are also @@ -791,21 +791,20 @@ UPDATE table_name SET jsonb_field[1]['a'] = '1'; In particular, the way to write a double quote within an embedded string literal is \", and to write a backslash itself, you must write \\. Other special backslash sequences - include those recognized in JSON strings: + include those recognized in JavaScript strings: \b, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v - for various ASCII control characters, and - \uNNNN for a Unicode - character identified by its 4-hex-digit code point. The backslash - syntax also includes two cases not allowed by JSON: + for various ASCII control characters, \xNN for a character code - written with only two hex digits, and - \u{N...} for a character - code written with 1 to 6 hex digits. + written with only two hex digits, + \uNNNN for a Unicode + character identified by its 4-hex-digit code point, and + \u{N...} for a Unicode + character code point written with 1 to 6 hex digits. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml index 8b51d9e..997ae4f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ PQsslKeyPassHook_OpenSSL_type PQgetSSLKeyPassHook_OpenSSL(void); connection parameters. There are two accepted formats for these strings: plain keyword/value strings and URIs. URIs generally follow - RFC + RFC 3986, except that multi-host connection strings are allowed as further described below. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ postgresql:///mydb?host=localhost&port=5433 The connection URI needs to be encoded with percent-encoding + url="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3986#section-2.1">percent-encoding if it includes symbols with special meaning in any of its parts. Here is an example where the equal sign (=) is replaced with %3D and the space character with @@ -8236,7 +8236,7 @@ user=admin LDAP query will be performed. The result must be a list of keyword = value pairs which will be used to set connection options. The URL must conform to - RFC 1959 + RFC 1959 and be of the form ldap://[hostname[:port]]/search_base?attribute?search_scope?filter @@ -8380,7 +8380,7 @@ ldap://ldap.acme.com/cn=dbserver,cn=hosts?pgconnectinfo?base?(objectclass=*) For backward compatibility with earlier versions of PostgreSQL, the host IP address is verified in a manner different - from RFC 6125. + from RFC 6125. The host IP address is always matched against dNSName SANs as well as iPAddress SANs, and can be matched against the Common Name attribute if no relevant SANs exist. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 index 42f048f..afe6aed 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CLUSTERDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CLUSTERDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 index 2bbed97..dbdcf5b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATEDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATEDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Specifies the locale provider for the database\*(Aqs default collation\&. Specifies the database user who will own the new database\&. (This name is processed as a double\-quoted identifier\&.) .RE .PP -\fB\-S \fR\fB\fItemplate\fR\fR +\fB\-S \fR\fB\fIstrategy\fR\fR .br \fB\-\-strategy=\fR\fB\fIstrategy\fR\fR .RS 4 diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 index 2e519eb..17ba7bb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATEUSER" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATEUSER" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 index 0f2fa83..c06f47b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROPDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROPDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 index 1e082dc..246231f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROPUSER" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROPUSER" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 index 777f7cc..8e16878 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ECPG" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ECPG" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -76,9 +76,14 @@ INFORMIX_SE, or ORACLE\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-D \fR\fB\fIsymbol\fR\fR +\fB\-D \fR\fB\fIsymbol\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIvalue\fR\fR\fB]\fR .RS 4 -Define a C preprocessor symbol\&. +Define a preprocessor symbol, equivalently to the +\fBEXEC SQL DEFINE\fR +directive\&. If no +\fIvalue\fR +is specified, the symbol is defined with the value +1\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 index d99af72..e2e3a47 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "INITDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "INITDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 index c558791..4fb9fc4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "OID2NAME" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "OID2NAME" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_amcheck.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_amcheck.1 index 273586b..6ffa08e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_amcheck.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_amcheck.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_AMCHECK" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_AMCHECK" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 index 140bb5c..7c8b8ca 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_ARCHIVECLEANUP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_ARCHIVECLEANUP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 index 230c82a..bd0c8ab 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_BASEBACKUP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_BASEBACKUP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ is not used), during which pg_basebackup will appear to be idle\&. .PP -The backup will include all files in the data directory and tablespaces, including the configuration files and any additional files placed in the directory by third parties, except certain temporary files managed by PostgreSQL\&. But only regular files and directories are copied, except that symbolic links used for tablespaces are preserved\&. Symbolic links pointing to certain directories known to PostgreSQL are copied as empty directories\&. Other symbolic links and special device files are skipped\&. See +The backup will include all files in the data directory and tablespaces, including the configuration files and any additional files placed in the directory by third parties, except certain temporary files managed by PostgreSQL and operating system files\&. But only regular files and directories are copied, except that symbolic links used for tablespaces are preserved\&. Symbolic links pointing to certain directories known to PostgreSQL are copied as empty directories\&. Other symbolic links and special device files are skipped\&. See Section\ \&55.4 for the precise details\&. .PP diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_checksums.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_checksums.1 index 34f3acc..98aee26 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_checksums.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_checksums.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_CHECKSUMS" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_CHECKSUMS" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 index 9bc154a..cd72eac 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_CONFIG" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_CONFIG" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 index c5656a8..44d6c13 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_CONTROLDATA" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_CONTROLDATA" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 index 8473a50..0d81345 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_CTL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_CTL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 index a575f75..0549744 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_DUMP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_DUMP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 index d3fa8c2..b129535 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_DUMPALL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_DUMPALL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 index b5e845e..3e01808 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_ISREADY" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_ISREADY" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 index 747181f..1a74376 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_RECEIVEWAL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_RECEIVEWAL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 index 6c7aed6..828c073 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_RECVLOGICAL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_RECVLOGICAL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 index 66ee019..61795c3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_RESETWAL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_RESETWAL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 index d404719..2e19f65 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_RESTORE" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_RESTORE" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 index a039353..3569e93 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_REWIND" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_REWIND" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -321,8 +321,11 @@ are omitted from the data copied from the source cluster\&. The files backup_label, tablespace_map, pg_internal\&.init, -postmaster\&.opts, and -postmaster\&.pid, as well as any file or directory beginning with +postmaster\&.opts, +postmaster\&.pid +and +\&.DS_Store +as well as any file or directory beginning with pgsql_tmp, are omitted\&. .RE .sp diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 index 89d43bf..6629923 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_TEST_FSYNC" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_TEST_FSYNC" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 index d1ae2db..5662649 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_TEST_TIMING" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_TEST_TIMING" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 index d8e426b..ebf8e6d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_UPGRADE" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_UPGRADE" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verifybackup.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verifybackup.1 index 97b15c2..40e9893 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verifybackup.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verifybackup.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_VERIFYBACKUP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_VERIFYBACKUP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 index fd0e3d5..e4c561a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PG_WALDUMP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PG_WALDUMP" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 index 152b2d7..4419c0e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PGBENCH" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PGBENCH" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 index 06cf212..2cfcedc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "POSTGRES" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "POSTGRES" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 index c80662a..47ef61f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "POSTMASTER" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "POSTMASTER" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 index 21890e0..d79c094 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PSQL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PSQL" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ or \fB\epset expanded\fR\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-X,\fR +\fB\-X\fR .br \fB\-\-no\-psqlrc\fR .RS 4 @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ is currently connected, followed by the string .\} .nf $ \fBpsql testdb\fR -psql (15\&.6) +psql (15\&.7) Type "help" for help\&. testdb=> @@ -4157,7 +4157,7 @@ PostgreSQL major or minor release identifier to the file name, for example ~/\&.psqlrc\-15 or -~/\&.psqlrc\-15\&.6\&. The most specific version\-matching file will be read in preference to a non\-version\-specific file\&. These version suffixes are added after determining the file path as explained above\&. +~/\&.psqlrc\-15\&.7\&. The most specific version\-matching file will be read in preference to a non\-version\-specific file\&. These version suffixes are added after determining the file path as explained above\&. .RE .PP \&.psql_history diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 index 4518f6b..974904b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REINDEXDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "REINDEXDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 index ad49522..250781e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "VACUUMDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "VACUUMDB" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 b/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 index be320b6..6f7a2e0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "VACUUMLO" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "VACUUMLO" "1" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 index 7e861ba..628ef70 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_COMMIT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_COMMIT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 index 151bfde..f3ec1fa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CONNECT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CONNECT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 index 3c598c6..6d671cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_COPYTUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_COPYTUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 index df1c513..c2ea73e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_CLOSE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_CLOSE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 index 99dafbf..51045fe 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 index 42503f7..5625177 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FIND" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FIND" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 index f3b1339..ec5ea1e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 index 43ff2da..d430280 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 index 5b149b4..8922c0f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 index d99a553..1e0f892 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_parse_open.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_parse_open.3 index d564b7b..389f519 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_parse_open.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_parse_open.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_CURSOR_PARSE_OPEN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_CURSOR_PARSE_OPEN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 index 12a0570..29d4b1e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXEC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXEC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 index 40379ae..3470ef3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECP" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECP" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 index b89bc37..2394137 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECUTE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECUTE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_extended.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_extended.3 index e174c46..95d7d6a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_extended.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_extended.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_EXTENDED" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_EXTENDED" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 index 1172a38..5bf6bf3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_extended.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_extended.3 index 0021032..64325b6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_extended.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_extended.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN_EXTENDED" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN_EXTENDED" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 index e4b17a9..13a097e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 index 20f4ce3..843ef83 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 index 1f117b6..9a5d788 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_FINISH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_FINISH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 index b23ff23..c066c40 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_FNAME" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_FNAME" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 index 8882486..40ecee4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_FNUMBER" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_FNUMBER" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 index 42d1c69..333b9ec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_FREEPLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_FREEPLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 index a03bd9c..ebf2d0e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_FREETUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_FREETUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 index 2e7f2c8..b614901 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_FREETUPTABLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_FREETUPTABLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 index 076bdf9..f5f6e9d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETARGCOUNT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETARGCOUNT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 index 6ade9cd..606a4b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETARGTYPEID" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETARGTYPEID" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 index a49e252..2d0bcd8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETBINVAL" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETBINVAL" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 index cf12dd2..3fcd18e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETNSPNAME" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETNSPNAME" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 index d5f464e..0f847dc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETRELNAME" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETRELNAME" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 index 65df710..be8a1b0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETTYPE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETTYPE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 index 8e0ec89..c57baef 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETTYPEID" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETTYPEID" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 index 14c6024..a1da932 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_GETVALUE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_GETVALUE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 index ad61b36..7cf9a36 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_IS_CURSOR_PLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_IS_CURSOR_PLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 index 6d2692a..7dd9d76 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_KEEPPLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_KEEPPLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 index 1a5dc70..dee7a69 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_MODIFYTUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_MODIFYTUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 index db335a8..fdcf69e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_PALLOC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_PALLOC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 index 731c5f4..c3622fd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_PFREE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_PFREE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 index 830f666..30d863b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_PREPARE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_PREPARE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 index ea1d510..23a879e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_PREPARE_CURSOR" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_PREPARE_CURSOR" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_extended.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_extended.3 index ef4ff13..32aebee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_extended.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_extended.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_PREPARE_EXTENDED" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_PREPARE_EXTENDED" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 index b859775..ea096e8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_PREPARE_PARAMS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_PREPARE_PARAMS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 index b2928f0..5a2be93 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_REGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_REGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 index fcb91a2..c41d3d0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_REGISTER_TRIGGER_DATA" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_REGISTER_TRIGGER_DATA" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 index 36356fd..1384d8c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_REPALLOC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_REPALLOC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 index 4780846..2bf7317 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_RESULT_CODE_STRING" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_RESULT_CODE_STRING" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 index 945f923..ce7f65b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_RETURNTUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_RETURNTUPLE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 index c2a6ee4..6910eda 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_ROLLBACK" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_ROLLBACK" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 index 9fdfe8a..5484e49 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_SAVEPLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_SAVEPLAN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 index 5c1e90e..8746b61 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 index 0906726..98afb5e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 index 193425b..100acd7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_START_TRANSACTION" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_START_TRANSACTION" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 index 7e4787c..2e76959 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SPI_UNREGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SPI_UNREGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 index cecfa77..90958ef 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 index 0e8e3b2..8752c58 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_DELETE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_DELETE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 index fe59c8e..ee90334 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_INSERT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_INSERT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 index 4245753..fd5cc61 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_UPDATE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_UPDATE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 index 268d70e..d74c89c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_CANCEL_QUERY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_CANCEL_QUERY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 index 9c4da13..5be3382 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_CLOSE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_CLOSE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 index d25f840..2efdc1b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 index decb4a2..466fbdd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT_U" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT_U" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 index 9bad6b7..feb342a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_DISCONNECT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_DISCONNECT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 index fb3fae9..ddfb2bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_ERROR_MESSAGE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_ERROR_MESSAGE" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 index 5ea01dc..857182f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_EXEC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_EXEC" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 index 35adb39..71a5bc7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_FETCH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_FETCH" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 index e6c8996..b336264 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_GET_CONNECTIONS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_GET_CONNECTIONS" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 index 5950ac4..adff6ee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_GET_NOTIFY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_GET_NOTIFY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 index bf9b21d..27db4de 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_GET_PKEY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_GET_PKEY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 index a34d97a..2fc52da 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_GET_RESULT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_GET_RESULT" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 index 6da0f67..9f031e0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_IS_BUSY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_IS_BUSY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 index 2e9cf86..415e139 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_OPEN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_OPEN" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 index 4243bae..9cc51f2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBLINK_SEND_QUERY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DBLINK_SEND_QUERY" "3" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 index fc2bdde..f9d1543 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ABORT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ABORT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 index 60867f9..24fd3be 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER AGGREGATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER AGGREGATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 index acb20d9..aa9288d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER COLLATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER COLLATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 index 5e3f816..8ed4b84 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER CONVERSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER CONVERSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 index c11d792..e830bc5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER DATABASE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER DATABASE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 index 3a8f7b1..6b4c024 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -57,7 +57,8 @@ GRANT { USAGE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } ON TYPES TO { [ GROUP ] \fIrole_name\fR | PUBLIC } [, \&.\&.\&.] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ] -GRANT { USAGE | CREATE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } +GRANT { { USAGE | CREATE } + [, \&.\&.\&.] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } ON SCHEMAS TO { [ GROUP ] \fIrole_name\fR | PUBLIC } [, \&.\&.\&.] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ] @@ -88,7 +89,8 @@ REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ] REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ] - { USAGE | CREATE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } + { { USAGE | CREATE } + [, \&.\&.\&.] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } ON SCHEMAS FROM { [ GROUP ] \fIrole_name\fR | PUBLIC } [, \&.\&.\&.] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ] diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 index b295cfc..a1f942a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER DOMAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER DOMAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 index 62a6a43..9ccbf88 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 index f8519b8..9d730ad 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER EXTENSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER EXTENSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 index 8de0f48..946cdc0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 index 42fe590..2762ade 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 index 49eb0eb..8612c22 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER FUNCTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER FUNCTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 index 2a350b6..c7741ea 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER GROUP" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER GROUP" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 index 8453ee9..cff2fca 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER INDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER INDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 index de592e1..faa97b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER LANGUAGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER LANGUAGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 index cfc9b68..e0e8954 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER LARGE OBJECT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER LARGE OBJECT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 index 903d530..a2d7786 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 index 59e4edf..85fdd2f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER OPERATOR" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER OPERATOR" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 index 66f1bfc..c9ab6f2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 index bd74f86..0d0218d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 index 4570776..9b6faee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER POLICY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER POLICY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 index 420449d..9b7e432 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER PROCEDURE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER PROCEDURE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 index 7af932b..d5083ec 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER PUBLICATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER PUBLICATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 index e2be499..d6245c4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 index 7ece7ae..66d855b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER ROUTINE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER ROUTINE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 index 75064e9..00a724d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER RULE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER RULE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 index 1b01d6d..d9fe257 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 index 60cde7e..1e43be9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER SEQUENCE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER SEQUENCE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 index b753003..3fdf8cd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER SERVER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER SERVER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 index 0beac30..a1b6d67 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER STATISTICS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER STATISTICS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 index d6efae9..edd93db 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 index ab8594f..7f63044 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER SYSTEM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER SYSTEM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 index 4fa5c34..ec8a183 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ and \fItable_constraint_using_index\fR is: \fIexclude_element\fR in an EXCLUDE constraint is: -{ \fIcolumn_name\fR | ( \fIexpression\fR ) } [ \fIopclass\fR ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] +{ \fIcolumn_name\fR | ( \fIexpression\fR ) } [ COLLATE \fIcollation\fR ] [ \fIopclass\fR [ ( \fIopclass_parameter\fR = \fIvalue\fR [, \&.\&.\&. ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] \fIreferential_action\fR in a FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint is: diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 index 097ee57..8ce842c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TABLESPACE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TABLESPACE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 index ed2556d..39c6c6c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 index 7f7e2b3..bee174b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 index 4346665..504390c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 index 6f754b0..47fc0c8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 index c6aa9c3..f9e1689 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 index 627bbb8..a442096 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER TYPE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER TYPE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 index f717905..0da32c1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER USER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER USER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 index d7324a9..81cc141 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER USER MAPPING" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER USER MAPPING" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 index 925837e..038e285 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ALTER VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ALTER VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 index a058ee5..b091718 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ANALYZE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ANALYZE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 index 60dd3e1..1141dee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "BEGIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "BEGIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 index 2267072..b6d53fa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CALL" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CALL" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 index 730447d..34f804d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CHECKPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CHECKPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 index b1ab3d9..dada931 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CLOSE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CLOSE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 index dc2c96e..29b78e9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CLUSTER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CLUSTER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 index 4fe65c4..34cc997 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "COMMENT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "COMMENT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 index 3db23d8..94833ce 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "COMMIT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "COMMIT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 index 513c66b..c591ada 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "COMMIT PREPARED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "COMMIT PREPARED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 index 3daaa71..1319105 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "COPY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "COPY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 index 126ecc0..b477904 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 index 5dae64c..47c255e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE AGGREGATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE AGGREGATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 index 699f446..af6d697 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE CAST" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE CAST" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 index e7d5d20..1dec22e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE COLLATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE COLLATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ is the default\&. The available choices depend on the operating system and build DETERMINISTIC .RS 4 Specifies whether the collation should use deterministic comparisons\&. The default is true\&. A deterministic comparison considers strings that are not byte\-wise equal to be unequal even if they are considered logically equal by the comparison\&. PostgreSQL breaks ties using a byte\-wise comparison\&. Comparison that is not deterministic can make the collation be, say, case\- or accent\-insensitive\&. For that, you need to choose an appropriate -LC_COLLATE +LOCALE setting \fIand\fR set the collation to not deterministic here\&. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 index d634b11..3105c1c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE CONVERSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE CONVERSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 index b5ecf76..356e837 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE DATABASE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE DATABASE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ CREATE DATABASE \fIname\fR [ WITH ] [ OWNER [=] \fIuser_name\fR ] [ TEMPLATE [=] \fItemplate\fR ] [ ENCODING [=] \fIencoding\fR ] - [ STRATEGY [=] \fIstrategy\fR ] ] + [ STRATEGY [=] \fIstrategy\fR ] [ LOCALE [=] \fIlocale\fR ] [ LC_COLLATE [=] \fIlc_collate\fR ] [ LC_CTYPE [=] \fIlc_ctype\fR ] diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 index b315f33..403a58d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE DOMAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE DOMAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 index 30c07cd..9d42128 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 index 83c2cde..370f182 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE EXTENSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE EXTENSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 index 8022c36..cb2482a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 index d7eaec2..d55471a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 index 84a56de..9b99fb6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE FUNCTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE FUNCTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 index a9473a3..197ebee 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE GROUP" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE GROUP" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 index 796d10c..0563ec5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE INDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE INDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 index 8a8cea7..d7a3efb 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE LANGUAGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE LANGUAGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 index 497df42..1b8ffa5 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 index eb75451..92b978b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE OPERATOR" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE OPERATOR" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 index 4c83f41..7e75991 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 index 0c4fe2f..84cdf27 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 index c293250..a1c186c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE POLICY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE POLICY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 index fccf739..4c2c319 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE PROCEDURE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE PROCEDURE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 index 950195a..144d783 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE PUBLICATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE PUBLICATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 index 49ba65e..c7a61c7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 index 1233029..9efb72a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE RULE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE RULE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 index 4a09dc8..5a260c7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 index 06e69fb..6cd57cc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE SEQUENCE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE SEQUENCE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 index 8683add..240fa7c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE SERVER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE SERVER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 index cfa9faf..0e827b7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE STATISTICS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE STATISTICS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 index 51568a7..95baeff 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 index 13d806e..9806118 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ WITH ( MODULUS \fInumeric_literal\fR, REMAINDER \fInumeric_literal\fR ) \fIexclude_element\fR in an EXCLUDE constraint is: -{ \fIcolumn_name\fR | ( \fIexpression\fR ) } [ \fIopclass\fR ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] +{ \fIcolumn_name\fR | ( \fIexpression\fR ) } [ COLLATE \fIcollation\fR ] [ \fIopclass\fR [ ( \fIopclass_parameter\fR = \fIvalue\fR [, \&.\&.\&. ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] \fIreferential_action\fR in a FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint is: @@ -715,13 +715,13 @@ UNIQUE constraint, although an ordinary unique constraint will be faster\&. However, exclusion constraints can specify constraints that are more general than simple equality\&. For example, you can specify a constraint that no two rows in the table contain overlapping circles (see Section\ \&8.8) by using the && -operator\&. +operator\&. The operator(s) are required to be commutative\&. .sp Exclusion constraints are implemented using an index, so each specified operator must be associated with an appropriate operator class (see Section\ \&11.10) for the index access method -\fIindex_method\fR\&. The operators are required to be commutative\&. Each +\fIindex_method\fR\&. Each \fIexclude_element\fR -can optionally specify an operator class and/or ordering options; these are described fully under +defines a column of the index, so it can optionally specify a collation, an operator class, operator class parameters, and/or ordering options; these are described fully under CREATE INDEX (\fBCREATE_INDEX\fR(7))\&. .sp The access method must support diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 index 302fce9..c792073 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TABLESPACE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TABLESPACE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 index 4eb787e..0cdb3b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TABLE AS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TABLE AS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 index 53b8926..1b327ad 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 index 159872a..439e459 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 index c908d16..ea72f81 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 index 9ea5789..6b2398d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 index 8120eaa..180a1a2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TRANSFORM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TRANSFORM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 index 1e749b2..1585536 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 index c409ae0..5ceb708 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE TYPE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE TYPE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 index 98e8e5f..66f1bb6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE USER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE USER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 index 6f852b1..0bc17b6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE USER MAPPING" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE USER MAPPING" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 index 9fa2f5b..6f54d12 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "CREATE VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "CREATE VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 index 3f58051..7a35fa0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DEALLOCATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DEALLOCATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 index 6251279..26c4a92 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DECLARE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DECLARE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 index 5e13176..d2f061a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DELETE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DELETE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 index ee0919c..38fea47 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DISCARD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DISCARD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 index e7afd38..9e84f41 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DO" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DO" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 index c051f66..6508a17 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 index af7a945..5f86e46 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP AGGREGATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP AGGREGATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 index ae29c79..89ae782 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP CAST" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP CAST" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 index 0833c5a..8662de7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP COLLATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP COLLATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 index adcc955..b7983b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP CONVERSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP CONVERSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 index 1683633..d65672a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP DATABASE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP DATABASE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 index 29859d4..448a7ad 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP DOMAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP DOMAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 index 0f1ac0c..08bfea1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 index ec96b68..a0b993b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP EXTENSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP EXTENSION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 index 63cfd80..2bf4e81 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 index 3a7140e..c816366 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 index 8da7370..b5b4678 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP FUNCTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP FUNCTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 index b556164..507517e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP GROUP" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP GROUP" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 index b961c19..313b16c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP INDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP INDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 index d080f25..6ffb2a9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP LANGUAGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP LANGUAGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 index 226d40d..45b1524 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 index b2cc599..1d8073d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP OPERATOR" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP OPERATOR" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 index 4315c5d..7882ce3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 index 29421ad..bce8473 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 index c53ae94..5a5d3c2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP OWNED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP OWNED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 index 57035aa..ce8d12b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP POLICY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP POLICY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 index 2993449..361283e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP PROCEDURE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP PROCEDURE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 index 69505b3..f773038 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP PUBLICATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP PUBLICATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 index f0451f5..fbdd6ae 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 index 25e7cb1..82f10b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP ROUTINE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP ROUTINE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 index 1ee014f..34aa4ac 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP RULE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP RULE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 index 5c8d05e..32712ef 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 index 6a6e5f1..aefcc7f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP SEQUENCE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP SEQUENCE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 index ed2f5ae..9e60507 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP SERVER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP SERVER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 index 8c0935b..a9306e7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP STATISTICS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP STATISTICS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 index e872ffb..bc4175f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 index 737c52e..4fed341 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TABLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 index 5cd4cf2..0781551 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TABLESPACE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TABLESPACE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 index c3e906f..277302c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 index 39cf05d..a321b65 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 index d9c899c..4b0bdf3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 index 555dfe3..ac0d674 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 index 77f09e4..b06a4b0 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TRANSFORM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TRANSFORM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 index da7b4aa..1674f26 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TRIGGER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 index 89b9e30..1be0d18 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP TYPE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP TYPE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 index c09f7bb..3009bd7 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP USER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP USER" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 index 9f83780..4fa29e6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP USER MAPPING" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP USER MAPPING" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 index a3a33d0..e263bf3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DROP VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "DROP VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 index 33bc79e..ed8af3d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "END" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "END" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 index f44de16..1c1b0a6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "EXECUTE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "EXECUTE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 index b5c5d8c..cedd61a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "EXPLAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "EXPLAIN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 index 186c84e..fd71290 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "FETCH" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "FETCH" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 index d88a5aa..2b8e3fc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "GRANT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "GRANT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 index ba91d69..2a8b754 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 index 583b296..6dbfe58 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "INSERT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "INSERT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 index 21c8738..b674608 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LISTEN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "LISTEN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 index 079dd2e..1a08c5a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LOAD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "LOAD" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 index 54af0d6..0e857c9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "LOCK" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "LOCK" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/MERGE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/MERGE.7 index 65ff5c4..87bd747 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/MERGE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/MERGE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MERGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "MERGE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -55,7 +55,9 @@ INSERT [( \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] )] and \fImerge_update\fR is: UPDATE SET { \fIcolumn_name\fR = { \fIexpression\fR | DEFAULT } | - ( \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] ) = ( { \fIexpression\fR | DEFAULT } [, \&.\&.\&.] ) } [, \&.\&.\&.] + ( \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] ) = [ ROW ] ( { \fIexpression\fR | DEFAULT } [, \&.\&.\&.] ) | + ( \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] ) = ( \fIsub\-SELECT\fR ) + } [, \&.\&.\&.] and \fImerge_delete\fR is: @@ -64,7 +66,7 @@ DELETE .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBMERGE\fR -performs actions that modify rows in the +performs actions that modify rows in the target table identified as \fItarget_table_name\fR, using the \fIdata_source\fR\&. \fBMERGE\fR @@ -81,9 +83,7 @@ First, the \fBMERGE\fR command performs a join from \fIdata_source\fR -to -\fItarget_table_name\fR -producing zero or more candidate change rows\&. For each candidate change row, the status of +to the target table producing zero or more candidate change rows\&. For each candidate change row, the status of MATCHED or NOT MATCHED @@ -100,8 +100,7 @@ actions have the same effect as regular \fBDELETE\fR commands of the same names\&. The syntax of those commands is different, notably that there is no WHERE -clause and no table name is specified\&. All actions refer to the -\fItarget_table_name\fR, though modifications to other tables may be made using triggers\&. +clause and no table name is specified\&. All actions refer to the target table, though modifications to other tables may be made using triggers\&. .PP When DO NOTHING @@ -113,35 +112,48 @@ There is no separate MERGE privilege\&. If you specify an update action, you must have the UPDATE -privilege on the column(s) of the -\fItarget_table_name\fR -that are referred to in the +privilege on the column(s) of the target table that are referred to in the SET clause\&. If you specify an insert action, you must have the INSERT -privilege on the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. If you specify a delete action, you must have the +privilege on the target table\&. If you specify a delete action, you must have the DELETE -privilege on the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. Privileges are tested once at statement start and are checked whether or not particular -WHEN -clauses are executed\&. You will require the +privilege on the target table\&. If you specify a +DO NOTHING +action, you must have the +SELECT +privilege on at least one column of the target table\&. You will also need SELECT privilege on any column(s) of the \fIdata_source\fR -and -\fItarget_table_name\fR -referred to in any +and of the target table referred to in any condition -or -expression\&. +(including +join_condition) or +expression\&. Privileges are tested once at statement start and are checked whether or not particular +WHEN +clauses are executed\&. .PP \fBMERGE\fR -is not supported if the -\fItarget_table_name\fR -is a materialized view, foreign table, or if it has any rules defined on it\&. +is not supported if the target table is a materialized view, foreign table, or if it has any rules defined on it\&. .SH "PARAMETERS" .PP +\fIwith_query\fR +.RS 4 +The +WITH +clause allows you to specify one or more subqueries that can be referenced by name in the +\fBMERGE\fR +query\&. See +Section\ \&7.8 +and +\fBSELECT\fR(7) +for details\&. Note that +WITH RECURSIVE +is not supported by +\fBMERGE\fR\&. +.RE +.PP \fItarget_table_name\fR .RS 4 The name (optionally schema\-qualified) of the target table to merge into\&. If @@ -184,8 +196,7 @@ can be specified after the table name to explicitly indicate that descendant tab A query (\fBSELECT\fR statement or \fBVALUES\fR -statement) that supplies the rows to be merged into the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. Refer to the +statement) that supplies the rows to be merged into the target table\&. Refer to the \fBSELECT\fR(7) statement or \fBVALUES\fR(7) @@ -206,8 +217,7 @@ boolean WHERE clause) that specifies which rows in the \fIdata_source\fR -match rows in the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. +match rows in the target table\&. .if n \{\ .sp .\} @@ -220,16 +230,12 @@ match rows in the \fBWarning\fR .ps -1 .br -Only columns from -\fItarget_table_name\fR -that attempt to match +Only columns from the target table that attempt to match \fIdata_source\fR rows should appear in \fIjoin_condition\fR\&. \fIjoin_condition\fR -subexpressions that only reference -\fItarget_table_name\fR -columns can affect which action is taken, often in surprising ways\&. +subexpressions that only reference the target table\*(Aqs columns can affect which action is taken, often in surprising ways\&. .sp .5v .RE .RE @@ -244,8 +250,7 @@ If the WHEN clause specifies WHEN MATCHED -and the candidate change row matches a row in the -\fItarget_table_name\fR, the +and the candidate change row matches a row in the target table, the WHEN clause is executed if the \fIcondition\fR @@ -256,8 +261,7 @@ Conversely, if the WHEN clause specifies WHEN NOT MATCHED -and the candidate change row does not match a row in the -\fItarget_table_name\fR, the +and the candidate change row does not match a row in the target table, the WHEN clause is executed if the \fIcondition\fR @@ -288,11 +292,7 @@ action that inserts one row into the target table\&. The target column names can .sp Each column not present in the explicit or implicit column list will be filled with a default value, either its declared default value or null if there is none\&. .sp -If -\fItarget_table_name\fR -is a partitioned table, each row is routed to the appropriate partition and inserted into it\&. If -\fItarget_table_name\fR -is a partition, an error will occur if any input row violates the partition constraint\&. +If the target table is a partitioned table, each row is routed to the appropriate partition and inserted into it\&. If the target table is a partition, an error will occur if any input row violates the partition constraint\&. .sp Column names may not be specified more than once\&. \fBINSERT\fR @@ -309,8 +309,7 @@ clause can only refer to columns from the source relation, since by definition t .RS 4 The specification of an UPDATE -action that updates the current row of the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. Column names may not be specified more than once\&. +action that updates the current row of the target table\&. Column names may not be specified more than once\&. .sp Neither a table name nor a WHERE @@ -321,16 +320,14 @@ clause are allowed\&. .RS 4 Specifies a DELETE -action that deletes the current row of the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. Do not include the table name or any other clauses, as you would normally do with a +action that deletes the current row of the target table\&. Do not include the table name or any other clauses, as you would normally do with a \fBDELETE\fR(7) command\&. .RE .PP \fIcolumn_name\fR .RS 4 -The name of a column in the -\fItarget_table_name\fR\&. The column name can be qualified with a subfield name or array subscript, if needed\&. (Inserting into only some fields of a composite column leaves the other fields null\&.) Do not include the table\*(Aqs name in the specification of a target column\&. +The name of a column in the target table\&. The column name can be qualified with a subfield name or array subscript, if needed\&. (Inserting into only some fields of a composite column leaves the other fields null\&.) Do not include the table\*(Aqs name in the specification of a target column\&. .RE .PP OVERRIDING SYSTEM VALUE @@ -359,11 +356,12 @@ clause is not permitted in this form\&.) An expression to assign to the column\&. If used in a WHEN MATCHED clause, the expression can use values from the original row in the target table, and values from the -data_source +\fIdata_source\fR row\&. If used in a WHEN NOT MATCHED clause, the expression can use values from the -data_source\&. +\fIdata_source\fR +row\&. .RE .PP DEFAULT @@ -373,17 +371,13 @@ NULL if no specific default expression has been assigned to it)\&. .RE .PP -\fIwith_query\fR +\fIsub\-SELECT\fR .RS 4 -The -WITH -clause allows you to specify one or more subqueries that can be referenced by name in the -\fBMERGE\fR -query\&. See -Section\ \&7.8 -and -\fBSELECT\fR(7) -for details\&. +A +SELECT +sub\-query that produces as many output columns as are listed in the parenthesized column list preceding it\&. The sub\-query must yield no more than one row when executed\&. If it yields one row, its column values are assigned to the target columns; if it yields no rows, NULL values are assigned to the target columns\&. The sub\-query can refer to values from the original row in the target table, and values from the +\fIdata_source\fR +row\&. .RE .SH "OUTPUTS" .PP diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 index b0d15b1..14a7bd1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "MOVE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "MOVE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 index f03d7d6..3c1a647 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "NOTIFY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "NOTIFY" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 index 397f4a4..a34f48c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PREPARE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PREPARE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 index 6b76792..1ee0a19 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "PREPARE TRANSACTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "PREPARE TRANSACTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 index e9a4a78..59a7448 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REASSIGN OWNED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "REASSIGN OWNED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 index 005d0c4..7503989 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 index 1f96a61..9652bcd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REINDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "REINDEX" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 index cb85114..5d2542d 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "RELEASE SAVEPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "RELEASE SAVEPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 index c0ad6ae..f6860bd 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "RESET" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "RESET" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 index 98c679b..eb865b2 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "REVOKE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "REVOKE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 index 35fe7da..868a9b9 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ROLLBACK" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ROLLBACK" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 index cb3503e..746840a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ROLLBACK PREPARED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ROLLBACK PREPARED" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 index 1e9a2a8..cea68f6 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 index a1e19a7..26acb8a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SAVEPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SAVEPOINT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 index ed25e6f..13eb7aa 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SECURITY LABEL" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SECURITY LABEL" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ SECURITY LABEL [ FOR \fIprovider\fR ] ON DATABASE \fIobject_name\fR | DOMAIN \fIobject_name\fR | EVENT TRIGGER \fIobject_name\fR | - FOREIGN TABLE \fIobject_name\fR + FOREIGN TABLE \fIobject_name\fR | FUNCTION \fIfunction_name\fR [ ( [ [ \fIargmode\fR ] [ \fIargname\fR ] \fIargtype\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] ] ) ] | LARGE OBJECT \fIlarge_object_oid\fR | MATERIALIZED VIEW \fIobject_name\fR | diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 index 2685817..8f0157c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SELECT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SELECT" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 index 236746b..b776523 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SELECT INTO" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SELECT INTO" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 index 3f82483..3502e0b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SET" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SET" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 index aff801c..f62ce72 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SET CONSTRAINTS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SET CONSTRAINTS" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 index a58fac3..ae6f801 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SET ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SET ROLE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 index 3a3481a..8627c74 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 index 8f51aef..d7207e8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SET TRANSACTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SET TRANSACTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 index 096321f..4d15c1e 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SHOW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "SHOW" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 index a74eb17..3c89d04 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "START TRANSACTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "START TRANSACTION" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 index 6df0026..c72b1c8 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "TRUNCATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "TRUNCATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 index 2e2c857..fee5af3 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "UNLISTEN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "UNLISTEN" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 index fc2c5a0..cb4b75f 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "UPDATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "UPDATE" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 index 38ec6be..f639553 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "VACUUM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "VACUUM" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 b/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 index e3ee9b0..3f6328a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 +++ b/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ .\" Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot .\" Date: 2024 -.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation -.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.6 +.\" Manual: PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation +.\" Source: PostgreSQL 15.7 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "VALUES" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.6" "PostgreSQL 15.6 Documentation" +.TH "VALUES" "7" "2024" "PostgreSQL 15.7" "PostgreSQL 15.7 Documentation" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/pgcrypto.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/pgcrypto.sgml index 43fb8db..3ca39c1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/pgcrypto.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/pgcrypto.sgml @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ gen_salt(type text [, iter_count integer ]) returns text The functions here implement the encryption part of the OpenPGP - (RFC 4880) + (RFC 4880) standard. Supported are both symmetric-key and public-key encryption. @@ -1220,72 +1220,6 @@ gen_random_uuid() returns uuid ciphertexts of a given size. - - - Useful Reading - - - - - The GNU Privacy Handbook. - - - - Describes the crypt-blowfish algorithm. - - - - - - How to choose a good password. - - - - Interesting idea for picking passwords. - - - - - - Describes good and bad cryptography. - - - - - - Technical References - - - - - OpenPGP message format. - - - - The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm. - - - - HMAC: Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication. - - - - - - Comparison of crypt-des, crypt-md5 and bcrypt algorithms. - - - - - - Description of Fortuna CSPRNG. - - - - Jean-Luc Cooke Fortuna-based /dev/random driver for Linux. - - -     diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/pgstatstatements.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/pgstatstatements.sgml index ea90365..c8aa43a 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/pgstatstatements.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/pgstatstatements.sgml @@ -554,15 +554,21 @@ - As a rule of thumb, queryid values can be assumed to be - stable and comparable only so long as the underlying server version and - catalog metadata details stay exactly the same. Two servers - participating in replication based on physical WAL replay can be expected - to have identical queryid values for the same query. - However, logical replication schemes do not promise to keep replicas - identical in all relevant details, so queryid will - not be a useful identifier for accumulating costs across a set of logical - replicas. If in doubt, direct testing is recommended. + Two servers participating in replication based on physical WAL replay can + be expected to have identical queryid values for + the same query. However, logical replication schemes do not promise to + keep replicas identical in all relevant details, so + queryid will not be a useful identifier for + accumulating costs across a set of logical replicas. + If in doubt, direct testing is recommended. + + + + Generally, it can be assumed that queryid values + are stable between minor version releases of PostgreSQL, + providing that instances are running on the same machine architecture and + the catalog metadata details match. Compatibility will only be broken + between minor versions as a last resort. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml index fdd3d05..70605dc 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/protocol.sgml @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ SELCT 1/0; respectively. The frontend might close the connection at this point if it is dissatisfied with the response. To continue after G, using the GSSAPI C bindings as discussed in - RFC 2744 + RFC 2744 or equivalent, perform a GSSAPI initialization by calling gss_init_sec_context() in a loop and sending the result to the server, starting with an empty input and then with each @@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ SELCT 1/0; The implemented SASL mechanisms at the moment are SCRAM-SHA-256 and its variant with channel binding SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS. They are described in - detail in RFC 7677 - and RFC 5802. + detail in RFC 7677 + and RFC 5802. @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ psql "dbname=postgres replication=database" -c "IDENTIFY_SYSTEM;" Files other than regular files and directories, such as symbolic links (other than for the directories listed above) and special - device files, are skipped. (Symbolic links + device and operating system files, are skipped. (Symbolic links in pg_tblspc are maintained.) diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml index 8a60061..d0ac296 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_default_privileges.sgml @@ -46,7 +46,8 @@ GRANT { USAGE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } ON TYPES TO { [ GROUP ] role_name | PUBLIC } [, ...] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ] -GRANT { USAGE | CREATE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } +GRANT { { USAGE | CREATE } + [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } ON SCHEMAS TO { [ GROUP ] role_name | PUBLIC } [, ...] [ WITH GRANT OPTION ] @@ -77,7 +78,8 @@ REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ] REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ] - { USAGE | CREATE | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } + { { USAGE | CREATE } + [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] } ON SCHEMAS FROM { [ GROUP ] role_name | PUBLIC } [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ] diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml index 6fd8faf..eee1f4b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REM exclude_element in an EXCLUDE constraint is: -{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ opclass ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] +{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ COLLATE collation ] [ opclass [ ( opclass_parameter = value [, ... ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] referential_action in a FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint is: diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_collation.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_collation.sgml index 58f5f0c..11c0089 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_collation.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_collation.sgml @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ CREATE COLLATION [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name FROM LC_COLLATE setting + choose an appropriate LOCALE setting and set the collation to not deterministic here. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml index ea38c64..55414e4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_database.sgml @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ CREATE DATABASE name [ WITH ] [ OWNER [=] user_name ] [ TEMPLATE [=] template ] [ ENCODING [=] encoding ] - [ STRATEGY [=] strategy ] ] + [ STRATEGY [=] strategy ] [ LOCALE [=] locale ] [ LC_COLLATE [=] lc_collate ] [ LC_CTYPE [=] lc_ctype ] diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml index 0301dff..8af4990 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REM exclude_element in an EXCLUDE constraint is: -{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ opclass ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] +{ column_name | ( expression ) } [ COLLATE collation ] [ opclass [ ( opclass_parameter = value [, ... ] ) ] ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] referential_action in a FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint is: @@ -1057,6 +1057,7 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REM no two rows in the table contain overlapping circles (see ) by using the && operator. + The operator(s) are required to be commutative. @@ -1065,11 +1066,10 @@ WITH ( MODULUS numeric_literal, REM appropriate operator class (see ) for the index access method index_method. - The operators are required to be commutative. Each exclude_element - can optionally specify an operator class and/or ordering options; - these are described fully under - . + defines a column of the index, so it can optionally specify a collation, + an operator class, operator class parameters, and/or ordering options; + these are described fully under . diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml index 671cd36..058a6c4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/createdb.sgml @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ PostgreSQL documentation - + diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/ecpg-ref.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/ecpg-ref.sgml index f3b6034..43f2d8b 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/ecpg-ref.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/ecpg-ref.sgml @@ -93,10 +93,12 @@ PostgreSQL documentation - + - Define a C preprocessor symbol. + Define a preprocessor symbol, equivalently to the EXEC SQL + DEFINE directive. If no value is + specified, the symbol is defined with the value 1. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/merge.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/merge.sgml index f643e62..815b998 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/merge.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/merge.sgml @@ -44,7 +44,9 @@ INSERT [( column_name [, ...] )] and merge_update is: UPDATE SET { column_name = { expression | DEFAULT } | - ( column_name [, ...] ) = ( { expression | DEFAULT } [, ...] ) } [, ...] + ( column_name [, ...] ) = [ ROW ] ( { expression | DEFAULT } [, ...] ) | + ( column_name [, ...] ) = ( sub-SELECT ) + } [, ...] and merge_delete is: @@ -57,7 +59,7 @@ DELETE MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the - target_table_name, + target table identified as target_table_name, using the data_source. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can conditionally INSERT, @@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ DELETE First, the MERGE command performs a join from data_source to - target_table_name + the target table producing zero or more candidate change rows. For each candidate change row, the status of MATCHED or NOT MATCHED is set just once, after which WHEN clauses are evaluated @@ -83,7 +85,7 @@ DELETE DELETE commands of the same names. The syntax of those commands is different, notably that there is no WHERE clause and no table name is specified. All actions refer to the - target_table_name, + target table, though modifications to other tables may be made using triggers. @@ -98,23 +100,27 @@ DELETE There is no separate MERGE privilege. If you specify an update action, you must have the UPDATE privilege on the column(s) - of the target_table_name + of the target table that are referred to in the SET clause. If you specify an insert action, you must have the INSERT - privilege on the target_table_name. + privilege on the target table. If you specify a delete action, you must have the DELETE - privilege on the target_table_name. + privilege on the target table. + If you specify a DO NOTHING action, you must have + the SELECT privilege on at least one column + of the target table. + You will also need SELECT privilege on any column(s) + of the data_source and + of the target table referred to + in any condition (including join_condition) + or expression. Privileges are tested once at statement start and are checked whether or not particular WHEN clauses are executed. - You will require the SELECT privilege on any column(s) - of the data_source and - target_table_name referred to - in any condition or expression. MERGE is not supported if the - target_table_name is a + target table is a materialized view, foreign table, or if it has any rules defined on it. @@ -124,6 +130,19 @@ DELETE Parameters + + with_query + + + The WITH clause allows you to specify one or more + subqueries that can be referenced by name in the MERGE + query. See and + for details. Note that WITH RECURSIVE is not supported + by MERGE. + + + + target_table_name @@ -175,7 +194,7 @@ DELETE A query (SELECT statement or VALUES statement) that supplies the rows to be merged into the - target_table_name. + target table. Refer to the statement or statement for a description of the syntax. @@ -203,16 +222,15 @@ DELETE boolean (similar to a WHERE clause) that specifies which rows in the data_source - match rows in the - target_table_name. + match rows in the target table. - Only columns from target_table_name + Only columns from the target table that attempt to match data_source rows should appear in join_condition. join_condition subexpressions that - only reference target_table_name + only reference the target table's columns can affect which action is taken, often in surprising ways. @@ -228,7 +246,7 @@ DELETE If the WHEN clause specifies WHEN MATCHED and the candidate change row matches a row in the - target_table_name, + target table, the WHEN clause is executed if the condition is absent or it evaluates to true. @@ -237,7 +255,7 @@ DELETE Conversely, if the WHEN clause specifies WHEN NOT MATCHED and the candidate change row does not match a row in the - target_table_name, + target table, the WHEN clause is executed if the condition is absent or it evaluates to true. @@ -280,10 +298,10 @@ DELETE or null if there is none. - If target_table_name + If the target table is a partitioned table, each row is routed to the appropriate partition and inserted into it. - If target_table_name + If the target table is a partition, an error will occur if any input row violates the partition constraint. @@ -304,7 +322,7 @@ DELETE The specification of an UPDATE action that updates - the current row of the target_table_name. + the current row of the target table. Column names may not be specified more than once. @@ -318,7 +336,7 @@ DELETE Specifies a DELETE action that deletes the current row - of the target_table_name. + of the target table. Do not include the table name or any other clauses, as you would normally do with a command. @@ -329,8 +347,7 @@ DELETE column_name - The name of a column in the target_table_name. The column name + The name of a column in the target table. The column name can be qualified with a subfield name or array subscript, if needed. (Inserting into only some fields of a composite column leaves the other fields null.) @@ -381,9 +398,10 @@ DELETE An expression to assign to the column. If used in a WHEN MATCHED clause, the expression can use values from the original row in the target table, and values from the - data_source row. + data_source row. If used in a WHEN NOT MATCHED clause, the - expression can use values from the data_source. + expression can use values from the + data_source row. @@ -399,13 +417,17 @@ DELETE - with_query + sub-SELECT - The WITH clause allows you to specify one or more - subqueries that can be referenced by name in the MERGE - query. See and - for details. + A SELECT sub-query that produces as many output columns + as are listed in the parenthesized column list preceding it. The + sub-query must yield no more than one row when executed. If it + yields one row, its column values are assigned to the target columns; + if it yields no rows, NULL values are assigned to the target columns. + The sub-query can refer to values from the original row in the target table, + and values from the data_source + row. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_basebackup.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_basebackup.sgml index a5f63bd..04323af 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_basebackup.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_basebackup.sgml @@ -905,7 +905,8 @@ PostgreSQL documentation The backup will include all files in the data directory and tablespaces, including the configuration files and any additional files placed in the directory by third parties, except certain temporary files managed by - PostgreSQL. But only regular files and directories are copied, except that + PostgreSQL and operating system files. But only regular files and + directories are copied, except that symbolic links used for tablespaces are preserved. Symbolic links pointing to certain directories known to PostgreSQL are copied as empty directories. Other symbolic links and special device files are skipped. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_rewind.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_rewind.sgml index 69d6924..dffb1b1 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_rewind.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_rewind.sgml @@ -389,8 +389,9 @@ GRANT EXECUTE ON function pg_catalog.pg_read_binary_file(text, bigint, bigint, b backup_label, tablespace_map, pg_internal.init, - postmaster.opts, and - postmaster.pid, as well as any file or directory + postmaster.opts, + postmaster.pid and + .DS_Store as well as any file or directory beginning with pgsql_tmp, are omitted. diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml index d0bd119..9bdc028 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/psql-ref.sgml @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ EOF - + @@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@ lo_import 152801 writes column values separated by commas, applying the quoting rules described in - RFC 4180. + RFC 4180. This output is compatible with the CSV format of the server's COPY command. A header line with column names is generated unless diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/ref/security_label.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/ref/security_label.sgml index 5f96b7e..e5e5fb4 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/ref/security_label.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/ref/security_label.sgml @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ SECURITY LABEL [ FOR provider ] ON DATABASE object_name | DOMAIN object_name | EVENT TRIGGER object_name | - FOREIGN TABLE object_name + FOREIGN TABLE object_name | FUNCTION function_name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] | LARGE OBJECT large_object_oid | MATERIALIZED VIEW object_name | diff --git a/doc/src/sgml/release-15.sgml b/doc/src/sgml/release-15.sgml index c2b8122..e74161c 100644 --- a/doc/src/sgml/release-15.sgml +++ b/doc/src/sgml/release-15.sgml @@ -1,6 +1,1207 @@ + + Release 15.7 + + + Release date: + 2024-05-09 + + + + This release contains a variety of fixes from 15.6. + For information about new features in major release 15, see + . + + + + Migration to Version 15.7 + + + A dump/restore is not required for those running 15.X. + + + + However, a security vulnerability was found in the system + views pg_stats_ext + and pg_stats_ext_exprs, potentially allowing + authenticated database users to see data they shouldn't. If this is + of concern in your installation, follow the steps in the first + changelog entry below to rectify it. + + + + Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 15.6, + see . + + + + + Changes + + + + + + + Restrict visibility of pg_stats_ext and + pg_stats_ext_exprs entries to the table + owner (Nathan Bossart) + + + + These views failed to hide statistics for expressions that involve + columns the accessing user does not have permission to read. View + columns such as most_common_vals might + expose security-relevant data. The potential interactions here are + not fully clear, so in the interest of erring on the side of safety, + make rows in these views visible only to the owner of the associated + table. + + + + The PostgreSQL Project thanks + Lukas Fittl for reporting this problem. + (CVE-2024-4317) + + + + By itself, this fix will only fix the behavior in newly initdb'd + database clusters. If you wish to apply this change in an existing + cluster, you will need to do the following: + + + + + + Find the SQL script fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql in + the share directory of + the PostgreSQL installation (typically + located someplace like /usr/share/postgresql/). + Be sure to use the script appropriate to + your PostgreSQL major version. + If you do not see this file, either your version is not vulnerable + (only v14–v16 are affected) or your minor version is too + old to have the fix. + + + + + + In each database of the cluster, run + the fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql script as superuser. + In psql this would look like + +\i /usr/share/postgresql/fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql + + (adjust the file path as appropriate). Any error probably indicates + that you've used the wrong script version. It will not hurt to run + the script more than once. + + + + + + Do not forget to include the template0 + and template1 databases, or the vulnerability + will still exist in databases you create later. To + fix template0, you'll need to temporarily make + it accept connections. Do that with + +ALTER DATABASE template0 WITH ALLOW_CONNECTIONS true; + + and then after fixing template0, undo it with + +ALTER DATABASE template0 WITH ALLOW_CONNECTIONS false; + + + + + + + + + + Fix INSERT from + multiple VALUES rows into a target column that is + a domain over an array or composite type (Tom Lane) + + + + Such cases would either fail with surprising complaints about + mismatched datatypes, or insert unexpected coercions that could lead + to odd results. + + + + + + + Require SELECT privilege on the target table + for MERGE with a DO NOTHING + clause (Álvaro Herrera) + + + + SELECT privilege would be required in all + practical cases anyway, but require it even if the query reads no + columns of the target table. This avoids an edge case in + which MERGE would require no privileges whatever, + which seems undesirable even when it's a do-nothing command. + + + + + + + Fix handling of self-modified tuples in MERGE + (Dean Rasheed) + + + + Throw an error if a target row joins to more than one source row, as + required by the SQL standard. (The previous coding could silently + ignore this condition if a concurrent update was involved.) Also, + throw a non-misleading error if a target row is already updated by a + later command in the current transaction, thanks to + a BEFORE trigger or a volatile function used in + the query. + + + + + + + Fix incorrect pruning of NULL partition when a table is partitioned + on a boolean column and the query has a boolean IS + NOT clause (David Rowley) + + + + A NULL value satisfies a clause such + as boolcol IS NOT + FALSE, so pruning away a partition containing NULLs + yielded incorrect answers. + + + + + + + Make ALTER FOREIGN TABLE SET SCHEMA move any + owned sequences into the new schema (Tom Lane) + + + + Moving a regular table to a new schema causes any sequences owned by + the table to be moved to that schema too (along with indexes and + constraints). This was overlooked for foreign tables, however. + + + + + + + Make ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN create + identity/serial sequences with the same persistence as their owning + tables (Peter Eisentraut) + + + + CREATE UNLOGGED TABLE will make any owned + sequences be unlogged too. ALTER TABLE missed + that consideration, so that an added identity column would have a + logged sequence, which seems pointless. + + + + + + + Improve ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN TYPE's error + message when there is a dependent function or publication (Tom Lane) + + + + + + + In CREATE DATABASE, recognize strategy keywords + case-insensitively for consistency with other options (Tomas Vondra) + + + + + + + Fix EXPLAIN's counting of heap pages accessed by + a bitmap heap scan (Melanie Plageman) + + + + Previously, heap pages that contain no visible tuples were not + counted; but it seems more consistent to count all pages returned by + the bitmap index scan. + + + + + + + Fix EXPLAIN's output for subplans + in MERGE (Dean Rasheed) + + + + EXPLAIN would sometimes fail to properly display + subplan Params referencing variables in other parts of the plan tree. + + + + + + + Avoid deadlock during removal of orphaned temporary tables + (Mikhail Zhilin) + + + + If the session that creates a temporary table crashes without + removing the table, autovacuum will eventually try to remove the + orphaned table. However, an incoming session that's been assigned + the same temporary namespace will do that too. If a temporary table + has a dependency (such as an owned sequence) then a deadlock could + result between these two cleanup attempts. + + + + + + + Avoid race condition while examining per-relation frozen-XID values + (Noah Misch) + + + + VACUUM's computation of per-database frozen-XID + values from per-relation values could get confused by a concurrent + update of those values by another VACUUM. + + + + + + + Fix buffer usage reporting for parallel vacuuming (Anthonin Bonnefoy) + + + + Buffer accesses performed by parallel workers were not getting + counted in the statistics reported in VERBOSE + mode. + + + + + + + Disallow converting a table to a view within an outer SQL command + that is using that table (Tom Lane) + + + + This avoids possible crashes. + + + + + + + Ensure that join conditions generated from equivalence classes are + applied at the correct plan level (Tom Lane) + + + + In versions before PostgreSQL 16, it was + possible for generated conditions to be evaluated below outer joins + when they should be evaluated above (after) the outer join, leading + to incorrect query results. All versions have a similar hazard when + considering joins to UNION ALL trees that have + constant outputs for the join column in + some SELECT arms. + + + + + + + Prevent potentially-incorrect optimization of some window functions + (David Rowley) + + + + Disable run condition optimization + of ntile() and count() + with non-constant arguments. This avoids possible misbehavior with + sub-selects, typically leading to errors like WindowFunc not + found in subplan target lists. + + + + + + + Avoid unnecessary use of moving-aggregate mode with a non-moving + window frame (Vallimaharajan G) + + + + When a plain aggregate is used as a window function, and the window + frame start is specified as UNBOUNDED PRECEDING, + the frame's head cannot move so we do not need to use the special + (and more expensive) moving-aggregate mode. This optimization was + intended all along, but due to a coding error it never triggered. + + + + + + + Avoid use of already-freed data while planning partition-wise joins + under GEQO (Tom Lane) + + + + This would typically end in a crash or unexpected error message. + + + + + + + Avoid freeing still-in-use data in Memoize (Tender Wang, Andrei + Lepikhov) + + + + In production builds this error frequently didn't cause any + problems, as the freed data would most likely not get overwritten + before it was used. + + + + + + + Fix incorrectly-reported statistics kind codes in requested + statistics kind X is not yet + built error messages (David Rowley) + + + + + + + Be more careful with RECORD-returning functions + in FROM (Tom Lane) + + + + The output columns of such a function call must be defined by + an AS clause that specifies the column names and + data types. If the actual function output value doesn't match that, + an error is supposed to be thrown at runtime. However, some code + paths would examine the actual value prematurely, and potentially + issue strange errors or suffer assertion failures if it doesn't + match expectations. + + + + + + + Fix confusion about the return rowtype of SQL-language procedures + (Tom Lane) + + + + A procedure implemented in SQL language that returns a single + composite-type column would cause an assertion failure or core dump. + + + + + + + Add protective stack depth checks to some recursive functions + (Egor Chindyaskin) + + + + + + + Fix mis-rounding and overflow hazards + in date_bin() (Moaaz Assali) + + + + In the case where the source timestamp is before the origin + timestamp and their difference is already an exact multiple of the + stride, the code incorrectly subtracted the stride anyway. Also, + detect some integer-overflow cases that would have produced + incorrect results. + + + + + + + Detect integer overflow when adding or subtracting + an interval to/from a timestamp + (Joseph Koshakow) + + + + Some cases that should cause an out-of-range error produced an + incorrect result instead. + + + + + + + Avoid race condition in pg_get_expr() + (Tom Lane) + + + + If the relation referenced by the argument is dropped concurrently, + the function's intention is to return NULL, but sometimes it failed + instead. + + + + + + + Fix detection of old transaction IDs in XID status functions + (Karina Litskevich) + + + + Transaction IDs more than 231 + transactions in the past could be misidentified as recent, + leading to misbehavior of pg_xact_status() + or txid_status(). + + + + + + + Ensure that a table's freespace map won't return a page that's past + the end of the table (Ronan Dunklau) + + + + Because the freespace map isn't WAL-logged, this was possible in + edge cases involving an OS crash, a replica promote, or a PITR + restore. The result would be a could not read block + error. + + + + + + + Fix file descriptor leakage when an error is thrown while waiting + in WaitEventSetWait (Etsuro Fujita) + + + + + + + Avoid corrupting exception stack if an FDW implements async append + but doesn't configure any wait conditions for the Append plan node + to wait for (Alexander Pyhalov) + + + + + + + Throw an error if an index is accessed while it is being reindexed + (Tom Lane) + + + + Previously this was just an assertion check, but promote it into a + regular runtime error. This will provide a more on-point error + message when reindexing a user-defined index expression that + attempts to access its own table. + + + + + + + Ensure that index-only scans on name columns return a + fully-padded value (David Rowley) + + + + The value physically stored in the index is truncated, and + previously a pointer to that value was returned to callers. This + provoked complaints when testing under valgrind. In theory it could + result in crashes, though none have been reported. + + + + + + + Fix race condition in deciding whether a table sync operation is + needed in logical replication (Vignesh C) + + + + An invalidation event arriving while a subscriber identifies which + tables need to be synced would be forgotten about, so that any + tables newly in need of syncing might not get processed in a timely + fashion. + + + + + + + Fix crash with DSM allocations larger than 4GB (Heikki Linnakangas) + + + + + + + Disconnect if a new server session's client socket cannot be put + into non-blocking mode (Heikki Linnakangas) + + + + It was once theoretically possible for us to operate with a socket + that's in blocking mode; but that hasn't worked fully in a long + time, so fail at connection start rather than misbehave later. + + + + + + + Fix inadequate error reporting + with OpenSSL 3.0.0 and later (Heikki + Linnakangas, Tom Lane) + + + + System-reported errors passed through by OpenSSL were reported with + a numeric error code rather than anything readable. + + + + + + + Avoid concurrent calls to bindtextdomain() + in libpq + and ecpglib (Tom Lane) + + + + Although GNU gettext's implementation + seems to be fine with concurrent calls, the version available on + Windows is not. + + + + + + + Fix crash in ecpg's preprocessor if + the program tries to redefine a macro that was defined on the + preprocessor command line (Tom Lane) + + + + + + + In ecpg, avoid issuing + false unsupported feature will be passed to server + warnings (Tom Lane) + + + + + + + Ensure that the string result + of ecpg's intoasc() + function is correctly zero-terminated (Oleg Tselebrovskiy) + + + + + + + In psql, avoid leaking a query result + after the query is cancelled (Tom Lane) + + + + This happened only when cancelling a non-last query in a query + string made with \; separators. + + + + + + + Fix pg_dumpall so that role comments, if + present, will be dumped regardless of the setting + of (Daniel Gustafsson, + Álvaro Herrera) + + + + + + + Skip files named .DS_Store + in pg_basebackup, + pg_checksums, + and pg_rewind (Daniel Gustafsson) + + + + This avoids problems on macOS, where the Finder may create such + files. + + + + + + + Fix PL/pgSQL's parsing of single-line + comments (---style comments) following + expressions (Erik Wienhold, Tom Lane) + + + + This mistake caused parse errors if such a comment followed + a WHEN expression in + a PL/pgSQL CASE + statement. + + + + + + + In contrib/amcheck, don't report false match + failures due to short- versus long-header values (Andrey Borodin, + Michael Zhilin) + + + + A variable-length datum in a heap tuple or index tuple could have + either a short or a long header, depending on compression parameters + that applied when it was made. Treat these cases as equivalent + rather than complaining if there's a difference. + + + + + + + Fix bugs in BRIN output functions (Tomas Vondra) + + + + These output functions are only used for displaying index entries + in contrib/pageinspect, so the errors are of + limited practical concern. + + + + + + + In contrib/postgres_fdw, avoid emitting + requests to sort by a constant (David Rowley) + + + + This could occur in cases involving UNION ALL + with constant-emitting subqueries. Sorting by a constant is useless + of course, but it also risks being misinterpreted by the remote + server, leading to ORDER BY + position N is not in select list + errors. + + + + + + + Make contrib/postgres_fdw set the remote + session's time zone to GMT + not UTC (Tom Lane) + + + + This should have the same results for practical purposes. + However, GMT is recognized by hard-wired code in + the server, while UTC is looked up in the + timezone database. So the old code could fail in the unlikely event + that the remote server's timezone database is missing entries. + + + + + + + In contrib/xml2, avoid use of library functions + that have been deprecated in recent versions + of libxml2 (Dmitry Koval) + + + + + + + Fix incompatibility with LLVM 18 (Thomas Munro, Dmitry Dolgov) + + + + + + + Allow make check to work with + the musl C library (Thomas Munro, Bruce + Momjian, Tom Lane) + + + + + + + + Release 15.6 @@ -305,6 +1506,25 @@ Branch: REL_12_STABLE [b8a606e21] 2023-11-28 11:59:53 +0200 + + Fix overly tight assertion + about false_positive_rate parameter of + BRIN bloom operator classes (Alexander Lakhin) + + + + This error had no impact in non-assert builds, either. + + + + + - - In contrib/bloom, fix overly tight assertion - about false_positive_rate (Alexander Lakhin) - - - - -